PROCEEDINGS OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA Volume Llll 1901 philadelphia : The Academy of Natural Sciences LOGAN SQUARE 1901-1902 ■v The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, March 29, 1902. I hereby certif}' that printed copies been presented to the meetings of the of the Proceedings for 1901 have Academy and mailed as follows : — Pa2;es 1 to 16 mailed March 17 to 128 129 to 1()0 161 to 208 209 to 256 257 to 272 273 to 304 305 to 320 821 to 368 369 to 400 401 to 448 449 to 480 481 to 496 497 to 512 513 to 544 545 to 608 609 to 640 641 to 656 657 to 704 705 to 752 27, 3, 13, 2, 7, 9, April April ]\ray M&y ^lay June June July August August September 3, September 16, October 29, November 23, January 23, February 6, March 1, March 17, March 25, 25, 31, 16, 22, 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1901 1902 1902 1902 1902 1902 presented April April April May May May June June August August August 2, 1901. 2, 1901. 16. 1901. 7, 1901. 7, 1901. 14, 1901. 11, 1901. 25, 1901. 6, 1901. 20, 1901. 27, 1901. September 3, 1901. September 24, 1901. October 29, 1901. November 26, 1901. January 28, 1902. February 11,1902. March 4, 1902. March 18, 1902. March 25, 1902. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Recording Secretary. COIVIMITTEE ON PUBLICATION: Henry Skinner, M.D., riiiLir T. Calvert, Ph.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Witmer Stone, Edward J. Nolan, M.D., The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., ex-officio. Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D. 7 / 7 J CONTENTS. For Announcements, Reports, etc., see General Index. Aaron, Carrie B. Biographical Notice of Robert Henry Lamborn (with Portrait), 486 Banks, Nathan. Some Arachnida from New Mexico (Plate XXXIII), 568 Brown, Arthur Erwin. A Review of the Genera and Species of American Snakes Noi'th of Mexico, . 10 On Some Points in the Phylogeuy of the Primates, . . 119 A New Species of Coluber from Western Texas (Plate XXIX), 492 A New Species of Ophibolus fi'om Western Texas (Plate XXXIV), 612 Casey, Thomas L. On the Probable Age of the Alabama White Limestone, 513 Chapman, Henry C. Observations upon the Placenta and Young of Dasypus sexcinctus (Plate XVIII), . 366 CocKERELL, T. D. A. Descriptions of New Bees Col- lected by Mr. H. H. Smith in Brazil, II, . . . 216 FiELDE, Adele M. a Study of an Ant, 425 Further Study of an Ant, . - 521 Fowler, Henry W. Note on the Odontostomidre, . . . 211 Description of a New Hemiramphid 293 Fishes from Caroline Islands, 324 Types of Fishes (Plates XII, XIII, XIV, XV), . . 327 Myctophum phengodes in the North Atlantic, . . . 620 Fox, Henry. The Development of t he Tympano-Eustachian Passage and Associated Structures in the Common Toad (Bufo lentiginosus) (Plates VI, VII, VIII, IX), 223 i 11 Goldsmith, Edwakd. A Quick Method of Testing for Gold, . 550 GuDE, G. K. Descriptions of New Helicoid Land Shells from Japan, 017 Harsiibergkk, John W. The Limits of Variation in Plants, 303 An Ecological Sketch of the Flora of Santo Domingo (Plates XXXr, XXXII), 554 Cockscomb Fasciation of Pineapples^, 609 Heath, Harold, and M. H. Spaulding. Cymbuliopsis vitrea, a New Species of Pteropod, 509 HiGGiNS, Helen T. The Development and Comparative Structure of the Gizzard of the Odonata Zygop- tera (Plates II, III, IV), " . . 126 JoHXSOX, C. W., and A. W, Grabau. A New Species of Clavilithes from the Eocene of Texas, . . . 602 Keeley, Frank J. Structure of Diatoms, 321 Keller, Ida A. Demonstration that Plants give off Oxy- gen, 320 A Peculiar Condition of CEdogouium, 598 Kraemer, Henry. CrystaUine and Crystalloidal Sub- stances and their Relation to Plant Structure, . . 450 Lyman. Benjamin Smith. Lodel Creek and Skippack Creek, 604 Meehan, Thomas. Biographical Notice of Charles East- wick Smith, .... 4 Contributions to the Life-History of Plants, XV: The Bending of Mature Wood in Trees (Plates XVI, XVII), 354 Montgomery, Thomas H., Jr. '" Further Studies of the Chromosomes of the Hemiptera Heteroptera (Plate X), 261 The Identity of the Gordiacean Species, Chordodes Morgani and C. puerilis (Plate XI), .... 289 Peculiarities of the Terrestrial Larva of the Urodelous Batrachiau, Plethodon cinereus Green (Plate XXX), 503 Ill Ortmann, a. E. Crustacea and Pycnogonida Collected duriag the Priucetou Expedition to North Green- land, 144 PiLSBRY, Henry A. Crustacea of the Cretaceous Forma- tion of New Jersey (Plate I), Ill Relationships of the Genus Neobeliscus, l42 New Species of Mollusks from South Africa and Burma, 188 New Mollusca from Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, For- mosa and the Philippines, 193 New Land Mollusca from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, 344 New Japanese Marine. Land and Fresh-water Mollusca (Plates XIX, XX, XXI), . 385 The Land Mollusks of the Loo Choo Islands: Clau- siliidre (Plates XXII, XXIII), 424 Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, IV (Plates XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII), . . 465 Notices of New Land Snails from the Japanese Empire, 496 New Land MoUusks of the Japanese Empire, .... 545 Fasciolaria gigantea subsp. reevei, 552 New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire, . . . 562 New Land Mollusca of the Japanese Empire, . . . 614 Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, V (Plates XXXV, XXXVI, XXXVII, XXXVIII, XXXIX), 622 Catalogue of the Clausiliidse of the Japanese Empire, . 647 Rankin, Walter M. Echinoderms Collected off the West Coast of Greenland by the Princeton Arctic Expe- dition of 1899, 169 Reese, Albert ]M. The Nasal Passages of the Florida Alligator (Plate XXIV), 457 Rehn, James A. G. The Forficulidse, Blattidae, Mantid?e and Phasmidse Collected in Northeast Africa by Dr A. Donaldson Smith, 273 A Study of the Genus Centurio, 295 The Acrididie, Tettigonidse and Gryllidie Collected by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in Northeast Africa, . . 370 Rhoads, S. N. On the Common Brown Bats of Peninsu- lar Florida and Southern Cahfornia, 618 Sharp, Benjamin. The Food of the Cod, 2 Stone, Witmer. Occurrence of Hyla andersonii at Clem- entoii, N. J., 342 Thompson, Caroline Burling. Zygeupolia literal is, a New Heteronemertean (Plates XL, XLI, XLII, XLIII, XLIV), 657 Vanatta, Edward G. New Marine MoUusks (Plate V), 182 Vaux, George and William S., Jr. Observations Made in 1900 oil Glaciers iu British Columbia, . . . 213 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1901. January 1. The President, Samuel G. Dixox, M.D. , iu the Chair Ten persons present. Tlie Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year: On Library. — Dr. C. K Peirce, Thomas A. Robinson, Henry C. Chapman, M.D., Charles Schaeffer, M.D., George Vaux, Jr. On Publications. — Thomas Meehau, Henry Skinner, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., EdAvard J. Nolan, M.D. On Instruction. — Uselma C. Smith, Benjamin Smith Lyman, Henry A. Pilsbry, Sc.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D., and Charles Morris. On Finance. — Isaac J. Wistar, William Sellers, Charles Roberts, John Cadwalader and the Treasurer. Committee of Council on By-Laws. — Isaac J. Wistar, Theodoi'e D. Rand, Arthur Erwin Brown and Charles Roberts. 2 proceedings of the academy of [jan.^ January 8. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Nineteen persons present. The death of Baron Edmond de Selys-Longchamps, a corre- spondent, was announced. The Food of the Cod. — Dr. Benjamin Sharp called attention to some observations he had made last fall on the contents of the stomaclis of the common Cod. Several hundred stomachs were opened with the hope of finding shells of gastropods and bivalves. Kumerous valuable shells had been taken from the Cod years ago by Stimpson and Gould on the New England coast, north of Cape Cod, and it was supposed that similar finds would come to light from the Cod caught off Nantucket. The stomachs examined were filled almost exclusively with crustaceans and for the most part with species of Panojjeiis. Hermit crabs, Avithout shells, and a few Crepidulte Avere also seen. Here and there young lobsters were found in the stomachs, occasionally two in one stomach. In one Cod, weighing about thirty-five pounds, pieces of a lobster were found which, when placed together, indicated that tlie })ossessor was about eleven inches in length. The Cod examined were all taken off the eastern end of the island, between the town of Siasconset and a place called Wawinet, where the tide (current) runs at a maximum of about six miles an hour. The bottom consists of coarse sand and is probably shifting, and consequently not a good bed for mollusks, the only food for the Cod found there being crustacean. Dr. Sharp supposed that the decrease in quantity of the lobsters, which has been so marked within the past few years, is partly due to their consumption by the Cod; and as these have of late greatly increased in numbers, owing to the work of the United States Fish Commission, the lobsters have not been able to keeji pace with the increase of their enemies. January 15. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. 1901.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 3 January 22. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fifteen persons present. The death of Gustav Hartlaub, a correspondent, was an- nounced. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " On Some Points in the Phylogeny of the Primates," by Arthur Erwin Brown. " The Development and Comparative Structure of the Gizzard in the Odonata zygoptera," by Helen T. Higgins. January 29, The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Sixteen persons present. William F. Dreer, James Eorer, and W. ^7orrell Wagner were elected members. H. R. H. Albert I, Sovereign Prince of Monaco, was elected a correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed : PlIOCKEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JaU , BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE OF CHARLES EASTWICK SMITH. BY inOMAS MEEIIAN. Appoinled to prepare a incnioir of our late fellow-meniber, Charles E. Smith, the author feels strongly a difficulty he has experienced on similar occasions. The members of the Academy meet for mutual improvement and study. The various subjects in 'which they take interest become the chief topics of conver- sation. They know little of the outside life of one another. A tree is to be known only by its fruit. As it grows through successive years it appears much like other trees, and no note is taken of the incidents of its growth ; but Avhen the harvest time arrives, and all are in praise of the bountiful crop, carrying pleasure and profit around it in every direction, a natural desire arises to know more of the details of such a happy career, — a desire that can only be sat- isfied by recalling circumstances imperfectly remembered, or that have but little bearing on the character w'e would illustrate. So when the subject of this memoir passed away few of his asso- ciates could aid the author. All knew that he was one of Phila- delphia's most prominent citizens ; ihat he had been at the head of some of its great business bodies ; that he had been largely concerned with the city's good name and progress; that he had long been a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phil- adelphia, especially interested in botany and kindred subjects, a liberal contributor through the greater part of his life to its build- ing funds, its collections and general progress, and that on his death it was found that he had generously provided for its future out of his rich estate. But few knew more than all knew. In- deed, but for aid from Dr. Edward J. Nolan and Dr. Thomas C. Porter the author would have been left solely to his own recollec- tions and the replies to letters of inquiry sent to friends of our departed associate for material for his task. His full name was Charles Eastwick Smith— Eastwick being the maiden name of his grandmother. He was the second of that name in the family, the first dyine: before he was born. His 1901.] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. O Philadelphia ancestors were amnug the original party with William Penn and, like the founder of the city, strong believers in the doctrines of the Society of Friends. Little can be learned of his early life. He was born November 1, 1820, and seems to have had especial care and oversight from his mother, to whom he Avas deeply devoted through life, and by whose side in Laurel Hill Ceme- tery he was placed Avhen his own time of rest arrived. He proba- bly received his rudimentary education in Philadelphia, and at the age of fifteen was sent to the boarding-school of Westtown, near this city. It was here, as he related to his friend Dr. Porter, that he acquired his fondness for botany, through the influence of one of the instructors. He remained here three years, when he became attached to an engineer corps, engaged to survey for a railroad from Blossburg to Corning, in New York. He became the superinten- dent of the railroad, and later of the Bloomsburg coal mines, though he had scarcely attained his majority He returned to Philadelphia in 1842, and established the Fairmouut Rolling Mill. This was not a financial success, from the fact, as he believed, that cooperation throughout the whole iron trade was needed to place the industry on a firm footing. He sold it out in 1846. About this period an event occurred that had a material influ- ence on his future life. In 1844 a fierce antagonism to Roman Catholicism arose. A number of churches were burned. The ^Nlayor called on all able-bodied citizens to arm in defense of law and order. " The Quaker youth Avent out with a cane, but in the excitement of the riot some one put a musket in his hands, and he patroled the streets with it for seven nights. For this violation of the principle of non-resistance he Avas called on to express regret, and to give a pi-omise of strict conformity to the rule thereafter. Believing himself harshly treated, he refused to do so and Avas expelled from the Society. He at once dropped the garb and language of the Friends and associated with other bodies. He never married, and if the event detailed had aught to do Avith the fact, the secret Avas faithfully kept to the last. For a short time subsequent to 1846 he became manager of the Rensselaer Iron Works, at Troy, N. Y. , in Avhich railroad iron Avas being manufactured. He returned to Philadelphia in 1849, to inaugurate a convention of iron men. The poverty of the con- stituency forced the association to be content with inferior printing 6 PEOCEELINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., aud paper foi- its report. lu a letter to a friend he says: " Mr. Colville told me we must go over the State and get the interest of every iron-maker. I asktd him for money to pay my exptmses. He said I must beg it, as he had none. ' You must ask for con- tributions as you go along.' I started with $5. Sometimes I got a wagon, sometimes a horse ride, sometimes on foot — sometimes I got fifty cents. In one case 1 got 810. I saw them all, came back with between S200 and $300, and the American Iron and Steel Association became a flourishing body.'' He traveled 2,500 miles on this mission. There seems nothing on record as to his occupation for the suc- ceeding ten years, but in a letter to a friend he remarks that he attended faithfully to his office work during the day and employed his evenings in studying and classifyiuec the plants collected on Sunday. In le61 he was elected to the presidency of the Reading Rail- road Company. From a comparatively local and almost bankrupt organization, he raised it to one of broad interest and a good divi- dend-paying concern — so profitable that in the trying times of the beginning of the civil war his company loaned the Government two millions and a half of dollars. In 1869 it stood in prosperity second to none in the country. His health broke down. His medical adviser urged his resigna- tion and suggested several things he might do At length the physician, in a peculiar way, remarked that he had " better go to grass." The joke had a good effect. He took the advice literally, resigned, and turned to botany for consolation. He still retained his position on the Board of Directors. On the 18th of April, 1869, he sailed on the " Scotia " for an extended tour of Europe, during which botanical study was his chief recreation, although he deeply enjoyed all that Avould interest a broad-minded man of aflfairs. He lelurned on the loth of September, 1870. Some years later he discovered that the great railroad company that had been the pride of his life, was bankrupt under the man- agement of his successor in the presidency. The effect on his health was seriously depressing. By night, as by day, the rail- road was ever in his mind. While greatly troubled by insomnia, he was requested by the Secretary of the Academy to read the proof-sheets of a botanical paper in course of publication. To his 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7 surprise he found that the mental application required for proof- reading was an excellent remedy for his sleeplessness. The applica- tion required for the task di'ove out thoughts of the railroad's dis- aster. He begged for more, both fi'om the Academy and fi'om friends, and the greater part of his subsequent life was devoted, as one of the best means for preserving health, to his favorite occupation of proof-reading. Though not courting favors, he was highly esteemed by his fellow-citizens. For two successive years, 1877 and 1878, he was elected president of the Union League — one of the most enviable of Philadelphia's social positions. His eminently practical character has been well illustrated by the reference to his journey through the State in the interests of the iron men, and by the details of his railroad affairs. He car- ried this quality into all his transactions. His close friend, Prof. T. C. Porter, relates that on a trip with him, Aubrey H. Smith and Dr. Joseph Leidy, in July and August, 1865, to Lake Supe- rior, they were much amused by his practical test of the truth of the Abbe Hue's statement that cow " cake " was better for kind- ling, but that horse " apples " Avere better for holding heat in a fire. The result proved the correctness of Abbe Hue's assertion. Dr. Porter further notes, as illustrative of the tendency to draw valuable conclusions from little things, that one of the party, having placed over the fire a branch of a spruce tree to aid in extinguishing it. Smith noted how the turpentine oozed from the twigs, flashed into a blaze and sent up as incense a cloud of fragrant white' smoke. With all his love of facts, he was not devoid of sentiment. His private correspondence discloses an active interest in the good of others of which the world will never know. Few have suc- ceeded so well in preventing the left hand from knowing what the right hand was doing. His selection of a burial place in Laurel Hill Cemetery for his mother, on a spot that commanded the most delightful views of the Schuylkill and the surroundings, is a strik- ing testimony to his depth of sentiment. We have already seen how he was early brought into a love for botany at the boarding-schocl. He was elected a member of the Academy in 1851, and served in some of the administrative offices until his death. He was appointed on the Publication Committee 8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., in 1892, in Avliich position he rendered especially valuable service. He served on the Finance Committee from December, 1890, and was one of the Council from May, 1891. At the time of his death he was, and had been for a number of years, Vice-Director of the Botanical Section. His influence on American botany, and on American science generally, was exerted in such a quiet way that its full im- portance will never be appreciated. His critical mind led him to prefer • difficult subjects; hence carices, grasses and rushes had especial charms for him. He could readily see what others failed to observe, and ho became an authority on these subjects. While in the midst of his heavy labors in reconstructing the rail- road company, he was in active correspondence with Boott, Olney, Engelmaun and other specialists in the study of these difficult genera. Pie rather prided himself on going over oft-trodden ground and noting what others failed to see. By his persistency with Dr. Gray he finally induced this great botanist to recognize two new species from oft-explored localities in New Jersey, Avhich he named Scirpus Smlthii and Lobelia Canbyi, and this after he had failed to satisfy Boott and Olney of the distinctness of the forms. In explanation of his persistency he tells a friend, " When there seems to be reason for my sentiments, I must express them or die." In a letter to a friend, dated October 15, 1807, he remarks, "At ]\Ioosehead Lake I also got Grcvphephorum melicoides and Aspidium fragrans, heretofore only known as Western plants. It is a comfort to penetrate the hub of the universe and make the natives acquainted with their own plants. One feels good — that is to say, much like a missionary." Apart from the beneficent influence the concentration required by good proof-reading had in counteracting insomnia, it was through his chosen work as proof-reader that he has left his impress, especially on botanical literature. He begged his friends, as a privilege, to permit him to read proofs for them. In the course of such work the contributions of his botanical friends underwent his ci'itical scrutiny; and the authors received the bene- fit of his watchful care. The corrections Avould often be clothed in dry humor. He once wrote to Dr. Gray on the issuance of a new edition of his Manual, " Have you observed from Gray's Manual that Solidar/o altissima grows only two to seven inches 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADEEI'IIIA. 9 high ?" The remarkable accuracy that marks the botanical labors of the last quarter of a century is in a great measui'e due to the impulse given to extra care by Charles E. Smith, The last edition of Leidy's Elementary Treatise on Human Anatomy, although carefully read by the author, would have described a certain process of the brain as the " Hippopotamus " — instead of the Hippocampus — minor, had it not been for Smith's supervision. It is not only in the superior accuracy of the literature of botany and allied studies that science is indebted to our friend. He was ever ready tfith encouragement for all botanical enterprises, and especially in the case of younger students. He took an especially warm interest in the establishment of the Ladies' Botanical Club of Syracuse, N. Y. , aiding the society by advice and material. The ablest leaders relied on his judgment. Before the appearance of one of the editions of his Manual, Dr. Gray proposed extend- ing the area covered by it. The question was left to Mr. Smith, who decided adversely. He believed in thorough work, and held that this was favored by concentration rather than diffusion of effort. In this spirit he commenced a herbarium of the plants growing within fifteen miles of Philadelphia. This collection he bequeathed to the Academy, and it is regarded as a masterpiece of accurate labor. Every locality is exactly noted, and in every case the existence of the plant on the spot was verified by a personal examination, its identity being carefully ascertained. The Recording Secretary of the Academy, whose official rela- tions brought him into intimate communication Avith Mr. Smith, remarks in reply to a note of inquiry : " Although he Avas not a frequent visitor to the xA-cademy, he impressed me in the early years of his connection Avith it as a man of singular directness and personal force. A tone of command and authority, resonant voice, clear enunciation, and erect bearing conveyed the idea of perfect mental poise and a habit of rather directing than of conferring with his associates — but all this with- out a suspicion of arrogance or superciliousness." He died on Sunday, the 15th of April, 1900, in the eightieth year of his age. The Academy, proud of its contributors to the advancement of knowledge among mankind, places with them in grateful remembrance the name of Charles Eastwick Smith. 10 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juu , A REVIEW OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF AMERICAN SNAKES, NORTH OF MEXICO. BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. In recent years, investigation of the lower groups in classifica- tion has largely taken the form of observing and noting the most minute variations, occurring in however small numbers. Among snakes, this method has lieen carried to such an extreme that Prof. Cope's " Characters and Variations of North American Snakes " ^ contains the names of twenty-three species and subspe- cies which were founded upon one, or at most two specimens each. Two propositions, both fundamentally correct, have contributed to this result: first, that a knowledge of the laws under which new forms are developed is to be ])est gained by a study of variations ; and second, that subspecies are an essential part of classification. As a general truth the first proposition is unassailable, but there appear to be good reasons why limits should be placed upon its application to the present group and why a cautious valuation should here be made of minor variations. This should be true if it can be shown that unmeaning departures from type are especi- ally common among its members. It is a law of organisms that a high degree of instability is associated with degenerative processes. That the serpents, as a whole, are a degenerate group is probable, and while some lines among them have become much specialized, there are large num- bers of small and degraded forms, always highly variable, which can be connected with higher types. It is, furthermore, a moi'phological fact that where repetition of parts is the rule, variability, in number at least, is to be looked for.'^ Among snakes, generic and specific characters are chiefly ' Proc. U. S. National Museum, 1892, pp. 589-684. * A very simple summary of a long series of observed facts is contained iu Bateson's Materials for the Study of Variation, p. 571 (London, 1894): ''It is perhaps true that, on the whole, series containing large numbers of undif- ferentiated parts more often show Meristic Variation than series made up of a few parts much differentiated, l)i]t throughout the evidence a good many of the latter class are nevertheless to be seen." 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 found in the teeth, in the plates upon the head, and iu the numljer and form of the rows of body scales; all of these are numerous, and variability under the above law is common. Color is largely used in specific, and almost wholly in subspecific determination, and this, too, we should expect to find inconstant in a group whose structure is such that the whole exterior is brought into close contact, surface or subterranean, with earth, sometimes swamp and sometimes desert sand, and whose slow metabolism brings such physiological activities as temperature, nutrition and epidermal repair into close dependence upon exter- nal conditions. There is, again, a class of anomalies not uncommon in this group, such as are shown^ at times in genera like Coluber or Zamenis, in which the young of some species are spotted or cross- banded, becoming striped when adult. Here, occasionally, more or less of the juvenile pattern is retained, showing through, as it were, the later stage. Examples of such are Coluber guttatus ■sellatus Cope and C. rosaceus Cope. This class of variations is purely physiological, and when occurring in isolated cases, has no more zoological significance than the occasional retenlion to matu- rity of the youthful livery of spots in lions. Aside from anomalies, there are characters which are too variable, normally, to be of use except in broad definitions. Form and proportions, both of the whole and of parts, vary considerably; among those which change with growth are the relative length of the tail (which also varies with sex), and the reciprocal propor- tions of some head plates; breadth of head and stoutness of body change to an extraordinary degree with nutritive conditions, a fact which can be best learned by observation of snakes kept in captivity.* The system of trinomials has added greatly to the facilities for expressing the relationship of transiti(mal forms, but while its value is fully conceded, so also must be the existence of the danger which has attended and not infrequently overtaken it — that the very ease of its methods may lead the systematist to overvalue the importance of individual and insignificant variations. ^ A suggestion as to the possible origin of occasional specimens presenting mixed characters, is that among snakes which breed iu captivity there seems to be little orno aversion to cnss-breeding. This is especially true of Eutmnia and Tropklonotus, both of which produce young free from the egg, and breed not infrequently. 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The chief purpose of the present paper is to inquire into the nature of these variations, and to determine if possible how far they are promiscuous and without meaning, or to what extent they may be beheved to fall within those ideas of progressive modifica- tion, without which as a guiding principle, the practice of tax- onomy is mere byplay. The conception which has directed the inquiry, is that a relatively high degree of constancy and isolation is essential to the recognition of a species ; and that variations, to be of subspecific value, must be of such a character as to offer reasonable grounds for the belief that they are stages of change; an important pai't of such character being that they shall occur in sufficient numbers to constitute centres, so to speak, upon lines leading from established forms. The color descriptions have in a large proportion of cases been taken from the living snake ; to which it may be added that in addition to the alcoholic series to which I have had access, includ- ing that of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, which now contains the whole private collection of the late Prof. Cope, nearly four thousand living specimens of North American snakes have passed under my observation, in the course of identify- ing the large amount of material in this group which comes into possession of the Zoological Society of Philadelphia. The more recent works w'hich treat with modern methods, of the whole field of North American snakes, are the paper of Prof. Cope, above referred to,"* and Mr. G. A. Boulenger's Catalogue of Snakes in the British Museum (1893-96). With neither of these distinguished naturalists am I able to find myself in full accord; the one appearing to mc to err in excess of analysis, quite as much as the other does in the opposing method. The literature has been so fully worked out by Mr. Boulenger, ■* Since the completion of the present paper (October, 1900), the E^po^•t of the U. S. Natiorud MuseurnloT 1898 has appt^ared. containing Prof. Cope's posthumous work on North American sealed reptiles (Serpentes, pp. G83~ 1198). I find that few of the conclusions which I bad reached are thereby altered, for the chief additions to his previous paper of 1892 result from the introduction of characters drawn from the male generative organ. Tiiese were not made nse of in the present paper, for examination of much of Cope's material, and some further investigations of my own, had satisfied me that much verification and exteasi(ni remains to be done before their valne in generic determination can be established. Such changes as I have made have been introduced into the text, and references to the paper are given as "Cope, Kep. Nat- Mu'^.,'" "Cope, /.c," indica'^ingthe previous paper, above cited. 1901.] >'ATUKAL SCIENX'ES OF PHILADELl'IIIA. 13 that the references given in this paper are such only as aie neces- sary to historical exactness, being in most cases to the original description ; to the works of Cope and 'Boulenger cited ; to Baird and Girard's Catalogue of North American Siud-es (1853); to some late papers by Mr. Stejneger, and to a valuable paper by Mr. Yan Denburg on the reptiles of the Pacific coast. ^ GLAUCONIID^. GLAUCONIA, Grey. Cat. Lizards, Br. Mus., 139 (1845); Hoia B. and G., Cat. Serp. No. Am., 149 (1853); Glauconia and Renn Cope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1892, 539, 590 ; Glauconia BouL, Cat. Snakes Br. Mus., I, 59. No maxillary teeth; rostral large, projecting; one nasal, divided or half-divided and touching the lip; eyes covered with scales; an ocular which reaches the lip; a median row of scales extending to the rostral; body surrounded with cycloid scales; anal entire; body cylindrical; tail short and blunt; head not distinct. Hab. — Africa; southwestern Asia; tropical America. Two species are known in the United States : Supraoculars present, I. G. dulcis. Supraoculars absent, 2. G. hmnilis. Glauconia dulcis B. and G. Rena dulcis B. and G., I. c, 142; Glauconia. dulcis Cope, I. c, 590; Boul., I. c, I, 65 ; Leptotyphlops dulcis Stej., Proc. U. 6. Nat. Mus., 1891, 501 ; Glauconia dissecta and G. dulcis Cope, Eep. Nat. Mus., 716, 717. Size small; two or three pairs of plates in front of frontal; a supraocular plate on each side with a smaller one between them; nasal divided; scales in 14 rows. Length about 200 mm. (tail about one-twentieth). Pale brown above; white on belly. G. dissecta Cope, may prove to be distinct, but the inconstancy of the head shields in these low, burrowing forms is a strong j^re- sumption against it. Hab. — Texas, New Mexico and Mexico. ' Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Science, No. 5, 1897. 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Glauconia humilis B. and G. Rena 7iumiUs B. and G., I. c, 143, aud Cope. I. c, 590; Glauconia kumilis, Boul., I. c, I, .7i>, and Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 719; Rena humilis Stej., I. c, 501 ; Siagonodon humilis Van Den., I. c, 150. Like G. chdcis, but no supraoculars ; the oculars being separated by one shield instead of three. Hab. — Arizona, southern and Lower California; Mexico. BOID^. LICHANURA Cope. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, 304 ; I. c, 590 ; Rep. Nat. Mus., 722 ; Boul., /. c, I, 129. Hoad covered with scales; two nasals; no labial pits; eye with vertical pupil; body short and stout; tail short, blunt and slightly pi'ehensile; subcaudals undivided. Hab. — Southwestern North America. Lichanura roseofusca Cope. Proc. Acal. Phila., 1868, 2 ; L. roaeofasca and orcutti Cops, I. c, 591, 592, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 724, 7^6 ; L. orcutti Stej. , Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1889, 96 ; L. trieirgata (part) Boul., I. c, I, 129. Head slightly distinct; rostral prominent; eye surrounded with a ring of nine or ten scales; anterior nasals in contact; 4-6 small plates behind the nasals, rest of head covered with small scales; body cylindrical; scales small and smooth, in 33-43 rows; ven- trals 224-241; subcaudals 39-47. Total length about 980 mm. (tail 110). Grayish or brownish above, sometimes with three rather indis- tinct brown stripes on the body; belly yellowish or reddish, irregu- larly mottled with brown. Mr. Stejueger has clearly shown the great variability of scutel- lation in these snakes,* and the very wealth of observation which he brings forward destroys the value of the chief character upon which L. orcutti rests; the presence of an additional loreal. In addition to which is the fact that in the Boiche these plates are so inconstant as to be without classificatory meaning. Hab, — Southern California and Arizona. A closely ^^related species, L. trivirgata, is found in Lower California. s Proc. IT. S. Nat. Mus., 1891, p. 511. 1901. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPHIA. 15 CHARINA Circy. Cat. Sn. Br. Mus., 113 (1849); Cope, I. c, 592 ; Boul., I. c, I, 130. Anterior teeth longest ; head covered with shields ; a frontal plate ; two nasals, eye small with vertical pupil ; tail short, not pi'ehensile; subcaudals undivided, Hab. — Western coast of North America. Charina bottae Blainville. Tortrix bottce Blain., Nouv. Ann., 1834, 57, PI. XXVI, fig. 1; Wenona plumbea and isahella B. and G., I. c, 139, 140 ; Charina botke Cope, I. c, 592, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 728 ; C. botUp. Boiil., I. c, I, 130. Body short and stout; rostral prominent; two nasals, the anterior frequently fused with the internasals; loreal sometimes fused with prefrontals; head plates variable ; upper labials 8-11; scales smooth in 37-49 rows; ventrals 192-211; anal entire; sub- caudals 20-37, mostly entire. Total length about 550 mm. (tail 50). Grayish to brownish above, yellow beneath. In the present genus Mr. Stejneger has again demonstrated the worihlessness of characters drawn from the scales,'' although he prefers to provisionally retain jylumbea B. and G. The difference of four rows of scales between the type of bottce and the minimum of plumbea is much less than the normal range of variability in almost every known species of BokUe. Hab. — Oregon to Lower California and Nevada. Charina brachyops Cope. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 88 ; I. c, 592, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 727 ; Boul., I. c, I, 131. One specimen only is known of this species. It differs from bottce in that the posterior prefrontal forms a part of the orbit, and the loreal is absent, leaving the postnasal in contact with the preocular. The constancy of these characters is not known, and the form is retained provisionally. Hab. — Point Reyes, California. '' Proc. U. S. Nat. Jhis., 1890, p. 177. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE AC.VDEMY OF [Jan., COLUBRID^/ Key to the Genera. I. aglypha;: A. — Posterior dorsal hypapopliyses present: a. — Maxillary teeth longer bsliiml; scales keeled: a\ — Anal entire; no scale pits, .... EaT^ESiA. _^ 6\ — Anal divided: 2 interaasals; scale pits present, Tropidonotus. 2 internasals; no scale pits; keeled only on tail, Semixatrix. 1 internasal; no scale pits; keeled only on tail, Helicops. h.- Maxillary teeth equal; scales keeled: a}. — Anal entire, Tropidocloxium. h^. — 'Anal divided: cr. — Loreal absent, Storeria. h'. — Loreal present : a\— 1 nasal; 1 preocular, . . Clonophis. i\ — 2 nasals; preocular absent: 2 internasals, .... Amphiardis. 1 internasal, Haldea. B. — Posterior dorsal hypapopliyses absent : ' a. — Maxillary teeth equal, or nearly so: a\ — Anal entire: a^ — Scales smooth ; size large: Snout normal; scales less than 17 rows, Spilotes. Snout elongate ; scales more than 25 rows, RHINECIIId. h"^. — Scales smooth; size small and slender; no loreal ; pre- and postfrontals touching labials, Stilosoma. C-. — Scales keeled; size large; 4-6 prefrontals, PiTYOPHIS. 6\ — Anal divided: a\ — Scales keeled: 2 nasals; size large; spotted or striped, Coluber. 1 nasal; size small; color green, Cyclophis. • Although not strictly followed here, the plan of serial arrangement of the genera of C'o?«6/'i(Z(e adopted by Mr. Boulenger possesses a decided advan- tage, ia that it does not pretend to a knowledge of close affinities which we have not gained. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 b"'. — Scales smooth : a^ — Loreal and preocular present: 1 preocular; 1 nasal; color not green, CONTIA. 1 preocular; 1 nasal j color green, LlOPELTIS. 2 preoculars; 2 nasals, DiADOPHIS. 6^ — Preocular absent: 2 internasals; 2 nasals; size small, Virginia. 2 internasals; 1 uasal ; large; bluisli- l)lack with red stripes, . . Abastor. 1 internasal ; 1 nasal ; large ; bluish- black with red spots, . . Farancia. 1-2 or no internasals; 1 nasal; small; brown, Carphophis c\ — Loreal absent: Nasal usually fused with first labial, FiCIMIA. Nasal usually fused with internasal, Chilomeniscus. h. — Maxillary teeth longer behind; no interspace: a' — Anal divided : Rostral normal, Zamenis. Rostral ^vith projecting edges, Salvadora. h\ — Anal entire: a". — 2 nasals: Rostral normal ; subcaudals divided Ophibolus. Rostral projecting; subcaudals entire, Rhinochilus. Ir. — 1 nasal, rostral projecting, Cemophora. c. — Maxillary teeth longer behind; an interspace: a\ — Anal entire; 3-4 loi'eals; rostral with projecting edges, PflYLLORHYNGHUS. h\ — Anal divided; 1 loreal: Scales keeled; rostral recurved, Heterodon. Scales smooth, with pits; 2 preoculars, Hypsiglena. Scales smooth, without pits; 1 preocular, Rhadinea. 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., II. OPISTIIOGLYPHA : a. — Anterior maxillary teeth elongated; 2 loreals, Trimorphodon. b. — Anterior maxillary teeth not elongated: a'. — Loreal present: Scale pits present; eye uith vertical pupil, SiBON. Scale pits absent ; eye with round pupil, Erythrolamprus. b\ — Loreal absent, Tantilla. III. PEOTEROGLYPHA : Scales smooth in 15 rows; red, with black and yellow rings, Elaps. EUT.a:NIA B. and G. I.e., 24 (1853); CMlopoma Cope, Wheeler Surv., 543; Atomarchns Cope, Am. Nat., 1883, 1300 ; Eutcenia Cope, I. c, 645, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1014; Tropidonotus (part) Boul., L c, I, 192 ; T hamnophis Stej., No. Am. Fauna, 7, 210.' Maxillary teeth smooth, gradually increasing behind, last 2-3 rather abruptly enlarged; head scales normal; 1 loreal; 2 nasals; 2 internasals ; body stout to very slender ; head distinct ; scales keeled, without pits in 17-23 rows; anal entire. Hab. — North America and ^lexico. The snakes of this genus seem open to every possibility of varia- tion; they exist everywhere in great numbers between the fiftieth and fifteenth degrees of latitude ; many of them are of semi-aquatic habits, and the complexity of their pattern easily runs into irregu- larities, the reckless naming of which has added to the confusion. In The Primary Factors of Organic Evolution, p. G3 (1896), Prof. Cope states that he recognizes forty-nine species and sub- species in this genus. Nevertheless, if the systematist will but remember that heredity does not act with the exact methods of mechanical reproduction, certain fairly definite groups may be made out, to which these anomalies may with some certainty be assigned. • In this paper ]Mr. Stejneger endeavors to substitute for the well-estab- lished Eutcenia B. and G. Fiizinger's name Thnmnophu {Si/st. Bept., p. 26, 1843), and seeks to remove that author's mideiiued genera from the class of nomina nuda, by the statement that "the simple tact that Fitzinger ex- pressly indicated the type of the genus at once removes them from that cate- gory." It is true that it does so by rule of the American Ornithologists' Union, bat elsewhere, and in my opinion properly, the best usage refuses to sanction these names. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19 Koj to the Species. I. Body with lougitudinal stripes; 2 labials in orbit: A. — Body very slender ; tail long; lateral stripe on third and fourth rows; all scales keeled, in 19 rows: a. — Tail I of length, ol' rather more: 7 upper labials; brown with 3 yellow stripes, 1. E. saurita. 8 upper labials; olive; dorsal usually absent, 2. E. sackeni. h. — Tail -J^ of length or rather less; 8 upper labials, 3. E. jyroxima. B. — Body stouter; tail shorter: a. --Scales in 21 rows (occ. 19) : a\ — Lateral stripe on third and fourth roAvs: Usuall}' 8 labials; 21 rows, . 4. E. megcdops. Usually 7 labials; occ. 19 rows, 5. E. radix. y. — Lateral stripe on second and third rows; labials 8 (occ. 19 rows and 7 labials), 6. E. elegans. h.— Scales in 19 rows (occ. 21) : Usually 8 labials; head broad, . . 7. E. eque-^. Usually 7 labials ; head narrow, . 8. E. sirtalis. II. Body without stripes; 21 rows: 1 labial in orbit; brown with 7 rows of spots, 9. E. midtimaculata. 2 labials in orbit ; brown with small reddish spots anteriorly, 10. E. rufojnmetata. Eutaenia saurita L. Coluber saitrita L., Syst. Nat., XII, 335 (1766); Eutmiia saurita B. and G., I. c, 24 ; Cope, I. c, 650, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1020 ; Troju- donotus saurita (part) BouL, I. c, I, 212. Upper labials 7 (rarely 8); oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2 (3); body slender and elongated; tail from .36 to .28 of total length; scales in 19 rows, all keeled; ventrals 150-170; subcaudals 95- 120; chocolate brown, with three yellow stripes, the lateral on the third and fourth rows; belly yellow or greenish white; top of head dark brown; a spot on parietals; labials yellow, unmarked. The largest specimen I have seen is in the Academy's collection, from Minnesota, and measures 865 mm. (tail 240). As is usually the case with large examples, the tail is here rather short, about .27. Hab. — United States, east of Mississippi river. 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Eutaenia sackeni Kennicott. Proc. Ac. Phil., 1859,98; Cope, I. c. GoO, ami Kep. Nat. Mus., 1019; T. saurita (part) Boul., I. c, 1,212. Scutellation and proportions as in saurita, but the upper labials are almost invariably 8, instead of 7. The color is greenish olive, or blackish in old specimens, and the dorsal stripe is usually absent, in such cases showing faintly for a short distance l:)ehiud the head. Total length 710 mm. (tail 255). Hab. — Florida. Eutaenia proxima Say. Coluber proximus Say, Long's E.Kp., I, 187 (1823); Eutceiiia proxima and E. Faireyi B. and G., I. c, 25 ; E. p)roxima Cope, I. c, 65U, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1022 ; 2'. saurita (part) Boul., I. c. I, 212. Head small ; body slender, though stouter and with shorter tail than in the preceding species; upper labials 8; oculars 1-3; tem- porals 1-2 (3); scales in 19 rows, all keeled; ventrals 165-178; subcaudais 91-115; dark olive or brownish to almost black; dor- sal stripe distinct, bright yellow to orange; lateral stripe on third and fourth rows, usually pale or greenish yellow ; belly yellow' or green, usually without markings; top of head dark, with a pari- etal spot; labials colored like the belly. Sometimes the dorsal and lateral stripes are of the same color; very dark specimens with such stripes, chiefly from the northern portions of its range, are faireyi B. and G. These have often a slightly longer tail, but the differences are not constant. The usual length of large examples from the Mississippi valley is about 800 mm., of which the tail is from .33-. 28, but a living specimen lately received by the Zoologi- cal Society from Pecos, Tex., is 1160 mm. long (tail 280). In this the tail is but .24 of the length, being the shortest I have met with in the species. The dorsal stripe is a rich red. Hab. — Indiana and Illinois to southern Mexico, and west through Texas. It is not certainly known from east of the Mis- sissipj)i except in the States named. Eutaenia radix B. and G. I. c, 34 ; Cope, I. c, 650, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1026 ; T. ordinatus var. radix Boul., I. c, I, 211. Body moderately stout; head broad; upper labials 7 (occ. 8); oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2 ; ventrals 145-170; subcaudais 51-70; scales in' 21 or 19 rows, all keeled, the outer slightly. Brown, olive or' almost black, with three stripes, the dorsal usually golden 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21 or orauge, aud the laterals ou the third and fourth row, paler yel- low ; the spots are distinct except when the body color is so dark as to obscure them; belly green to slaty black, with a dark spot at the base of each ventral near the end; parietal spot usually present; labials yellowish or green, heavily margined with dusky. Total length 750 mm. (tail from .20-. 24). Although radix usually has 21 rows of scales, four out of five specimens which I have lately received from eastern Missouri have 19. Hab. — From the Rocky Mountains to Indiana, and the British possessions to Texas. The common species of the plains. Eutsenia megalops Kenuicott. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 330. Confusion has been introduced into this species by inaccurate description and identification. Typical megalops is from Arizona; its Mexican representative is macrostemma Kenn. Sundry speci- mens of the latter Prof. Cope described under the name insig- niarum, attributing to it markings ob?cure or wanting, as com- pared with macrostemma ; five specimens in the Academy's collection from the City of Mexico, referred by Cope himself to insigniarum, do not, however, bear out this statement, and I can see no reason for regarding that form as distinct from macrostemma,^^ which probably does not enter the United States. Eutaenia megalops megalops Kennicott. /. c.,330 ; E. mcgdlops and E. macrostemma insigniarum (part) Cope, I. c, 650, 651; T. ordinatus var. macrostemma (part) Bonl., I. c, I, 212 ; E. megalops and E. macrostemma Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1025, 1029. Body moderately stout; tail from .19-.2G of length; eye large; scales in 21 rows, the outer irregularly keeled; upper labials 8 (9), the last one small; temporals 1-2 (3). Brown or ashy with three narrow yellow stripes, the lateral on third and fourth rows; spots present, but not very distinct; belly usually green, bases of ventrals dusky; no j)arietal nor nuchal spots; a small post-oral crescent sometimes present; labials slightly margined; ventrals 158-164; subcaudals 52-65. Total length of two specimens from Tucson: 740 mm. (tail 140), 690 mm. (tail 140). Three specimens of this snake were sent to the Zoological Society in 1891, i^In his latest work Cope himself abandons insigniarum in favor oi macro- stemma. 22 PROCEEDINGS OF TilE ACADEMY OF [Jan., from Tucson, Ariz., by Mr. Herbert Brown, and were ascribed by Cope (^. c. , p. 051) to insirjniarum. They Avere at the time con- sidered by me to be merjalops. They are now in the Academy's collection, and reexamination shows that they do not correspond to Cope's description of the first species, n ir to five examples of that supposed form from Mexico, but they do agree in all respects with Kennicott's description of megalops, except that the spots are slightly more distinct and the upper labials are variable; one has them 8-8, another 8-9, and the third 9-9. In the five macrostemma Kenn. (^ hi'iicjniarum Cope) from Mexico, the largest of which measures 990 mm., I find the tail to be about one-fourth of the length, or longer than in most adult vier/alops, which reverses the proportions given by Cope ; a smaller megalops from Duck creek, New Mexico, in the Cope collection, 610 mm. long, has the tail about .26, and more ventrals and subcaudals, but is otherwise exactly like my Tucson specimens. Hab. — New Mexico, Arizona and northern Mexico. Eutaenia elegans B and G. I. c, 34. As a rule elegans has 21 rows of scales and 8 labials, but varia- tions to 19 rows and 7 labials are not uncommon, and in one form 23 rows sometimes appear; oculars 1 (2)-3 (4); temporals 1-2 (sometimes 1-1 or 1-3); posterior chin shields about equal in length to the anterior; head rather small; eye small or moderate ; size rathftr smaller than E. sirtalis ; tail .19-25 of length; ven- trals 144-180; subcaudals 53-90. The lateral stripe is on the second and third rows ; the diversity of color is considerable, and is best stated under subspecific heads. E. elegans is a western* form, ranging from the central plains to the Pacific coast. Key to the Subspecies. ct. — Post-oral crescent absent: Color dark ; spots and lat. stripe often indistinct, 1. E. e. elegans. Color lighter; spots encroaching on stripes, 2. E. e. vagrans. Often 2 preoculars and 23 rows; otherwise like vagrans, 3. E. e. biscutata. b. — Post-oral crescent present: Spots and strijies distinct, . . . . 4. E. e. marciana. Spots and stripes indistinct or absent, . 5. E. e. couchi. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPHIA. 23 Eutaenia elegans elegans B. and G. E. elegans B. and G., I. c, 34 ; E. e. elegans, E. e. plutonia and E. e. brunnca Cope, I. c, 653, 654, and Eep. Nat. Miis., 1035, 1037; T. vagrans (part) and T. ordinatus var. infcrnalis (part) Boul., I. c, I, 202, 207 ; Thamnophis elegans (part) Van Den., Occ. Papers Cal. Ac. of Sc, No. 5, 207 (1897); Thamnoi^his elegans Stej., No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 211. Color usually dark brown, olive or black, obscuring the spots; dorsal stripe moderately wide and distinct, whitish, yellow or red; laterals usually, but not always, distinct; there are no nuchal spots and^the labials are without dark margins; belly generally light, with a distinct yellowish tinge on the throat; eye moderate; posterior chin shields about equal the anterior; A^entrals 155-172; sub- caudals 57-80. E. jilutonia YaiTOw was based upon two melanistic individuals, one from Arizona and the other from Washington. I can see no valid reason for retaining E. brunnea Cope. Hab. — California to Oregon. Eutaenia elegans vagrans B. and G. E. vagrans B. and G., I. c, 35 ; E. e. lineolata and E. e. vagrans Cope, I. c, 655, 656, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1038, 1039 ; T. vagrans (part) Boul., I. c, I, 202 ; Tlianinophis vagrans Stej., I. c, 213 ; T. vagrans (part) Van Den., I. c, 210. E. vagrans has almost always 21 rows and 8 upper labials; ven- trals 153-172; subcaudals 53-91; the eye is smaller than in elegans and the posterior chin shields either equal the anterior in length or are rather less. Color, greenish yellow or ashy to brown ; the spots are rather small and numerous, they are usually distinct and often tend to join together, forming zigzag cross- bands ; they usually encroach upon the stripes, which are whitish or yellow; the belly is frequently marbled with slate color, espe- cially in the centre; head brown or blackish with parietal spot and nuchal blotches generally present; labials rarely dark bordered and then but narrowly. Hab. — The region of the plains and the Pacific coast from southern California to Oregon. Eutaenia elegans biscutata Cope. E. biscutata Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1883, 21 ; I. c, 651, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1032; T. vagrans (part) Boul., I. c., I, 202; Thamno- pJiis vagrans biscutata Van Deu., I. c., 212. This form was established by Prof. Cope upon a melanistic speci- men of small size, with two preoculars and 21-22 rows of scales. 24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Mr. Van Denburgh has examined a nnmber which have 2, 3, and occasionally 1 preocular; sometimes 7 labials and 21-23 rows; all these being from Washington and Oregon. jVllowing for donbt as to the significance of these variations, the form may be provisionally retained as a subspecies of E. elegans. Eutaenia elegans marciana B. and G. JS. Marciana B. and G. , I. c, 36 ; E. e. marciana Cope, I. c, 656, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1045 ; E. nigrolateris A. Brown, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1889, 421; T. ordinaius var. mai'cianus Boa\., I. c, I, 211. Largest of the subspecies; 21 rows of scales; upper labials 8; temporals 1-2 (3); iDosterior chin shields rather longest; ventrals 149-163; subcaudals 53-85. Light brown or ashy; dorsal stripe narrow and not always distinct ; laterals of the same shade, but frequently merged into the belly color; spots distinct and conspicu- ous, sometimes encroaching a little upon the stripes; belly light with a dark spot at the base of each ventral near the end; nuchal and parietal spots present; labials heavily bordered, and a con- spicuous pale post-oral crescent. E. nigrolateris A. Brown was based upon an individual from Tucson, the most striking character of which, apart from obvious abnormalties, was the extension of the preocular upward to meet the frontal. Since then I have examined several marciana which exhibit a tendency in this direction. Hab. — Central Texas to western Arizona. Eutaenia elegans couchi Kennicott. E. coucltii Kenn., Pac. E. R. Rep., 10 (1857), and E. hammondii Kenn., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 332; E. e. couchii Cope, I. c, 656, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1042 ; T. ordinatus vars. couchii and ham- mondii Boul., I. c, I, 210 ; Thamnophis hammondii y am Den., I. c, 212. Moderately stout; 21 rows of scales (occ. 19); upper labials 8 (rarely 7); posterior chin shields longest; ventrals 159-173; subcaudals 68-85. Grayish brown, dark brown or olive; dorsal stripe narrow, indistinct or absent; lateral stripe not very distinct; spots almost always absent, although a few black dots are some- times visible on the scales; belly yellowish to black; labials dark bordered; nuchal blotches present; post-oral crescent less distinct than in marciana. Hab. — California and Arizona. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELrniA. 25 Eutaenia eques Reuss. Coluber eques Reuss., Mns. Senck., I, 153 ;^^ E. cyrtopsis, E. c. ocellata and E. aurata Cope, I. c, 656, 659 ; 2'. ordiiuitus var. eques (part) Boul., I. c, I, 209 ; E. eques Cope, Rep. Nat. 3[us., 1049. Body moderately stout ; head broad behind ; eye large ; scales in 19 rows, the outer smooth or faintly keeled ; upper labials 8; oculars 1-3; temporals 1-3; posterior chin shields much the longest. Brownish olive ; dorsal stripe narrow, said to be red in life; laterals paler, on the second and third rows; two series of large black spots between the dorsal and latei*al stripes; anteriorly and on the middle of the body the spots often fuse transversely^ forming zigzag bands; the spots encroach considerably upon the stripes, sometimes breaking through the lateral one, especially anteriorly; a third row of spots on the outer row of scales and the ends of the ventrals; belly whitish, each scutum black at the base on the ends; top of head olive; large and conspicuous nuchal blotches; labials yellowish white borda^ed with black; chin yellow- ish; ventrals 151-169; subcaudals 0-1-74; tail about .23 of length. According to Dr. Coues, this species grows to quite the size of E. sirtalis around Fort Whipple, Ariz. E. cyrtopsis ocellata Cope was founded upon specimens collected by G. W. Marnock at Helotes, Tex., in which the lateral stripe is cut completely through in places by the lower row of dorsal spots. There are two specimens in the Cope collection from the same locality and collector; one in every way corresponds with Kennicott's description of cyrtopsis, the other is ocellata for about four inches behind the head, and eques on the rest of the body. It is not easy to reconcile the original description of E. aurata Cope with the type and only specimen, which is simply a well- fattened and stout eques, with the spots obscure, though indicated. The specimen is mutilated and the brown color has disappeared in the preservative fluid, but in every character not dependent upon prominence of the spots, it belongs to the present species. Hab. — Western Texas to Arizona; northern Mexico. Eutaenia sirtalis L- Coluber sirtalis L., Sj^st. Nat., Ed. X, 22-2 (1758). This is rather a stout species; head distinct and moderately large; tail from .20 to .25 of the length; oculars 1 (2)-3 (4); 11 I have been unable to verify this reference, and it is adopted here on the authority of Eoulenger and Cope. 26 PROCEEDINGS OF IHE ACADEMY OF {JaU., temporals 1 anterior, ^vith 1, 2 or 3 iu the second row; upper labials almost always 7, but iu one subspecies 6 or 8; posterior chin shields lougest; scales in 19 rows (occ, 17 or 21), the outer row smooth or faintly keeled; veutrals 138-165; sub-caudals 55-85. The color range is very great : bluish, green, olive, brown and almost black, usually with a dorsal stripe and a lateral on the second and third rows, and three rows of spots on the back and side; any or all of these may be absent; belly yellow, green or black, generally with a roundish spot near the end of each ventral; the head is dark above, usually with a parietal sj^ot ; labials mar- gined with dusky. Maximum length about 900 mm. Hab. — The Avhole of North America, wherever snakes are found, and extending into Mexico. Key to the Subspecies. Green, with spots, usually no stripes, . . . \. E. s. ordinatm. Stripes and spots present; no red on sides, . . 2. E. s. sirtalis. Stripes and sj^ots often obscure; generall}^ red on sides, 3. E. s. jiciTietalis. Color very dark ; 3 stripes; belly blue-black, 4. E. s. 2nckermgi. Color dark, 3 stripes; head small; often 17 rows, 5. E. s. leptocephala. Eutaenia sirtalis ordinata L. Coluber ordinatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII. 379 (1766); E. s. ordinata and E. s. (jraniinea (part) Cope, I. c, 662, and Rep. Nat. Mns., 1066, 1067; 2\ ordinatus forma typica Boul., /. c, I, -206. Green above; usually without stripes; spots generally distinct, but in some cases obscure; belly greenish white; 19 rows of scales; 7 labials. Hab. — United Stat(!S east of Mississippi river. Eutaenia sirtalis sirtalis L. Coluber sirtalis L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 222 (1758); B. s. sirtalis, E. s. (jraviiiiea (part), E. s. semifasciata, E. s. obsciira and E. butleri Cope, I. c, 662, 663, 651, and Kcp. Nat. Miis., 1066, 1067-74, 1031 ; 7\ ordinatus var. sirt((lis (part) and var. butleri Boul., /. c, I, 206, 212; Thamnopliis butleri Stej., Proc. U.S. Nat. I\his., 1891, 593; E. bruchystoma Cope, Am. Nat., 1892, 964, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1056. This subspecies has almost always 19 rows of scales and 7 upper labials; oculars 1-3; tem^iorals usually 1-2 (3), occasionally 1-1; the color is variable, but is usually brown, bluish or green, with the three light stripes well defined ; spots rather large and usually 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 27 distinct; top of head dark ; parietal spot present ; labials yellowish or greenish, with dark borders; ventrals 138-165; subcaudals 61-80. Length, 750 to 950 ram., of which the tail is from .20 to .25. Some of the specimens referred by Prof. Cope to E. s. graminea have the stripes more or less distinctly marked; these I assign to the present form. E. s. semifasciata Cope is based upon a few individuals in which the spots are somewhat confluent anteriorly — a disposition by no means uncommon in many of the species of this genus. Specimens in the Academy's collection labeled obsciDxi by Cope plainly show the dorsal spots, although not prominently; similar individuals may be found in almost any lot of E. s. sirtalis col- lected in one locality; w^estern examples of obscura are probably referable to E. s. pariefalis. The only thing which appears to me out of the ordinary about the form, is that any one should have thought of giving it a name. The basis of E. butlerl Cope was a specimen from Richmond, Indiana, the special characters of Avhich were: the great width of the lateral stripe, covering three rows of scales ; the black borders of the stripes; the absence of defined spots and of markings on the head and labials, and the presence of but one temporal in the second row. To these distinctions Mr. Stejneger has added, from a second specimen in the National Museum, that the eye is strikingly small. I have not seen the type specimen, from Rich- mond, but two others (No. 6523, Ac. coll.) from southeastern Indiana, labeled by Cope E. butlerl, present intermediate charac- ters. In these examples, the lateral stripe nowhere " covers " the second, third and fourth rows, being everywhere restricted to the lower half of the fourth, and anteriorly, where it most extends on the fourth, it barely covers the upper margin of the second, while on the hinder half of the body it is almost wholly on the second and third. The sijots are not entirely absent, though obscure against the dark bod}- color, and in one of the specimens they form narrow broken borders to the stripes, as in many of Cope's obscura; the posterior labials have narrow dark borders, and there is an indistinct parietal spot. Both have two temporals in the second row; in one the lower is narrow and in contact with the anterior one only by its point; in the other, the lower is much the 28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jau.^ largest; in any event E. s. sirtalis not infrequently has but one second temporal. Examination of the type of E. hrachystoma Cope leaves little ground for regarding it as anything more than a dwarfed and shortened E. s. sirtalis. The colors appear to have faded; on stretching the skin, indications of the dorsal spots appear, and the ventral spots of sirtalis are not absent, as stated in the description, but are plainly present, though small. The body is dispropor- tionately short, as is the mouth, which, instead of reaching back as far as the hinder end of the parietals, ends quite in advance of that point; with which shortening the reduced number of labials is doubtless correlated. Hah. —E. s. sirtalis is found over the United States and southern Canada, east of the great plains, but is chiefly from east of the Mississippi river. Eutaenia sirtalis parietalis Say. Coluber parietalis Say, Long's Exp., I, 18G (1823); E. s. parietalis, E. s. conciiina, E. s. tetratmnia, E. s. dorsalis, E. s. obscura (part), E. elegans ordinoidcs and E. infernalis infernaUs (part) Cope, I. c, 654-664, and Rep. Nat. Mas., 1074-1081 ; T. ordinatus var. sirtalis (part) and T. o. var. infernalis (part) Bonl., I. c, I, 206, 207 ; T ham nophis parietalis Stej., No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 214 ; Van Den., /. c, 201. This subspecies has usually 19 rows and 7 labials; occasional examples have 21 rows and the labials are sometimes 8; the color is dark brown, bluish, black or even green; dorsal stripe distinct and variable in color, white, blue, yellow or red; the laterals are distinct owing to the presence of more or less of the dark body color on the outer rows and ends of the ventrals; the upper row of spots commonly fuses into a longitudinal black stripe, with which the lower row sometimes connects above; the skin on the sides is bright red, sometimes extending on to the scales so that the sides appear to have a denticulated pattern of black and red. This is often seen in living snakes only when the scales are stretched apart, but in alcoholic specimens the spaces between the lower row of spots seem to fade rapidly to white, and the denticulated pattern is then very distinct. The belly is yellow, green or bluish slate, and the spots near the ends, though small, are plainly to be seen at the base of each ventral; top of head olive or reddish yellow; an occasional labial with a narrow dark margin. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29 E. s. tetvaUenia Cope was founded upon sj ecimeiis which had beeu many years in alcohol. One in the Academy's collection (No. 6085) from Puget Sound, formerly known as E. conclnna, seems to have had the red lateral spaces formed into a longitudinal stripe, extinguishing the upper portion of the lower row of spots. A small snake in the same jar, of the same date and locality, is an ordinary parietalis. Considering the amount of variability in the joining of the spots in 2)anetaMs, and also the uncertain way in which the red pigment dissolves in alcohol, I am not disposed to attach much importance to slight differences in these very old specimens. E. dorsalis B. and G. has the upper black dorsal stripe some- what narrower than is usual in those examples of parietalis in which the spots fuse into a stripe. E. onlinoides B. and G. is said to have the sides chestnut in life, instead of bright red, but this difference is trivial and old alcoholic specimens are distinguishable only when they have 21 rows of scales and 8 labials; but as ordinoides and parietalis vary into each other in scutellation, I see no good reason for separating them, or for assigning the former to E. elegans, as is done by Cope. Whatever may or may not have been injernalis Blainville, I have never seen a living specimen which could be referred with certainty to injernalis B. and G. or Cope, and I am persuaded that those so called belong in part to the present form and in part to E. elegans. The dimensions of parietalis are about as in E. s. sirtalis. Hab. — From central California norih to \Yashington and Oregon, and through the plains from Montana to Texas. Eutaenia sirtalis pickeringi B. and G. £J. Phckaringii B. and G., I. c, 27 ; E. s. jnckeringii and E. s. trilineata Cope, I. c, 065, and Rep Nat. Mus., 1082, 1083 ; T. o. var. infernalis (part) Boul., I.e., I, 207; Thamnophis parietalis pickeringi Van Den., I. c, 204. Color very dark, blackish brown or black, with three narrow light stripes ; belly dark greenish or slate color; throal lighter. E. s. trilineata Cope is simply this form with the stripes inconsid- erably wider. Hab. — Washington, Oregon and western Montana. 30 riiOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Eutaenia sirtalis leptocephala B. and G. E. leptocephala B. and G., I. c, 29 ; B. atrata and E. cooperi Kenn., Pac. K. R. Survey, 296 (1860); E. leptocephala and E. infer nalis vidua Cope, I. c, 658, 660, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1058, 1055 ; T. lep- tocephalus (part) and T. o. var. infernalis (part) Boul., I. c, 1,201, 208; Thamnophis leptocephalus Stej., I. c, 214; Van Den., I. c, 205. Size smaller and tail relatively a little longer than in E. s. sirtalis; body moderately stout; head small and narrow; scales in 17-19 rows; preoculars 1 or 2 (3); postoculars 3 or 4: temporals 1-1 or 1-2; upper labials usually 7, but sometimes 6 or 8; olive, greenish or blackish brown, generally with three light stripes; these are variable and sometimes absent; the three rows of spots are hardly to be seen in dark specimens; belly yellowish, greenish or dark slate; head dark, with a parietal spot; labials yellower olive, sometimes narrowly bordered; ventrals 139-152; sub- caudals 52-77. Total length of one specimen 724 mm. (tail 1G4); of another 723 mm. (tail 138). Nine specimens from Washington and British Columbia, • collected by Samuel N. Rhoads, have 17 rows of scales; nearly all have 7 labials; one has them 7-8, and one has 8; the preoculars ai-e 1, 2 or 3, with 2, 3 or 4 postoculare. In all the color is dark brown or black, with the spots barely visible and the lateral stripe indistinct. Indi- viduals with 19 rows and 7 labials so closely resemble some forms of parietalis, and in fact some Eastern E. s. sirtalis, that I cannot regard it as more than a subspecies. In E. infernalis vidua Cope has merely redescribed two of Kennicott's original specimens of E. atrata, although he does not mention the fact, "while referring to the resemblance. One of Kennicott's specimens (No. G359 Ac. coll. ; original number 970), marked vidua by Cope, better accords with the first description than with the later one. It has 19 rows at a point about three inches behind the head, where the number rarely reaches a maxi- mum, but on the rest of the body it has 17 as stated by Kenni- cott;'- upper labials 8; oculars 1-3; temporals 1-2; ventrals 155; subcaudals (35; length 622 mm. (tail 138), or .22 of the length, being considerably shorter than the proportion given by Cope. A second specimen (No. G584 Ac. coll.), also from San Francisco, has the dorsal stripe somewhat narrower ; spots obscure, but visible 1 * Curiously enough, Cope in his last paper, p. 1059, refers to this irregu- larity ia the number of rowa as being sometimes found in leptocephala. 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF nilLADELPIIIA. 31 against the dark body color, and has the belly rather lighter, with clear indications of a lateral stripe on the second and third rows ; ventrals 143; subcaudals 03; length 440 mm. (tail 108, or .245 of the length). In one the labials are dark lead color, in the other yellowish green, both wilh traces of narrow dark borders; the chin shields are not subeqiial in these specimens, but the hinder are noticeably the longest, as in most leptocephala, and the eye is small, as in that form. Mr. Van Denburgh refers vidua to elegans, but the totality of characters in the two which I have examined comples me to regard them as leptocephala, to which, in fact. Cope himself has already referred atrata, of which vidua in no event could be more than a synonym. Hab. — British Columbia, Oregon, Washington and California north of San Francisco. Eutaenia multimaculata Cope. Atomnrchus multimaculatus Cope, Am. Nat., 1883. 1300 ; E. mul- timaculata Cope, I. c, 665, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1087 ; T. multimac- ulatus Boul., I. c, I, 214. Posterior maxillary teeth shorter than in the preceding species; occasionally an azygous plate between the internasals; scales in 21 rows; upper labials 8, the fourth only touching the eye; oculars 2-3; temporals 1-3. Grayish or brown above, with about 7 longitudinal series of brown or reddish spots with lighter centres, some of which often unite transversely; ventrals yellowish with dark edges. Length about 708 mm. Hab. — Southern New Mexico; northern Mexico. Eutaenia rufopunctata Cope. CMlopoma rufopunctata Cope, Wheeler Survey, 544 (1875); E. rufopunctata Cope, I. c, 666; 1\ rufopunctata Boul., I. c, I, 214. Teeth as in multimaculata ; head narrow; rostral large and pro- jecting; 21 rows of scales; upper labials 8, fourth and fifth touch- ing the eye; oculars 2 (l)-3; temporals 1-3; chin shields about equal. Light brown, anteriorly with six rows of small reddish or orange spots; belly brownish gray, base of ventrals dark; no markings on head; labials light; ventrals 177, subcaudals 87. Only one specimen known, from southern Arizona. Length 257 mm. 32 rROCEEDiXGS OF Till: ACADEMY OF [Jaa., TROPIDONOTUS Kuhl. Isis von Oken, 1826, 205 ; Boul. (part), I. c, I, 192 ; Natrix Cope, I. c, 667, and Kep. Nat. Mus., 957 ; Nerodia and Rerjiaa B. and G., I. c, 38-45. Maxillary teeth smooth, gradually increasing posteriorly, the last three or four rather abruptly enlarged; head scales normal; 1 loreal; 2 [nasals; 2 interuasals; body rather stout; head distinct; scales keeled with double pits in 17-38 rows; anal divided. Hab. — Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia, America. This genus much resembles Eukeiiia, but has a divided anal and scale pits. Being viviparous, like Eutcenia, these snakes breed freely in captivity, and the insignificance of slight differences in color and pattern may be instructively observed in almost any single brood of young. Key to the North American Species. a. — Body with stripes; scales in 19-21 rovvs: a\ — Preoculars 2 : Brown; 3 black stripes on back; 4 on belly, 1. T. leberis. Olive brown, with 4 narrow stripes on back, 2. T. grahami. Brown, with 2 narrow stripes on back, 3. T. rigida. h\ — Preocular 1 : Yellowish brown; 4 dark brown sti'ipes on back, 4. T. clarki. h. — Body with spots or cross bands: a\ — Scales in 19-21 rows ; brown, with indistinct spots or cvoss-bands, 5. 21 conipressicauda. b\- Scales in 23-25 rows ; brown with alternating spots or cross-bands, 6. T. sipedon.^^ \ c\ — Scales in 27-29 rows: 27 rows; large alternating spots, . 7. T. rhombifer. 29 rows; narrow coss-bands; eye with circle of scales, 8. T. cyclopeum. d\ — Scales in 29-33 rows; size large; alternating spots; parietals broken up, T. taxisjnlotus. Tropidonotus leberis L. Coluber leberis L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 216 (1753); Regina leberis B. and G., I. c, 45 ; JS^atrix leberis Cope, /. c, 668, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 993 ; T. septemvittatus Boul., I. c, 1, 239. Size moderate ; oculars 2-2 ; temporals 1-2 ; upper labials 7 ; 1^ Tropidonotus bisectus Cope {Proc. U. S. Nat. 3Ius., 1887, p. 116) Is obviously abnormal in some, at least, of its characters. Its locality is uncer- tain and is probably referable to some form of T. sipedon. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPIIIA. 33 scales iu 19 nnvs; ventrals 14G-151; subeaiulals 64-86. Dark brown above Avith three narrow longitudinal l)lack stripes on the back; a yellow stripe on the two outer rows of scales ; belly yellow- ish with four black stripes. Length 580 mm, (tail 154). Hab. — United States east of the Mississippi; not common in Florida. Tropidonotus graliami B. and G. Regina Graliamii B. and G., I. c, 47 ; Natrix r/ra7iamii Cope, I. c, 668, and Kep. Nat. Mus., 991 ; T. grahami Boul., I. c, I, 240. Size moderate; oculars 2-2 (3); temporals 1-2; upper labials 7; scales in 19 rows (occ. 21) ; ventrals 150-173; subcaudals 45-65, A light brown or clay-colored dorsal stripe, one and a halt scales wide, bordered by a narrow black line; below this, an olive-brown stripe three scales wide, bordered below by another black line on the fourth row; belly and three outer rows straw yellow. There is a narrow black line along the juncture between the ventrals and the outer scale row, and frequently another along the middle of the ventrals. In old individuals the colors darken and the appear- ance is sometimes presented of a brown snake with three narrow black stripes on each side. Length 880 mm. (tail 130). Hab. — The Mississippi valley, from Michigan to Texas. Tropidonotus rigidus Say. Coluber rigidus Say, Jour. Acad. Phila., IV, 1825, 239 ; Regina rigida B. and G., I. c, 49; Nntrix rigida Cope, I. c, 668, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 989; T. rigidus Boul., L c, I, 240. Size rather small ; oculars 2-2 ; temporals 1-2 ; upper labials 7 ; 19 rows of scales; ventrals 132-142; subcaudals 51-71. Greenish brown, with two narrow black stripes on the back; labials and belly yellow, with two series of black spots on the ven- trals, which sometimes merge into a clouded stripe in front and behind. Length 536 mm. (tail 102). Hab. — Pennsylvania, south and southwest to the Gulf; rare in Florida. Tropidonotus clarkii B. and G. Regina Clarkii B. aud G., I. c, 48 ; Natrix clarkii Cope, I. c, 669, aud Kep. Nat. Mus., 987 ; T. clarkii Boul., I. c, I, 238. Size moderate; oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3 (2); upper labials 8 (occ. 7); scales in 19 or 21 rows; ventrals 130-135; subcaudals 57-68. 3 34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Dark olive brown above, witli three light olive stripes, the dorsal one three scales wide, and the lateral on the third, fourth and part of the fifth rows; belly yellow in the middle and light olive on the sides and outer row of scales ; an irregular clouded stripe of red- dish brown on each side of the median yellow tract. Length 806 mm. (tail 168). Hab. — Western Louisiana and Texas. Tropidonotus compressicaudus Konnioott. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, :J35. Size moderate; tail somewhat compressed; scales in 19 or 21 rows, very occasionally 23; oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3 (2); upper labials 8. The pattern in this species is not disiinct, and is best seen in the young. The body color is greenish olive, with a dorsal row of black spots and a smaller series on each side. The spots are confused and irregular, the laterals being sometimes oppo- site the dorsals and sometimes alternating with them ; they tend to fuse together, forming cross-bands, which when they alternate, are zigzag. The anterior spots in many specimens merge lengthwise into more or less distinct stripes on the neck, which at times extend some distance on the body. The belly is yellowish or ashy, com- monly blotched with black, more heavily posteriorly; anteriorly each ventral is margined with black, leaving a transverse elliptical yellow mark in the centre, with sometimes a row of similarly colored small spots on each end. Top of the head greenish olive, often with an elongated black lilotch on the frontal and parietals ; labials yellow, more or less margined with black. Two color forms may be distinguished : Three rows of spots; traces of stripes on neck, 1. T. c compressicaudus. Cross-bands on body ; black stripes on neck, . . 2. T. c. iistus. Tropidonotus compressicaudus compressicaudus Kenn. Nerodia compressicaudci Kenu., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 3.35; Natrix compressicauda Cope, I. c, 669, and IJep. Nat. Mus., 979 ; T. com- pressicaudus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 233. Grayish olive or ashy, with about forty dark spots on the back, distinct but irregular; the dorsal and lateral series mostly alter- nating, sometimes forming cross-bands in front. Indications of short stripes on the neck. A small specimen collected by ]Mr. C. B. Moore, on Pine Island, Charlotte Harbor, has 133 ventrals; 74 subcaudals; length 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 35 255 ram. (tail 68). The species reaches a length of about 600 ram. Hab.— Florida. Tropidonotus compressicaudus ustus Cope. T. ristus Cope, Proc. Aoa'1. Phila., 1860, 310; JVatrix mta. N. eom- pressicauda bivittafa, JSf. c. walkerii, N. c. compsolmmn Cope, I. c, G68, 6G9, 670, and Hep. Nat. Mus., 981-983 ; JV. c. kc/wita Cope, Am. Nat., 1895, 676; T. compressicaudus (part) BouL, I. c, I, 238. lu this form the spots join to form raore or less distinct cross- bands, sorae thirty-five to forty on the body ; these are frequently obscure, especially in adults; the neck stripes occasionally extend sorae distance toward the tail. The body color is frequently pale yellow, more or less suffused Avith the reddish tinge common in many species of this genus. The whole pattern is indefinite and hardly any two specimens are alike ; upon these trivial differences the forms given in the syuouymy have been based. Hab.— Florida. Tropidonotus sipedon L- Coluber sipedon L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 219 (1758). Size moderate, to large and stout; scales in 23 or 25 rows; upper labials 8 (occ. 9); oculars 1-3 (2); temporals 1-3 ; veulrals 125- 155; subcaudals 59-82. In this species the color is brown, yellowish or red above, with darker transverse bauds or spots on the back, or both in combina- tion; the beUy is yellowish, either spotted or unmarked. The pattern is distinct in the young, but the body color becomes dark in old specimens, until the markings are often wholly obliterated. Three well-marked color forms may be distinguished, of which 1. s. sipedon is the common "water snake" of the Eastern Middle States; T. s. fasciatus of the Southern and Gulf States, and 2. s. tramversus seems to be restricted to the western part of the lower Mississippi valley. a. — Ventrals spotted: Cross-bands on whole of back, . . . 1. T. s. fasciatus. Cross-bands in front ; spots posteriorly, . 2. T. s. sipedon. b. — Ventrals not spotted; whole body with alternating spots, 3. T. s. transversiis. 36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jau., Tropidonotus sipedon fasciatus I- Coluber fasrAatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 378 (1766); Nerodia fasci- ata and N. erythrogaster B. and G., I. c, 39, 40; Natrix fnsciata fascinta, N. f. x>leuraUs and N.f. crythrof/aster Co-pe, I. c, 673, and Rep. Nat. Mas., 963, 973, 975; N.'f. pic'tieventris Cope, Am. Nat., 1895, 077, and Rep. Xat. Mus., 969 ; T. fasciatus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 242. Size large; body stout; scales in 28 rows (raiely 25); upper labials 8; oculars 1-3 (2); temi^rals 1-3; veutrals 125-155; subcaudals 60-82. YelloAvisli, yellowish red, or In'own above, witli from twenty to thirty darker trausverse bands on the back, narrowing on the sides, and sometimes red spots on the sides ; sometimes the bands are more or less broken posteriorly; belly Avhitish yellow or salmon color, blotched with yellow, red or black; very often each ventral is mar- gined all around with the darker shade; top of the head uniformly dark, generally olive; an oblique dark streak behind the orbit; labials margined with dark brown. Old specimens become very dark. A large one from Georgia, now living in the Zoological Gardens, is sooty black with traces of red markings on the flanks; in this specimen the posterior third of the belly is almost wholly black. Anolher from Florida has the body color brick red on the back, becoming almost vermilion on the sides, the cross-bands being reddish with a mixture of olive; the ventrals are yellow or orange, mostly bordered all around with darker orange. This merely fortuitous phase is jyictieventr is Cope." A young specimen, now in the Academy's collection, bred in the Zoological Gardens from a typical fasciatus, shows at the age of one day, transverse bands, posteriorly much broken up into spots. With the darkening and consequent obscurity of color, especially along the dorsal area, Avhich results from age, this speci- men would develop the pattern attributed to jileural is Cope. I have no knowledge of small individuals of erythrogaster Shaw, and there is not the least "doubt in my mind that this form is again the result of darkening with age of the red specimens of fasciatus described above; although it may be that some northern examples should be referred to T. s. sipedon. The largest of this subspecies which I have seen, measured 1270 mm. (tail 300). Hab. — Virginia to Florida and west to Texas. '* This identification is given on the anthority of Prof. Cope, who declared that this specimen belonged to his new subspecies. 1901.] NATURAL SCIliNX^ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 37 Tropidonotus sipedon sipedon L. Coluber sipedon L., Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 219 (1758); JSferodia sipedon B. and G., I. c, 38; JVatrix fasciata sipedon Cope, I. c, 671, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 969 ; T. fasciatus (part) BouL, I. c, I, 242. Size moderate; almost invariably 23 rows and 8 upper labials; old specimens sometimes much resemble some phases of T. s. fasci- atus, but as a rule the body is less stout. When clear enough to be distinguished, the pattern consists of a series of large brown dorsal spots, separated by very narrow light interspaces; the dorsal alternates with a series of lateral spots separated by light intervals as long as or longer than themselves. Anteriorly, the lateral spots are often obscure or wanting. In old dark individuals, the general aspect is ihat of a dark-brown snake crossed on the middle of the back by narrow light lines, about half a scale wide, mar- gined with black. The ventrals ai'e spotted, but less heavily than in fasciatus. Top of the head brown; there is usually no post-ocular stripe, but when the general color is light, it is some- times indicated. Ventrals 130-150; subcaudals 59-80, Length 890 mm. (tail 205). Hab. — New England to the Carolinas; west to Wisconsin and Kansas. Tropidonotus sipedon transversus Hullowell. T. transversus Hallow., Proc. Arad. Phila., 1852, 177 ; Nerodia Wood- housii and JV. iransrersa B. and G., I. c, 42, 148 ; iV. /. transversa Cope, I. c, 672, and Rep. Nat. Mus , 973 ; T. fasciatus (part) Boul., I. c., I, 242. Size rather less than T. s. sipedon; scales in 23-25 rows; upper labials 8 or 9; temporals 1-3 ; ventrals 140-150; subcaudals 64— 80. Body color olive or brown; a dorsal series of 30-35 dark brown spots about four scales long and seven or eight wide, black bor- dered in front and behind; the interspaces aoout one scale wide; an alternating series of upright rectangular dark brown blotches on the sides, the intervals being w'ider than the blotches; the dorsal and lateral series are not in contact; belly yellow, with the base of each ventral dusky. Top of head dark olive, with sometimes a yellowish elongated spot on the commissure of the parietals and two small yellow dots on the anterior border of the frontal. Length about 860 mm. (tail 186). Hab.- -Western Louisiana, Texas and Arkansas. 38 PKOCEEDIXGS OF TOE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Tropidonotu8 rhombifer Hallowell. Pioc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 177 ; Nerodia Ilolhrookii and i\". rJiomhifer B. and G., I. c, 4.'5 and 147; Natrix rhomhlfera Cope, I. c, 673, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 9G3 ; T. fusciatus (part), Boul. I.e., I, 242. Size large; scales in 25 or 27 rows (Cope states that in thirteen individuals he found only one with 25 rows; whereas, in eight, I find five with 25, one with 26 and two with 27); oculars 1-2 (occasionally 3 or 4 post-oculars) ; tempoi-als 1-2 (3); ujiper labials 8; ventrals 141-150; subcaudals 57-78. Reddish brown, occasionally pale yellowish brown, darker on the back; a dorsal series of 35-40 black blotches, six or seven scales wide and two or three long, separated by rather longer inter- spaces; on each side an alternating series of vertical rectangular blotches, each of which is connected by a black oblique bar from its upper corners to the contiguous lower corners of the dorsal spots. Irregular cross-bauds on the tail. Belly yellow or gray, with an orange tinge posteriorly; a roundish black spot at the end of each ventral. Top of head olive brown; upper labials lighter olive; lower labials and throat yellow; all the labials narrowly margined Avith brown. This snake resembles T. tazispilotus, but has fewer scales and the spots are connected at the angles. Length 1,115 mm. (tail 220) ; probably reaches the size of T. s. fasciatus. Hab. — Southern Illinois and Indiana to Texas; extends south to Vera Cruz. Tropidonotus cyclopium Dum. and Bib. Erp. Gen., VII, 576 (1854); Cope, I. c, 673, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 961 ; Boul., I. c, I, 244. Size large; scales in 29 rows (occ. 31); oculars 1-2 (3); tem- porals 1-2 (3); upper labials 8 (7); almost always 2, 3 or 4 sub- oculars, forming with the })re- and post-oculars a ring around the eye; ventrals 135-150; subcaudals 64-81. Greenish or dark olive; irregular, broken darker bands, about the width of one scale, across the back to about the seventh row, at intervals of about two scales; oi)i)osite the interspaces, on each side, a vertically elongated l)lack blotch extending from the third to the sixth row ; l)e)ly yellowish or greenish white, the exterior base of each ventral clouded with dusky, which increases posteri- orly; top of head dark brown; lower half of upper labials lighter; all labials witli dark mr.rgins. The whole pattern is obscure, and 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPIIIA, 39 infold examples is not easy to make out. Length 1,200 mm. (tail 260). Hab. — Florida to New Orleans, and sparingly up the Missis- sippi to southern Illinois. Tropidonotus taxispilotus Ilolbrook. , No. Am. Herp., IV, 35, PI. 8 (1813); NerocUa tnxispilotua B. and G., I. c, 43 ; Natrix taxispilota Cope, I. c, 674, anti Kep. Nat. Mus., 959; T. taxispilotus Bonl., I. c, I, 215. Largest of the American water snakes ; body very stout ; scales in 29-33 rows, strongly keeled ; oculars 1-2 (3); temporals 2-4 (5); the parietal shields are small, their hinder portion being usually broken up into small plates ; upper labials 8, usually only the fourth entering the eye: ventrals 130-148; subcaudals 70-90. Reddish brown, with a dorsal and lateral series of rectangular blackish brown blotches, which alternate but do not touch; belly yellowish white with irregular blotches of dark brown. This species resembles both T. s. transversus and T. rhombifer, but may always be known from the former b}'' the increased number of scale rows, and from the latter by the absence of the oblique bars con- necting the dorsal and lateral spots. An occasional specimen shows the orbital ring of scales fouud in T. cyclopiani. Length 1,300 mm. (tail 290). Hab. — From the Potomac river to Florida and New Orleans. SEMINATRIX Cope. Am. Nat., 1895, 678, and Rep. Nat. ]\Ias., 993; Contia (part) Cope, I. c, 599; Tropidonotus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 192. jNIaxillary teeth smooth, slightly increasing posteriorly, tin last two abruptly enlarged ; body rather stout ; head small and slightly distinct; head scales normal; one loreal; nasal half divided; no scale pits; scales smooth on body, sometimes faintly keeled on the tail. Hab. —Florida. Seminatrix pygsea Cope. Contia pygcea Cope, Proc. Acad. Pbila., 1871, 222, and I. c, 600; S. pygcE'/s Cope, Am. Nat., 1895, 678, and Rep. Nat. Mas., 993 ; Tropi- donotus pygceus Boul., I. c, I, 228. Size small, tail short; 20-24 maxillary ]teeth, smooth and slightly increasing posteriorly, the last two abruptly enlarged; mandibular teeth about 20, subequal; head scales normal; internasals small; 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2, the anterior elongated; upper labials variable (in six which I have examined three have 7, one has 7-8, one has 8 and one has 9); 17 rows of scales, smooth on the body, often faintly keeled on the tail; ventrals 118-130; subcau- dals 32-54. Lustrous brownish black above, with a faint pale longitudinal line on each scale, most strongly marked on the sides; belly yellow or salmon color, each ventral with a small black bar on the exterior and outer margin. Length 484 ram. (tail 109) ; of another specimen 330 mm. (tail 50). Hab. — Florida. This species was included by Mr. Boulenger in his comprehensive genus Tropidonotus, but the smooth body scales and absence of scale pits, together with the wide difference in form and color pat- tern, appear to me to Avarrant generic separation. I have observed that in captivity these little snakes are fond of hiding under stones or bark in moist soil, and this habit is confirmed by ^Ir. Lcennberg.^' On the whole, I suspect that pygcea is a degenerating Tropidonotus in process of acquiring subterranean habits. It is possible that the light line on the dorsal scales may indicate the former presence of keels, but lately lost. HELICOPS Wagler. Syst. Amph., 170 (1830); Liodytes Cope, /. c, 6G6; Uelicops Boul., I. c, I, 272. Maxillary teeth smooth, posterior slightly longest, no interspace; one lorcal ; one iuternasal; two nasals; body rather stout; scales more or less keeled, usually without pits; anal divided. Hab. — Florida, tropical America and Africa, southern Asia. Helicops alleni Garman. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1874, 92; Liodytes allenii Cope, I. c. , 667, and Kep. Nat. Mus., 1013 ; Helicops alleni Boul., I. c, I, 275. Maxillary teeth 16-18, syncranterian; mandibular teeth 18-20, subequal; body short and stout; head slightly distinct; tail short; head scales normal, except that the intcrnasal is single; oculars 1-3, the anterior occasionally extending upwaxxl to meet the fron- tal; tempoi'als 1-2. In one specimen in my own collection the parietals extend to the labials, behind the iiost-oculars ; upper labials 7 or 8; scales in 19 rows, smooth excepting on the tail, where a few rows are more or less distinctly keeled ; as a rule scale ^^ Proc. V. 8. Nat. Mus., 1894, p. 323. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPPIIA. 41 pits are absent, but in one specimen which I have examined they are irregularly present; ventrals 121-129; subcaudals 58-63. A dark brown dorsal area six to eight scales wide, on each side of this a lighter olive stripe two rows wide, then a dark lateral stripe from the third to the fifth row ; belly and lal)ials yellow. Length 484 mm. (tail 110). Hab. — Florida. STORERIA n. and G. Cat. No. Am. Serp., 135 (1853); Cope, I. c, 074, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1000 ; Ischiiogiiathus^^ (part) Boul., I. c, I, 285. Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; no loreal ; two nasals; two inter- nasals; scales keeled without pits, in 15-17 rows; anal divided; size small ; head distinct. Hab. — North and Central America. 17 rows; 1 preocular; ventrals whitish, . . . . 1. S. dekayi. 15 rows; 2 preoculars; ventrals reddish, . 2. S. occipitomaculata. Storeria dekayi Hoi brook. Tropidonotus dekayi Holb., No. Am. Herp., Ill, 53, PL XIV (1842) ; 8. dekayi B. and G., I. c, 135 ; Cope, I. c, 675, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1000 ; Ischnocjnaihus dekayi Boul., I. c, I, 286. Head scales normal ; no loreal ; two nasals, nostril generally between them; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 7; scales in 17 rows, notched at the tip; ventrals 120-140; subcaudals 40-63. Length 350 mm. (tail 70). Grayish to reddish brown or olive above, with a lighter dorsal stripe about three scales wide, bordered by a row of black dots or a black line, sometimes traces of a second and third alternating series on the sides; belly w^iitish, with black dots on the ends of the ventrals. Hab. — North America and Mexico, east of the Rocky Moun- tains. ^^ There is possibly a question as to actual piiority of publication between Storeria B. and G. and Jschnognatlius Dum. and Bib., both bearing the date 1853 ; the paper of Dumenl and Bibron having been read before the Academie des Sciences, November 2, 1852, and the Cat. of No, Am. Ser- petits being accepted for publication in the same month. Both genera Avere established upon S. dekayi, but as the definition given by Baird and Giraid is much more complete, usage warrants the retention of their name. Boul- enger has much extended fschndf/nathus and includes in it both Clonophis^ kirtlandi and Tropidoclonium lineutum. 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jau., Storeria occipitomaculata Slorer. IVopidonotus occipilomiculatns Sfcorer, Eep. Rept. Mas?., 230 (1839); *S'. occipitomaculatus B. and G., /. c, 137 ; Cope, I. c, 6~o, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1003 ; /. occijniomaculatus Boul., I. c, I, 287. Head sciitellatiou like S. deJcayi, but there are two preoculars and five or six upper labial.s; the nostril is usually in the pre-nasal; 15 rows of scales. The size and proportions are similar. Color of the back much the same, but the vertebral stripe is less distinct and occasionally the outer row is lighter; belly salmon color in life with the ends of the ventrals clouded with darker; a light blotch on the vertex with a smaller one on each side of it, and a light S2)ot on the posterior labials. Hab. — North America, east of the Rocky jNIouutains. CLONOPHIS Cope. Prop. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, .391 ; I. c, 674 ; Tropidonotus (part) Cope, Kep. Nat. 3Ius., 995 ; Ischnognathus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 285. Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one nasal; two iuternasals; size small, head not distinct; scales keeled; anal divided; head not distinct. Hall. — North America. Clonophis kirtlandi Keun. Recjiiia kirtlandii Kenn.,Pi-oc. Acad. Phila., 1856, 9'5 ; Clonoplm Icirt- landii Cope., I. c, 674; Tropidonotus kirtlandii Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 995 ; IschnogriUthus kirtlandi Boul., I. c, I, 286. Head plates normal; 1 nasal, usually half divided; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 6; scales in 19 rows, all keeled; ventrals 123-133; subcaudals 50-59. Length 496 mm. (tail 115). Brown above with a dorsal series of large dark spots and a small alternating series on the sides; belly yellowish or reddish, with a black spot at the end of each ventral ; labials yellowish. Hab. — Ohio to Michigan. TROPIDOCLONIUM Cope. Proc. Acad. Pliila., 1860, 76; /. c, 666, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1011; Ischnofjnathus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 285. INIaxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one nasal; two internasals; size rather small; head not distinct; scales keeled; anal entire. Resembles Clonophis, but has the anal single. Hab. — North America. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILA DELPiriA. 43 Tropidoclonium lineatum Ilallowell. Microps Uncatus Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1850,241 ; T. lineatum Cope, I. c, 6Q6, and Kep. Nat. Mus., 1011; Ischnognathus lineatus Boul., I. c, I, 289. Head plates normal; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2 (1); upper labials 5 or G ; scales in 19 rows, tlie two outer only faintly keeled; ventrals 138-148 ; suhcaudals 34-37. Length 350 ram. (tail 48). Grayish brown w^'th a light vertebral stripe, bordered by a ro^v of black dots; a light lateral stripe on the second and third rows; belly light with two longitudinal series of black spots, more distinct posteriorly. Hab. — Ohio to northei'u Texas. AMPHIARDIS Cope. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1888, 391 ; I. c, 67o, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1008 ; Boul., I. c, I, 290. Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; two nasals; two internasals; no preocular, the loreal extending to the eye; scales keeled; anal divided; size small; body rather stout; head not distinct; tail short. Hab. — Texas. Amphiardis inornatus Garman. Virginia iiiornntu Garm., No. Am. Kept., 97 (1883) ; A. inornatus Cope, I. c, 675, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1009 ; Boul., I. c, 1, 290. Head scales normal ; two internasals; two nasals; no preocular; loreal long, and ^vitli the prefrontals, entering the orbit; one post- ocular; upper labials 5; temporals 1-1; scales in 17 rows, lus- trous, the outer only faintly keeled; ventrals 125-129; subcaudals 36. Length 260 mm. (tail 45). Brownish olive above; belly white, base of ventrals dusky. Hab. — Two specimens known, only from central Texas HALDEA B. and G. I. c, 122 ; Cope, I. c, G75, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1009 ; Boul., I. c, 1, 290. Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; one loreal; two nasals; one internasal; no preocular; scales keeled without pits; anal divided; size small, body slender, head distinct, tail short. Hab. — North America. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Haldea striatula L. Coluber Htriatidm L., Syst Nat., Ed. XII, 37.5 (1766); IlnUea stri- atula B. and G., I. c, 122 ; Cope, I. c, 676, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1009 ; Boul., I. c, I, 291. Only one internasal; head plates otherwise normal; loreal long and reaching the eye; no preocular; 1 post-ocular; temporals 1-1; upper labials 5; .scales in 17 rows; ventrals 120-135; subcaudals 36-50. Length 250 mm. (tail 45). Uniform reddish or grayish brown above; salmon color under- neath; sometimes an indistinct light band across the parietals. Hab. — Virginia to Minnesota and south to Texas. SPILOTES Wagler. Syst. Amph.. 179 (1830); Georr/ia B. and G., I. c, 92 ; Spilotes Cope, I. c, 636 ; Spilotes and Coluber (part) Boul., I. c. II, 2:3,24 ; Comp- sosoma Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 857. Maxillary teeth smooth, nearly equal; head scales normal; loreal sometimes absent; one preocular; scales smooth or keeled with two pits, sometimes in an even number of rows;" anal entire; size large ; head moderately distinct; body sometimes compressed on the back. Hab. — North and South America. Spilotes corals Boie. Coluber corais Boie, Isis, 1827, 537. This large species ranges from the southern United States to Brazil ; typical corals is South American, but there are several subspecies, one of which only, enters the United States. Spilotes corais couperi Holbrook. Coluber couperii Holb., No. Ara. Herp., Ill, 75, PI. 16 (1842); Georgia Couperii and G. obsoleta B. and G., I. c, 92, 158; e Pacific coast the color darkens to olive, more or less yellowish green beneath. I see no reason for regarding Z. stejnegerianns Cope as anything more than the present subspecies with eight labials. The sub- division of the loreal is so obviously abnormal that it is not worth considering. The type and only specimen came from southeastern Texas. Hab. — United States west of the Mississippi river. Zamenis flagellum Shaw. Coluhcr jiac/dlum Shaw, Gen. Zool., Ill, Pt. 11,475 (1802); Stej., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1894, 595. This species has the scutellation of Z. constrictor, but the labials are 8 ; the frontal has half the width of the supraoculars behind ; the muzzle is more elevated and the tail is longer; ventrals 184-- 210; subcaudals 80-112. The young are cross-banded, and this pattern persists in some cases until they are grown. Hab. — Southern United States from Florida to California. There appear to be three color forms : Pale brown; dark brown anteriorly, ... 1. Z. f. fiagellum. Brown ; narrow cross-bands in front, . . . 2. Z. f. frenatum. Dark brown; pink beneath, Z. Z. j. jiiceus. Zamenis flagellum flagellum Shaw. I. c, 475 ; Mastic oplids flag elllformia and Coluber testaceus B. and G., I. c, 98, 150 ; B. fl(ir/elliforme Cope, I. c, 625; Zamenis flagelU- formis (part) Boul., I. c., I, 389 ; Z. /.flagellum (part) Cope, Rep. Nat Mus., 799. Body slender with very long tail ; the upper preocular very large; upper labials 8 (rarely 7); scales in 17 rows; ventrals 184-210; subcaudals 80-112. Reaches an extreme length of 1,800 mm. (tail 385 to 430). In adults the head and anterior portion of the body is blackish brown, then dark brown back to the posterior half or third of the body, which is pale yellowish brown, each scale with a darker basal mar- gin ; belly yellowish posteriorly, black or brown under the dark anterior portion, somewhat spotted behind; sometimes each ven- tral is mai'gined with brown ; generally a light spot on the pre- oculars; chin and throat white, more or less spotted with brown. The young have narrow cross-bands on the body which are sometimes retained to maturity. A Florida specimen 1,780 mm. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.^ long, now living in the Zoological Gardens, shows these bands on the pale posterior portion of the body after shedding. Another, also from Florida, has indistinct wide cross-bands as in Z. t. ornafus. Examples from west of the Mississippi are often of paler colors, with dark heads, and adults sometimes show the wide cross-bands and even indications of the liglit lateral stripes of ornatus. I was formerly of the opinion that testaceuni Say should be admitted as a pale desert form, but examination of a considerable number of living specimens fi'om central Texas and westward, satisfy me that occasional individuals only, show its extreme pale- ness. Hab. — South Carolina and Florida to Arizona; northern Mexico. Zamenis flagellum frenatus Stej. N. Am. Fauna, No. 7,208 (1893); Z. f. ■flagellum (part) Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 802 ; Z. fiagelliformis (part) Boul., I. c, I, 389. Mr. Stejneger has proposed to regard as a subspecies the form of Z. fiftfjelhim from Arizona and westward with permanent cross- bands on the anterior portion of the body. This is the retention of a juvenile character which was referred to under the preceding subspecies, and which would doubtless be moi'e evident in eastern specimens, were it not iov the dark color which pervades those parts in the adult; but there is so strong a disposition for this character to become permanent in the far west, that Mr. Stejneger is prob- ably right in recognizing the form. The following description is taken from a beautiful living speci- men lately received from Yuma, Ariz., through the kindness of ]Mr. Herbert Brown : 17 rows of scales; 8 upper labiais; veutrals 193; sub-caudals 100; length 1,400 mm. (tail 345). Body color rather pale brown extending to the ventrals; most of the scales are darker at the tip and faintly edged with pink; the lower edge of the outer row and the adjacent ends of the ventrals are whitish, forming an indistinct line, which is more obvious anteriorly and disappears before reaching the tail; the three or four outer rows are faintly darker in the centre, suggesting the dark lateral stripes of Z. tcenlatus. The anterior fourth of the body is crossed by indistinct bands, one and a half to two scales wade; top of head rather darker brown, witli a light spot on the pre- and post-oculars; 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 indications of a light line from the nostril to the eye ; upper labials yellow on the lower margin, more broadly behind; belly yellowish, much clouded Avith pink, which tends to form longitu- dinal stripes in front; throat and chin yellow, spotted with dark brown. Hab. — Arizona, Nevada, Utah and southern California. Zamenis flagellum piceus Cope. Bascaniuni piceum Cope, I. c, 6'25 ; Z. flarjeUiformis (part) BouL, I. c, I. 389 ; B.f. piceus Cope, Kep. Nat. Mus., 804 ; B. pkeiiiii Stej., No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 209. The type specimen, from Camp Grant, Arizona, has 19 rows of scales; 17 is probably the usual number, as Mr. Stejueger mentions one with that number, which agrees with a living example received at the Zoological Gardens in 1894 from Tucson; this speci- men had 8 upper labials on one side and 9 on the other. The color in life was a rich dark brown wiih a purplish tinge, poste- riorly most of the scales were light brown at the base; the belly was pink slightly spotted with dusky, Avhich increased anteriorly until the throat was nearly black ; there was a little pink on the pre- oculars and lower labials; rest of head very dark. The pink rapidly faded to yellow in alcohol. This specimen is now in the Academy's collection. Ventrals 196; subcaudals 108; length 1,650 mm. (tail 380), Cope's specimen measured 1,263 mm, and the tail was proportionately longer (355 mm), Hab.— The three specimens known ai-e from southern Arizona. Zamenis lateralis Ilallowell. LeptopMs lateralis Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila. 1853, 237 ; Buscanium latcrale lai er ale Coi>e, I. c, 628 ; Zamenis tseniat us (part) Boul., I. c, I, 300 ; B. laterale Van Den., I. c, 188 ; Z. lateralis lateralis and Z. semilineatus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 808, 805. Scales in 17 rows; upper labials 8; tail between one-third and one-fourth of the length; ventrals 190-199 ; subcaudals 105-123, Length about 1,500 mm. Brown above with a narrow yellow stripe on the third and fourth rows, sometimes extending to the tail and often narrowly bordered with black; belly yellow with a few dark spots under the throat and chin; no spots on top of head; a more or less distinct light spot on the temporals and a light line from the nostril to the eye; labials light, a little spotted, Hab. — Arizona and southern California. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Zamenis taeniatus Hallow ell. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 181. This species is characterized by the presence of 15 rows of scales, 8 upper labials, and longitudinal stripes on the sides; frontal about half the width of supraoculars posteriorly ; tail very long; ventrals 188-210; subcaudals 120-157. The young are striped. Hab. — Western Texas to California. Pale brown; often wide cross-bands; two pale lateral stripes, 1. Z. t. ornatus. Dark brown; no cross-bands; 3 or 4 narrow dark lateral stripes, 2. Z. t. tceniatus. Zamenis taeniatus ornatus B. and G. Mastkophis ornatus B. and G., I. c, 102. 159 ; Baseanium tmniatum subs, ornatum Cope, Ball. U. S. Nat. IMus., I, 40 ; B. ornatum Cope, I. c, 629; Zamenis tceniatus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 390; Z. ornatus Cope, liep. Nat. Mus., 813. Scales usually in 15 rows (No. 5,362 Academy coll., from Arizona, has 17); ventrals 200-206; subcaudals 130-152. Length about 1,700 mm. (tail 565). Pale brown above, with more or less distinct wide cross-bands of purplish brown on the back; the whole upper surface is sometimes suffused with the darker color, in which case the cross-bands are obscure or absent; a yellowish longitudinal line on the outer row and the edge of the ventrals, and another on the third and fourth rows; the upper one is edged with black and sometimes there is a faint dark line through the middle of it; belly yellow, more or less blotched. Hab. —Western Texas. Zamenis tseniatus taeniatus Hallowell. Leptophis tceniatus Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila., 1852, 181 ; Masticopliis tceniatus and 31. Schotti B. and G., I. c, 103, 160 ; B. tceniatum and B. Schotti Cope, I. c, 629; Zamenis tceniatus (part) Boul., I. c, I, 390 ; B. tceniatus Van Den., I. c., 190 ; Z. schottii and Z. tceniatus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 811, 815. Snout and muzzle rather long and narrow; body slender and tail very long; scales in 15 rows (very rarely 17); upper labials 8; temporals 2-2; ventrals 188-209; subcaudals 120-157. Length about 1,300 mm. (tail 370). Yellowish brown to dark brown, the outer four or five rows lighter, each having a narrow black line running on the centre, and 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 6S usually another on the edge of the ventrals; most of the scales on the rest of the dorsal region have dark centres; yellowish beneath, without spots except sometimes on the throat; top of head dark; an indistinct light line from the nostril to the eye; a light spot on both pre- and post-oculars; labials yellow, a little spotted. I am unable to formulate a valid distinction between 7j. schotti B. and G. and this species ; the stripes appear not to run as far back, but they are variable in this respect in Z. t. keniatm, and their disappearance on the tail is doubtless a result of the fading out of color (or, more coi-rectly, the failure to develop it) poste- riorly, which is common in the genus. No. 5,369 Academy coll. (old number 1,973), labeled schotti, from the Rio Grande, appears to be one of Schott's original specimens, and almost exactly cor- responds to No. 5,363, a tieniatus from Utah, of about the same date. But it must be admitted that no great reliance can be placed upon color characters in specimens which have been for so man}- years in spirits. Hab. — Arizona, Utah and southern California. SALVADORA B. and G. I. c, 104; Cope, I. c, 618, and Rep. Nat. Mus.. 817; Zamenis (part) Boul., I. c, I, 379. Maxillary teeth smooth, increasing posteriorly, no interspace; rostral widened laterally with projecting edges; one loreal; two internasals; two nasals; two or three preoculars ; pupil round; scales smooth with pits in 17 rows; anal divided; size medium; body slender; head distinct. Hab. — Southwestern United States ; Mexico. This genus is like Zamenis, but has the rostral considerably enlarged, Avith free, expanded lateral borders. Salvadora grahami B. and G. I. c, 104 ; Cope, I. c, 619, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 818 ; Zamenis (jra- harni Boul., I c, I, 39:5 ; S. (irahami Van Den., I. c, 180 ; Phvmo- thi/ra 7iexalei)is Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 18t)l, 300 ; S. (j. hexalepis Stej., No. Amer. Fauna, No. 7, 203. Head plates normal; rostral entering between internasals; lower preocular small, sometimes a third preocular ; post-oculars 2 or 3 ; temporals 1 (2)-2 (3); upper labials 8; scales in 17 rows; ven- trals 175-206; subcaudals 75-108. Length about 1,200 ram. (tail 300). A yellowish dorsal stripe about three scales wide, narrowing 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., toward the tail; on each side a bi'own or olive stripe about the same width, bordered below Ijy a greenish olive or brown stripe extending to the veutrals; the stripes are sometimes indistinct and at others are broken into spots; belly yellowish; head brown, usually unmarked. Ilab. — Western Texas to Utah and Arizona; Sonora and Lower California. Several other species of Salvadora are found in Mexico. PHYLLORHYNCHUS Stej. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1890, 151 ; Cope, I. c, 617, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 831 ; Lytorhynchm (part) Boul., I c, I, 414. Max'llary teeth smooth, longer behind, an interspace; rostral l)roniinent with pi'ojectiug lateral edges, and separating the inter- nasals; two to four loreals; three preoculars; small scales between the eye and the labials; two nasals; two iuteruasals; pupil verti- cal; one pair of chin shields; scales smooth or partly keeled, with- out pits, in 19 rows; anal entire; size medium; head slightly distinct. Hab. — North America and INIexico. Phyllorhynclius browni Stej. I. c, 152; Cope, I. c, 618, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 821; Lytorhynchus browni Boul., I. c, I, 417. Body slender; rostral very large, projecting, with free edges and completely sej^arating the internasals; a transversely enlarged shield behind the parietals; loreals 3, the upper and lower small; oculars 3-4; several suboculars separating the eye from the labials; upper labials 6; temporals 3; one pair of chin shields; scales in 19 rows, nearly smooth anteriorly, keeled behind; ventrals 159; subcaudals 31. Length 325 mm. (tail 42). Whitish, with 15 brown blotches, mostly subquadrangular and lighter in the centre; belly white; a dark l)ar across the head between the eyes. Hab. — Only two specimens known, from Tucson, Arizona. Phyllorhynclius decurtatus Cope. Phimothyra dccurtata Cope, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1868, 310 ; Phyllo- rhyiichiis decurtatus Stej., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1890, 154, and Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 823 ; Lytorhynchus decurtatus Boul., I. c, I, 417. Much like P. browni, but the scales are smooth; there is no 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 enlarged shield behind the parietals; the tail is shorter; the dorsal spots are more numerous and there are two series of irregular lateral spots. The type specimen in the Academy's collection is from northern Lower California, and there is a second in the National Museum from La Paz. A third, which has just reached me from Mr. Herbert Brown, collected by him at Yuma, Ariz., for the first time estabhshes the species within the United States. This specimen differs from the type in that the rosti*al penetrates between the prefrontals as in P. broumi ; there is but one subocu- lar, and but two post-oculars on one side; there are four temporals; the tail is rather longer, and the spots are more numerous, being forty-one on the body and six on the tail (thirty-two altogether in the type). Yeutrals 183; subcaudals 30. Length 403 mm. (tail 40). Hab. — Lower California; Yuma, Arizona. CYCLOPHIS Gunther. Cat. Col. Snakes, Br. Mus., Gunth., 119 (1858); Cope, I. c, 621 ; Lep- tophis B. and G., ?. c, 106 ; Contia (part) Boul., I. c, II, 255. Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one preocular; two internasals; one nasal; scales keeled with two pits; anal divided; size small, tail long; head distinct; color green. Hab. — Asia; North America. CyclopMs aestivus L. Coluber cestivus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 387 (1766); Leptophis cestivus and majalis B and G., I. c, lOG ; Cydophis cestivus Cope, I. c, 621, and Eej). Nat. Mus., 784 ; Contia cestiva Boul., I. c, II, 258. Head scales normal; loreal rather long, occasionally absent; oculars 1-2 (of two examples from New Jersey in my collection, one has a sul)preocular on each side, and the other has three post- oculars on one side); temporals 1-2; upper labials 7, the third and fourth in orbit (one from Florida has the fourth and fifth in the orbit on one side); ventrals 148-166; subcaudals 111-148; scales in 17 rows, the outer smooth. Length 920 mm. (tail 330). Uniform bright green abov^e; labials and belly yellowish wliite or bright yellow. Hab. — New Jersey to Florida, west to the Mississippi, southwest to New Mexico. 6Q TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan,, LIOPELTIS Cope. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860. 559 ; Chlorosoma B. and G., I. c, 108 ; Lio' peltis Cope, I. c, 620, and Rep. Nat. Mus.,781 ; Contia (part) BouL, I. c, II, 255. Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; head scales normal; a loreal, occasionally absent; one nasal; scales smooth, with one pit; anal divided; size small; tail long; head distinct. Hab. — Eastern Asia; North America. Liopeltis vernalis Harlan. Coluber vernalis Harl., Jour. Acad. Phila., V, 1827, p. 361 ; Chloro- soma vernalis B. and G., I. c, 108 ; L. vernalis Cope, I. c, 0'20, and Kep. Nat. Mus., 783 ; Contia vernalis Boiil., I. c., II, 258. Head scales normal; loreal nearly square, sometimes fused with the nasal; one nasal; oculars 1 (2)-2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 7, third and fourth in orbit; lower labials 8; scales smooth in 15 rows; ventrals 120-138; subcaudals 69-94. Uniform bright green above; labials and belly yellowish green. Length 500 mm. (tail 150). Hab. — Canada and United States east of Rocky Mountains; rare in the southeastern States. CONTIA B. and G. I. c, 110 ; Cope (part), I. c, 599, and Chionactis Cope, I. c, 604, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 925, 935^8 ; Contia (part) BouL, I. c, II, 255 ; ? Lodia B. and G., Z. c, 116. Maxillary teeth smooth, equal; one loreal; one preocular; one nasal, sometimes half divided below the nostril; two interuasals; scales smooth, without pits in 15-17 rows; anal divided; size small; head not very distinct. Hab. — North America; Asia. Key to the American Species. a. — 13 rows of scales; pale brown, no cross-bars, . 1. C. taijlori. b. — 15 rows of scales: Reddish or greenish brown; sometimes cross-bands, 2. C. episcopa. AVhite, Avith bands or rings around body, 3. C. occipitale. Brown, with a light band on each side, . . 4. C. mitis. ^'Prof. Cope removes all the species included here in Contia, except G. mitis, to CJiionactis Cope, on account of their possession of a shallow external groove on the posterior maxillary tooth. Thi.s is probably the same noted by Dr. Giinther as a distinct elongated pit at the base of the hinder teeth in large specimens of the Mexican Conopsis nasus (Biologia Centrali Ameri- cana, Rept., p. 97). Sufficient material is not accessible to determine either the constancy or the value of this character, and it seems best for the present to retain these snakes in the genus Contia. 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELrillA, 67 Contia taylori Boulenger. I. c, II, 265, PI. XII, fig. 3 ; Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 93G. Nasal not divided; oue loreal. longer than deep; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-1 (2); upper labials 7; posterior chin shields very small; scales in 1-3 rows; ventrals 126-137; subcaudals 37-46; length 270 mm. (tail 55). " Pale brown above, each scale darkest along the centre; upper lip and lower parts white." Hab. — Duval county, Texas; northern Mexico (three specimens known). Contia episcopa Kennicott. Lamprosoma episcopum Keiin., U.S. Mex. Bound. Siirv., p. 22, pi 8, fig. 2 (1859). This species has the scales in 15 rows; an undivided nasal; an elongated loreal; 7 upper labials; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2 (1); ventrals 143-167; subcaudals 35-57; tail about one-fourth of the length. Ranges from Texas to Utah, Arizona and northern Mexico. Rosy yellow to ashy; no cross-bands, . . . 1. C e. episcopa. Orange, with black cross-bands, 2. C. e. isozona. Contia episcopa episcopa Kennicott. I. c, 22 ; C. e. episcopa and C. e. torquata Cope, I. c, 601 ; C. ejnscopa and C. torquata BouL, I. c, II, 265, 266 ; Chiouactis episcopa epis- copa and C. e. torquata Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 938, 939. Ventrals 143-163; subcaudals 35-57. Length about 250 mm. Yellowish, reddish or greenish brown, sometimes with a yellow dorsal stripe three scales wide; most of the scales tipped with light brown; top of head like the body, or brown or black; belly yel- lowish or greenish white. C. e. torquata Cope rests upon degrees of color intensity which are admittedly inconstant in the two specimens known. Hab. — Texas and northern Mexico. Contia episcopa isozona Cope. Prdc. Acad. Phila., 1866, 304. and I. c, 601 ; C. isozona Boul., I. c, II, 266. Ventrals 158-167; subcaudals 50-52; orange or red with black cross-bands which almost reach the ventrals, becoming complete rings on the tail; belly whitish; snout red, rest of head black. Length about 250 mm. Hab. — Texas to Arizona and Utah; Sonora. 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Contia occipitale nallowell. Rluiioitomn occipitale Hall., Proc. Acad. Phila. ; 1854, 95; CMonactis occipitalis Cope, I. c, 605, and Kep, Nat. Mus., 941 ; Contia occipitale Boul., l.c, 11,266. Snout prominent; nasal undivided; loreal small ; oculars 1-2; temporals 1-2; upper labials 7; scales in 15 rows; tail about one- fifth of total length; ventrals 147-158; subcaudals 34-44. Length about 300 ram. Color white or pale yellow, sometimes pinkish; narrow black rings around the body at intervals of about five scales, sometimes interrupted on the ventrals; rest of belly whitish; a Ijlack crescent on the hinder part of parietals with the horns forward. Hab. — Arizona. Contia mitis B. and G. I. c, 110 ; ? Loilia tenuis B. and G., I. c, 116 ; C, mitis and L. tenuis Cope, I. c, 601 ; Contia mitis Boul., I. c, II. 267, and YanDeu., I. c, 163. Size small; tail very short; oculars 1-1 (2); upper labials 7; temporals 1-2; scales in 15 rows; ventrals 147-186; subcaudals 30-52; length 322 mm. (tail 40). Reaches a length of 415 mm. Dark brown with a yellowish stripe on the fourth row of scales, and a row of black dots below it ; ventrals yellowish edged with black ; a black streak on each side of head ; chin and throat spotted with black. Lodia tenuis B. and G. , was based upon one example from Puget Sound, Oregon, agreeing with G. mills except in having a small additional plate between the prefrontals, and the loreal reach- ing the eye under the preocular. As no further specimen has come to light in fifty years, it seems safe to refer this unique example to the class of anomalies, the head plates being usually variable in these small burrowing forms. Hab. — Central California to Washington and Oregon. DIADOPHIS B. andG. I. c, 112 ; Cope, I. c, 614, and Kep. Nat. Mus., 743 ; Coronella (part) Boul., I. c, II, 188. Maxillary teeth smooth, subequal; one loreal; two preociilars; two internasals; two nasals; scales smooth with one pit, in 15-17 rows; anal divided; size small; head distinct. Hab. — North America; Mexico. If due attention be paid to juvenile characters, the North 1901.] NATURAL SCIE>'CE3 OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 Americau species of Diaclophis must be limited to three. Baird and Girard established two others, which with a third of his own making, Cope regards as subspecies of D. amabilis. In these forms the chief differences are in the shape of the frontal and supraocular plates, and in the extent to which the dark dorsal area invades the two outer rows of scales. But a series of the eastern form, D. pundatus, of all sizes, shows that exactly these differ- ences, in that species, are age characters, and in a genus whose included forms are so nearly similar, there can be little doubt that they are so in amabilis as well. Key to the Species, 17 rows of scales; 7 (8) upper labials; ventrals 237 or less, 1. D. r eg alls. 15 rows of scales; 7 (8) upper labials; ventrals 210 or less, 2. D. amabilis. 15 rows of scales; 8(7) upper labiols; ventrals 160 or less, 3 D. 2)unctatus. Diadophis punctatus L. Coluber punctatus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 376 ; D. punctatus B. and G., I. c, 112 ; D. punctatus and D. (nnabihs stictocjenys (part) Cope, I. c, 616, 617, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 751, 750; Coronellu jnmctata Boul., I. c, II, 206. Head not very distinct; head plates normal; in adults the fron- tal is much narrowed behind and acute; oculars 2 (l)-2; tem- porals 1-1; upper labials 8 (occ. 7); scales in 15 rows; ventrals 136-160; subcaudals 36-62. Leugth 355 mm. (tail ^b). In adults the color is bluish black or brownish above, covering the whole of the dorsal scales and extending like a bar upon the end of each ventral; the belly is yellow or orange, sometimes with a series of transverse dark blotches in the middle of each ventral, these are, however, often absent; there is usually a yellow half- collar on the nape, half a scale to a full scale in width; the lower half of the upper and the whole of the lower labials is yellow with small spots of black. In the young, the back is bright reddish brown or salmon color, which reaches only the upper border of the second row of scales, and extends downward as the color deepens; the top of the head is dark brown and the nuchal collar is bor- dered behind by a band of the same dark color; the frontal plate is also more angular in front and less tapering behind, than in the adult. Hab. — North America, east of the Mississippi river. 70 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Diadophis amabilis B. and G. I. c, 113 ; D. docilis and D. pulchellus B. and G., I. c, 114, 115 •, D. a. amabilis, D. a. 'pulchellus, D. a, docilis and D. a. stictogenys (part) Cope, I. c, 616, and Rep. Nah Mus., 747-750 ; Goromlla amabilis Boul., I. c, II, 2(J7 ; J), amabilis Van Den., I. c, 164. ''' In this species the frontal is broader behind than in either of the others; upper labials 7 (occ. 8); temporals 1-1 (2); scales in 15 rows;^the form is more elongate than in pnnetatas, the ventrak ranging from 182-210; subcaudals 53-63. Length 470 mm. (tail 80). The coloration is much as in 2^unctatns ; the spots on the ventrals are small and irregular, and the nuchal half-collar is almost always present. Ilab. — Texas to the Pacific coast; south to Sonora. Diadophis regalis B. cand G. I. c, 115 ; D. regalis regalis and Z>. r. arnyi Cope, I. c, 615, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 744, 745 ; Coronella regalis Boul., I. c, II, 208, The frontal is narrow behind, as m2mnctatus; scales in 17 rows; upper labials 7 (occ. 8); temporals 1-1 (2); ventrals 183-237; subcaudals 5G-75. Length 570 mm. (tail 100); being the largest of the genus. Ashy to brownish black; belly yellow or reddish with small black spots; the nuchal collar is generally absent. Hab. — Illinois to Arizona; south to Vera Cruz. OPHIBOLUS B. and (J. I. c, 82 ; Cope, I. c, 607 ; Osceola B. and G., I. c, 13:3 and Cope, I. c, 606; Coronella (part) Boul., I. c, II, 188; Osceola and Ophibolus Cope, Hep. Nat. Mus., 881, 902. •* Maxillary teeth smooth, slightly increasing posteriorly, no inter- space; one loreal ; one prcocular ; two internasals ; two nasals; scales smooth, with two pits, in 19-25 rows; anal entire ; size large and stout to small and slender; head slightly distinct. Hab. — North America and Mexico. Key to the Species. a. — Scales in 21 rows; dorsal spots brown or red with black bor- ders; or rings around body, 1.0. doliatus. ^^ Lampropeltis Filzinger, lately exhumed, is regarded as a nomen nudum for the reasons given under Entwtiia. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71 6.— Scales in 21-23 rows:* Size large; black, with centres of scales white or yellow; or cross-bands of :auS'. miliar ius. Sistrurus catenatus Kafinesqne. Crotaliiius calenatus Eaf., Amer. Monthly 3Iag., 1818, p. 41. Short and stout; tail about one-ninth of length; rattle small; head plates normal; there is no large loreal, and the upper pre- ocular is in contact with the post-nasal; occasionally the anterior end of the preocular is cutoff, forming a small upper loreal; scales in 23-27 rows, one or two of the outer smooth; ventrals 135-157; subcaudals 17-34. The color is gray, brown or even black, with seven series of blotches on the back; the dorsal series dark brown with a narrow light border, anteriorly often crescent-shaped, posteriorly becoming subcircular; the second series roundish and indistinct, more or less alternating with the dorsals; third, vertically elongated, colored like the dorsals and opposite to them; fourth small and on the outer rows and ends of the ventrals; belly yellowish, more or less marked with black. Top of head with a light band across the anterior end of frontal; two dark bands running back from the supraoculars to the first dorsal spot, and a dark spot between them on the parietals and frontal ; a dark oblique streak behind the eye bordered above and below by a light line, the lower one beginning at the nostril and running to the angle of the mouth; two lisrht lines from the loreal pit to the labial border. It has been customary to divide this species into a northern and a southern race, but the characters ascribed to them are less constant than has been supposed, and they were, in fact, united by Mr. Boulenger; nevertheless, the greater proportion of the individuals found within each geographical area do present sufficient differ- ences to warrant their separation : Scales usually in 25 rows; dorsal spots usually less than 40, 1. S. c. catenatus. Scales usually in 23 rows; dorsal spots usually more than 40, 2 S. c. eonsoi's. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 Sistrurus catenatus catenatus Italhicsque. I. c, 41 ; Crotalophorus tergeminus and C. Kirtlundii B. and G., I. c, 14, 16. G. c. catenatus Cope, I. c, 685 ; Sistrurus catenatus (part) Boul., I. c, III, 570 ; S. catenatus Stej., I. c, 411 ; S. c. cate- natus Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1146. In this northern race, the scale rows are usually 25, but occa- sionally 23 or 27 ; the dorsal spots are larger and fewer in number than in eonsors, being generally from 37-41 in number, of which 3-5 are on the tail, but an occasional example has them as numer- ous as in the southern form. No. 7,241 Academy coll. is a catenatus from Fort Kiley, Ivans., with 27 rows of scales and 44 dorsal blotches, of which 9 are on the tail, leaving the number of body spots about as they should be. No. 7,240 has also 27 rows, and only 37 spots, with a black belly. Nos. 7,243-44 are two interesting specimens, collected together in INIichigan; the former has 23 rows and 37 spots and the belly is immaculate yellow; the other one has 27 rows and the belly is wholly black. The colors are usually darker and the lateral spots more distinct than in eonsors. Occasional examples are entirely black. Ven- trals 136-150; subcaudals 17-29. Length about 900 mm. Hab. — Ohio to Kansas, and north into Canada. Formerly found in western New York, but it has now disappeared from most cultivated localities. Sistrurus catenatus eonsors B. and G. Crotalophorus eonsors and C. Echcardsii B. and G., I. c, 12, 15 ; 0. c. edwardsii Cofe, I. c, 685 ; Sistrurus catenatus (part) Boul., I. c, III, 570 ; Garman., Bull, Ess. Inst., XXIV, 101, 1894 ; S. c. eonsors and S. c. edicardsii Stej., I. c, 415, 416 ; S. c. edicardsii Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus. 1144. !: Compared with the preceding this subspecies is probably rather smaller; the scutellation is similar, but the scale rows are usually 23, though sometimes 25; the dorsal spots are smaller and more numerous, being in most cases 40-50 in number, of which 4-6 are on the tail. V^ariations toward S. c. catenatus are not uncommon, however; No. 7,234 Academy coll. from Hennessey, Okla., labeled edioardsi, has 25 rows of scales and 44 spots, and No. 7,235, from Texas, has 23 rows of scales and but 37 spots. The correct name of the southwestern form of Sistrurus has been iu doubt, owing to the loss of Baird and Girard's type of C. eonsors, and the omission of some important details from their 100 rROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., original description. The Zoological Society has lately received a living Slstrurus from Port Lavaca, Calhoun county, Tex , practi- cally the type locality of consors, which agrees with Baird and Girard's description of that species in all respects, as well as with Garman's Matagorda specimens. It has 25 rows of scales, the two outer, smooth; 53 dorsal blotches (45 on the body and 8 on the tail); ventralg 153; subcaudals 27; length 520 mm, (tail 70). There is no large loreal and the preocular is in full contact with the post-nasal. As edwardsi is known to sometimes present 25 scale rows, there is nothing to separate the two forms except an insignificant difference in the number of spots. Regarding them as identical, the name consors has priority. Hab. — Indian Territory to northern Mexico; west to Arizona. Sistrurus millarius L. Crotnlus miliarius, L., Syst. Nat., Ed. XII, 372 ; Croialophorus mili- arius B. and G., I. c,, 11 ; Cope, L c, 685 ; Sistrurus miliarius Boul., I. c, III, 569; Stej., I. c, 418; Sistncriis miliarus, Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1141. Smaller and more slender than S. catenatus ; rattle very small ; loreal present, sej)arating the post-nasal from the preocular; scales in 23 rows (occ. 21); ventrals 127-140; subcaudals 20-36. Length about 550 mm. (tail between one-seventh and one-eighth). Gray, yellowish or brbwn, more or less dark; seven series of blotches on the body, disposed much as in the genus; the dorsals are dark, often purplish, irregular in shape, and from 38-45 in number; the interspaces on the vertebral line are often red; the head markings are much as in the last species, but the dark spot on the parietals is absent and the lower light line on the side of the head begins on the post-oculars, instead of the nasal; belly yellow with blackish blotches. Hab. — North Carolina and Florida to Texas; up the Mississippi valley, probably to Illinois. CEOTALUS L. Sjst. Nat., Ed. X, 214 ; B. and G.,l. c.,\; Cope, I. c, 686, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1149 ; Boul., /. c, III, 572. A pair of large erectable, perforated poison fangs in front of the upper jaw; no other maxillary teeth; loreal pit and rattle present; top of head covered with small scales; scales keeled (outer sometimes smooth), with pits, in 23-31 rows; anal and subcaudals not divided. Size medium or large. Hab. — North and South America. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILA DELI'HIA. lOt Xotwitlistanding the wide range of this genus, through the ■whole of Auiorica from lower Canada to Brazil, its members form a very compact group and though many of the species resemble each other closely, there is a curious absence of transitional charac- ters, so that it is necessary to recognize as distinct species, forms as closely similar as adamanteus and atrox, as well as confluentus and oregonus (= lacifer B. and G. ), in which the differences, though slight, are, as far as I can discover, absolutely constant. Key to the Species oj the United States. A. — Anterior nasal in contact with rostral: (I. — Back with chevron-shaped cross-bauds; tail black. I. C. horridus. b. — Back with spots; or cross-bands posteriorly: a\ — Rostral as high or higher than wide; 3-5 scales be- tween suboculars and labials : a'. — Dorsal spots lozenge shaped: Lozenges distinct; a light vertical line in front of nostril; bands on tail not very distinct, 2. C. adamanteus. Lozenges with angles cut off; no light line in front of nostril; tail white with black bands, 3. C. atrox. l\ Dorsal spots rhomboid ; cross-bands behind : Head scales larger; dark streak beginning at anterior corner of eye, . 4. C confluentn^. Head scales smaller; dark streak beginning at posterior corner of eye, . 5. C. oregonvs. (.,_ Dorsal spots with a light centre on each side of the median line, .... 6. C. molossm. ^l\ Dorsal spots small, in two rows, . 7. G. pricel. ji_ Rostral wider than high; 2 scales between sub- oculars and labials : (t^ Supraoculars not produced into a horn: Spots anteriorly; cro?s-bands behind, 8. C. tigris. Greenish, with black cross-bands, 9. C. lepidus. j\ Supraocular produced into a horn, 10. C- cerastes. B. Anterior nasal separated from rostral by scales, II. C mitchellL Crotalus molossus B. and G. I. e., 10 ; Cope, I. c, .689, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1154 ; Stej., I. c, 424 ; C. lerrificus (part) Boxil., I. c, III, 573. Snout broad; rostral rather small, its width about equal to its height; scales on top of the muzzle larger than in any other North 102 I'llOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., American species, and usually about eight in number; five or six rows of scales between supraoculars, often two larger ones in front; four or five rows of scales between the suboculars and upper labials; 29 rows of dorsal scales; ventrals 187-203; subcau- dals 25. Length about 1,400 mm. Sulphur yellow above; tail lilack or dark brown; dorsal spots chestnut brown, transversely wide and irregularly lozenge shaped, usually lighter in the centres of their lateral parts; these spots are ootnmonly prolonged down to the ventrals; l^elly yellowish, clouded posteriorly; a dark oblique streak behind the eye. Hab. — New Mexico, Arizona and Sonora. In the size and arrangement of the plates on the muzzle, this species approaches C. durmus of South America. Crotalus adamanteus Beauvais. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc, IV, 36S (1799); B. and G., I c, 3 ; C. a. ada- manteus Coipe, I. c, 690, and Rep. Nat. ]Mus., 1161 ; C. durissuis^^ Boul., I. c, III, 578; C. adamanteus Stej., I. c, 433. Largest of the genus; head broad behind, triangular; rostral higher than wide; usually two plates on the muzzle behind the nasals, the rest of the head covered with small scales; 6—8 rows between supraoculars; 3-5 rows between suboculars and labials; ^* There has been disagreement as to whether the Linurean name durissus belongs to this or to the South American species. Mr. Boulenger adopts it for this species and uses terrifieus Laur. for the South American. To me the case appears otherwise. Linnajus' scanty description does not sufficiently indicate either, b;it examination of his references, to determine the basis of his species, shows that Ssba's p'ates best indirate the South American form, and in the text (Seba, II, 99) Mexico is the most northern locality referred to. Linncens' paper in the Anicenitates Academiem, I, 500, and Gronovius both treat of specimens from South America ; while the only North Amer- ican rattlesnake apparently known to Kalm was the most northern of all {Jiorr klus Ij.). It appears then that darissns L. is a compound, not of the South American and the diamond rattlesnakes, but of the Ibrmer and the Northern handed species. But Linn;eus' description, ^^ Albo jlavoque 'B(iri>is, maculis rhombeis disco (il/nf!,^^ cannot applj' to the latter; durissus, therefore, should bs restricted to tiie South American form. Laurenti's description of terrifieus is not much nmce ample tlian that of Linnreus, but lie refers his species to Seba's PI. 95, fig. 1, in which the only recognizable detail, t'ae scutellation on the muzzle, most clearly indicates the South American species ; terrifieus Laur. is, therefore, a synonym of durissus L.; durissus Laur. is a compound of Linnivus' description, above quoted, and Catcsby's PI. XLI, A'ol. ii, which is horridus. I am unable to find evidence than any of the>e authors knew of the existence of a rattlesnake in North America other than horridus ; and the la'ge diamond rattlesnake of the Gulf States remauied unrecognized until 1799, when Beauvais applied to it the name adaiiui ntcus. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELriilA. 103 scales ill 27-20 rows, as in most of the species the first and second rows are faintly keeled or smooth; ventrals 169-178; subcaudals 25-32. The largest specimen I have seen, measured 1,910 mm. and came from St. Simon's Island, Ga. It was formerly in pos- session of the Zoological Society. There is little doul)t that the species reaches 2, 200 mm. or more. Yellowish gray above, with lozenge-shaped dorsal lilotches sharply defined, blackish, with centres of the l)ody color, and separated by oblique yellow lines crossing each other on the Ijack; on the sides in the triangular open spaces which alternate with the lozenges, there is a black spot; other indistinct markings some- times appear on the sides; posteriorly the colors are somewhat darker and the lozenges take the shape of cross-bauds, which form not very well-defined rings ou the tail, but the colors there are not sharply contrasted; belly yellowish white, clouded with brown toward the sides. There is a wide dark oblique streak from below the eye to the labials, bordered in front and behind by a light one; two light bars from the loreal pit to labials, and another in front of the nostril. Hab. — North Carolina and Florida; west to Louisiana and prob- ably eastern Texas. Crotalus atrox B. and G. I. c, 5. The western representative of the diamond rattlesnake is very like it in appearance, but may always be distinguished by the absence of the light vertical line in front of the nostril, by the absence of sharply defined angles to the dorsal spots and by the strongly contrasted black half rings on the tail. A rai*e form, known only from southern California, is retained as a subspecies. Color grayish or brown; markings distinct, . . 1. C. a. atrox. Color red ; markings not very distinct, . . . 2. C. a. ruber. Crotalus atrox atrox B. and G. I. c, 5; C. adamanteus a.trox and C. a. sautulatus Cope., I. c, 690, aud Rep. Xat. Mus., 11G4, 1159; C. sciitnlatus and C. confluentus (part) BouL, I. c, III, 575, 576 ; C. atrox Stej., I. c, 436. Size rather less than adamanteus, but form and scutellatiou very similar; the supraoculars are sometimes but not always bordered internally by a row of enlarged scales; rows of scales between supraoculars often 4, but sometimes •! or (>; 3-4 scales between 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., suboculars aud labials; scales in 27-25 rows; ventrals 173-187; subcaudals 23-28. Of many specimens the largest I have seen measured 1,670 mm. Yellowish or grayish, sometimes quite brown, with a series of dark brown or black dorsal spots, with centres of the body color; the angles of the spots are not sharp as in adamanteus, but are cut off, forming irregular hexagons; the lateral markings are indis- tinct; tail gray or Avhite, with 3-5 dark brown or black half- rings; belly yellowish, more or less clouded on the sides. The oblique streak behind the eye is present, but the light line in front of the nasal is always absent. Some young examples have a nar- row light line across the middle of supraoculars. Hab. — Central Texas to Arizona; northern Mexico. Crotalus atrox ruber Cope. I. c, 690 ; a confluentiis (part) Boul., I. c, III, 576 ; O. a. ru&er Stvj., I. c, 439 ; G. ruber, Van Den., I. c, 222 ; Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1167, Size smaller than C. a. atrox ; rostral wider; canthus less dis- tinct; head scales small ; 8 rows between supraoculars; 5 between suboculars and labials; 27 rows of scales; ventrals 183-186; subcaudals 22-26. Length about 1,300 mm. Pale red; dorsal spots darker red; lateral spots and head mark- ings indistinct, although a specimen from San Diego, formerly living in the Zoological Gardens, plainly showed the oblique streak behind the eye; belly yellowish; tail whitish with black cross- bauds. Hab. — Southern California. A better acquaintance with this rare snake may require that it be given specific rank, especially as Mr. Van Denburg does not include C. a. atrox in his list of (California snakes. Crotalus confluentus Say. Long's Exp., II, 48 (1823); B. and G., I. c, 8 ; 0. c. confluentus and G. c. puhernlentus Cope, I. r., 696, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1170, 1174; G. coti-ffi/entiis (part) Boul., I.e., 111,576; G. confluentus Stej., I. c, 440. Body rather slender; rostral higher than wide; no very distinctly enlarged plates behind the nasals; head scales of moderate size, 3-6 between supraoculars, 2-4 between suboculars and labials; 27-29 rows of scales; ventrals 173-188; subcaudals 23-28. Length about 1,400 mm. 1901.] :SATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105 Grayish or yellowish brown, with a dorsal series of subquadrate dark brown blotches with rather lighter centres, and soractiraos a yellowish border; the corners are often rounded, and posteriorly the spots become cross-l)ands; two series of smaller alternating blotches on the sides; belly dull yellow; a transverse light line on the centi'e of the supraoculars, which Avidens and sometimes bifurcates internally; in the young this is very distinct and the anterior arm of the bifurcation is continued across the vertex to meet its fellow ; the oblique eye streak begins very constantly at the lower anterior corner of the eye and is bordered by narrow white lines; alight line below loreal pit, and the borders of the rostral are light in the young. Examination of the type of C. e. pulvernlentus Cope does not afford any good ground for distinction. Hab. — Southern Manitoba to central Texas; west to Idaho and Arizona. Crotalus oregonus Holbrook. No. Am. Herp., Ill, 21, PI. 3 (1842); C. lucifer and C. oregonus B. and G., I. c, 6, 145; O. a. adamanteus (synonomy), C confluentus lecontii and C. c. lucifer Cope, I. c, 690, 692 ; C. conflaeittiis (part) Boul., I. c, III, 576 ; C. lucifer Stej., I. c, 445, and No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 218 ; Van Den., I. c, 216 ; C. c. lecontei and C. c. lucifer Cope, Kep. Nat. Mus , 1175, 1176. Examination of the type of C. oregonus Holb. leaves me with little doubt that it is identical with lucifer B. and G. The speci- men has become much distorted and shriveled during the sixty years since Holbrook examined it, but it shows no important difference in scutellation. There are 6 scales between the supra- oculars; 3 between the suboculars and labials; 25 rows of scales. Holbrook'? plate does not quite correctly render the color pattern; the dark streak behind the eye begins further back than is shown, and really takes origin as in lucifer, posterior to the centre of the eye. The dorsal spots are not as emarginate on the anterior border as many of them are represented in the plate; they are, in fact, sharply angled, giving a superficial resemblance to adamanteus (which can be the only reason why Cope includes it in the syn- onomy of that species) ; but much weight cannot attach to this single point in which the specimen differs from lucifer, for the reason that the epidermis has long since peeled off, leaving the whole pattern accentuated; and the youth of the animal (315 mm. 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., long) would also show these lines more sharply defined than they would become later in life. The transverse light line on the supra- oculars is precisely as in lucifer. This species comes very near to confluentus, but, on account of the constancy of the slight differences, I am obliged to give it specific rank; the head scales are rather smaller, the rows between supraoculars numbering in six examples 4, 5, 8, 8, 8, 9; between suboculars and labials 2-4; scales in 25-27 rows; ventrals 165- 189; subcaudals 18-26. Size about the same as co?i/?ite?iiu.s. The pattern is closely similar, but the dark oblique streak behind the eye always begins posterior to its centre and runs backward directly to the angle of the mouth, not curving downward as sharply as in confluentus; the light lines bordering it are wider; the transverse light line on supraoculars is present; the belly is yellow or green- ish, with the posterior border of each ventral lighter. In some specimens the general color is dark, approaching even to black. Hab. — The Pacific coast; California to British Columbia, Idaho and northern Nevada and Utah. Crotalus horridus L. Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 214; C. dunssus B. and G., I. c, 1 ; C. horridus Cope, 7. c, 693, and Eep. Nat. Mus., 1185; Boul., I. c, III, 578 ; Stej. I. c, 426. Size smaller and body more slender than in adamanteus ; rostral high; two I'ows of small plates behind nasals; 4-8 scales between supraoculars; 2-4 between suborbitals and labials; usually but one plate on canthus; scales in 23-25 rows (occ. 27); ventrals 165- 178; subcaudals 18-25. Average specimens are about 900 to 1,000 mm. long, and it is doubtful if the species ever much exceeds 1,400. Tlie body color is variable — sulphur yellow, ashy and almost black (one specimen from Alabama was in life a peculiar pale drab), crossed by twenty or more irregular chevron-shaped black bauds; the bauds are sometimes complete, but often broken into angular spots on the sides, but they always have a ragged or zigzag appeai'ance. The tail is black; belly yellow marked with dusky; head dark, without distinct markings. Hab. — New England to northern Florida; west to Iowa, Okla- homa and northern Texas. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPHIA. 107 Crotalus tigris Kennicott. U.S. Mex. Bound. Siirv. Eept., 14, PI. IV (1859); Cope, I. c, 69.3, and Rep. Nat. Mns , 1181 ; Boul., I. c, III, 580 ; Stej., I. c, 449, and No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 214 ; Van Den., I. c, 220. Body ravlier slender; rostral wider than high ; two rows of small plates on the muzzle; about six rows of scales between supraocu- lars; generally two rows between suboculars and labials; scales in 21-23 rows (occ. 25); vcntrals 170-181; subcaudals 19-21. Length about 800 mm. Grayish or yellowish, witli a dorsal series of ratlier small dark blotches and an indisticct lateral series; on the posterior two-thirds of the body the spots are replaced by cross-bands; belly whitish or yellow; a dark oblique streak behind the eye. Hab. — Arizona, southern Nevada and southern California. Crotalus lepidus Kennicott. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1861, 206; Cope, L c, 692, and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1191 ; Boul., I. c, 582 ; Stej., /. c, 452. Size small; rostral wider than high; eight J^lates on top of muzzle; 3-4 rows between su])raoculars; 2 between suboculars and labials; one nasal, half divided; the upper preocular divided vertically; scales in 23 rows; ventrals 153-169; subcaudals 27- 31. Length 600 mm. Greenish gray, with about 20 dark brown or black dorsal spots; tail with several dark half-rings; belly whitish clouded with brown; two lai'ge dark spots in contact on the nape; the dark oblique streak behind the eye is sometimes indicated. Hab. — Western Texas to central Arizona; northern Mexico. Crotalus cerastes Hallowell. Proc. Acad. Phila., 1854, 05 ; Cope, I. c, 694. and Rep. Nat. Mus., 1196 ; Boul., L c. III, 583; Stej., I. c, 450, and No. Am. Fauna, No. 7, 216; Van Den., I. c , 222. Size small; rostral as wide as high; head scales small, 5-7 be- tween supraoculars; 2 between suboculars and labials; one nasal; supraoculars elevated into a horn-like projection; scales in 21 rows; ventrals 134-146; subcaudals 10-21. Length about 600 mm. Yellowish, with a dorsal series of small brown blotches, and several indistinct series of smaller ones on the sides; belly yellow- ish; a narrow oblique streak behind the eye. Hab.— ?Ari zona, southern Nevada, Utah and California. 108 PIlOCEKblXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juu., Crotalus pricei Van Denburg. Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., 1895, 8oG ; Cope, Rep. Nat. Mus., 113t. This species is known from five small specimens in the museum of the Leland Stanford University, California. From Mr. Van Denburg's description it appears to be charac- terized by a rostral slightly higher than wide; enlarged ])lates on the muz/le; one to three rows between supraoculars; one row between suboculars and labials; and the presence of but nine upper labials, the number in other species being 12-18; 21 rows of scales; ventrals 153-159; subcaudals 21-27. Length to rattle 447 mm. (tail 41). Olive gray, thickly covered with small brown dots. Fifty-four to sixty small brown blotches arranged in two series on the back, somewhat alternating anteriorly, but forming cross-bands behind; seven brown cross-bands on the tail; two or three rows of smaller alternating brown spots on the sides; belly dark slate, ends of the ventrals and outer row of scales whitish; a dark brown oblique streak behind the eye; two small brown spots on the occiput; throat yellow tinged with vinaceous. The peculiar characters of these specimens are'quite sufficient, as far as they are now known, to entitle them to recognition. Hab. — Huachucha Mountains, Arizona. Crotalus mitchelli Cope. Proc. Acnd. Phila., 1^61, 293; C. mitcJieUii and C. pyrr1iusCo\)e, I. c., 694 ; C. rrdteheUi Bon]., I. c. III, 580; C. mitchellii Coy)&, Rep. Nat. Mus., 1193 ; G. m. luUchelH and 0. m. pi/7')'/ius Ste]., I. c, 454, 456; C mitc/ulUYan Den., I. c, 224. Differs from all others of the genus in having the rostral sepa- rated from the anterior nasal by small granular scales; canthus not sharp and without large plates; 6-7 scales between supraoculars; 3 rows between suboculars aud labials; preocular sometimes divided; 23-25 rows of scales; ventrals 178-198; subcaudals 26. Length about 1,100 mm. Ordinary specimens are grayish yellow, with brown punctulations on the back, which are collected into about forty transversely angu- lar spots, which form cross-bands on the posterior fourth of the body; tail light with distinct black half-rings; an indistinct brown stx-eak behind the eye, with a light one in front of it. Occasional exam- ples are more or less red of varying shades; upon such specimens C. pyrrhus Cope was founded. Hab. — Arizona and southern California. 190].] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELl'IIIA, 109 Serial Index. Page 1. Glauconia Grav 13 1. dulcis (B.' and G.) 13 2. humilis (B. andG.).. . 14 2. Licbauura Cope 14 1. roseofusca Cope 14 3. Charina Gray 15 1. botta) (Blaiu.) 15 2. bracbyops Cope 15 4. Eutienia B. and G 18 1. saiirita (L.) 19 2. sackeni Keim 20 3. proxima (Say) 20 4. radix B. and G 20 5. megalops Kenn 21 mega lops Kenn 21 6. elegans B. and G 22 elegans B. and G. . . . 23 vagrans B. and G . . . . 23 biscutata Cope 23 marciana B. and G . . 24 coucbi Kenn 24 7. eqiies Reuss 25 8. sirtalis (L.) 25 ordlnata(L.) 26 sirtalis (L.) 26 parietalis (Say) 28 pickeringi B. and G . 29 leptocephalaB.andG. 30 9. multimaculata Cope... 3L 10. rufopunctata Cope .... 31 o. Tropidonotus Kuhl 32 1. leberis (L.) 32 2. grabami (B. and G. ) . . . 33 3. rigidus (Say) 33 4. clarkii (B. andG.) 33 5. compressicaudus (Kenn.) 34 compressicaudus (Kenn. ) 34 ustus Cope 35 6. sipedon (L. ) 35 fasciatus (L.) 36 sipedon (L.)., 37 traiisversus Hall 37 7. rbombifer Hall 33 8. cyclopium Dum. and Bib. 38 9. taxispilotus Holb 39 6. Seminatrix Cope 39 1. pyg;va Cope 39 7. Helicops Wagl 40 1. alleni Garm 10 Page 8. Storeria B. and G 41 1. deka.vi (Holb.) 41 2. occipitomaculata (Storer) 42 9. Clonopbis Cope 42 1. kirtlandi (Kenn.) 42 10. Tropidoclonium Cope 42 1. lineatum (Hall.) 43 11. Ampbiardis Cope 43 1. inoroatus (Garm.) .... 43 12. Haldea B. and G 43 1. striatula (L.) 44 13. Spilotes Wagl 44 1. corais ( Boie) 44 couperi (Holb.) 44 14. Coluber L 45 1. guttatus L 16 2. quadrivittatus Holb . . 46 3. obsoletus Say 47 obsoletus Say 47 lindheimeri (B. andG.) 48 confinis (B. and G.) . 49 4. emoryi (B. and G. ) . . . . 50 5. vulpious (B. and (.}.).. 50 15. Rbinecbis Micba 51 1. elegans (Kenn.) 51 16. Pityopbis Holb 52 1. catenifer (Blain.) 52 catenifer (Blain) .... 53 belloua B. and G. . . . 54 sayi (Scbl.) 55 2. melanoleucus (Daud.) . 55 17. Zamenis Wagl 56 1. constrictor (L.) 58 constrictor (L. ) 58 flaviventris (Say) ... 58 2. flagellum (Sbaw) 59 flagellum (Sbaw) ... 59 frenatus (Stej.) 60 piceus Cope 61 3. lateralis (Hall.) 61 4. tajniatns (Hall.) 62 ornatus ( B. and G. ) . 62 tffiuiatus (Hall.) 62 18. Salvadora B. and G 63 1. grabami B. and G 63 19. Pbyllorhyncbus Stej 64 1. browni Stej 64 2 decurtatus Cope 64 20. Cyclopbis Guntb 65 1. ajstivus (L.) 65 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Page 21. Liopeltis Cope C6 1. vernalis (Harl.) 66 23. Contia B. and G (id 1. taylori Boul 07 2. episcopa (Kenu.) 07 episcopa (Kenn.) ... ()7 'isozonaCope (17 3. occipitale (Hall.) 68 4. mitis B. and G 68 23. Diadophis B. and (r 68 1. punctatus ( L. ) 69 2. amabilis B. and G 70 3. regalis B. and G 70 24. Ophibolus B. and G 70 1. doliatus (L.) 71 triangiilus (Daud.) . 72 clericus B. and G . . . . 72 doliatus (L.) 73 coccineiis (Scbl.) ... 74 gentili-s B. and G. . . . 75 2. getulus (L.) 76 •sayi (Holb.) 76 getulus (L. ) 77 boylii B. and G 78 californiiB (Blain.).. 78 3. zonatus (Blain.) 79 4. rhombomaculatus (Holb.) 79 5. calligaster (Harl.) 80 25. Stilosoma A. Brown 80 1. extenuatuni A. Brown . 81 26. Carphopbis Gerv 81 1. amoenus (Say) 81 27. Faraneia Gray 82 1. abacura (Holb.) 82 28. Abastor (iray 82 1. erytbrogrammus (Daud.). 83 29. Virginia B. and G 83 1. valerite B. and G 83 2. elegans Kenn 83 30. Ficimia Gray 84 1. cana (Cope) 84 31. Chilomeniscus Cope 84 1. epbippieus Cope 85 2. cinctus Cope 85 Page 32. Cemopbora Cope 85 I. coccinea (Blum.) 8) 33. Rbinocbilus B. and G 86 1. lecontii B. and G 86 34. Hypsiglena Cope 87 1. ochrorbyncha Cope. . . . 87 35. Rhadinea Cope 87 1. flavilata Cope. 88 36. Heterodon Latr 88 1. platyrbinus Latr 89 2. simus (L.) 90 3. nasicus B. and G 90 37. Trimorphodon Cope 91 1 . lyropbanes Cope 91 38. SibonFitz 91 1. septentrionalis (Kenn.) 91 39. Erythrolamprus Wagl 92 1. imperialis Baird 92 40. Tantilla B. and G 92 1. coronala B. and G 93 2. eiseni Stej 93 3. nigriceps Kenn 93 4. gracilis B. and G 94 41. Flaps Schu 94 1. fulvius (L.) 95 2. euryxantbus Kenn .... 95 42. Ancistrodon Beauv 96 1. piscivorus (Lacep.) . ... 96 2. contortrix (L.) 97 43. Sistrurus Garm 97 1. catenatus (Rafiu.) .... 98 catenatus (Rafin.).. . 99 consors (B. and G.). 99 2. miliarius (L.) 100 44. CrotalusL 100 1. molossus B. and G 101 2. adamanteus Beauv 102 3. atrox B. and G 103 atrox B. and G 103 ruber Cope 104 4. confluentus Saj' 104 5. oregonus Holb 105 6. borridus L 106 7. tigris Kenn 107 8. lepidus Kenn 107 9. cerastes Hall 107 10. pricei Van Den 108 11. initcbelli Cope 108 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF I'UILADELPIIIA. Ill CRUSTACEA OF THE CRETACEOUS FORMATION OF NEW JERSEY. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. From the earliest exploitation of the Cretaceous beds of New- Jersey, remains of Crustacea have been encountered by various observers, most of whom contented themselves with merely men- tioning the occurrence of crabs' claws. These remains have until now escaped scientific description. The first notice ot crustacean fossils from the State, so far as I know, is contained in Vol. I, part 2, pp. 195-198, of the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York (1824), where Dr. J. Van Rensselaer gives a brief account and figures of four sup- posed species from " the triangular peninsula comprised between the ocean and the Delaware and Raritan rivers." The species are not named, and from the information given cannot be identified with certainty, but Nos. 1 and 3 may be Callianassa morioni, and No. 4 is possibly C. conradi. Dr. S. G. Morton, in the American Journal of Science and Arts, XVII, No. 2, p. 287 (1830), notices Van Rensselaer's work, and mentions the finding of Adacus remains in Delaware; paraphras- ing his remarks in the Synopsis of Organic Remains of the Creta- ceous Group of the U. S., p. 74 (1834). The collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia contains many specimens from the deep cut of the Chesapeake and Delaware canal, Delaware, and from Monmouth and Burling- ton counties, N. J., together with numbers without locality further than " Cretaceous, New Jersey." During the last few years various members of the Academy have added specimens from Lenola, N. J., a locality unknown to the earlier collectors of Cretaceous fossils. It is noteworthy that all the specimens thus far seen are from the * ' Lower Marl ' ' beds ; none have come to my notice from the Middle or Upper Marls. I am indebted to Mr. Charles W. Johnson, Curator of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, for various references and the use of material in the museum in Jiis charge, including specimens 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., collected by William Wagner, Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., and himself. CALLIANASSA Leach. The glaucouitic sands of the New Jersey Cretaceous are ill- adapted for the preservation of delicate structures, and therefore only the hard large claws of these soft-bodied Macrura are found. Most of the species descril)ed from the Cretaceous, Eocene and Miocene of Europe are likewise based upon chelre. In the United States one Eocene species has been described, C. ulrichi White, ^ from specimens collected by Mr. E. 0. Ulrich near Little Rock, Ark., in a bed at first supposed to be Cretaceous. The specimens before me were collected by Mr. C. W. Johnson at Mabelvale, Ark. The propodite in this species is short and squar- ish, much as in C. conradi ; the lower border is somewhat crenate, and well-preserved specimens show a tuberculate tract on each side behind the commissure between the fingers. The hand is com- pressed, as in C. conradi. In Europe the fossil species from Mesozoic and Tertiary strata are numerous and an excellent account of them has been given by Milne-Edwards,* while notices and descriptions of various species occur in the works of many other authors. The older species are very similar to living forms, weak and soft-bodied burrowers in the sand, and yet the genus has outlived most of its companions on the shores of the Cretaceous seas. There is nothing like being adapted to your circumstances. Our species apparently belong to that division of the genus in which the fingers are of equal length, but they are clearly distinct from any described European form. Callianassa mortoni n. sp. PI. I, figs. 1-7. Propodite (figs. 1-4) rhombic, its breadth about two-thirds the length, the outer face (fig. 1) very convex, the greatest convexity posterior and nearer the upper side. Surface nearly smooth, usually showing a series of four distant punctures extending backward from the root of the fixed finger, and two on the other or more ' C. A. White, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mas., Ill, 1830, p. 161 ; IV, 1831, p. 137, PI. 1, figs. 10, 11 (left propodite); G. H. Harris, Ann. Rep. Qeol. Surv. Arkansas, II, 1892, p. 30, PI. 1, fig. 2a, 2b (left hand). * Anriales des Sciences NaturelUs, 4 sen, XIV, ZojL, p. 301 (1860); a supplement in Nouv. Arch, du Mas., 1870, Vol. VI. 1901,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113 convex side; the posterior mar gin abruptly falling near the joint, a prominence bearing a group of small tubercles at the summit before the deflection. Inner surface or palm (fig, 2) much less convex, becoming concave near the lateral margins, nearly smooth, the anterior margin slightly excavated between the root of the fixed finger and the dactyJopodite, and bordered there with a short row of small tubercles. On the median portion of the palm there are two punctures, marking it off into thirds longitudinally. Lateral margins of the propodite acute, closely, finely and regularly crenu- late; the lower margin S'traight, with a row of punctures along the inner side but extremely near the edge, and another less close to the edge outwardly; upper margin deeply curved down posteriorly, produced into a deflexed lobe, and similarly margined Avith spaced punctures. Fixed finger about one-third the total length of the whole propodite, curved at the tip, finely crenate along the grasp- ing margin when unworn, and with a blunt median tooth. Dactylopodite with two contiguous crenulate carinte along its outer edge, Carpopodite (PI. I, figs 5, 6) somewhat shorter than the palmar surface of the propodite, equally convex inside and out, turgid anteriorly, its outer face with an oblique groove bordered with small tubercles near the distal lower angle. Posterior upper angle produced backward in a rather slender process, Meropodite (PI, I, fig, 7) subtriangular in section, the upper keel strongly arched, lower keel nearly straight and more strongly serrate, the middle of the very convex outer surface granulose, with two rounded tubercles at the anterior extremity; the opposite or inner face nearly flat. In all specimens preserved with the member.'? in place, the meropodite is flexed at a right angle with the carpopodite. Measurements of propodite, in millimeters. Length. Length exdmivs Width in the fj,i,j,,,,,,^ ^ of jinger. middle. (.') — 29 19 9.5 (6) 25 18 11 6 The left chela of another specimen measures: Total length of propodite 27, palmar surface (without finger) 20 mm.; width in middle 13 mm.; greatest length of car])opodite, measured obliquely 20, or from middle of distal to middle of proximal margin 114 PEOCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., 14 mm.; width in middle 12 mm.; length of meropodite 13 mm. (Ko. 10,095 "Wagner Free Institute of Science, collected at Cross- wicks, N. J., by Dr. Thomas H, ^Montgomery, Jr.). I.ower ]Marl beds of New Jersey, Lenola (C. W. Johnson, Louis Woolman, H, C. Borden); Crosswicks (Dr. Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr.); Tinton Falls, Monmouth county (Coll. A. N. S. ). Also Delaware, deep cut of the Delaware and Chesapeake canal (Coll. A. N. S.). Types in Coll. A. N. S. What Callianassa faujasi is in Europe to the Ma^strichtien, C. mortonl is on this side of the Atlantic to the " Lower Marl " beds. It is an abundant species, known by remains of over one hundred individuals, chiefly the propodites only, though sometimes the meropodite, carpopodite and propodite are preserved in place; when this is the case, it is usually due to their being more or less imbedded in hard nodules. The abrupt deflection of the hind margin of the more convex face of the propodite, and the downward bend, posteriorly, of its uj^per margin (as in fig. 3) are characteristic of the species. Both chelie of a Lenola individual preserved in one nodule show the right claw to be somewhat the larger. Otherwise the two -claws seem to be counterparts. I can find no other difference. The largest specimens show a shallow, vermiculate wrinkling of the surface, but the smaller are almost smooth to the eye or touch. The crenulation of the margins becomes stronger with age, and is 'Occasionally lost or obscured by chipping of the edges. It is named for Samuel George Morton, one of the earliest explorers of the American Cretaceous. Callianassa conradi n. sj). ri. I, figs. 8, 9, lo. Propodite rhombic, its length (without finger) not much exceed- ing the width, somewhat more convex on the outer than on the inner face, the posterior margin neither abruptly nor deeply dejiexed. Surface smoothish, with some small tubercles on each side of the slight excavations on both sides .of the hand near the com- missure between the bases of the tingers; the acute lateral edges <;renulated, as in C. moHoni, l)ut the lower edge is not deflexed posteriorly as in that species. Fixed finger triangular in section, the angles crenulated, the flat grasping face with a short smooth rib near the base, which joins the keel along the outer angle of the finger. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 Measurements of propodife. — Length about 30 mm.; exclusive of finger 18.5; width 1(5.5; thickness 7.6 mm. Crosswicks and Monmouth county, N. J., with C. mortonl (Coll. A. K S.). In a few specimens the dactylopodite remains as a short stump only. iSTo carpopodite or other part is known. Thirteen propo- dites, probably belonging to as many individuals, are before me, the most perfect being one of two in the collection of the Wagner Free Institute of Science. The claw of C. conradi differs from that of C. mortoni in being much shorter and broader; more evenly convex on the two sides, the posterior margin of the outer side and the keel along the upper edge are not abruptly deflexed behind; the fixed finger of the propo- dite of C. conradi has no median tooth on its grasping face, which is flat with a short smooth ridge and bounded by two crenulate angles, while in C. mortoni there is a median tooth, a crenulate ridge on the face, and no crenate angle along the lower inner part of the finger. The name is in honor of Timothy Abbott Conrad, the al)lest of the early expositors of the Cretaceous and Tertiary faunas of the United States. Figured type in collection of the "Wagner Free Institute of Science, No. 5,478 W. HOPLOPARIA McCov. The following species are referred to this genus with due reserve, as until the cephalothorax is known their exact position in the Astacoid series must remain doubtful. The specific characters of the fossils, however, may be readily appreciated ; and the definition of the species may call attention to the matter and lead someone to search for the missing parts. Hoploparia gabbi n. sp. PL I, figs. 11, 12, 13, 14. Right propodite robust, evenly convex on both '"sides, but slightly more convex above than below, the surface slightly rough- ened everywhere by small flattened, separated, scale-like asperities; lower margin bluntly angular and marked by a slight groove ; upper margin narrowly rounded, bearing a couple of short conic spines, inserted slightly below the edge and directed downward and for- ward; and on each side there is a rounded tubercle at the base of 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan.,. the dacty]oi)odite. Fixed finger rather slender, with a series of coarse tubercles (worn flat) along its grasping edge. Dactylopodite armed with a short conic spine near its base (continuing the row of similar spines on the upper margin of the propodite), its grasping face with a series of coarse tubercles, worn flat. Carpopodite (?) irregularly cylindrical, gibl)0U3, a little com- pressed and faintly grooved along the outer side, bearing a series of several short spines along the inner. Abdominal somites (PI. I, figs. 13, 14) with highly arched ter- gum, the surface punctate. Lower Marl beds, Lenola, N. J. (C. AV. Johnson, Uselma C, Smith); Monmouth county (William Cleburne). Also deep cut of the Delaware and Chesapeake canal. Cotypes are No. 527 Coll. A. N. S. and 5,941 Coll. Wagner Institute, from Lenola, N. J. This species is based upon a right hand and group of four abdominal somites in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and a right hand and carpopodite (?) in that of the Wagner Free Institute. The fixed finger is broken in both specimens, and the proximal portion of the hand is wanting. In the Wagner Institute specimen the base of the dactylopodite remains. A much smaller propodite from Monmouth county, N. J., shows a series of four short spines along the upper margin; but perhaps this specimen belongs to an alliea but distinct species, as it is much less convex inside than the larger claws. In the large specimens from Lenola only the anterior two spines remain, as described above, owing to the loss of the posterior portion of the hand. On account of the mutilated condition of the remains, measure- ments cannot readily be given; but an Astacoid somewhat larger than the common Eastern crayfish is indicated. The figures are of the natural size. The high arch of the abdomen may be parti v due to lateral compression. Until further remains come to light, and especially the cephalot borax, the generic position of the species will be uncertain. It is named in honor of William M. Gabb. Hoploparia gladiator n. sp. PI. I, figs. 15, 16. Propodite long and narrow, parallel sided, its thickness more than half the width, about equally' convex on the two sides, 1901.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 smootliish, showing scattered punctures and under a lens a very fine punctulation ; on both sides of the hand a row of three or four small pointed tubercles runs lengthwise along the median con- vexity; lower edge bluntly biangular. Fixed finger nearly double the width of the dactylopodite, pyriform in section, with a row of tubercles along the grasping edge. Dactylopodite oval in section, also bearing pointed tubercles opposed to those on the fixed finger. Length of propodite as broken 35 mm.; width 11.5, thickness 7 mm. Lower INIarl beds, Lenola, X. J. (Charles W. Johnson). Deep cut of the Chesapeake and Delaware canal (Coll. A. N. S. P.). Types are No. 10,120 Coll. Wagner Free Institute of Science, and consist of an imperfect propodite with broken dactylopodite in place, a fragment of the fixed finger, apparently of the same specimen, and a fragment of another hand of larger size, width 14, thickness 9 mm. They were exposed Iiy breaking hard nodules which occur in the clay at Lenola. Another broken propodite is in the collection of the Academy from the deep cut of the Chesa- peake and Delaware canal, in Delaware. The species is readily recognizable by the long, narrow shape of the hand and the minute punctulation of the surface, the biangu- late lower edge of the fixed finger and hand, etc. It can hardly be the smaller chela of H. gahbl on account of the different surface-sculpture, etc. BRACHYURA (?) Remains of three crustaceans, probably short-tailed crabs, are contained in the collection of the Academy, but while specifically characteristic by their peculiar sculpture, they are too fragmentary to admit of generic reference, at least from my knowledge of the group. One fragment shows keels on a smooth surface, somewhat like the hand of CalUnectes, though it is probably something very different. Another (PI. I, fig. 17) seems to be the finger of some very long-handed form. It has three rows of long tubercles along the grasping (?) face, three of smaller ones along the rounded and narrower outer margin, while a furrow runs along each side. This and the preceding are from Monmouth county, N. J., but other 118 PROCEEDIXOS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., fragments, probably referable to the long-fingered crab, are in tbe collection from Crosswicks, X. J. Still other fragments (PI. I, fig. 18) are strongly spinose. I take that figured to be a portion of a hand from which the fixed finger has been broken ofi' at the position marked f. The opposite side bristles with three irregular rows of short spines, Avhile smaller ones are scattered over the palm. The socket for the dactylo- podite is very large. These fragments are so strongly marked and easily recognizable specifically that I call the species Cancer (^f) whitfieldl ; the generic reference being admittedly merely provisional and to call attention to the necessity of examining further material; for it would be a Cancer only in the Linurean limits of that genus. These fossils are from Burlingtor county, N. J. The name is for Prof. R. P. Whitfield, whose volumes upon the paleontology of New Jersey have been of great use to workers in this field. There are also some densely granulose remains of portions of limbs, possibly referable to Hoploparia or Adaeodes, in the collec- tion of the Wagner Institute from Lenola, N. J. ; but they are too imperfect to afford data of value at present. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fig. 1. Callianassa mortord. Right propodite, outside. 2. Right propodite, inside; the fingers broken off. 3. Right propodite, profile from above. 4. Right propodite, posterior view. 5. Right carpopodite, inside. 6. Right carpopodite, outside. 7. Left meroi^odite, outside (No. 4,059 W, Coll. Wagner Inst.). Fig, 8. Calliana.%^a conradi. Left propodite, inner face (No. 5,478 W, Coll. Wagner Inst.). 9. Left propodite, posterior view. 10. Left propodite, profile. Fig. 11. Hoploparia gabbi. Left propodite, outer face ; the dac- tylopodite sujiplied from another specimen. 12. Left propodite, profile. 13. Portions of four abdominal somites. 14. Section of anterior end of same. Fig. 15. Hoploparia gladiator. Outlines of broken fingers of the large fragment (fig. 16) (No. 10,120 Coll. Wagner Inst.). 16. Propodite, with dactylopodite. Fig. 17. Fragment of a finger (?), species unknown. Fig. 18. Cancer (.^) ivhiifieldi. Fragment of a propodite. Figs. 1-4, 11-14, 17, 18 are from specimens in the collection of the Academy. Figs. 5-10, 15, 16 are from specimens in the collection of the Wagner Free Institute of Science. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11£> ON SOME POINTS IN THE PHYLOGENY OF THE PRIMATES. BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. The suggestions liere offered, as to the possible orieriu of certairt structural resemblances noted between anthropomorpha and one of the family groups of existing lemurs, have resulted as a by- product from a study of the interrelations of the Primates, under- taken with a different purpose; they are put forth simply as a con- tribution to the sum total of possibilities which, upon final sifting, shall some day determine the exact degree and manner of the rela- tionship between men, apes and monkeys, and not in any sense as a demonstrated conclusion — for the reaching of which more de- tailed knowledge of the early Tertiary mammals is required. In accounting for the later stages in the phylogeny of man^ three hypotheses are to be considered. The view of Darwin,^ now held by a majority of systematists,. is that the anthropomorpha (here used to include man and the higher apes) branched ofl from the main stem of monkeys after its divergence from the lemurs. In 1860, Gratiolet' was led by a study of brain chai'acters aloue^ to the conclusion that each genus of anthropoid apes Avas descended from an existing genus of monkeys; thus he derived Gorilla from Cynocephalus ; Anthropopithecus from Macacus; Simia and Hylo- bates from Semnopitheeu.<. This view has received little support and the facts now known show its complete untenability. Lastly, Prof. E. D. Cope^ has suggested a common origin for the anthropomorpha directly from the Eocene lemuroids, indepen- dently of the line by which the monkeys came from the same stock, being led to this conclusion by a study of the tendency in certain races of men to the production of tritubercular upper molars, which tendency he interprets as reversion, or retrogressive ^ Descent of Man, Chapter VI. ^ ComptesBendus, 1860, p. 801, ^Journal of Morphology, 1888, p. 21, and Primary Factors of Organic Evolution, p. 154 (1896).' 120 PKOCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., evolution toward an ancestral lerauroid tritubercular dentition. It appears to me that this observation of Cope's does not stand alone, and my })resent purpose is to indicate certain homologies which appear to fall into line with it. In estimating the degree of relationship between men and apes, on the one hand, and eatarrhine monkeys on the other, and that borne by each series to their ancestral group, two sets of homolo- gies are of especial value — those which the anthropomorpha share with gome, at least, among lemurs (in which eatarrhine monkeys have no part), and those connecting catarrhines with lemurs, which are, conversely, absent from anthropomorpha. Some correspondences of much weight are disclosed by the teeth and the vertebral column; these will be briefly recapitulated with- out extended description of details, which have already been given in each case by recognized authorities, although it does not appear that due weight has been given to their bearing upon the present question. It may be added that almost all have been verified by my own observations. In anthropomorpha there is an oblique ridge crossing the crowns of the upper molars from jt»rofocone io meiacone.* Tliis is present with great uniformity in the first and second human molars, as well as in the third when it presents the quad I'i tubercular form, and in examination of a considerable number of skulls belonging to all four genera of anthropoids, I have found it in every case where the crowns were sufficiently unworn to permit its disclosure. Topinard lays much stress upon this crest and expresses the opinion that it represents the posterior border of the primitive three-cusped tooth," from which the four-cusped has been evolved by addition of a postero-internal cusp (hypocone). He states, further,* that the crest is never absent in platyrrhiue monkeys — an assertion which appears to me too sweeping, but traces of it are certainly found in Ateles and Alouatta, and perhaps irregularly in other genera. It is not found in any eatarrhine monkey, but reappears in the quadritubercular lemurs of the family Nydicchidce,'^ comprising *Owen, Odordografliy, PI. 116, fig. 6, and Comp. Anat., Ill, p. 320 ; Huxley, Anat. Vert., pp. 390, 396, 412 (direction of ridge reversed), and Proc. Zool. Soc. of London, 1864, p. 314 et scq.; Mivart, P. Z. S., 1864, p. 611 et seq.; Topinard, L'Anthrojiologie, 1892, p. 641 et seq. * ?. c, p. 650. ^l.c, p. 683. 'Huxley, I. c, pp. 322-324; ]\Iivart, I. c, p. 631 ; Topiuard, I. c, p. 691. 190].] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121 Loris, Nyctlcebus, Perodidicus and Ardocehis, aud irregularly ia Microcebus^ and Galago.^ Of especial significance is the fact that some of the more recenth^ described Eocene Primates^'' present both a small fourth cusp and traces of the oblique ridge on the first and second upper molars. In all catarrhine monkeys both upper and lower molars are quadricuspid, with strong transverse ridges con- necting the opposite cusps." This arrangement is not found in antliropomorpha, but is shown lioth above and below in Indris,^^ w hiJe Loris and Ardocebus show it in the lower jaw. Mr. Mivart" directs attention to the fact that in man the spinous process of the third cervical vertebra is short and bifurcated ; in anthropoids it is elongated and simple, while in monkeys generally it is short and simple, as is the case in lemurs excepting in the Ntjdicebidce., among which in Nydlcebus it is quite human, while in Perodidicus and Ardocebus it is anthropoid. Similar corre- spondences are exhibited by other parts of the spinal column. In anthropomorpha the spinous processes of the lumbar and the last, or last two, dorsal vertebra? are directed backward, the transverse processes are turned slightly backward (dorsally), and the ana- pophyses and metapophyses are few in number and feebly devel- oped. In catarrhine monkeys the corresponding spinous processes are bent forward, so as to make a distinct point of convergence about the next to the last dorsal with those of the anterior verte- brae, which are inclined strongly in the opposite direction; the transverse processes are horizontal or more usually slightly bent forward (ventrally), and the anapophyses and metapophyses are strongly developed and begin usually in advance of the seventh dorsal, extending posteriorly through the whole of the lumbar vertebriK?. In all these respects lemurs agree with monkeys, excepting again the Nydicebidce, where the disposition is generally as in anthro- pomorpha. ^Mivart, I c, p. 621. 'Huxley, I. c, p. 325, fig. 5; Mivart, I. c, p. 625; Topinard, I. c, p. 692. '"H. F. Osborn, Bi/U. Am. Mus. of Nat. Hist., 1895, p. 19, fig. 4, and Intt'/r national Dental Journal, July, 1895, PI. AA, fig. 10. " Huxley, Anat. Vert., p. 401 ; Topiuard, I. c, p. 679. '2 Huxley, P. Z. S., 1864, p. 326 ; Topinard, I. c, fig. 8, T. ''P. Z. S., 1865, p. 550. "Mivart, P. Z. S., 1865. p. 545 et xeq. 122 rilOCEKDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., The sacrum in anthropoinorpha is composed of five or six coalesced vertebra; in monkeys the normal number is two or three, and a like number is shown by lemurs, except Indris, which ha.'i four, and Perodlctlcus and Arctocebus, each of which has five.'* Now if we attempt, from Gratiolet's standpoint, to account for the presence in anthropoids of so many of the above characters aa their supposed ancestors do not possess, inheritance being excluded by the very terms of the hypothesis, we are driven to analogous variation as the only process with which we have any acquaintance which might be held competent to explain them. But, so far from there being any good reason to assume that analogous variation has been a frequent method in nature, there is, on the contraiy, warrant for an a priori belief that the mere mathematical chances against the occurrence of any single case of it are very great ; so that where, as in the present circumstances, seven cases of the independent development of almost exactly simi- lar characters must have taken place in each of four sfenera (to say nothing of man, who is not provided for by the hypothesis), the improbability becomes so enonnous as to remove it from rational consideration.'^ The theories of Darwin and of Cope remain to be examined, and it may be said at once that no one of the homologies which have been noted is excluded by either of them, but there is, in my belief, a wide difference in their relative probability ; that of Cope being so far the most simple, that it is logically indicated for our accept- ance. Darwin's hypothesis requires us either to suppose that there has been an extensive and complicated process of preservation of cer- tain structures and suppression of others, in which the family groups now differ, or to take refuge again in analogous variation. Both are rendered difficult of acceptance by the reflection that of the characters here advanced few, if any, can be believed to have been adaptive. It is unsafe to dogmatically assert that a given structure ^^Mivart, P. Z. -S'., 1805, p. 500. *® Furthermore, the same principle must he invoked to account for the absence of the cusp-hearing heel on m^, possessed by each of the supposed ancestral genera ; for the presence of three external [cusps on the lower molars ; the pre.«ence of a vermiform appendix ; the independent origin of the left common carotid froTu the arch of the aorta, and the converging di- rection of the hair on the arms toward the elbow, all of which are peculiar to anthropomorpha. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPHIA. 123 can never liave been of adaptive character, but we are at least entitled to consider that if monkeys in general have flourished luxuriantly with transverse ridges on the crowns of their upper molars, and at most three sacral vertebrae, a slight oblique ridge on the upper teeth and two or three additional vertebrse in the sacrum can hardly be supposed to have had selective value to anthropoids. The remaining theory, that of Cope, would account for the con- ditions noted by the process of direct and simple inheritance, and requires no greater amount of assumption than has more than once been justified iu the course of phylogenic speculation. Frag- mentary as are the remains of the Eocene lemuroids which have come to light, they are enough to show that while the group as a whole was generalized, it yet presented at that early period, a con- siderable amount of variety in details, many of which have been preserved in existing lemurs. Of these early forms we have remains of little but jaws and teeth, but the many and curious correspondences which have been noted betw^een anthropomorpha and the Nijctlcehldce are best intelligible upon the supposition that they originated in a group which, possessing the tooth characters shown by each, had associated with them the other structures as well; such may have existed among the Anaptomorphidce, but in the present state of ignorance as regaixls the details of the remain- ing skeletal structure of that group, it would be rash to attempt a close specification, either of the particular form or of its geo- graphical region. Cope's view- of the independent origin of the anthropomorpha was based upon the supposed tendency in the human race to revert to a tritubercular form of molar. There are minds to Avhich rever- sion is but a convenient term denoting a process which it is rarely possible to either prove or disprove; but whether or not it be accepted in this case, ^' Prof. Osborn has figured the upper jaw of a Primate^* (possibly Indrodon) from the Puerco beds, possessing quadritubercular upper molars, with traces of an oblique ridge — an observation which greatly fortifies Cope's position. His case of reversion, if admitted, would then lead a stage further back to "It is to be observed that Topinard's refutation (L c, p. 707) of Cope's hypothesis is ba*ed upon a misunderstandiug of its real terms. ^^Bull. Am. Mus. of Xat. Hist., 1895, p. 19, fig. 4. 124 rROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., the primitive throe-cusped molar, which was in all certainty that typical of the earliest lemuroids. The better agreement of this hypothesis with the successional relations shown by paltTDontology, must be emphasized, for as far aa can now be determined, apes of anthropoid character, such as Pliopithecus and Dryopithecus, were already differentiated in the middle Miocene, at which time, or even later, monkeys appear to have been represented only by such intermediate forms as Meso- pitheciis. No existing genus of catarrhine monkeys is known from earlier deposits than Pajno and Macacus from the Sivalik beds of lower Pliocene age, in which deposits other remains have been found which there is reason to regard as referable to Anthro- popithecus and Simla. The fact that before monkeys as now known, began to exist, man -like apes were far advanced in development, and that the earliest evidence of existing genera of apes is coeval with that of existing genera of catarrhines, tells enormously in favor of the early and independent origin of anthropomorpha. The objections to this view which arise from the closer corre- spondence of anthropomorpha with moukevs, rather than with lemurs, in many soft parts of the organism, are not to be over- looked ; but the remarkable differences in placentation and in the anatomy of the sexual organs disclosed by closely related genera, and even species, in other groups; the smooth brains of marmosets among monkeys, and the readily adaptable character of muscular dispositions, and all structures relating to locomotion, renders these characters of more or less uncertain value in classification. It is no part of the pi-esent purpose to inquire closely into the corresponding stages in the pedigree of the remaining Primates, to do which, indeed, we are yet too ignorant of many essential details, but this much may be said : the Nyeticebidce, which sug- gest so many human and simian traits, are far from being typical lemurs, with which in general structure the monkeys show much agreement; but catarrhines and platyrrhines are wide enough apart in many ways, and the period during which they have been thus separated is so immeasurable, as to suggest Ihe greater probability that their chief characteristics were already differentiated in their respective Tertiary forerunners. The remarkable fact that some platyrrhine genera, as Ateles, present traces of nearly all the modi- fications which have been noted as characteristic of anthropomorpha 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125 and the Nydieebidce, perhaps supports this view, but at the same time well illustrates the complexity of the problem. If the progress of palaeontology should justify these specula- tions, it seems to follow that it is likely to also demonstrate the- multiple rather than the single origin of the present Lenmro idea. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., THE DEVELOPMENT AND COMPARATIVE STRUCTURE OF THE GIZZARD IN THE ODONATA ZYGOPTERA. BY HELEN T. HIGGINS. The following study^ was undertaken on the advice and under the direction of Dr. Philip P. Calvert, instructor in Zoology in the University of Pennsylvania. Dr. Ris' work on the gizzard of the Odonata and Dr. Calvert's study of Californian forms strongly suggested the phylogenetic importance of this organ. The present study has been limited to the more primitive Odonata — the suborder Zygojjtera. I am indebted to Dr. Calvert for the material placed at my dis- posal, for many of my preparations, including his slides used in his paper of 1899 mentioned later, for the determination of genus and species in every case, and for the suggestion of the structural formula used in describing the gizzards. In 1890, Dr. F. Ris published" a paper entitled Untersuchungen ' iiber die Gestalt des Kaumagens bei den Lihellen and ihren Larven. The results of his investigations are briefly outlined here: In the Odonata the fore-gut extends to the third abdominal seg- ment. In larva and imago alike the gizzard is found at the pos- terior end of the fore-gut in the second abdominal segment. It is formed by a thickening of the muscle layer, and by a modification of the chitinous coat of the fore-gut to form folds armed with teeth. The number of these folds is four, eight or sixteen. The metamorphosis to the imago shows a regular reduction in the strength and complication of the elements, but their number varies greatly. At the metamorphosis, the larval lining is shed with the chitinous coat of the exterior of the body; Dr. Ris states that he found in a Lihellula, directly after metamorphosis, the old gizzard lining enclosed within the new. He examined the larval and adult ^ Accepted by the Uliiversity of Pennsylvania as a thesis for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Biology, June, 1900. ^ Zoolog. Ja/trbiicJt., IX. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 form of Calopteryx virgo, C. sj^leyidens, Pyrrhosoma minium, P. ienellum, Agrion puella and pulchellum, Erythromma (najas), Enallagma (cyathigennn), Ischnura (elegcms) and Platycnemis pennipes, Lestes virens, Gomphus, jEschna, Anax, Corchdegaster annulatus and hidentaius, Cordulia cenea, Diplax, Lihellula, Orthetrum. The conclusions drawn by Dr. Ris from his investigations are as follows : Larvce. — The original form of the gizzard shows a division into sixteen longitudinal folds, eight broad and eight narrow, which bear an armature of irregularly placed teeth. This type is found in the Calopterygince. A higher development of the organ appears in the typical group of the Agrionince ; the sixteen folds show a greater number of teeth and a more complicated arrangement of these. The legion Lester shows a reduction of the sixteen folds to eight, apparently through the loss of the smaller folds. These eight folds are again divided into four broad and four narrower folds. In i\\e Anisoptera {Gomphus and jE-ichna) there is reduc- tion to four equal, similar folds. Finally, Corditlegaster and the Libellulidce differentiate the folds into two pairs of teeth, so that the original radial symmetry is changed to bilateral. Tmagos. — The series easily traced in the larval forms is some- what confused in the images, owing to the reduction which inva- riably occurs. The least reduction from larva to adult is found in the Calopterygince; more is shown in the Agrionince, where is seen the tendency to eliminate the smaller fold in certain individuals; the strongest reduction occurs in Gomphus and jEschna; in Cordulegaster and in the Libellulidce scarcely more than a hint of the relation to the larva remains. This purely morphological development from the radial symme- try of numerous elements of an organ to the bilateral symmetry of a few elements runs parallel with the phylogenetic relationships of the single groups. In a paper on the Odonata from Tepic, Mex.,* 1899, Dr. Cal- vert gives notes on the gizzards of the forms studied by him. Contrary to Dr. Ris and other previous writers, he finds the posi- tion of the junction of fore- and mid-gut, and therefore of the ^Proc. Gal. Acad, of Scieiices (Third Series, Vol. I, No. 12, 1899). 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., gizzard, to be very variable. lie examined the gizzards of Hetizriiia, americani, Archilestes grandis, Leste-s tenuatus, Argia pulla and agrioides, Eri/thagrion salvum, Ischnura Ramburii var. credala, Ana.v Junius, H'irpetogomphus elaps, Pantala hymencea, Pseudoleon superhm, Tramea onusta, Dythemls sterllis, Micrathyria Hagenlf Orthemis ferruginea and D'lplax corrupta. Dr. Ris and Dr. Calvert agree generally on the morphology of the forms studied by both. They differ, however, in the phylo- genetic position of the legion Lestes. Dr. Calvert does not draw any phylogenetic conclusions from his studies, considering the examination of many more forms neces- sary before this can safely be done. Preparation of Present Material. — The present study has been based upon representatives of the sub-families Calopterygince and Agrionince collected from every continent. The preparations have largely been made from dried^ specimens. From these the abdomens were cut off at the base of the third segment and soaked in seventy per cent, alcohol until softened. Some of these, even after long soaking, were so brittle that only fragments of the gizzard could be mounted. In cases where, because of its fragmentary condition, the structure of the gizzard is at all doubtful, I have put an interrogation point after the descriptive formula. The remainder of the material studied had been preserved in alcohol or formaline. To obtain and prepare the chitinous lining of the gizzard for study, the abdomen was slit open along one of the membranous pleura, the gizzard located, and separated from the rest of the ahmentary canal by a fine pair of scissors. The gizzard was cut open, the muscular coat removed with nesdles, aad the chitiuous lining spread out flat upon a slide. After cleaning, this was mounted in Canada balsam, making a very distinct preparation for study. In nearly every case the dried specimens from which the gizzards have been removed have been again put together, so that their value as ordinary museum material has been little, if at all, impaired. The larvae studied belong mainly to the sub-family Agrioninoc. They were collected from the vicinity of Philadelphia and were either fresh or preserved in alcohol. * See the. report of the meeting of the Academy of Natural ficieuces of Philadelphia of January 17, 1899, in Science, Vol. IX, p. 183. 1901. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPIIIA. 129 Development of the Gizzard. The gizzard is a specially thickeued aud cuticularized portion of the alimentary canal, appearing at the junction of fore- and mid- gut, and projecting slightly into the latter. Externally is a coat of circular muscle fibres, thicker in the larvaj than in the adult and varying in thickness in adults of different genera. Within is a layer of epithelial cells, at first one cell in thickness, but later becoming many cells thick in definite areas, to form folds project- ing into the lumen of the canal. In the forms examined, four folds or some mvdtiple of four to as many as thirty-two have been found — sixteen and eight being the numbers most commonly occurring. From the epithelial cells is developed the inner chitinous coat of the gizzard, which is thin on the spaces between folds, becoming thickened on the folds aud forming here horny teeth of various sizes. The writer has examined Agrionine larvie from the time of hatching to the period immediately preceding metamorphosis. In larvffi just hatched no evidence of any gizzard-armature was found. The following statements refer to larvte of Ischnura verticalis Say: In larviB 3 and 4 mm. in length' the gizzard is quite clearly marked (fig. 25). The chitinous coat shows sixteen folds or fields, eight larger alternating with eight smaller. Each larger field is armed with teeth arranged in two groups, an anterior and a pos- terior, the latter occupying about the centre of the gizzard. The posterior group consists of two large pointed teeth, each enclosed on its outer side by four to five small teeth. The anterior group comprises two pointed narrow teeth intermediate in size between the two sets mentioned above. Each smaller field has one group of three to four sjuall teeth, ■which are at the same level as that of the posterior group of the larger fields. A larva 6 mm. long shows practically the same armature, but on the smaller fields also there are often two groups, the anterior comprising one to two teeth, the posterior three to four. ' In all of these larvae, by length 1 meau the distance measured from the external anterior part of the head to the posterior limit of the last abdom- inal segment, the gills being excluded. 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., A larva 8 mm. long gliows considerable difference in the size and number of the teeth (PL IV, fig. 2(i). The anterior groups of both fields show an increase in the number of teeth, which remain approximately the same in size. In the posterior groups the smaller teeth show decrease in size with increase in number; the two large teeth of the larger fold remaining the same in size. A larva of 10 mm. length shows much the same structure. Three larvte of 15 mm. length show the same line of develop- ment carried a little further (fig, 27), an increase in number of the teeth of the anterior groups of both folds, slight increase in number with continued decrease in size of the small teeth of the posterior groups of both folds. In all larvie studied the gizzard was found in the second ab- dominal seguient. Young images of Ischnura verticalis were examined soon after metamorphosis. In those dissected directly after the spreading of the wings only the larval gizzard was observed. This lay in the sixth segment. In an adult in which the coloring was distinctly developed, the larval gizzard lining lay immediately within that of the adult, which latter bore a very different armature (PI. Ill, fig. 17). In still other individuals the adult gizzard was in the sixth segment, while the lining of the larval gizzard and of the fore-gut of the larva, coiled up in a mass, lay in the lumen of the canal in the seventh segment. These observations suggest the possibility of learning something of the structure of the gizzard of the larva) of exotic species by inspecting the contents of the alimentary canal of imagos whose colors show them to have but recently transformed. To sum up the development of the gizzard lining in Ischnura verticals, it is seen that from its earliest appearance (which in the present study was found in a larva 3 mm. long) there is a steady increase in the number of teeth on oil folds with a deciease in size in those of posterior groups. At metamorphosis the gizzard moves backward from the second to the sixth abdominal segment. A new chitinous coat is formed on the fore-gut, with a new gizzard armature. The larval lining lying within the adult lining becomes loosened from it and finally separates entirely, and is found, within a few hours after metamorphosis, lying coiled up within the canal. It is probable that in still older imagos the cast-ofi larval gizzard 1901.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 lining lies still further posterior in the canal, and is finally voided through the anus. The Gizzard of Various Adults. The position of the gizzard in the imago was found to vaiy from the third abdominal segment to the seventh. In the majority of forms examined the gizzard lies in the centre or posterior extremity of the sixth segment; in a small number it lies in the fifth, in a still smaller in the seventh, and in a very few io the third or fourth segment. Variat^'ons in the position are frequently found in different species of the same genus and even in different individuals of the same species. A male of Caloj)tpryx apical'is had the gizzard in the anterior end of the sixth segment, a female in the centre of the fifth; while in a male of C. comelia it was located in the fifth segment. In a male of Phaon iridijyennis the gizzard was found in the posterior end of the sixih segment; in a male of P. fuliginosus in the third, and in a female of the same species in the sixth segment. In four species of Ve-sfalis the position varied only from the posterior end of the fifth to the middle of the sixth segment. The same variation was seen in five species of Hetcerina, and like- wise in four species of Euphcea. In the 9 of Libellago ealigata the gizzard was found in the third segment, in tne d" in the fifth, and in L. curta, cf, in the fourth segment. In four individuals — two species — of Micromerus it was found in the fifih; in Thore boliviana, c?, in the centre of the fifth, in ? in anterior end of seventh; in Eutliore hyalina, d, in the anterior end of sixth, in $ in posterior end of fifth. Of the Agrionince, legion Pseudostigma, its position varied in eight individuals, of five genera, from the middle of the sixth to the anterior extremity of the seventh segment; in the Legion Podagrion, in five males and one female of Paraphlebia sp. (group of Zoe), the position varied only from the anterior end to the centre of the sixth segment; in five species of the genus Hettra- grioii, from the posteiicr end of the fifth to the anterior of the seventh; in the legion Platycnemis, in four genera, the organ was found \n the sixth or seventh segment; in the \Qg\on Protoneura 132 rKOCKEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan. — in three species of DUparoneura, in three of Neoneura and in three of Protoneura — the same variation is seen, from the poste- rior end of the sixth to the anterior of the seventh; of the Legion Agrion it appears in the sixth segment in Hyponeura liigens, Ischnura heterodieta, Eiiallarjma ebrium, geminatum and asper- sum, m Nehalentiia lal-<, Ceriagrion glahrum, Anlmgrion aUoptenim and JSemiphlebia mlrahiUs ; in the fifth in Argia jmtrida, Pyv' rhosoma tenellum; in the seventh in LepUAgrion macrurum and Lep- tohaais vacillam ; of the legion Le-ite-i it appears in the sixth segment in Lestes disjiuida and L. leda. Armature of the Adult Gizzard. To save the necessity of giving lengthy descriptions of the arraatui'e of each gizzard studied, and more especially to render the comparison of tliese armatures more easy, it was found con- venient to construct a formula whereby the general structure of the armature might be indicated. Below is given an explanation of the formulie used: F, F, f, indicate specially chitinized areas of the gizzard lining, whether they bear teeth or not. They may stand as abbrevia- tions of "field" ("Felder" of Ris) or '''fold." When the fiekls are approximately alike only one size letter may be used — F ; when unlike, F will denote the largest sized areas, F medium sized, f small sized When the areas are of but two sizes F and f may be used. Arabic figHrc-^ following F, f, f, denote the number of teeth borne by each field respectively; when the number is great (40 or more) n is used to denote this fact. When in one and the same gizzard the teeth are of different sizes this is indicated by use of the marks ', ", '" ; ' denotes the largest sized teeth, " medium sized, '" smallest sized. Wherever a gizzard consists of a repetition of similar fields, the formula may be shortened by enclosing the repeated arrangement within parentheses, and placing the proper coefficient before the parenthesis to indicate the number of times the repetition occurs. When the same field contains two groups of teeth separated by a distinct interval, these two groups are indicated in the formula by placing one above the other with a horizontal line between them, as in common fractions, the anterior group of teeth being repre- 1901.] XATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 seuted by the numerator, the posterior group of teeth by the denoioinator. The abbreviation rec. is used to indicate recurved teeth, as in Pamphlebia. To ilhistrate tlie application of the formula, I may refer to fig. 13, PI. Ill, of Argia h'lpuncbi.hda. In this species thfre are six- teen folds, eight larger and eight smaller. The formula would be therefore: 8 (F 12-14, f 1-3), where F represents the larger fields, with teeth varying in number from twelve to fourteen; f, the smaller folds with teeth varying from one to three. The teeth here are all of approximately the same size. For Xaidha[/rio)i erythroneurum (fig. 15), where the teeth have a definite arrangement into groups, we must use a more compli- cated formula. Here there are sixteen fields, each field showing two distinct groups of teeth. The anterior groups are represented by the numerators of the fractions, the posterior by the denomina- tors. The difference in size of the teeth is indicated by the marks ' and ", the former representing the larger teeth, the latter the smaller ones. The formula therefore is 8 (F ^_~^~, f ^'). The omission of one or more folds from an individual gizzard is not uncommon (see fig. 12), so that often it is only possible to construct a fo)"mula when several specimens of a given species are examined and compared. The following list of the species of adults whose gizzard-armatures have been studied gives the number of each sex examined, the abdominal segment in which the gizzard was found (and often whether in the anterior or posterior part of the segment), the locality whence the material came and the armature formula: Sub-family CALOPTERYGIN^. Legion 1. — Calopteryx Selys. Calopteryx maculata Beau v. 2 d^. Pennsylvania. 4 (F 6-8, f 2-4, p 4-5, f 2-4). Calopteryx apicalis Burm. cf'. 6th segment, ant. Tom's River, N. J. 4 (F 6-8, f 2-4, f 5-7, f 2-4). Calopteryx apicalis Burm. £ . 5th segment, ant. Tom's River, N. J. 4 (F 6-8, f 2-4, f 5-7, f 2-4). 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Calopteryx cornelia Selys. 2 cJ*. 5th segment, post. Japan. 4 (F 12-13, f 6-7, F 11-12, f 6-7). Sapho orichalcea McLach. 1 ? . 4-5th segments. Kame- run, W. Africa. 4 (F 5-7, f 5-6, f 6-7, f 5-6). Sapho ciliata Fabr. 1 cf. 5th segment, post. Bismarckburg, AV. Africa. 8 (F 8-9, f 3-6). Umma ( Cleis) longistigma Selys. 1 d^. Kamerun, W. Africa. 8 (F 20-25, f 3-5). Mnais strigata Selys. 1 ?. 4th segment. Japan. 4 (F 8-10, f 7-9, F 8-9, f 7-9). Phaon fuUginosus Selys. 1 $ . 6th segment. Madagascar. 4 (F 4-8, f 3-4, F 4-5, f 3-4). Phaon fuUginosus Selys. 1 c?. 3d segment. Madagascar. 4 (F 4-8, f 3-4, F 4-5, f 3-4). Phaon iridipennu Burm. 1 cT. 6th segment, post. Be Kilns. 4 (F 4-6, f 2-3, P 5-6, f 2-3). Vestalis luctuosa Burm. 1 cf. 6th segment, ant. Java. 4 (F 25-30, f 20-25). Vestalis luctuosa Burm. 1 ?. 5th segment, post. Java. 4 (F 25-30, f 20-25). Vestalis gracilis B.7imh. 1 d* and 1 ?. 6th segment. Palone, Burma. 4 (F 20-25, f 15). Vestalis amwna Selys. c? and ?. 6th segment. Deli, Su- matra. 4 (F 15-20, f 10-12). Vestalis apicalis Selys. ?. 6th segment, ant. Nilgiris. 4 (F 10-15, f 8-10). Hetcerina occisa Selys. c? and ?. 6th segment. Mexico. 8 (F n). Hetcerina titia Drury. d and ?. 6th segment. Texas. 4(Fn, fn). Hetcerina cruentata Ramb. J'. 6th segment. Mexico. 8 (F n). Hetcerina vulnerata Selys. ?. Dublan, INIex. 4 (F n, f u, F n, f n). Hetcerina vulnerata Selys. d. 5th segment. Dublan, Mex. 8 (Fn, f n). Hetcerina americana Fabr. 4-6th :;egmeut3. Tepic, Mex. 4 (Fn). 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. loO Hetcerina americana. cf. 6tli segment. Penusylvania. 4 (F n" + 4'-6', f n" -r 3'-6'). Retcerina americana. Larval-gizzard from preceding c?'. 4 (F n" + 8'-12', f n" - 5'-6'). Legiou 2. — Euphaea Selys. Eupha;a impar Selys. 1 d". 5th segment, post. Borneo. 8 (F n, f 0-n, F n, f On). The fields, f, which are very short, vary greatly in the number of teeth ; these in some cases being numerous, in others 2-4, in others seeming to be absent altogether. Eiiphcea lara Kriiger. 8 (F D, f On, Fn, f 0-n). Eiiphcea variegata Ramb. Euj)hma ochracea Selys. 6^(F n, f n, F n, f n). Epallage fatime Charp. Minor. 8 (F n, f n). 1 d'. Gih segment, post. Borneo. d. Java. 8 (F n, f n, F n, f n). d. Sixth segment, post. Burma. ?. 4th segment. Taurus, Asia Legion o. — Amphipteryx Selys. Amphipteriix aijrioides Se^ys. 2 d. 6th segment. 8 (F 8-10, f 4-5). Legion 4. — Libellago Selys. Libellar/o eurta Selys. d. 4th segment. Abyssinia, f 6-8, F 10-12, f 6-8). Libel lago calirjata Selys. d. 5 th segment. 4 (F 12-15, f 5-9, F 12-16, f 6-9). Libellago crxligata Selys. ?. 3d 4 (F 12-15, f 5-9, F 12-16, f 6-9). RhUiocypha biseriata Selys. ? and d. 4 (F 6-9, f 3-5, F 6-8, f 3-5). Rlwiocijplia Pagemtecheri Forst f^5, F 7-10, f 5). Micromevus lineatus Burm. 3 d. 4 (F 10-13, f 3-5, F 9-10, f 3-5). Micromeras obscurus Kirby. d 4_;(F 10, f 4-6, F 6-S, f 4-6)'. Legion 5. — Thore Sely Thore boliviana McLach. d. 5th Bolivia. 4 (F n, f n)? Guatemala. 4 (F 10-14, Abyssinia. segment. Abyssinia. 4th segment. Borneo. d. Sumbawa. 4 (F 8-10, 5th segment. Java, Ceylon. 5 th segment. Ceylon. segment. Chulumaui, 13G ntOCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jau,, Thoi'e boliviana ^IcLach. ?. 7th segment, aut. Chulumani, Bolivia. 4(Fn, fn)? Euthore hyalina Selys. ?. 5lli segment, post. Road to Coroico, Bolivia. 4 (F n, f □)? Cora marina Selys. 2 cJ'. 5th segment, post. Vera Cruz. 4(Fn, fn)? Cora inca Selys. ?. 6th segment. Chulumani. 4 (F u, f n)? These became so much broken in dissection and mounting that the formula cannot be stated positively. Some seem to show twelve bands. Sub-family AGRIONIN^. Legion 1. — Pseud ostigma Selys. Megalojjrepus cceridatusDruYy. 2 d". 6th segment. 8 (F 30-35, f 20-25). Microstujma rotundatiim Selys. 1 cf. 7th segment, ant. Bolivia. 4 (F 35-40, f 10-16, f 30-35, f 10-16). Mkrostigma anomalum Ramb. d'. Gth segment. Apehu^ Brazil. 4 (F 18-20, f 6-8, f 10-12, f 6-8). Anomisma abnorme McLach. Gth segment. Rio Bobonaza, Ecuador. 8 (F 18-20, f 8-10)? Mecistogaster viodestus Selys. S^. Bugaba. 8 (F n, f n). 3Iecistogaster ornatiis Ramb. d\ 7tli segment. Tepic, INIex. 8 (F n, f n). Pseudostigma aberrans Selys. cJ^. 5th segment. Atoyac, Mexico. 8 (F n, f n)? Legion 2.— Podagrion Selys. Paraphlebia sp. (group of Zoe). 5 cJ', 1 ?. 6th segment. Guatemala. 8 (F 2' + 11"-13" -^ 4"-5" rec, f 3"-4"). Paraphlebia sp. (group of Zoe) var. J^. Misantla, Mexico. 8 (F 2' -f 8"-9" -r 2" rec). Philogenia Berenice Hag. cf . 6th segment. Equitos, Peru. 8 (Fn, f n). Philogenia cassandra Hag. d'. 6th segment. Chiriqili. 8 (F n, f n). Teeth much smaller than in Berenice. Megapodagrion venale Selys. d. 6th segment. Probably Porto Cabello, Venezuela. 8 (F 3-7, f 1-2). Heteragrion eri/throgastrum Seijs. d. 7th segment. Bugaba. 4 (Fn, f n). 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELrHIA. 137 Hetemgnon chrysops Hag. <^. 6tli segment, post. Guate- mala. 4 (F n, f 5-8, F 30-35, f 5-8). Heteragrion elwysojjs Hag. cT- 7th segment, out. Guate- mala. 4 (F n, f 5-8, F 30-35, f 5-8). Heterarjrion inca Hag. 2 d'. 5-6th segment, 7th segment, ant. 4 (F u, f 20-25, f n, f 20-25). Heteragrion n. sp. (group of Chrysojos). cJ. Atoyac, Mexico. 8 (F n, f 5-35). Legion 3. — Platycnemis Selys. Tatocnemis malagcmica Kivhy. 9. 7th segment. Madagascar. k n? ^' f -0'-30'n Lejjtocnemis h'dineata Selys. d^. Seychelle Islands. 8 (F u, f 15-20). Leptocnemis bllmeata Selys. ?. Seychelle Islands. 4 (F n, f 12-19, F n, f 12-19). C(eliccia octogesima Selys. d and 9. 7th segment, ant. Borneo. 4 (F 6-12, f 2-4, f 5-8, f 2-4). Copera atomaria Selys. cf. 6th segment, post. Borneo. 4 (F 5'-7' + n'" rec, f l"-2", f 4", f l"-2"). Legion 4. — Protoneura Selys. Dlsparoneura analii Selys. d'. 6th segment, post. Borneo. 4 (F 3' + n", f 3' + n"). Disparoneura collaris Selys. c? and ?. 6th segment, post. Borneo. 4 (F n, f n). Disparoneura sp. (near delia). cT. Borneo. 4 (F n, f n)? Caconeura dorsalis. d" and ?. 7th segment, ant. Borneo. 4 (Fn, f n). Neoneura n. sp. (group of carnatica). c?. 7th segment, ant. Guatemala. 4 (F 2' -r 2"-4", f 1', f 2' + l"-2", f 1'). Neoneura n. sp. (group of ruhriventris). cf. 7th segment, ant. Equitos, Peru. 8 (F 2' -f 20"-30", f l'-2' + 10"-20"). Protoneura n. sp. (group of humeraUs'). d. 6th segment, post. Guatemala. 8 (F 2' + n", f 1' + n")- Protoneura aurantiaca Selys. c^. 7th segment, ant. Tabasco, Mex. 8 (F l'-2' + n", f 1' + n"). Protoneura n. sp. (group of sanda). 2 d and 2 ?. 7th seg- ^ , , T, 1 ,r I 8 (F 2' + n", f 1" + n"). ment, ant. Tabasco, Mex. | g )p 2' + n", f n"). 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jan., Legion 5. — Agrion Selys. Hyponeura lugens Hag. d'. 6th segment. Guatemala. 8;(F 17-25. f 4-7). Iliiponeura lugens Hag. J*. 5th segment, post. Guatemala. 8 (F 17-25, f 4-7). Argia pntrida Hag. 6". ' 5tli segment. 8 (F 14-21, f 2-10). Argia blpunctxdata Hag. Xesv Jersey. 8 (F 12-14, f 1-3). Argia agrioides Calv. d^ and 9. San Jose del Cabo, Baja Cal. 4(F .^ZJ^'l^c f 2'-5', P ll'-15', f 2'-5'). Argia piilla Seljs. J'. Tepic, Mex. 8 (F 7-9, f 2-3). Ischnura heterostlcta Burm. cf'. Gth segment. Victoria, Australia. 8 (F 13-15). Ischnura Ramburii Selys var. credula. ?. San Jose del Cabo. S (F 10-15). Anomalagrlon hastatum Sa,j. cJ*. Pennsylvania. 8 (F 9-10). Enallagma ebrium Hag. ?. 6th segment. New York. ? 8 (F 16'-18' + 6"-12", f 0-3' -f u"). Enallagma geminatum Kell. ?, 6th segment. New York. 4 (F 15'-18', f n", P 14'-16', f n"). Enallagma aspersion Hag. d^. Gth segment. New York. 8.(F20'-22', f n"). Nehalennia lais Brauer. cJ*. 6th segment. Morelos, Mex. 4 (F 25-30, f 18-20). Fyrrhosoma tenellum Yill. c?. 5th segment. Le Blanc, France. 8 (F 25-30, f 8-12). : Pyrrhosoma minium Harr. d'. Le Blanc, France. 8 (F 2' + n"). Xanthagrion erythroneurum Selys. d. Victoria, Australia. ^ ^ 2' + 10"-13"' -^ 5" /• •• ~ Ceriagrion glabrum Burm. 3 d. 6th segment, post. Mada- gascar. 8 (F 2' + 18"-20", f 5"-10"). Anisagrion allopterum Selys. d. 6th segment. Costa Rica. 8 (F 10-12, f 1-2). Erythagrion salvum Hag. d- San Jose del Cabo, Baja Cal. 8 (F 2' + 4"-6", f 1"). Erythagrion salvum Hag. d. San Jose del Cabo, Baja Cal. 8 (F 7-9, f 1-2). ® It is quite likely that this is a larval gizzard ; compare with figa. 25-27. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 Leptagrion macrurum Burm. cf. 7th segment, ant. Brazil. 8 (F 6'-8' + n", f 10"-20" + 2'-3'). Leptobasis vacillans Selys. 2 c?. 7th segment, ant. Tabasco, Mex. 4 (F 13-15, f 10-12). Agriocnemis femina Brauer. cf. 6th segment. Borneo. 4 (F 10-15, f 8-10)? Hemiphlebia mirabilis Selj$. ?. Victoria. 4 (F 2'-4' + n", f n", F n", f n"). Legion G. — Lestes Selys. Archilestes grandis Ramb. cf . San Jose del Cabo, Baja Cal. 8(Fn). Lestes disjundus Selys. 6th segment, New York. 8 (F n). Lestes vigilax Seljs. cJ'. New York. 4 (F n, f n). Lestes leda Selys. d. 6th segment. Victoria. 4 (F n, f n). Lestes ienuatus B^amh. ?. Tepic, Mex. 8 (F n)? Intra-genePvIC Variations. By an examination of the structural formulae given above it will be seen that a classification into genera based on resemblances in gizzard structure would agree in most cases with that now in use based upon the structure of wings and other extei-nal features of the body. If, for instance, we examine the structural formulae for Sapho orichalcea and S. ciliata, we find very little difference between the two species. In both we see sixteen fields, which in the former are of three sizes, and in the latter of two. But the number and size of the teeth are approximately equal. Where a number of species of one genus have been studied, these all, as a rule, show the same number of folds. Exceptions are seen in the genera Hetcerina and Heterafj rion. Of five speciea of Hetcerina examined, four show eight folds of the gizzard lining, and one, americana, four folds, although another specimen of the same species (PI. II, figs. 2 and 3) shows eight folds in both larval and adult gizzard linings; of four species of Heteragrion three have sixteen folds; one, eight. Even when they vary in the number of folds, species of the same genus are seen to agree almost invariably in the size and number of teeth on each fold, as well as in the arrangement of these. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JaU. , A marked exception to thi;; was found in the genus Heteragrion. Of four species of this genus, three had sixteen folds, varying in size, tlie largest folds bearing numerous teeth (above forty;, the smaller ones bearing from five to thirty, while the fourth species had but eight folds, each fold bearing numerous teeth. Again, of four species of Argia, three are similar, bearing eight " F" folds and eight " f " folds, the teeth on all folds being of equal size. But in the fourth species, A. agrloides, there are four " F" folds, eight " f " folds, and four "f" folds; on the two lalt.er the teeth are equal in size, but on the four " F " folds they are arranged in two groups, those of the anterior group being similar to the teeth on the other folds, those of the posterior being much smaller and recurved. Data for Phylogexy. When the studies whose results are contained in the present paper were begun, it was hoped that they would yield data of value in determining the pbylogeny of the insects investigated. The data are now at hand, but the desired interpretation is yet to be made. One may spin several difierent theories on the lines of descent of these Odonata if regard be had merely to the armature of the gizzard. Bui since these theories would rest on precisely the same evidence in each case, it is wise to refrain from such theorizing until these results can be correlated with others drawn from embryological and comparative anatomical data. It is worth pointiug out, however, as one present gain to our knowledge which will bear on the question of phylogenies, that the occurrence of numerous minute teeth only is a phenomenon of frequent repetitiou, since it is met with in the genus Hetcerina of the legion Caloptenjx, and in all species of the legions Evphoea and Thore of the Calopterygince, while in the Agrionince it is ob- served in Jlecistogader and Pseudostigma (legion Pseudostigma) , Philogenia (legion Podagrion), some Disparoneura and Caconeura (legion Proloncura) and all of the legion Lestes. The problem which this phenomenon suggests is to determine whether it represents a more primitive condition, originally common to all groups to which the genera named belong, or whether it represents independent, parallel and similar modifications in each group from some other and different form of gizzard-armature. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENX'ES OF PHILADELnilA. 141 EXPLANATION OF PLATES II, III AND IV. All the figures are camera lucida drawings, and represent por- tions of the gizzard linings, spread out flat. The fraction after each name indicates how much of each lining is shown. A line indicting a scale length of one- tenth millimeter is placed along- side most of the figui'es. Plate II. Fig. 1. Calopteryx maculata. d^. ^. Fig. 2. Hetcerina americana. c? from Pennsylvania. ^. Fig. 3. Hetcerina americana. Larva. ^. Fig. 4. Protoneura sp. , group of sancta. ? . l , Fig. 5. Hetcerina vulnerata. ?. ^. Fig. 6. Vestalis luctuosa. d^. ^. Fig. 7. Vestalis apicalis. 9 . ^. . Fig. 8. Amphipteryx agrioides. cT. ^. Fig. 9. Lihellago caligata. d^. ^. Fig. 10. Euphcea impar. d. 5. Plate III. ; Fig. 11. Microstigma rotunclatuni. d'. 5-. Fig. 12. Enallagma ebrium. $. J^. The small fold f is not developed in the portion figured. Fig. 13. Argia hipiuictulata. ^. Fig. 14. Megaloprepus cKvulatus. d. «-• Fig. 15. Xanthagrion erythroneurum. y\. Probably larval gizzard; comj)are figs. 25-27. Fig. 16. Megapodagrion venale. d. ^. F'ig. 17. Ischnura verticalis. ^. Fig. 18. Heteragrion inca. d. ^. Fig. 19. Tatocnemis malagassica. ?. |-. Fig. 20. Paraphlehia sp. \. Fig. 21. Hemij)hlehia mirahilis. ?. ^. Fig. 22. Lestes vigilax. d. ^. Fig. 23. Mnais strigata. 9. ^. On either side of the right- hand f fold is a row of 2-3 teeth, representing, prob- ably, a series of still smaller folds. Fig. 24. Leptoenemis hilineata. d. ■^^ Plate IV. Fig. 25. Zichiiura verticalis. Larva, length 4 mm. {^. Fig. 26. Ischnura verticalis. Larva, length 8 mm. ^. Fig. 27. Ischnura verticalis. Larva, length 15 mm. 1. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., February 5. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirteen persons present. A paper entitled " New Marine Mollusks," by Edward G. Vanatta, was presented for publication. Relationships of the Gtniis Neoheliscus. — Dr. H. A. Pilsbry, referring to an account of the anatomy of this genus of South American land snails, ^ stated that in commenting upon the pecu- liarities of the reproductive organs he had overestimated their di- vergence from structures of African Achatinidw, having overlooked a paper by Arruda Furtado, ^ in which the anatomy of Atopocochlis exaratus is described. This genus and species, the speaker con- tinued, is confined to the island San Thome, in the Gulf of Guinea; and resembles Neoheliscus in having the retractor muscle of the penis inserted upon the right ocular band (instead of upon the dia- phragm, as usual in land snails), and as in Neoheliscus the albumen gland is reduced to very small proportions. The separation of the male and female ducts clearly indicates that Atopocochlis is viviparous, like Neoheliscus, although no information is given by Furtado upon this point. The podocyst described in embryos of Neoheliscus is similar to that of Achutitia. These facts indicate that the South Ameiican genus has its nearest existing allies in West African genera, and accordingly modify the general conclu- sions set forth in his former paper. February 12. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. ]Sline persons present. A paper entitled " New Species of ^Mollusks from South Africa and Burma," by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication. » These Proceedings for 1899, p. 3(56, PI. XV. ^Journal de ConchyUologie, XXXVI, p. 5, PI. II. 1901.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 143 Februaey 19. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fifteen persons present. February 26. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-eight persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " Descriptions of New Bees collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in Brazil, II," by T. D. A. Cockerell. " Note on the Odontostomidce," by Henry W. Fowler. " The Development of the Tympano-Eustachian Passage and Associated Structures in the Common Toad, Bufo leutiginosus," by Henry Fox. " Farther Studies on the Chromosomes of the Hemiptera heter- optera," by Thomas H. Montgomery. Mr. C. Hart man Kuhn was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed: 144 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., CRUSTACEA AND PYCNOGONIDA COLLECTED DUKING THE PKINCETON EXPEDITION TO NORTH GREENLAND. BY DR. A. E. ORTMAXX. A preliminary but not quite complete list of the species collected during the Princeton Expedition to North Greenland (Peary Auxiliary Expedition, 1899) has been published in The Princeton Bulletin, Vol. 11, No. 3, February, 1900, pp. 38-40 ; in the same periodical. Vol. 11, No. 2, December, 1899, pp. 25-20, a list of stations has been given. It seems hardly necessary to repeat this list here, since under each species not only the number of the station, but also the location of the latter and the depth is given. Most of the localities are situated on the coast of North Green- land, between Cape York and Foulke Fjords (ca. 76-79° N. L. ); a few are situated on the opposite side of Smith Sound (Eilesmere Land, Payer Harbor) ; the rest is farther south, on the coast of West Greenland (Upernavik, Waigat Channel, and Godhavn, Disco Island), and the coast of Labrador (Domino Run and Battle Harbor). Only a few expeditions have previously collected material in these parts (North water of Baffin Bay, Smith Sound and Grinnell Land). The following reports on Crustacea have been pub- lished : Hayes' Expedition, 18G0-61 (see J. J. Hayes, The Open Polar Sea, 1867), published by W. Stimpson: " Synopsis of the Marine In\ertebrates collected by the Late Arctic Expedition under Dr. J. J. Hayes. "^ Naves' Expedition, 1875-70, published by E J. INIiers, in G. S. Nares, Narrative of a Voyage to the Polar Sea, Vol. 2, 1878, Appendix 7. Expedition of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, connected with the Peary Expedition of 1891, published by J. E. 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELrillA, 145 Ives: " Echinoilerms and Crustaceans collected by the West Greenland Expedition of 189'l."=' Peary Auxiliary Expedition of 189^, published by A. Ohlin : Bidrag till Kaennedomen om Malakostrakfaunan i Baffin Bay och Smith Sound, Lund, 1895. A number of species has been mentioned by Hansen from near Cape York in H. J. Hansen, " Malacostraca marina Groen- landiie occidentalis. ' ' ^ The collections described here have been made by Prof. William Libbey and the writer, by means of small hand dredges and a larger beim-trawl, surface and dip nets. Since the chief value of the material collected lies on the zoogeographical side, I shall take particular pains to give an account of the previously known facts of distribution in every species. CRUSTACEA. 1. Brancninecta paludosa (Mueller). Packard, 12ih Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr, for 1878 part 1, 1883, p. 336, PI. 9, 10, figs. 1-5. Station 13. Payer Harbor. Ellesmere Land. Fresh- water ponds (several hundred). Station 46. Northumberland Island. Fresh- water ponds (many hundred). Distribution. — Finmark, Lapland, North Siberia (Taimyr), Point Barrow (Alaska), Cape Krusenstern (Arctic America), Labrador, Grinnell Land, North and West Greenland. Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers) ; North Greenland: Polaris Bay (Packard). 2, Lepidurus glacialis (Kroeyer). Packard, /. c, p. 31d, PI. 16, fig. 1. Station 46. Northumberland Island. Fresh-water ponds (46). Distribution. —Lapland, Novaja Semlja, Spitzbergeu, South and West Greenland, Cape Krusenstern, Point Barrow. There are Cladocera (a fresh water Daphnia, possibly reef ispma Kr., from Stations 13 and 46) and a number of marine 04raeoda and Copepoda in the collection which have not yet been identified. ^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila., 1891. ' Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i KjoebenJiavn, 1887. 10 146 I'ROCEEDIN'GS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 3. Balanus porcatus Costa. Darwin, Monogr. Oirrip. Balan., 18.")4, p. 256, PI. 6, fig. 4; Weltner, Arch. f. Natnrg., 1897, p. 2G7 ; Weltner, Die Cirripedien der Arktia (Fauna Arctica, Vol. 1), 1900, p. 292. Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (1). Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (8). Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (6). Dktrlhuilon. — England, Denmark, Norway, Iceland, Maine, Massachusetts, Novaja Semlja, Spitzl)ergen, Bear Island, East and West Greenland, Grinnell Land, Lancaster Sound, Japan, New Zealand and Campbell Island. Depth : to ca. 200 fathoms. Grinnell Land : Cape Napoleon, Franklin Pierce Bay, Richard- sou Bay and Discovery Bay.* 4. Balanus crenatus Bragui^rc. Darwin, /. c, p. 261, PI. 6. fig. 6 ; Weltner, I. r., 1897, d. 263 ; Weltner, I. c, 190O, p. 29S. Station 57. Sarkak (Waigat), 9 fathoms (1). Distribution. — Mediterranean, West Indies, Cape ot Good Hope, England, Scandinavia, New England coast, Spitzbergen, Kara Sfta, West Greenland, Labrador, Baffin Bay, Lancaster Sound, Grinnell Land, Bering Straits, North Japan. In deeper water. Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers, /. c, 1881). 5. Balanus balanoides (Linne), Darwin, /. c, p. 2G7. PI. 7, fig. 2 ; Weltner, I. c, 1897, p. 269 ; Weltner, I. c, 1900, p. 302. Station 3. Godhavu, Disco Islaud. Between tides (4, and several broken). I have seen also ou the rocKs of the shores of Foulke Fjord remains of a Balanvs (bases only) which may belong to this species. Distribution. — Azores, Portugal, England, France, Norway, Atlantic coast of the United States, Novaja Semlja, White Sea, Bear Island, Iceland, West and North Greenland, Labrador. Within tidal limits. North Greenland: Port Foulke (Stlmpson). 6. Nebalia bipes (O. Fabricius). Kroeyer, Naturhist. Tidsskr. (2), Vol. 2, 1849, p. 436; Grube, in Arch. f. Naturg., 1853, p. 162 ; Bnchbolz, Zweite deutsche Nord- polfahrt. Vol. 2, 1874, p. 388. Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (1). * Miers, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, 15, 1881, p. 73. 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147 Didrlbutlon, — Englaiul, Labrador, East and West Greenland, North Greenland. Depth : to 150 fathoms. North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohliu). 7. Hyperia galba (Montague). G. O. Sars, An Account of tbe Crustacea of Norway, Vol. 1, 1895, p. 7, PI. 2, 3, fig. 1. Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (1). Distribution. — France, England, Sweden, Norway, Kara Sea, Murman coast, Spitzbergeu, West Greenland, Point Barrow. Pelagic. S. Euthemisto libellula (Mandt). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 13, PI. 6. fig. 1. Station 6. Melville Bay, surface (4). Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (1). Station 41. Whale Sound, surface (2). Station 42. Barden Bay, surface (7). Didrihution. — Finmark, Novaja Semlja, Spitzbergeu, Jau Mayen, East, West and North Greenland, EUesmere Land, Point Barrow. Pelagic. North Greenland: MelviDe Bay (Ives), Inglefield Gulf (Ohliu) ; EUesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Stimpson). 9. Socarnes bidenticulatus (Bate). Lysianassa bid. Bate, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3, Vol. 1, 1858, p. 362 ; Lys. nugax Bate, Catal. Amphip. Brit. Mus., 1H(J2, p. 65, PI. 10, fig. 3 ; Anonyx hid. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. 19, 1877, p. 138 ; Socarnes ovalis Hoek, Niederl. Arcb. Zool. Suppl., 1881, p. 42, PI. 3, fig. 29; Soc. bid. Sars, Den Norsk. Nonlhavs Exp. Crust., 1. 1885, p. 139, PL 12, fig. 1 ; Hansen, Malac. mar. Groeal. occ, 1887, p. 62. Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (2). Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (2). Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (4). Distribution. — Spitzbergeu, Jan Mayen, West Greenland, North Greenland, EUesmere Land ; 4-160 fathoms. North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges; EUesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin). 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^^eb., 10. Anonyz nugaz (Phipps). Cancer nug. Phipps, Voy. North Pole., Append., 1774, p. 192, PI. 12 fig. 2 ; Li/sianassa lagena and appendiculatd Kroeyer, Dansk. Vid Selsk. Afh., 7, 1838, pp. 237 and 240, PI. I, figs 1, 2; Anonyx am pulla Kroeyer, Naturii. Tidssk. (2), Vol. 1, 1845, p. 57H ; An lagena Bate, Catal. Amph. Brit. Miis., 1862, p. 77, PI. \i, fig. 7 ; An nugax Miers, Auu. Mag. Nat. Hi-t., Ser 4, Vol. 19, 1877, p. 135 ; Ives, Proc. Acad. Philad. Ie91, p. 480 ; Sars, Crust. Norway, 1895, p. 88 PI. 31. Station 45. Bardeu Bay, 10-40 fathoms (5). Station 47. Northumberland Island, surface (1). Distribution.— ^he.t\Q.n({ Islands, Norway, northeast coast of North America, Labrador, Northumberland Sound, Ellesmere Land, Grinuell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Spitzber- gen, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, North Siberia (East Taimyr and Tchukchee coast), Bering Straits, Sea of Ochotsk; 2-6o8 fathoms. Ellesmere Land : Gale Point (ten miles below Caj)e Isabella) (Sdmpson) ; Grinnell Land: Floeberg Beach and 83° 19' N. L. , Discovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohliu), McCormick Bay (Ives). 11. Pseudalibrotus littoralis (Kroeyer). AUbrotus Utt. Sars, Crust. Norway, Vol. 1, 1895, p. 102, PI. 35, fig. 2. Station 14. Payer Harbor, Ellesmere Land, mouth of small fresh- water stream (1). Station 42. Barden Bay, surface (2). Station 44. Barden Bay, sandy beach (17). Station 47. Northumberland Island, surface (several hundred). Station 53. Littleton Island, surface (2). The generic name Pseudalibrotus has been proposed by Stebbing,^ Distribution. — Finmark, Spitzbergen, Jan Mayen, East, West and ISorth Greenland, Baffin Bay, Point Barrow. Surface to 100 fathoms. North Greenland: Murchison Sound (Ohlin). 12. Onesimus edwardsi (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 105, PI. 36, fig. 1. Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (3). Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (2). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (4). Distribution. — Kattegat, Norway, Labrador, West Greenland, ^Atm. Mag. Nat. Jlist., Ser. 7, Vol. 5, 19u0, p. 15. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149 Grinnell Land, Iceland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, INIurman coast, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, eastern part of Siberian Polar Sea ; 2-60 fathoms. Grinnell Land: Discovery Buy and Floeberg Beach (Miers). 13. Byblis gaimardi (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 183, PI. 64. Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (11). Distribution. — Kattegat, Norway, Finmark, Labrador, West Greenland (northward to Disco Island), Iceland, Spitzbergen, Murman coast, Kara Sea ; 2-280 fathoms. 14. Stegocephalus inflatus Kroeyer. Sars, I. c, 1S95, p. 198. PI. 69. Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (2). Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (2). Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (11). Station 40. (Iranville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (1). Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (19). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (65). Station 50. Karnah (Inglefield Gulf), 30-10 fathoms (1). Distribution. — Norway, Shetland Islands, Nova Scotia, North- umberland Sound, Berry Island, North, "West and East Green- land, Spitzbergen, Murman coast. White Sea, Franz Joseph Laud, Kara Sea, eastern part of Siberian Polar Sea ; 7-150 fathoms. North Greenland : Cape Dudley Digges and Murchison Sound (Ohlin). 15. Paroedicerus lynceus (^r. Sars). G. 0. Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 292, Pi. 103, fig. 2, PI. 104, fig. 1. Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (1). Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1). Distribution. — Nova Scotia, Labrador, EUesmere ijaud, North, West and East Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Finmark, Murman coast, Kara Sea ; 2-160 fathoms. EUesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohliu) ; North Greenland: Murchison Sound and Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin), Cape York (Hansen). 16. Monoculodes borealis Boeck. Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 298, PI. 106, fig. 2. Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1). Distribution. — England, Norway, Finmark, Kara Sea, Spitz- 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb.^ bergen, East Greenland, "West Greenland (northward to the Waigat); 3-100 fathoms. 17. Pleustes panoplus (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 344, PI. 121. Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (3). Distribution. — Norway, Nova Scotia, Labrador, North, AVest and East Greenland, Iceland, Jan INIayen, Spitzbergen, Novaja Semlja, Murman coast, Kara Sea, Point Barrow; 4-100 fathoms. North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin), Cape York (Hansen). 18. Paramphithoe bicuspis (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 349, PI. 123, fig. 1. Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (3). Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (4). Distribution. — England, France, Kattegat, Norway, Finmark, Spitzbergen, Bear Island, Iceland, Labrador, West and North Greenland ; 3-60 fathoms. North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohhn). 19. Acanthozone cuspidata (Lepechin). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 370, PI. 130. Station 45. Bardeu Bay, 10-40 fathoms (21). It has been suggested (Miers, Stebbing) that the species figured by Buchholz^ is different from this species. But, as Hoek points out,' and Koelbel confirms,* the differences of Buchholz's figure from this species are due to inaccuracies in the drawing. That the drawing in fig. 1 is incorrect, especially as regards the last three pairs of pereiopods, is shown conclusively by the fact that Buchholz gives, in fig. Ih, a correct reproduction of the last pereiopod. Distribution. — Norway, Fiumark, Labrador, Polar Islands of North America, Grinuell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Murman coast. White Sea, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (East Taimyr peninsula) ; 7-100 fathoms. Grinnell Land : Franklin Pierce Bay, Discovery Day (Miers) ; North Greenland: Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin). ^Zweite deutscJie Nordpolfahrt, Vol. 2, 1874, p. 362, PI. 11. "> Mederl. Arch. Zool. Suppl, 1881, p. 48. • Qisterreich. Polarstat. Jan Maijen, Vol. 3,. 1886, p. 45. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PEIILADELPIirA. 151 20. Rachotropis aculeata (Lepcchin). Sars, I. <•., 1895, p. 434, PI. 149. Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (1). Station 12. Foulke Fjord, ;>"> fathoms (2). Station 27. Cape Chalou, .35 fathoms (1). Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (8). Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (13). Station 45. Bardeu Bay, 10-40 fothoms (2). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (11). Station 50. Karnah, 30-40 fathoms (4). Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (1). Distribution. — Nova Scotia, Labrador, Polar Islands of North America, Baffin Bay, Grinuell Laud, North Greenland, West and East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Finmark, Novaja Semlja, White Sea, Franz Joseph Land, Point Barrow; 3-220 fathoms. Grinnell Land : Dobbin Bay, Cape Frazer, Franklin Pierce Bay, Cape Napoleon, Discovery Bay, Floeberg Beach (Miers); North Greenland: Ciipe Dudley Digges and ]Murchison Sound (Ohlin). 21. Halirages fulvocinctus (M. Sars). G. O. Sars, /. c, 1895, p. 436, PL 154; Pherusa tricuspis Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1863, p. 139. Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (8). Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (5). Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (1). Distribution. — Norway, Finmark, Nova Scotia, Labrador, Grinnell Land. North, West and Ea.«t Greenland, Spitabergen, Novaja Semlja, Mux-man coast, Kara Sea, Franz Joseph Land; 2-110 fathoms. Grinnell Land: Discovery Bay (Miers); North Greenland: Littleton Island (Stimpson). 22. Pontogeneia inermis (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 451, PI. 159. Station 4. Uperuavik, 8-10 fathoms (7). Station 36. Saunders Island, 6 fathoms (1). Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (2). Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (4). Distribution. — Norway, Labrador, East and West Greenland (northward to L'"pernavik); 0-120 fathoms. ? Siberian Polar Sea (see Sars). 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 23. Amphithopsis megalops (Buchholz). Parampliito'e mefjalopfi Buchholz, Zweite deutsch. Nordpolf., Vol. 2, 1874, p. 369, PI. 12 ; Hansen, Malac. mar. Groenl occ., 1887, p. 125 ; AmphitJiopsis megalops Hansen, JMeddflelser om Greenland, 19, 1895, p. 129. Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (11). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (3). Station 54. Foulke Fjord, 5 fathoms (2). Distribution. — So far only known from East and West Green- land, 2-60 fathoms. East Greenland: Sabine Island, Germania Harbor, Shannon (Buchholz), Hecla Havn, Tasiusak (Hansen); West Greenland: from Godthaab to Upernavik (Hansen). 24. Atylus carinatus (Fabricius). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 471, Tl. 166, fig. 1. Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (1). Station 11. Northumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (58). Station 12. Foulke Fjord, 35 fathoms (1). Station 24. Northumberland Island, 10 fathoms (1). Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (1). Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (3). Distribution. — Grinnell Land, Ellesmere Land, North, West and East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Finmark, Novaja Semlja, Murraan coast, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (East Taimyr peninsula and Tchukchee coast) ; 3-250 fathoms. Grinnell Land : Discovery Bay (Miers); Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin); North Greenland: JNIcCormick Bay (Ives), Murchison Sound (Ohlin), Cape York (Hansen). 25. AmatMUa pinguis (Kroeycr). Gammarus ptinguis Kroeyer, Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Afh., Vol. 7, 1838, p. 252, PI. 1, fig. 5; AmaihiUa pinguis Bnchholz, I. <\, 1874, p. 353, PI. 9, fig. 2 ; Boeck, Scand. and Arct. Amphip , Vol. 2, 1876, p. 411. Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (1). Station 9. Saunders Island, 5-10 fathoms (2). Station 17. Payer Hai'bor, Ellesmere Land, 16 fathoms (4), Station 49 Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1). Sars (1895, p. 490) does not think that this is a true Amathilla. Distribution. — Ellesmere Land, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Spitzbergen, Kara Sea; 2-90 fathoms. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153 Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday fOhlin); Grinnell Land: 82*^ 24' N. L. (Miers); North Greenland: Cape York (Hansen). 26. Gammaracanthus loricatus (Sabine). Gammams loricatus Sabine, in Parry's Voy. Append., 1821, p. 231, PI. 1, fig. 7 ; Gammaracanthus loricatus Bate, Catal. Amphip. Brit. Mus., 1862, p. 202, Pi. 36, fig. 2. Station 4. Payer Harbor, mouth of fresh- water stream (1). Our individual has been taken at tlie mouth of a small stream in perfectly fresh water. This fact is the more interesting, since we have in fresh-water lakes of Sweden, Norway, Finland and Russia a slightly different form (var. laeustris Sars = relictus Sars, 1895, p. 494, PI, 174). Our specimen represents the typical form. Distribution. — Kara Sea, Spitzbergen, Greenland (rare), Grm- nell Land, Ellesmere Land, Polar islands of North America, Point Barrow; 0-10 fathoms. Grinnell Land: Floeberg Beach (Miers); Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin). 27. Gammarus locusta (Liune). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 499, PI. 1, 17G, fig. 1. Station 3. Godhavn, Disco Island, beach (34). Station 14. Payer Harbor, fresh water (24). Station 44. Barden Bay, beach (3). Station 55. Foulke Fjord, beach (22). Distribution. — Norway and southward to the Mediterranean Sea, Labrador, Ellesmere Land, Grinnell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Iceland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Franz Joseph Land, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (eastern part). Point Bar- row; 0-5 fathoms, rarely in deeper water; sometimes pelagic. Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohlin); Grinnell Land: Floeberg Beach (Miers); North Greenland: Port Foulke (Stimp- son), McCormick Bay (Ives). 28. Melita dentata (Ki-oej-er). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 513, PI. 181, fig. 1. Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (2). Distribution. — England, Kattegat, Norway, New England coast, Labrador, Polar islands of North America, West Greenland (northward to Disco Island), Iceland, Spitzbergen, Novaja Semlja, White Sea, Puget Sound (north Pacific) ; 2-160 fathoms. 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., 29. Ischyrocerus anguipes (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 588, PI. 209. Station 29. Olriks Bay, 7-25 fathoms (1). Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (1). Didrlbutlon. — Kattegat, Norway, Finmark, Grand Manan, West Greenland (northward to Upernavik (Hansen) and Duck Islands in IMelville Bay (OhlinV), East Greenland, Iceland, Spitz- bergen, Murmau coast, White Sea, Kara Sea; 2-110 fathoms. 30. TJnciola leucopis (Kroeyer). Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 620, PI. 222 (={,'. irrorata Hansen, I. c, 1887, p. 164). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1). Specimens from Labrador have been recorded by Packard as U. irrorata Say, which is, according to Sars, a different species, but perhaps the Labrador form belongs to U. leucopis. Dldrihniion. — Xorway, Finmark, ? Labrador, West Greenland (northward to Disco Island ), East Greenland, Spitzbergen, Barents Sea, Kara Sea; 30-120 fathoms. 31. ParadulicMa typica Boeck. Sars, I.e., 1895, p. 642, PI. 232, fig. 2. Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (1 c?, 2 ?). This species lias been recorded hitherto only from Xorway, where it seems 1o be rare. The male sex has not been observed before; our male differs not materially from the female, especially the structure of the posterior gnathopcds is essentially the same as in the female, both in shape and size. Sars describes the eyes as dark red ; in our specimens they are white, but this is possibly due to the action of the alcohol. Length of our specimens (without antenn*) : d' 7 mm., 9 6 and 7 mm. (Sars gives 5 mm. for the adult female). Distribution. — Xorway: Hardangerfjord, 30 fathoms (Boeck and Sars). 32. .ffiginella spinosissima (Stimpson). ui^gina spinosissima Stirapsou, Synops. mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 44; Miers, Anu. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, Vol. 20. 1877; Caprella spinifera Bell, Last Arctic Voy. Belcher, Vol. 2, 1855, p. 407, PI. 35, fig. 2 ; Caprella spinosissima Bate, Cat. Amph. Brit. Mus., 1862, p. 861, PI. 57, fig. 3 ; ^gina spinifera Sars, Den Norske Nordh. Exp. Crnst., 1, 1885, p. 228, PI. 18, fig. 5 ; Ives, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1891, p. 481. Station 21. Murchison Sound, 25 fathoms (1). Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (1). 1901,] XATUKAL SCIENCES OF rfllLADELPIIIA. 155 Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (1). Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (8). Station 43. Barden Bay, 20-25 fathoms (1). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (7). The genus uEgmella is the same as jEgina.^ JEglna echlnata Boeck seems to be different from this species. Distribution. — Grand Manan, Polar islands of North America, Grinuell Land, North, West and East Greenland, Iceland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen, Kara Sea, Siberian Polar Sea (West and East Taimyr peninsula) ; 3-300 fathoms. Ginnell Land: Cape Napoleon, Dobbin Bay (Miers) ; North Greenland: Northumberland Island, Cape Dudley Digges (Ohlin), McCorraick Bay (Ives), Cape York (Hansen). 83. Caprella linearis (Linne). Maver, Flor. and Faun. Crolf von Neapol., 6 Monogr., 1882, p. 60, figs. 17-19 ; Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 657, PI. 236. Station 60. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 12-14 fathoms (18). Among our material are four ovigerous females, in which the 5-7 segments have dorsally only slight indications of tubercles; some of the other individuals are quite smooth. No adult males are present. This species differs from C. septoitrio nails, (1) in the lack of tubercles on the anterior part of the body; (2) in the arm of the second pair of legs, which is longer; (3) in the reddisb color (they were found in red alg?e). Although there are no males, I believe, we have to deal here with C. linearis. C. septentrionalis grows much larger, and my females with eggs are small, much smaller than ovigerous females of C. septentrionalis. Among the young C. septentrionalis from Godhavn (about as large as my individuals of C. linearis) are no adult females, and they have all a brownish color (found among brown algiii). Distribution. — Scandinavia, England, France, Iceland, Green- land, Grand Manan (Stimpson's C. lobata), St. Johns, New- foundland (Ohlin). 34. Caprella septentrionalis Kroeyer. Sars, I. c, 1895, p. 659, PI. 237, fig. 1. Station 3. Godhavn, Disco Island, 0-1 fathom (63 jun.). Station 4. Upernavik, 8-10 fathoms (6). •Stebbing. Challenger Amphip., 1888, p. 1,248. 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., Station 9. Saunder? Island, 5-10 fathoms (1). Station 11. jS^orthumberland Island, 10-15 fathoms (3). Station 37. Saunders Island, 5 fathoms (14). Station 52. Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1). Station 57. Sarkak, Waigat, 9 fathoms (10). Distribution. — Denmark, Norway, Finmark, Labrador, North, West and East Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitzbergen; 2-100 fathoms North Greenland: Cape York (Hansen). 35. Synidotea marmorata (Packard). Benedict, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1897, p. 392, fig. 2. Station 60. Battle Harbor, Labrador, 12-14 fathoms (2). Distribution. — St. Lawrence Gulf (Wiiiteaves), Newfoundland Bank, 36-129 fathoms (Benedict); Labrador: Kynetarbuk Bay, 7 fathoms (Packard). 36. Arcturus baffini (Sabine). A. baffini and feildeni Benedict, Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, Vol. 12, 1898, p. 43. Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (62). Station 27. Cape Chalon, 35 fathoms (13). Station 39. Granville Bay, 30-40 fathoms (3). Station 40. Granville Bay, 20-30 fathoms (several hundred). Station 45. Barden Bay, 10-40 fathoms (1). Station 49. Olriks Bay, 15-20 fathoms (109). Station 51. Robertson Bay, 35-40 fathoms (85). Station 52, Robertson Bay, 5-15 fathoms (1). The large amount of material at hand enables me to pronounce A. baffini and feildeni vnneties of one and the same species. We possess both forms, and the var. feildeni prevails for instance at Station 40, and is represented at Station 49. But, besides, there are many intermediate specimens in the different hauls, especially"^ in No.s. 40, 49 and 51. Miers found his feildeni under the same conditions, associated with the typical form. Benedict's and Sars' material consisted only of a few individuals of each form. Very young individuals are always without spines, and thus young individuals always belong to the var. feildeni, although their mother, to whose antennre they cling, may be a true baffini. In larger individuals the spine? are developed in a different dogree^ 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157 and there are all intermediate stages between the strongly spinous A. baffini and the ahnost smooth xL Jeildeni. Sars " claims that his A. tuberosits antedates Miers' A. feildeni, giving 1876 as the date of publication of the former. But the Arch. Math, ocj Naturvid., Vol. 2, p. 3t0, where the diagnosis of A. tuberosus is printed, bears the date 1877, not 1876. Miers' A. feildeni was published in the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hid., Series 4, A'^ol. 20, p. 14, PI. 3, fig. 1, in the year 1877; but since this volume was not issued before the second half of that yeai', we may grant the priority of Sars* name, although the date of 1876 is not correct. Distribution. — Farces, Norway, Iceland, Spitzbergen, East Greenland, Davis Straits, West Greenland, North Greenland, Ellesmere Laud, Grinnell Land, 5-400 fathoms. North Greenland: Cape York (Hansen), McCormickBay (Ives), Murchison Sound (Ohlin); Ellesmere Land: Cape Faraday (Ohhn), Cape Sabine (Benedict); Grinnell Land: Cape Napo- leon, Dobbin Bay, Franklin Pierce Bay, Floeberg Beach (Miers). 37. Tole libbeyi (Ortmann). Ortmann, Tlie Princeton University Bulletin, V^ol. 11, No. 3, February, ]900, pp. 39, 40. Station 26. Cape Alexander, 27 fathoms (5). Length of body 8 mm. Rostrum about as long as the head, directed obliquely upward. Head with one lateral angulation, directed forward. Eyes elliptical. Segments of pereion dorsally smooth, without any spines or tubercles. First segment later- ally with two angulations, both of them directed obliquely forward. Second and third segments with four short angulations, the ante- rior and posterior subequal, the third the smallest. Fourth seg- ment with two angulations, the anterior directed forward, the posterior smaller and directed a little backward. Fifth, sixth and seventh segments with a large anterior and a very small posterior angulation. All the angulations of these segments are compara- tively short. Pleon with two bluntly triangular angulations on either side of a bluntly triangular central portion. Uropods about as long as pleon, styliform, outer branch a little shorter than inner. Flagellum of first antenna 15 articulate ; flagellum of sec- ond antenna with more than 150 annulations. 10 Den Norske Nordh. Exp. Crust., 1, 1885, p. 109. 158 PROCEKDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Feb., In [the wanting tubercles of the dorsal surface and the form of the lateral angulations, this species is related to the two species of the genus known from the North Pa- cific, and 1 he form of the pleon recalls that of J. erostrata Rich. (Aleutian Islands). But it differs (1) in the presence of a long rostrum, (2) in the stronger develop- ment of the lateral angulations of the head, (3) in the slightly different angulations of the second and third segments of the pereion. The generic name Tole has been given to replace Janthe Bovallius nom. prreoccup. ri865 Mars, 1867 Stal). (Type, J. spe- eiosa Bov. = spinosa Harg. ) The following key to the species of Tole = Janthe may serve to express the affinities of our new species: a'. — Pleon produced backward into two large angulations, between which the uropods are inserted (6). a". — Pleon produced into one small me- dian extension, on each side of which there are incisions for the insertion of the uropods. (Rostrum very short. Two lat- eral angulations of the head. Segments of pereion each with one median, obtuse tubercle, J. bovallii (Studer)).^'- East Patagonia. />' , — Segments of pereion dorsally with spines or tubercles (c). b". — Segments of pereion dorsally smooth (d). c'. — Segments of pereion dorsally each with two subraedian, short, spine-like tubercles. First segment with one, second to fourth with two large angulations, fifth to seventh with !>. Shell ovate-pyramidal, solid, of a uniform olive or brownish- olive color, or belted with numerous reddish spiral bands. Smooth except for faint growth-lines above, the base scored by 5 or 6 nar- row, spaced, concentric grooves, stronger near the axis. Spire conic, whorls 6i, convex, the last subangular at the periphery, convex beneath. Aperture oblique, brilliantly green inside, with a dusky submarginal band, the edge pale; columella opaque white, rounded ; the umbilical region imperforate or with a very minute perforation. Alt. 10, diam. 6.5 to 7 mm. Hirado, Hizeu (Mr. Y. Hirase). This is a true Phasianotrochm, the first made known from Japan, having the green nacre of the interior iridescent with the characteristic splendor of the subgenus. The other species of this division are from Australia and Tasmania. In one banded specimen the earliest three whorls are variegated with pink and white, like a Phasianella, and assimilating to some Australian species of Phasiaiiotrochu.s. Cantharidus bisbalteatus n. sp. Shell elevated conic, imperforate or minutely rimate, glossy. Encircled by a crimson or scarlet l^elt at the periphery and another bordering the suture below, continuous or interrupted by white streaks or spots, and roseate around the umbilical tract, the inter- vening spaces somewhat olivaceous, with a few narrow spirals of alternate blue or white and red-brown dots; two or three of these spiral lines ascending the spire. Sculpture of slight growth-lines and fainter or wholly obsolete fine spiral stria^ above, and about 6 fine-spaced grooves around the umbilical region, stronger toward the middle. Spire conic, the apex acute ; whorls about (H, quite convex, separated by an impressed suture, the last whorl subangu- lar at the periphery, convex beneath. Aperture oblique, rounded- rhombic, pearly and iridescent within, with green, or green and red reflections; scarcely showing any appearance of sulcation. Co- lumella white, concave above, somewhat straightened in the middle ; columellar area excavated, white. Alt. 12.5, diam. 8.5 to 9 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Compared with the excessively variable C. japonicus (A. Ad. ), described as Zmjphhius japonicus, the present species differs in being shorter and broader, with more convex whorls, less angular periphery and smoother base, the concentric grooves being finer, and not extending outward so far. Clanoulus gemmulifer n. sp. Shell low-trochiforra, solid, angular at the periphery, slightly convex beneath. Ground-color red or dull red. Sculpture of spiral cords cut into smooth rounded beads, these cords a little narroAver than the intervals on the upper surface, smaller on the base and about equal in width to their intervals. Above the peri- phery on the last Avhorl there are five bead-rows, all of them dotted, either having a black interval between two white beads, or with a black and a white bead, the intervals consisting of two or three red beads; base similarly ""variegated, but the dots are sometimes brown. Furrow^s between the bead-rows finely and densely decussate by spiral and oblique raised strire or threads. Spire straightly conic, the apex acute, roseate. Whorls about 6, the last deflexed in front. Aperture oblique, contracted by a sim- ple, rather compressed fold at the foot of the columella, and another near the upper end of the outer lip, several small folds between them. Columella contorted above, deeply entering the false-umbilicus, the margin of which is toothed. Parietal callus strongly plicate. Alt. 7.5, diam. 9 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hira.se). Closely related to C. marf/aritarius Phil., which occurs at the same locality, but is larger and more elevated, with more whorls, and further differs in the trifid coluraellar tooth, more rounded periphery, and in having the first and third bead-rows unspotted except close to the aperture. A well -grown specimen of C. mar- ffaritarim measures: alt. 15, diam. 16 mm. C. imedo is a more elevated species, with heavier columellar fold and some unspotted bead-rows. Clanculus microdon var. ater n. v. Shell black with a few inconspicuous whitish dots and bright rose apex, the coloration resembling C. atropnrpnreas Gld. Spiral lira' about 17 on the last whorl, with threads or minor lir?e in some 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201 of Ihe intervals. Whorls of llie spire angular by the prominence of the middle beaded cord. Whorls 6. Alt. 11, diam. 13 mm. Hirado, Hizeu (Y. Hirase). Seems to agree with C. mlcrodon except in coloration, greater number of spiral cords and other characters given above, but will probably be considered a separate species eventually. From the Polynesian C. atrojmrpweits, which von Martens reports from the Mergui Archipelago, it is distinct in sculpture, etc. Clanculus hizenensis n. ?p- Shell turbinate, moderately solid, alternately whitish and dark brown in broad radial flames above, whitish profusely speckled with olive-brown beneath. Sculpture of four coarse, spaced, beaded, spiral cords above, separated by intervals of their own width, sharply and densely striate by the growth-lines; the base with 9 much smaller, closer, concentric cords, slightly cut by obliquely radial grooves, the outer cord larger. Whorls nearly 6, the last rounded at the periphery, slightly convex beneath. Aper- ture oblique, rounded, the outer lip usually weakly plicate Avithin in fully mature shells; columella having a weak fold above, and inserted on the right side of the umbilicus, terminating below in a strongly projecting, simple, tooth-like fold. Marginal rib of the umbilicus having a few weak nodules. Alt. 7, diam. 7.5 mm. Hirado, Hizeu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Closely resembles the more plain-colored specimens of C. Thomasi Crosse, from New Caledonia, but the spirals above are less unequal, more strongly beaded and more spaced, with sharply striate inter- vals. It is a somewhat larger shell than C. Thomasi. Sometimes one or two of the spaces between the cords of the upper surface bear a minute thread. Euchelus ruber A. Ad., var. brunneus n. v. Shell similar to E. ruber, but dull brown or fleshy brown, with scattered brown dots. Alt. 6i, diam. 6 mm. Hirado, Hizen. Similar to E. ruber in sculpture, but as all the Japanese speci- mens I have seen are diflerent in color, it is probably distinguish- able as a dull-colored race. 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Chlorostoma argyrostomum var, basiliratum n. Shell imperforate, smaller than the typical form, \Tith coarser corrugation above, the base strongly Urate concentrically. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). This form is intei'mediate between the finely corrugated Chinese argyrostomum and the coarsely sculptured Japanese species of Chlorostomi. I know of no authentic record of C. argyrostomum from Japan. ACM^ID^. Acmaea Heroldi var. signata uov. About the size and form of A, Heroldi. Nearly smooth or with very low, weak radial ribs; white, with eight gray rays variegated with brown. Interior white or brownish within the muscle-scar, the edge dotted and maculate with brown. Length 13, breadth 10, alt. 4 mm. Otoshima, prov. Bitcliu (Mr. Y. Hirase). A form from Kamakura, taken by Mr. F. Stearns, seems refer- able to this variety. It is smaller and higher, length 9.5, breadth 7.5, alt. 4 mm., without a marked internal margin or central area, the rays showing through. It may be well to say in this connection that the Patella jyallida of Gould, formerly referred by me to Helcioniscus, is a true Acmcea in shell characters. Mr. Hirase has sent specimens from Mashike, Teshio, in Hokkaido. Patella grata Gould has '* about the contour of Helcion'iscus eucosmius Pils. , is quite acutely conic, with strongly spinose ribs," according to a note I made on the type. No, 1,965, U. S. Na- tional Museum. PATELLID^. Patella luchuana n. sp. Shell small, solid, rounded-oval, conic, the altitude nearly half the breadth; apex erect and acute, situated a little in front of the centre; anterior and posterior slopes somewhat convex. Surface dull, sculptured with many narrow riblets, several inconspicuous radial threads in each interval. Greenish gray, indistinctly speckled with dark brown. Interior bluish or livid white, the area within the muscle-impression large, calloused, the impression 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 203 distinct, impressed. Edge beveled, having a narrow gray or green- ish border and profusely or sparingly dotted with black-brown. Length 12, breadth 10, alt. 4.5 mm. Length 13, breadth 10.5, alt. 4.5 mm. Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). A small species with inconspicuous sculpture, but so solid that I take the specimens to be adult. The base is curved in some speci- mens, as though they had lived on shells, while in others it is nearly level. None of the species described from the region resembles this one. CHITONIDuE. Onithochiton Hirasei n. sp. Oblong, moderately elevated, not carinate, the dorsal ridge being rounded, side slopes straight; smooth and glossy, yellow marbled with whitish, having a chestnut triangle or some chestnut dots at the ridge of each valve, several blue and olive clouds or blotches in front of the diagonal lines, and with more or less variegation of the same colors on the lateral areas. Anterior valve having black eyes arranged in about 10 primary radii, with many others irregularly scattered or in shorter rows. Valv^e ii, as usual, longer than iii to viii; all intermediate valves beaked, having the lateral areas indistinctly defined, the diagonal ridge inconspicuous except near the beaks; growth-lines fine, curv- ing backward on the ridge; and adults have several .spaced, deeper concentric grooves near the sides and anterior margin of each valve ; near the beaks the diagonal ridge becomes raised and beaded, and there are irregular, forivardly-converg ing zigzag grooves upon the pleural tracts. A narrow line of eyes radiates along the anterior part of each lateral area; and there are pits as large as the eyes, but not pigmented, scattered sparsely upon the pleural tracts. Valve viii depressed, triangular, with the usual terminal apex, and linear, rugose, posterior area; the breadth of the tegmentum twice its length. Interior white, stained with dull purple and puuctulate in the middle; valve-callus heavy; reflexed border rather wide; sinus rather wide, finely denticulate; insertion plates moderately long, finely pectinated outside; slits 9 in valve i, 1-1 in valves ii to vii; a wide, flat ledge in place of the insertion-plate in valve viii. 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maroll, Girdle dark brown Avith irregular buff patches, smooth to the eye, but seen to be microscopically granulose under a strong lens. Length about 36, width 20 mm. Hirado, prov. Hizen. Types Xo. 80,571, coll. A, N. S. P., from No. 1,176 of Mr, Hirase's catalogue. This is the first species of the genus described since the publica- tion of my monograph in 1892, and the only one known from north of the equator. The sculpture of the valves is unlike any described Onithochiton. A very young specimen was reported as " Tonicia sp. " in the JVautilus, XII, p. 50. It is named in honor of my esteemed Japanese correspondent. CRYPTOPL ACID^ . Two species of Cryptoplax, the first known from north of the equator, have been found by Mr. Hirase, at Hirado, Hizeu. One of them, which I call C. japonicus n. sp., has valve- sculpture like C. Gunnii (Rve. ) of South Australia, and the spacing of the valves along the back is similar; but in the Japanese species the last four valves are smaller, valve viii being scarcely longer than valve ii, while in C. Gunnii and G. striatus it is a fourth longer. The girdle is densely spiculose, much as in C. striatus. The articu- lamenta are green. Length of dried animal about 26, breadth 5.5 mm. In another species, C. rhodoplax n. sp. , the valves are spaced about as in C. japonicus, but are sculptured much as in C. larvce- formis, with low, irregular ridges jDarallel to the lateral margins of the valves, the articulamenta being bright rose colored. Valve vi is the smallest. The posterior insertion-plate of valve viii is vertical ; and the sutural laminte and insertion-plates of all the valves are much shorter than in C. larvceformis. Length of the dried animal 28 mm. A full account of these species will be given later; and mean- time I hope to procure alcoholic specimens for description and illus- tration, PBTRIOOLID^. Petricola cyclus n. sp. Shell solid, white, subcircular though with somewhat irregular outline, swollen, the beaks full, projecting, turned forward, situ- ated at about the anterior third of the length. Periphery convex 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPIIIA. 205 throughout, the posterior end sometimes a little produced. Sculp- ture of slightly irregular radial riblets about ef[ual to their inter- vals, often stronger posteriorly, gradually weakening anteriorly and \vholIy obsolete on the anterior half or third of the valve; rude, crowded, bluntly lamellar circular striae everywhere minutely rougrhening the surface. Interior white, the pallial sinus large and rounded, extending to about the middle of the shell's length. Hinge rather strong, the right valve with two diverging, rather compressed, and long, erect, cardinal teeth, the posterior one the more slender; left valve with an erect, triangular, bilobed cardinal, with a subobsolete, diverging tooth on either side. Ligament short, almost entirely immersed. Length 15, alt, 15, diam. 12 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,580, coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,199 of Mr. Hirase's collection. A very short, subglobular species, somewhat related to P. lith- ophaga Retz. of Europe, but rounder, with more deeply immersed ligament, stouter hinge, different shaped and stronger teeth. The sculpture in some specimens is not dissimilar. As usual in the genus, the teeth are liable to fracture, and when broken often do not show plainly that they are injui-ed. In a variety which may be called var. sculpturata the posterior end is more prolonged, and the entire surface of the valves ribbed. The teeth agree with P. eyelus. Types from Puttalam, Ceylon (Coll, A, N. S. P.). One specimen from Hirado, Hizen, seems to belong here. Petricola cyclus belongs to the section Rupellaria,* as defined by Prof. Dall in his exposition of the Pelrlcolidce ; " the section Clandiconcha being represented in Japan by P. monstrosa, and the section Petricolaria by P. ceqiiistriata Sowb. VENERID.E. Venus Hirasei n. sp. Shell rounded -oval, ventricose, inequilateral, very solid and strong; cream-white, clouded and maculate with dull brown. Sur- face lustreless, sculptured with 24 to 28 strong, curved, radial *Fleurieu-Bellevu, Journ. de Phys., LIV, 1802, p. 345; Bidl. Soc. Philomath, de Paris, III, 1802, p. 106. * Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science, III. Pt. 5 i December 1, 1900), p. 1058. 200 PROCEEDINGS OF TFIE ACADEMY OF [March, ribs, fully double the width of the interstices, closely and irregu- larly creuulated by low concentric blunt, crowded luminiTe, which on the later growth are obsolete in the grooves, but toward the beaks are narrower and sharper, less crowded, and continuous across ribs and intervals. Beaks full, projecting, curved forward. Lunule heart-shaped, dark brown, ribbed and defined by a groove. Area well sunken, ribless and wide in the left v\ilve, indistinct in the right. Anterior end short, rounded ; posterior end more broadly rounded. Interior pure white, the right valve with three diverging cardinal teeth, the posterior two grooved; left valve with two cardinals, the anterior one slender, posterior stouter, shorter and deeply grooved. Cavity of the beaks deep. Pallial sinus small, triangular, nar- row and acute. Valve margins, except the hinge line, very weaklv fluted and closely crenulate. Length 43, alt. 37.5, diam. 29 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). This species resembles V. jedoensis Lischke, but has hardly more than half as many, and stronger, ribs. There is a specimen before me from Susaki, Awaji Island, besides several from the type locality. Tapes platyptycha n. sp. Shell oblong, compressed, the length somewhat exceeding 2|- times the diameter; white, profusely marked with angular red-brown reticulating lines grouped into triangular spots, or with inverted V-shaped markings, and four radial series of brown blotches alternating with white spots. Sculptured with concentric ridges wider than their intervals, broad and flattened toward the lower margin and especially posteriorly, fine and close toward the beaks. Beaks low, yellow or purple, situated at about the ante- rior fifth of the length, the dorsal margin behind them nearly straight; posterior end obliquely truncate, bluntly regular at its junction with the upper and basal margins. Anterior end short, rather attenuated, much as in T. adspersa. Lunule narrow, indis- tinctly defined by an impressed line, flattened, marked with some oblique brown lines. Area depressed, transversely maculate with groups of dark lines. Interior white, tinted with sulphur yellow within the pallial line. Pallial sinus broad and rounded, not quite reaching the middle of the length of the shell. Anterior cardinal 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPfllA. 207 tooth iu each valve compressed and simple, the middle one stouter, bifid. Length 54, alt. 37, diam. 21 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). This species stands near T. qafidrinidiata Desh., differing in the coarser sculpture, more distinctly truncate posterior end, and de- cidedly shallower pallial sinus. The color of the interior is also different. T. deshaijesii Hanley has a narrower and deeper pallial sinus. Tapes phenaz n. sp. Shell oblong, rather swollen, the diameter contained 2^ times iu the length; pale yellow, densely reticulated with angular reddish- brown and purplish lines, darker in four wide rays, which are more or less blotched with brown; pale flesh -tin ted or whitish toward the beaks. Sculpture of fine, crowded, concentric rib-strise. Beaks moderately prominent, at about the anterior fifth of the shell's lensrth. Dorsal margin moderately curved; posterior end rounded; basal margin well arched ; anterior end short, rounded. Lunule rather broadly lanceolate, defined by slight grooves, dark, with irregular darker lines. Area lanceolate, sunken, smooth, variegated. Interior white ar the margins, ochre or reddish-yellow' in the cavity. Pallial sinus broad and deep, reaching the middle of the shell's length or slightly past it. Length 46, alt. 31, diam. 20.5 mm. Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). 7his handsome species is far more finely sculptured and more inflated than T. quadrimdiata Desh., but in my opinion it is the form identified as quadriradiata by Roemer iu his magnificent monograph of Venus, Part 2, PI. 18, fig. 2. The crowded rib- strite of the surface do not become wider on the lower and posterior portions of the valves as they do in T. quadriradiata Desh., and the posterior cardinal tooth of the right valve, while grooved at the tip, is not broadly bifid as in Deshayes' species. DONACID^. Donaz kiusiuensis n. sp. Shell small, rather thin, white with one or two ill-defined ochra- ceous rays, or yellow with some dusky concentric streaks, the beaks brown-tipped ; irregularly triangular, the length somewhat less 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll, than twice the altitude, and nearly three times the diameter; anterior end longer, tapering, rounded; posterior end slightly con- vex, bluntly angular below; the beaks situated at about the pos- terior two-fifths of the length. Surface glossy, sculptured with slight growth-lines and exceedingly fine, subobsolete radial stria>, angular posteriorly, the posterior area sculptured ivith strong, ■smooth radial ribs narrower than their flat intervals and terminating on the angle. Ligament very short and swollen. Interior white with brown stains near the ends; posterior lateral tooth strong; basal margin finely ])ut distinctly crenulated. Length 9, alt. 5.5, diam. 3.3 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hi rase). A small species belonging to the section Chion, chiefly distin- guished by the strong sculpture of the posterior end. ANATINID^. Anatina impura n. sp. Shell oblong, fragile, rather ventricose, widely gaping posteriorly, but slightly so in front ; sculptured with low, irregular wrinkles, and where unworn, with the usual granulation. White and pearly above, where worn through the very thin porcellanous coat, cov- ered at the margins with a dirty yellowish cuticle, which is more persistent and lamellose on the posterior rostrum. Beaks at the middle of the shell's length, not turned forward, contiguous, one of them worn through, both slit as usual. Anterior end broadly rounded; dorsal margin almost straight; posterior end narrow, the margins hardly expanded; basal margin parallel with the upper margin except posteriorly where it rises suddenly. Interior whitish, slightly wrinkled, the chondrophore and buttress as usual. Length 38, alt. 20, diam. 15 mm. Kamakura, province of Sagami (types No. 68,536 and 70,812, coll. A. N. S. P.). This species differs from A. japonica Lischke in the median posi- tion of the beaks and different shape of the posterior end. Lischke has figured two somewhat diverse forms under the head .4. japonica. That represented in his figs. 9, 10, has been taken by Mr. Hirase at Hirado, Hizen. Having before me all of the species of Anatina credited to Japan, as well as most of the Phil- ippine forms, I find myself unable to place the specimens described above in any of the accepted species. A. kamakurana, of which 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 209 I have seen a good many specimens, differs constantly in its long form and the different shape of the posterior end. LIMID^. Lima Hirasei n. sp. Shell inequilateral, thin, white, broadly gaping anteriorly, slightly so posteriorly, compressed, the valves but little convex; beaks a trifle in front of the middle of the short hinge-line. An- terior auricle minute, triangular, acuminate, bent inward; posterior auricle narrow. Cavity of the beaks rather deep. A strong rib runs along the posterior margin slightly within the edge. Surface closely and very finely striate radially, the stxiation obsolete ante- riorly and on the posterior slope and auricle. Length 18, alt. 21, diam. 7.5 mm.; length of hinge-line 6.5 mm. Hirado, prov. Hizen, Kiusiu, Japan (Mr, Y. Hirase). L. orientalis Adams and Keeve, and most of the other small Oriental species, are much more coarsely sculptured than this species. L. Dunkeri E. A. Smith is evenly striated throughout, the stride slightly diverging from a median line, and it is nearly equilateral. In L. Hirasei striation gradually becomes obsolete on the anterior half of the valves, is abruptly discontinued at the posterior slope, and there is no divarication from a median line. The shell is conspicuously inequilateral. The species is named for my esteemed Japanese correspondent. L. Dunkeri also occurs at Hirado, Hizen, whence specimens have been received from Mr. Hirase. Area (Scapharca) nipponensis n. sp. Shell of medium size, thin, inflated, the left valve decidedly larger, the beaks full, moderately elevated, incurved and turned slightly forward, situated at the anterior two-fifths of the hinge- line. Sculpture the same in both valves, consisting of 37 or 38 equal radial ribs, which are nearly flat-topped, at least near the periphery, and separated by interspaces narrower than the ribs; the whole marked by slight growth-lines in denuded shells. Cov- ered with a thin chestnut cuticle, which is densely, minutely striate, and bears spaced bristles in the intercostal spaces, on the median and posterior portions of the valves, and on the anterior 14 210 PROCEEDiNGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll, portion is lamellose and bears flat, triangular processes in the interspaces. Toward the beaks the cuticle is worn off. Hinge- line two-thirds the greatest length of the shell, straight, strongly angular at both ends. Anterior margin evenly rounded; basal margin well-arched, the posterior end noticeably arcuate, oblique, meeting the basal margin in a blunt augle. Cardinal area very narrow, sunken behind the beaks, with an elevated margin; slightly wider and less sunken in front. Hinge teeth small and vertical in the middle, well inclined and larger toward the two ends; a distinct though narrow ledge below the posterior teeth. Interior pure white, slightly grooved and delicately striate radially in the cavity of the valves, becoming very deeply grooved toward the margins, the summits of the intervening ridges concave. Length 45, alt. 36, diam. 29 mm. ; sometimes larger, length 55, all. 46 mm. East coast of Hondo (Miss A. C. Harts-horn). Types No. 79,009, coll. A. K S. P. This species, of which we have six specimens from two sources (Nos. 79,009, 78,749, 70,970), is distinguished by its well- rounded contours, unusually narrow cardinal area, the marked disparity in size of the valves, and the large number of ribs. Tt is somewhat allied to A. disparills Reeve, ^ of which we have speci- mens from Singapore, but that is less orbicular, with more of a ridge or augle defining the posterior slope, and densely lamellose, not bristly, in the intercostal spaces. In some specimens of A. nipjyonoisls the cuticle is greenish in places. *^. disp((rilis ol Kobelt's monograph is clearly a species different from that of Eeeve. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 21^ NOTE ON THE ODONTOSTOMIDiE. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. Dr. Pilsbry, Conservator of the Couchological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has called my attention to the fact that the name Odontostomus was first proposed foi" mollusca in the Index Molluseorum prcesentis cevl Musei Prin- cipis aiigustissimi Christiani Frederici, edited by H. Beck in 1837, thus having one year of priority over its use in ichthyology. I take pleasure in dedicating the necessary changes to Dr. B. W. Evermann, the distinguished ichthyologist of the United States Fish Commission, and joint author of that monumental work, The Fishes of North America. The natural derivative, Evermannia, is already used in ichthy- ology, so I propose Evermanella. The changes, with nearly all of the synonymy, will result in the following: Family EVERMANNBLLID^. OdontostomidcB Gill, in Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p. 121. OdontostoviidcB Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 597. Genus EVERMANNELLA. Odondostomus Cocco, Nuovi Annali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, II, 1838, p. 192. Odo7ito8tomus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 417. Odontostomus Giinther, Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool. XXII, 1887, p. 200. Odontostomus Alcock, Desc. Cat. Ind. Fish Investigator, 1899, p. 166. Odontostomus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish, XXVI, 1899, p. 402. 1. Evermannella balbo (Risso). Scopelus Balbo Risso, IVIem. del. Reale Accad. del. Sci. Torino, XXV, 1820-22. p. 263, PI. X, fig. 3. Scopelus balbo Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Merid., Ill, 1826, p. 466. Odontostomus balbo Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesci Europei, 1846, p. 37. Odondostomus hyalinus Cocco, Nuovi Anuali delle Scienze Naturali, Bologna, II, 1833, p. 192, Tav. VIII, fig. 11. 212 rROCEEDixGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Odontostomus hyaUnus Bonaparte, Fauna Italica, Pesci, Tomo III, XXVII, 1840. 139, PI. 120, fig. 6. Odontostomus hyalinus Bonaparte, Cat. Met. Pesci Europei, 1846, p. 37. Odontostomus liyalinus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XXII, 1849, p. 315. Odontostomus hyalinus Giinther,Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., V, 1864, p. 417. Odontostomus hyalinus Giinther, Kep. Sci. Res. Voy. Challenger, Zool., XXII, 1887, p. 200, PI. LII, fig. A. Odontostomus hyalinus Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p. 121, fig. 145. Odontostomus hyalinus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish., XXVI, 1899, p. 402. 2. Evermannella atrata (Alcock). Odontostomus atratus Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, LXII, Pt. 2, 1893, p. 182, PI. IX, fig. 4. Odontostomus atratus Alcock, Desc. Cat. Ind. Fish Investigator, 1899. p. 167. Odontostomus atratus Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish., XXVI, 1899, p. 402. Odontostomus atratus Alcock, lUust. Zool. Investigator, Fish., Part VII, 1900, PI. XXXIII, fig. 3. Genus OMOSUDIS. Omosudis Giinther, Eep. Sci. Kes. Voy. Challenger, Zool., XXII, 1887, p. 201. Omosudis Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p. 122. Omosudis Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 598. Omosudis Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish., XXVI, 1899, p. 401. 1. Omosudis lowii Gunther. Omosudis Zowu Giinther, Rep. Sci. Ees. Voy. Challenger, Zool., XXII, 1887, p. 201, PI. LII, figs. C, C. Omosudis lowii Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichthyology, 1896, p. 122, fig. 150. Omosudis loicii Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 598. Omosudis Lowii Garman, Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., XXIV, Fish., XXVI, 1899, p. 401. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213 OBSERVATIONS MADE IN 1900 ON GLACIERS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA. BY GEORGE AND WILLIAM S. TAUX, JR. While the glaciers noted in the following report form but a small fraction of the hundreds in the Rocky Mountains of Canada, their continued recession may be taken as an indication of the changes which are taking place in the glaciers of the region, A moderate winter, followed by an early and warm spring melted the snow and flooded the rivers at an early date. The continued wet and stormy weather, which extended far into the spring and summer, did much to increase the amount of melting. So far as it has been possible to determine, all the glaciers of this region are still reced- ing. One exception to this rule was reported, but the advance could not be proved with any certainty. ^ Victoria Glacier. The rocks marked last year to determine the motion and shrink- age of this glacier were again noted on July 24, 1900. The large block of limestone about one mile from the tongue marked " VX '99" appeared to have moved 147 feet, while a large block of sandstone near the terminal moraine had an apparent motion of 115 feet. The general condition of the glacier appears practically the same as last year. Measurements taken on the northwest side indicate a shrinkage of about six feet for the year. Several very fine glacier tables were noted, one being a block of sandstone eighteen inches thick, from ten to twelve feet in diameter, and elevated not less than five feet from the surface of the surround- ing ice. AsuLKAN Glacier. This glacier has receded perceptibly since last year, the tongue being twenty-four feet further up the valley than when last noted. There has also been a marked shrinkage in everv dimension. 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF | [March, Illecillewaet Glacier. The very small recession in the tongue of the Illecillewaet Glacier during the summer of 1899 was found to have been largely made up in 1900, so that the average of the two years was not far from that of the past thirteen, as previously noted/ A distinct shrinkage was observed in all dimensions, but this was most notice- able at the tongue which was now 140 feet above the rock " C," nearly twice the distance of the previous year. Our work the past summer consisted : (a) in taking the test pic- ture of the lower part of the glacier, which was made under unfav- orable conditions on August 7, 1900; (b) location of the border of the ice on the map of 1899, and (c) location and measurement of motion of line of plates across the glacier. a. Of the test picture nothing need be added except that the series is now complete for three consecutive years and furnishes a most interesting illustration of the comparatively slight and yet none the less constant changes in the contour of the ice. b. The position of the edge of the ice was easily located with reference to the several fixed rocks laid out on the general survey of 1899. The plotting of this border line showed that the glacier had receded an average of not far from twenty feet on the sides and sixty-four feet on the extreme tongue. At one point the ice seemed to have changed but little since last year, while at others the recession was more than 100 feet. This constant yearly reces- sion has been proved to be in progress at least since 1887. c. The location and measurement of the line of eight plates across the glacier, which were first laid out on July 31, 1899, and had consequently been on the ice almost exactly one year, was taken up on the 6th of August, 1900, on which date plates Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 were located. Plate No. 8 could not be found, and it was not discovered till several days later, when its position also was obtained. All the plates seem to have moved in lines almost parallel with the centre line of the glacier. The following table shows the motion of the plates for the year, and also repeats for comparison the motions determined in the fall of 1899, after the plates had been on the ice but thirty-six days. It will be noted that the con- ^ P)'oceedmgs of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1899» p. 124. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 215 cave or northeast side has a greater daily motion than last year, while the <;onvex or southwest has not moved at quite so rapid a rate. Whether this change is accidental or is the result of peculiar conditions has not been determined. While the plates were left on the surface of the glacier, it is hardly likely that future measurements will be of great value, should the plates be again found. They are approaching a much rougher portion of the glacier, broken by crevasses, deep wells and seracs, and even should they remain on the surface, in many instances it will 'be impossible to see them from the base line. They have, however, served their purpose in demonstrating that the average motion of nearly two feet per day as determined by Dr. W. S. Green in 1888 was either much greater than the actual motion, or was the result of conditions which do not now exist. TaUe showing Total Average Daily Motion of Line of Plates on lllecillcicaet Glacier, Glacier House, B. C. Number of Plate. Total Slotion from July 31, 1899, to August 6, 1900—372 days(inches). Average Daily Motion from July 31, 1899, to August 6, 1900—372 days (inches). Average Daily Motion from July 31, 1899, to September 5, 1899— 30 days (inclies). 1 1063 2.86 2.56 2 1488 4. 3.90 3 1677 4.51 5.51 4 2172 5.84 6.77 5 2256 6.07 6.06 6 2364 6.36 6.79 7 1902 5.11 6.16 8 2040 5.48 6. 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, DESCKIPTIONS OF NEW BEES COLLECTED BY MR. H, H. SMITH IN BRAZIL.-II. BY T. D. A. COCKERELL. Lithurgus corumbae n. sp. ?. — Length 7 mm., black; with silvery-white pubescence, dense on the face (except the elevated portion, Avhich is bare) and cheeks; rather dense on metathorax (except basal area and middle of sides) and pleura; hind margin of prothorax, and tubercles, edged with dense white hair, forming a conspicuous white line; lateral hind margins of abdominal segments 1 to 3, and the whole hind margins of 4 and 5, with snow-white hair-bands; apical seg- ment of abdomen, and dark parts of the two previous segments, with some short black hair, but it is very inconspicuous, and there is no apical fimbria; ventral scopa white, tinged with ferruginous on the fifth segment; legs with white hair, that on hind tarsi long and slightly ferruginous ; femora, and basal two segments of abdomen, dark ferruginous; facial eminence rather low but dis- tinct, obscurely bituberculate ; head and thorax strongly and densely punctured; autenuai short, flagellum stout, and obscurely brown beneath; tegulre dark reddish-brown; wings brownish, nervures and stigma piceous; hind tibire with numerous short spines on the outer side, as usual in the genus; spurs white. Hah. — Corumba, April. This is the smallest Lithurgus I have ever seen, but L. nifipes Sm., from South Africa, is nearly as small. The genus is new to the fauna of Brazil. The stigma of L. cornmbce is somewhat larger than is usual in the genus. The marginal cell is shaped as in the North American and European species, not acutely pointed as in the Indian L. atratiis Sm. Ceratina maculifrons Smith, 1853. Chapada, January. 1 $ . — Length 6^ mm. ; differs from Smith's description by having no yellow on the four posterior tibise, the sides of the metathorax having no white pubescence, and the hind femora having an apical tooth or projection. The peculiar face-markings, the tooth on the outer side of the hind tibia near 1901.] KATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217 the base, etc., are as described by Smith, and I have little doul)t that the identification is correct. Smith's description reads as if the thorax were yellow, but of course this was not intended. A different Ceratma, also taken at Chapada (in December), is appar- ently the uudescribed 9 of C. vlridula Sm, It is a brilliant insect, and the face is without light markings. Temnosoma metallicum Smith, var. chapadae, n. var. 9. — Differs from Smith's description of metallicum by the larger size (about 8 J mm.); mandibles green at base; scape green; mesothorax closely and more or less confluently punctured ; wings little iridescent, not noticeably clouded at apex; tarsi practically black, basal joint of hind tarsi green; abdomen with purple reflec- tions, basal margin of second and third segments brilliant purple. Enclosure of metathorax sculptured as Smith describes for metallicuDi. ^ATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 221 sulcus; truncation of metathorax with a deep longitudiaal groove; tegul?e shining, red-brown, not punclured; wings rather dusky, especially at tips, minutely but conspicuously hairy ; nervures and stigma dark brown, second submarginal cell narrow, legs dark red- brown, anterior tibite and tarsi ferruginous; abdomen with a de- cided constriction between first and second segments; first segment only moderately narrowed at base; first two segments piceous, first with very large close punctures, second with large and small punc- tures on its anterior half, extreme base greenish; remaining seg- ments greenish, pruinose with a short pubescence, their hind margins testaceous; antennie dark, flagellum ferruginous beneath at apex. d. — Length about 6 mm. ; similar to 9, but narrower, espe- cially the abdomen ; antennse much longer, flagellum dark at apex; anterior femora, tibiae and tarsi entirely bright ferruginous; second abdominal segment with large punctures like first; fourth ventral abdominal segment emarginate. Hab. — Chapada; 4cJ*, 1?; January, December. Corynura (Corynuropsis) sublata n. sp. 9. — Length about 8 mm., more robust than C. darwini, with the first abdominal segment broader; eyes somewhat more parallel; mesothorax more decidedly purplish ; wings perhaps a little browner; supraclypeal area more or less coppery red. Hub. — Chapada, 1 9 ; December. Perhaps only a variety of the last, but it is larger and seems distinct. The pleura is rough- ened, and has also sparse shallow punctures. In C. darwini the second abdominal segment is conspicuously wider than the first, widening from its base to iis nind margin; in C. sublata the second segment has nearly parallel sides, and is very little wider than the first. AugocMora calli chroma n. sp. ?. — Length about 5 mm.; head and thorax brilliant golden green; legs honey-color; abdomen pale ferruginous with dark-brown blotches, small at sides of first segment, large at sides of second, covering all of third except a variable patch on disk, and also occupying the whole of fourth and fifth segments, so that the hind portion of the abdomen is dark brown; at each extreme side of segments 2 to 5, quite at the base, is a clear yellow triangle, with its apex directed mesad; clijpeus icith a broad apical yellow band, which sends a projection upward in the middle line; mandibles yellow. 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEIMY OF [Marcll, feiTuginous at ends; labial palpi 4-ioiuted, ihe last joint smallest; antennse dark brown above, yellow beneath, the scape long and slender; mesothorax with very numerous minute punctures; scutel- lum sculptured like mesothorax; basal area of metathorax micro- scopically tessellate, the lines mostly running in a transverse direction; abdomen impunctate; hind spur of hind tihice pectinate, with only three teeth; tegulre pale testaceous; wings faintly dusky at tips; nervures and stigma dark brown; first recurrent nervure not quite interstitial with the second transverso-cubital, being just the least before it. Hab. — Chapada, December, January; five examples. This may be compared wuth A. nana Smith and A. festivaga Dalla Torre, but it is quite distinct by the yellow markings on the abdo men and other characters. It has a certain superficial resem- blance to the genus Nomioides. AugocMora beatissima n- sp. ?. — Length 5 mm. ; head cordate, shining yellowish-green ; eyes only shallowly emarginate; clypeus with strong scattered punctures, its anterior half testaceous, its lower margin with a fringe of orange hairs; supraclypeal area smooth and shining, with a very few punctures ; mandibles yellowish, dark at apex and extreme base; scape piceous, flagellum dull orange-testaceous, except at base; thorax brilliant bluish-green, the mesothorax and scutellum purple; the hind margin of the mesothorax very narrowly, the margins and a central band of the scutellum, golden; tubercles yellow; tegulse testaceous, yellow at base; mesothorax and scutel- lum minutely lineolate, with very sparse weak punctures; basal area of metathorax not at all defined, minutely transversely lineolate; pleura with scattered short white hairs; legs reddish- brown, more or less dark; anterior femora apically, anterior tibiae and tarsi, chrome yellow; hind spur of hind tibia pectinate; wings dusky; nervures and stigma very dark brown; lower inner angle of third submarginal cell a trifle greater than a right angle; abdomen piceous, scantily hairy posteriorly, the hind margins of the second and third segments broadly dark ferruginous. Hab. — Chapada, January; one 9. A beautiful little thing. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223 THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE TYMPANO-EITSTACHIAN PASSAGE AND ASSOCIATED STRUCTURES IN THE COMMON TOAD (BUFO LENTIGINOSUS). BY HENRY FOX. A perusal of the literature relating to the subject reveals the Existence of considerable diversity of opinion among investigators as to the exact morphological significance of the tympano-Eusta- chian passage of the higher vertebrates. So far as its adult struc- ture and relations are concerned, the passage would seem to be the homologue of the spiracle or hyomandibular cleft of the elasmo- brauch fishes. Both structures occupy the same relative position between the mandibular and hyoid arches, and, moreover, above the dorsal margin of each the facial nerve divides into its two main branches, one of which, the ramus palatiuus, courses in front of the cleft (or tube, as in the higher forms), while the other, the ramus hyomandibularis, extends ventrally along its posterior wall. Embryologists, however, in studying the development of the tympano-Eustachian passage in various species of the higher verte- brates, have found that its homology with the hyomandibular cleft is not so clearly expressed as the mature structure of the organ would lead one to infer, so that certain morphologists, basing their conclusions on the facts revealed by embryology, hold that the tympano-Eustachian passage is a structure entirely, or in large part, independent of the hyomandibular cleft. In order to determine, if possible, the exact relation of the tympano-Eustachian passage to the hyomandibular cleft, I under- took to follow out its entire embryonic history in the common toad of ihe eastern United States, Bufo lentighiosus.^ Contributions to the knowledge of the development of the structures under con- sideration had been made in the case of the Anura by Goette,^ ^ The investigations have been made in the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Pennsylvania. ^ Entwkklungsgcschichte der Unke, Bomhinator igneus, Leipzig, 1875. '224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Villy/ and Gaupp.'' Shortly after I had begun the present research a very important paper on the subject by Dr. Hans Spemann appeared, treating of the earlier stages in the develop- ment of the Eustachian tube in Rana temporaria.^ All the inves- tigators mentioned state that the development of the tympano- Eustachian passage in the forms studied is a very indirect one and that it can be traced only v.'ith considerable difficulty. This diffi- culty is attributed to the almost complete atrophy of the hyoman- dibular cleft, which at an early period becomes so greatly reduced as to be readily overlooked unless special attention is bestowed on it. Of the investigators mentioned Goette correctly described the degeneration of the hyomaudibular cleft, but his other results con- cex'niug the development of the Eustachian tube may be disre- garded, since his investigations were conducted at a time when less favorable methods were at his disposal than we have at present. From the results arrived at by the other three investigators a fairly complete history of the Eustachian tube may be made out in the case of Rana temj^orar-ia. Of these the work of Villy covers fairly well the period of the metamorphosis, although his descrip- tions are somewhat inexact,* and his conclusion, that the Eusta- chian tube '' has almost certainly nothing to do with the hyomau- dibular cleft," and that " the evidence oliered by the frog tends to show that the two organs have no connection whatever with each other," is certainly unsound, since such a connection between the two has been established by the very careful work of Spemann on the earlier stages of ihe tube in the same species. The correctness of Spemann' s conclusions are corroborated by the results which I have obtained in Bufo. Gaupp's chief contribution consists in his calling attention to the appearance of the tubal Anlage at a stage earlier than that in which it was first observed by Villy. For further information concerning the results arrived at by these investigators the reader is referred to the papers mentioned. ^ "The Development of the Ear and Accessory Organs in the Common Frog, Kana temporaria," Quar. Jour, of Micros. Sci., 1890. * " Beitriige zur Morphologic des Schiidels, I, Primordial-cranium von Kanafusca," 3forph. Arb., Y, 2, 1893. 'Spemann, " Ueber die erste Eutwicklung der Tuba Eustachii iind des Kopfskelets von Eana temporaria," Zoologische Ja/trbijcher, 1898. ^ As, for instance, he speaks of the tube as extending forward beneath tbe palato-pterygoid bar, which it never docs, but, instead, passes beneath the quadrate. Moreover, his figures shoAV it in the latter position. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPIIIA. 225 I. Observations and Results. I now turn to the description of the development of the tjm- pano-Eustachian passage in the common toad. In this undertak- ing I shall first treat in detail the condition and relations of the structures under consideration in the different stages, beginning with the earliest, and then at the end of the paper summarize the chief features of this development. Stage I (PI. VI, fig. 1). — I begin at a stage when the hitherto almost spherical embryo has elongated and when the tail has grown out as a short stump. No external gills are as yet apparent. The head has become diffei'entiated from the boJy proper and the region immediately posterior to it is marked by two or three slight dorsi-ventral grooves, indicating the position of the future branchial-clefts. PI. VI, fig. 1 is a coronal section of the anterior portion of an embryo of this stage. The section is slightly oblique, the right side being cut at a higher plane than the left. In this figure one will no- tice that the anterior extremity of the pharynx is still separated from the exterior, the conjoined eudoderm and ectoderm forming at this point a solid partition of cells — the stomatodeal plate (si.). From this region posteriorly the cavity of the pharynx gradually widens out until it forms a spacious chamber, the sides of which are marked by four dorso-ventral grooves, marking the inner openings of the visceral-clefts. Just back of the fourth visceral- cleft the cavity narrows very suddenly to form the lumen of the oesophagus. As shown by the figure, there are only four visceral- clefts {Hym., 2-4 v./.) marked out at the present stage. With the exception of the fourth, each of the clefts extends outward as a solid, double-layered plate of eudoderm, continuous at its inner end with the epithelial lining of the pharynx and externally in contact with the deeper layer of the ectoderm. Only the medial portion of each cleft shows a lumen. The fourth visceral-cleft resembles the others, except that it does not as yet quite reach the epiblast. ® In the drawing the distal extremities of the clefts are shown separated by a narrow, clear area from this layer, but this coudiiion, I think, uiust have been produced by shrinkage, a supposition which receives support froni the rough and irregular character of the distal edge. 15 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Between the visceral- clef ts intervene the visceral-arches. The interior of each arch is made up of a mass of rather compact mesenchyme, consisting of scattered cells, containing numerous large yolk- spheres, barely distinguishable from those occurring in the endodermic lining of the pharynx. From this circumstance the limits of the endoderm are somewhat difficult to define clearly, and accordingly considerable care had to be taken in outlining it. The endoderm is, however, much more densely crowded with yolk- spheres and hence appears as a darker layer more or less clearly marked off from the surrounding lighter mesenchyme. Four visceral-arches are clearly differentiated, the two anterior of which are the mandibular (k.m.) and hyoid (h.in.) arches, while the other two are the tirst and second branchial-arches. In the former two a somewhat dense patch of mesenchyme can be seen occupying the centre of each. These patches are the Anlagen of the future muscles of these arches {h.m. and h.m.). An examination of the remaining sections of the series to which fig. 1 belongs, shows that the pharyngeal cavity retains approxi- mately the same size throughout its entire dorse-ventral extent and that throughout their entire length the visceral-clefts have about the same direction and relations as shown in the figure. Hence we may look upon the clefts as being solid folds of endo- derm, compressed antero-posteriorly and elongated dorso-ventrally. Throughout their entire extent the first three clefts arc apparently in contact with the deeper layer of the ectoderm. The first or hyomandibular cleft resembles the other clefts in all essential respects, except that it extends slightly forward whereas the second extends transversely outward, while the remaining two course obliquely backward. A section of the cleft in almost any coronal plane presents the condition shown in the figure. Imme- diately dorsal to the outer extremity of the cleft the distal portion of the facial ganglion becomes continuous with the deeper or sensory layer of the ectoderm. Stage II (Pis. VI, VII, figs. 2-7).— In this stage all five vis- ceral-clefts are present, none of which opens to the exterior. The mouth is still separated from the pharynx by the stomatodeal plate. The external gills have budded forth as two minute, blunt, undi- vided processes from the sides of the first and second visceral- arches. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 22? In specimens of the present stage the Anlagen of thft various structures have so far differentiated that they are in most cases readily recognizable. The mesenchyme is less compact than hitherto. The Anlagen of the muscles are particularly well marked out as prominent patches of densely aggregated mesen- chyme cells, containing numerous yolk-spherules. The blood- vessels also have begun to form in the head region. PI. VI, figs. 2, 3 and 4 are coronal sections of a tadpole of this stage. Of these fig. 2 was taken at a plane a slight distance above the floor of the pharynx. Comparing it with fig. 1 we find that anteriorly the stomatodeal invagination (d.) has deepened very considerably, although as yet not communicating with the pharyn- geal cavity. The latter has much the same form as in fig. 1, except that posteriorly an additional visceral-cleft is present. Of these clefts the most anterior, the hyomandibular (Stjm;), can be seen as a narrow, solid diverticulum of the pharyngeal wall, extending outward and terminating bluntly in the mesenchyme a short distance below the external ectoderm. All the remaining cleft outgrowths reach to and blend with the external ectoderm, although as yet not opening to the exterior. Within the body of each of the two anterior visceral-arches— i.e., mandibular and hyoid — the muscles can be made out as ixTegularly defined patches of denser mesenchyme. That in the mandibular arch is the Anlage of the muscles of mastication (^k.m.), while that in the hyoid arch is the Anlage of the depressor mandibulse + depressor ossis hyoidei' {h.m.). Anterior to the first cleft is a small vessel, the mandibular aortic arch (m.a.), while on the left of the figure another vessel is to be seen posterior to the cleft. The latter is the hyoidean aortic arch (/i.«. ). PI. VI, fig. 3 is taken at a considerably higher level. On the right side we have passed above the dorsal margins of the visceral-clefts, so that the latter are shown only on the left side. This section passes in a plane approximately on a level with the base of the brain, the small dark patch in the median hue in front of the pharyngeal cavity being the floor of the iufuudibulum (inf.). The hyomandibular fold can be seen extending outward and slightly forward. It will also be noticed that its distal* end approaches the ' Spemann includes these two muscles under the term " orbito-hyoideus. ' ® A word of explanation is necessary concerning my use of the terms "dis- tal" and "proximal." Ordinarily these terms are used only in connection 228 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [Marcll, skin more closely than in fig. 2. In fig. 4 we see the fold at it& dorsal origin from the pharyngeal wall (Hym.). Here it is to be seen as a rather wide, shallow, blunt diverticulum of the latter. In the sections intervening between this and fig. 3 the distal end progressively moves peripherally as we pass down until it comes to occupy the position shown in the latter figure. Hence the dorsal edge of the cleft is higher in its proximal portion than in its distal part. *In fig. 4 it will also be noticed that the proximal portion of the cleft in its dorsal portion approaches very closely to the origin of the second visceral -cleft. In the other two figures the cleft is separated throughout by a considerable interval from the second cleft. It follows from this that as it descends the plane of the first cleft moves forward also. Grouping the facts so far obtained we find the hyomandibular cleft as a solid, two-layered diverticulum of the pharyngeal wall,^ which extends outward and somewhat forward to a point a short distance removed from the external ectoderm. Here it terminates in a blunt, rounded edge, extending downward and slightly for- ward and presenting throughout its course no well-marked indenta- tions or depressions. Above and below, however, the outer edge gradually recedes more and more from the skin until it blends imperceptibly with the lining of the pharyngeal cavity. The edge thus has the form of a gentle arch. In general the cleft outgrowth is elongated dorso-ventrally, but it also is directed obliquely for- ward. This forward direction is more pronounced in its dorsal than in its ventral portion. In its lower portion the cleft is widely separated from the second visceral-cleft, but in its dorso-posterior portion it approaches the latter very closely, particularly in its proximal, internal part. These observations are further confirmed by transverse sections (Pis. VI, VII, figs. 5-7). In fig. 5 the hyomandibular cleft can be seen as a short, blunt diverticulum from the inferior, outer angle of the pharynx (^Hym.). The cleft here is cut through its antero- with processes or appendages of the body. In the present paper, however, I designate by "distal" Ihatpoition of the hyomandibular fold (or of its deri\ative. the Eustachian cord) vvhicli is farthest removed from its con- nection with the pharynx, wliile I eniph>y the term "proximal " to denote tliat part of the same structure which is nearest the point of orijiin from the pharynx. My use of the-e terms in connection with the structure men- tioned is due to the necessity of liaving some fixed term to apply to each of its extremities, the relative position of which vary in the difiereut stages. 1901.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF rillLADELPIHA. 229 ventral portion. In the fifth section posterior to this (fig. 6) the cleft is cut throughout the greater part of its dorso -ventral extent, and hence appears as a broad, solid mass extending out from the side of the pharynx and reaching nearly to the skin, where it all but meets a slight papilla projecting inward from the latter {Hyih.). This figure also reveals another feature of the cleft- outgrowth which is of particular importance. Il will be noted that it is the upper portion of the cleft-fold which approaches most nearly the skin, whereas the ventral portion recedes gradually from it as we descend. About the middle of this ventral portion is a small indentation in the outer edge occupied by a small blood-vessel (x. ). It will be also noticed that the proximal (inner) portion of the cleft is situated at a. higher level than in fig. 5. From this it follows that the line of origin of the fold from the pharynx extends from below upward and backward. Posterior to this region the hyomandibular fold bends more sharply backward and accordingly in transverse section appears considerably narrower (fig. 7, Hipn., right side). We next obtain the c:mdition shown in fig. 5 (left side), where the fold (Hym.) ig cut approximately at right angles to its surface and hence appears extremely narrow. Below the fold is a large oval mass, the Anlage of the hyoidean muscles, i.e., deprei«sor mandibuhe and depressor ossis hyoidei (h.m.'). Spemanu has noticed a relation between the subsequent development of these muscles and the degeneration of the hyomandibular fold. I have found the same relation to exist in Bnfo, but shall call attention to it later. The fold next enlarges somewhat, and then, gradually receding moi*e and more from the exterior, blends imperceptibly with the pharyn- geal wall. These stages are show'n consecutively in figs. 6 and 7 (left sides). The transverse sections also show some structural features, which are of impurtance in tracing certain stages in the subsequent his- tory of the cleft-fold. Anterior to the cleft is the efferent man- dibular aortic artery, a branch from the carotid. At the present stage this vessel is rather difficult to trace, but with some care can be worked out. Since, owing to the general antei'o-ventral direc- tion taken by the plane of the hyomandibular fold, the anterior wall of the latter faces forward and also upward, it follows that in transverse section structures anterior to the fold will be seen dorsal 230 rROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll, to it. Thus in the figures the region immediately dorsal to the fold is the mandibular arch, whereas that ventral to it is the hyoid arch. In fig. 7 the efferent portion of the mandibular aortic arch can be seen as a transversely placed vessel (m.a'.) just above the roof of the pharynx and extending outward above the hyoman- dibular diverticulum. Internally the vessel unites with the carotid (car.). The course of the mandibular aortic arch can be followed by comparing the figures. At first it is very small, as seen in fig. 5 (?n.a'.). Tracing it forward, however, it is soon found to be continuous with a much larger vessel with a Avell-marked lumen. This vessel is the afferent portion of the mandibular aortic arch {m.a"). Immediately beneath the antcro-inferior extremity of the hyomandibular fold the mandibular aoitic arch is joined by the hyoidean aortic arch, and the common trunk thus formed communi- cates with the large inferior jugular sinuses beneath the mouth. The other structure to which I desire to call attention is the hyomandibular ramus of the facial nerve. The facial ganglion at present lies just back of and above the dorsal margin of the hyomandibular fold. The anterior edge of the ganglion is in actual contact with the outer margin of the fold (fig. 7, vii). From the ventral surface of the ganglion the hyomandibular ramus (fig. 6, vil h.) is given off as a large nerve supplying the muscles of the hyoid arch. It is hence posterior to the hyomandibular fold. Stage ///(Pis. VII, VIII, figs. 10-14, 16-18).— Young tadpole. External gills prominent and considerably branched, not covered as yet to any marked extent by the opercular fold. Third visceral- cleft opening to the exterior. Mouth communicating with pharynx. The tail has attained its full development. A considerable departure from the conditions observed in the preceding stage is shown in the present. The different organs are (|uite clearly differentiated, while the Anlngen of the more impor- tant cartilages can be made out as dense aggregations of the mesen- chyme. The first visceral-cleft especially has undergone marked modifications. We can follow out its course by comparing figs. 10-14. Consulting fig. 10, we notice that the pharyngeal wall is separated from the exterior by a considerable interval occupied by scattered mesenchyme cells, which in the region immediately sur- rounding the pharynx are segregating to form the AnJagen of the 1901.] XATUKAL SCIEXCE^ OF PHILADELPHIA, 231 skeletal structures. Since it will be necessary hereafter in study- ing the development of the Eustachian tube to take into consider- ation the modifications undergone by the neighboring skeletal parts, it may be well to point out these parts in the present stage. The very dense segregated mass which may be seen in fig. 10 (3/. and Q.), immediately external to and beneath the pharynx, is the Anlage of the cartilagiuous mandibular arch. That portion of the arch which underlies the pharynx is the mandibular or ^leckel's cartilage (M.), while that external to it is the quadrate or suspensorium (Q-). In the figure there is no distinct separation between these two portions, but more anteriorly the mandibular Anlaxje can be seen to be separated from the quadrate b}'' a slight space in which the mesenchyme cells are less densely aggregated (fig. 11, M. — shown here owing to the oblique section, the left side being cut more anteriorh'- than the right). In fig. 10 (i/. ) only the most posterior part of the mandible can be seen. The mandible, as in all anuran tadpoles, extends transversely beneath the floor of the mouth. External to the lateral wall of the pharynx (right side) is the quadrate cartilage ( Q.), which ven- trally becomes continuous with the mandible and at the same point sends upward and outward a strong process, the orbital process or processus muscularis {Pr.M.) (Gaupp). This process with the inner portion of the quadrate forms a deep concavity, underlying tlie eye and containing the muscles of mastication. That portion of tlie quadrate which lies in contact with the pharyngeal wall is the palato-pterygoid process or commissura quadralo-cranialis ante- rior of Gaupp (fig. 11, Pr.q.c.a.). At its dorsal extremity this part approaches, but is still separated from, a patch of dense tissue in immediate contact with the dorso-lateral border of the pharynx, the Anlage of the trabecula cranii (Tr.). On the right side of fig. 11 (fourth section posterior to that of fig. 10), the mandibular cartilage has been passed, and in its stead we find a very slight aggregation of mesenchyme forming a portion of the cartilaginous hyoid bar. The trabecula cranii of the same side has become much less distinct, and in the third section follow- ing (fig. 12) has ceased to be any longer distinguishable from the surrounding mesenchyme. The trabecule cranii at present are thus mai'ked out only in their more anterior portion. Of the quadrate cartilage we have only the body with its processus mus- 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, cularis, having passed beyond the transversely placed commissure quadrato-cranialis anterior (palato-pterygoid). Of the quadrate the outer, distal portion of the processus muscularis is most dis- tinct at the present stage. Above this process are the muscles of mastication (^.m.) already mentioned, while to its outer or ventral surface are attached two muscles, the depressor mandibula? (m.d.m.^ and depressor ossis hyoidei (m.d.h.). Between these two muscles courses the ramus hyomandibularis of the facial nerve (vii h.). Both of these muscles belong to the hyoid or second visceral-arch and have been differentiated out of the common muscle mass of that arch. The quadrate in the region posterior to that just considered blends gradually and imperceptibly with the surrounding mesen- chyme. This can be followed by examining the figures consecu- tively. We will now turn to the consideration of the hyomandibular fold in the present stage. In fig. 12 the rhomboidal cavity of the pharynx is sharply prolonged at its right veutro-lateral angle, and from the wall of the cavity immediately above this prolonga- tion a narrow, solid cord, rep^'esenting an extension of the wall, extends upward and outward in close contact with the ventral sur- face of the processus muscularis (Eu.). Just internal to its blind, distal extremity can be seen a small vessel interposed between the cord and the cartilage. This vessel is the mandibular aortic arch. Ventral to the cord is a semicircular mass of procartilage, in the hollow of which is placed the depressor mandibulffi. This is the Anlage of the hyoid, a more complete view of which can be obtained in fig. 13 {H.'). The hyoid, like the mandible, is a stout, thick bar placed transversely beneath the floor of the pharynx and separated from its fellow in the mid-line by a less compact tissue. Anteriorly the two ai-e se])arated by the thyroid gland outgrowth (TA.). At its outer extremity the hyoid turns sharply upward as a flattened plate with a concave outer surface in which is lodged, as already mentioned, the depressor mandibuhw Its inner surface is closely applied to the outer and ventral wall of the hyomandib- ular fold {Eu.). In the region posterior to that shown in fig. 12 the hyomandibu- lar fold presents much the same appearance as in tiie last stage (compare figs. 13 and 14 with G and 7). It will be noticed, how- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENXES OF rHILADELPHIA. 233 €ver, that the fold is considerably narrower than in the precednig stage, and also that its distal extremity is much farther removed from the external surface. This condition Avill be more fully coii- sidered presently. The narrowing of the fold, however, is more apparent than real. If one will bear in mind the statement already made that the fold extends downward and obliquely for- ward, a true explanation of the difference will suggest itself. Naturally a section which passes through in the same plane as that of the fold will show the latter as a broad mass. This explains the appearance of the fold as shown in fig. 6 (right side). In this figure the section on the right side passes through the eye, whereas on the left side it passes some distance behind the eye. Hence the section traverses the right side in an obliquely forward direction, thus coinciding in the main with the plane of the fold. In the same specimen the fold on the left side is cut throughout trans- versely, so that, except in its most posterior portion, it appears as a narrow, two-layered lamina. It is in its distal anterior portion that the hyoraandibular fold has undergone its greatest modification. In fig. 12 the fold is continuous with the wall of the j)harynx. In fig. 11, which is the third section anterior to that of fig. 12, this connection no longer exists. The fold appears as a solid, somewhat flattened cord (Ea.), closely underlying the upper, outer extremity of the pro- cessus muscularis. Its internal surface is in intimate contact with the mandibular aortic arch (m.a.), while externally the two muscles of the hyoid arch — i.e., depressor mandibulaj (m.d.m.) and depres- sor ossis hyoidei (m.d.h.) — approach it very closely. The proxi- mal portion of the anterior part of the fold can be seen in the figure as a relatively broad diverticulum from the wall of the outer, inferior angle of the pharynx (Hym.). Anterior to the region just considered this cord-like extension of the fold extends forward a short distance and then bends sharply outward in front of the two muscles just mentioned (fig. 18, Hym., right side). In this region it enlarges considerably and finally terminates as a blind, bulbous sw'eDing in the mesenchyme a short distance below the external epithelium. This part is shown in fig. 10 (Tym.), also in fig. 17 (Ttjm.). Perhaps a clearer conception of the state of the fold may be gained by a comparison with some coronal sections. In fig. 16 we 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Maii^h, have sucli a section, in which, however, the phiue is lower on the light, side than on the left. Commencing below, we observe on the right of the figure a short, blunt diverticulum of the pharyngeal Avail, extending outward and slightly forward between the Anlaf/en of the mandibular and hyoid cartilages. This part corresponds to broad proximal portion of the fold shown in fig. 11 as continu- ous with the pharyngeal wall. In the fourth section dorsal to this (fig. 17) the same portion of the fold is still seen, and just exter- nal to its distal extremity is an elongated strand of like nature (Tt/m.'), somewhat swollen in its outer portion, where it terminates just beneath the external epithelium. This part is the swollen poriion of the cleft, which, as already mentioned, extends out in front of the hyoidean muscles and forms the distal expanded por- tion of the cord-like extension of the fold. In the second section above this (fig. 18) these two parts of the fold join, so that it now appears continuous throughout [Ht/n.). The present section gives a very good view of the course taken by the hyomaudibular fold. One will observe that it has a very broad origin from the pharyn- geal wall, and that from this point it extends outward and also considerably forward. In its middle portion the fold is consider- ably constricted, while in its distal outer extremity it is enlarged to form the swollen, bulbous portion which curves outward in front of the hyoidean muscles, as is well shown in the figure. One notices that in fig. 18 the outer, distal extremity of the fold is farther removed from the exterior than in fig. 17. If the left side of fig. 16 {Hym.) — which represents a plane slightly more dorsal than that of the right of fig. 18 — be now consulted it will b3 seen that this portion is still farther removed from the exterior, and by comparing the same fold (^Hym.) in the following two figures (17 and 18) the distance between the two will be seen to be still more increased. In the latter two figures the fold approaches very closely the proximal portion of the second visceral- cleft {3 V.J.) — a feature to which we have already called attention. Bringing together the facts so far obtained relating to the third stage, we shall now endeavor to form a conception of the hyoman- dibular fold as a whole. It arises as a solid fold of the wall of the pharynx and extends downward and obliquely forward as a thin plate between the first and second visceral-arches. Its origin from the pharynx extends downward and forward, beginning above liJOl.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235 just anterior to the dorsal origin of the second visceral-cleft (figs. 14, 17, 18, Hijm.) and terminating at the position of the future quadrato- mandibular articulation (fig. 10, Hym.). The outer or distal border begins dorsally in continuity with the roof of the pharynx (fig. 14, Hym.), and then extends in a gentle curve downward, outward and forward until it reaches the point where the distal, cord-like extension is given off and which I shall now designate as the " diverticulum." The latter is at first a flattened cord (fig. 11, Eu.), which at first extends forward a short dis- tance, but, when it reaches the anterior border ot the depressor ossis hyoidei, turns sharpl}'^ outward and slightly dowuwai'd in front of the latter and then expands to form a solid, bulbous swelling, which terminates blindly in the mesenchyme a short dis- tance below the external ectoderm (figs. 10, 17, Tym.; also fig. 18, Hym.). This portion of the hyoraandibular fold is the only part which comes into close proximity with the external epithelium. The remainder of the fold lies at a considerably deeper level. The distal border of the latter, below the origin of the " diverticu- lum," bends downward and inward and at its ventral end blends with the floor of the jDharyux (figs. 10, 11, Hym.; 12, 13, 14, Hym. [leftside]; 16, 17 [right]). This portion of the distal border is continuous with the ventral border of the " diverticu- lum," and, owing to the slightly downward direction taken by the latter, forms with it a shallow sinus or depression, the concavity of which faces downward and outward. By its anterior surface the hyomandibular fold is in close contact with the quadrate, although partly separated from it by the mandibular aortic arch Qm.a.). Owing to the obliquely anterior direction taken by the hyoman- dibular fold, this surface faces both forward and upward, so that in transverse sections it appears as the dorsal border. Hence it follows that all structures found above the fold are anterior to it, whereas those ventral to it are posterior. The posterior surface faces backward and downward and has in close relation the Anlagen of the hyoid cartilage and associated muscles. Between the two muscles is the ramus hyomaudibularis of the facial nerve {vii h.) which occupies its definitive position posterior to the hyomandibu- lar fold.' 'The reader will do well to consult figure 3 of Dr. Spemann's paper, •which shows a reconstructiou of the hyomandibular fold of liana teni'poraria at a similar s'age. I find tbat the fold in B'lfo lentiyinosus is in all essen- tial respects similar. 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, It now remains for us to })oint out the differences between the hyomandibular fold in the present and preceding stages and, if possible, to ascertain how such differences have been produced. In the first place, one will recall that the outer border of the fold in the last stage described a gentle curve, arching from above downward and forward, and that throughout the greater part of its length this boi'der approached very closely the external epiblast. In the present stage the arch described by the outer border ie interrupted about its middle by a club-shaped " diverticulum," which, again, is the onl}^ portion of the fold which approaches closely the external epithelium. The remainder of the outer bor- der lies a considerable distance below the skin. Again, a compari- son of coronal sections shows that the anterior extension of the fold is more marked than in the earlier stage. Hence there are at least three differences to be accounted for, i.e., (1) the recession of the outer border of the fold from the external epithelium; (2) the formatiou of the blind, distal " diverticulum," which still retains the original position of the fold near the skin, and (3) the more anterior dii'ection taken by the fold. In order to account for these changes it is evident that at least two factors must be borne in mind. These are (1) the growth process — i.e., the general increase in size of the parts in accordance with the growth of the individual — and (2) the differentiation of new structures. First, as regards the recession of the outer border of the fold from the skin: By comparing the figures illustrating the two stages, one will observe that a considerable increase in the transverse diameter of the head has taken place, whereas little, if any, increase has occurred iu the vertical plane. On the other hand the pharynx has not increased concomitantly in size, but, instead, has undergone an actual decrease, so that it is not only relatively, but also absolutely, smaller in size than in the earlier stage. However, between the points of origin of the hyoman- dibular fold the pharyngeal cavity i-etains approximately its orig- inal width, a feature due to the fact that in this region it forms a pair of shallow evaginatious (fig. 16). The smaller size of the pharyngeal cavity can be readily made out in the transverse sec- tions (compare figs. 5-7 with 10-14). This reduction is in all probability connected with the increase in amount of mesenchyme and particularly with the segregation of the latter to form the Anla- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237 (jen of the cartilages and muscles. The cartilages are laid down close to the wall of the pharynx, and with their increase in size the latter is naturally reduced; while at the same time the increase in amount of the general mesenchyme accounts for the increase in width of the entire head. As a consequence of the retarded growth of the pharynx and of the increase in width of the head it follows that, unless there is sufficient rapidity of growth in the fold to compensate for the arrested growth of the pharynx, the distal extremity of the hyomandibular fold will be removed more and more from the exte- rior and that ultimately it will come to lie quite deeply. To such causes, I think, must be attributed the recession of the hyoman- dibular fold from the exterior. The head has increased in width, while the pharynx has remained stationary, and even been reduced in size, so that its appendage, the fold, quite naturally recedes from the ectoderm. But this explanation suggests another problem: Why does the fold not exhibit sufficient rapidity of growth to enable it to retain throughout its original position near the external epithelium, as in the case of the remaining visceral-clefts, and, moreover, why does it retain this position at one point, i.e., where the blind, bulbous "diverticulum" terminates? This question brings us to our second topic — the formation of the " diverticulum." This part is not, I consider, a new formation, but merely that portion of the fold which has managed by its normal growth to retain its original position near the ectoderm. In this connection I wish again to call attention to the condition in stage II. The distal border then formed a gentle arch, which for a considerable part of its extent was in close proximity to the skin. However, at both its dorsal and ventral extremities this border recedes progressively more and more from the exterior until finally it blends at both ends with the lining of the pharynx. Hence in sections the dorsal and ventral portions of the distal border are seen at varying levels below the ectoderm, while the crown (of the arched plate) is situ- ated near the latter (compare figs. 2-7). Fig. 6 is instructive in this connection. Take the fold as shown on the right side. It will be seen that the distal edge is in close proximity to the ectoderm for a considerable part of its length. However, the upper portion of this border is closer to the ectoderm than the remainder. This 238 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^larcll, part represents a region slightly dorsal to the middle portion of the distal border. Below this the edge recedes to a slight extent from the exterior and in its middle portion forms a slight, barely per- ceptible depression. If we now conceive that in the future growth of the animal all the lower portion of the distal edge remains stationary and that the middle depression deepens considerably, while the upper portion alone remains in proximity to the ecto- derm, then we should obtain a condition very similar to that shown in fig. 12, except that complete outward extension of the fold is not shown in the figure (see instead fig. 10). In fig. 12 the arrested ventral portion can be seen as an extension of the right inferior angle of the pharynx, while the concavity between it and the plate-liiie hyomandibular fold is the much-deepened depression (see also fig. 11). In the latter figure the lower portion of the fold can be seen as a blunt extension from the ventre -lateral wall of the pharynx, while the flattened, oval mass external to and above it is the dorsal portion, or, as we have temporarily termed it, the " diverticulum." More posteriorly, as shown in fig. 12, this " diverticulum " becomes continuous Avitli the proximal por- tion of the fold, and accordingly the area embraced between these two portions anteriorly represents the depression, which we saw beginning in fig. 6. One will notice that in this area a muscle — the depressor mandibulse (m.cZ.m.) — has just attained attachment to the Anlacje of the quadrate cartilage, while external to it its companion muscle, the depressor ossis hyoidei Qm.d.h.), has acquired attachment to the tip of the processus muscularis. The ''diverticulum" lies between these two muscles and, as already mentioned, extends anteriorly between them until it reaches the anterior surface of the outer muscle (depressor ossis hyoidei), around which it curves outward (fig. 10, also 17 and 18). In the behavior of these two muscles lies the clue to the solution of the problem under consideration. One will recall that both of these muscles belong originally to the hyoid arch, and consequently their acquirement of attachment to ^he quadrate is a later affair. In stage II the original hyoidean muscle-mass, from which these two are subsequently differentiated, extends in its long axis almost vertically and is situated entirely behind the hyomandibular fold (see figs. 2-7). Later, however, as the muscle increases in size its long axis becomes extended in an obliquely anterior direction, 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPIHA. 239 tlie superior border faciDg forward. At this time the commou muscle divides into an inner and anterior mass, the depressor man- dibular, and an outer and posterior mass, the depressor ossis hyoidei. With subsequent growth both muscles extend forward more and more until one of them — the depressor mandibulse — invades the area intervening between the skin and the inferior por- tion of the distal edge of the hyomandibular fold at the point indicated by the slight depression shown in fig. 6 (x). Here its anterior extremity comes into close relation with the segregating Anlage of the quadrate at a point just in front of and below the fold. The outer muscle — the depressor ossis hyoidei — also acquires attachment to the quadrate Anlage, but at a point above and pos- terior to the fold. I have just mentioned that the depressor mandibulae extends for- ward in the space between the lower portion of the distal border of the hyomandibular fold and the skin. With this invasion an effective barrier is interposed betw'een the two ; and as a result of the subsequent increase in size of the muscle and of the extension in Avidth of the head, it follows that this lower portion of the hyomandibular fold will be arrested in its growth and will conse- quently come to be more and more removed from the exterior. At the same time the segregation of the mesenchyme to form carti- lage Anlagen interposes additional barriers to the outward growth of the fold. Hence it is possible to understand why it is that the lower part of the fold should lie so far beneath tiie ectoderm as shown in the present stage (figs. 11, 16, 17). On the other hand, the dorsal portion of the hyomandibular fold — i.e., that which forms the " diverticulum " — is situated above the depx'essor man- dibul?e, so that the latter does not interfere with its normal growth and as a result this portion of the fold still retains its proximity to the skin. With the increase in width of the head it has been carried outward with the skin. In its proximal portion, however, this part also has been encroached upon by the developing depressor mandibulffi, and as a result it presents the form of a long-drawn- out cord, narrow and flattened in its proximal part and swollen in its terminal part, where it is not encroached upon to any great extent by the surrounding structures. Along the dorsal edge of the fold no well-marked changes, so far as I have been able to determine, seem to have taken place. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 111 the figures (particularly figs. 17 and 18 [leftside]) one will notice that the distal extremity is removed some distance from the skin, but this appearance, I consider, is simply produced by the obliquely ventral direction taken by the dorsal border, as has been already described. This brings us to our third problem, i.e., the more pronounced anterior extension of the fold. This, I consider, is correlated with the growth anteriorly of the two hyoidean muscles. Naturally as these extend forward they carry the fold with them. As a result of this the posterior surface of the fold comes to face outward, and the anterior inward. Hence in transverse sections structures external to the fold are also morphologically posterior, whilst those internal to it are morphologically anterior (compare trans- verse with coronal sections of present stage). Stage IV. — Young tadpole. Opercular fold well developed, ending freely posteriorly and with the ends of the external gills protruding beyond its posterior margin. The various tissues for the most part clearly differentiated. True cartilage developed in the mandibular and hyoid arches (PI. VIII, figs. 15, 19; PI. IX, figs. 23, 24). Beginning anteriorly the distal, blind extremity of the " diver- ticulum " appears as a transversely extended cord of cells, some- what expanded distally, lying in the loose mesenchyme some dis- tance below the external epithelium (fig. 24, Tt/m.). This cord is clearly distinguished from the surrounding fibrous tissue by its greater density, which naturally causes it to stain more deeply, and also by the presence within its substance of yolk spherules and numerous pigment granules, similar to those found in the mucous membrane of the pharynx. In the present stage the yolk spher- ules, although still present, are much less numerous than in the earlier stages and they soon disappear altogether, so that the dark pigment becomes the distinguishing feature of the cord. The lower proximal portion of the hyomandibular fold can be seen in the figure as a shallow protrusion (JLjm.) from the ventre -lateral angle of the pharynx (compare with figs. 10 and 11). In the region immediately posterior the proximal portion is practically blended with the wall of the pharynx (figs. 15 and 19). In fig. 19 (right side) it again becomes distinguishable and soon becomes continuous with the prominent diverticulum JEii. (left side of fig. 19 ). 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 241 I will now return to the " diverticulum " in order to trace its further course. From its distal extremity the " diverticulum " extends inward and slightly backward in close contact with the anterior surface of the depressor ossis hyoidei (vi.cl.h., fig. 24, Tym.), and then ascending slightly to pass over a large vessel, the mandibular aortic arch (m.a.), it comes into close relation with the external surface of the processus muscularis of the quadrate. As it progresses inward the cord gradually decreases in diameter, so that when it reaches the quadrate it is reduced to about a half or even a third of the diameter of its distal expanded portion. After reaching the external surface of the quadrate the reduced ' ' diverticulum ' ' turns sharply posteriorly at the inner edge of the depressor ossis hyoidei as a minute, cylindrical cord, (ties. 23, 15, 19, Eu.). Here it is closely applied to the processus muscularis of the quadrate. Below and internal to it is the mandibular aortic arch (m. a.), while bounding it externally is a small, acces- sory slip from the depressor mandibulie (fig. 15, vi.d.m'.), the main body of which is attached to the quadrate anterior and internal to the cord (fig. 24, m.cl.m.). The cord extends posteriorly in the same position, usually closely applied to the quadrate, and showing more or less reduction in size, so that in certain parts of its course it is difficult to trace clearly. Throughout its entire extent, how- ever, it contains numerous pigment granules, the presence of which facilitates considerably the tracing of the cord, as does also the scattered yolk-bodies apparent for the last time in the present stage. In fig. 15 the cord can be seen, much reduced, just under the transversely extended processus muscularis and external to the mandibular aortic arch {m.a.). In fig. 19 (right side) the cord (Eu.) still occupies the same relative position. Just external to it is the ramus hyomandibularis of the facial nerve (vii h.). Inter- nal to it the mandibular artery (m.a.) intervenes between it and the pharyngeal wall. At this point the mandibular aortic arch begins to turn inward in order to reach the carotid. Immediately behind the artery the cord fuses with the distal extremity of the diverticulum extending up from the pharyngeal wall (see fig. 19, Eu., left sixle). Here both the cord and proximal portion of the hyomandibular fold become continuous. The fold becomes more prominent in the following sections (fig. 23, Ea.) and ultimately 16 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, blends with the wall of the pharvnx dorsal to the inner opening of the first branchial- cleft. To recapitulate briefly the state of the hyomandibular fold at the present stage : we have found the ventral portion of the fold present only as an inconspicuous protrusion of the veutro-lateral angle of the pharynx. Only the dorsalmost portion of the orig- inal fold is well developed, and from this tlie greatly prolonged "diverticulum" extends forward as a solid coi'd of cells. The latter originates posterior to the quadrato-hyoid articulation. Throughout the greater part of its length the cord is closely ajiplied to the outer surface of the processus muscularis. Anteriorly, however, it bends sharj^ly outward in front of the depressor ossis hyoidei and terminates blindly as a somewhat bulbous enlargement in the subcutaneous tissue. I may here describe briefly the condition of the neighboring skeletal structures, since in the present stage these have acquired the relations which they retain throughout the entire larval period. The animal has now passed beyond the pro-cartilage stage and consequently the cartilages can be readily traced. In most cases they already show a well-defined perichondrium. The quadrate cartilage is prolonged in an an tero- posterior direction almost parallel with the corresponding trabecula cranii. Its course is thus quite the reverse of that which characterizes its adult condition. Its distal articular end is prolonged as the jirocessus articularis down- ward and forward to a point beneath the anterior surface of the eye and at a later period still farther forward. At its distal extremity it bears the transversely placed mandibular cartilage (Meckel's). The greater part of the quadrate is prolonged upward and outward as a stout plate immediately underlying the orbit — the processus muscularis — to the outer side of which are attached the depressor mandibular and depressor ossis hyoidei. In the concavity formed in the inner (and upper) surface are lodged the muscles of mastication (fig. 24, k.m.). On the ventral surface near the point of junction between the body of the cartilage and the processus muscularis there is forming at the present stage a shallow, concave articular surface for the head of the hyoid car- tilage. The latter is a stout bar of cartilage extending trans- versely beneath the floor of the pharynx and joined to its fellow of the opposite side by the intervention of a median plate, the 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243 copula. In its outer portion the hyoid turns sharply upward to form au ascending process, which articulates with the quadrate. In its anterior portion — i.e., where the processus articularis is given off — the quadrate is joined to the ti*abecula of the same side by an ascending bar of cartilage, the commissura quadrato-cranialis anterior (Gaupp) or palato-pterygoid bar. Posteriorly again the quadrate bends sharply upward and then as a stout bar (processus ascendens, fig. 19, Pi-.A.) extends inward back of the eye and in front of the auditory capsule to join with the trabecula just in front of the basilar plate (parachordal). There is no distinct separation between these connected cartilages, the matrix of each being perfectly continuous with that of the others. It now remains to connect the conditions observed in the present stage with those seen in the preceding. The chief differences between the former and the latter are briefly these: (1) The rela- tively much greater length of t?e " diverticulum," a condition asso- ciated with the removal of the part connecting it with the pharyngeal wall to a point more posterior, i. e. , back of the quadrato- hyoid aiticulation; (2) the reduction in size of the middle portion of the " diverticulum," and (3) the almost complete obliteration of the ventro-anterior portion of the hyomandibular fold. These ditferences are, I believe, correlated with a continuation of the same processes treated of under the description of the pre- ceding stage. These are chiefly the modifications undergone by the neighboring muscles and cartilages. The general growth of the animal has had little, if anything, to do in producing the differences between the two stages. There has been a considerable increase in width of the head — an increase in which, however, the contained structures have taken part. The greatea* length of the " diverticulum " has been produced by the continued increase in depth of the depression in the distal border of the fold. In stage III this depression was relatively shallow, so that the " diverticu- lum " was very short and blunt. In the present stage the " diverticulum " is very long, having the form of a long, narrow cord somewhat expanded at its distal extremity. The insinking of the disial border was associated with the growth of the depressor raaudibulse, in consequence of the latter' s acquisition of a point of attachment to the quadrate in front of and below the distal border of the hyomandibular fold. In the present stage this muscle has 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, increased in size and extended its area of attachment to the quad- rate. It has also given off an accessory slip, which extends upward external to the cord-like "diverticulum" to attach to the processus muscularis (fig. 15, m.cl.m'.). Moreover, immedi- ately behind the posterior edge of the depressor mandibulie, the hyoid cartilage is drawn up to form an articulation with the quad- rate, and following this the enlarged mandibular aortic arch turns inward to join with the carotid (fig. 19, 7n.a.) just in front of the point where the "diverticulum" joins the extension from the pharyngeal wall (fig. 19, JEu., left side). Thus changes in three structures have been instrumental in producing the deepening of the depi'ession, i.e., (1) the increase in size and area of attach- ment of the depressor mandibuhe; (2) the articulation of the hyoid to the quadrate, and (3) the increase in size of the man- dibular aortic arch. The reduction in size of the middle portion of the " diverticu- lar" cord (compare figures vilth. fig. 11 of last stage) has been associated with two factors: (1) the increase in size of the accom- panying mandibular aorta, and (2) the differentiation and growth of the outer, accessory slip of the depressor mandibulas. By examining figure 15, one will notice the reduced cord tighlly wedged in between the enlarged artery internally and the accessory slip externally. The decrease of the ventro-anterior portion of the hyomandibular fold to form a mere shallow protrusion of the ventro-lateral angle of the pharynx (fig. 24, Hym.) has in all probability been pro- duced by the deepening of the depression and its final blending with the pharyngeal wall. Naturally, as the depression deepeued its deepest part would ultimately blend with the pharyngeal wall, so as to be no longer distinguishable (fig. 15). As the ventro- anterior portion of the fold formed the lower border of the depres- sion, it would naturally be drawn in with the deepening of the depression until it formed the shallow protrusion mentioned (fig. 24, Hym. ) . This decrease is also accelerated by the increase in size and density of the skeletal and muscular parts. Stage V. — Young tadpole of about 9 mm. Opercular cavity communicating with the exterior by a single opening on the left side. No external gills. The condition of the hyomandibular fold is essentially similar to 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 245 that in the precediug stage. The tissues of the animal are more compact and definitely limited than iu the last stage. The external, distal extremity of the " diverticulum" (or, as I may now term it, the Eustachian cord, since the structure under con- sideration ultimately gives rise to the greater part of the tube of that name) has the same general appearance as before. It, how- ever, does not extend so far out from the processus muscularis as before, a condition probably produced by the increase in size of the process. A slight reduction has also taken part in this portion of the cord (" diverticulum "). More marked, however, has been the change in the middle portion of the cord. After extending inward to the processus muscularis the cord rapidly degenerates, becoming greatly flattened and much reduced in size, so that for a part of its course it is very difficult to recognize, the presence of scattered nuclei and numerous pigment granules alone serving to mark its existence. This great reduction has been associated with a continuation of the processes described in the last stage, i.e., the growth of the hyoidean muscles (depressor maudibuloe and depres- sor ossis hyoidei), the articulation of the hyoid with the quadrate and the inci'ease in size of the mandibular artery (PI, VII, fig, 8 and PI, IX, fig, 25, En.). The cord retains the degenerate condition just described until it reaches a point just back of the region where the nmudibular aorta turns inward to join the carotid. A good idea of the condition of the cord can be obtained from coronal sections (fig. 8). In such it appears as a faint, narrow cord (£"«.), coursing in an antero- posterior direction in contact with the outer surface of the pro- cessus muscularis. This cord contains no lumen and shows no indication of a tubal character. It contains throughout its course scattered nuclei arranged end to end, and it is largely colored by numerous black pigment-granules. The yolk-spherules have now disappeared entirely. There is very little substance to the cord and in places where nuclei and pigment are lacking it becomes very ditScult to trace. Immediately posterior to the inflexed mandibular aorta the Eustachian cord is joined to the pharyngeal wall by a narrow strand of somewhat elongated cells. These cells are not easily distinguishable from the cells of the surrounding connective tissue, but they form a i-ather dense patch in the latter stretched between 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcb, the pharyngeal wall and 'the tubal Anlage. Immediately beyond this region this conuecting'portiun broadens out considerably to form a rather shallow bulging^ of cells from the roof of a "lateral recess" (fig. 25, l.r.) or pouch of the pharynx, from the outer extremity of which the thymus gland is given off. This " lateral recess " is really formed by an extension outwax-d of the branchial portion of the pharynx over the internal branchial openings, so- that the latter are now situated on the floor of the cavity. In the preceding stage this " lateral recess" was just beginning to form as a slight bulging beneath the proximal portion of the tubal Anlage. With the extension externally of the " lateral recess" the proximal portion of the Eustachian cord comes to appear as an inconspicuous protuberance over the inner part of the roof of the " recess" (fig. 25, immediately internal to vii h). Stage VI. — Tadpole of 18 mm. Posterior limbs appearing as minute buds below the root of the tail (PI. IX, fig. 26). In this stage the Eustachian cord has about reached the height of its degeneration. The cord still maintains the same general relations to the surrounding parts as before. Its distal, expanded extremity remains distinct, and from thence the cord can readily be traced to its characteristic position next to the outer surface of the processus muscularis. Here, however, it soon becomes very small and then can be traced only with the greatest difficulty. The cord lies immediately above the mandibular aorta, and by following the latter it may be traced as a minute, more or less flattened pigmented patch, which in certain parts contains one or two nuclei not readily distinguishable from the nuclei of the sur- rounding fibrous tissue (fig. 26, En.). Immediately posterior to the quadrato-hyoid articulation the cord again enlarges slightly and can be traced thence for a considerable distance. Then in the region where the ramus hyomaudibularis begins to come into close relations with its external surface all distinct traces of the cord are lost. Nothing more of the cord is to be made out until we come to the region where the mandibular artery turns inward, where for a short space the cord is again revealed and then terminates without forming any clear connection with the pharyngeal wall. This most posterior fragment of the cord is situated below the quadrate, dorsal to the upper anterior end of the " lateral recess " of the pharynx. There is no distinct proliferation from the dorso- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF I'lIILADELPHIA. 247 internal wall of this portion to indicate the proximal, connecting part of the tubal cord. The proliferation has very likely opened out with the formation of the " lateral recess," and has been merged into the dorsal wall of the latter. It thus appears that in the present stage the Eustachian cord for the greater part of its length has undergone remarkable fragmen- tation, having broken up into a number of sections of variable length. Each of these fragments, however, retains exactly the same relations to the surrounding structures that the corresponding part of the cord showed in the preceding stage. It is quite possible that the various fragments may still be connected by the trans- parent cell-walls of the cord, and in that case the apparent frag- mentation is simply due to the restriction of the more vital, stain- able portions to areas less subject to the action of unfavorable forces. I am somewhat inclined to consider this the actual condi- tion in the present stage, since in a longitudinal series I have been enabled to follow out with great care a pale, almost transparent cord connecting some of the fragments. Posteriorly this cord approaches very closely the wall of the pharynx. I have not been able to make out any distinct connection between the two, but their proximity would incline me to believe such a union to exist. Still I have not been able to satisfy myself on this point. I have not been able to determine to my satisfaction the factors which have been concerned in the degeneration of the Eustachian cord. One of them is probably to be found in the pressure exerted by the surrounding structures, particularly by the two muscles, already mentioned. Owing probably to its unfavorable position the tubal cord appears to have little, if any, power of indepen- dent growth. It therefore may have been acted on by the growth anteriorly of the head whereby a pull has been exerted on it, causing its wall to extend and its contents to be restricted to more or less limited regions of the cord. Stage VII. — Tadpole of 21 mm. Hind limbs well developed. This stage very closely resembles the preceding. Owing to an accident the more anterior sections of the Eustachian cord in the specimen examined are lacking, but I have no doubt but that this portion of the cord in the present stage corresponds in all essential respects with that in the preceding, since in the succeeding stage the anterior portion is very similar to that in stage VI. 80 far 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^Mavcll, as the reraaiuing parts are concerned, they present the same frag- mentary character as in the preceding stage, being in certain loca- tions almost unrecognizable. I noticed in the present series (and likewise in several later ones) that there is no necessary corre- spondence either in the number, length or distribution of the frag- ments of the two sides. In the case of the specimen of the present stage examined the sections were almost exactly transverse, so that the same parts were cut on both sides. Yet the tubal cord may be present for a considerable distance on one side and apparently altogether absent on the other. This irregularity is a marked feature during the entire metamorphic period. I find that there is also marked individual variation in this respect. This vari- ability would seem to indicate that the character of the fragmen- tation is not due to some inherited tendency, but is produced by mechanical forces exerted by the surrounding structures. Posteriorly the Eustachian cokI terminates suddenly in the usual position, dorsal to the anterior extremity of the " lateral recess " of the branchial portion of the pharynx. In the same region a prominent proliferation arises from the dorsal wall of the " recess," and extends upward to the same relative position as that occupied by the cord in the more anterior sections. This structure may represent the same mass of cells which originally established the connection between the tubal cord and the wall of the pharynx, but of this interpretation I am uncertain, since I was unable to discover any sign of such proliferation in the preceding stage or in a num- ber of later stages. Possibly its occurrence or absence is a matter of individual variation. There has been but little change in the skeleton since the last period. Posteriorly, however, the quadrate has developed a pos- teriorly projecting processus oticus, which comes in contact with the ventral surface of the auditory capsule. The processus oticus arises at the angle formed by the body of the quadrate with the processus ascendens. The stapes appears for the first time as an oval chondrification within the membrane closing the fenestra ovalis. There are no distinct traces of a columella auris. Stage VIII. — Tadpole of 21 mm. Preceding the appearance of the fore-limbs. At this time we have the earliest distinct^ppearance of the annu- lar cartilage (PI. IX, lig. 28, An.). About opposite the point where 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPIirA. 249 the pteiygo-palatiue bar (processus quadrate- cranial is anterior) joins the quadrate, a very coaspicuous proliferation from the peri- chondrium of the latter occurs. This proliferation forms a dense strand of cells, which reach outward in the subcutaneous tissue and aggregate themselves in a somewhat concentric fashion about the distal, expanded termiuatiou of the Eustachian cord (Tym.). The dense patch there formed is the Anlage of the future annu- lar cartilage. From this region the Eustachian cord pursues the same course that characterized the preceding stages. The cord is, however, much more distinct than in any of the latter, and its tubular character is plainly indicated by its nuclei, which are now grouped about the periphery of the cord, thus giving the latter the appearance of a duct with an obliterated lumen (PI. XI, fig. 29, En.). In certain parts of the cord slight indications of a central lumen can be made out, but, as a rule, any cavities that do appear are neither very extensive nor pronounced. The cord, however, as in the preceding stages, becomes smaller as it extends posteriorly and in the region of the quadrato-hyoid articulation disappears. It soon reappears, however. Posterior to the hyoid articulation the cord again becomes much reduced, but does not lose its continuity with the most posterior portion. In the most posterior part of its course the cord again enlarges, becomes clearly tubular, and ex- hibits a more or less well-defined lumen. In this portion the cord occupies its characteristic position, ventral to the quadrate cartilage and internal to the ramus hyomandibularis, which in the region of the quadrato-hyoid articulation ascends from the ventral portion of the hyoid arch to come into close relation with the outer wall of the cord. From the dorsal wall of the " lateral recess " of the pharynx a conspicuous strand of cells arises, the dorsal end of Avhich closely approaches the Eustachian cord, but before actual contact takes place the cord rather suddenly terminates. I am not certain of the significance of this strand. It may be the part which originally connected the cord with the pharynx, but of this I am uncertain, since I found no evidence of it in stage VI. Stage IX. — Tadpole of 18 mm. Both fore and hind limbs present. This stage marks the commencement of the metamorphosis. Since the changes which the Eustachian cord (or tube) undergoes during this period are obviously correlated with modifications 250 rROCEEDixGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, takiDg place simultaneously iu the skeletal structures, it is neces- sary, in order to follow the former, to obtain a right conception of the latter. Hence in the present stage I will first treat of the essential skeletal parts. In the first place, the axis of the quad- rate extends in a more dorso-ventral direction than formerly, so that noAv the mandibular articulation lies below the anterior edge of the eye, instead of being entirely in front of it as before. This position implies that the lower part of the quadrate has moved or rotated backward through a slight angle. The processus quadrato- crauialis anterior (pterygo-palatine) is now considerably elongated in an antero-posterior direction, a change obviously associated with the backward rotation of the quadrate. The processus muscularis (orbital) begins to show signs of degeneration, especially along its dorso-external edge. The hyoid still articulates to the ventral sur- face of the quadrate. Posteriorly the processus ascendens has degenerated and consequently the quadrate has lost its connection with the wall of the brain-case, but instead it now joins by means of its processus oticus the wall of the auditory capsule anterior to the fenestra ovalis. In the membrane closing the latter the stapes now appears as a large, oval mass of fully differentiated cartilage. The columella auris is a delicate rod of primitive cartilage, closely applied to the wall of the capsule. Anteriorly it terminates with- out forming any connection whatever with either the quadrate or any portion of the Eustachian tube and posteriorly it unites with the stapes. The columella is most distinct and its tissue most compact in its posterior portion, so that it cannot be regarded as a derivative of the quadrate. As a consequence of the posterior rotation of the distal portion of the quadrate, the distal extremity of the Eustachian cord is now situated somewhat posterior to its former position, but its relation to the immediately surrounding structures is the same as before, since these likewise have been aff^ected by the quadrate's change of axis. The annular cartilage, now a dense cellular mass, is situated under the anterior margin of the eye and above the mandibular articulation. To its ventral sui face the more anterior fibres of the depressor ossis hyoidei have acquired attachment. Imbedded in the cartilage is the distal end of the Eustachian cord, the future tympanic cavity. The general appearance of the cord is similar to that in the preceding stage. The cord still shows 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 fragmentation, allliougli the length and distribution of the frag- ments differ on the two sides. No connection between the cord and the pharynx can be determined with certainty, although the proliferation attached to the dorsal wall of the "lateral recess" is still present. Stage X. — Tailed toad of 15.5 mm. Fore and hind limbs well developed. This stage very closely resembles the preceding, the most marked differences being the greater autero-posterior elongation of the processus quadrato-cranialis anterior and the associated greater posterior rotation of the quadrate. The Eustachian cord, also, is very distinct, particularly in its anterior and posterior portions. In the region just back of the quadrato-hyoid articulation it is greatly reduced and traceable only with difficulty. In several places the cord shows a distinct lumen. There are no distinct signs of a proliferation attached to the pharyngeal wall extending toward the cord. Stage XI. — Tailed toad, 6.8 mm., tail 1.5 mm. Close of the metamorphosis. The processus quadrato-cranialis anterior has now increased con- siderably in length, so that it extends in a direct antero -posterior direction as in the adult toad. The axis of the quadrate has attained an almost vertical direction, but it still extends somewhat forward, its distal, articular end being located under the middle or posterior part of the eye. The hyoid still maintains its union with the quadrate. More posteriorly, in the region of the auditory cap- sule, the columella auris can be traced farther forward. At its anterior, distal extremity it is prolonged forward as a dense strand of cells, which forms a connection with the posterior surface of the quadrate. Only the more posterior portion of the columellar rod is formed of true cartilage, the anterior portion being as yet only a dense, undifferentiated mass of cells. The most conspicuous changes which the tympano-Eustachian tube has undergone since the preceding period have been asso- ciated with the change of axis of the suspensory cartilages. As a result of this the tympanic portion of the tube, together with the annular cartilage, has moved backward to a region below the posterior portion of the eye. The tube, as a whole, exhibits the same fragmentary character as hitherto, and I have remarked here. 2'52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, as in a number of other stages, a ciitlerence in the coudiliou of the tubes of the two sides. Posteriorly the tube terminates without forming any connection with the phax'ynx. The proliferation from the pharynx is not very distinct. It probably tends to dis- appear in connection with the degeneration of the branchial appar- atus. Stage XII. — Tailed toad, 7 mm. Close of metamorphosis. The quadrate cartilage now stands almost vertical, its distal, articular extremity lying under the posterior border of the eye. The hyoid bar has separated completely from the quadrate and its dorsal extremity is now joined by the intervention of a dense strand of cells to the base of the auditory capsule. The distal part of the tympano-Eustachian tube now lies imme- diately posterior and ventral to the eye. Since the distal portion of the quadrate rotates backward more rapidly than the remaining part, it results that the posterior, hitherto ventral, surface of the cartilage forms a shallow concavity. From this behavior it follows that the distal, expanded portion of the tube — i.e., tympanic por- tion—comes to lie farther posterior in relation to the rest of the cord, so that the latter no longer presents an almost direct antero- posterior course, but instead now hes in an almost transverse plane, except for a slight antei'ior inclination. The tympanic region of the tube is thus brought into relation with the auditory capsule. In the present period it has not quite reached the region of the latter, but is not far removed, being located just back of the eye. Another feature shown by the present stage is the union of the various fragments of which it was hitherto composed. This union is also probably to be connected with the quadrate's change of axis, since this would result in carrying the more anterior frag- ments backward and thus bringing thera into closer relation with the posterior parts. At present the tube can be traced without a break throughout its entire course. This fact speaks strongly for the view that these parts have all along been united by an attenu- ated cord. The fragments are simply the contents of this cord which hav^e been restricted to certain areas. As a result of the backward rotation of the quadrate, the stretching to which the cord had hitherto been subjected is relieved and accordingly the vari- ous fragments of the substance flow together, thus producing the union described. Proxiraally, however, ' the tube forms no con- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253 nectiou ^vitll the pharyngeal wall, Jjut immediately internal to its proximal termination the pharynx sends out a narrow cleft between the hyoid and the base of the auditory capsule. Posteriorly the tube ceases immediately in front of the dense strand connecting the hyoid cornua with the auditory capsule, so that at this stage the tube occupies its definitive position between the quadrate and hyoid cartilages. As a result of the changes that have taken place in the hyoid its nerve, the ramus hyomandibularis, now lies ventral and posterior to the tube — a position which characterizes it in the adult condition. lu the branchial region the entire branchial apparatus, including the " lateral recess" of the pharynx, has be- come largely obliterated. Stage XIII. — Young toad, G mm. Metamorphosis complete. This period marks the close of the metamorphosis. The infe- rior, articular portion of the quadrate extends more posterior, so that the quadrate on its posterior surface shows a marked con- cavity. The general course of the quadrate is about as follows: Dorsally from its union with the base of the auditory capsule it extends forward and downward for some little distance, it then describes a wide curve downward and backward for the remainder of its length, so that its distal end, bearing the mandibular car- tilage, now comes to lie under or even slightly behind its dorsal, proximal extremity. Tiie hyoid arch is now fused completely with the auditory capsule, the intervening cellular strand having become cartilaginous. The annular cartilage is now located posterior to the eye and ventral to the anterior portion of the auditory capsule. It closely underlies the skin and is external to the outer surface of the quadrate. The Eustachian tube itself differs but little from its condition in the preceding stage, except that its lumen, where present, is more distinct and extensive. A short distance above the tube the distal extremity of the columella auris may be observed as a dense cellular mass, which posteriorly grades into true car- tilage. Stcuje X/F. — Young toad, about 9 mm (figs. 30, 31). In this stage the tympano-Eustachian passage has the same general position and relations that distinguish it in the fully mature animal. Relatively it is not so large as in the latter, nor is its lumen complete throughout, but in all other respects it is essentially 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [jMaVcll, like the advilt structui-e. Figs, 30 and 31 illustrate the condition of the tube at this time. In fig. 30 we have a ti-ansverse section through one side of the head immediately back of the eye. To the outer side is shown the quadrate cartilage, which in the present stage stands almost vertical and hence is shown in the figure cut throughout the greater part of its length. External to the upper portion of the cartilage is the tympanic portion of the Eustachian tube, showing a slight lumen (Tijm.). I have another specimen of approximately the same age in wdiich the lumen is much larger, forming a considerable cavity. Underlying this portion is the tympanic or annular cartilage, which in its ventral portion, at least, is completely chondrified {An.). The fully formed car- tilage does not, however, form a complete ring. Internally the tube approaches the outer surface of the quadrate, as was the case in the earlier stages. Applied to the dorso-external wall of the tympanic cavity is the distal extremity of the columella auris, at present a very compact cellular mass, not yet differentiated into true cartilage {CI.). The apparent inclusion of the columella within the tympanic cavity is produced by the subsequent growth of the latter around this portion of the cartilage. Attached to the ventral surface of the annular cartilage are fibres of the depressor ossis 'hyoidei {m.d.h.). The attachment of the muscle to the cartilage was acquired soon after the earliest Anlage of the latter had appeared. At its ventral end the muscle has lost its attachment to the hyoid cartilage and has acquired a new insertion into the angle of the mandible, so that like the depressor man- dibulse it serves to depress the latter (compare also fig. 31). The bulk of the muscle lies posterior to the Eustachian tube. Internal to the muscle and between it and the quadrate are two blood- vessels, which correspond to the original mandibular aorta {m.a.). This vessel, as we have seen, was an important, one during the tadpole period, but during the metamorphosis it underwent some profound changes. Its middle portion largely degenerated, so that the vessel became divided into a proximal and a distal half. The vessel undergoes other changes, but these I have not been able to follow satisfactorily with the material at hand. Fig. 31 shows a section thi-ough the tympano-Eustachian tube near its posterior boundary. The quadrate {q. ) is here seen in two separate portions, a dorsal and a ventral. This condition can 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 be readily understood by referring to the description of tlie car- tilage as given in stage XIII. It suffices to mention that the section passes back of the point where the quadrate curves back- ward on itself, so that the dorsal is the j^roximal, the ventral the distal portion of the cartilage. The distal portion bears the man- dible. Underlying the proximal portion is the Eustachian tube {Eu.), here shown in three detached segments. Other sections, however, show these segments continuous, so that the tube is now complete. jMoreover, the proximal innermost segment is continu- ous with the pharynx and in reality represents a diverticulum (cUv.) from the latter. In the other specimen that I have of this stage this portion is continuous with the pharynx, but its distal extremity ends blindly without forming a connection with the Eustachian tube. In the toad of stage XIII this diverticulum of the pharynx was also present, and connecting it with the widely separated tubal Anlage was a dense strand of connective tissue cells, whose long diameters were extended in a direction coinciding with a line drawn between the separated parts. By means of this diverticulum the tympano-Eustachian tube is now united to the pharynx. The tube presents throughout an irregular lumen, bounded by a well-defined columnar epithelium. That portion of the tube which is most externally situated is the posterior pari; of the tympanic cavity {Tym.). Attached to the dorsal wall of the latter is the columella auris (C/. ). The ramus hyomandibularis of the facial nerve is not shown in this section, since, owing to the posterior flexure of the quadrate and the separation of the hyoid from the latter, the nerve now lies entirely posterior to the tube. SUMIMAPvY. The results recorded in the preceding pages may be briefly sum- marized as follows : 1. The tympano-Eustachian passage is in the main derived from the dorsalmost portion of the hyomaudibular fold (cleft). 2. In the earliest stages described, the hyomaudibular fold is present as a solid, plate-like fold extending outward and forward beneath the eye region and terminating laterally in a free edge situated a short distance below the ectoderm. Its attachment to the ectoderm is lost at about this stajre. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, 3. At first the outer or distal edge of the hyomandibular fold is smooth and uubrokeii throughout its entire extent. Later, this edge becomes interrupted in its middle portion by the formation of a progressively deepening depression, which ultimately reaches the pharyngeal wall and divides the hyomandibular fold into two parts — a dorsal cord-like portion, the future tyrapano-Eustachian passage, and a ventral portion forming a shallow sacculation to the ventro-lateral portion uf the pharyngeal cavity. 4. The ventral portion of the hyomandibular fold ceases to be recognizable after the late tadj)ole stages. It is this portion which Villy considers as the last remnant of the hyomandibular fold. 5. The earliest evidence of the degeneration of the hyoman- dibular fold is afforded l)y the recession of its outer edge from the neighborhood of the external ectoderiu. Only the dorsalmost portion of the fold continues in intimate proximity to the skin. The Avithdrawal of the remainder is associated with (1) the reduc- tion in size of the pharynx, in consequence of the segregation of the surrounding mesenchyme to form the Anlagen of muscles and cartilages, and (2) the development of the muscles of the hyoid arch — the depressor mandibuke and ossis hyoidei. Of these mus- cles the depressor maudibulre extends forward between the skin and the outer border of the hyomandibular fold and acquires attachment to the developing quadrate cartilage in front of the fold. It thus interposes an effective barrier to further outward extension of the fold. Only the dorsalmost portion of the fold remains unimpeded by the muscle, and this accordingly retains its proximity to the ectoderm and in the subsequent growth of the head is cari'ied outward as a narrow, cord-like strand expanded at its outer extremity into a club-shaped swelling. This portion I have designated the "diverticulum." It is th.^ Anlage of the tympano -Eustachian passage. 6. The outer hyoidean muscle, the depressor ossis hyoidei, also acquires attachment to the quadrate Anlage at a point above and posterior to the hyomandibular cleft. The "diverticulum" or Anlage of the tympauo-Eustachian passage thus comes to he between the two hyoidean muscles. 7. The growth anteriorly of the hyoidean muscles produces a marked antero-posterior extension of the hyomandibular fold and of its derivative, the tyrapano-Eustachian Anlage. This antero- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257 posterior direction taken by the tubal Anhuje is cliaracteristic of it during the entire larval period, 8. The further degeneration of the hyomaudibular fold is corre- lated with the subsequent increase in size of the muscles already mentioned, the union of the hyoid cartilage with the quadrate and the enlargement of the mandibular aortic arch. 9. After the degeneration of the hyomaudibular fold the Anlage of the tympauo- Eustachian passage persists as a minute, solid cord, extending along the outer surface of the pi-ocessus muscularis of the quadrate. Posteriorly it is attached to the wall of the pharynx at a point posterior to the quadrato-hyoid articu- lation. Anteriorly and distally it expands to form the club-shaped Anlage of the tympanic cavity. 10. During the active tadpole period the tympano-Eustachian Anlage undergoes marked degeneration. This degeneration is confined to the middle and posterior parts of the Anlage, the distal expanded portion retaining its original relative size through- out the entire larval period. The degeneration is in all probability connected with the growth of the two muscles — depressor man- dibul?e and ossis hyoidei — between which it lies. Owing to the lack of space it is unable to keep pace with the surrounding struc- tures in the subsequent growth of the animal. 11. In the early tadpole period the tympano-Eustachian Anlage is continuous posterioily with the wall of the pharynx. Later the connection between the two apparently disappears, though the time of its disappearance seems to vary in different individuals. An indistinct strand may continue to unite the two parts, but this I have been unable to demonstrate. 12. The degeneration of the tympano-Eustachian Anlage is carried to an extreme in the later tadpole stages. Xi this time it is apparently broken up into a number of fragments of varying length. This fragmentation is probably more appareuC than real, being produced by the restriction of the more vital staiuable sub- stance of the tubal Anlage to areas less subject to the pressure of the neighboring structures. The irregular distribution of tha fragments, both in different individuals and on different sides of the same individual, favors the view that a compressed, transparent cord still connects the apparently separate parts. In one specimen 17 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, (tadpole of about 18 mm.) I have been enabled to trace out such a connecting cord. 13. Regeneration of the tyrapano-Eustachian Anlage begins at a period immediately precedina: the period when the fore-limbs break out of the opercular cavity. 14. The later metamorphosis of the tubal Anlarje is connected with the modifications of the neighboring skeletal structures, par- ticularly Avith the posterior rotation of the quadrate. By this means the tubal cord comes into relation Avith the auditory region of the skull and the various fragments are brought closer together, so that they can readily unite. 15. The acquisition of a lumen by the tubal Anlage takes place gradually, beginning at the close of the metamorj)hosis. Details apparently vary in difl^erent individuals. 16. Completion of the tympano-Eustachian passage is efiected by an outgrowth from the pharynx which unites with the tubal A7ilage. 17. The final position of the tympano-Eustachian tube between the mandibular and hyoid bars is produced by the separation of the latter from the (juadrate and its attachment to the auditory capsule posterior to the tube. 18. The annular cartilage arises at a stage immediately pre- ceding the protrusion of the fore-limbs. Its Aiilage forms a dense cellular strand derived from the perichondrium of the quadrate and surrounding the tympanic portion of the tubnl Anlage. It does not begin to form fully dififerentiated cartilage until after the close of the metamorphosis. 19. The stapes arises within the membrane closing the fenestra ovalis. It has no connection with any of the visceral -arches. 20. The columella auris is first met with in the early stages of the metamorphosis, as a compact cellular strand extending forward from the stapes and terminating imperceptibly in the connective tissue. It continues to grow forward and acquires connection with the quadrate. Continued growth brings it in contact with the tympanic cavity. Choudrificatiou begins in the posterior portion of the rod. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 259 EXPLANATION OF PLATES YI, VII, VIII, IX. The drawings were outlined by aid of the camera lucida, and Avith the exception of figures 26 and 29 were all drawn to the same scale. With the exception of the two mentioned they are also slightly diagramatic — those on plates VI-YIII reduced one- third ; on plate IX, one-half. Reference Letters. An. — Annular cartilage. Aud. — Auditory capsule. Car. — Carotid artery. C7i. — Chorda. CI. — Columella auris. dio. — Diverticulum from pharynx. E.—Eje. Eu. — Eustachian cord (or tube). Ext. — External gill. //. — Hyoid cartilage. h.a. — Hyoidean aortic arch. Ji.rii. — Hyoidean muscle mass. Hym. — Hyomandibular fold. inf. — Infundibulum. k.m. — Muscles of mastication. l.r. — Lateral recess of pharynx. M. — Meckel's cartilage. m.a. — Mandibular aortic arch. m.a'. — Its efferent portion. m.a'^. — Its afferent portion. m.d.h. — Depressor hyoidei. m.d.m. — Depressor mandibulse. m.d.rii' . — Its accessory slip. 01. — Olfactory depression. Pr.A. — Processus ascendens. Pr.q.c.a. — Commissura quadrato- cranialis anterior. Pr.M. — Processus muscularis. Q. — Quadrate. St. — Stomatodeal plate. T'/t.— Thyroid. Tr. — Trabecula cranii. Tym. — Tympanic (distal) portion of Eustaohian cord. X. — Small blood-vessel connecting mandibular and hyoid aortic arches. T. — Small blood-vessel external to ramus hyomandibularis. 2, S, 4, 5, v.f. — Second, third, fourth and fifth visceral-clefts. V. — Trigeminal ganglion. V^. — Ophthalmic ganglion. V^^. — Maxillary ganglion. V.m. — Maxillo mandibular nerve. VII. — Facial ganglion. vii h. — Ramus hyomaudibularis. 'eii pi. — Ramus palatinus. Plate VI, Fig. 1.— Coronal section through the pharynx and visceral-clefts of an embryo of stage I. Fig. 2. — Coronal section through the same region of a slightly older em- bryo (stage II). Fig. 3. — Coronal section of the same embryo at a somewhat higher ijlane. Fig. 4. — Coronal section through the dorsalmost portion of the pharynx of the same embryo. Fig. 5. — Transverse section through the head of an embryo of approxi- mately the same stage as the last. The section on the right side passes through the extreme anterior portion of the hyomandibular fold [Hym.). The plane of section is considerably farther posterior on the left side. Fig. 6. — Transverse section of the head of the same embryo. On the right side the hyomandibular fold is cut throughout the greater part of its length (Hym.). The dorsalmost portion of its outer (distal) border approaches most closely the skin. On the left the facial ganglion gives off the ramus hyomandibularis just external to the outer end of the fold (vii h.). Plate VII, Fig. 7. — Transverse section of the head of the same embryo slightly posterior to the last. Fig. 8. — Coronal section of head of tadpole of stage V. One side alone shown. Fig. 10. — Transverse section of the head of a young tadpole of stage III. The section is through the anterior end of the pharynx. The plane of section is more posterior on the right side than on the left. 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [Maicll, Fig. 11. — Fourth section posterior to that of Cgiire 10. Eu. designates the •'diverticulum," while at Ihjm. is the autero-inferior ijortion of the hyoinandibular fold. Fig. 12. — Third section posterior to the last. The diverticulum {Eu.) i& now continuous with the antero-iuferior portion (Jli/m.) of the hyomandi- bular fold. Between the two is the depression lodging tlie muscles {m.d.m. and m.dJt.). The sn)all vessel above Eu. is the mandibular aortic arch. Fig. 13. — Sixth section posterior to the last. The mandibular aortic arch is dorsal \o llym. Plate VIII, Fig. 14. — Third section posterior to last. The mandibular aortic arch on the right side is just internal to vii pi. Fig. 15. — Transverse section of head of tadpole of stage IV in the region immediately posterior to that shown in figure 24. Fig. 16. — Coronal section of the head of a young tadpole of stage II. On the right side the section passes a slight distance above the floor of the pharynx, Avhiie on the left it is consideraldy higher. The small vessel in front oi Ilym. is the mandibular aortic arch. Fig. 17. — Fourth section dorsal to the last. On the right side the little protrusion of the pharyngeal wall just internal to Tym. is the antero-inferior portion of the hyomandibular fold jiist below the point where it becomes continuous with l^ym. The space between the two is the depression. Fig. 18. — Coronal section of the head of the same animal a slight distance below the roof of the mouth. Fig. 19. — Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of st£tge IV in the region of the processus ascendens. Plate IX, Fig. 23. — Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of stage IV, passing through a region slightly anterior to the auditory sac. Fig. 24. — Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of stage IV, showing the anterior expanded portion {Tym.) of the Eustachian cord. Hym. de- notes the proximal anterior portion of the hyomandibular cleft. I'ig. 25. — Transverse section of the head of a tadpole of stage V. On the left the section is immediately posterior to the eye. The minute upgrowth from the dorsal wall of l.r. just internal to vii h. is the Eustachian proliferation. Fig. 26. — Transverse section of a portion of the right side of the head of an old tadpole of 18 mm. (stage VI). This section is considerably more magnified than the others and is intended to show the extremely rudimentary character of the Eustachian cord at this stage. Fig. 28. — Transverse section of the right side of the head of a tadpole at the beginning of the metamorphosis (stage VIII), showing the formation of the annular cartilage. Fig. 29. — Transverse section of a portion of the right side of the head of the same animal. The section was drawn with the same degree of magni- fication as figure 26 and is intended to show the Eustachian cord when it begins to regenerate. Fig. 30. — Transverse section through one side of the head of a young toad (stage XV). The section passes through the region immediately in front of the car-capsule. Fig. 31. — Transverse section through one side of the head of the same animal. The section passes through the anterior portion of the ear-capsule. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 FUKTHER STUDIES ON THE CHROMOSOMES OF THE HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA. BY THOMAS II. MONTGOMERY, JR., PH.D. The present account deals with the relatioas of the chromosomes in the spermatogenesis of certain Hemiptbva, and is practically a continuation of a previous paper of mine.^ In the present paper will be found a description of the chromosomal relations, as far as they could be determined, in certain species not heretofore ex- amined. The material was collected last summer at Woods Holl, Mass. , and was kindly identified for me by Dr. Philip E,, Uhler, of Bal- timore. The testes of some of the species (Tingis clavata, Corixa verticalis, Cyvius luridus, Lygus jnatensis') were fixed simply in Couklin's picro-acetic mixture, and this fixation not allowing suc- cessful staining with Hermann's safiranine-gentian violet method the relations of the nucleoli and of the chromatin nucleoli could not be determined. But in the remaining species {Nabis annulatus, Corizii-s alternatus and Harviostes reflexulus) the testes were fixed in Hermann's platinic chloride-osmic-acetic mixture Avhich allowed the saffraniue-violet stain, so that for these species the distinction of nucleoli and chromatin nucleoli could be made. As in my preceding paper (I. c. ) on this subject, the term " chromatin nucleolus " is applied to that peculiar nuclear ele- ment which is a chromosome peculiarly modified in preserving its form and dense structure, which chromosomes as a rule show only in the height of mitosis, throughout every stage of the sperma- togenetic cycle. With the saffranine-violet method, the chromo- somes proper stain red only in mitosis, and violet in other stages, but the chromatin nucleolus maintains the red stain in all stages. 1. Tingis clavata Stal. Three testes were studied, none of them showing spermatogonic monaster stages. ' "A Study of the Chromosomes of the Germ Cells of Metazoa," to be published in the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [March, Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis (PI. X, fig. 1) show seven chromatin elements of relatively equal volume, and lateral views of the chromosomes in this stage show that they are all dumbbell-shaped, and hence probably bivaJent (fig. 2). This mitosis results in a transverse (reduction) division of all these elements. Very frequeutly one of them is seen to be characterized in having its two components of very unequal volume. Since these preparations were stained merely by the iron-htemo- toxylin method, the presence of chromatin nucleoli could not be positively determined owing to the lack of difi^t^rential staining. But in the prophases of the first maturation mitosis can be seen a large true nucleolus, and two smaller rounded bodies (generally of different volumes) which are soiuetimes in mutual apposition, and sometimes not. If the latter are chromatin nucleoli, they are much smaller than any of the seven bivalent chromatin elements of the maturation division, so that the latter are possibly all unmodified chromosomes. This species of the Tingitidce, in having such a small number of chromosomes, may be regarded rather as a specialized than a j^rimi- tive form. 2. Corixa verticalis Fieber. The chromosomes could not be counted in the monaster stages of the spermatogonia. Two testes were examined. Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis (PI. X, fig. 3, in which two of the chromosomes are seen laterally) show twelve chromatin elements, of which one regularly is placed in the centre of a circle composed of the remaining eleven. Lateral views (fig. 4, in which four of the large and two of the small elements are shown) show that all these elements are dumbbell- shaped, and hence probably bivalent. Three are much smaller than the remaiiiing nine, and the very smallest is the one that occupies the centre of the chromosomal plate. All these elements divide by a transverse (reduction) division, and in the daughter cells (second spermatocytes) the chromosomes are arranged all close together in the equatorial plane ; it is the case in a number of species of the Hemiptera that the chromosomes show different plan? of arrangement in the two maturation mitoses. In the post-synapsis stage there is found in the nucleus a peri- 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 pheral, compact, densely staiuiag body of dumbbell form (Pi. X, fig. 5, the chromatin reticulum not shown in this figure). This possibly represents a true nucleolus and a chromatin nucleolus in ap- position, but this point could not be determined. Similarly I could not ascertain whether the three small chromatin elements of the maturation mitoses are chromatin nucleoli. 3. Cymus luridus Stal. There were no spermatogouic mitoses in the two testes examined of this Lygfeid. Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis show fifteen chromatin elements of very varying volumes (fig. 6), though one (N. 2 f) is always much smaller than the others and, by analogy ■with many other Hemiptera, probably represents a chromatin nucleolus. Lateral views of the same stage show that all these elements are dumbbell-shaped, and so probably bivalent (fig. 7 showing the smallest and four of the larger elements). All these elements become transversely divided. In the growth period of the spermatocytes, preceding the maturation divisions, the micleus contains a large true nucleolus, very irregular in form and peripheral in position. There are also found as many as four smaller, rounded bodies, two of which are frequently mutually apposed; if these be chromatin nucleoli there would be potentially two bivalent chromatin nucleoli in the resting spermatocyte (four univalent ones), though apparently only a single bivalent one in the maturation mitosis. This species has a larger number of chromatin elements in the first maturation mitosis than does the closely similar G. angustatus, which I have shown to possess only thirteen. 4. Lygus pratensis Linn. The individuals of this species of Capsid were labeled by Dr. XJhler, " Lygus 2)ratensis ya.v.;'" whether Dr. Uhler regarded them as simply showing slight differences in color, or as a good geo- graphical variety, I cannot say. In the two testes studied there were no spermatogouic monasters. In the monaster stage of the first maturation division are found eighteen chromatin elements (PI. X, figs. 8, 9), namely, sixteen larger and two (^JS\ 2) much smaller; while in the monaster of the second maturation mitosis (fig. 10) are present seventeen elements, 2G4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [jNIarcll, sixteen larger and one smaller (N. 2). The sixteen larger ele- ments in the first mitosis are all bivalent, and probably are all true chromosomes; they all divide transversely. The two small ele- ments (those marked JV. 3 in the figures) of this mitosis do not divide, but one of them goes nndivided into the (me daughter cell (second spermatocyte), the other one into the other — this explaining why in the first spermatocytes there are eighteen ele- ments, in the second only seventeen. On account of these small elements not dividing, each of them must be considered univa- lent ; for 60 far as my observations on the Hemiptera have gone, all bivalent elements divide transversely in the first maturation mitosis. The species of Capsidce thus far examined (compare the preced- ing paper, l. c. ) show a remarkable agreement in the number of their chromosomes. Thus, if we count each bivalent chromatin ' element of the first maturation mitosis as two, there would be the following number of univalent elements (counting in also chroma- tin nucleoli) in this mitosis of the following species: Lyg us 2)1X11611- sis, 34; Leptopterna dolobrata, 34; Calocoris rapidus, 33; Poecilo- c((psus lineatas, 35?; P. goJiipJiorus, 34 or 36. There is not found in the Capsidce such a disparity in the number of chromosomes as is found between the species of some other families {e.g., the Lygceldce and Coreidin), so that the Capsidce wouJd appear to be a mure homogeneous group. Then if the number of the chromo- somes may be loosely taken as a criterion of the degree of speciali- zation, a smaller number of chromosomes marking a more special- ized stage (and this I hold to be true within certain bouuds), the Capsidce, like the Reduviidce and Phymatidce, may be considered relatively prindtive Hemiptera heteroptera, in comparison with the Pentatomidcc, Lygceidce and Coreidce. This, it seems to me, is a vital interest in the study of the chrotnosomes — to find critei'ia for testing relationships. 6. Nabis annulatus Kent. I had only a single testis for examination, and it showed no spermatogonic mitoses. There is no complete rest stage in the growth period of this species (in which regard it is like certain of the Coreidce). In the late telophase there is found in the nucleus (PI. X, fig. 11) a large, usually centrally placed chromatin nucleolus (iNT. 2), with 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265 more or less uneven contours; and attached to it is a smaller true nucleolus (X. ) which disappears in the following prophase by gradual decrease in volume. Somelimcs there are two cliromatin nucleoH, generally of different volumes; since in such cases neither of these has the volume of the single one, they probably represent separated parts of the latter. In the prophases of the first maturation mitosis, which follow immediately upon the stage just described, the chromatin nucleolus shows itself to be composed of four dumbbell-shaped (hence bival- ent) parts of unequal volumes, arranged close together (N. 2, fig. 13), Necessarily all four parts must have been present in the preceding stage, but have been optically inseparable ; the apparently single chromatin nucleolus of the growth period is made up in reality of four bivalent ones. There is great divei'sity in the mode of mutual apposition of the latter in the prophases; sometimes the long axes of all may be parallel, but more frequently they cross one another at varying angles; no case was seen where all four lie in the same plane. Quite frequently there are only three chroma- tin nucleoli in mutual contact near the centre of the nucleus, while the fourth is separated from them and placed against the nuclear membrane (fig. 12). All four are true chromatin nucleoli, main- taining throughout the growth period their dense structure, even contours, and red stain with the saffranine-violet method of Her- mann, while the chromatin of the chromosomes proper stain ■violet. In the prophase we are considering are found also six bivalent chromosomes (portions of all of Avhich are seen in fig. 13) ; these are tetrads with very wide longitudinal splitting of the type characteristic for Aiiasa (Coreid), Toward the close of the prophase these chromosomes shorten and become much more com- pact structures. Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis (fig. 14) show in every case ten chromatin elements of compara- tively large size. Four of these must correspond to the four chromatin nucleoli, and six to the six chromosomes proper of the preceding stages, since there has been no loss nor multiplication of any of these elements. Of the ten elements of the stage of fig. 14, one (j).) oa pole view always appears round, on lateral view (p., fig. 16) it shows a simple dumbbell shape; this one, much smaller than any of the others, probably represents one of ^^^ rROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Murcll, the chromatin nucleoli. The nine remaining elements are likewise all dumbbell-shaped, but on pole view of the spindle (fig. 14) each of them appears elongate, sometimes showing a split in the long axis. On lateral views of the spindle (figs. 15. 16) they sometimes appear bipartite, sometimes quadripartite. As a study of them in the preceding prophases demonstrates, each becomes placed in the equatorial plane of the spindle so that the transverse split (the line of junction of the two component univalent clu"o- raosomes) lies in the equator of the spindle, and the longitudinal split of each univalent chromosome lies perpendicular to this plane. Thus the nine larger chromatin elements of fig. 14 appear elongate on pole view of the spindle, because each of these bivalent chromosomes is composed of two univalent chromosomes with their long axes parallel to one another and to the equatorial plane of the spindle. Hence on pole view of this spindle we see a plate of (univalent) chromosomes, each seen longitudinally ; Avhereas such a view in the other Hemiptera studied by me shows the chromosomes seen from their ends, since in other Hemiptera it is the general rule that two univalent chromosomes are joined end to end, and not (as in Nahis) side to side. All ten elements divide transversely in this mitosis, so that whole univalent elements become separated from one another. A pole view of one of the plates of daughter chromosomes resulting from this division (fig. 17) shows one smallest element (/>.), the half of the corresponding element of figs. 14 and 16, and nine larger elements, the halves of those of fig. 14. In fig. 17 each of the nine larger univalent elements shows a well-marked longitudinal split, which had been uauilly hiddvn in the preceding monaster stage (fig. 14) ; it is a general rule in the Hemiptera that the longi- tudinal split becomes temporarily hidden in the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis. One point needs to be emphasized: there are in the prophases four chromatin nucleoli and six chromosomes, and in the monaster stage of the first mitosis again ten elements, that is, ubviously the same as those in the prophases. But the four chromatin nucleoli of the prophases (figs. 12, 13) are smaller than any of the chromatin elements of the monaster stage (fig. 14), except the small element in the latter marked p. Accordingly three at least of the chromatin nucleoli must have increased in volume 1901.] NATUEAIi SCIENCES OF I'JIIEADELPHIA, 2G7 before the latter stage. This is remarkable, since in all^'other Hemiptera studied by me the chromatin nucleoli regularly"de- crease somewhat in volume, generally to considerable degree, before they take their position in the equator of the spindle. In Coriscus ferns Linn., the only other species of the Nabidce studied, I found (preceding paper, ^.c. ) in the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis nine bivalent chromosomes and one bival- ent chromatin nucleolus. In tlie growth period preceding there is present in the nucleus one bivalent chromatin nucleolus of_large size and a smaller one; but not a group of four bivalent chromatin nucle- oli as in Nabis. If the chromatin nucleoli be regarded'as]^disap" peariug chromosomes, for which view I have given reasons, then we may conclude that Nobis annulatus, by virtue of showing four of the chromatin elements on the Avay to disappearance, has advanced beyond the stage of Coriscus fents. 6. Corizus alternatus Say. Five testes of this species were studied. Only two clear cases of spermatogouic monasters were found where all the chromatin elements could be readily counted; each of these showed fourteen elements. As PI. X, fig. 18 shows, two of the elements are rounded and much smaller than the others (N. 2), and these are chromatin nucleoli. Of the twelve elongate chromosomes proper, two (those marked A, fig. 18) are considerably larger than the others; and one of these appears always to have the form of a rod, while the other has a bent V-shape. All four- teen elements are halved in the metakinesis. In the early portion of the growth j)eriod each spermatocytic nucleus contains a clearly bipartite chromatin nucleolus, representing a union of the two chromatin nucleoli derived from the sperma- togonia; each of its univalent components appears occasionally longitudinally split, which is unusual in the Hemiptera.^ In the rest stage following (there is a complete rest stage in this species) the nucleus (fig. 19) contains a bivalent chromatin nucleolus (N. 2), which has increased in volume and generally is ovoid in out- line; but sometimes during the whole growth period the two 'Dr. F. C. Paalmier, who has worked out the spermatogenesis of Anasa iristis De G., has demonstrated to me a longitudinal splitting of the chro- matin nucleolus in the growth period of the Lygaiid, Myodocha serripe» Oliv. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Marcll, univalent chromatin nucleoli may remain entirely disconnected. In this rest stage the nucleus contains also one or two larger, irregularly shaped true nucleoli (fig. 19, N.) which are not apposed to the chromatin nucleolus. Pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis (PI. X, fig. 20) show seven chromatin elements; and lateral views of such cases show that all seven are dumbbell-shaped, and hence bivalent. The smallest of these elements is the chromatin nucle- olus (N. 2, figs. 20, 21), and, as is generally the case in Hemip- iera, this divides in metakinesis before the chromosomes do. Of the six chromosomes proper, one is always much larger than the others (figs. 20, 21), and this one evidently represents the union of the two largest univalent chromosomes of the spermatogonia (in fig. 21 is shown, besides the chromatin nucleolus, X. 2, thi largest chromosome and three of the five smaller cliromosomes) ; and one chromosome is much smaller than the others, often little larger than the chromatin nucleolus (this is the one lying nearest to the largest chromosome in fig. 21). All these elements are transversely divided in the metakinesis. Occasionally pole views of the monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis show eight chromatin elements instead of seven; this is due to one of the seven bivalent elements having precociously divided into its univalent components. In the second spermatocyte are regularly found seven univalent elements. Corizus annulatus in its spermatogenesis thus shows a ver}' close similarity to C. lateralis Say, previously described by me. 7. Harmostes reflexulus Say. The individuals collected at Woods IIolI were marked by Dr. Uhler, '' Harmonies reflexulus Say, variety "; whether a geographi- cal race was thereby intended I cannot say. Five testes were examined. Tlie whole process of spermato- genesis seems exactly similar to that described by me previously for individuals of this species from Pennsylvania. This is one of the Hemiptera with an uneven normal number of ■chromosomes, there being found in the spermatogonia thirteen chromatin elements, namely, two smaller chromatin nucleoli {N. 2 of figs. '11 and 23) and eleven larger chromosomes proper. The uneven normal luimber of chromosomes being a relatively rare phe- nomenon, it having been observed so far only in four species of 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELrillA. 209 Hemiptera (described iu my previous paper, l. e. ), I have counted iu the testes of the Woods IIoll individuals the chromatin ele- ments in all the cases of spermatogonic monasters which were favorable for such counting, with the following results: Nine spermatogonia showed exactly thirteen elements; in one case I could not determine whether thirteen or fourteen were present. These cases from four different testes, as well as those from four testes of Pennsylvania individuals previously described by me, are sufficient to show that the uneven number is not an individual variation, due e.g. to some pathological condition, but is probably characteristic of every individual of the species. The uneven normal number of chromosomes which I have demonstrated also for Protenor belfragei, Ahjdus eurinus and (Edancala clorsalis, represents a stage in the change of the number of chromosomes from one even number to the next successive even number. For Protenor I have shown that the uneven sperma- togonic number is produced by a failure of two of the sperma- togonic chromosomes to separate from one another. This I can now prove for Harmostes also. For Avhile in most of the monaster stages, as in fig. 22, all eleven chromosomes appear more or less simply rod-shaped, in a few cases, as in fig. 23, one of the eleven shows a well-marked transverse constriction. Were this constric- tion a complele division, there would be the even number twelve. Hence, for Harmostes the ancestral number of chromosomes must have been twelve, and if, as is the case in Protenor, the odd bivalent chromosome is "destined to change from a chromosome into a chromatin nucleolus, in the course of time ten chromosomes will be the number for the species. In conclusion, I would again call attention to the importance of studying the chromosomal relations comparatively in a large num- ber of species of a group. By such investigations not only may much of importance be obtained regarding the evolution of cell structures themselves, but by implication a criterion may thereby be obtained for testing genetic relationships. In opening up this line of research, I have drawn attention so far mainly to the numerical relations of the chromosomes, and to the chromatin nucleoli as representing chromosomes on the way to disappearance during progressive evolution. These are the facts most easily 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^larcll, determined; and there is the surety in such study that the chromo- somes are relatively large structures, which exist in fact and are not artificially produced by the mode of preparation necessary for their study. The chromosomes are not apparently formed de novo — at least there is as yet no good proof in any case that they are so formed; while, on the contrary, there is a considerable amount of evidence to show that they are structures which persist from generation to generation, even though this is a persistence nvolving a great amount of metabolic change. Astral radiations appear and disappear, or at least disappear as radiations ; nucleoli are apparently accumulations of metabolic substances of no morphological regularity, as I have shown in another place;' and recent experimental studies would show, though perhaps in contra- diction to the anatomical studies, that the centrosomes may be formed anew. But the chromosomes show more fully than any of these cellular structures a certain degree of morphological stability, and this fact, taken in connection with their greater adaptability for study, entitles them to a basic place in the study of the cell's evolution, as well as in the study of evolution in general. EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. All figures liave been drawn to the same scale with the camera lucida at the level of the base of the microscope, with the Zeiss homogeneous immer- sion yV, ocular 4, tube length 180 mm. The bounding line in figs. 1-4, 6-10, 14-18, and 20-23 represents the cell membrane ; in figs. 5, 11-13, and 19, the nuclear membrane. In lateral views of the mitotic spindles (figs. 2, 4, 7, 15, IG, ^1) the mantle fibres are the only achromatic elements shown, and are represented thicker than they are in reality. Plate X, fig. 1. — Tingis clavata, pole view of monaster stage of the first maturation mitosis. Fig. 2. — Idem, lateral view of the same stage. Fig. 3. — Corixa verticaiis, pole view of monaster stage of the first mat- uration mitosis. Fig. 4. — Idem; lateral view of the same stage. Fig. 5. — Idern, nucleus in post-synapsis stage. P^'ig. G. — Cymus luridus, pole view of monaster stage of the first matura- tion mitosis. Fig. 7. — Idem, lateral view of the same stage. Figs. 8, 9. — Lygus pratensis var., pole views of monaster stage of first maturation mitosis. Fig. 10. — Idem, pole view of monaster stage of second maturation mitosis. Fig. 11. — J^^'abis aimulatus, nucleus in growth period (late telaphase), » Journal of Morphology, Vol. XV, 1898. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271 Figs. 12, 13. — Fdetn, nuclei in prophases of first maturation mitosis. Fig. 14. — Idem, pole view of monaster stage of first maturation mitosis. Figs. 15, 16. — Idem, lateral views of melakinesis of first maturation mi- tosis. Fig. 17. — Idem, pole view of one plate of daughter chromosomes, early anaphase of first maturation mitosis. Fig. 18. — Corizus alternatus, pole view of monaster stage of a spermato- gonium. Fig. 19. — Idem, nucleus of first spermatocyte, rest stage. Fig. 20. — Idem, pole view of monaster stage of first maturation mitosis. Fig. 21. — Idem, lateral view of the same stage. Figs. 22, 23. — Harmostes reflexuliis var., pole views of monaster stage of spermatogonia. 272 pkoleedings of tbe academy of [Aprils April 2. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty persons present. April 9. The President, Samuel G. Dixox, ]\[.D. , in the Chair. Eleven persons present. April 16. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Twelve persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " The Identity of the Gordiaceaa Species, Chordodes morgan! and C. pueriHs," by Thomas H. Montgomery. " Description of a NeAV Hemiramphid, " by H. W. Fowler. April 23. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-three persons present. A paper entitled " A Study of the Genus Ceuturio," by James A. G. Rehn, was presented for publication. April 30. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. A paper entitled " Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Northwest Florida Coast, Parti," by Clarence B. Moore, was preseutedfor publication. Mr. Anthony W. Robinson was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed: PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PILSBRY. CRUSTACEA OF THE NEW JERSEY CRETACEOUS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCr. PHILA. 1901. PLATE II. HIGGINS. GIZZARD OF ODONATA ZYGOPTERA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE III. HIGGINS. GIZZARD OF ODONATA ZYGOPTERA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1001. PLATE IV. HIGGINS. GIZZARD OF ODONATA ZYGOPTERA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE V. VANATTA. NEW MARINE MOLLUSKS. PILSBRY. NEW MOLLUSKS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE VI. FOX. TYMPANO-EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. lOOl PLATE VII. rr\.dh. FOX. TYMPANO-EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE VIII. (is ^ ^^ / FOX. TYMPANO-EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE IX. ...--^"^'=^: FOX. TYMPANO-EUSTACHIAN PASSAGE OF TOAD. PROC. ACAD. NAT. .SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE X. MONTGOMERY. CHROMOSOMES OF HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA. PROC. A. N. S. PHILA. 1901. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 THE FORFICULID^, BLATTID^, MANTID^ AND PHASMID^ COL- LECTED IN NORTHEAST AFRICA BY DR. A. DONALDSON SMITH. BY JAMES A. (4. REHN. The material of Avhich the present paper is a study was collected by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith on his two expeditions into northeast Africa, and presented by hira to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The first of the expeditions was made in the years 1894 and 1895, and extended as far west as Lake Rudolf, the whole account of which has been published in book form.^ The last expedition was made in 1899 and 1900, the route being by Lake Kudolf on through the unknown to the Nile. On this last expedition but two specimens of Orthoptera were collected. The total number of specimens of Orthoptera secured is 239, per- haps the most important collection ever brought from that country. The remaining portion (Acrididie, Locmtidce and Gryllidce) will shortly be reported upon. Family FORFICULID^. Labidura sp. Three immature specimens ; Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, Sep- tember 23 and 27, October 3, 1894. Anisolabis moesta (Serville). 1839. Forficesila moista Serville, Orthopteres, p. 28. One specimen, c?; between Ginea and Dada, near the Darde river, Gallaland, November 20, 1894. Anisolabis sp-" One immature female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 23, 1894. Apterygida buseinae n. sp. Types, one male and two females : c^, October, 5, 1894, Sheikh Husein, Gallaland. ?, September 23, 1894, Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland. 9, September 21, 1894. Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, This species apparently has no close affinity with any of the described forms. 1 Ihrough Unknown African Countries, by A. Donaldson Smith. 18 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, (^. — Size large. Autenute composed of nineteen segments. Pronotum quadrate, the posterior angles moderately rounded, lateral margins somewhat extended, posterior section with a distinct median sulcation, tumid anteriorly with a moderate depression centrally, the posterior portion being moderately scabrous. Elytra rather elongate, the posterior margin very broadly rounded, the whole with the small exposed portion of the wing scabrous. Abdo- men entirely punctate ; anterior segments with the posterior margins rather indistinctly beaded, each segment laterally with two longitu- dinal indistinct tuberculations. Anal segment transverse, somewhat glabrous, centrolly with a broad sulcus, the median portion of the posterior margin truncate. Forceps not quite half as long as the body, widely separated at the base, the shafts directed inward, the tips incurved, the internal margin bearing centrally a well- marked tooth. Subgenital plate Avith the posterior margin trian- gularly extended, the apex truncate. 9 . —Size large. Antennse composed of twenty- four to twenty- six segments Subgenital plate with the posterior margin rather broadly rounded. Forceps straight, tips incurved, the internal margin dentate anteriorly, crenulate posteriorly. General color blackish brown, the lower surface of head and pronotum dull ochraceous, in one specimen this is entirely suffused with dark brownish. Limits dull luteous washed with blackish. Meamrements. ^ „ Length of body (with forceps), . . 21 mm., 22 mm. Length of forceps, 5.75 " 5 " Length of pronotum, 2 " 2,75 '' Length of anal segment, 2.1 " 2.1 " Length of elytra, 4 " 3.75 " Width of elytra, 3.5 '' 3.75 " Family BLATTID-ffi. Aphlebia algerica Bolivar. 1881. Aphlebia (ibjerica Bolivar, Ami. Soc. Esp. Soc. Nat., X, p. 499. Two females; Roka and Luku, Gallaland, September 11 and 17, 1894. Theganopteryx senegalensis Saussure. 1868. Blatta senegalensis Saussure, Revue et Magasiu de Zoologie (2), XX, p. 354. One female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 3, 1894. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPHIA. 275 Blatta germanica Linnaeus. 1767. Blatta germanica Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., XII ed., II, p. 688. One male; Sheikh Huseiu, Gallalaud, October 6, 1894. Ischnoptera picea Sehulthess. 1898. Ischnoptera picea Schulthess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Qeuova, XXXIX, p. 166. One male; Daro Mountains, between Ginea and Dada, Galla- land, November 19, 1894. Periplaneta atricollis Sau.ssure. 1899. Periplaneta atricollis Saussure, AbhandL d. Senckenb. Natur- forsch. Gesellsch., XXI, p. 580. Four specimens; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 21 and 25 and October 10, 1894. Deropeltis autraniana Saussure. 1895. Deropeltis autraniana Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXV, p. 78. Two females; Jara, southern Gallaland, October 23, 1899. These two specimens were the only Orthoptera collected by Dr. Smith on his last expedition. Deropeltis schweinfurthi Saussure. 1895. Deropeltis schweinfurthi Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXV, p. 79. One female; Daro Mountains, Gallaland, November 18, 1894. Deropeltis wahlbergi (Stal). 1856. Periplaneta wa/Ubergi 8ta.\, Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forhand., p. 167. Two males; between Luku and Dago Tula, Gallaland, Septem- ber 18, 1894. Heterogamia africana (Linnaeus). 1764. Blatta africana Linua;us, Mus. Lud. Ulric, p. 108. One female; Gagap, near Milmil, Somalilaud, July 30, 1894. Heterogamia sp. One female; no data. This specimen resembles S. dohmiana Saussure from North China to a very great extent. In the absence of material and in the face of the widely diflerent localities, it seems best not to attempt to make any definite statement regarding its possible identitv. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Oxyhaloa ferretti (Reiche and Fairmaire). 1847. Blatta ferretti Reiche and Fairmaire, Ferret and Galinier's Voy. en Abyssin'ie, III, p. 420, PI. 27, IJgs. 1, 2. Two males; one Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, October 1, 3 894, the other without data. Nauphoeta gestriana Saussure. 1895. Naupliata gestrieina Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva, XXXV, p. m. Three specimens; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1 and 0^ 1894. Stenopilema capucina (Gerstaecker). 1873. JJerocalymriui capucina Gerstaecker, in Van der Decken's Reise, III, Abth. II, p. 8. One male and one female; the former Avithout data ; the latter Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894. Stenopilema somali Saussure and Zelintner. 1895. Stenopilema somali Saussure and Zehntner, Eevue Suisse Zoolog., Ill, p. 27. One female; no data. Derocalymma erythrenia Saussure and Zehntner. 1895. Derocalymma erytJirenia Saussure and Zehntner, Revue Suisse Zoolog., Ill, p. 31. Three females; two Hargesa and Bodele, Somaliland, July 21 and August 15, 1894; the other with no data. These specimens range from 12.5 to 20 mm. in ^otal length. Calolampra aptera Schulthess. 1898. Calolampra aptera Schultbess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva, XXXIX, p. 169. Three females; Daro river near Laga, Somaliland, November 28, 1894. Phenacisma peltata Kar.sch? 189G. Phenacisma peltata, Karscb, Entomol. Zeitung, LVII, p. 243. One female (immature); Tug Terfa, Somaliland, August 21, 1894. This specimen is referred here with some doubt. Family MANTID^. Eremiaphila somalica n- ^v- 1899. E. spec. vie. arahicce Schultbess-Schindler, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen- ova, XXXIX, p. 170. Types, two females; one The Hand, July 13, 1894, and the other without locality or date (there can be little doubt but that it was taken in the same general region). 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHrLADELPHIA. 277 Apparently approaching E. arabica Saussure, but differing in numerous details; with E. aristides Lucas, from Suez, the rela- tionship is also close, but that species is described as wingless. The specimens (or at least one of them) were collected in the same character of country frequented by the other species of the genus — barren and waterless plains or absolute deserts. Size medium. Head, with eyes, wider than deep (excluding the clypeus), anterior border viewed superiorly truncate; antennae slender. Pronotum sparsely tuberculate, broader anteriorly than long, posteriorly converging; anterior border with a broad, low central convexity which is perceptibly impressed in the median section, ihe margin free; angles rect-acute augulate; posterior border apparently truncate." Tegmina as in E. arabica, except that the main veins ramify and become lost in the reticulations of ihe posterior portion of the tegmina. Wings well developed, extending to the tips of the tegmina. A.bd'>men with the supra- anal plate transverse, subsinuate centrally; subgenital plate rather elongate, the apex broadly rounded. Limljs sparsely tuberculate, the tubercles sometimes arranged in regular series. Anterior tibise with four rather blunt spines on the external margin. Me- dian and posterior femora each with a row of blunt teeth along the posterior margin, the distal extremities bearing a moderate- sized spine. Posterior tibise slightly longer than the femora. General color ranging from purplish brown on the head and pronotum to clay yellow on the abdomen. Eyes, labrum and lower part of clypeus ferruginous. Exposed surface of tegmina pale clay yellow becoming dull reddish centrally; lower surface with a liar of blackish purple. Limbs and lateral borders of pronotum pale yellowish pink, in one specimen (The Hand, July 13, 1894) the tibiae are obscurely ringed with whitish, in the other (unknown locality and date) the temora are decidedly clay yellow at the bases. MeasuremenU. Q (The Haud. 7-13, '94.) 9 (?) Total length, 16.5 mm., 18 mm. Length of pronotum 3 " 3 " Anterior width of pronotum, ... 5 " 4.75" Length of tegmina, 7 " 7.50 " Width of abdomen, 7 " 6.75 " Length of hind femora, 9.25 " 9.50 " - This portioa was somewhat damaged in both specimens by the iasertiou of the piu. 278 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, It is interesting to know lliat E. arabica has been recorded from Webithal, Ogaden, by Schulthess'; later the same author^ con- siders specimens from Obbia somewhat removed from true arabica. Tarachodes smitM "• H'- Types, male and female, the latter immature; Tug Terfa and Tug Berka, northern Somalilaud, August 21 and 23, 1894. This rather peculiar species is evidently allied to T. media Schulthess-Schindler^ and T. ccstuans Saussure*, systematically and geographically fitting between the two. From media it differs in the form of the head, which is anteriorly truncate instead of irregularly arcuate, and the presternum which is unifasciate instead of trifasciate ; from (sstuans it differs also in the form of the head, and in the form and size of the joints of the cerci. c?. — Size rather large, moderately robust. Head with vertex transverse, subtruncate. Pronotum about twice as long as the greatest width, considerably narrower posteriorly than anteriorly; the anterior and posterior margins broadly rounded, the lateral margins sinuate, the whole spineless; dorsum bearing four obsolete tubercles centrally. Tegmina long, surpassing the abdomen, about four times as long as broad. Anterior limbs with the femora rather stout and heavy, the external margin bearing five large and twelve small teeth, the internal margin bearing twelve teeth alternating in size. Median and posterior limbs lightly built, hirsute. Abdomen rather slender. Cerci damaged. General color grayish brown suffused, excef)i the tegmina, with dull purplish brown. Clypeus, labrum and facial shield ochrace- ous with four transverse blackish bars, the superior pair continued upon the olive-tinged eyes, Pronotum with the suffusing tint arranged in a pair of broken parallel lines along the mediaa section, posteriorly tinged with green, the lateral margins being thickly speckled. Limbs irregularly marked with the suffusing tint, except the anterior coxse and the lower surface of the tibiae which are pale yellowish, the internal section of the tibire being broadly lined with black. Below dull yellowish except a single band of black across the prosternum. Tegmina hyaline, the longitudinal veins blackish irregularly broken by whitish spaces. ^Zool. Jahr., Syst., VIII, p. 69. * Ann. Mus. Civ. Genotn, XXXIX, p. 170. ^ Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXIX, p. 171. ^Ibid.. XXXV. B. 91. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279 ?. — Size medium, robust. Head with vertex transverse, trun- cate. Pronotum less than twice as long as the greatest width ; the anterior margin rather broadly rounded, the posterior truncate with the angles cut off, the lateral margins sinuate, spined throughout their length, one large spine anteriorly; the dorsum with two obsolete tubercles near the anterior margin, and six paired tubercles placed equidistant from the sulcus to within about three millimeters of the posterior margin. Tegmina and wings short and undeveloped. Anterior limbs with the tibije very deep and robust, the external margin bearing five large and ten small spines, the internal bearing ten spines. Median and posterior limbs rather heavy, hirsute; the femora rather angular. Al^domen with a median ridge and each segmeni with four crescentic crenulations; the median ridge on the four anterior segments lobulate posteriorly. Cerci rather long, the terminal segment almost as long as the pre- ceding two. General color above wood brown irregularly suffused with darker bi'own, strongest on the abdomen, weakest on the anterior limbs. Eyes intense brownish black. Clypeus, labrum and facial shield barred as in the male, but not so distinctly. Below pale yellowish, clouded with blackish on the abdomen, the prosternum with one broad transverse blackish band. Measurements. Total length, 40 mm., Length 0^ body, 36.5 " 29 mm. Length of tegmina, 29 " Length of pronotum, 9.25 " 7.8 " Greatest width of pronotum, . . . 4.40 " 4.25 " Length of anterior tibite, .... 8 " 6.6 " Tarachodes schulthessi n. n. 1895. Chiropaclca modesta Schulthess-Eecbberg, Zool. Jabrb., Syst., VIII, p. 69. 1898. Tlarachodes'] modesta Scbulthess-Scbindler, Arm. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXIX, p. 173 (not of Gerstaecker, 1869). Two males; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 24 and Octo- ber 1, 1894. The name Tarachodes modesta was first used by Gerstaecker' for a species of the genus from Zanzibar ; later Schulthess, in ''ArcMv.f. Naturgesch., XXXV, p. 208. 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, describing a species of Chiropacha, applied the name modesia to it,* and later he used it under Tarachodei. The maintenance of two identical names in the same genus not being permitted, I have dedicated this species to its original describer, Taracliodes sp. One immature specimen ; Gagap, near Milmil, northern Somali- land, July 30, 1894. This specimen is too immature to make any definite statement regarding its specific affinities. Elaea somalica Schulthess. 1898. FAcen somalica Schulthess-Scbindler, Ana. Mus. Civ. Geuova, XXXIX, p. 170. Three specimens, two males, one female; Selou and Lafarok, Somaliland, August 6 and 13, 1894; Fertza, Gallaland, Septem- ber 12, 1894. Compsotliespis falcifera n. sp. Type, one specimen, near the Darde river, Raia Wacheli, eastern Gallaland, September 1, 1894. This species differs from C. cmomala Saussure in the much greater size, in the non-mamillate eyes, the smaller and weaker forelimbs, and various other details. Form slender. Head elongate with a broad, low median ridge, vertex not at all prominent, ocelli small; eyes subelliptical; an- tennae filiform. Pronotum rather elongate, slightly broader pos- teriorly than antei'iorly, the length being more than six times the greatest width; lateral margins almost straight, slightly constricted anterior to the insertion of the coxse, finel}' tuljerculate; anterior and posterior margins arcuate, the latter flattened centrally with an obscure eraargination ; the whole surface finely tuberculate. Tegmina abbreviate, semi-hyaline, rather coriaceous at the base. Abdomen depressed, narrow, the lateral margins almost straight, the basal and median segments one and a half times as long as wide, terminal segments short, the posterior margins with a median rounded lobe. Supraanal plate triangular, moderately produced, the apex truncate, subemargiuate and obscurely carinate centrally, the latter flanked by two longitudinal depressions, each of which is laterally bordered by another carinas. Cerci broad, compres.sed, '^Zool. Jahrh., Syst. VIII, p. 69. * Ann. Mus. Civ. Qenota, XXXIX, p. 173. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 composed of six segments increasing in lengtii, the tei'minal one almost half again as long as its predecessor, the whole bearing an obsolete median ridge. Subgenilal plate compressed, deeply folded, the central inclosure very narrow; styles moderately long, subspatuiate. Anterior limbs very slight and weak; the coxce and femora being about the same length and bulk, the outer margin of the latter bearing four very minute spines, discoidal spines num- bering three; tibice not half as long as the femora, the margin not dentate ; metatarsi about as long as the tibia?. Median and pos- terior pairs of limbs very long and slender; the median femora each bearing two genicular spines; tibiae longer than the femora. General color pinkish brown, the limbs touched with dull brown- ish; eyes testaceous; lower surface of the pronotum suffused with dull reddish ; elytra decidedly pinkish at base; anterior femora with a line of reddish black on the lower margin. Measurements. Total length, 41 mm. Length of pronotum, 13.25 mm. Greatest width of pronotum, 2 mm. Gi'eatest width of abdomen, 3 mm. Length of tegmina, 15.5 mm. Length of anterior femora, 5.75 mm. Length of posterior femora, 12.2 mm. Length of posterior tibiae, 14 mm. Ligaria producta n. sp. Type, one immature female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, Septem- ber 30, 1894. Closely allied to T. trlgoncdis Saussure'" from South Africa, but differing in the shape of the pronotum. The pronotum of trigonalis is described as having " parte antice lata ac late rotundata, .... marginibus baud dentatus;" while in the specimen before me the pronotum is somewhat produced antei'iorly, the margin being very narrowly rounded. Size medium. Head from the facial aspect about equally long and broad; occiput subtruncate; eyes subfusiform, liltle attenuate superiorly. Pronotum about two-thirds as broad as long, cen- trally with moderate dilations, the borders crenula-dentate ; ante- rior section diminishing in width, the margin narro wly rounded ; ^'' Abhajid. Senckenb. Nat. Gesdlsch., XXI, p. 596. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, posterior section slightly constricted, the margin truncate. Ante- rior femora stout and heavy, the inner margin spiued very much as in L. trigonalls, the apical spines being alternately large and small, except the two terminal spines which are large with a diastema between them; tibite armed with seven spines; tarsus with the first joint (metatarsus) about equaling the otlier four. iMedian and posterior limbs slender, the apical spines equally visible on each; the first tarsal joint (metatarsus) of tJie median pairsh'ghtly shorter than the other segments. Abdomen depressed, with a central carinal fold, which is more elevated posteriorly than ante- riorly on each segment, the four anterior segments having the ]:)0s- terior margin centrally emarginate, while the others have the same truncate. Subgenital plate somewhat produced, broadly rounded, with minute styles. General color dull wood brown, irregularly sprinkled with blackish spots. The occiput bears a transverse line of grayish, which is visibly continued to a greater or less extent upon the eyes. The upper surface of the abdomen is tinged with yelloAvish, while the limbs are obscured with blackish brown. Measurements. Length of body, 15.5 mm. Width across eyes, 3 mm. Length of pronotum, 3.25 mm. Width of pronotum, 2.25 mm. Length of anterior femora, 4.00 mm. Sphodropoda rudolfae n. sp. Type, one female; near southern end of Lake Rudolf, western Gallaland, September 1, 1895. Allied to S. trhnacula Saussure, but differing in the shape of the anterior portion of the pronotum and the general thickness of the shaft, besides the much shorter tegmina. Size smaller than S. irhnucxda, but very stoutly built. Head rather long, the facial aspect broader than deep; occiput slightly arcuate ; facial shield as wide as deep, superiorly obtuse angulate, the extreme tip truncate, centrally with a pair of very obscure carinse; eyes rather large, globose, the lower margin somewhat pro- duced. Pronotum over twice as long as the greatest width which is anterior to the middle ; the shaft bearing a prominent median carina}, 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 283 and somewhat constricted posterior to the dilation, the width here being but half that of the latter; the collar rather acuminate, the an- terior angle rather narrowly rounded, the posterior margin truncate, the dilation having dentate margins. Tegraina moderately long, not quite reaching the tip of the supraanal plate; the marginal field coriaceous, the stigma large and opaque, the discoidal and anal fields semi-hyaline, the costal margin pectinate. Anterior coxie bearing on the proximal extremity a blunt tooth-like projection, the inferior margin bearing five large spines, a small one occupying each diastema; femora rather heavy, the external margin with four spines, fifteen on the internal with some of the apical ones reduced in size and presenting a formula which would give for the anterior spines, reading posteriorly, Iiili ; tibise almost half as long as the femora, bearing ten spines on the external and fifteen on the internal margins. Median and posterior limbs moderately slender; the tibite much lighter and more slender than the femora; the first tarsal joint (metatarsus) very much elongate and equaling the succeeding segments. Supraanal plate very broad and shallow, the margin broadly rounded. Subgenital plate very large, the posterior portion deeply folded and supplied with short, thick, fleshy styles. General color dull ochre yellow tinged with dragon's blood red '^ on the posterior border of each abdominal segment and on the limbs, the median and posterior tibire being little sufiused. Head obscurely suffused with olivaceous, this tint being especially notice- able on the eyes, clypeus and mandibles. Tegmina dilute dragon's blood red, palest at the anal l)order, richest around the stigma, which is cream colored. 3Ieasurements. Length nf body, 50.5 mm. Width of head, 9.5 mm. Length of pronotura, 17.25 mm. Greatest width of pronotum, 7 mm. Least width of pronotum, 3.75 mm. Length of tegmina, 26.5 mm. Greatest width of tegmina, 10 mm. Length of anterior femora, 16.5 mm. " Ridgway's Nomenclature of. Colors. 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Sphodromantis bioculata Burmeister. 1833. Sphodromantis bioculata Burmeister, Handb. d. Eat., Bd. II, Abth. II, Pt. I, p. 537. One female (immature) ; Sheikh Husein, Gallalaud, October 8, 1894. Mantis sacra Thunberg. 1815. Mantis sacra Thunberg, Mem. Acad. St. Petersb., V, p., 239. One male; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894. Hoplocorypha bottegi Saussure. 1395. Hoplocoi'ypha bottegi Saussure, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXV, p. 91. One immature specimen; Aimola, Gallaland, March 16, 1895. Hoplocorypha rapax Bormaas. 1381. Hoplocorypha rapax Barmans, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XVI, p. 211. One immature specimen; near the Daro Mountains, between Ginea and Tulu, Gallaland, November 18, 1894. This specimen is referred here with some little doubt; the char- acter '' tibiis tarsisque posticis nigro multipilosus " not being at all appreciable. Miomantis fenestrata Fabricius. 1781. Mantis fenestrata Fabricius, Spect. Ins , I, p. 319. One female (immature) and one male ; Luku, Gallalaud, Sep- tember 17 and 18, 1894. Miomantis sp- One female (immature); Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894. Fischeria sp. One male; Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, October 30, 1894. This large specimen is unfortunately headless. Ischnomantis media "• sp. Type, female (somewhat immature) ; near the upper Wobi Shebeli, Gallaland, December 24, 1894. Closely allied to 7. spinigera Schulthess, ^'- but differing in the length of the supraanal plate which in the new form is less than the length of the anterior coxse, while in splnigera it equals the anterior femora. '•^ Ann. Mns. Civ. Qenova, XXXIX, p. 17o. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 Size large. Head viewed facially much bi'oadcr than deep, the occiput arcuate; eyes prominent; clypeus bearing a transverse ridge. Pronotum four times as long as its greatest width; the lateral margins dentate anterior to the dilation, denticulate poste- rior to the same; anterior margin somewhat produced, rounded; posterior margin truncate, the angles obliquely trimmed; median carina visible on the shaft, replaced by a sulcus on the collar. Anteiior coxaj with the lower margin dentate, the other margins denticulate; femora rather elongate, five spines on the external margin, fifteen spines anteriorly and eleven to twelve denticules posteriorly on the internal, the superior margin with a very slight concavity; tibire Avith nine spines on the external margin with a basal diastema, fourteen on the internal. Median and posterior pair of limbs very slender and light; tibito with the internal mar- gins spined; metatarsus of the posterior limbs very much longer than the other tarsal joints, and closely spined beloAv. Abdomen with lateral elongate crescentic convolutions. Supraanal plate elongate, lanceolate, the apex narrowly rounded, centrally keeled, the whole shorter than the anterior coxfe. General color wood brown,'* sprinkled and finely mottled with umber, the ground tint being purest on the anterior limbs. Eyes walnut brown, mottled with blackish. Anal region and lower surface of abdomen tinged with ochraceous. Co in pa ra tive Measurem ents. $ media. $ spinigera (from Schulthess). 107.5 mm. 113 mm. 30.5 " 30 7 " 6.3 " 12.5 " 20 . 19.5 " 24 " '. 35.75 " Length of body, Length of pronotum, . Greatest width of pronotum Length of supraanal plate. Length of anterior cox^e, . Length of anterior femoi'a. Length of posterior femora. Paraspliendale minor Schulthess. 1898. Paraspliendale viinor Schulthess-Schindler, Aou. Mup. Civ. Geneva, XXXIX, p. 177. Two females, one immature; Sheikh Husein and Tulu, Galla- land, September 29 and November 22, 1894. ^^ Ridgway's Nomenclature. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Oxyophthalma gracila Saussure. 1861. Oxyophthalmus gracilis Saussure, A.nn. Soc. Ent. France (4), I, p. 470. One male; Bodele, Tug Terfa, Somaliland, August 20, 1894. As far as it i? possible to judge from Saussure' s description and figure, this specimen is identical with his gracilis, except that in the specimen before rae the eyes are not so mammillate as in his figure. Oxypila annulata Serville. ISSl. Oxypila annulata Serville, Rev. Orthopt., p. 23. Four specimens, one male, three females (one immature) ; Sheikh Husein (3) and Diibuli (1), Gallaland, September 16 and October 6, 1894. Pseudocreobotra amarae n. sp. Type, female; headwaters of the Burga river, near Dagugi, country of the Amara, western Gallaland, April 24, 1895. This species is related to P. tmhlbergii Stal from Zanzibar, but it is larger and differs in the form and comparative size of the pronotum. Size rather large. Head transverse; the vertex prolonged into a shallowly bifid peduncle; ocelli very large and prominent; clypeus and labrum carinate, the former triangularly produced into falcate extensions; eyes very ])rominent, bluntly acuminate, each flanked •on the posterior margin by a blunt tubercle. Pronotum with two lateral and one posterior prominent rounded lobe.?, the anterior margin being broadly rounded; the central section heavily bossed forming four tubercles, the large anterior one being considerably cristate; the lateral lobes thin, coriaceous and ascending. Tegmina long and moderately broad, central and basal sections opaque, apical section hyaline. Anterior coxse finely scal)rous, the lower margin with both large and small spines to the number of 6 or 7; femora bearing four spines on the exlernal margin, each spine being thick and heavy at the base, the tip being constricted and sub-uugiculate, the internal margin with nine .spines, the second, third and fifth being reduced in size; metatarsi superiorly lamel- late, the external margin sul)pectinate, the internal margin with fourteen spines increasing in size from the proximal extremity. ^Median and posterior limbs rather slender, the femora with apical rotundate dilations on the posterior margin. Abdomen broad and heavy, each segment with a lateral angular production. Sub- 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 genital plate broadly rounded, with a central depression and a posterior median emargination. General color between gamboge yellow and lemon yellow,'* strongest on the head, pronotum, limbs and tegminal rings. Head with the superior aspect clouded with greenish ; eyes walnut brown clouded with blackish, palest inferiorly. Pronotum with the pos- terior half deeply suffused with dull greenish. Tegmina basally pale pea-green with a blotch of chromium green,'' the characteristic rings surrounded by the latter tint, the rings arranged as follows: a central black spot, a moderately broad ring of chromium greeu followed by a bar of slightly greater width of modified lemon yellow, and externally a narrow black ring. Limbs all ringed with narrow bands of dull emerald green; the lower surface of each of the anterior femora with two spots of orange. 3feasurements. Total length, 33. mm. Width of head, 6 Length of pronotum, 6.75 " Greatest width of pronotnm, 9 " Length of elytra, 32.5 " Greatest width of elytra, 7.5 " Length of anterior femora, 10.5 " Length of posterior femora, 8. 25 " Pseudoharpax virescens (Serville). 1839. Creobroier virescens Serville, Orthoptores, p. 162, PI. 3, fig. 7. Four specimens, one male, three immature females; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 28 and 30, October 9 and 10, 1894. The male has a broad dorsal median stripe of black on the pro- notum. Popa undata (Fabricius). 1793. Mantis xindata Fabricius, Eut. Syst., II, p. 19. Three specimens, two males (one immature, one larval), one female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, and near Tug Lomo, between Milmil and Bodele, Somaliland,"^ August 12, September 30 and October 10, 1894. The males have the supraanal plate apically truncate, while that portion of the female is much more acuminate. ^*. ^^ Ridgway's Nomenclature. ^^ The data with this specimen reads "Smith River, VIII 12, 94." Smith River cannot be found on any of Dr. Smiths charts, and the locality above s that of the datfe. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Empusa egena Charpentier. 1841. Empusa erjena Charpentier, Germar's Zeitsebr., Ill, p. 297. One larval female; Laga, Gallalaad, November 29, 1894. Idolomorpha dentifrons Saussure. 1895. Idolomorpha dentifrons Saussure, Grandidier's Hist, de Mada- gascar, Orthopteres, Pt. I, p. 244. One female ; Daro Mountain.?, between Ginea and Tulu, Gal- laland, November 19, 1894. Blepharis cornuta Schulthess. 1895. Blepharis cornuta Schulthess-Rechberg, Zoolog. Jahrb., Sjst. Abth., A'lII, p. 72. Two immature females; vicinity of Laga, Gallaland, Xovember 28 and 30, 1894. The two specimens before me differ somewhat from the figure of cornuta, the anterior tibiae being longer than those figured, though this may be due to foreshortening in the figure. On the -whole the variations amount to so little that there is no doubt as to their identity. Family PHASMID^. Palophus reyi (Grandidier). 1869. Ischnopoda reyi Graudidier, Revue et Magasia de Zool. (2), XXr, p. 292. One female; no data. Total length, 202 mm. Length of tegmina, . 25 Length of wings, 67 Length of anterior femora, 5G Length of median femora, 42 Length of posterior femora, 54 Clonaria gracila (Burmeister). 1838. Bacillus fjracila Burmeister, Handb. d. Ent., II, Abtb. II, Pt. I, p. 561. One male; Berbera, Somaliland, July 3, 1894. The collection also includes four female specimens of Phasmidce taken at the following localities : Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, October 8, 1894. Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, October 30, 1894. Luku, Gallaland, September 17, 1894. Between Tug Lomo and Bodele, Somahland, August 12, 1894. These are damaged to such an extent that determination is very difficult or impossible, many of the portions used in classification being absent or badly damaged. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 THE IDENTITY OF THE GORDIACEAN SPECIES, CHORDODES MORGANI AND C. PUERILIS. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR. , PH. D. In a preceding contribution^ I described as new and distinct species Chordodes morgani and C. puerilis, the former based on two females, the latter on two males. The differences in the sculp- turation of the surface of the cuticle seemed then to justify the separation of these two species. In a later paper^ 1 stated that " Chordodes pxierilis and 0. morgani may eventually be found to be the two sexes of the same species;" and the truth of this sup- position is now confirmed. C. puerilis thus becomes a synonym of C. morgani, since the latter was first described in the original paper. Matei'ial consisting of seven females and five males, all collected together at the same time (July 27, 1899), on the shore of South Bass Island, in the western end of Lake Erie, in the explorations of the Great Lakes conducted by the U. S. Fish Commission, were very kindly sent to me for identification by Prof. Jacob E. Reig- hard; and I am indebted to him and to Mr. George M. Bowers, Fish Commissioner, for permission to publish my conclusions. An examination on cross sections of the cuticle of a number of these specimens shows very considerable variation, but variation with intergradation; and shows also that there is more or less of a sex- ual difference in the form of the papillse of the cuticle. In each individual the cuticle of the middle region of the body was ex- amined. In the following description the original specimens, as well as the new material, shall be described together. In my first paper the form of the body was described, and there is nothing new to be added to that account. ' " The Gordiacea of Certain American Collections, -with Particular Eefer- ence to the North American Fauna," Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harvard College, Vol. 32, Xo. 3, 1898. ■'"Synopses of North American Invertebrates. II, Gordiacea (Hair Worms)," American Naturalist, Vol. 33, No. 392, 1899. 19 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, Size and Color. — The largest female (the type of C. morgani) measures 222 mm. in length, the largest male 220 mm., the smallest individual seen (male, co-type of C. pueriUs) 6-i ram. The color varies from a dull chocolate l)rown to a light bufi brown, averaging darker in the males; the head end is always white. Cuticle. — Cross sections of the cuticle examined with high powers show the following kinds of prominences: 1. Low papillre of irregular outline, rarely higher than Inroad, ■which bear no spines. These are shown in Plate XI, figs. 1-3, 9. In general they are, next to the following kind, the most numer- ous, and are generally the smallest. 2. The most numerous are small papilUe, rounded or more frequently conical on outline, each of which bears a delicate, stift spine of nearly its own height. These are shown in Plate XI, figs. 1_3^ 5-11. Genei-ally they are rather evenly distributed between the larger papillae, but in one female (fig. 7) considerable portions of the cuticle show them arranged in close patches, without papilhe in the spaces intervening. In none of the males was such an arrangement found. B. Large papillse, considerably higher and broader than the pre- ceding, shown in Plate XI, figs. 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 11. In the small- est female (length 125 mm.) these were entirely absent. Their crowns are generally flattened or rounded, and bear each a circlei of short, stifi, delicate spines, few and variable in number; in the largest female, the type of C. moniani, fig. 11, most of the papilla? were not provided with such spines. Sometimes, not frequently, the bases of these papillce are tuberculated or deutated. In the males these large papillte are generally higher than broad, except in the smallest male (fig. 1, co-type of C. puerilis), where they are about as broad as high. In the females they are relatively less numerous than in the males, and relatively broader and shorter, more rectangular in outline and with their summits more regularly flattened. Fig. 11 shows their appearance in the largest female, which may be compared with the appearances in the largest males (Plate XI, figs. 3, 5, 6). 4. Small rounded papillte, each of which bears on its summit a long, hyaline, finger-shaped process (Plate XI, figs. 1, 3, 8, 11). These are present in all the individuals, but very much less nu- merous than any of the preceding kinds, generally occurring at 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 considerable distances apart. Such processes are found in most species of the genus. 0. Papilloe, each of which bears a thick, more or less curved, conical spine, refractive and homogeneous in appearance (Plate XI, figs. 2, 4, 11 J. These are the least numerous. I did not find them in the specimens from Lake Erie, but they are present in the types and co-types of morgaiii and puerilis (I had overlooked them at the time of my former description). The size and form of the spines is variable. Surface views of the cuticle w'cre given in my preceding paper. In the males the large papillie (the third kind) always appear darker and larger than the other papillae ; they may be arranged close together or, when less numerous, show the tendency to form large, irregular groups. In the largest females the cuticle on surface view is like thaf of the males, except that the third kind of papillae are less numerous; in females which lack the third kind of papilla?, the darker disks on the surface of the cuticle represent patches of papillae of the second kind. Diagnostic Characters. — The sculpturation of the cuticle is so variable that it is difficult to give a sharp diagnosis. But the regular occurrence of papilke (the second kind) of more or less conical form, each bearing a short delicate spine; the quite gen- eral occurrence of higher papillae (the third kind), each generally with a circlet of a few similar spines, and the occasional occurrence of papilke bearing each a thick conical spine, seem to distinguish C. morgani from any hithero described species of the genus. But the degree of variation in this form, individual and sexual, shows how necessary it is to examine large series of individuals in separating the species of the Gordiacea ; an individual variation about as great is found in C. occidentalis Montg. , as has been shown by me in a preceding paper. ^ All the specimens seen by me of Chordodes morgani were from the United States of America, from the following localities: Lake Erie, Maryland, Iowa and Pennsylvania; thus it would seem to be a species of the eastern portion of North America. ^ Proc. California Acad. Sciences, Third Series, Vol. I, No. 9, 1898. 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Apri], EXPLANATION OF PLATE XL All the figures represent portions of transverse sections of the cuticle, ex- cept fig. 4, which represents a single papilla ; all were drawn with the camera lucida at the height of the microscope stage Avith a Zeiss microscope, length of tube 100 mm., ocular 4, homogeneous immersion objective j'^th. Figs. 1, 2. — Male (co-type of (J. pucrilis, length 64 mm.). Figs. 3, 4. — Male (type of C. puerilis, length 228 rum.). Fig. 5.— Male (length 150 mm.). Fig. 6.— Male (length 220 mm.). Fig. 7. — Female (length 127 mm.). Figs. 8, 9.— Female (length 190 mm.). Fig. 10.— Female (length 180 mm.). Fig. 11. — Female (type of C. morgani, length 220 mm.). lOOl.j NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW HEMIRAMPHID. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. The specimen described below was found amoug; a miscellaneous collection of small and young fishes presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia many years ago by Dr. William H. Jones, of the United States Navy. I propose a new genus and species for this specimen after a comparison with equally small examples, some smaller, of Hypo- rhamphm and Hemirami^hus. These seem to differ but little from the adults, and that principally in the shorter beak, which is absent altogether in some. Perhaps a comparison of the adults and young of the other members of the Hemiramphidce may result in still greater diflferences. The specimen in question is strikingly like Fodiator aeutus (Cuvier and Valenciennes), which it resembles in many respects, though differing altogether in having a beak one and a half times the length of the head. The young of all the Exocoetidce exam- ined do not differ materially from the adults, and it seems hardly likely that a beak as long as the present specimen possesses is developed in l,he young of Fodiator. Undoubtedly we have in this specimen an annectant form between Euleptorhaviphus among the Hemiramphidce and Fodiator among the Exocoetidce. HEMIEXOC(ETUS gen. nov. Body moderately elongate, compressed and covered with rather large deciduous scales. The sides of the body are more or less rounded and not especially flattened or compressed. The dorsal and ventral lines are more or less parallel. The upper jaw is very short, and the lower jaw is produced into a long, pointed, slender \^^ beak, at least one and a half times as long as the head. Teeth minute. Head large and the eye is also large. No finlets. Cau- dal forked and the lower lobe much the longest and strongest. D. and A. more or less similar, and the origin of the former in 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, advance of the latter. P. very long, reaching the origin of the D. V. very long, reaching half-way in the space between their own origins and the base of the caudal. Hemiexocoetus caudimaculatus ^p- ""v. No. 7,508. Type." Taken in lat. 23° N. long. 106° W. (Mazatlan, Mexico). Dr. William H. Jones. The form of the body is somewhat elongate, moderately com- pressed, with the sides more or less rounded, and with the dorsal and ventral profile lines equally convex. The greatest depth of the body is nearly median, and it is contained in the total length (exclusive of the beak and the caudal; about six times. The head is large and compressed, not veiy broad above, and contained in the body (as measured before) about four times. The eye is large and superior, and it is contained in the head (exclusive of the beak) about three times. The eye is also greater than the interorbital space. The mouth is small and superior, and fur- nished with minute teeth. Opercles large. The origin of the P. is superior, level with the upper part of the eye, and near the branchial aperture. Branchial apertures large. The P. are exceedingly large and long, reaching at least to the origin of the D., and thus for about half the length of the V. The origin of the V. is nearer the branchial aperture than the base of the caudal, and the fins reach posteriorly for at least half the distance between their own bases and the base of the caudal. The origin of the D. in advance of that of the A., the fins similar, but the longest rays of the former equal to the depth of the body at that point. The general color of the body is a rich plumbeous brown above and silvery beneath. The upper or outer rays of the P., except the first, are blackish. The first ray of the P., together with the 5 basal rays, white. D. and A. brownish. V. edged upon the outer and inner rays with white, the inner rays blackish like the same of the P. Caudal whitish, except the bases of the rays and the jet black spot upon the outer portion of the lower lobe. The body was covered with rather large scales, but as the squamation is injured I am unable to give any count. Traces of a lateral line existed upon the inferior scales along the sides of the ventral region. D. 10, A. 11, P. 11. This small example measures 25 mm. from the tip of the upper jaw to the base of the caudal. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 A STUDY OF THE GENUS CENTURIO. BY JAMES A. G. REHN. A recent study of the Bats in the collection of the Academy revealed the fact that three alcoholic specimens of the curious genus Centurio were preserved therein. As comparatively little material of the genus had ever been examined, I secured, through Mr, Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., a loan of the three representatives con- tained in the collection of the United States National Museum. The acquisition of these specimens considerably enlarged the series for examination so that it numbered five alcoholic specimens, one skin and one odd skull. With this series, probably the largest ever gathered together, I have made some notes and observations, the results of which have induced me to publish a summary of our knowledge of the genus. Record of Specimens. — The first specimen of Centurio known to naturalists was collected on the cruise of H. M. S. " Sulphur," and was examined by Dr. Oray, of the British Museum, who described the genus and applied the specific name senex to the specimen.^ The locality was stated to be Amboyna, but later^ Gray seemed doubtful of this, as he says : * * Captain Sir Edward Belcher informed me this bat was found in Amboyna, but Mr. Hinds (surgeon of the expedition) does not appear to be so confi- dent on the subject, and rather suspects it came from South America. It was taken from a bottle containing animals from both countries." In 1854 Lichtenstein and Peters described a specimen supposed to be from Cuba, as C. flavogularis,^ but later Alston^ informs us Dr. Peters had written him that the locality was erroneous. Saussure was the next author to inform us further regarding this genus, a specimen from * ' les re'gions chaudes du 3Iexique ' ' being described by him as C. mexicanus.^ The acquisition by the Smithsonian Institution of a specimen ^ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 259. 1842. '^ Voyage of th'. "Sulphur," Mamm., p. 26. 1844. ' Monatsh. K. Preuss. Akad. WissenscJi., Berlin, p. 335. 1854. * Biol. Cent. Amer., Mamm., p. 51. 1879. '"Rev. ei Mag. de Zool., 2e ser., XII, p. 381. 1861. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, from Mirador, Mexico, with the throat folds greatly developed caused Dr. Harrison Alien to describe the subgenus Trichocoryes and the sjiecies mcmurtrii, which he placed therein/ A specimen of C. mexicanus from the same locality accompanied the one described. Alston mentions' that Dr. Peters had informed him that the Berlin ^Museum possessed a specimen of C. mcmurtra as well as one of C. senex. The only remaining published record of specimens of this genus is that of one female from Cerro de los Pajeros, Las Vegas, Vera Cruz, Mexico, which was described by ]Mr. Henry L. "Ward as a new species, Centurio minor.* General Relations. — A very superficial examination of a speci- men of Centurio reveals the gap which exists between it and the other genera of the subfamily in which it has previously been placed. Of the genera of the Stenodermatince I have examined all but two, i.e., Ametrida and Ectophylla, and the resulting belief is that Centurio should stand apart. The singular facial structure, throat folds, absence of true nose-leaf, and peculiar canines all present an individuality not shared by the other genera, Accordingly I propose to separate Centurio as a new subfamily, the differential characters of which would be as follows : CENTURIONINiE. Rnstral portion of skull very broad. STENODERMATJX.E. Rostral portion of skull not very broad (except in Sjyhceronyc- teris and probably Ametrida). Upper canines without anterior i Upper canines with anterior basal concavity. basal concavity. Face with distinct nose-leaf. Face without distinct nose-leaf, . and without distinct cutaneous i and with distinct cutaneous facial ornaments (except in facial ornaments (nostrils not Sphceronyderis^. j opening directly upon the sur- I face). Upper lip not emarginate. Upper lip centrally emarginate. Ears without additional lobe on Ears with additional lobe on the the internal margin. internal margin. Throat without transverse folds Throat with transverse folds of of skin. i skin. ^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp. 359-361. 1861. ''Biol. Cent. Amer., Mamm., p. 52. 1879. ^Amer. Natur., XXV., p. 750. Augiist, 1891. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELnilA. 297 The Centurionince have no close affinity with the other divisions of the Phyllostoimdidce, for while some of the above characters are shared by the Mormoopbue, the absence of enlarged cutaneous plates on the lower lip immediately shows the distinctness of the subfamilies. The genetic relations are undoubtedly with the Stenoder matinee, but to which portion of it seems doubtful, though Sphceronycteris is possibly the closest related of any. CENTURIO Gray. 1842. Centurio Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, p. 259. Type, Centurio senex Gray. 1861. TricJiocorijcs H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 359. Type, Centurio mcmurtrii H. Allen { = C'enturio senex Gray). Generic Characters. — The same as those of the subfamily of which it is the only genus. Dentition i. ^3;, c. ^^, p. ~~jy, m. ~^. The characters used by most of the describers of these species were color and the form of the upper incisors. The color differences are slight and can readily be accounted for by the difference of time of immersion in alcohol. The upper incisors also appear to be both two and three lobate, beside bluntly conic. Centurio senex Gray. 1842. Centurio senex Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., X, pp. 259-260 (" Amboyna," very probably some point on the west coast of Mexico or Central America). 1844. Centurio senex Gray, Voyage of the Sulphur, Mammalia, pp, 26, 27, PI. VIII. 1878. Centurio senex Dobson, Catal. Chirop. Brit. Mus., pp. 543-545, PI. XXX, fig. 6. 1879. Centurio senex Alston, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mammalia, p. 51. 1854. Centurio flavocjularis Lichtenstein and Peters, Mouatsber. K Preuss. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, p. 335 ("Cuba"). 1855. Centurio flavogulciris Lichtenstein and Peters, Abhandb. K Akad. Wissensch., Berlin (1854), pp. 87-89, taf. I. 1860. Centime mexicanus Sanssure, Eevue et Mag. d. Zool., 2e ser. XII, pp. 381-383 (warm region of Mexico). 1861. Centurio mcmurtrii H. Allen, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., pp 360-361 (Mirador, Vera Cruz, Mexico). 1879. Centurio mcmurtrii Alston, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mammalia, p 51, PI. Ill, fig. 8. 1891. Centurio minor Ward, American Naturalist, XXV, pp. 750-753 fig. (Cerro de los Pajeros, Las Vegas, Vera Cruz, Mexico). Type Locality. — Erroneously given as "Amboyna" (East Indies). As Gray afterward believed, it in all probability came from America, and a comparison of the route of the " Sulphur " (on the voyage of which the specimen was collected) with the 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, present distribution of the species shows that the specimen was evidently collected on the west coast of Mexico or Central Amer- ica, at some one of the points visited between San Bias and Panama. Distribution. — The only accurate records for the occurrence of this species giv^e us little information as to its exact distril)ution. Aside from Mirador and Cerro de los Pajeros, Vera Cruz, Mexico, the only other accurate captures are from Guatemala' and Cartago, Costa Rica; U. S. Nat. Mus., No. iflH- It has been recorded from " les regions chaudes du Mexique " by Saussure, and erroneously from Cuba by Lichteustein and Peters. The whole data shows the species to range from south - central Mexico (Cerro de los Pajeros) to Costa Rica (Cartago), probably within zonal limits, but as to this we know little, for while both of the localities in the State of Vera Cruz are well elevated (above 6,000 feet), Cartago lies in a valley between moder- ately high ranges of mountains, and Saussure' s specimen was stated to have come from the warm section of Mexico. General Characters. — Those of the genus and subfamily of which it is the only representative. Head. — Short, broad and deep; the upper lip emarginate, the lower jaw extending beyond the upper, both with the margin beaded. Face with a median depression between the eyes, this being flanked by a fold of skin with a sinuate border, superior to this lies a semicircular thickening, above which, between the ears, is a large appressed fan-like structure with a crenulate border; above each eye lies an irregular protuberance, bet\veen the eyes extends a narrow sinus which forms the lower margin of the folds mentioned abov^e; between the nostrils lies a flat oblong plale, the upper bordc of which is rounded in some specimens and produced in others, the nostrils being laterally bordered by raised converg- ing ridges which terminate below in lobes on the upper lip on each side of the central emargination, the latter having a small central lobule. The chin folds in the male are highly developed, num- bering three, the anterior one extending from one corner of the mouth to the other, and the posterior one from antitragus to antitragus, the whole being more or less thickly and heavily haired ; 'Peters, see Alston, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mamm., p. 53. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 29^ the anterior fold bears a central thickening which is enlarged and extends back toward the second fold which bears a central glandu- lar structure, the third fold having a fold of skin of very consid- erable lateral extent, the whole when pulled forward covering the lower part of the face as a mask ; the female presenting rudimen- tary folds on much the same pattern. Ears not exceeding the muzzle and bearing a large, rather elongate, apically rounded lobe on the internal margin; tragus moderately long, the external mar- gin bearing several lobules, those near the apex usually little developed. Limbs. — Forearm of moderate length, the thumb compressed, the third finger moderately long. Tibia and foot rather weak. Calcaneum short. Membranes and Fur. — Membranes moderately tough; the inter- space between the fourth and fifth digits and the digital area of the mesopatagium transversely gathered, the tension bars being corded. Uropatagium reaching beyond the middle of the femora, the margin haired. The fur extends upon the wing membrane to a line drawn between the elbow and knee. Color. — General color above between drab and broccoli brown (Ridgway's Nomenclature, PI. Ill), tending toward isabelline in some alcoholic specimens and mummy bi'own (PL III) in others; below isabelline. Membrane rather pale mars brown (PI. Ill), the interspace between the second and third digits, the gathered portions of the mesopatagium and of the interspace between the fourth and fifth digits semi-transparent. Skull. — The skull is short and deep, with the rostral portion very broad and steeply descending. Zygoma flaring. Palate short, twice as broad as long, the cleft being acute-angulate ante- riorly. Auditory bull?e flattened and not very conspicuous. The figure given by Peters (^.c. ) is excellent and will show many points hard to bring out in a description. Teeth. — Upper incisoi-s small, the central pair largest though little exceeding the others in vertical extent; apex bluntly conic, bifid or trifid; upper canines robust, with an anterior basal con- cavity; upper premolars very unequal in size, the first half the size of the second which bears several lobules on the posterior margin; upper molars twice as broad as long, the crowns rather flat with three principal cusps, the anterior one larger, the external 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, margin of each bearing one prominent anterior lobe and several posterior to this, the last one of which is considerably developed in the first molar. Lower incisors small, uniform, bifid; lower canines hastate, with an external l)asal shoulder; lower premolars unequal, the first a simple cone, the second larger, with a posterior shoulder; lower molars low, the anterior somewhat larger than the posterior, the latter ranging from subquadrate to subtriangulate in section, each bearing two low angulate cusps. Remarks. — It is evident that the species presents some diversity in size and probably some in color, but it is quite as evident that such variation is individual or sexual (the males ))eing on an aver- age slightly larger than the female), and cannot be separated into geographic forms. The single specimen from Costa Rica cannot be separated from specimens from Vera Cruz, jNIexico, and the five specimens (three males, two females) from ]Mirador present con- siderable variation among themselves. The species described by Lichtensteiu and Peters ( C. flavogu- laris) and Saussure ( C. mexicanus) can readily l)e jilaced as syno- nyms of C senex, Peters afterward admitting such to be the case with C. flavogidaris ; and Saussure' s C. mexieanus can be matched with specimens of senex, the difference in color ])eing very likely due to the length of immersion in the preserving fluid. The species C. mcmurtrii H. Allen was based on the adult male," the folds being in all px'obability secondary sexual characters. A close examination of the description of C. minor Ward shows that the describer was probably misled by Dobson's description of the chin folds, and in the absence of material for comparison he described a female which agrees exactly with two females before me; the discrepancies in measurement beng simply individual, while the second lower premolar of all the available specimens is more than half the size of the first and some are decidedly not triangu- lar in section. The describer of C. minor stated that he would not be surprised " if minor should eventually prove to be but a variety of senex." Specimens Examined. — Sex'en: one skin, five alcoholics and one odd skull. U. S. N. M., AWe, ale, Mirador, V. C, Mex. d. Coll. Dr. C. Sartorius. Type of Centurio mcmurtrii H. Allen. ^ " A fact quite evident on the examination of four males, one of which is the type of the species. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 U. S. N. M., HHt, ale, IMirador, V. C, Mex. d. Coll. Dr. C. Sartorius. A. N. S., 1,788, ale, Mirador, V. C, Mex. d. Coll. Dr. C. Sartorius. A. N. S., 1,787, ale, Mirador, V. C, Mex. 5. Coll. Dr. C. Sartorius. A. N. S., 5,500, ale, Mirador, V. C, Mex. 9. Coll. Dr. C. Sartorius. A. N. S., 5,063, skull. Pres. Dr. Harrison Allen, U. S. N. M, mil skin, Cartago, Costa Riea. d. Decem- ber, 1877. Coll. C. Cervantez. Pres. J. C. Zeledon. 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, d d d T-l •uaoiBJOji •} fc M •noijoujs -uob I'BJB CO in fO •8SB3 Ma iqSiOH l-H 1-< l-H Tl •in9Jd 6 iC in Oi VS iqStaH UO o in •mpiAv iC m in •ojemi „;mpiAv i> t- ■SAz ^B9J0 r-l 1—1 in •IIMS in (?J o qinnqx •1 d CO CO OT ■f-H ^ CO o (>} rH tH tH rH rH '"' 1-i rH 1-5 p C •snSBJX "J 1^ : gcS aS^ 1^ ao : £» ' (^ "S ■^ ^ ^ ■> X X . o"^ ■ si ^ i-j i_r _>i L2 iL^ :2 !_:•-; 5^ ;^ 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303 THE LIMITS OF VARIATION IN PLANTS. BY JOHN W. HAPvSHBERGER, PH.D. One of the most important questions on which the work of the biologist should be brought to bear is the problem of species. We see all living nature — animals and plants — divided into groups which are denominated species. These groups are often clearly and sharply defined, and, on the other hand, often very irregularly characterized. What are the causes which have brought this about ? What are the facts underlying the phe- nomenon of species ? Two difficulties are presented to the earnest student who attempts to formulate an answer to the above-men- tioned questions. The well-known reasoning starts from the fact that more animals or plants are born than can survive; some must therefore perish and leave no descendants, and only those persist which have structures and aptitudes that fit those organisms pos- sessing them to bear their part in the struggle for existence. On the whole, we find that the fittest will survive and breed. The first difficulty which presents itself is one which hangs on the magnitude of the variations by which new forms ai*ise. What are the limits of variation ? The older books on evolution consider that the variations by which new species arise are at first small. But if they are small, how can they be sufficiently useful to give to those organisms possessing them an advantage in the struggle for existence ? This is the difficulty of small or initial variations. The second difficulty is one known as that of the swamping efiiect of intercrossing. Granting that variations do occur, how can they be perpetuated ? For if the varying individuals breed with each other, will not these variations be obliterated ? The following statistical study was undertaken with the purpose of answering the first question, viz. : By what steps — by what integral changes, of what size — did the new form come into exist- ence? At the International Botanical Congress, held in Paris in 1900, M. Angel Gallardo spoke highly of the employment of the 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, statistical method in the study of variation/ and it appears to the writer that this method is the only accurate and scientific one that can be employed. Several plants, therefore, were chosen, because of their easy procurement, and measurements were made of their several parts and these measurements tabulated. Several striking facts were brought out during the course of the statistical inquiry, and these are referred to in their proper place throughout the paper. The following common plants were chosen for a somewhat detailed measurement of the parts mentioned, viz. : Fruits of the May apple {Podophyllum j^e/tofwju), leaves of the tulip poplar {Liriodendron tulipifera), leaves of the Japanese ivy {Ampelop.m VeitchW), fruits of white oak (Quercus alba), fruits of the swamp chestnut oak (Qaercus prinus paludris), leaves of the moon-seed {MenUpermum eanadense), entire plants of Indian turnip {Ari- scema triphyllum), leaves of bloodroot (^Sanguinaria canadensis), leaves of the tree of heaven (^Ailanthus glandxdosa) — the latter plant not being studied statistically, but in a comparative way to bring out some peculiarities of its pinnation. The material was used either in the green condition or it was used in the preserved state (dry or alcoholic). In all cases where leaves were taken, careful tracings were made by a sharp-pointed lead pencil upon ordinary drawing or raanila paper, and these tracings were after- ward accurately measured. The character of the material, whether fresh, dry or alcoholic, is mentioned in connection with the subjoined tables. Prof. Halsted' has shown that leaves suffer in drying, but in drying, as they all maintain the same relative size, the results which are mainly comparative do not seem to be vitiated. The measurement of the linear dimensions of the leaves and parts of the plants was made by a standardized boxwood scale manufactured by Keuffel & Essler Co., New York, which ruler was divided into centimeters, millimeters and half-millimeters, the length of the scale being twenty centimeters in all. Superficial dimensions, in order to be accurate and expressive of the real size of the leaf or other part, require a detailed trigonometrical calcu- ' 1900, Botanical Qazette, " Account of the International Botanical Con- gress,'' XXX, p. 405. ^Halsted, Bulletin lorrey Botanical Club, xxi, p. 127. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 lation of areas by means of the angles and the sides of plane and spherical triangles, the sides of squares, rectangles, Irapezoids and the like. Nothing being gained by such a mathematical study, measurements of the superficial extent of the vegetal parts are omitted. Linear dimensions in the tables are given in deci- meters, centimeters and millimeters. The weight of the fiuit and seeds of the May apple are given in grams and decimals of the gram. The volume in cubic centime- ters nas determined by the amount of distilled water displaced by putting the fruits, the carefully cleaned and dried seeds, in a vessel filled to the brim Avith that liquid. The linear measurements of the veins of the leaves used were obtained by adopting the following method of procedure. The midrib was first carefully measured, then the first line drawn on the left side from the base of the leaf to the apex of the first left lobe, and the second and third lines were also measured in the same manner.' The length of the parts on the right side was then determined, as also the depth in certain cases of the sinuses, beginning with the first sinus on the left of the middle lobe. Proceeding in the same way, after completing the measurements on the left, the right-hand side of the leaf was measured, the apex pointing away from one's person. The greatest width, of the several lobes is also given in the tables, and the width of the widest portion of the leaf itself is also stated by way of a com- parison. Measurements. Podophyllum peltatum (Mayapple). Twenty fruits were gathered in an open wood, carefully washed and wiped to remove adhering soil particles. After weighing, the volume of each fruit was determined, and afterward the seeds were removed, dried carefully, cleaned and weighed. The volume of the seeds was also ascertained by displacement. By subtracting the weight of the seeds from the weight of the fruit, the weight of the pulp may be ascertained, and in the same manner, by sub- * Measurements of the fifth and sixth leaves of Table IV, part 1 were made from a base line drawn from lowest part of the two basal lobes. In the same manner also for leaves 1, 2, 3 of Table III, part 1, for D and E leaves Table Y. 20 30() PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, tracting volumes, its volume. The following table (I) presents the results of these determinations: I. Fi'esJi Fruits of May apple {Podophyllum peltaUnn). Weight of Volume Number Weight of Volume 3 2; Fruit, of Seeds. Seeds, of in Grams. Fruit. ■ in Grams. Seeds. . 1 30.05 34 c.c. 44 0.70 1.00 c.c. 2 35.50 36 " 53 0.90 1.25 '• 3 27.00 30 " 43 0.45 0.75 " 4 28.50 30 " 43 0.55 1.00 " 5 32.50 36 " 36 0.38 0.75 " 6 27.00 26 " 36 0.40 0.75 " 7 27.00 30 " 58 0.80 1.00 " 8 23.10 25 " 32 0.30 0.75 " 9 19.80 18 " 28 0.05 0.50 " 10 22.60 30 " 33 0.25 O.oO " 11 20.50 28 " 43 0.43 0.75 " 12 19.00 20 " 42 0.32 0.75 " 13 17.00 17 " 31 0.05 0.50 " 14 16.50 18 " 82 0.25 0.50 " 15 16.50 13 " — 16 13.50 13 " 27 0.15 0.625" 17 14.70 10 " 3(5 0.20 0.50 " 18 13.80 15 " 39 0.20 0.50 " 19 10.30 10 " 2 0.06 20 14.50 9 " 42 0.35 0.875" A study of this table shows that the fize of the fruits and the number of the seeds varies within wide limits. The largest fruit with 52 seeds (No. 2) weighed 35.50 grams and displaced 36 c.c. of water. The smallest fruit (No. 19) with 2 seeds weighed 25.20 grams less, and displaced 10 c.c. of water, a difference of 26 c.c. This difference is due, without doubt, to imperfect fertilization of the ovules of the nineteenth plant. However, if we compare fruits No. 3 and No. 11, having the same number of good seeds, Ave find a very considerable difference; or if we institute a com- parison between fruits No. 5 and No. 17, we find the variations to be even more striking. The table also shows that the weight of the fruit largely depends on the amount of the pulpy pericarp. Sanguinaria canadensis (Bloodroot). There arise from the rootstock of this plant two lanceolate, membranous scale leaves, and a single palmate, glaucous foliage leaf variously lobed, sometimes only undulate. A reference to the table will show that the thirty-three leaves taken for comparison 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 are extremely variable, the variations beiug within wide limits. The first leaf, au evolved one, was the largest one measured. If it is contrasted with a juvenile leaf No. 15, one of the smallest leaves, a wide divergence is noted. It is important, however, to notice here that an absolute comparison cannot be drawn, because of the wide variation in parts of. the leaves themselves. For ex- ample, although in most of its dimensions leaf No. 15 is a small one, yet its midrib is longer than the midrib of No, 9, which is a middle-sized one. Therefore in comparing the large leaf No. 1 with the smallest leaf No. 15, these variables must be taken into consideration. It is important to distinguish between the juvenile and adult forms of leaves. The differences in the construction of the juve- nile and adult form are in general more different when the external conditions to which they are severally adapted are different, whilst if these do not operate, the primary leaves with which we have here first to deal are only arrested formations. In many plants reversion of the adult to the juvenile form frequently occurs. Evidently leaf No. 15 represents a juvenile form of leaf, that is, one derived from a rootstock which has been directly formed from the seedling plant, and the larger more deeply lobed leaves, such as No. 1, represent forms derived from a rhizome which has per- sisted for some years. In making these statistical measurements, therefore, the amount of the difference between the juvenile and adult forms is clearly set forth, as also the adult leaf variations mathematically expressed. In the accompanying tables (II and Ila), L. = length, W. = width of lobe, a star (*) beside a number indicates that the deter- mination of the width of that lobe was made by measuring the length of a perpendicular from a line drawn from the base of a leaf to the apex of the lobe. The measurements were made from a basal point where the primary veins of the leaf meet. Fresh leaves were used in making the sketches from which the dimensions later were taken. The lowest point of the leaf was ascertained by measuring from the vein of the last and lowest lobe of the leaf on the right and left sides to the apex of the most projecting curve or angle toward the base of the leaf. The breadth of the leaf was determined by measuring across the widest portion of the leaf lamina. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, 11. Sang uinaria canadensis. Left Sides of Leaves "s Mid-Lobe. 3 J. a 1 St Left Lobe '-S^ '2dLeftLobei's2,.- 1 .-J 3d Left Lobe "o 'H . *j 6 S<3 %^ £^§ S"? s ^ "" SS o-e2 •^s? ^ > c-^ 1^ L. W. L. W. L. w. L. W. q^ci 1 .130 .025 .034 .170 .023 .065 .120 .040 .065 .120 .040 .069 .085 2 .053 .018 .024 .055 .021 i .027 .050 .042 .020 .040 3 .112 .040 .050 .109 .038 1 .045 .100 .037 .037 .095 .039 .029 .074 4 .073 .02.5 .032 .070 .095 .022 .056 5 .063 .020 .037 .064 .027 .027 .051 .058 .044 6 .073 .028 .050 .071 .105 .026 .072 .060 7 .074 .029 .034 .062 .032 .026 .064 .064 .019 1 .047 8 .083 .026 .040 .081 .032 .030 .080 .077 .020 .078 .061 9 .046 .018 .047 .056 .017 .065 .087 .050 10 .055 .020 .050 .065 .017 .072 .105 .063 11 .063 .024 .040 .062 .095 .025 .056 .050 12 .070 .023 .037 .069 .027 .030 .064 .029 .021 .063 .046 .017 .050 13 .096 .043 .066 .100 .047 .047 .073 .096 .026 .069 14 .065 .022 .040 .067 .028 .025 .056 .028 .017 .058 .034 .016 .050 lb .050 .013 .030 .052 .072 .015 .046 .037 16 .057 .015 .033 .053 .082 .018 .053 .042 17 .104 .040 .050 .094 ■047 .043 .093 .037 .034 .090 .059 .027 .064 18 .083 .028 .040 .071 .026 .038 .070 .077 .028 .056 19 .090 .029 .038 .082 .030 .039 .064 .030 .02.5 .063 .045 .021 .053 20 .070 .031 .064 .068 .035 .035 .070 .028 .028 .073 .044 .022 .068 21 .090 .037 .063 .085 .040 .045 .077 .045 .028 .076 .050 .021 .067 22 .092 .036 .052 .092 .036 .044 .079 .042 .023 .076 .043 ! .023 .063 23 .087 .030 .045 .088 .044 .043 .078 .035 .020 .080 .040* .016 .060 24 .082 .026 .061 .075 .036 .045 .070 .086 .030 .070 25 .085 .032 .051 .088 .035 .040 .078 .036 .035 .074 .050 .022 .065 26 .070 .030 .033 .067 .032 .031 .063 .041* .021 .050 27 .097 .032 .066 .090 .032 .051 .086 .034 .035 .080 .051 .025 .080 28 .066 .028 .034 .061 .025 .029 .056 .029 .023 .056 .023* .015 .040 ■29 .097 .036 .051 .095 .043 .045 .091 .040 .034 .087 1 .038*, .026 .068 30 .088 .030 .054 .085 .036 .042 .083 .038 .031 ! .068 1 .060 1 .016 .062 Ila. Sanguinaria canadensis. RigJit Sides of Leaves. Num- ber of Leaf. 1st Right Lobe. Depth of First Right Sinus. 2d Right Lobe, Depth of 3d Right Lobe. Depth of Third Right Sinus. 1 Lowest Point L. W. L. W. Second Right Sinus. L. w. 1«3 Right ' Side. 1 .120 .032 .068 .121 .042 .066 .122 .046 .057 .242 .098 2 .048 .025 .045 .057 .095 .032 3 .108 .037 .044 .098 .035 .030 .097 .055 .027 .177 .074 4 .072 .(.91 .022 ,134 .051 5 .062 .024 .025 .062 .058 .110 .041 -6 .069 .030 .024 .067 .070 .139 .058 7 .065 .035 .026 .064 .050 .020 .127 .048 ■8 .083 .029 .026 .076 .076 .019 .074 .151 .055 9 .053 .016 .064 .085 .120 .052 10 .058 .016 .061 .095 .115 .057 11 .064 .092 .023 .053 .113 .041 12 .065 .028 .030 .064 .062 .020 .063 ".Oil .125 .051 13 .090 .043 .050 .066 .100 .030 .136 .080 14 .064 .024 .024 .050 .031 .019 .054 .037 .013 .12:5 .042 15 .052 .071 .012 .045 .098 .040 16 .052 .078 .018 .050 .106 .042 17 .092 .042 .046 .085 .056 .035 .085 .056 .024 .172 .064 18 .070 .028 .026 .067 .071 .026 .130 .063 19 .085 .025 .035 .070 .033 .029 .066 .063 .023 .128 .0.55 20 .070 .033 .036 .067 .035 .033 .069 .049 .021 .130 .066 21 .088 .043 .044 .072 .033 .025 .072 .050 .020 .145 .069 22 .088 .043 .043 .080 .045 .028 .075 .047 .022 .158 .062 t23 .080 .035 .043 .082 .036 .029 .081 .040* .023 .160 .062 24 .078 .033 .042 .067 .080 .023 .137 ,068 25 .086 .040 .046 .082 .032 .036 .072 .075 .024 .137 .060 •26 .067 .030 .031 .062 .042* .018 .123 .051 ^7 .089 .032 .048 .077 .035 .037 .076 .047 .019 .162 .076 28 .059 .024 .029 .055 .027 .026 .053 .030 .020 .108 .044 29 .092 .040 .042 .090 .037 .027 .086 .045* .028 .170 .062 m .092 .035 .040 .068 .030 .028 .oas .045 .030 .131 .060 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 Liriodendron tulipifera (Tulip Poplar). The leaves of this tree ai*e extremely variable, aud different forms of leaves are found by careful examination on the same tree, as so clearly shown by Holm/ who has reduced many of the fossil species established by Heer, Lesquereux and Saporta to the tulipifera form, by finding that a large number of the fossil leaves upon which specific characters were founded are duplicated by the leaves from living trees. GoebeF has shown that it is necessary, in studying leaf forms, to contrast the juvenile and adult condi- tions, because these vary from each other within wide limits. It is of course impossible to limit these sharply. The difference between these juvenile stages and the adult form may be more or less great. The present statistical inquiry is intended to mathe- maticallv contrast these variations. The juvenile forms of leaves in Liriodendron, beginning with the first leaf above the cotyle- dons, may be described as follows : The first leaf is obreuiform, i.e, two rounded lobes and rather deep angular sinus; the second leaf is approximately bilobed, somewhat squarer than a typical obcordate leaf; the third aud fourth leaves are deltoid with shallow apical sinus, and therefore almost horizontal on top; the fifth leaf from the cotyledons is four-lobsd with deep, rounded left and right sinuses, shallow apical sinus and two distinct obtuse apical lobes; the sixth leaf is entire, almost square, with two small lateral lobes and narrowed apical portion. In general, the first four or even five leaves on the very young tulip tree have the same form as the oldest and youngest on the branches of the full-grown tree. The best description of the adult leaf is by A, Michaux,^ as fol- lows: " Foliis abscisso-truncatis, quadri-lobatis," and this descrip- tion has been accepted by such authorities as Bentham and Hooker, aud Gray. Britton' describes the leaves in this manner: " Leaves glabrous, very broadly ovate or nearly orbicular in outline, trun- cate or broadly notched at the apex, truncate, rounded or coi'date at the base, 3'-6' long with 2 apical and 2-4 basal lobes with rounded sinuses, or occasional!}^ entire." The juvenile leaves, as above described, vary remarkably from those adult forms described * 1890. Holm, " Notes on the Leaves of Liriodendron," Proceedings of th& Neitioned Museum, XIII, p. 15. 'Goebel, Organograpliie der Pflanzen, I. Theil, pp. 121-15L ®1803, A. Michaax, Flora Boreali-Ainerkunn. p. 326. ' 1897, Britton and Brown, Illustreited Flora, II, p. 49. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, SO carefully by Britton and Michaux. In order to correlate the different varieties with one another, it is necessary to ask tAVO ques- tions: Is the leaf form an arrested one, or does it represent an advanced condition of growth ? I believe that all the forms known can be classified either as arrested, evolved or reverted forms. Before, however, making this classification, it is necessary to state the fact that the oldest and youngest leaf on the same branch show an entirely different form from the intermediate ones, of which the form with four-lobed leaf may be taken as the normal one for our Lirlodendron tuUpiJera^ The fact that the oldest and youngest leaf on the same branch can differ so much from the other ones seems to be almost constant for the full-grown tree. It must also be emphasized that the intermediate leaves have, in- stead of four lobes, sometimes six or even eight lobes as teeth. Arrested Leaves. — The oldest and youngest leaves which have a shape somewhat like those of the seedling plant are evidently arrested ones. The primordium of the youngest leaf of a normal branch has been arrested in its development at a certain stage, and therefore the leaf exhibits an evident often extremely different configuration. Reverted Leaves. — The gigantic leaves from the sprouts (meas- ures below) evidently belong to this category, and are in shape like leaf No. 5 of the seedling tree. Evolved Leaves. — The four-lobed leaves, whether provided with deep or shallow sinuses, and the six to eight-lobed leaves referred to above have acquired their different character by passing through a further transformation. In other cases where this rough classi- fication does not apply, the form of the leaf may be explained by the persistence or duration of the juvenile form, which produces leaves scarcely less variable than the others mentioned above. All of these facts have been taken into consideration in making the msasurements. In Table III are presented the measurements of two terminal normal branches, the leaves being counted from the base in an ascending direction. The amount of variation is shown by com- paring the leaves of the same position on the two shoots. The statistical study of the youngest, oldest and intermediate leaves of the normal branch brings out quantitatively the effect which the light exercises upon the development of the leaves. That light is *Holm, I. c. 1901.] NATURAL SCIEKCES OF nilLADELPHIA. 311 tlie coutrolliug influence in regulating the size of dorsiventral organs, such as foliage leaves, has been abundantly proven. The measurements presented in Table III will at some future time be compared with those obtained from seedling plants, so as more clearly lo present statistically the similarity of the youngest and oldest leaves of the normal shoot and the juvenile ones of the seedling tree. Table IV presents the statistical study of the leaves of a normal shoot taken from a tree growing at Raven Rock, Pa. In compar- ing the figures of this table with those of Table III, it is necessary to read from the bottom up, leaf No. 7 of Table IV being com- pared with leaf No. 1 of Table III. The leaves obtained from sprouts growing from a stump were out of all proportion to the size of the leaves on normally produced shoots. Table V shows the largest of the leaves studied to be .370 mm. long and .432 mm. wide. A comparison also of the leaves of the sprouts Avith each other indicates that a very considerable vari- ation occurs. By contrasting these sprout leaves with normal ones, the limits of the variations in this one plant are clearly set forth. Variations which are due to the reversion of the sprout leaves to the juvenile forms on the seedling plants, however, enormously increased in size. It should be mentioned, also, that the stipules of the leaves on the sprouts are correspondingly increased in size, are permanent and assimilative, not caducous, as the small stipules of normal leaves. Measurements of these stipules are also given: ///. Fresh Leaves of Liriocletulron tulipifera {two terminal shoots count- ing from bctse to apex). No. of Midrib First Second Third First Second Third i ^/'^l^J? Breadth Leaf. L.Vein. L.Vein. L.Vein. R.Vein. R.Vein. R. Vein Apex. of Leaf. 1 .062 .083 .050 .081 .048 .078 .090 2 .090 .111 .068 .109 .065 .100 .116 3 .078 .099 .068 .101 .065 .090 .115 4 .084 .103 .067 .103 .068 .080 .111 5 .075 .092 .058 .089 .036 .067 .093 6 .081 .104 .056 .105 .060 .097 .113 Second Shoot. 1 .08a .091 .075 .058 .098 .078 .063 .067 .136 2 .092 .108 .092 .072 .108 .088 .070 .071 .143 3 .094 .112 .092 .074 .115 .093 .073 .065 .140 4 .105 .121 .093 .133 .089 .073 .138 5 .087 .100 .079 .096 .075 .057 .105 6 .096 .108 .079 .112 .038 .068 .121 7 .082 .092 .073 .093 .073 .052 .098 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, IV. Normal Tree, Liriodendron tuUpifera, Raven Rock, July 4., 1900 {open leaves counted from top). °'P Midrib. First Second Third First Second Third Bre'dth Bre'dth 00 L.Vein. L.Vein. L.Vein. R.Vein. R.Vein. R.Vein. Apex. of Leaf. . 1 .135 .149 .120 .134 .141 .096 .164 Sf 2 .165 .188 .147 .193 .153 .143 .221 *« 3 .156 .184 .142 .182 .131 .134 .226 gg 4 .147 .172 .126 .185 .146 .130 .213 5q 5 .156 .186 .157 .110 .179 .141 .102 .128 .236 •^ B 6 .133 .153 .105 .068 .156 .103 .069 .122 .182 E-i 7 .080 .102 .083 .060 .093 .066 .044 .069 .133 P- S t" - 1 .068 .087 .075 .051 .088 .075 .051 .060 .115 Lea fro Lat6 Sprc 2 .076 .095 .076 .055 .090 .068 .046 .070 .127 V. Leaves of Liriodendron tuUpifera Produced on Sprouts from the Stump {alcoJioUc material). No. of Leaf. Stipule. Midrib. First L.Vein. Second L.Vein. First R. Vein Second R. Vein Width Across Apex. Width of Leaf. Width ofL'w'r Lobes. i 1-1 s h4 i a a) .a C 0 =»! 1 .031 .016 .035* .039* .028* ^5 2 .028 .017 .097 .110 .114 .088 .053 .022 CO^j 3 .027 .018 .082 .108 .110 .085 .115 %? 4 .040 .027 .370 .308 .213 .312 .253 .187 .432 .083 3a, 5 .033 .034 .180 .198 .142 .212 .170 .121 .381 .056 I'S A .063 .044 .320 .362 .275 .355 .275 .203 .430 .108 ^>R B .276 .310 .227 .311 .245 .210 .432 .090 C .300 .337 .270 .338 .225 .218 .455 .100 IS D .343 .380 .300 .370 .282 .225 .435 .070 S^IE 1 .322 .342 .238 .364 .275 .206 .430 .074 * Unopened leaves. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313 Menispermum canadense (Moonseed). The leaves of two entire plants of this species were taken, the leaves being numbered from the apex toward the base. In the first place, the table shows the limits of variability in the adult leaves of the same stem, and also contrasts the individual leaves of the two plants, leaf 5 or 6 of one plant being compared with leaf 5 or 6 of the other plant: VI. Menispermum canadense {tico plants in fresh state). No. of Leaf. Mid- vein. First L.Vein. Second L.Vein. Third L.Vein. First Second R. Vein R. Vein Third R. Vein Width of Petiole Attach- ment to "3) s a S Leaf. Lower Edge. ►-^ •-' ^ ^ 1 .012 .011 .010 .012 2 .021 .015 .014 .018 3 .020 .016 .009 .016 .010 .024 .004 4 .029 .031 .013 .021 .013 .033 .003 I. 5 .040 .032 .019 .030 .019 .050 .005 6 .052 .044 .029 .040 .026 .058 .004 7 .062 .054 .039 .051 .032 .071 .008 8 .079 .071 .056 .041 .073 .058 .044 .100 .009 9 .043 .044 .034 .028 .041 .035 .026 .065 .004 1 .008 .008 .008 .012 .030 2 .018 .015 .014 .022 .002 3 .033 .028 .020 .026 .018 .038 .005 4 .053 .047 .037 .041 .032 .065 .008 II. 5 .067 .059 .050 .054 .045 .084 .007 6 .067 .055 .047 .054 .047 .082 .007 7 .060 .056 .051 .036 .054 .038 .038 .071 .008 8 .057 .056 .036 .034 .048 .040 .032 .058 .005 9 .049 .045 .034 .029 .045 .036 .028 .062 .003 Quercus alba (White Oak). The size of the nuts enclosed by the cupule in the oak varies in an interesting manner. The fruits of two species of oak collected by Dr. J. T. Kothrock on October 19, 1863, were studied statis- tically. It is supposed that the fruits in drying preserved the same relative size that they had when in the fresh, fully ripe condition. The three swamp chestnut oaks from which the fruits were obtained were standing close together, and each was fully three feet iu diameter. Table VIII presents the measurements of the swamp chestnut oak acorns, and Table VII those of the white oak : 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF VIL Quercus alba. [April, Large Fruits {Bry), Oct. 20, 1S63. No. of Acorn. Length. Breadth. 1 .026 .018 2 .025 .016 3 .023 .016 4 .021 1 .015 Small or Ordinary Fruits. 1 .020 1 .014 2 .019 .014 3 .017 .013 4 .018 .013 5 .018 .013 6 .020 .014 VIII. Quercus prinus var. palustris. \ Small Fruited {Dry) October 19, 1S63. No. of Acorn. Length. Breadth. 1 .015 .013 2 .016 .013 3 .015 .014 4 .015 .014 5 .015 .013 6 .016 .014 7 .016 .014 Middle Sized Fruit. 1 .021 .017 2 .020 .017 3 .018 .016 4 .018 .016 5 .017 .015 6 .017 .016 7 .017 .015 Large Fruits. 1 .023 .019 0 .022 .021 3 .022 .020 4 .022 .020 5 .019 .018 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315 Arissema triphylluni (Indian Tuniip). Two plants were collected in the woods at Shawmont, Pa., grow- ing under exactly similar conditions of soil and light exposure. The following measurements present in a statistical manner the variations which occur in the leaves and other parts of the two plants. The number of perfect fruits depended upon the success of the process of fertilization. The number of seeds in each berry varies from 1 to 4 in number: IX. Ariscema triphyllum {tioo plants). Number Corm. Scape. Petiole. Leaf Sheath. Fruits. of Plant. Width. Height. Length. Length. Length. Perfect. Abor- tive. First Plaut 2d f^^Leaf ^^^°* JBLeaf .030 I J .033 .835 .430 j .030 .665 .645 .260 ! 55 86 10 X. Arismma triphyllum {leaves of two plants). Number of Plant. Mid- Leaflets. 1st Left Leaflet. 2d Left Lobe or Leaflet. 1st Right Lobe or Leaflet. 2d Right Lobe or Leaflet. .a ■a c J3 5 o a 1 -a o 1-5 % i 2 5 First Plant .194 .155 .215 .145 .075 .030 lobe lobe .225 .146 .155 .094 Second ^^ Leaf.... ^^^°*^BLeaf.... .178 1.159 .195 .137 .220 .147 .1801.123 1 .152 .083 .218 .180 .150 .116 .157 .078 .083 Ampelopsis Veitchii (Japanese Ivy). The measurements of the leaves of this plant are presented in Table X. The young plants have normally trifoliate leaves and unifohate ones interspersed. The seedlings always have trifoliate leaves without any unifoliate ones. This points to the ancestor of 316 I'ROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, both the Japanese species (Amjielopsis Veitchii) and the American species (A. quinquefolia) as oue with three leaflets, the Japanese species later becoming uuifoliate, the American species developing five leaflets, the seedlings of both plants being trifoliate. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 317 Ailanthus glandulosa (Tree of Heaven). Some interesting facts were brought out in the study of the leaves of this species. Two kinds of leaves were met with, viz., trans- formed or evolved leaves and arrested ones. In order properly to understand the variations which have taken place, it is necessary to refer to the seedling condition as a starting-point. According to Lubbock,' the first leaves are compound, trifoliate, petiolate, exstipulate; terminal leaflets acuminate, subacute, entire; lateral ones slightly toothed, ultimately glabrescent, petiolate, light green, alternately pinnate-nerved ; petioles ribbed or striated, covered with short glandular hairs; the young leaves are also covered with fine silky hairs near their edges. The normal fully developed leaves are pinnate with an odd leaflet provided, as a rule, with from 5 to 9 pairs of lateral leaflets. The youngest leaves of the side or terminal branches are juvenile in form and of two kinds, viz., undeveloped or arrested juveniles and seedhng juveniles. For example, on one branch the lowest leaf is broadly lanceolate with two small lobes with glandular apices on the upper entire margin; the lower side has a larger glandular tipped lobe and an acute sinus. This leaf is an arrested juvenile one, the primordium growing out into the terminal leaflet before the formation of the paired lateral ones. The second leaf of the same branch is pin- nately trifoliate; the lateral j)aired leaflets asymmetric, cut away obliquely on the lower margin and rounded on the upper, while the terminal leaflet is broadly ovate, acuminate with a single basal, glandular-tij^ped lobe on the upper margin. The other leaves of this branch are pinnate with an odd leaflet provided with 5 to 6 pairs of lateral leaflets. The odd leaflet is lanceolate with two glandular teeth on the lower margin and one on the upper. The second branch studied shows a somewhat similar condition of affairs; the earliest formed leaf is more deeply lobed at the base, each lobe with rather deep sinuses, the upper narrow sinus cutting in almost to the midrib. The terminal leaflets of the pinnate leaves are also narrowly lanceolate with glandular teeth at the base. One leaf, however, is abruptly pinnate by the non- development of the terminal odd leaflet. Two divergent types of leaves may be said thus to exist on the same tree, one type of leaf being due to the arrestment cf the »1892, Lubbock, Seedlinc/s, I, p. 327. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [April, terminal odd leaflet. Several steps in this suppression of the odd leaflet were gathered. One pinnate foliage leaf shows a very narrow somewhat unequally trilobed odd leaflet; another a still narrower almost linear, glandular-toothed terminal leaflet. A third one has a filiform odd leaflet; a fourth pinnate foliage leaf has a simple boss in place of the odd leaflet, this small protuber- ance seeming to persist as a rudiment in all of the leaves studied. This arrestment of the normal development is carried a step far- ther, the terminal paired lateral leaflets beginning to manifest a reduction in size, becoming in one leaf studied small, elliptical in outline with a retuse apex, all the other leaflets studied having an acuminate apex. The other line of variation stai-ts with the lanceolate odd leaflet which becomes increasingly broader. Some have a rounded, retuse apex, others have an acuminate point. From simple glandular teeth at the base of the odd leaflet, these glandular teeth increase in size until they become glandular tipped lobes separated from each other by rather shallow, acute sinuses, this line of advanced development proceeding until the terminal leaflet reaches a broadly ovate, trilobed form, each lobe being narrowly acuminate. Finally, as if to approach a climax, one of these lobes becomes almost distinct at the base, but is still concres- cent with the basal part of the leaflet and the upper side of its petiole. In another leaf gathered, as representing the climax, this lanceolate entire basal lobe is separated by the cutting in of the sinus to the midrib; the asymmetric upper portion also becomes deeply lobed by the formation of rounded depressions. The lateral intermediate leaflets of the pinnate leaves are all asymmetric with an oblique base, the obliquity inclining downward. A glandular tooth is usually found on the upper and lower margins; if three glands are present, two are found on the lower margin, oue^on the upper. If only one gland is present it is always on the rounded, oblique lower edge. Occasionally a basal, rounded, glandular- tipped lobe is found on the lower edge of the lateral pinuie of a large foliage leaf. We cannot doubt that asymmetry of leaflets chiefly appears when their parts are unsymmetrically related to their environment."' We may say in general, with Herbert Spen- cer, that that side of the leaf is the smaller which is shaded, and ^^ Herbert Spencer, Principles of Biology, II, p. 113. 1901.] NATUKAL SCIKMCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319 that the obliquity of the leaf is occasioned by its fitting itself to utilize the space at its disposal. Summary and Conclusion. 1. This study of the limits of variations in plants was under- taken as, in part, a contribution to the problem of species. 2. Moreover, this study was undertaken to provide statistical data which would throw light upon the difficulty, from an evolu- tionary standpoint, of small or initial variations. 3. Considerable vai'iation in the size and shape of leaves is evi- dent, and the amount of the variation was determined statistically; the weight and volume of fruits were calculated ; the number of seeds was determined. 4. The quantitative amount of variation in the juvenile, arrpsted and transformed leaves of a number of plants was also determined and tabulated. 5. In Liriodendrontulljjifera, Sanguinaria canadensis, and Ailan- thus glandulosa it was ascertained that variation in the size and configuration of the leaves of these plants is in part due to t he persistence of juvenile forms, to the arrested development of such leaves, to their evolution and transformation to higher forms. The amount of these diflereuces Avas also tabulated. 6. In conclusion, it may be stated that these changes in most cases are due to two causes: the internal hei^editary impulse deter- mining, as in Ailanthus glandulosa, the asymmetry of the lateral paired leaflets, and the direct environmental influence fitting the leaf to utilize the space at its disposal, and thus enabling it to present the largest amount of leaf surface to light action. We have, therefore, in the tables an exact mathematical expression of the influence of the various operating factors which determine plant form. 320 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^lay, May 7. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, jNI.D., in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. May 14. The President, Samuel G. Dixox, M. D. , in the Chair. Fifteen persons present. Demonstration that Plants (jive off Oxyrjen. — Dr. Ida A. Keller remarked that there is no process in plant life of greater import- ance than the evolution of oxygen in the synthetic preparation of starch by the chlorophyll in the presence of sunlight. In teaching such physiological phenomena it is important to demonstrate them in such a manner as to leave no doubt in ihe mind of the pupil. The method usually described (by Detmer and others) to illustrate this process is quite familiar to all students of botany. It is repre- sented by figure 1. A piece of Elodea Canadensis is placed in a jar containing water. A funnel is inverted over the plant and a test tube filled with water is inverted over the funnel. The water is charged with carbon dioxide and the apparatus is placed in the sunlight. Ver}' soon bubbles of gas are disengaged and collected in the test tube. The gas may then be shown to be oxygen. Oq account of ihe limited capacity of the apparatus employed and the comparatively small extent of the assimilating surface, this method is not very useful for purposes of demonstration because of the small volume of gas liberated. 2 s She had found the following extremely satisfactory : — A receiver 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321 holding two or three litres is employed and into this a considerable quantity of Cabomba Carolinlana or Myrio2:>hyllam sjncatuvi is introduced (fig. 2). The water is thoroughly charged Avith carbon dioxide and the plants are then exposed to the sunlight. Little streams of gas are seen to pass upward from various points, and when sufficient gas has collected at the top of the flask, the latter is immersed in a tank of water in a horizontal position in such a manner that the gas is directly under the opening (fig. 3). On turning the stop-cock and applying a splinter of wood with a spark on the end of it the gas will be found to be oxygen. When the supply of carbon dioxide in the water has been exhausted the plant will no longer give off bubbles of oxygen. The process may be again initiated by passing carbon dioxide into the receiver. Before testing it is best to allow the carbon dioxide to become exhausted, since in recharging the water it is impossible to avoid collecting some of this gas over the liquid and adulter- ating the oxygen. On standing it is gradually absorljed by the water and consumed by the plant. In any case the gas collected is not pure oxygen, but it is sufficiently rich in this substance to make an eflectiv'e demonstration. The deaths of D. Shepherd Holman, a member. May 13, and of Thomas C. Porter, a correspondent, April 27, were announced. May 21. Mr. Charles INIorris in the Chair. Seventeen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: " Fishes from the Caroline Islands," by Henry W. Fowler. " Types of Fishes," by Henry W. Fowler. Strudure of Diatoms. — Mr. Frank J. Keeley remarked that in studying ihe structure of diatom valves some years ago the method employed : mounting broken valves at right angles to the cover glass, proved efficient for most of the coarsely marked forms, but failed with certain species of Aulacodlscus. Such forms as ^-1. SoUittianns, A. uiargarataceous, etc., yielded satisfactory sectional views and proved not to differ materially in structure from Coscmodiscus ; but another group, including A. Oreganus, A. Rogersii, A. Jaaischii, etc., proved too opaque for the elucidation of their structure by this method. Further exam- 21 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, ination of fragments in which the plates were separated indicated, however, that the typical "honeycomb" cellular structure was likewise present in these species, but masked by the unusual char- acter of the external plate, which differs from that of other dia- toms in having the finer secondary structure between, rather than over, the large cells of the middle plate. Recently, with the view of further determining the relations of this structure to that of other species, a special mount was pre- pared, including A. Oreganus, A. RogersH, with typical species of Coscinodiscus, Triceratlwn, Actinocydus, Actinoptyclius, etc. The various forms were arranged in a line on a square cover-glass, supported on the slide by bands of cement at two opposite edges, thus permitting fluids of varying refractive indices to be passed under the cover and withdrawn by the use of blotting paper in the manner familiarly known as " irrigation." The fluids employed consisted of absolute alcohol, cedar oil, oil of cassia and mixtures of same, giving refractive indices from about 1.37 to over 1.60. Starting with the lowest refractive index, the appearance of each diatom was carefully noted under low, medium and high aperture objectives, and it was found that all the species represented, with the exception of the two Aulaco- discii, became fainter as the refractive index was increased up to about 1.435, when they were entirely invisible, except where in contact Avith the cover glass. As the index of the medium sur- rounding them was increased above this point they became more distinct, the coarser forms being almost opaque in oil of cassia. This is exactly what should have been expected, either on theo- retical grounds or based on previously published experiments, but in the case of the two species of Aulacodiscus mentioned the distinctness of visibility under a low power seemed to increase from the start, and in the medium where other forms disappeared they were even more strongly outlined than in alcohol, while under an oil immersion-objective no difference could be noted in the sharpness and contrast with which the secondary structure was shown in any of the various fluids, although portions of the internal j^lates, which extended beyond the external plate in broken forms, were extin- guished with the rest of the diatoms on the slide, showing that the ■anomalous behavior of these siiecies was confined to the external plate, containing the secondary structure. Neither heating to redness on platinum foil nor boiling in strong acids has the least effect on the appearance of the secondary structure, nor is there anything to indicate that its appearance is due to diflerence in composition rather than of structure. With the facts at present available it would be useless to hazard a conjecture as to the true nature of this structui-e, but it may be safely affirmed that in the external plate of this group of species of Aulacodiscus we have a structure essentially difierent from that found among other diatoms. 1901.] NATURAL SCIEN'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323 Aulacodiscu-s Oregamus is one of the few diatoms that show bright colors with central transmitted light. The two valves of this species included on slide under observation, when examined with a three-fourths-inch objective of .25 IST. A., were bronze-yellow when dry, yellowish gray in alcohol, bluish gray in medium of 1.41 R.I., iridescent blue in medium of 1.44 R.I., deep greenish blue in cedar oil, dark green and pink in oil of cassia. The question of colors shown by diatoms in direct light has recently been treated in the Journal of the Queckett Club, with special reference to Actinocyclus Ealfsil, by E. jM. Nelson, who has shown that the color cannot be due to diftraction. The two valves of A. Ralfsii which were included in the previously described slide showed only pale brown and grayish tints in media of R.I. below 1.50, and extinguished with the other forms in one of R.I. about 1.48. In cedar oil one valve showed a blue color and in oil of cassia both became brilliant with green, blue, purple and yellow. Under wide aperture objectives the color is not visible when diatom is sharply in focus, but appears as soon as thrown slightly out of focus. This color appears to be due to dispersion, and its nature and cause might possibly be further elucidated by studying the effect produced by different media such as were employed in this case. May 28. ]\[r. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Eighteen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: " Contributions to the Life History of Plants, No. XV," by Thomas Meehan. " Observations on the Placenta and Young of Dasypus sex- ciuctus, " by Henry C. Chapman, M.D. The death of Dr. D. B. McCartee, a corresj)ondeut, July 1, 1900, was announced. ]Mr. Adolph Fredholm was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed: 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^lay, FISHES FROM CAROLINE ISLAND. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. In the Proeeeclings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for 1899, pp. 482 to 496, the writer has wrongly ascribed to the Caroline Islands a collection of fishes the Academy had lately received. The error was due in part to the similarity of names and in part to confusion of labels. The Caroline Islands, sometimes called New Philippines, com- prise the greater part of IMicrouesia, and are entirely different and remote from the Caroline Island. Caroline or Thornton Island is a group of low coral islands on a single reef seven miles long and one mile wide, situated in Lat. 10° 0' 01" S., Long. 150° 14' 30" W. Since the collection referred to came into the Academy's posses- sion, others from the estate of Prof. E. D. Cope have been re- ceived. Among these were a few fishes from Caroline Island, none of which are recorded in the preceding paper. To Dr. H. A. Pils- bry, who has examined these later collections, I am indebted for more complete and precise data. He states that the collections were made by Mr. C. D. Voy, who was an enthusiastic collector residing in California a number of years ago. He accumulated private collections, of which he disposed, using the proceeds to make an expedition across the Pacific to New Zealand. Upon this expedition he visited the Sand- wich Islands and several of the islands of the south seas, among them Caroline Island, where all the fishes were collected. At least the Academy has not received any from other localities visited on this expedition. How Prof. Cope obtained the collection I do not know. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325 1, CarcharMnus melanopterus (Quoy and Gaimanl). CarcJiarias melanopterus Quoy aud Gaimard, Voyage de I'Uranie, Zool., 1324, p. 194, PI. 43, figs. 1 et 2. No. 23,768. (Dried skin.) Form of the body elongate. Head rather flattened or com- pressed and with a rounded obtuse snout. Eyes lateral. No spiracle. The origin of the D. is much nearer the origin of the P. than the origin of the V. The tip of the D. not reaching the origin of the V. when depressed. The origin of the posterior D. is slightly in advance of the origin of the A. Upper lobe of the caudal long. All of the fins with a black distal spot or edge. Above dark brownish, below whitish. Total length with caudal 47 cm. HOLOOENTRID^. 8. Holooentrus microstomus (Gunther). Holoce/iti'um microstoma Giiuther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., I, 1859, p. 34. No. 23,769. A single small specimen, appearing to agree in most particulars with the descriptions of the present species. The black D. spots upon the upper portion of the membranes between the first 4 spines distinct. There are also 4 blackish spots upon the upper surface of the head. SOARID^. 3. Scarus T There are a number of pharyngeal teeth in the collection which belong either to species of the present genus or Pieudoscarus. TEUTHIDID^. 4. Teuthis triostegus (Liunteus). Cheetodoii triostegus LiarKsas, Syst. Nat. Ed. X, 1753, p. 274. Nos. 23,771 and 23,772. 5. Teuthis sp.? No. 23,770. A young specimen resembling species of Acronurus described by Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus,, III, 1861, p. 346. The depth of the body is Ih iu the length without caudal. Crests of the head serrated. 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [^lay, TETRAODONTID^. 6. Spheroides sp'? No. 23,773. The skin is perfectly smooth above, and the inflated abdomen is beset with rather large and sparsely distributed prickles. The eye is contained about twice in the somewhat flat interorbital space. The origin of the D. in advance of the A. Above blackish, below lighter, and the caudal with a median black blotch. Sides of the body with a number of blackish spots about the size of the eye. This example is in very bad condition. OANTHIGASTERID^. 7. Canthigaster margaritatus (RUppel). Tetraodon margaritatus Riippel, Atlas zu der Reise ira Xiirdl. Afrika, 1826, p. 66. Nos. 23,774 and 2-3, 77-5. SCORP^NID^. 8. Pterois radiata Cu\ier and Valenciennes. Pterois radiata Cavier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., IV, 1829, p. 271. Nos. 23,776 and 23,777. BLENNID^. 9. Salarias periophthalmus Cuvier and Valenciennes. Salarias periophthalmus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 1836, p. 230, PI. 328. No. 23,778. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327 TYPES OF FISHES. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. The history of the Academy's collection of fishes, like that of others in possession of the Society, begins with contributions during the early days of its existence. These contributions were at first mainly small donations from members and others, the number gradually increasing by additions from special regions. In 18(38 we find that owing to the then greatly increased size of this depart- ment of ihe museum, a joint report of a Committee on herpetology and ichthyology was printed. Exploration of different parts of America then furnished the xVcademy with many of the most valuable additions. Accessions were received from Dr. J. K. Townseud, Prince Charles Lucien Bonaparte, Drs. W. 0. Ayres, \V. S. W. Ruschenberger, Charles Hering, William A. Hammond, Charles C. Abbott, J. H. Slack, H. C. Woo.l, W. II. Jones, Messi's. Samuel Ashmead, P. Duchaillu, Samuel Powel, Rev. Alden Grout, Prof. William M. Gabb, the Smithsonian Institu- tion, Prof. E. D, Cope, and the United States Fish Commission. Many other collections of greater or less size were also received, but as tlie writer wishes to call attention to only a few of the more important reference to them may be omitted. INIost of these have been treated of fully or in part in the publications of the Academy or other American journals. The collection of Prince C. L. Bonaparte was purchased and presented by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, who was also a generous con- tributor to many other departments of the Academy. This collec- tion, consisting for the most part of Italian fishes, contained all the species figured and described in the Fauna Italiea, most of which are still well preserved. The greater part of ihis collection consisted of alcohohcs, though there were 177 examples of dried skins. Mr. Ashmead' s collections were mostly local, like those of Dr. Abbott, who published a number of his observations. Dr. Ayres 828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, made collections principally in California, Dr. Hammond in Kan- sas and Mr. Powel in Rhode Island. In the West Indies Dr. Van Rijgersma collected at St. Martins, Dr. Griffith in St. Croix and Dr. H. C. Wood in New Providence. Dr. Hering collected fishes in Surinam and Dr. Ruschenberger at Rio Janeiro and various other localities. Many of the most valuable additions were pre- sented by the Smithsonian Institution, among which are a series of typical examples, mostly Catostomidse and Cyprinidae. The explorations in the west and southwestern regions of tlie United States secured many novelties described by Dr. Charles Girard and Prof. S. F. Baird. The most extensive and numerous contributions are due to the exertions of Prof. E. D. Cope. Collections from the Kanawha, Holston and Roanoke rivers included large series of species with many types. His entire alcoholic collection was bequeathed to the Academy, including many fresh -water fishes from the upper Amazons, made by Prof. James Orton and John Hauxwell. The fishes obtained in the province of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, should be mentioned, as they are the basis of Cope's last im- portant contribution to South American ichthyology. His other noteworthy collections are from Pennsylvania, North Carolina, Texas and Florida. In the present paper it is intended only to treat of the Marsi- pobranchii, Selachii and Ganoidei, and it is believed that refer- ences to all the typical representatives of these groups that are pre- served in the collections are included. I have appended rather rough descriptions of the alimentary or enteric canal to most of the species fit for dissection, which are represented by duplicates. To the authorities of the Academy I am much indebted for per- mission to make these dissections from duplicate specimens. PETROMYZONID^. 1. lohthyomyzon concolor (KirUund). Ammoc(£tes concolor Kirtland, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., Ill, 1841, p. 473, PI. XXVII, %. 1. No. 354. Type of Ammoaeies mpytera Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Fhila., 1660, p. 327. Ohio river. Dr. Hildreth. As I am unable to determine this larval specimen satisfactorily, I have followed Profs. Jordan and Evermann in provisionally 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF FHILADELPHIA. 329 referring it lo the above species. It has about 5G muscular bauds between the posterior gill-opening and the anus. SCYLLIORHINID^. 2. Pristiurus melastomus (Rafinesartc. Aclpcnser ndccdrii^onap^xte, Fauua Italica, Pesci, Tomo HI, XVI, XVII, 1836, 87, PI. 129, fig. 2. Nos. 624 and 625. Types of Acipenser naccarii Bonaparte. Mediterranean. Bonaparte Coll. (No. 2). Dr. T. B. Wilson. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339 Mouth. — Moderately large and capacious. No asperities what- ever upou the walls aud teeth absent. No buccal flaps. A broad tongue, bluntly rounded aud hardly free in front. Pharynx. — Rather large, long and compressed, and also destitute of asperities. The apertures of spiracles are placed superior and anterior to the first gill-opening. The gill-openings are 5 in num- ber, the first the largest and the others gradually decreasing in size until the last, which is the smallest or shortest. They all commu- nicate with the branchial chamber, forming 4 separate or free branchial arches and one adnate to the posterior part of the pharynx. The four free branchial arches are furnished with the usual complement of gill-filaments, distributed along their outer edges. No gill -filaments upou the last branchial arch. Upon the inner anterior and posterior edges of the branchial arches are short, fleshy, filamentous gill rakers. They are not very numerous, not A- the length of the longest gill-filaments, and longest medianlv. The branchial arches themselves seem rather broad. CEsophagus. — The enteric canal is now somewhat consiricted, jDersisting posteriorly until under the posterior portion of the air- bladder, when it turns and is produced anteriorly until posterior to the pericardial cavity. Here it forms a somewhat exaggerated condition known as the stomach. The oesophagus is connected by a large tube, though short, with the air-bladder. This is placed a short distance from the pharynx and upon the first or upper division of the oesophagus. Sto)iiach. — Rather small and apparently not very capacious or distensible. The walls are considerably thickened, the tissue being muscular. After this the pyloric region is marked by a large, compressed and rounded sac, which is nearly as large as the stomach itself. Intestine. — The duodenum persists first posteriorly, then runs forward a short distance, after which the colon is formed. Its walls are porous and not muscular. The colon is furnished with a spiral valve and no rectal gland is present. The rectum is well developed. Liver. — Large, anterior and superior, and bilobed. Ryder ^ says under Acijyenser brevirostris Le Sueur: "How much more extensive than the Delaware River its range may be I 1 Bull. U. S, Fish Comm., VIII, 1888, p. 236. ~ 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [May, have no rneans of knowing, as I have found only one specimen, besides the five obtained by myself at Delaware City, which can be regarded as an authentic example of the species. This single specimen is in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and consists of a dried and stuffed varnished skin marked in white paint ' 84.' It agrees in every essential external particular with my own alcoholic specimens, but no record of its his- tory is accessible amongst the catalogues of the collections of that institution ; all traces of the old manuscript catalogues of the Bonaparte and the other old collections of fishes belonging to the Academy's museum having been lost. I have, however, the strongest suspicion that this specimen, which is evidently very old, judging from its present condition, may be one of the originals of Le Sueur's description published in the Transactions of the Ameri- can Philosophical Society for 1818, though it does not correspond in minor details. That it may possibly be one of the types of the species seems to me not 'at all improbable, from the fact that Le Sueur was also one of the early members of the Academy and may have presented the specimen." I have not been able to find this specimen, and so far as I know the only specimen from Le Sueur's collection at present in the Academy is his Cyprinus maxUlingiia. Many of the typical speci- mens he described were in the old Philadelphia Museum, and after its dissolution they may have been destroyed in the conflagration of P. T. Barnum, who purchased part of the natural history material. For a short account of Peale's Museum see Stone, Auk, XVI, 1899, pp. 167 to 169. LEPISOSTEID^, 20. Lepisosteus osseus (Linnaus). J^so£ osseus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 313. No. 16,971. Type of Lepldosteus crassus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 86. (Dried skin.) Cope says: " The type specimen was probably taken in brackish water at Bombay Hook, near the mouth of the Delaware river." In the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, a Lepisosteus, most likely this specimen, is entered among the donations to the museum on the 8th of March as " Gar Fish. Lepldosteus bison? Caught in the Delaware river at Bombay Hook. Presented by INIr. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341 Andrew Vauderslice. " No. 14,405 is a specimen belonging to the present species which was secured in the Delaware Bay many years ago. It is labeled as having been obtained from Mr. Holbrook. No. 1^0,968. Type of Lepidosteus otarius Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 86. (Dried skin.) This specimen was one of a collection of fishes said by Prof. Cope,' to have been " brought from the Platte river, near Fort Riley, by Dr. William A. Hammond." It is very evident, as Profs. Jordan and Evermann have observed, " Fort Riley was on the Kansas river." 21. Lepisosteus platostomus Rafinesque. Lepisosteus platostomus Rafinesque, Ichth. Oh., 1820, p. 72. No. 16,958. Type of Cylindrostrem productus Cope, Proc. Acad. Ned. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 86. San Antonio, Tex. (Dried skin. ) Dr. A. L, Heermann. EXPLANATION TO PLATES XII, XIII, XIV, XV. Plate XII, fig. 1. — Acipenser naccarii Bonaparte. Fig. 2. — Pristinrus melastomus (Rafinesque). Plate XIII, fig. 3. — Galeus mustelus (Linnains). Fig. 4. — Gnleorhinus galeus (Linnteus). Plate XIV, fig. 5. — Raja punctata Risso. Fig. 6. — Dasyatis ciolacea (Bonaparte). Fig. 7. — Raja miraletus Linnaeus. Plate XV, fig. 8. — Tetronarce nobiliaua (Bonaparte). Fig. 9. — Dasyatis brucco (Bonaparte). The letters referring to the different parts of the viscera are the same in all the figures : a. left lobe of liver ; h. right lolje of liver ; c. stomach ; d. pyloric region ; t'. spleen ; /. small intestine ; g. colon ; h. rectal gland ; i. rectum ; k. median Jobe of liver ; I. air bladder ; m. oesophagus. ^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PMla., 1865, p. 85. 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juue, June 4. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. A paper entitled " New Japanese Marine and Fresh-water j\Iol- lusca, " by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication. Occurrence of Hyla andersonii at Clementon, jS\ J. — ]\Ir. Wit- imer Stone exhibited a specimen of Hyla andersonii obtained at Clementon, N. J., May 12, 1901, by Mr. Henry L. Viereck, and presented by him to the Academy. The species was heretofore known only from five examples — the type secured at Anderson, S. C. ; one oblained by Dr. Joseph Leidy, at Jackson, N. J., July 1860 ; one from May's Landing, N. j'., J. E. Peters, June 1, 1888, and two from Pleasant Milfs, June 17, 1889, Dr. J, Percy Moore. Mr. Stone stated that, though probably of restricted distribu- tion, the species wquld no doubt prove more abundant if specially sought for, the comparative remoteness of the New Jersey barrens, where most of the specimens were found, and the retiring habits of the animal both tending to make its detection difficult. A few months since he had heard some tree frogs in a swamp near Medfoi'd, N. J., whose call was different from that of any other species with which he was acquainted, and he was inclined to attribute it to the present form; diligent search, however, failed to discover the animals. June 11. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Fifteen persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " Zygeupolia litoralis, a New Heteronemertean, " by Caroline Burling Thompson. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343 "New Moll iisca from Japan and the Loo Choo [Islands," by Henry A. Pilsbry. " A Peculiar Condition of^G^dogoniuni," by Ida A, Keller. " Crystalline and Crystalloidal Substances and their Relation to Plant Structure," by Henry Kracmer. June 18. Mr, Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Ten persons present. Papers under the following titles wei-e presented for publication : " The Acrididse, Tettigonidte and Gryllidre Collected by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in Northeast Africa," by James A. G. Rehn. June 25. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Nine persons present. A paper entitled " The Nasal Passages of the Florida Alliga- tor," by A. M. Reese, was pi*esented for publication. Henry Kraemer was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed : 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, NEW LAND MOLLUSCA FROM JAPAN AND THE LOO CHOO ISLANDS. BY HENEY A. FILSBRY. The collectors sent out by Mr. Hirase in the early mouths of this year have already transmitted much new and valuable material, in the study of which it is my 2)rivilege to assist. As Mr. Hirase desires to supply such species as have been collected in copious quantity to his correspondents in America and Europe, the prompt publication of full descriptions of the novelties is necessary to avoid the inconvenience attending the publicity of manuscript names. The full report, with figures of the new forms, may best be deferred until the results of the season's collecting can be pre- sented in connected form. Most of the following species are from Kunchan, the northern and least setiled province of the island Okinawa, or Great Luchu (Loo Choo), and from Oshima, hitherto unexplored for land moUusks. Trochomorpha horiomphala (Pfr.). Specimens have been sent by Mr. Hirase (No. 631) from Kun- chan, the northern province of Okinawa. They are more depressed than Pfeiffer's type, but there is considerable variation in the species in this respect. Trocliomorpha Fritzei Bttg. is a synonym. No definite locality has been known hitherto for Pfeiffer's species, which, moreover, has been lost, so to speak, in the group Plecto- tropis. Il was doubtless this error of classification which led Boettger to redescribe the shell as T. Fritzei. Trochomorpha Gouldiana n. sp. Shell low-conic above, convex beneath, umbilicate, the umbilicus one- fourth the diameter of the shell, broadly open to the apex ; of a dark reddish brown color, glossy ; delicately striate, the strise cut into minute granules by finer, very shallow spiral strise, both above and below. Spire straightly conic, the apex slightly ob- tuse. Whorls 0^, slowly widening, shghtly convex below, and slightly concave above each suture; the last whorl acutely carinate, concave above and below the keel; base convex in the middle, 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345 the margin of the umbihcus abrupt but not keeled. Aperture small, rhombic, the peristome simple, obtuse and whitish in fully adult s^^ecimens. Alt. 5.3, diam. 12.7 mm Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 650). This species differs widely from T. cathcartce (Rve. ) and T. hori- ompliala (Pfr. ), the two species known from the Loo Choo group, in its higher spire and less spreading form. It is closely related to T. Shermcmi (Pfr.) of Formosa, but differs in being smaller, with straightly conic spire, the whorls concave above keel and suture, and the aperture narrower, less rounded below. It is named in honor of Dr. A. A. Gould, who descril^ed the Japanese shells collected by the Ringgold and Rogers Expedition. I find two specimens in the collection of the Academy, labeled " H. horiomphalo, Pfr. Oosima." Macrochlamys perfragilis n- ^'■ Shell perforate, depressed, excessively thin, transparent, pale yellow, fragile. Surface brilliantly glossy, with faint gi'owth-lines and almost obsolete, scarcely perceptible spiral striie. Spire low- conic. Whorls 4^, somewhat convex, rather slowly widening, separated by a narrowly margined suture, the last Avhorl much wider, rounded at the periphery, rather convex beneath, narrowly impressed around the perforation. Aperture very broadly lunale, somewhat oblique, the lip fragile, columellar margin with a short, triangular reflection partially concealing the perforation. Alt. 10, greater diam. 18, lesser 15 mm. Alt. 8^, greater diam. 10, lesser 14^ mm. Kunchau, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 637). A capacious, very fragile species, somewhat like M. Stearnsi Pils. of China, and quite different from anything yet described from Japan or the Loo Choo group. Macrochlamys Gudei n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, depressed-conoidal, thin, somewhat translucent, corneous-brown. Surface glossy, sculptured with weak growth-wrinkles, and on the base some coarse but shallow and inconspicuous spiral sulci, obsolete in places. Spire conic; whorls 6f , rather strongly convex, slowly widening, the last wider, subangular at the periphery, the angle obvious in front, but dis- appearing near the aperture. Base convex, sunken around the 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juiie, perfoiation. Aperture liiuate, the lip simple and thiu, coluraellar margin hardly thickened, dilated above, a triangular reflection partially covering the perforation. Alt. 7, diam. 10 mm. Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 635). This species has about the size, form and appearance of the American Gastroclonta ligera (Say), though the whorls are more convex and less striate above, and there is, of course, no callus lining the basal part of the interior. The generic position assigned is somewhat doubtful. It is named in honor of my friend G. K. Gude, who has pro- duced several meritorious papers upon Japanese land snails. Kaliella borealis n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, pyramidal with slightly convex lateral outlines and flattened base, thin, corneous-brown. Surface some- what shining, sculptured above with regularly spaced, very delicate whitish hair-like striae, the base showing fine spiral stride, and ex- cept near the periphery, minutely bnt rather roughly pitted. Whorls 7, nearly flat, the suture but slightly impressed, narrowly margined; the last whorl acutely carinate. Apei'ture rhombic, the pei'istome thin and fragile, columellar margin abruptly dilated and reflexed partly over the perforation. Alt. 3f, diara. 3^ mm. Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido Island (]Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 641). A rather straightly pyramidal species, distinct from any of the numerous species known to me from Hondo. Eulota (Euhadra) oshimae n. sp. Shell globose-subdepressed, umbilicate, rather thin but solid, of a rich reddish chestnut color, darker within the umbilicus and on the back of the lip, and with a very dark chestnut, almost black band just above the periphery, bordered above and below with greenish -yellow bauds; the convexity of the base sometimes fading to the same pale tint. Surface rather glossy, but in part dull, sculptured with slight growth-striie only ; several inner whorls, after the apical one, minutely wrinkled and marked with points in oblique lines. Spire conic, moi'e or less elevated. Whorls varying from 6;J in large to 5f in small specimens, quite convex, slowly widening, the last rounded at tlie periphery, very slightly and 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPHIA. 347 slowly desceuding in front, convex beneath. Aperture broadly lunate, slightly oblique, bluish and showing the band inside ; peris- tome expanded and rather narrowly reflexed, thickened within, purple, with 'the extreme edge pale ; columellar margin broadly dilated, very dark, half covering the umbilicus. Alt. 35, diam. 43 mm. Alt. 29, diam. 37 mm. Alt. 26, diam. 33 mm. Alt. 25, diam. 32 mm. Alt. 20*, diam. 27 mm. Alt. 19|, diam. 26 mm. Oshimaf (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 357). This magnificent species is related to both E. callginosa^ and E. merccdoria,^ but is more globose than either, with more convex whorls. It differs conspicuously from E. caliginosa in having the base of the shell and aperture rounded, not conspicuously flattened, as they are in caliginosa. The basal lip, moreover, is not sinuous. E. oshimce resembles E. mercatoria in the form of the aperture, but differs in being more globose, with a larger umbilicus in shells of the same size, and the whorls are more convex. The variation in size, as shown by the above measurements, is extraordinary, but there seems to be a complete series of interme- diate specimens. The smaller shells are those most resembhng E. mercatoria. E. oshimce is thus related to species of Okinawa, and not to the luchuana group of Japan proper. Chlorites euoharistus n. sp. Shell umbilicate, thin, concave above, of a rich, dark chestnut color. Densely hairy, the hairs long, regularly ari'anged in diagonal lines descending forwardly and backward, the surface between them minutely papillose. Whorls 4i, the earlier ones forming a rather deeply sunken spire, the last third of the last whorl deeply descending to the periphery, the whorl preceding this coiled in a plane. The first whorl is glossy and smooth; the last whorl widens toward the aperture, and is obscurely gibbous and then contracted behind the lip; the base convex, having a small excavation behind the basal lip, producing a low prominence just within the basal margin of the aperture. Aperture very oblique, 1 Catal. Marine Moll. Japan, PL 10, figs. 1-3, 6. ^ Ibid., fie. 5. 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, very broadly lunate; peristome rather narrowly reflexed, purple, the margins somewhat approaching, connected across the parietal wall by a slender, raised cord. Alt. 9, greater diam. 19, lesser 15^ mm. Alt. 9^, greater diam. 18, lesser 15 mm. -^'^- '^h greater diam. 15, lesser 12 mm. (small form). Oshima, (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 354). This fine species has the sunken spire of the typical forms of the genus from the Moluccas, etc. It is a larger and much finer species than the two hitherto described from Japan, C. oscitam (jNIartens) and C. fragilu Gude, neither of which has the well-developed per- istome of C. eucharistus. Three of the specimens sent are of about the same size, but another is conspicuously smaller, with the spire perceptibly more sunken, and the low "tooth" within the basal margin of the peristome is subobsolete. Suocinea Hirasei n- sp. A species grouping with S. pfeifferi of Europe and S. return of America. Elongate, fragile, reddish or corneous, amber-colored, composed of 2\ very rai)idly enlarging whorls, the last one very large, roughened by rather coarse growth-wrinkles. Aperture long- ovate, somewhat eifuse below, the margins regularly arcuate. Length 16, diam. 9, longest axis of aperture 13, width Qh mm. Tsuchiura, Hitachi, in eastern Hondo (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 642). Both of the Succineas prexaously known from Japan, S. lauta Gld. and S. Jiortlcola Reinh. , belong to the group of species having very convex whorls, like S. putris or S. obliqua. This new one goes with the lengthened species, and is very like S. retiisa Lea (ovalis Gld.), but the Japanese form is rather less efiuse than the American. Cyclophorus Hirasei n. sp. Shell narrowly umbilicate, turbinate, with elevated spire, solid ; greenish yellow', with a rather wide black belt just below the peri- phery, which is marked with a pale belt, and several dark lines and bands beneath, more or less interrupted at short intervals; the upper surface marked with numerous dark bands, interrupted obliquely or in zigzag fashion; the bands retaining their distinct- ness or more or less confluent into zigzag stripes. "Whorls 5i to 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 nearly 6, veiy convex, the last tlattened below the suture, else- where well rounded. Aperture circular, somewhat oblique, bluish and showiui;^ the bands inside; peristome rather narrowly reflexed, its face roundetl, faintly red-tinted or bright red, continued in a callus across the very short parietal wall; the columellar margin overhanging and partially concealing the small umbilicus. Alt. 30, diam. 32 mm. ; antero-posterior diameter of aperture 21, width 19| mm. Alt. 29, diam. 31 mm. ; antero-posterior diameter of aj^erture 20i, width 19 mm. Operculum circular, multispiral, concave externally; diam. 15^ mm. Oshima, (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 644). Related to G. jourdyi Mori., fuUjuratus Pfr. , courbeti Anc. , and their allies, species of Tonquin and Burma. It is remarkable for its elevated spire and brilliant peristome. Pupinella oshimae n. sp. Shell pupiform, dark purplish brown under a papery whitish outer color, apparently the result of weathering, densely and finely striate when unworn. Whorls 6, slightly convex, the first four forming a conic spire, the penultimate and last whorls of about equal diam- eter ; last whorl somewhat produced forward below. Aperture vertical, the opening small and circular ; peristome broadly reflexed, white or nearly so, very heavily thickened on the face, produced forward in a flange around the opening, interrupted by minute channels at the base of the columella and posterior end of the lip, these channels expanding funnel-like outwardly; parietal callus very strong at its right end, emitting a branch which rises high above the termination of the outer lip. Length 10, diam. 4.8 mm.; diam. of aperture, inside of jjeris- tome, 2.2 mm. Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 645). This species difiers strongly from F. rufa Sowb. and its slightly differentiated local forms fruhstorferi and tsiishimana, in the rela- tively enormous development of the peristome, reducing the open- ing of the aperture; in the vertical, not oblique plane of the aper- ture, and especially in having the tongue of the parietal callus defining the posterior canal, very much longer, rising high above the termination of the outer lip. The latter is abruptly truncated 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, on a level with the suture, not produced upward, as iu the otner species mentioned. The upper foramen of the lip shows from in front as a slit, not an orifice, as in P. rufa. P. Jruhdorjerl and tnishimcuia, from Iki Island and Tsushima respectively, are hardly distinguishable from rufa. With a series of P. rufa before me from Kobe, Awaji, Hyuga province in Kiushiu, and other localities, and specimens of fruhdorferi and tsushimana Mlldtf. received from Fruhstofer, 1 am unable to find any differential characters for Dr. von Mollendorft''s supposed spe- cies and subspecies except their distribution. The deeply dissected western coast of Kiushiu indicates subsidence of an area long ex- posed to denudation, and points to the recent isolation of Tsushima and neighboring islands. Their fauna has much in common with Kiushiu, and, so far as we now know, but few special species strongly differentiated from those of the greater island. DIPLOM M ATINID^. The Japanese Dlplommatinidce fall into three groups : D. pusilla V. Mart, and its var. omiensis Pils. are sinistral forms, pusilla being placed in the genus Palaina, subgenus Cylin- dropalaina by Kobelt and Mollendorfff but their genera Palaina and Diplommat'ma seem to stand in need of some rearrangement, judging by the lists of species. All ot the other Japanese species apparently belong to the sec- tion Sinicn of the genus Dlplommatlna, with the single exception of D. turris, which diftei's strongly from all other known Japanese species. Diplommatina turris n. sp. Shell minute, tapering-turreted, whitish; the last two whorls of about equal diameter, those above slowly tapering. AVhorls 7^ to 8, extremely convex, the first two smooth, the apex obtuse; the last whorl but slightly ascending iu front. Surface regularly sculp- tured with rather widely spaced thread-like rib-striaj. Aperture subcircular, the columellar tooth hardly visible from in front, but seen in an obli(|ue view in the aperture to be moderately strong; peristome narrowly expanded, its inner edge built forward beyond Catalog dcr gegenwartig lebencl hekannten Pneumonopomen, p. 53. 1901. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351 the expansion; continued in an adnate callus across the parietal wall. Palatal fold short, to the left of the parietal callus. Length 2.2, diam. 0.9 mm. Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. G48). This species is not related to any other form known from Japan or the Loo Choo group. The t arreted shape, extremely convex whorls, and regular spaced rib-strire are its prominent features. Diplommatina saginata n. sp. Shell dextral, imperforate, shortly oblong-conic, obese, amber- colored or white, densely sculptured with delicate thread-like rib- strise, about 25 in the space of a millimeter on the penultimate whorl, slightly wider apart on the earlier whorls; no spiral stria- tion. Penultimate whorl widest, those above forming a regularly conic spire. Whorls Q^, the first obtuse and smooth; last whorl much smaller than the penultimate, strongly ascending in front. Aperture subcircular; columellar tooth strong, as usual. Peris- tome narrowly reflexeil, thickened on the face, continuous in a delicate cord across the parietal margin. Palatal fold above the columella, rather long. Length 2,3, diam. 1.2 mm. Nase, Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6495) ; also Furuniga, Oshima (No. 649«). A smaller, shorter species than D. Insularam of Kunchau, Okinawa, or D. cassa of Hondo. In one specimen tlie outer lip is duplicate, in the others merely thickened. The upper margin of the peristome rises nearly to the preceding suture. A specimen from Furuniya measures, length 2.24, diam. 1.28 mm. Diplommatina osliimae n. sp. Shell dextral, imperforate, bright red -amber colored, the penulti- mate whorl widest, those above regularly tapering, forming a long, ? Length of body, 40 mm., 47.5 mm. Length of pronotum, 7 " 9 " Length of tegmina, 32 " 43 Length of hind femora, 26 " 30 Euryphymus erythropus (Tlumberg). 1815. Gryllus erythropus Thunberg, Mem. Acad. St. Tetersb., V, p. 248. One immature female; Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 21, 1894. This immature specimen agrees with the descriptions of Thun- berg's erythroj^us, a species apparently known only from South Africa. Euryphymus sp. Que immature female; Berbera, Somaliland, July 3, 1894. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPHIA. 879 Sphodromerus sanguiniferus n. sp. Type; c?; no data. Closely allied to .S'. inconqncun,^ Schu]thess^ but differing in the number of spines on the external margin of the hind tibia> (incon- ispicuus 9, sang uinif eras 7), and the alisence of a black fasciatiou on the same. A close relationship also exists with >S. decoloratus Finot/ but several characters are (juite at variance. Form thickset and robust. Head with the vertex decliveut, posteriorly with a slight carina; frontal costa expanding inferiorly, sulcate except immediately around the ocellus; eyes prominent, globose; antenna? depressed, longer than head and pronotum. Fronotum rugose, posteriorly expanding, median carina well devel- oped, cut by three sulci ; anteriol* margin subtruncate, posterior rectangulate, the border somewhat sinuate; lateral lobes separated from the dorsum by well-marked lateral carinre, posterior angle subrotundate, the matazona punctate. Tegmina short, not reaching the tip of the femora. Anterior and median femoi'a robust, slightly bowed. Posterior femora very robust, the superior and inferior margins well developed, the former serrate; tibire stout, armed with seven spines on the external and internal margins. Subgenital plate bowl-shaped, the posterior portion very slightly produced; supraanal plate subtriangular with two median ridges, subobsolete anteriorly; cerci very heavy, with an external blunt denticle. General color ferruginous ; lower part of head, outer face of posterior femora and lower surface yellowish, the head very pale. Pronotum and tegmina washed with dull reddish. Tegmina with four longitudinal rows of blackish spots. Lateral and. superior surfaces of the hind femora with two obsolete blackish bars, the inferior internal face of the same sanguineous. Posterior tibire sanguineous, the spines ochraceous with black tij^s. Measurements. Length of body, 26 mm. Length of pronotum, 5.5 " Length of tegmina, 13 " Length of hind femora, 13 " *Zool. Jahrb., Si/st. Abth., VIII, p. 78. ^Ann. Soe. Eat. France, LXIII, p. xiii. 380 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juue, The collection contains six specimens of the CalopteniiKZ too immature to be identified. Erer river, eastern Gallaland, August 18, 1894. Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 3 and 7, 1894. Family TETTIGONID^. The greater part of the material belonging to this family is so badly broken and crushed that I am unable to determine fifteen specimens, collected as follows: East of Milinil. Somaliland, July 25, 1894. Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, October 30, 1894. Sheikh Mahomet, Gallaland, November 9, 1894. Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 30, 1894 . Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, September 29, 1894. Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 7, 1894. Sheikh Husein, Gallaland, October 1, 1894. Between Tulu and Abdula, Gallaland, November 24, 1894. Near Lake Abaya, country of the Amara, western Gallaland, May 9, 1895. Cymatomera hyperborea n. sp. Types; two males, one female; Higo, country of the Boran, Gallaland, April 8, 1895 (2); near the Galena Amara, between Lenja Amara and El He, Gallaland, May 25, 1895. This species is allied to C. modeda, from which it dififers in numer- ous particulars, as the truncate anterior margin of the pronotum, the different development of the metazona of the same, besides the almost total absence of black in the coloring. The new form also exhibits a close affinity to C. brunneri Brancsik,'^ but it differs from that species in the much lower metazonal crest and the absence of any foliaceous development of the superior margins of the posterior femora. General form elongate. Head with the vertex produced, the apex narrowly truncate, the lateral margins being sinuate; front broad and flattened, finely punctate; eyes very prominent, spherical; antennte exceeding the total length. Pronotum with the anterior margin trun- cate, posterior subrotundate ; prozoua with a central lamellate ridge, the margin being dentate, the exact number of teeth (3-7) being ^Juhresb. Naturw. Ver. Trencsen, XVII, p. 257. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 variable, the anterior lateral augle with a spiue followed after a short space by another; central metazonal ridge lamellate, the margin crenulate, in one case decidedly bidentate, the postero- lateral angle occnpied by a bifid process which roofs the humeral sinus ; lateral lobes with the lower margin centrally emargiuate, the median area of the lobes occupied by three spines arranged longi- tudinally, the central one smaller than the others. Tegmina with the apex subacute, the cross veins of the discoidal area very prominent. Femora of all the limbs with both margins with foli- aceous extensions, except the superior surfaces of the anterior and posterior femora, the extensions with the margins crenulate ; fora- mina on the anterior femora very prominent ; posterior femora feebly spined below on both margins. Sternal plate with very large foveohie. Ovipositor considerably longer than the pronotum. General color pale ferruginous (probably green in life, as one specimen bears traces of that color), varied with whitish on the head, pronotum and limbs, and sienna on the transverse veins of the discoidal area of the tegmina. Lower surface pale yellow. An- tennae whitish, anuulated with umber; head and pronotum laterally dusted with whitish. Costal area of the tegmina anteriorly blackish. Measurements. Length of head and body, 26 mm. Length of pronotum, 5.5 " Length of tegmina, 36.5 " Length of hind femora, 12.5 " Conocephalus mandibularis (Charpentier). 1825. Locusta mandibularis Charpentier, Horse entom., p. 106. One female; Daga Tula, Gallaland, September 19, 1894. Pomotrips horridus (Burmeis-tei). 1838. Hetrodes horridus Burmeister, Handb. d. Eut., II, p. 679. One female ; no data. Family GRYLLID^. Gryllotalpa africana Palis, d. Beauv. 1821. Gryllotalpa africana Palis, d. Beauv., Ins. d'Afr. et d'Amer., n. 229, PI. lie, fig. 6. One male; near Tug Berka, east of Finik, Gallaland, December 18, 1894. 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [June, Gryllus ater Saussnre. 1877. Gryllus ater Saassure, Melanges Orthopterplogiques, V, p. 337. Two specimens. S" and ? ; Sheikh Hnsein, Gallaland, Septem- ber 23, 1894. Gryllus sp. Three immature specimens. Hargeisa (Argassa), Somaliland, July 18, 1894. Dubuli, Gallaland, September 16, 1894. Between Budesa and Guo Soti, country of the Borau, western Gallaland, May 17, 1895. Phaeophyllacris abyssinica Saussurc.; 1678. PhcEophyllacris abyssinica Saussure, Melanges Orthopterologi- ques, VI, p. 587. One female; Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, September 21, 1894. (Ecanthus pelluceus (Scopoli). 1763. Gryllus pelluceus Scopoli, Ent. Carn., p. 32. One male; Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, September 30, 1894. Brachytrupes membranaceus (Drury). 1773. Gryllus membranaceus Drury, lUust. Ms., II, tab. 43, fig. 2. One immature male; Sheikh Huseiu, Gallaland, September 29, 1894. Heterotrypus africanus Saussure. 1878. Heterotrypus africanus Saussure, Melanges Orthopterologiques, VI, p. 680. Two specimens, S' and immature ? . East of Tug Berka, near Finik, Gallaland, December 19, 1894. Near Abdula, between Tulu and Laga, Gallaland, November 20, 1894. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PPIILADELPIIIA. 383 July 2. Mr. Charles Morris iu the Chair. Seven persons present. A paper entitled " The Land Molhisks of Loo Choo Islands," by Henry A. Pilsbry, -was presented for publication. July 9. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Seven persons present. A paper entitled ' ' A Study of an Ant, ' ' by Adele M. Fielde, was presented for publication. July 16. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Eight persons present . Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " Certain Aboriginal Mounds of the Tombigbee River," by Clarence B. Moore. " Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, IV," by Henry A. Pilsbry. " The Spermatogenesis of Oniscus asellus Linn., with Special Reference to the History of the Chromatin," by M. Louise Nichols. 384 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jllly> July 23. Mr. Charles Morrls iu the Chair. Six persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : '' Cymbuliopsis vitrea, a New Species of Pteropod," by Harold Heath. " Biographical Notice of Robert Henry Lamborn,'' by Carrie B. Aaron. The Publication Committee reported Jul}' 29 in favor of pub- lishing papers entitled " Certain Aboriginal Remains of the North- west Florida Coast, Part 1," and " Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Tombigbee River," by Clarence B. Moore, in the Journal, and on the following for publication in the Proceedings : 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 NEW JAPANESE MARINE, LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA. EY HENRY A. PILSBRY'. The present paper contiuues the description of new species of mollusks discovered by INIr. Y. Hi rase. I have taken this oppor- tunity to illusti'ate the Japanese marine shells described in a former communication.^ PLEUROTOMID^. Daphnella fragilis var. articulata nov. PI. XXI, fig. 26. General form of D. fnajilis (Rve. ) or D. lymnceformis (Kien. ). Apical two whorls smooth; several whorls following sculptured with unequal spiral cords, as coarse as those on the last whorl, densely crenulate or beaded by close fine longitudinal laminae, much less prominent and closer than the spirals. Last whorl densely and evenly latticed by alternately larger and smaller spiral cords intersecting scarcely less prominent, but rather closer, longi- tudinal rib-stria;. Pale brown, every fourth cord marked with browu in narrow lines along the cord, alternating with diffused white spots; a row of alternately brown and white squarish spots below the suture: the early whorls l)rown. Aperture smooth witliin, the outer lip thin, regularly arcuate, rather strongly retracted above. Length 19, diam. 7, largest axis of apei'ture • 11 mm. Hirado, Hizen, in western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 903), types No. 80,634 Coll. A. N. S. P.; Kamakura, just below Tokyo Bay, on the eastern side of Hondo (Acad. Coll.). Mr. Tryon has lumped several totally distinct species under D. lyhimejormis, but the form so called by Kiener is less plump than articulata, with even, close spirals and inconspicuous longitudinal sculpture on the last whorl, while the spire has comparatively strong costae and rather coarse spirals. The color, well shown in Kiener' s figure, is whitish, Avith tawny, waved and anastomosing longitudinal stripes. D. fragilis has not yet, to my knowledge, '^ThesQ Proceedings, p. 193. 25 386 rROCEEDlXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, been adequately defined; but the form I have considered to be that species has a small, elevated nucleus of 2^ Avhorls, followed by about three costate whorls, the ribs crossed by two or three coarse spiral cords; after which the sculpture becomes comparatively fine. If I am correct in this identification, then articulata is a distinct species; but as Hedley has lately hinted, many of the more critical or difficult species of the " London School" of conchologists, of which A. Adams and Reeve were shining lights, can be identified with certainty only by visiting the British ^Museum." Under the circumstances I subordinate my form from Japan to D. fragilis as a variety, content to have a name for this well-marked shell, evi- dently of wide distribution in Japanese waters. D. supercodata of E. A, Smith seems, from a specimen before me, to belong near fragilis, though clearly distinct in both form and sculpture. D. oruata Hinds fi'om Xew Guinea is evidently allied, though with a different color-pattern. MITRIDu^. Mitra (Costellaria) hizenensis n. sp. ri. XXI, fisr. 31. Shell slender, solid, dusky olive, with a brown or orange-brown and rather prominent subsutural line and an ill-defined white zone at the shoulder, in which the summits of the ribs are transversely marked with short scattered brown lines; the narrow portion of the base is pale yellow, with brown spots and dots. Surface rather glossy, sculptured with rounded longitudinal ribs, nearly or quite as wide as their intervals, 13 or 14 in number on the penultimate whorl, becoming gradually weaker below the periphery of the last Avhorl, and in adults obsolete toward the aperture; the concave in-* tervals c^sed by very low, flat spirals, rather wider than the shal- low, oblong pits between them, and about G in number on the penultimate whorl. The last whorl is attenuated below, and has a number of large spiral ribs and small cords and strioe, the largest rib continuous with the upper columcllar plait. Whorls about 0 ; apex dark. Aperture small, dark purple-brown within, the lip thin, white-bordered, multilirate inside. Columella with four sim- ple plaits. Length 14.5, diam. 5, longest axis of aperture 7.5 mm,; length 17, diam. 6.5 mm. ^ Or by imposing upon the pre.sent custodian of the collection of Mollusca, wbo-se g- ocl nature is admitted to be well-nigh inexhaustible. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 Hirado, Hizeu, western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,475 Coll. A. N. S. P., from G88« of Mr. Hirase's collection. Near M. fiiscoapicata E. A. Smith, but it has more and shallower spiral sulci in the intervals between the ribs, which are fewer in number; it is smaller, the upper two plaits of the columella are not grooved, and the coloration is somewhat different. M. gotoeiisis and M. colluisoni have more numerous ribs. In adult specimens of M. hlzenensis the latter third of the last whorl is smooth, the costre disappearing. Mitra (Costellaria) vanattai n. sp. ri. XXI, tig. 2S. Shell rather slender, solid, brownish olive, with a wide dark- brown baud below the periphery, and a light brown line at the shoulder, the base bi*owu. Surface rather glossy, sculptured with rounded longitudinal ribs, as wide as the smooth concave intervals, 14 in nuuiber on the penultimate whorl, obsolete on the latter half of the last whorl ; the attenuated base sculptured with spiral cords, the largest continuous with the upper plait of the columella, those below it (about 4) progressively smaller; a few small spirals above the large cord. Whorls remaining 8 (the apex being eroded), somewhat convex. Aperture bluish and finely lirate deep within, purple brown toward the white-bordered ihin ]\p. Columella with 5 plaits, the upper strong, not grooved. Length 17, diam. 7, longest axis of aperture 8 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,470, from 6886 of Ml'. Hirase's collection. This species was sent with the preceding, from which it is easilv separated by the want of spiral sculpture between the ribs. Some- what allied to JL semisculpta, but it differs in the smooth intervals. M. ana/ogica Reeve has fewer plaits, according to the descrijtion. MURICIDuSl. Tritonidea submenkeana n. sp. pi. xxi, fig. 24. Shell short-fusiform, very solid and strong. Sculptured with longitudinal ribs, 12 to 15 in number on the last whorl, the last rib very much larger, forming a large, swollen varix behind the lip; crossed by spiral cords which are low in the intercostal spaces but rise and widen into transverse, oblong, glossy tubercles where they cross the ribs; the penultimate and earlier whorls having 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, three such spiral cords, the last whorl with ten (counted just behind the outer lip) ; the intervals between the spiral cords every- where densely, finely striate. Surface lustreless, black, Ihe inter- vals between ribs and a peripheral belt largely white; the tubercles of the subsutural cord are mostly bi'own, the others chiefly black. Whorls about 8, but slightly convex, the spire being rather straightly conic; last whorl impressed below the suture, concave below the periphery, produced and spirally striated anteriorly. Aperture less than half the length of the shell, blue-white inside, the lip beveled, with a brown spot at the termination of each spiral cord, thickened within and contracted by six rounded teeth, the upper one more widely separated than the others, the second from above largest. Columellar margin concave above with a pliciform tooth near the posterior angle, straightened and rather wide below, bearing five or six transverse tubercles. Length 15, diam. 7, longest axis of aperture 7.5 mm. Hirado, Hizen, Avestern Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,538 Coll. A. K S., from 1,087 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This little black-and-white species groups with T. menkeana Dkr., a shorter shell with similar coloration. The unusual promi- nence of the tubercles on the columellar lip, and the sculpture of ribs tuberculate at the intersections of spiral cords, give it much the a2:)pearance of a S'lstrum. PURPURA. The luteostoma group of Purpura was too much lumped in my Catalogue of Japanese Marine Mollusks. From a renewed study of them, with much moi'e material, it seems that the following four Japanese forms are recognizable: P. luteostoma (Chemn.) Dillwyn, P. hronni Dkr., P. clavigera Kiister, P. tumulosa var. problematica Baker (^ tumulosa Lischke not Reeve). I formerly followed ISIr. E. A. Smith' in referring the latter to P. alveolata Reeve; but I am now convinced that alveolata is, as Reeve stated, a Panamic species. We have specimens from Panama in our collec- tion exactly like his figure. Mr. Hirase sends the Californian species P. saxicola Val. from Kisennuma, Rikuzen, on the east coast of Hondo. ^RZ. S., 1879. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 Euthria hokkaidonis n. sp. PI. XIX, fig. 17. Shell slender, fusiform, moderately solid, yellowish or purplish ashen. Surface lustreless, sculptured with slightly oblique longi- tudinal rounded folds as wide as their intervals, 13 or 14 in num- ber on the penultimate whorl, wanting on the base of the last whorl, where they disappear just below the periphery; crossed by spiral cords alternating with threads or strife, of which there are usually two in each interval; the coarser cords about 5 iu number on the whorls of the spire, slightly widening as they cross the longi- tudinal folds; the spirals alone developed on the base. Spire high; whorls about 9, very convex, separated by deep sutures; the last whorl concave below, produced in a slender, somewhat recurved rostrum; siphonal ridge convex. Apei'ture small, ovate, acumi- nate above, livid dull purple inside, with 8 to 10 acute folds within the thin-edged outer lip; canal short and open. Length 22, diara. 8.5, length of aperture 10 mm. Length 22, diam. 8, length of aperture 9 mm. Nakauta, prov. Teshio, Hokkaido (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,394, from Xo. 102 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Apparently related to E. fmcolahlata E. A. Smith, from which it differs conspicuously in the much more slender figure. COLUMBELLID^. Columbella misera Sowerby. PI. XXI, figs. 37, 3S. C. miser Sowb., Thes. Conch., I, p. 129 bi>^, PI. 38, fig. 111. This species is figured to illustrate its difference from the follow- ing. It was taken iu some numbers at Kamakura, province Sag- ami (below the mouth of Tokyo Bay), by Mr. Frederick Stearns. It is very strongly ribbed, especially on the spire, the ribs being about half the width of the interstices, about 11 or 12 in number on the penultimate whorl, or on the last, wheu they are not obsolete on its latter part, which is frequently the case. On the front of the last whorl these ribs extend well over the periphery, but they become much shorter on its latter half, or wholly obsolete. The base is sculptured with coarse spiral cords, which become increas- ingly weaker and obsolete as they appi'oach the periphery. Color white, ivith one or tico dark brown spots on each rib and a checkered striped basal zone; the back of the last whorl irregularly striped or reticulate; a white zone, UfUully brov.'u-dotted on each rib, re- 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, volvcs below the suture. The form varies widely. Alt. 11, diam. 5.2 mm; alt. 12, diam. 6 mm. Figured specimens are No. 70,765 Coll. A. IST. S. P., from Kamakura, Sagami. Columbella misera var. polynyma Pils. I'l- XXI, fis,'. 39. This vol., p. 196 Types No. 80,556 Coll. A. K S. P., from No. 1,097 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Study of more specimens causes me to doubt whether the characters of this form are con- stantly different enough from misera to require specific rank. The follovviiig variety connects them to some extent. Columbella misera var. californica Reeve. PL XXI, fiir. 36. ColiiinheUii californica Reeve, Conch. Icon., VI. fig. 165 (1859). Kobelt, Coiichyl. Cab., p. 59, PI. 8, figs. 8, 4. Not C. californiana Giiskoin, P. Z. S., 1851, p. 12. Specimens agreeing exactly with Reeve's figure were taken by .Mr. Hirase at Hirado, Hizen. They are larger than C. misera, but agree with that in sculpture, except that there are one or two more ribs to a whorl. The coloration is much darker. There is a white subsutural zone pied with black, and a white basal area striped with black-brown; the intermediate space being more or less suflfused with rich brown and copiously lineated with black- brown. The ribs are black below the subsutural zone. Whorls over seven. Alt. 13.5, diam. 6.5 mm.; alt. 14, diam. 6 mm. Prof, von Martens has quoted this race as a synonym of his C. jaj)onica, but I think incorrectly. It is much nearer the true misera, and in my opinion is a southern variety of that species. The name given by Reeve is unfortunate, as it is not a Californian species. The sj^ecimen figured is No. 80,597 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,230 of Mr. Hirase's collection C misera inhabits the ocean coast of Hondo; C. misera var. polynyma the opposite shore of the same island, and both C. misera var. jiohjnyma and C, misera var. californica occur in southwestern Kiusiu. FASOIOLARIID^. Peristernia ustulata var. luchuana I'ils. PI. XIX, fig. is. See p. 197. Type is No. 80,418 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 298 of Mr. Hirase's collection. P. crocea Gray, scabrosa Reeve, xaidhostoma Nutt. and va- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 rious other forms of the Polynesiau chlorostoma Sowb. are all markedly shorter shells. The variety of scabrosa figured by Ko- belt (Conchyl. Cab. Tavbinella, PI. 23, f. 4, p. 96) may possibly be the same, but it is nameless. BUCOINID.^. Chrysodomus intersculptus var. frater I'ils. PI. XX, fig. 21. See p. 197. Type is No. 80,379 Coll. A. K S. P., from No. 59 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Buccinum Hirasei n. sp. PI. XX, fig. 22. Shell solid, turreted, ^lartly covered with an olive-brown cuticle; composed of about 8 whorls, which are convex at the periphery, contracted below, and channeled above; the channel rather wide, flat, bounded by a strongly elevated, slightly uneven carina. Sculpture of faint growth- lines and a few low spiral cords, hardly noticeable on the last whorl. Aperture slightly ovate, angular at the termination of the carina, the basal notch not very deep. Outer lip smooth, not thickened, somewhat expanded. Operculum unknown. Length 104, diam. 43, longest axis of aperture 37 mm. Kizennuma, Rikuzen (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 556). This magnificent species is known to me by the single specimen figured, which was collected dead. The outer lip is broken above the middle, so that its true outline in that part is not given in the figure. The cuticle has nearly all been lost, and the shell is over- grown with Pulyzoa, Sjiirorbis, etc. The conspicuous channel at the suture is formed almost exactly like that of Chnjsodomus pericoehlloii (Schrenk), a species occur- i-ing with B. Hirasei at Kizennuma. The similarity is so great that I have figui'ed Schrenk' s species for comparison. Chrysodomus pericochlion (Schrenk). PI. XX, fig. 23. The specimen here figured is longer and less inflated than the original type of the species as figured by Schrenk. The dark olive cuticle, wanting from the base of the shell, resembles that of Buccinum Hirasei, and reminds one of the cuticle of such fresh- water snails as Viviparus or Campeloma. 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jul}', CERITHIID^. CLAVA Martyii. This genus has been used to cover certain species formerly re- ferred to Potamides, by Jousseaume in 1884,* and by Dollfus and Dautzenberg in 1891),^ and for the group long known as Vertagus by Dall in 1892/ The latter usage I find to be correct. In the first volume of the Universal Co7icholof/ij Martyn introduces Clava for the Cerithiidce known to him — a group which had i)reviously been referred to Miirex by Linnaeus. He gives the following species: Clava rugata Martyn (^ Cerithium lineatum Lam.). Otava herculea Martyn (= Cerithium eheidnum Brug. ). Clava maculata Martyn (= Cerithium maculosum auct. ). Clava rubus Martyn (= Cerithium echinatum Lam.). In following volumes of the same work, Martyn adds still other forms of Clava. But it is obvious that a type for the genus must be selected from species contained in his first volume. Now the C. herculea of his list was made type of the genus Pyrazus by Montfort in 1810,' under the name Pyrazus baudini Montf. C. rubus falls into Cerithium as now restricted.' This leaves C. maculata^ and C. rugata to bear the name Clava. The two species are not closely related, and the latter may be considered type of Martyn's genus. The name Vertagus, used for this group by many authors, had no standing in binomial nomenclature until long after the foundation of Clava. *Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, IX, 1884, p. 191. ^ Journ. de CJonchyl., 1899, p. 2. ^ Trana. Wagner Free Iristitute of Science, III, p. 290. ' Conch. Syst., II, pp. 458, 459. 8 CeritJiium was established by Bruguiere to contain species of Vertagus and Potamides of authors, as well as the forms to which it is now restricted. Clava rubus of Martyn is the well-known Ccritldnm echinatum of La- marck, which name it must replace. It is not the Cerithium rubus of English monographers or of Tryon. who followed their error. Kohelt, in his mono- graph in the new edition of Chemnitz's Conchylien Cabinet, p. 213, quotes "C. rubus I'ilsbry, Manual, IX, p. 103, PL 23, fig. 9," as a synonym of C. serratum Wood. I was not responsible for volume IX of the Man- ual, my work beginning in volume X. With a "?" he also quotes "Clavus rubus Martyn." But Martyn's Clava rubus was a totally different shell, the C. echinatum of authors, a common Polynesian species. The failure on the part of monographers to recognize this f;ict was due to want of care ; neither the Universal Concltology nor Chenu's reprint have been consulted by them. • C. maculata is the "C. maculosum" of English monographers and of Tryon ; another curious error. 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393 No species of the type proposed by Dr. Jousseaume and ^Messrs. Dollfus and Dautzenberg was contained in Martyn's original list. Their use of the name Clava is therefore without proper founda- tion, while Ball's course is clearly supported by the evidence of Martyn's original work. The Vertagus pfefferi of Dunker is not a Vertagus or Clava, but a true Cerithlum, which I have received from Hirado, prov. Hizeu, Japan (collected by Mr. Hirase). and from Hong Kong (B. Schmacker). It is very close to C. granosum Kiener (not of Searles Wood, 1848), which was described from the Red Sea, and has been reported by Lischke (^Jap. Meeres-Conchyl., I, p. 68) from Nagasaki. C. mitrceforme Sowb. seems to differ but little, if at all, and C. eximium Sowb. and rubus of Sowerby and Tryon^* may be the same thing. As there is great uncertainty about the species of Kiener and Sowerby, I prefer to use the name given by Dunker, based upon Japanese specimens, and with a good descrip- tion and figures, for the Japanese form. Cerithium chemnitzianum n. sp. PI. XIX, figs. 14, 15. Shell oblong-conic, strong, pale yellow, sparsely maculate and densely dotted with rich brown. Sculptured with many very low spiral cords which are weakly gi-anose, the grains irregularly alter- nating brown and white; the upper two cords with stronger grains. There are about 10 of these cords on the latter part of the last whorl, 4 on the penultimate, and 3 on each of the earlier whorls. The intervals between cords are densely striate spirally, the strise usually very unequal, a median one generally larger, sometimes nearly as large as the primary cords, and brown-dotted. Outlines of the spire convex below, becoming straight above. Whorls remaining 8 (the apex being eroded), the upper ones flattened, the last three somewhat convex just below the sutures, the last whorl having a very strong, tumid, oblique varix on the back, and another less elevated one strengthening the outer lip. Aperture slightly oblique, the base being a little advanced, white within; outer hp strongly arched, almost forming a semicircle. Columellar ^" That the English monographers and Tryon should have identified this small species as Martyn's Clava rubus is inexplicable. Jliirex serratus of Wood, in the Index Testaceologiciis, PI. 28, fig. 158, is a much reduced and poor figure of the true O. rubus Martyn ; but C. serratum of the Eng- lish and German monographs is quite another thing. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, lip calloused, bearing a strong entering callous ridge above. Canal very short, deep and narrow. Length 27, diam. 13.5, longest axis of aperture 11.5 mm. Length 29, diam. 14, longest axis of aperture 11.5 mm. Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,631 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 279 of Mr. Hirase' s collection. The sculpture is much more feeble than in C. morus or its imme- diate allies, though some forms referable to morus resemble this species in form. The figure of C. janellii var. in the zoology of the Astrolabe d Zelee, Atlas, PL 24, fig. 22, resembles C. chemnitzianum some- what, but differs iu the plicate spire. la the monographs by Reeve, Tryon and Kobelt I fail to find anything much like the present spe- cies. This shell is named for the author of the most extensive shell iconography of the eighteenth century, a work of utility up to this day. Would that A. Adams, a hundred years later, had defined his species lialf as well! is one's thought on working with Japanese mollusks. LITTORINID^. Echinella cumingi var. luchuana Pils. PI. XIX, fig. IG. See p. 198. Types are No. 70,902 Coll. A. N. S. P. This variety resembles Tectarius spinulosa Phil. (Abbild. Ill, Littorina, PI. 6, f. 24), but that is imperforate, while this has an open, cylindrical umbilicus. PYRAMIDELLID^. Syrnola bacillum u. sp I'l. XXI, fig. 2,5. Shell slender, rod-like, marbled reddish-brown and white, with a uarrow baud of alternate brown and white spots revolving mid- way between sutures and on the middle of the upi)er surface of the last w'horl, which has a white peripheral belt; this coloring sometimes very faiut. Nuclear whorl standing obliquely on edge, the very short spire iuclined downward; subsequent whorls 12^ or 13, flat, separated by deeply cut sutures, sculptured with faint growth -lines and an impressed line revolving below the suture; some very faint spirals showing elsewhere iu certain lights. Periph- ery rounded, the base convex, subperforate. Aperture small, narx'owly ovate; columella bearing a single strong fold. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 Length 9.7, diam. 2, longest axis of aperture 2 mm.; diam. of the upturned apical whorl .27 mm, Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hi rase). Types No. 80,605 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,239 of Mr. Hirase's collection. A very narrow species, with a particular style of coloration, which at times, however, is very faint. The widely distributed Syrnola brnnnea also occurs at the same locality. S. aciculata A. Ad., of which I have compared specimens from Fiji, is a larger species with more convex whorls. TURBONILLID^. Turbonilla varicifera Pils. PI. XXI, fig. 27. See p. 198. Types are No. 80,603 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,238 (part) of Mr. Hirase's collection. EULIMID^. Eulima dunkeriana n. sp. PI. XXI, Alt. 30. A glossy, white, straight species, remarkably thick above, being thus somewhat cylindric. Whorls 9^, a trifle convex, the linear suture being margined below (at least on ihe upper half of the shell) with a translucent band (sometimes enclosing a white band), one-fourth to one-third the width of the whorl, the lower margin of which, in some lights, looks like the suture itself, though there is no impression at that place. At the last half-whorl there is an impressed varix-line ; another in liue with it is on the preceding whorl, while the next earlier whorl shows a similar impression somewhat in advance of these. On another specimen about 1 mm. shorter, and evidently not full grown, there is on the last whorl a single varix-line. The aperture is narrowly and acutely ovate; lip simple, a little obtuse. Length 11.2, diam. 2.6, longest axis of the aperture 3.2 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,637 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,222 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Close to E. philippiann (Dunker),'^ which was taken at Kama- kura by Mr. Frederick Stearns; but E. dunkeriana dilfers in the much broader foi-m. E. philipjnana has not been well figured. A specimen from Kamakura before mo has an impressed varix-line near the end of the penultimate whorl, and only falling a little ^^ Erroneously referred to the genus Eulimella by Danker. 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, short of corrcspoading with the position of the peristome; another ou line with it is upon the preceding whorl; the next earlier whorl has a varix-line near its beginning, almost a whorl being thus with- out a varix, A young shell, 6 ram. long, has one varix-line on the back of the penultimate whorl. E. j^hilippiana measures, alt. 10.2, diam. 2.15, longest axis of aperture 2.67 mm, Dunker gives alt. 11, diam. 2 mm. for the type. Evidently these species have resting stages at irregular intervals, and the varix-lines are inconstant in position and number. Both of these species are remarkable for the thickness of the upper part of the spire, though this feature is more exaggerated in E. dunkeriana. Eulima luchuana n. sp. PI. XXI, fig. 2i. Shell white and glossy, conic, curved slightly to the right, that margin being about straight while the left side is a little convex, regularly tapering, 9^ whorls remaining (the apex being decollate), slightly convex, the penultimate whorl having an impressed varix- line at its last sixth, the preceding whorl with one on line with the peristome, the next earlier whorl with a varix-line correspond- ing in position to that on the penultimate whorl; the varices thus being all on the right or incurved side. Apei'tui*e ovate-acuminate, the lip a little obtuse. Alt. 12, diam. 3.85, longest axis of aperture 4.15 mm. Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,628 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,275 of Mr. Hirase' s collection. The aperture is longer than in E. nitidula A. Ad., which, though a smaller species, is described as having 11 whorls. Assiminea angustata n. sp- Shell minute, imperforate, or nearly so, long ovate-conic, solid, red-brown, glossy and smooth. Whorls about 5i, rather flattened, the last one convex. Aperture small, rounded-ovate, oblique; peristome simple, the columellar and parietal margins somewhat thickened. Length 3, diam. 1.7, longest axis of aperture 1.2 mm. Rishiri, Kitami (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 1,277 of marine mollusk list). Unusually lengthened for Assiminea, but with the color aud texture of that genus, though it may possibly be Rissoid. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 NERITID^. Nerita martensiana n. sp. Shell globose, small, solid, rather bright sulphur yellow, paler and somewhat mottled with gray or blackish toward the aperture. Surface dull, sculptured with low, rather coarse spii'al cords, about 15 on the last whorl, the upper one appressed against the preceding whorl. Spire short, whorls about 3, the last a little depressed below the suture, which is bordered below by a somewhat more promi- nent cord. Aperture semicircular, yellow or Avhitish; lip-rib smooth, with a small tubercle above, and another well within near the base of the columella. Columellar area white or yellowish, flat and smooth, the outer border well defined; edge of columella straight, with two or three low, subobsolete teeth, the upper one strongest. Alt. 10, diam. 9.5 mm. Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,489 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 729 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Small as this species is, the specimens are apparently adult. The smooth columellar area, wnth well-defined outer margin, weak deuticulatiou and smooth rib within the outer lip are its more prominent characters. I find no species agreeing with these sj^eci- mens in the monographs, the best of which is that by Prof, von Martens in the new edition of Chemnitz. Nerita helicinoides var. tristis nov. Shell black with some white spots along the basal margin, and sometimes a few angular pink and white spots elsewhere. Colu- mella three-notched in the middle; area smooth, yellow-tinted in the middle; lip-rib weakly crenulate, a small denticle near its upper end. Alt. 13|, diam. 11^ mm. Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 218). Types No. 80,406 CoU. A. N. S. P. This variety is like tne typical form in the deuticulatiou of columella and lip. In var. Icevilabris Pils. the lip-rib is smooth throughout, and the columellar denticles very weak; these charac- ters being constant in a large number of specimens. N. helicinoides is apparently closely related to the small form of y. striata Burrow described by Prof, von Martens in the new edi- tion of Chemnitz, p. 39, PI. 7, figs. 19, 20. 398 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jul}', TROCHID^. Cantharidus hirasei Pils. Page 199. PI. XXI, fig. 32. Cantharidus bisbalteatus Pils. Page 199. PI. XXI, fig. 33. Clanculus gemmulifer Pils. Page 200. PI. XXI, fig. 34. ClaECulus hizenensis Pils. Page 20i. PI. XXI, fig. 35. Some of A. Adams' blanket "descriptions" might cover these species, but none of them indicate the specific characters of either of them. The sane judgment of scientific malacologists now de- mands that a description shall describe. TURBINID^. Leptothyra rubra var. laevicostata nov. Shell depressed-globose, coral-red, with pale and red dots alter- nating on the ribs. Whorls 4^, the last deeply descending anteri- orly. Sculpture of about 8 rather strong, almost smooth spiral ribs above and upon the I'ounded peripheral region, with one or several fine threads in some of the interspaces; 8 to 10 smaller, closer smooth ribs upon the rather flattened base. Alt. hardly 4, diam. 5 mm. Northern shore of province Tango, western side of Hondo (M. R. Gaines). Types No. 70,704 Coll. A. N. S. P. Specimens from Mr. Hirase, taken at Hirado, Hizen, vary from coral-red to almost purple, and some of them are rather larger with the .spire elevated, the largest measuring alt. 5.2, diam. 5.5 mm. This form difiers from L. rubra (Dkr. ) in the smoothness of the spiral ribs, which are not rougher than in the Mediterranean L. san- (juinea (L. ), and in the smaller size, rubra measuring, alt. scarcely 6, diam. 6 to 6^ mm. In L. sangalnea the ribs of the base are not noticeably smaller, as they are in all of the Japanese Lejito- thyras I have seen. Perhaps this variety is what Dunker and others have reported from Japan as sanrjainea L. AOMuEID^. Acmaea heroldi var. signata Pils. PL XIX, figs. 10, 11. See p. 202. Types No. 80,497 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 748 of Mr. Hirase' s coJiection. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 399 SOLENIDuE. Solen roseomaculatus n. sp. PL XIX, lig. 13. Shell small, thin, moderately curved, the upper aud lower mar- gins parallel, both ends truncated, with rather rounded angles; compressed, open at both ends, glossy and smooth except for faint growth -sti'ite. White with very irregular, more or less confluent pur- plish-roseate maculation throughout, the spots coarser toward the distal end. Beaks roseate. Anterior end obliquely truncate, the margins narrowly expanded or flaring, thickened within. A single prominent, erect tooth in each valve, that in the right valve ante- rior to the other and compressed, that in the left triangular, being buttressed posteriorly. Length 31, alt. 6.3, diam. 3.8 mm. Hirado, Hizen, western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,565 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,0-14 of Mr. Hirase' s col- lection. This rose-variegated little Solen is curved like an Ensis, and has some similarity to S. pidus Philippi,'- S. vaginoides Pbil.^^ non Lam. = S. j^hillppkums Dkr. " and S. asperstis Dkr.'* Solen pic- tus is comparatively shorter and markedly inflated or cyliudric, while the present Japanese species is strongly compressed. *S', pldlippianiis measures 66 by a little over 10 mm. (" 2" 8'" lang, und wenig iiber b'" hoch"), and is thus a narrower shell, and it is more attenuated anteriorly, with smeared coloration, according to the figure. S. aspersua is decidedly more slender, and anteriorly below it is more square-cornered. The proportions of the three species are as follows, the altitude aud diameter being compared with the length: Lcii.ijth. Alt. Diam. S. roseomaculatus, 1 I ^ of the length. S. jihilippianus, 1 — }. " " S aspersus, 1 ]■ — -^ " " S. jnctm, 1 I i " '^Philippi, ZeUschr.f. Malal:, 18iS, p. 17 i. Habitat nuknowii. It has not been figiired, to my knowletlge. ^^Philippi, Ahhild. v. Beschreib, etc., I, Solen, PI. 1, fig. 3. From ;Xew Holland. '* Dunker, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond , 1861, p. 420, under S. aspersus. '^ Dunker, I. c, Australia. The type has been figured in Conch. Icon., XIX, Solen, PI. 7, fig. 'iZa. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, PETRICOLID^. Petricola cyclus Pils. PI. XIX, figs. 3, 4. Seep. 204. Types are No. 80,580 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,199 of Mr. Hirase's collection. It has .some merely super- ficial resemblance to P. typica Jonas. Petricola cyclus var. sculpturata Pils. PI. xrx, fig. 7. See p. 205. Types are No. 10,130 Coll. A. N. S. P., from Puttalam, Ceylon. VENERID^. Venus Hirasei PHs. PI. XIX, flg l ; PI. XX, flg. 20. See p. 205. Types No. 80,447 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 492 of Mr. Hirase's collection. It is curiously like the Panamic T^. columbiensis Sowb., but ditiers in having fewer ribs separated by much wider intervals, and a deeper, narrower pallial sinus. The cardinal teeth are more deeply bifid than in V. columhiensis. The largest specimen I have seen measures, length 52, alt. 44, diam. 33|^ mm. It is from Oyama, Tsushima. Tapes platyptycha Piis. PI. XIX, fig. 6. Page 206. Types are No. 81,218 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 1,196 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Tapes phenax Pils. PI. XIX, fig. 5. Page 207. T^-pes are No. 80,436 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 432 of Mr. Hirase's collection DONACIDuE. Donax kiusiuensis Pils. PI. XX, fig. 19. Page 207. Types are No. 80,505 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 847 of Mr. Hirase's collection. TELLINID^. Tellina (Merisca) pristiformis ". sp. PI. XIX. fig. 8. Shell equilateral, subtriangular, slightly inequivalve, the poste- rior end being bent to the right; moderately convex, solid, white. Surface dull and lustreless, sculptured with densely crowded fine, concentric lamelhe, a little stronger and more spaced toward the two ends; the intervals sculptured with fine, subobsolete, radial striae, which are fainter in the middle, and often hardly percepti- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 ble anywhere, even with a lens. Beaks somewhat prominent, small and in contact. Anterior end rounded, the slope above straight; posterior slope straight or slightly convex, finely serrate; the posterior end narrowly subrostrate and bi angular, the right valve having two prominent posterior keels, the space between tliem concave, left valve with one posterior keel, a narrow furrow close before it, with a slighter second depression, the basal margin well rounded, ascending and sometimes slightly sinuous behind. Lunule lanceolate, very deeply cut, bounded by acute ridges, that of the right valve rising well above the left, and with a wider excavation. Area also deeply excavated, bounded by keels, the ligament promi- nent. Interior white, the hinge strong, with two cardinal teeth in each valve, the left anterior tooth and the right posterior bifid. Left valve without laterals, right valve with low, distant anterior and posterior lateral teeth. Hinge-line straight behind the beak, concave in front. Pallial sinus very large, reaching to within a millimeter or two of the anterior adductor scar, confluent with the palUal line below for about half its length. Scars of the cruciform muscle distinct. Length 38, alt. 29.5, diam. 11.5 mm. Inland Sea of Japan. Types No. 71,029 Coll. A. N. S. P. This species is closely related to T. pridis Lam. and T. concen- trica Gld, It has a Avider lunule than the former, its bounding keels without the irregularity, * ' saw ' ' or serration seen in T. prisfis. The posterior area is more deeply excavated, the posterior keel of the right valve is stronger, and the end is much more bent to the right. The hinge-plate is wdder, and the anterior lateral tooth is further removed from the cardinals. Finally, the dorsal slopes are steeper, meeting at a smaller angle, and hence the whole outline is more triangular. In T. concentrica Gld. (Fiji Islands) the form is more elongate, the lunule and posterior area far less impressed, and the interior is more glossy, with shallower, less dis- tinct muscular scars, and the shell is thinner. T. diaphana Desh. difiers by having the pallial sinus abut against the anterior adduc- tor scar, according to Deshayes' description. T. siamensis v. Martens is a longer, less high species, by the description. It has not been figured, so far as I can learn, and is doubtfully distinct from T. diaphana Desh. 26 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, ANATINID^. Anatina impura I'ils- Pi- XIX, tig. 0. rage 208. Types are Nos. 68,536 and 70,812 Coll. A. N. S. P. LIMIDiE. Lima Mans var. hirasei Pils. PI. XIX, fig. 12. Page 209. Types No. 80,525 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 901 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Closely allied to L. Mans Gm. of Europe, but the sculpture is finer, the gape of both ends less widely open, and the anterior rib inside is not so strong. ARCID^. Area nipponensis Pils. PI. XIX, fig. 2. See p. 209. Types are No. 79,009 Coll. A. N. S. P. Land and Fresh-^vater Species. Buliminus reinianus var. hokkaidonis nov. Similar to reinianus except in being shorter and broader, with very obtuse apex, the upper part of the spire broader. Whorls 8. Length 23, diam. above aperture 8, longest axis of aperture 9 mm. Kayabe and Shukunobe, prov. Ojima, Hokkaido. Typical B. reinianus is not known from Hokkaido Island. I now believe that it will be difficult, if indeed practicable or desirable, to distinguish extorris or omiensis as races distinct from the variable reinianus, though typically the forms are separable. There is also a rather small and more striate form of the species occurring at Okinoshima and some other places in Shikoku Island, but I have not seen enough specimens to be satisfied that it requires varietal distinction. HELICID^. Mandarina mandarina var. ponderosa nov. Shell large and very heavy, reddish-brown or purple-black with a light umbilical patch; whorls 5^, the last one distinctly carinated at the periphery. Surface coarsely decussate, the impressed spiral lines being much stronger than in the typical form. Alt. 21, diam. 28 ram.; alt. 19, diam. 26 mm. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 Ogasawara (Bouiu) Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,812 Coll. A. N. S., from 4676 of Mr. Hirase's collection. As yet we know nothing of the distribution of species on the several islands of this little group, the investigation of which will be of the greatest interest. We look to Mr. Hirase to throw light upon it. Trishoplita daoostag var. awajiensis nov. Shell depressed-conoicZ, thin, hardly glossy, corneous with a faint brown tint, often in streaks, paler or a little whitish below the sutures. Spires somewhat elevated; whorls 5f, the last obtusely subangular in front. Sculpture of slight, rather irregular growth-strine, a strong lens showing some almost obsolete spiral striae near the umbilicus. Aperture oblique, short-oval, almost round, a little excised by the parietal wall. Peristome thin, narrowly expanded and subreflexed. Alt. 6.2, diam. 9 mm. ; width of umbilicus about 1 mm. Anaya, Awaji Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6415). This form is duller, more couoidal, with the last whorl more depressed than T. goodwini var. kyotoensis. It is smaller than T. dacoske, with the aperture less rounded. It is the first Tris- lioiilita known from Awaji Island. Trishoplita goodwini var. strigata nov. Shell similar in general characters to T. goodwini, but rather faintly streaked obliquely with brown on a whitish corneous ground, usually whitish below the suture. Finely obliquely striate, and densely decussate by close spirals. Whorls 5f to 6. Alt. 9^, diam. 13, width of umbilicus 1^ mm. Hirado, Hizen, in western Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase). Type, No. 78,844 Coll. A. N. S. P., No. 344 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This form was recognized as somewhat ditferent from the typical T. goodidni of Hondo, when received from Mr. Hirase about a year ago; but I did not then think it desirable to distinguish it by name. Since such forms of goodidni as tosana and daeostce have beeti so distinguished, it would seem advisable to recognize this also. Upon the whole, it is well to have names for these sub- species, which have become differentiated in various areas of the empire. T. goodwini var. strigata differs from tosana and daeostce by its decussate surface. 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, ZONITID^. Kaliella subcrenulata n. sp. Shell narrowly perforate, depressed-trochiform, pale brown, somewhat trauslucent. Sculpture of very flue, close, thread-like stride and subobsolete spiral stria; the base smooth. Spire conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 4, nearly flat, the last acutely carinate in the middle, the carina smooth-edged; base very convex. Aper- ture narrow, somewhat rhombic; peristome simple. Alt. 1.5, diara. 2.4 mm. Kochi, Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase). Similar to K. cremdata Gude, but much more depressed. It occurred with specimens of K. cremdata (Gude), and an elevated variety of K. midfi^olvis Pils. K. ruida Pils. is a larger and more coarsely sculptured but evidently allied species. Kaliella lioderma n. sp. Shell perforate, pyramidal with flattened base, obtuse apex and straight lateral outlines; pale yellowish-corneous. Whorls 7, rather convex, the last acutely carinate, somewhat convex below. Surface glossy, smooth except for slight growth-strije. Aperture basal, rhombic, nearly twice as wide as high; peristome simple, the margins remote, the columellar margin reflexed. Alt. 2.5, diam. 2.2 mm. Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase). More elevated than K. cremdata, and distinguished by its plain, smooth surface. Kaliella harimensis n. sp. Shell perforate, obtusely conoidal, fragile, amber colored, trans- lucent. Whorls 5, Comdex, slowly increasing, the nucleus rather large;, last whorl obtusely subangular in front, elsewhere rounded at the periphery, the base convex. Sculpture of extremely fine, densely crowded, thread-like stria3 above, giving the surface a some- what silken lustre; almost obsolete on the glossy base, which shows weak spiral stride near the middle. Aperture truncate-cresceutie, the peristome thin, a little reflexed at the perforation. Alt. 2, diam. 2h mm. Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 655). This species is much more depressed than the allied K. pagodu- hides Gude. It has not the peripheral keel of K. fraterna Pils. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405 REALTID^. Omphalotropis japonicus n. sp. Shell narrowly umbilicate, acutely ovate-conic, rather thin, yellowish brown; surface glossy and smooth. Spire straightly conic, the apex rather acute. Whorls 6, convex, the last with a strong basal keel around the umbilicus. Aperture slightly oblique, ovate, the outer and basal margins of the peristome a trifle expanded, columellar margin reflexed. Length 5.8, diam- eter 3.5, length of aperture 2.5 mm. Kashiwashima, Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 588). This is, I believe, tlie first Omphalotropls found in Japan. AMNICOLID^. Bithynia striatula var. japonica nov. Shell pale amber tinted or corneous, glossy, similar to B. striatula of China, but differing in sculpture, the spiral ridges being much stronger; 3 or 4 large and irregularly spaced ones above the peri- phery, those on the base smaller and closer. Alt. 10 (specimens with the early whorls lost by erosion), diam. 6.5 mm.; longest axis of aperture 5 mm. Manabe, Hidachi (type locality), and Osaka (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 80,683 Coll. A. N. S., from No. 152 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Specimens from Osaka have less strong sculpture than those from the province Hidachi, though it is still stronger than in any Chinese specimens of B. striatula in the series before me. The peristome is rather less expanded, too, though well thickened in adults, and either black (Manabe) or pale (Osaka). B. striatula has already been reported from Japan by Prof, von Martens,^'' who in ltt60 found it at Yokohama, on the muddy bank of the small river, at the first bridge, in quite fresh water. I suppose it was this strongly sculptured form which he found. The Vega Expedition collected shells identified by Westerlund as B. striatula at Jokogava (near Tokyo), and at Lake Biwa (Vega Exp., IV, p. 182). In China the species is widely diffused, from the Yangtse to the Amur drain- ages; and Pere Heude" has split it into some four species. Of i« Sitzungsber. nnturf. Freunde zu Berlin, 1877, p. 114. B. striatula was described from Clnisan, as Paludina (BiiJiinia) striatula Bens., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., XXIV, 1885, p. 131. Schmacker found it at Shanghai. 1' Memoires concernant V Hist. Nat. de l' Empire Ohinois, pp. 171, 172. 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julj, these his B. chine)isis seems to me to be typical B. striatxda, while B. spiralis is a more slender, B. scalaris a stouter form, perhaps not more than varietally distinct. B. striatula Bens, of Heude is a strongly keeled form, certainly not the typical striatula of Benson. His identification of it was possibly due to a remark of von Mar- tens in Jahrb. D. Mai Ges., 11, 1875, p. 133. I have no great faith in the distinctness of any of these sup- posed species ; but if several Chinese forms are to be distinguished, the Japanese shells evidently deserve at least varietal rank. They are nearer B. striatula Heude non Benson than to any other of the Chinese varieties. SPH^RIIDJE. Sphserium inutilis n. sp. Shell oval, much inflated, thin, equilateral, grayish-brown, with a pale basal zone; glossy, minutely striate; anterior end curved in a semicircle; posterior end a little more obtuse, though still well curved. Beaks small, projecting, " calyculate, " or tipped with a distinctly demarked protoconch. Interior bluish-white; cardinal teeth subobsolete, extremely compressed, parallel with the hinge-line, divided in the right valve, single in the left; lateral teeth moderately strong, double in the right, single in the left valve. Length 10, alt. 8.6, diam. 6.2 mm. Nishigo, Uzen (Mr. Y. Hirase). Three species of Si^hceriuni are now known from Japan : »S. jcfponicum Westerlund, ^' S. heterodon Pilsbry," and the present sj)ecies. All belong to the subgenus Cahjeulina. S. jajjonicum is an elongate " subtrapeziform " species. S. inutilis differs from S. heterodon in having higher beaks, a more curved hinge-line, rounded ends and it is more globose. No Pisidium or Cyrena is yet known from Japan proper, although the latter genus occurs in the middle group of the Loo Choo Islands. CYRENID^. Corbicula sadoensis n. sp. Shell triangular-oval, moderately inflated, solid; glossy, nearly black in adults, sculptured with very close, irregularly raised and ^* Calyculina japonica West., Nachr''bl. d. D. Malak. Ges., 1883, p. 58 (April); Vega Exp., IV, p. 216, PI. 6, fig. 31, from Jokogava, near Tokyo. *» Cat(d. Mar. Moll. Jap., p. 159, PI. 3, figs. 15, 16, 17, from Hizen, in Kiusiu. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 thread-like concentric striae. Beaks moderately raised and full, deeply eroded in adults. Interior whitish, or light violet outside of the pallial line. Hinge rather narrow, the cardinal teeth slightly grooved at their summits ; anterior and posterior laterals of equal length, single in the left, double in the right valve. Length 33, ale. 27, diam. 18 mm. Sado, Japan (Mr. Y. Hirase). It fills me with sadness to add another Corbicula to the Japanese fauna, but these specimens cannot without violence be referred to any of those known. C. martensi Clessin is perhaps the nearest, but aadoeusis is more transverse, the lateral teeth diverge at a wider angle, and the stripe are far closer. The very close, comparatively fine striation is the chief differential character of the species, distinguishing it from all the other forms. Corbicula awajiensis n. sp. Shell oval, compressed, the diameter about half and the alt. three-fourths the length, bright yellowish green, with buff spots- and patches toward the beaks; strongly and regularly ribbed con- centrically. Beaks rather low, not projecting much, eroded and deep violet. iSTearly equilateral, the anterior end sometimes slightly narrower, the two ends about equally rounded, upper and lower margins equally and similarly curved. Interior dark violet, with a darker, often light-bordered spot under the beaks. Hinge deli- cate, the cardinal teeth small; anterior and posterior laterals of about equal length, somewhat curved, very strongly crenulate, double in the right, single in the left valve. Length 16, alt. 12, diam. 8^ mm. Noda, Awaji (Mr. Y. Hirase). The valve-margins \newed from within are seen to form a sym- metrical oval figure, the upper and lower borders having almost exactly the same curvature, and the anterior and posterior ends beiug about equal. There is no suggestion of the subtriangular shape of most Japanese species of Corbicula. The beaks are low and the sculpture strong and regular. It is a small species, the first known from Awaji Island, and seems quite distinct from any other. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX, XX, XXI. Plate XIX (figures natural size), Fig. 1. — Vemis Idrasei. pp. 205, 400. Fig. 2. — Area nipponensis, pp. 209, 403. Figs. 3, 4. — Petricoln cyclus, pp. 204, 400. Fig. 5. — Tapes plienax, p. 207. Fig. 6. — Tapes platyptycJui, p. 206. Fig. 7. — Peiricola cyclus var. scuJpturata, p. 205 (Ceylon). Fig. 8. — Tellina pristiformis, p. 400. Fig. 9. — Anatina wipura, pp. 208, 402. Figs. 10, 11. — Acmcea heroldi v?kv. n(jiiat., III. p. 591. Kiister, Conchyl. Cah., Clausilia, PI. 23, figs. 1-3, figures of Pfeiffer's type. ■"Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., VI, p. 425, February, 1859 ; Otia Coneh., p. 103. The name prcBcktm being preoccupied in Clausilia, Pfeiffer changed it to C. excellem, Jour, de ConcJiyl., p. 263 (1361), basing the new name on Gould's description. ^Nautilus, VIII, p. 47 (August, 1894); Catal. Mar. Moll. Jap., Appen- dix, p. 163, PI. 1, fig. 12. * These Proceedings, 1900, p. 446, PI. XIV, figs. 12-14. ' This includes the species of Oshima, as this island belongs both geo- graphically and faunally to the Loo Choo group. Being politically a part of Kagoshima Ken or prefecture, it is not usually considered by the Japanese to be one of the Loo Choo group, which in ordinary parlance includes merely the Central and Further groups of islands, belonging to Okinawa Ken. 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, the centx'al group, aud Oshima in the northeastern group. There can be no doubt that when other islands are explored many more species will be brought to light, and our zoogeographic knowledge correspondingly expanded. The known species fall into five subgenera or sections: Stereo- phcBdusa, Luchuphcediisa, Hemiphcedusa, Tyrannophcedusa (/) and Zaptyx. Of these, the section Luchupluedusa, comprising about half the species now known, has been found nowhere but on these islands. Zaptyx extends into the southernmost provinces of Kiusiu, in the neighborhood of Kagoshima Bay; and probably borne by the " Kuro Shi wo " has reached Hachijo, an islet a hundred miles off Izu province; but a Loo Chooan origin of the group seems probable. Stereophtulusa and Hemiph(Edusa range further, being common throughout Japan, and the latter group is widespread on che Chinese mainland ; but the species of the Loo Choo Islands belong to a fecial group of Hemiphcedusa which has not been found elsewhere. The single species referred doubtfully to Tyrannophcedusa has no close relatives, but seems nearer ta Japanese than to any Chinese species known to me. The sections EiLphcedusa and Megalophcedusa, so characteristic of Japan, are wanting in the Loo Choos, so far as present information goes; and Relnia has not been found. So much for the distribution of the groups. Descending to species, we find not one common to the Loo Choo Islands and any other land. The general affinities of the dciusilia fauna, we may conclude, are closest with Japan, though the endemic element is so strong that no relationship at all intimate can be claimed. No character- istic Formosau forms of Chtusilia have been found in the Loo Choo group. Section STEREOPH^DUSA Bttg. Clausilia valida Pfr. Originally described from the " Liew Kiew " Islands, this species is known from Okinawa Island only. It has been collected there by the Japanese collectors sent by Dr. Adolph Fritze in 1891, by Mr. Frederick vStearns about the same time, aud has also been taken by Mr. Hirase's collector. The typical form is uniform brownish yellow. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 The chestnut- banded form with the coai'se sculpture of the type has been named var. fasciata by ISIr. E. R. Sykes/' Another banded variety may be called var, perfasciata. It is similar to C. valida fasciata Sykes, but larger, the broad purpie- l^rowu band more strongly contrasted with the whitish or pale buff bands above and below it; aperture longer, more piriform. The sculpture is perceptibly finer than in valida. The types of this form are from the province Kuuchan, Okinawa Island (No. 633 of Mr. Hirase's collection). A third form of the species, var. striaiella, nov., has the color- ing of var. fasciata, but darker on the last two whorls, with the same rather wide aperture, dusky purplish within; but the surface is far more finely striated, there being fully twice as many stride as there are in valida. The size is about the same. Length 28, diam, 6 mm., 71 whorls remaining. Length 25-j, diam. 61 mm., 61 whorls remaining. The types ^are 79,116 Cdl. A. N. S. P., from 462 of Mr. Hirase's collection, labeled " Loo Choo." Clausilia Stearnsii Pilsl^ry. The types were taken on Okinawa by the collector sent by Mr. Frederick Stearns in 1891-2. They measui*e, length 26 to 31, diam. 5 mm. Specimens sent this year from Yayeyama by Mr. Hirase (No. 622) measure 26-28 by 5 mm. Others sent from " Loo Choo" are more slender, length 25-251, diam. 4^ mm., with 12 whorls and a less distinct lunella than the tyjDes. C. Stearnsii is very distinct by its receding inferior lamella and the development of a lunella, both being characters unlike most other species of Stereopihczdusa. Section LUCHUPHiEDUSA nov. Clausilium wide, trunmte or notched distaUy, and with a thick- ened lobe or finger-like process on Ihe columellar side of the apex, standing at nearly a right angle with the body of the plate. Shell fusiform, the right margin of the peristome usually crenate, outer margin excavated above to form a sinulus; superior lamella marginal, projecting, continuous with the long spiral lamella; ^ The Coachologist, II, p. 118. Figure 52 of Sowerby's monograph in the Conchologia Iconica, XX, evidently is intended to represent one of the specimens mentioned by Mr. Sykes. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, inferior lamella strongly spiral within, calloused below ; subcolu- mellar lamella dilated adjacent to the very long and strong lower palatal plica, which is united with the lunella, when that is pres- ent; principal plica long; upper palatal plica developed, sometimes coalescent with the lunella. The shell in this section is similar to that of the La-oup of C. ptychochila in general characters, but differs in the dilation of the subcohimellar lamella and in the much higher, simple spiral plate of the inferior lamella within the last whorl. Like the group mentioned, its peculiarities are an exaggeration of the platydera group of HemipjJuvdusa, which may be looked upon as a sort of unspecialized branch of the common stock. The clausilium, how- ever, is so peculiar and unlike any Phtedusoid group hitherto known, that the erection of a new section is reriuired. The lamellse and plic?e are all very strongly developed within, and the former are unusually long, passing the ventral position. Luchuphcedusa has much in common with the section Emargina- ria Bttg. of the German upper Miocene, in which a similar emar- ginate or notched clausilium and the same interlamellar plication is developed ; but the Miocene forms retain a primitiv e structure of the palatal region, where several plicae are developed, while Luehu- phcednsa is very highly specialized there. The resemblance is pai'- tially due to convergent evolution. Key to species of Luc hup heed iisa, by external characters. 1. — Right margin of the peristome crenulate: a. — Aperture narrow, the sinulus strongly developed; princi- , pal plica reaching to the lip; last whorl strongly com- pressed (Oshima). b. — Subcolumellar lamella wholly immersed (though the lip is crenate at its position), . . . C. oshinue. b'. — iSubcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, C. pseudoshimce. a'. — Aperture moderately wide, of noi'mal proportions, piri- form-ovate; principal plica immersed, as usual. b. — Rather large, the broad right lip deeply plicate; length about 23 mm. (Okinawa), C. callistochila. b'. — Small, length about 12 mm. : the right lip narrow and not very strougly crenate (Oshima), C mima. 2. — Right margin of the peristome smooth; aperture semicircular; inferior and subcolumellar lamellfe emerging to the lip-edge; length 30-34 mm. (Oshima), .... C. nesiothauma. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 All of the species of this section are new, and from the two islands Okinawa and Oshima. Clausilia callistochila n. sp. PI. XXII. figs. 1, 2, 3. Hhell thick and strong, pale brown, or green from adhering algte, rimate, turreted, the upper third of the length attenuated, with slightly concave outlines, the lower two-thirds rather swollen, the penultimate whorl widest, the last half of the last whorl contracted, compressed laterally. The apex is obtuse. Whorls 11|-, the early ones worn smooth, the I'est closely rib-striate, the riblets on the last whorl coarser and more widely spaced, somewhat undulating and ir- regular. Aperture vertical, rhombic-piriform, with distinct sinulus, the peristome expanded and reflexed, thick, white, the left margin wide aud thick as far up as the sinulus, where it is abruptly exca- vated; right margin, froin the superior lamella to the base, deeply cut into rounded entering u)r inkles, which deeply crenulate the lip-edge. Superior lamella subvertical, rather thick, emerging to the margin, continuous with the high, long and strongly developed spiral lamella. Inferior lamella subhorizoutal, strongly approaching the superior lamella within, heavy, not reaching the lip-margin, very strongly spiral inside. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip- edge, where it forms one of the series of lip-folds. Pi-incipal plica strong and nearly a whorl long, reaching nearly to the lip; extend- ing inward far beyond the lunella. Upper palatal plica long, con- verging inwardly toward the principal plica ; lunella short and very obliquely running inward, arising below from a very strong and high, angularly bent, long, lower j^xdatal plica. Clausilium (PI. XXII, fig. 4) broad, irregularly curved, abruptly truncate below, slightly thickened along the palatal mar- gin, the apical end of the columellar margin much thickened, bent nearly at a right angle with the rest of the surface, producing a blunt tooth or lobe. Length 24, diam. 5f, longest axis of aperture 5f mm. Length 22f , diam. 5f , longest axis of aperture 6 mm. Province Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 634). An extraordinary species, not only by the interpalatal lamellae which deeply crenulate the lip, but also by the long and high lower palatal fold and very oblique lunella; the two united in such fashion as to make the figure of an almost prostrate letter /, reminding one of the lunella of some of the C. platydera group of 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [-Tuly, Hemiphiediisa, but unlike that group, an upper palatal plica is developed. The clausilium is very peculiar. Clausilia nesiothauma n. .sp. PI. XXII, figs. 19, 20, 21. Shell large, fusiform, rather obese below, moderately tapering above, fleshy-whitish, the surface lustreless and (where not over- grown with algse or worn smooth) sculptured with moderately coarse, somewhat waved rib-striie, branching or with intercalated striie on the upper half of the last whorl. Apex small, the first wiiorl rapidly enlarging, sometimes self- amputated and plugged. Whorls 10, the la.st tapering below, having a broadly rounded basal crest running to the lower angle of the aperture. Aperture verti- cal, semicircular in general contour, obtusely angular at the sinulus and at the foot of the columella; the inner margin being straight- ened, the outer rounded. Peristome white, the outer and basal margins flaring, broadly reflexed, the inner margin sloping, emar- ginate at the termination of the superior lamella, arcuate along the interlamellar space, then straightened. Superior lamella strong, slightly oblique, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella very strong, calloused and thick, forming a squarish columellar fold, abruptly lower or sometimes bifid where it extends upon the peristome. Subcolumellar lamella emergmg, very strong and prominent, extending to the lip-edge. Principal plica about one-third of a whorl long, lateral in position. Lunella arcuate, its upper end curving well inward (being completely united with, and curving into, a short upper palatal plica); below, the lunella becomes strong and high, and joins the middle of an ex- tremely strong, long, arched lower palatal fold, the summit of which curves downward and almost meets a broad, erect plate which at this point rises from the subcolumellar lamella. The lower end of the lower palatal plica is visible from the aperture, in a front or slightly oblique view. The inferior lamella is continued inward as a strongly spiral erect plate, rather distant from the spiral lamella on the dorsal side, but approaching it and becoming rather abruptly lower v-entrally, both penetrating to beyond the middle of the ven- tral side. The subcolumellar lamella inward from the expansion toward the lower palatal plica, is slightly sigmoid, and not parallel inside with the inferior lamella. Clausilium (figs. 15, 16) rather broad in the middle, slightly tapering toward each end, the lower end abruptly truncate, emar- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 ginate or notched, a somewhat thickened, finger-like and more curved process extending downward on the coluraellar side ; proximal end passing gradually into the rather broad filament. Length 34, diam. 7.8, lougest axis of aperture 9.4 mm. Length 30.5, diam. 7.5, longest axis of aperture 9 mm. Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 652). Readily known by its large size and the peculiar shape of the aperture. Clausilia oshimae n. sp. PI. XXII, figs. .5, 6. Shell fusiform, the upper third slender and somewhat attenuated, the lower half rather swollen; penultimate whorl Avidest. Very solid and strong. Pale brownish, more or less eroded. Closely and rather strongly striate. Apex small, the first whorl rapidly increasing, next three or four whorls very slowly widening; whorls about 11|^, the last whorl tapering, laterally compressed, flattened, having a shallow pit behind the middle of the outer lip, rounded at the base. Aperture ear-shaped, oblique, produced in a deep retracted sinulus above. Peristome reflexed, thickened, a slight ridge running # behind the outer lip parallel with it; outer lip obtusely toothed at the termination of the principal phca, thin above, rather broad below the tooth. Inner lip projecting in the middle, cut into six or eight rounded, unequal interlamellar folds, and similarly or more weakly crenate to or below the subcolumellar lamella. Superior lamella vertical, emerging beyond the general level of the peristome, continuous with the spiral lamella. Infe- rior lamella very prominently projecting into the aperture, subhori- zontal and somewhat thickened below. Subcolumellar lamelUt wholly immersed, but replaced on the lip by rugie occupying its place. Principal plica very long, reaching to the lip and running inward over a whorl; very strong. Upper palatal plica short, weak and lateral; lower palatal plica very strong and long, its lower end visible within the aperture, in an obhque view. Lunella apparently wanting. Within, the inferior lamella is a very high, strongly but somewhat irregularly spiral plate; the spiral lamella is also very high, almost touching the principal plica; and both lamellae penetrate far past the ventral side. The subcolumellar la- mella is short as usual, but strong near its deeply immersed lower end. Length 22.5, diam. 4.5, longest axis of aperture 5.6 mm. Length 21, diam. 4.5, longest axis of aperture 5 mm. 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, The clausilium (PI. XXII, figs. 12, 13, 14) is strongly curved below, and becomes very thick toward the apex. The distal end has two apices separated by a notch, the outer one conic and rather broad, the inner blunt and bent nearly at a right angle with the body of the plate. Xase, Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 653a). This exceedingly peculiar species has the crenulate right lip of most of its group, but it differs from all known species except the next in the great development of the posterior bay or " sinulus " of the aperture. It is difficult to gain a correct conception of the closing apparatus, so contracted is the cavity of the last whorl by the enormously developed lamellse and plicre. The deeply immersed subcolumellar lamella is a prominent feature, differentiating C. oshimce from C. j^seudoshimce ; but as I have remarked above, this is masked by the sulcation of the lip, by which rounded lamellae are produced in the subcolumellar position. Clausilia pseudoshimae n. sp. PI. XXII, titrs. 7, S, 9, 10. Shell very similar externally to C. oshimce; a little smaller; aperture and lip the same, except that the subcolumellar lamella emerges to the Ui)-edrje. Internal structure the same, except that the spiral trend of the inferior lamella, as seen from the back in an opened shell, is made irregular by two prominent angles; there is a rather long, latero-dorsal, uj^per palatal plica opposite the great lateral dilation of the inferior lamella. The very long lower palatal plica gives off a very short and extremely oblique lunella in a ventral position, where the clausilium lodges. The clausilium (PI. XXII, fig. 11) has two subequal blunt apical points, sepa- rated by a rather wide notch. Length 19.3, diam. 4, longest axis of aperture 5 mm. Length 17, diam. 4, longest axis of aperture 4.7 mm. Furuniya, Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6536). Strikingly like C. oshimce in general aspect, yet readily distin- guishable by a number of important interna) characters. On cutting the shell it is found to be decidedly less strong than in the other species. The clausilium lodges in a ventral position. The form of the basal lip is poorly represented in fig. 8. The other fiirures show it correctlv. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 Clausilia mima n. sp. PI. XXIII, figs. 37, 38, 39. Shell small, fusiform, rather obese, but rapidly tapering and conspicuously attenuated above ; thin and not very strong, pale brown, densely and finely rib-striate. Whorls 8^ to 9, convex, the apex rather large, next three or four whorls widening but little; last half of the last whorl much contracted, flattened. Aperture somewhat oblique, small, piriform, with moderately well- defined sinulus. Peristome reflexed, slightly thickened, the outer margin excavated above, the upper and right margins more or less crenulate, the creuulation varying from strong to subobsolete in difterent specimens. Superior lamella vertical, emerging a little beyond the general level of the peristome, slightly wider or bifid at the margin; continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella forming a rather strong subhorizontal fold within, not emerging to the peristome. Subcolumellar lamella emerging, marginal. Principal plica about a half whorl long, extending from the dorsal to the middle of the ventral side. Upper palatal plica lateral, arcuate, converging inward toward the principal plica, the outer end contiguous to the lunella, the upper end of which curves toward and is almost united with it. Lunella lateral in position, oblique, weak above, strong below, where it unites with the middle of a long, very strong and angularly bent lower palatal plica. The subcolumellar lamella is abruptly and strongly dilated in the region of the lower palatal plica, and is bent over toward it; beyond this dilation it curves abruptly and ascends the internal column in the usual manner, expands again and turns toward the right, parallel to the other lamellre upon the roof of the penultimate whorl. The inferior lamella within the last whorl is stout, liigh, very strongly spiral, and with the spiral lamella continues inward past the ventral side, upon which the three lamellte run parallel. Length 13^, diam. 3^ mm. Length 11^, diam. 3 mm. Clausilium (PI. XXII, figs. 17, 18) broad, strongly curved, broadly rounded along the outer margin, truncate at the apex, and produced on the columellar side into a long finger-like process. Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 654). Much smaller than other species of the section, and strongly attenuated above, like C. hrevior v. Mart. The process of the 27 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, clausiliuiu is also longer, and the whole plate is strongly twisted spirally. ~_.. . Section HEMIPH^DUSA Bttg. Grouj) of C. 2)tychochila. In this group the right lij) or iuterlaraellar space is more or less creuate; the superior and sul:)colamellar lamella are marginal, the inferior lamella somewhat receding, thickened below, strongly sig- moid within, and in the middle of the dorsal aspect it is low, wide and bifid, as if composed of two cords twisted round one another. The lower palatal plica is very strong, elevated in the middle where the lunella joins it, the latter being very strong below, weak above. The clausilium (PI. XXIII, figs. 26-29) is wider in the middle than in Ilemiphcedusa, tapering above and below, strongly curved toward the thickened, obtuse apex, and with the lateral margins bent nearly at right angles with the rest of the plate, forming a sort of spout-like distal extremity (PI. XXIII, figs. 27, 28). This group is probably entitled to separate sectional rank. It is related to the Japanese group of C. jylntydera, but differs in the form of the inferior lamella within the last whorl, and iu the clausilium. Key to species. 1, — Inferior lamella thickened but simple below: a, — Surface strongly ribbed; subcoluraellar lamella somewhat dilated in the part adjacent to the lower palatal plica, C. Bernardii. a'. — Surface more finely costulate : h. — Lunella becoming very weak and curving inward above, strong and high below; subcolumellar lamella not dilated near the lower palatal plica; upper palatal plica weak, . . C. crenilabium, I'. — Lunella straight; shell more obese, C. jdychochila. 2. — Inferior lamella bifid below, C. excel! ens. Clausilia Bernardii Pi'r. V\. XXIII. fes. 30, 31, 32. C. Bernardii Pfr., Journ. de Concliyl., IX, 1861, p. 267, PI. 15, figs. 1, 2 ; ]\ronogr. Ilel. Viv., VI, p. 426. This species was described as from Siam. It has not been found by any later collectors in that region, and there are grave reasons for considering the locality erroneous. The origmal specimens from. Beruardi's collection were dis- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 tribiited to Pfeiffer, the Academy of Katural Sciences of Philadel- phia, and perhaps to other collections; and I suppose the figured type is preserved in the collection of the Journal de Conchyliologie in Paris. Upon examining the species, I find that it is very closely related to my C. crenilabium of Kunchan, Okinawa; in fact, so inti- mately, that I have no doubt that C Bernardii really came from Okinawa or some other island of the Loo Choo chain. No species of the same group has been found in China, Tonquin or elsewhere on the mainland, and it is apparently a local group, specialized on these islands. The source whence Bernard! procured his specimens is not stated, but it is significant that in the same volume of the Journal several species from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, collected by a French naval officer, M. Thomas, are described. Probably G. Bernardii was one of the species taken by him in Loo Choo. C. Bernardii differs from C. crenilabium in having the surface- sculpture very much coarser. The lunella is very strong below, where it joins the middle of an elevated conic lower palatal fold, the apex of which overhangs or curves downward in the middle. Above, the lunella rapidly weakens, and curves backward into the low upper palatal fold, which also has a low continuation on the other side — apertureward — of the lunella. The projecting squar- ish inferior lamella is much thickened below, and within the last whorl it has the peculiar shape seen in C. crenilabium, the spiral portion being superposed at the side of, rather than continuous with, the externally visible part of the inferior lamella. It is very strong, somewhat expanded in the region of the lunella. The spiral and inferior lamella3 are of equal length, and continue inward past the ventral position, to a point in line with the supe- rior lamella. In G. crenilabium both lamellte extend further inward, and the spiral lamella is decidedly longer than the othei*. The crenulation of the interlamellar space is coarser in Bernardii than in crenilabium. There are 11 whorls, the upper ones more attenuated than in crenilabium, and the color is corneous-white, not brownish. The clausilium of G. Bernardii is shaped almost exactly as in C. crenilabium, broad in the middle, tapering and strongly curved toward the apex, which is obtuse, slightly thickened and spout- 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, like, from having the lateral edges of the tapering portion abruptly bent toward the convex side of the clau.silium. The jialatal margin is especially widely reflexed and flattened. Clausilia ptychocMla BoottKcr. ri. xxill, figs, -lo, ll, 12. Clausilienstudien, p. 66 (1877); Jahrb. d. I). Malak. Ges., V, p. 57, PI. 3, fig. 8 (1878). The habitat of this species is unknown. It was described from a single specimen, supposed to be from China, but without record of locality. From its characters I think it will be found on Okinawa or some neighboring island. The type measures, length 24^, diam. 6^, length of apertui-e 6^, width 4^ mm. ^It is swollen-fusiform, densely costulate and whitish-corneous, the spire concavely attenuated. Whorls 11. The aperture is rhombic-piriform, peristome much thickened, sin- uate and appressed above. There is a groove separating the superior lamella from the numerous folds which corrugate the interlamellar space. The inferior lamella is callous below. " The small upper and the longer lower palatal plicse are united with the short, straight lunella, which at its base gives off a distinct branch backward." The clausilium has not been described. Boettger's description and figures show this to be a species closely related to C. crenilahium and G. Bernardu. It differs from the former in being more inflated, with the lunella apparently straight, not curving inward above, and nothing is said to indicate that the lower palatal plica has the great height at its junction with the lunella and the strong development seen in C. crenilahium. It is apparently more finely sculptured than C. Bernardii. Further collections are needed to determine whether these three species are constantly distinct or united by intermediate examples. Num- bers of specimens of C. Bernardii and C. crenilahium show no tendency toward intergradation, and with present knowledge I would not feel justified in uniting the three species. Dr. von ]\[ollendorff has placed ptychochila in the synouomy of excellens (Jahrh. D. Mai. Ges., X, p. 2(59). This union is inadmis- sible. Clausilia crenilabium n. sp. PL XXIII, figs. 23, 21, 25, 33. Shell thick and strong, brownish buff, rimate, turreted, attenu- ated above, moderately swollen below, the last whorl contracted, penultimate whorl widest. Whorls about l\h, slightly convex. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 421 sculptured with close, regular and rather fine rib-strite, coarser on the last whorl. Aperture vertical, rhombic-piriforni, the peris- tome white, reflexed, somewhat thickened, the outer lip excavated above to form an indistinct sinulus; the uppei- margin to the right of the superior lamella is cut into 3 to 5 entering folds, deeply crenu- latiug the lip-edge; the rest of the right margin is rveakly and irregu- larly subcrenulate. Superior lamella strong, slightly oblique, attain- ing the margin, continuous with the long and high spiral lamella. Inferior lamella strong, approaching the superior, not reaching upon the lip, very heavy and callous below, strongly spiral and with a superposed callus within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica rather long and strong, visible within the aperture, extending inward slightly beyond the latero -ventral lunella. Upper palatal plica small and low, united with the lunella. Lower palatal phca short and high, angularly elevated and overhanging downward in the middle, where the strong lunella joins it. Clausilium (PI. XXIII, figs. 26-29) well curved, wide above, the lower half tapering, narrow, terminating in a blunt apex, which is channeled and spout-like outside. Columellar margin thickened near and at the apex; palatal margin sinuous, bearing a sharp, high, keel-like thickening on the outside along its lower half; proximal end emarginate on the columellar side of the fila- ment. Length 32, diam. 7, longest axis of aperture 7.8 mm. Length 30, diam. 7.3, longest axis of aperture 8.3 mm. Length 26, diam, 6.3, longest axis of aperture 7 mm. Kunchan, Okinawa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 632a). ' ' This species differs from C. callistochila in the weak crenulatiou of the right lip, shorter principal plica, shorter and diff^erently shaped lower palatal plica, the smaller upper palatal, which is united with the lunella, and especially in the different form of the olausilium. '^ Specimens No. 6326 of Mr. Hirase' s collection, also from Kun- <;han, the northern province of Okinawa, are green from adhering algse, evidently having lived in a moist place. The crenulation of the lip is much less marked, thei-e being but one or two inter- lamellar folds close to the superior lamella; the lower palatal fold and lunella are shortened, forming a sort of triangular buttressed pyramid; the lunella is very low above, and curves into a sub- 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF •[July, obsolete upper palatal fold. The clausilium is the same as in the typical form. The tip of the spire is sometimes lost. Length 28, diam, 6.3, longest axis of aperture 7.2 mm. Length 28,7, diam. 6, longest axis of aperture 7.2 mm. Clausilia excellens Pfeiffer. PL XXIII, (ig. 43. This species was originally described by Gould as C prceclara, but this name being preoccupied it was changed by Pfeiffer to C. excellens. The species was known to Pfeiffer by Gould's descrip- tion only." Through the kindness of Prof. William H. Dall I am A able, to give a figure of the type specimen, from ^ Loo Choo, in the National Museum. It differs from C. crenilahlum in the slightly stronger striation and the better development of the interlamellar crenulation; and from C. crenilabium, ptychochila and Benidrdli in the grooving of the top of the inferior lamella, which is almost bifid. In C erenilahiwn and C. Bernardii the inferior la- mella is only bifid far within, in a dorsal position, as shown in PI. XXIII, fig. 25. In C. excellens this bifid structure has apparently moved downward to the lower end of the lamella. The clausilium of C. excellens is still unknown, ^*«u.^.--' as the type specimen has not been opened ; and the subgeneric position of the species cannot, therefore, be considered certain. It may possibly be a Luchuphcedusa. 1 Grouj) of C. munus. A group of uncertain systematic position, probably referable to Tt/raiinopJuedasa rather than to Hem Ip heed usa ; but more material and further study is needed to determine to what extent Ileml- pluedusa is heterogeneous, and how it may best be subdivided. The heavy thickening of the distal end of the clausilium on the columellar side, and its short form, remove the species described below from Hemiphczdxisa, but it differs from the typical forms of Tijrannopluedihsa in the comparatively few-whorled shell and in details of the palatal armature. ^See p. 409, footnote No. 2. There is a very poor figure of C. excellens in the Concholixjia Iconica^ XX, PI. X, fig. 89. 1901.] :^fATURAL sciences of PHILADELPHIA. 423 Clausilia niunus n. sp. PL XXIII, liss. 34. 35. 36. Shell rather small, fusiform, slender and much attenuated above, rather obese below; brown and glossy when unworn, but often lustreless and more or less eroded. Finely and closely striate, the later half of the last whorl much more coarsely so. Whorls 9 to 9^, rather convex, the penultimate whorl widest, the last whorl contracted, tapering. Aperture rhombic-ovate, the peristome whitish, reflexed, moderately thick, slightly emarginate at the position of the superior lamella. Superior lamella vertical, reach- ing the margin, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella immersed, receding, not visible in a front view, but seen by looking obliquely into the aperture; almost straightly ascend- ing inside. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, with a groove on each side. Principal plica nearly a half whorl long, its end visible within the throat from the aperture, extending inward slightly beyond the closing apparatus. Upper palatal plica short, converging a little inwardly toward the principal plica; not connected with the arcuate, obhque, rather strong lunella, the lower end of which curves inward somewhat. Length 15, diara. 3.5 mm. Length 13.5, diam. 3.6 mm. Length 13, diam. 3 mm. Clausilium rather broad and short, tapering to a mucronate apex, heavily thickened on the columellar side at and near the apex, nearly straight, curved only near the filament, where it is abruptly narrowed, and deeply excavated or emarginate on the columellar side. Oshima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No 646). In general form this species resembles G. brevior and C. axca- jiensis. It differs from the latter in the wider peristome, in having the lunella free from the upper palatal plica, and in the shape of the clausilium, which in this species resembles that of TijrannophcB- diisa, it being shorter and broader than in Hemiphcedusa, and strongly thickened toward the apex, along xhe columellar side. Section ZAPTYX Pilsbry. Vide these Proceedings for 1900, pp. 446, 672. Clausilia hyperoptyx Piisbrj-. This species was sent by Mr. Hirase as from " Loo Choo " — that is, I suppose. Great Loo Choo (Luchu), Nawa, or Okinawa Island. A further lot, No. 4576, has been sent from Yayeyama. 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [J^llj, EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXII AND XXIII. Plate XXII, Figs. 1-3. — Clausilia caUistochila. Fig. 4. — Clausilia caUistochila. Clausilium, showing form of the apex. Figs. 5, 6. — C. osldmoi. I, Inferior lamella; P, lower end of the lower palatal plica ; 6', subcolumellar lamella ; /Sp., spiral lamella ; 5mj)., superior lamella. Figs. 7-10. — C. pseudosJiimcB. Fig. 11. — C. pseitdo»himm. Clausilium, turned to show form of the apex. Fig. 12. — C oshim(e. Clausilium, interior face; 13, profile from colum- ellar side ; 14, inner face, turned to show form of the apex. Fig. 15. — 0. nesiothduma. Clausilium, interior face ; 16, the same, turned to show form of the apex. Fig. 17. — C. tnima. Clausilium, turned to show form of the apex ; 13, interior face of the same. Figs. 19-21 — C. nesiotfiauma. Fig. 20 showing the spiral and inferior lamellre, and on the left side part of the lunella and lower palatal plica, with the dilated portion of the subcolumellar lamella. Plate XXIII, Figs. 23-25. — C. crenilaUum. I, inferior lamella , L, lunella ; P, lower palatal plica ; S, subcolumellar lamella. Fig. 26. — G. crenilabium. Clausilium, seen in profile from the columellar side ; 27, apical view ; 28, interior face ; 29, the same turned to show shape of the apex. Figs. 30-32.— C. BernarcUi. Fig. 33. — C. crenilahium. Figs. 34-36.— C munus. Figs. 37-39. — G. miina. Figs. 40-42. — C. ptycliocJdla (copied from Boettger). Fig. 43. — G. excellens (type specimen of G. jivoeclara Gld., drawn by Dr. J. C. McConnell). 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 A STUDY OF AN ANT. BY ADELE M. FIELDE. The colonies of Stenamma (Ajyhoinogaster) fulvum Mayr, sub- species aquira Buckley, variety piceum Emery, a jNIyrmicid ant found commonly in the neighborhood of Wood's Hole have varied in the numbers of their inmates from a few individuals to many thousands. The nests are near the surface, in mellow soil, by roadsides, in meadows, and in woods, and are usually neai', among, or under loose stones.^ ^ Unless otherwise iudicated the ants under observation were kept in the portable nests described by the author in Vol. 2, No. 2, of the Biological Bulletin. The species mentioned in this paper were identified for the writer by Prof. William Morton Wheeler, of the University of Texas. The colonies under inspection were kept at the Marine Biological Labora- tory at Wood's Hole, Mass., from July to the end of September, 1900, and in New York City from then until the first of June, 1901, when they were carried back to Wood's Hole. The temperature of the room in which they were kept in New York varied from 40^ to 90 J F., or 5^ to So-' C, and this variation often occurred during single days. The word day is used thronghout this narrative as representing a period of twenty-four hours' duration. The use of Petri double-dishes in the study of living ants was suggested to the author by Prof. Wheeler. Those referred to in this study were about 100 millimeters in diameter and 10 ram. deep on the inside. The cell formed by the double dish was set upon a disk of card- board, covered with white Turkish towelling, to which a tiny patch of black silk was attached. The Petri cell was set upon this disk, which was wider than itself, and the cell was covered with another disk of thick dark blotting paper. Within the cell were two sections of very fine-meshed sponge about 6 mm. thick, covering one-third the floor of the cell, and so placed as to leave a passageway for the ants between the sponge and the cell-wall, and also a triangular space where the ants could settle between the sponges and above the black patch. The sponges were kept saturated with water, to give drink to the ants and moisture to the air, and to prevent the hiding of the eggs in the interstices of the sponge. Care was taken that the sponges should not overflow and inundate the young. Particles of food, from three to six kinds, known to be acceptable to the ants, were constantly provided, and laid on that part of the floor farthest from the sponges. The air, the water, and the food were kept always fresh and clean. The sponges were dipped in alcohol and well rinsed once a week. The cells were set upon the shelves of a dark, well-aired cupboard, with the food-side of the cell toward the source of light. Not more than seven ants were permanently housed in a single cell. Among the ants kept several months in this manner there were scarcely any deaths from natural causes. 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [July> The workers ai'e brown in their general color, and are from four to seven millimeters in length, and, although they arcr apparently alike in all except size, they are here referred to as majors, minors and minims, the majors being from six to seven millimeters long. the minors from five to six, and the minims from four to five. When the colony moves the majors do the main part of the work of transporting the inert young, and they often seize, lift and carry to the new abode such ants as adhere too persistently to the old habitation. The minors appear to do a large part of the scout- ing and purveying. The minims are greatly devoted to the care of the eggs, larvpe and pupre. All assiduously serve the queen, and all engage in battles with enemies. The queens are from seven to eight millimeters in length without their wings, and are redder than the workers. The kings are from six to seven millimeters long, with the wings projecting another millimeter beyond the end of the body, and are jet black in color. The Avorkers are efficient fighters, and at close quarters will kill Formica fusca, double their bulk. They evince extreme hostil- ity not only to ants of other species, but to those of other or alien colonies of their own species and variety. In this paper the term alien is used to denote a different colony of the same species and variety. Queens of different colonies, when placed together in a nest or a Petri cell, ostracize each other, remaining as far apart as possible. ]f forced into close quarters, they interlock mandibles and push and pull one another until one dies. An alien queen, introduced into and unable to flee from a queenless colony, is attacked by its workers, and though she may make a brave fight, is eventually killed. When a queen is alone she will sometimes fight in defense and after a day or two of quiet residence in this abode they showed little disposition to leave it, but carried on their normal occupations with an appearance of contentment. In deaninff the cell, the cover was gently removed in a dim light, the left hand was placed snngly over the part of the cell occupied l)y the ant family, and the ants stayed in the agreeable warmth and daikness thus provided for them while the nnficcu])ied part of the cell was cleaned. By externally covering any portion of the cell floor with the black patch, antl setting the cell in a dim light, the ants were made to move to the selected site without serious disturbance or h ss of eggs. For prolonged observation of the ants I n^ed a weak light, natural or artificial, hand lenses, and a background, under the glass lloor, of whatever color best showed the object. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 of her egg?, larvre aud pup:e; but if there be workers belonging to her, she retires to a place of safety, and remains there until the fracas subsides and the workers seek her out. "Workers from different colonies shut into the same nest will fight until but one party remains. I put into a Janet nest, which one colony had occupied for a week, another colony that had for two weeks been in a Lubbock nest. The following day the Lubbock colony was congregated with a mass of its young in three stages in the food-room; the Janet colony was likewise congregated with its young in the adjoining nursery, and a battle was raging between groups of two, of three, of four and of five, the attacks being always upon single ants. A day later eighty ants had been slain, and the warfare continued. On the fifth day the young of both colonies had all been brought together into the nursery and the victorious remnant of the Janet colony was alone Avith its spoils. When a single alien Sfenamma falvum piceujn is introduced into a colony, it at once exhibits signs of terror, endeavors to flee or to hide, and keeps apart from the habitants; but sooner or later an inmate comes upon it, and though it may slay its opponent in a duel or two, it is sure to be destroyed, as no Stenamma fulvum piceum code of honor intervenes against an attack of many upon one. Long-continued isolation does not abate the hostility of Sten- amma fulvum piceitm to an alien. I have tried many experiments with queens that had lived solitary for several months, introducing to their respective domiciles alien workers of all ages, from loag mature adults to callows just beginning to walk, and I have but rarely succeeded in efTecting a reconciliation between the two. The hostility of the worker to the queen was usually as marked as was that of the queen to the worker. The few cases in which affiliation Avas induced were all between the queen and very young- callows, whose impudence appears sometimes to be condoned by their elders. An instance of this toleration was given by a queen and one major worker that had been isolated in a Petri cell for more than three months. After killing several older callows, introduced one by one, they had permitted an alien minim, intro- duced when but a few hours old, to remain with them. Five days- later I introduced two sisters of their adopted young worker, the newcomers being minims about twenty days old. These newcomer* 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, at once attacked the queeu and the major. The major acted solely on the defensive. Curling her abdomen in, and sitting on the small of her back, with her tough thorax presented to her small enemy, she permitted much nabbing of her body and much pulling of her limbs, making no retaliation. The queen, on her part, caught her little adversary by its antenna and held it firmly and quietly for some minutes, then released it and stood head to head with it without nipping it. The whole conduct of the adults was like that often seen in big dogs that are playing with obstreperous puppies. It appeared as if the adults liked their adopted callow aud were unwilling to harm its sisters. The three callows perfectly affiliated from the start; but the newcomers often renewed their attacks on the queen and the major, and after some hours were killed by the adults. The adopted callow continued to live in that cell. The kings of different colonies are indifierent or friendly to one another, and they have no steady foes either in their own or other households of their kind. They are the only active representatives of their colony that are ever cordially received in any other colony, and strong inducements are apparently offered for their permanent •residence among the aliens. I have seen two workers, one on either side of an alien king, holding to his wings and gently conducting him through the grass to the entrance of their domicile; and I have •repeatedly seen the workers capture, lift and carry alien kings home with them. If, about swarming time, an alien king is dropped into one of my glass nests, the workers seize him by his wings and forcibly detain him among them. If he later wanders away, they follow, lift and bring him back. The kings are much petted by the workers; their bodies are licked clean, their wings are straightened and smoothed, and their heads are patted with the antennae. If the colony is forced to change its place of residence the kings are picked up by the small of the back and carried to the new abode. Young winged queens manifest great friendliness toward alien king.s. Probably cross-fertilization is common if not universal. Stenamma fulvum piceum of the same colony, queens, kings and workers, generally live amicably together. The queen is followed, tended, licked and patted, and is the evident centre of attraction in the crroun. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrillA. 429' Colonies captured and confined in my nests just before swarming time, within a few days divided into as many groups as there were queens, the queens disposing themselves as far apart as the limits of the nest permitted. When a queen was then x-eraoved by me, the workers at once carried the young and settled down by another queen. A wingless queen, after wandering for some days alone in a Lubbock nest, cleared an irregularly oval space about three centi- meters long and two centimeters wide, building a smooth solid wall with the particles of earth that she removed from her floor. The wall was compact and vertical, and for more than half the circum- ference of the structure extended a distance of five millimeters from the floor to the glass roof. She worked industriously for several days on this structure and then laid an egg, which she lifted and carried between her mandibles whenever light was admitted to her dwelling. The day after the laying of the first egg, a visitor lifted the glass roof of the nest and spoiled her work. I then marked her, using a fine camel' s-hair brush and dotting the top of her abdomen with a fleck of quickly drying varnish into which water colors had been rubbed, and I then re- turned her to her own colony, from which she had been absent three weeks. The first worker that she there met stood head to head with her for some minutes, while the two tapped each other with antennte and the v/orker regurgitated food to the queen. Other ants greeted her with the same ordinary signs of satisfaction. Xine queens taken on their emergence from the nest at swarming in September and placed in Petri cells, each \vith an alien king, retained their wings from two to three months, and only one of them laid eggs before shedding her wings. One of my queens shed her wings the day she was captured, and another retained hers nearly four months. One laid her first egg twenty-seven days after swarming in September, and one laid no eggs until January, one hundred and six days after swarming. None of the score of queens that I have isolated at their swarming with alien kings has failed sooner or later to lay eggs. The eggs are deposited one at a time, without regularity in the intervals. Only once have I known so many as six to be deposited in a single day, one or two a day being the ordinary number. If the queen is agitated or troubled she ceases from egg-laying, some- 430 PKOCKEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jllb'» limes for many days together. Some of the queens in my Petri cells have averaged more than one egg a day during every month from September to the following July, and they and their workers appear to be in good health, though they have had during the winter no respite from the labor of rearing the young. The eggs laid by the queens are visible to the unassisted eye, are a pearly translucent white, and are oblong in shape, the thickness being about half the length, which is half a millimeter. When the queen is about to deposit an egg, workers stand about her, as if aware of a new duty, aud they pick up the egg as soon as it is deposited aud add it to the packet, which is constantly tended, kept clean, watched over and carried about by the workers. The egg -packet, after being carried about for some time by one worker, is passed over to another, who appears to assume the burden eagerly. If the queen is alone she takes care of her own eggs. In order to ascertain the time of incubation, I placed queens each in a clean Petri cell, some with workers, some without workers, and cleaned each cell daily until the first egg was deposited in it. I examined the cell two or three times a day, and recorded the time of deposit of the first egg and of a few succeeding ones. In some cases I removed the queen after a few eggs had been depos- ited, leaving the eggs to the care of the workers alone. I counted the eggs daily to see that there was no diminution in their number, aud I cast out from my calculations all cases in which there was a diminution of the number of eggs during the time of my observa- tions. I was also careful that there should be no manipulation nor disturbance of the eggs except by the ants themselves. The eggs recorded were laid between the 7th of October and the 8th of the following May, aud were laid by ten diff^erent queens. Twenty- two simultaneous or successive broods were thus observed, with the result that in two cases the first larva appeared on the eighteenth day after the laying of the first egg; in nine cases on the nine- teenth day; in ten cases on the twentieth day; in one case on the twenty-first day. The time of incubation was not influenced solely by temperature, for eggs laid by different queens on the same day did not invariably hatch on the same day. In six of the twenty -two broods two eggs were deposited by the same queen on the first day, and these six broods each produced its first two larvre within the same day. Furthermore, the appearance of 1901.] I NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPPIIA. 431 larvie succeediug the first iu each brood correspouded closeiy with the times of the deposit of eggs succeeding the first laid. Various broods, removed to weak alcohol or hot water aud examined under a len8, showed the larva well formed iu the egg at about the seven- teenth day and no earlier. Broods iu which the first larva ajjpeared on the nineteenth day were immersed iu alcohol and examined under a lens, and they always showed earlier, but never later, stages of larval existence ; while broods in which no larva had appeared on the twentieth day showed, when examined in like manner, a larva perfectly formed within the egg membrane. I therefore conclude that the period of incubation varies between seventeen and tweuty-two days, with nineteen days as the common period. The variation in the ])eriod of incubation bears no fixed relation to the size of the future adult. Eggs of different periods of incubation followed to the adult form were found to produce the same sort of worker. ]My ants have furnished no evidence that they ever devour the eggs, larvie or pupje of their own colony. One worker, isolated in a Petri cell twenty-one days without food, died leaving five eggs intact during the last sixteen days of her starvation. In all the score of Petri cells in which I have for months watched the condi- tion aud counted the numbers of the eggs, no diminution of them could be logically charged to the mature ants, whose skill and diligence in keeping them clean, safe, dry and iu humid darkness, merits high renown. The feeding of the larva, which is bent nearly double in the egg, with regurgitated food begins as soon as it straightens itself and protrudes its mouth. When the larvre begin to appear in the egg- pacKet, the workers lift the packet and hold it free aud still, while one of their number holds a translucent white globule of regurgi- tated food to the larval mouth projecting from the surface of the egg-packet. I have repeatedly seeu the workers thus feeding the very young larva?, a single globule of regurgitated food serving for a meal of which four or five larvi^e successively partook. When the larva first emerges, its leugth is nearly double that of the egg. When well fed its growth is rapid and iu a day or two its length is three or four times that of the egg. When about two millimeters loug it is usually removed from Ihe egg-packet and laid on the floor, or associated with others of its size iu a 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July^ separate bundle, the individuals being fastened together by the hooks on their .surfaces, as the eggs were by their sticky shells. The habit which is observable in Stenamnia fulvuin ])iceum, in common with some other species of ants, of assorting the young in accordance with the size and form, doubtless economizes labor and also tends to the preservation of the young. The flexible neck of the larva enables it to reach to a distance equal to a quarter of its body-length, and to fix its mouth upon anything edil)le that is witfiin its reach. I have observed a gradual diminution of the eggs in every cell where the smallness of the working force pre- vented that segregation of the larvre and that assortment accord- ing to size which prevails in large communities; and I have also, in such circumstances, seen full-grown larvae, and even pupaj, fall victims to the voracity of the unfed younger larva3. The older larvre are often fed when lying upon their backs, the ventral side serving as a place of deposit for food reached by the curving of the neck, as described for Ponera coarctata by Prof. Wheeler in the Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2. But this feeding posture is with Stenamma fulvum picenm scarcely more common than are others. Sometimes one larva is used as a table, not only for its own feeding, but for the feeding of two or three other larvie that are inclined against its sides to take their portion of the same morsel. I have also seen five larvre set on end around half the abdomen of a bisected house-fly, feeding voraciously from its interior, like pigs around a trough. Sometimes the larva is laid with its ventral side against a succulent portion of the insect, and is left there to take its fill; sometimes it has a portion of meat held to its mouth and forcibly removed as soon as it has had a brief repast, and sometimes a worker stands with her head over that of the larva and allows it to take food from her crop in a manner resembling that in which a mother-pigeon feeds her young. In my nests the very young larv?e have been fed solely upon regur- gitated food. The older larvre have been given particles of flies, mealworms, roaches, beetles, spiders, sponge-cake, white bread moistened with sweetened water, and of dried yolk of hens' eggs. They have also fed upon fragments of ants of other species, on pupaj of alien colonies, and on the pup;e and larvic of Cremastogas- ter lineolata and of Lasiiis tunbratiis. Larvic deprived wholly of insect food did not during a period of 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 433 one hundred days produce one pupa. But larvae grew from the egg to nearly full size without insecl food, and one pupa, that later on became a minim, had no insect food during the last twenty-two days of its larval stage. The adult ants appear able to live on indefinitely without insect food ; but there is a noticeable diminu- tion in the number of eggs laid by the queen, and in the number of the larvre simultaneously fed by the workers. I have seen no instance of the eating of members of their own colony by these ants, nor of their feeding their larvji) upon dismembered kin. But they will eat and feed to their larvte the flesh of dismembered alien callows, and probably thickness of integument is all that protects alien adults from being commonly used as food. The responsibility taken by the workers in the care of the young may have brought about an incapacity on the part of some of the queens to regurgitate food, and may have disabled them for solitary rearing of the larvre. Two sister queens that were taken at swarming on September 17, lived each with a king of another colony until the death of both kings, when I placed them, on November 13, together without workers in a Petri cell where they lived until the following June. The first egg was laid on December 8, and the first larva appeared on December 28, when there were fifteen eggs, cared for by both queens. The queens continued to lay eggs, and young larvte frequently appeared among the eggs, but no larva lived longer than two or three days. Up to April 28, four months after the appearance of the first larva, no larva had been reared in this cell, although more than one brood had meantime been successfully reared in all similar cells where the queens were assisted by workers. I then thoroughly cleaned the cell and replaced the two queens. That same evening two eggs wei'e deposited, and when, on May 7, the eggs had been increased to eleven, I put in two full-grown alien larvie, and later on a white pupa, all of which were accepted by the queens. On "May 24 the pupa became a minor ant, and at once began to assist the queens in the care of the eggs. On May 25 two new larv;c were to be seen among the eggs, and these larvte continued to grow and live. The two intro- duced larva? also thrived, and on June 10 the two queens and three callows were together engaged in tending a promising group of larvte, the first that were reared from eggs in this cell. 28 434 PKOCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ['^ll'v, Three solitary widowed queens of the five iu my Petri ctills, during four or more months after beginning to lay egg?, failed to rear any larvte, although other queens to the number of seven, at the same time and iu exactly similar conditions, with the exception of having worker-assistants, all reared oue or more broods. The fourth solitarj queen brought up a single male, I myself having given her much help in the feeding of one larva, the sole survivor among many that appeared and perished during four months. The fifth solitary queen had the assistance of workers in rearing her first larvse, and later on when the workers were removed, she indisputably fed and reared larvae all the way from the egg upward. The length of the larval period has, iu my uests of Stenamma fiilvum piceiun, as is generally thought to be the case with other ants, been apparently dependent on the amouut and quahty of the food-supply. Between October 27 and May 9 I recorded the beginning and end of the larval stage of twenty-six larvre from queens' eggs. There was one of twenty days, one of twenty-one, one of twenty-two, three of twenty -four, one of twenty- five, one of twenty-six, oue of twenty-seven, four of tweuty-eight, oue of twenty-nine, three of thirty, one of thirty-one, two of forty-two, one of fifty-three, one of eighty-four, three of uinety-three, and one of ninety-seven days' duration. ^11 the larval periods shorter than forty-three days were in domiciles where the queen was pres- ent, and all over forty- three days were in cells where the larvse were reared by workers alone. The assiduity of the worker is even obviously greater when the queen is present. The shortest period recorded was that of the larva iu whose feeding I myself assisted ttie queen. The length of the larval period does not determine the sex nor the size of the ant. In the cases above recorded, one larva having a period of twenty, one of thirty and one of ninety-three days all ultimately became males. Oue larva with a period of twenty- four, one of ninety-three and oue of ninety-seven days all ulti- mately became miuims. The only queen hatched iu my uests had a larval period of fifty-three days. A queens' -egg-larva now under the care of three workers in one of my Petri cells has been in the larval stage a hundred and forty days. From four to eight days previous to emergence from the larval 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 stage, the larva expels the contents of the alimentary canal, ceases to feed, and changes in color from translucent white with a brown core to creamy and more opaque white. Deprivation of food for some days will cause any half-grown larva to make these prepai*a- tions for becoming a pupa, and minims can be reared at will. The larva; are kept resplendently clean by the licking given by the workers. In my nests the workers appeared lo learn a use for the sponge, and when I at various times soiled a larva with stale insect juices, they rubbed it upon the sponge to clean away what they apparently disliked to lick off'. Either majors, minors, or minims alone can feed larva?, but in ray Petri cells, where food is always near, they have rarely reared more than three larvae to each adult worker. A minim alone with a queen reared three larvse simultaneously, and five majors together reared sixteen. The anxiety which impels the nurses to lift the immature young whenever the cell is uncovered probably hinders their rearing large numbers in these abodes. When disturbed, the workers first lift the oldest in the nest, the pupte, the larvje or the egg-packet. This order is also followed by the solitary queens. After the larvae are large enough to be removed from among the eggs of a packet and to lie separately on the floor, they are so fed as to bring them to about the same size. As the eggs are laid rather regularly, one or two a day, and are nearly equal in their periods of incubation, the larvte, if evenly fed, would reach the pupa stage one by one. But great naturaL possibilities of shorten- ing or prolonging the larval period by increase or diminution of the supplied nutriment, and the method of feeding the larva? so unequally as to keep them nearly equal in size, causes the normal nest to be at times without pupa?, and at times to be destitute of advanced larvte. I have observed in natural nests, and also in my artificial nests, that at times there are a great number of larva? and no pupse, and at times countless pupa? with no advanced larvie. The larva? grow to the length of the pupa? perfected within their integument, varying from two to five millimeters. When the thin, transparent-white integument bursts, the ants clean the snow-white naked pupa, and constantly watch over and tend it. Its first color appears in the eye-spots, which are grayish on the third day and brown on the fifth. On the tenth day, with the utmost regularity. 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, there is a deposit of pigment on the dorsal side of the largest segments of the abdomen, and tliis color spreads and deepens until, on the twelfth day, the sex of the future ant can thereby be foretold, the worker-pupa being yellowish all over, the male- pupa gray-bodied with white limbs, the queen-pupa mottled brown and orange with yellowish limbs. Two days later the worker-pupa acquires the rich dark amber color which it retains as a callow ; the slate color of the male-pupa deepens to black, and the queen- pupa has the tints of an adult queen. The length of the pupa- stage was ascertained by me for seventy-three pupa, all presumably the issue of queens' eggs, in fifteen different habitations, between January 5 and May 27. I took the time from emergence from the larval sheath to the assumption of the standing posture as the period of pupa-existence. Forty-four of my number proved to be minims, and of these two became such on the fourteenth day, twenty-three on the fifteenth day, and nineteen on the sixteenth day. Fourteen became minors, and of these eleven became such on the seventeenth day and three on the eighteenth day. Ten became majors, and of these five became such on the nine- teenth day, four on the twentieth day and one on the twenty-first day. The pupa-stage of the sixty-eight workers varied, therefore, between thirteen and twenty-two full days; but the minims may be said to have a pupa-period of about fifteen days, the minors a pupa-period of about seventeen days, and the majors a pupa- period of about nineteen days. Four of the seventy-three pupte became kings, and of these one became such on the eighteenth day, two on the nineteenth day and one on the twentieth day. One only became a queen. She was a pupa nearly seventeen days, and died soon after beginning to walk about among the three workers that reared her from a queen's egg. Of some hundreds of larvte that have successfully been reared to the pupa-stage by my captive ants, not more than ten have failed to safely pass the pupa-stage and to live on as ants. The small proportion of deaths among the ant-children, in so unnattiral an environmeut as is created by a glass nest and a human pur- veyor, surely indicates a more than human skill on the part of the 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPIIIA. 437 adults iu their care of the offspring, or else wonderful tenacity of life on the part of the young ants. The workers care for the pupfc with the same assiduity that dis- tinguishes their attention to the eggs and the larvte, but this atten- tion does not appear to be necessary to the survival of the pupa?. I isolated ten pupaj in a Petri cell, having the same warmth, moisture, and general environment as had those pupre remaining under the care of the workers, and although half of them were taken from their nurses before any color had been deposited in their integuments, every one of them came safely to the adult- stage. When, as callows, they were one by one returned to their adult kin, they received such an extraordinary amount of licking as to suggest the well-known theory that the pupre exude a sub- stance which is liked by the ants, and that the attention of the latter to the pupre is not wholly altruistic. These ants are very cleanly. In every nest where I have long kept them they have chosen a fixed place for the throwing of re- fuse, as remote as possible from the inert young. They carry morsels of food and lay them on the sponges, as if with intent to moisten edibles that are too dry for their eating. They follow their usual occupations both by day and by night. Individual ants rest sometimes for hours, standing motionless and apparently asleep. I have seen a worker spend more than an hour upon her toilet, combing or licking ever}' part of her body as tar as she could reach. Much willing service is renderd by the adults to each other in the cleaning of their integuments. I saw one worker hold another by a foot, apparently insisting upon such service, which was rendered at intervals and was renewed only when a limb was again nipped, during forty minutes. On the final release of the operator the two ants turned mouth to mouth and one regurgitated food to the other. The muscular endurance of these ants seems to be great. They will fight with no cessation during several hours, holding an enemy by a limb or mandible. When the fight is a duel, the stronger ant, or the ant that first succeeds in nipping a leg or an antenna, thereby drags its opponent over objects, itself keeping the higher ground, until the limb is severed. In the Lubbock nests, the stronger fighter always threw the weaker into the moat, either before or after the death of the unfortunate. AVhen a battleground 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, presents a precipice, the attempt to push the enemy over it is always noticeable. The successful use of the sting does not appear to be fatal to an ant-enemy, although it gives pain in the human hand for an hour or more. Notwithstanding the general harmony and mutual helpfulness in a colony of Stenamma fulviun 2^i'(^eum, the ants have their indi- vidual quarrels. Three queens had lived by themselves serenely in a Petri cell for five months, giving common care for four months to their single group of eggs, when two of the queens- began a tug of war, standing head to head, one holding the other by a mandible, and dragging or pushing her over and around the sponges. Uncovering the cell, watering the sponges, intro- ducing an alien worker caused no cessation of the fray. The third queen, distinguished from the other two by a fragment of wing on one side, made frequent excursions to inspect the two belligerents, and then returned quickly to continue her care of the eggs. The battle persisted, with biief intervals, for four days, and then one of the two combatants was left on the side of the cell opposite the eggs, and there she remained in isolation for the ensuing ten days. I several times lifted her and placed her close to the other two queens and the eggs, but every time her wingless enemy seized her by the small of her back, carried her across the cell, and cast her down in the place for refuse, or else attacked and drove her back lo her place of banishment. On the eleventh day the banished queen, was permitted to return to her two sister queens and the eggs, but she died on the following afternoon. One who watches the proceedings of these ants through many months finds numerous occasions when the sequence of events strongly suggests a designed punishment of individual offenders in the colony. Twice I have seen an assembly of older ants, its members ranged at nearly equal distances, forming a circle with all heads toward the centre, remaining motionless except in vibrations of the antennae or a curious shaking of the abdomen, certainl}^ for some hours, and jirobably for some days. These assemblages were each succeeded by an execution. In the one case an ant was torn asunder and cast in the kitchen-midden. In the other case one ant was dismembered, and another ant picked up the head and thorax of the dismembered victim and carried it about in the food- room. She was carrying it at all the many times when I looked 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 at. her during the succeedipg three days. Of course, the sequences noted may have been merely double coincidences in two unusual proceedings of the ants. Both majors and minors among the Stenamma fulvum jiic&um sometimes lay eggs, especially Avhen no queen is present in their habitation. The number of eggs laid is sometimes considerable. I have seen as many as three hundred at once in a nest of fifty workers from which a queen had been for several months absent. One of my Petri cells, in which the eggs of five isolated workers came to the larval stage, indicated that the time of incubation of these eggs may be the same as for queens' eggs, eighteen or nineteen days. The first egg was laid on February 21, the second on February 23, and the eggs were gradually increased to ten. The first larva appeared on the 12th and the second on the 14th of March. The larval period of workers' -egg-larvte under the care of workers alone, appears to be much longer than for the queens' - egg-larvre under the care of queens alone, or under the care of queens and workers, or under the care of workers alone. Judging from data recorded from five groups of isolated workers that have been rearing their own progenv in ray nests during ten months, I think these Jarvte sometimes take more thon two hundred days in their growth from egg to pupa. The workers' eggs are about half as large as are the queens' eggs; the larvre on issuing from the eggs are but half as large as those issuing from queens' eggs; the pupte are also much smaller than are those of males produced from queens' eggs, and the adult males are dwarfs, being from four to five millimeters in length of body, without the wings. A colony captured by me on July 13, 1900, lost its only queen on August 25. It was transferred from a Janet to a new, clean Fielde nest on September 6, and after that date had no communi- cation with any other nest. Between the 17th of the following February and the 7th of June, 1901, twelve dwarf males were successively produced. No ants of any other sort were during four months produced in this queenless colony. All twelve of these dwarf males, with the utmost regularity, showed eyespots and ocelli of pale gray on the third day of pupal existence, and the color deepened to black on the fifth day. On the tenth day the 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, dorsal side of the abdomen became grayish, and on the twelfth day the head, thorax and abdomen were slate color, while the limbs remained white. Thereafter the color deepened to black, and in each of the twelve cases the pupa became an ant on the seventeenth day. Four of these dwarf males, that remained during their natural lives with their worker-progenitors, lived respectively fifteen, thirty- two, thirty-four and forty-five days. The food which the Stenamina fulvum j^iceum were seen to eat in captivity was, in the order of their apparent preference, fragments of flies, roaches, mealworms, beetles and spiders ; morsels of sponge-cake, white bread moistened with sweetened water or white syrup; apple, banana, boiled sweet-potato ; fat of boiled fresh beef; soft gum-drop, almond paste, pie crust, hickoiy nut and honey. They showed no lively interest in other than insect food of which they had been for some days deprived. They appeared to avoid all raw or cooked meats other than particles of fat. Their liking for a varied diet and their attention to unusual deli- cacies indicate a highly developed sense of taste. Though the attitude ordinarily assumed in eating is that of standing on all six legs and lapping the food, I have twice seen an ant stand on four legs, using the front feet to hold an insect- egg to its mouth, suggesting the posture in which a squirrel com- monly eats nuts. The amount of food required to sustain life must be small. I isolated sixteen workers in groups in clean Petri cells, containing nothing but sponges that were frequently cleaned with ninety-five per cent, alcohol and then saturated with water. Of these ants one lived five days, five lived six days, two lived seven days, one lived eight days, three lived nine days, one lived twelve days, one sixteen days, one twenty-one days, and one thirty-four days without visible food. That these ants died from starvation and not from other cause was indicated by the conti'ol experiments in which other ants similarly placed, but with a supply of food, continued to live on for months. The ability of Stenamma fulvum to endure starvation is, however, exceeded by the less active Formica fusca and the sluggish Ponera coardata, one of the former haviag lived in my Petri cell forty-one days, and one of the latter forty-three days, ■without visible food. Formica sanguinea shows lesser tenacity of 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 441 life, as uoue of several subject to the same experimeut lived more than six days. The Stenamma fulvum jylceum also meet extreme cold with impu- nity. At about 50° F. , or 10° C. , they become sluggish, remaiu- iug almost or quite motionless in their usual attitudes. I froze a two-queen colony fur twenty-four hours, the thermometer going down to 23° F. , or 5° C. On gradually thawing the ants, all survived, including callows but two days old, and the fi'ozen pupa', larvte and eggs developed perfectly later on. Another small colony was frozen continuously for five days, the thermome- ter going down to 15° F., or 10° C. The queen and all ihe workers survived thawing, but a fifth of the workers died soon after, and the queen, who had previously laid eggs almost daily for five months, laid no egg thereafter for eighteen days. It is probable that these ants, being highly thermotactic, seek the deeper, warmer recesses of their nests in the ground in autumn, and there hibernate until the warmth of spring draws them toward the surface. The color of these ants manifestly deepens with age. The newly hatched callows are translucent amber. The brown tint of the adult first begins lo appear on the dorsal side of the largest seg- ments of the abdomen. Some of the majors have already this beginning of brown coloration before they pass the pupa stage. The head, which is throughout life darker than the thorax, takes on color next after the abdomen. In three or four mouths the young worker has the color of an adult, but very old ants, queens as well as workers, attain deeper shades of brown with passing years. The males are fully colored, a glossy jet black, even before leaving the puj^a stage. I have not yet the data from which to draw conclusions concern- ing the longevity of queens and workers, though I have those in my nests that are certainly over one year old. The shorter-lived males have furnished me the following record relating to their longevity : Longevity Table for 20 males, i^resumahly the issue of queens* eggs. «. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso- lated with queen of another colouy in a Petri cell, lived 5 daj's. 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, h. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso- lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell, lived 7 days. c. Swarmed S^ptembsr 17 from roadside colony, iso- lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell. lived 13 " d. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso- lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell, lived 20 " e. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colonv, iso- lated with queen of another colony in a Peti'i cell, lived ' 20 " /. Swarmed September 17 from roadside colony, iso- lated with queen of another colony in a Petri cell, lived 102 " (J. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, iso- lated with queen of another colony, lived . . . 18 " h. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, iso- lated with (|ueen of another colony, lived. . . 19 " i. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, isolated with queen of another colony, lived .... 19 " j. Captured September 11 from nest in woods, isolated with queen of another colony, lived, .... 40 " k. Hatched in Fielde ant-huuse, November 22, lived with his sister-workers, no queen, lived ... 14 " /. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 22, remained there with queen-mother and workers, lived . . 24 " m. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 22, domi- ciled with sister- workers, no queen, lived . . 40 " n. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, November 27, domi- ciled with sister-workers, lived 42 " 0. Hatched iu Fielde ant-house, November 27, re- mained there with mother-queen and workers, lived 72 " p. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, December 1, domi- ciled with sister-workers, no queen, lived ... 87 " q. Hatched in Fielde ant-house, December 1, remained there with mother-queen and workers, lived . 100 " The king that lived longest, having been taken at the swarming, must have lived considerably more than 102 days, and his resi- dence with a queeu did not manifestly shorten his days. The history of this little pair illustrates interesting traits of these ants. The two were taken from different colonies on a sunny morning after heavy rain, September 17, 1900. They were immediately placed l)y themselves in a Petri cell, and were at once 1001.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 frieuclly. The courtship or honeymoon was distinguished by mutual devotion. The one was rarely beyond the touch of the other, and the satisfaction of the two in tlieir companionship Avas apparently equal. If the queen moved the king usually followed. If the king failed in constancy of attention to her, the queen approached and by a side stroke of her antenna made him aware of herself. This queen was exceptional in retaining all her wings until after she deposited her first two eggs, on the 15th of Novem- ber, two months after swarming. She had laid twenty-eight eggs before she lost the wings of one side, on December 7, and she laid many more before her last wing fell off in January. From the time of first egg laying, the king and queen both watched over the eggs, one of them remaining on guard when the other went to the opposite side of the cell to eat. The king watched over the eggs in the absence of the queen, but he never lifted them nor carried them about as did the queen. On the death of the king, December 28, after more than a hundred days of wedlock, as he lay prone on his back with out- spread wings, the queen piled her twenty eggs upon him, and hung over the body persistently. On ensuing days I separated the body, the queen and the eggs, first by a distance of a half-inch, then of an inch, then of two inches, then of three inches, and in a few hours after each separation the queen had brought the body and the eggs again together and stood with her head lowered over them, her mouth usually near the king's mouth. On the fifth day after his death, I moved his body to the opposite side of the cell, and separated it from the eggs by an inti'icate route between the sponges. The distracted queen at once set out iu search of her treasures, and in her efforts during the next two days to bring the body and the eggs together, she so scattered the eggs that, fearing the loss of them, I took out the shriveled body, collected the eggs, and left the queen alone with them in a cleaned cell. Two males, one the issue of a workers' egg, the other of a queens' egg, were later on introduced separately into her cell, aud were killed and dismembered by her. The queen continued to lay eggs, and the eggs at frequent inter- vals produced larva?, but this queen was evidently unable to feed her young larvce, and I had no workers of her own colony to offer her. Up to the end of May, 1901, she continued to lay 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ['l^ulv, eggs and the young larvaj continued to perish. Meantime two of her eggs, given on January 31 to the care of three alien workers living in a cell by themselves, had producea one queen and one king. After four months of failure had sufficiently shown the inability of this queen to alone rear her larvse, I attempted to reconcile her to alien helpers, putting in at different times from other colonies five young workers of ages varying from a few days to a few hours, and all were killed by her, or were removed on account of endangering her life. One callow minor, after having been nine days in the cell with the queen, nipped her so viciously and tenaciously that I could release her only by decapitating her enemy. The mutual fear and hostility of the queen and the alien workers, with the common desire to possess and care for the eggs, always resulted in the scattering and eventual loss of the eggs. However, two other alien workers, one minor and one minim, introduced into the cell when but a few hours old, after several days' residence with the queen and numerous timid tentative approaches, perfectly affiliated with her. She laid no eggs there- after until the ninth day in an eggless cell, and then she continued to lay an egg or two daily, to be picked up and taken care of by her adopted callows. Two white pupa3 were also introduced into the eggless cell and there became ants, and in June the long solitary and childless queen had four devoted workers caring for her own young larvpe. Ants have great aptitude in the recognition of their kin of the same colony. A colony found in the woods just previous to its swarming, on September 7, 1900, was divided and placed in two nests, C-e and C-d, each with one queen. After eight months of separation, ants brought together from the two nests j^erfectly and immediately affiliated. Sister-queens of this colony, kept apart in Petri cells with a few workers to June 17, 1901, were after nine months' separation from their colony, received back with distrust. They were nabbed and held by the workers, but they were themselves quiescent. The attacks of the workers were hesitating and tentative, and after they had passed their autennte over the whole body of the visiting queen, they left her alone. After a few hours in the nest, she was beside her former associate, and the svorkers w'ere gathered around 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELrHIA. 445 the two ill the manuer usual witli colonies that have two esteemed (jueetis. That the recognition of the ants is not personal is proven by the following fact: Workers hatched in nest C-c during the first half of ISToveraber, 1900, were isolated in nest A-a, while workers hatched in nest C-d during the same period of time were isolated in nest A~b. The two sections C-e and C-d had each its own queen, workers and young, and there was no communication between the two nests after the division of the original colony on September 7. Between nests A-a and A-h there was no com- munication, and these two nests contained workers only. The workers of nest A-a had never during their active lives met those in A-b nest until six mouths after they all became ants, when I put them together in a Petri cell. There was at first an exhibi- tion of mutual distrust, and even of animosity, which gradually disappeared when the antennae had been passed over the bodies of the strangers, and in a half-hour all were amicably congregated in a single group. These ants have a habit of bringing their bodies to a low level, stretching their legs wide asunder, and creeping slowly up to an ob- ject of suspicion, in a manner that is quite catlike in its stealthiuess; and this mode of appnmching was often used toward the straugei's, after the antennte had once touched. I also transferred pupie fnmi C-d nest to the care of queens of other colonies, and left them there in the care of aliens until they became ants and reached the age of about sixteen days. On returning these callows to the C-d nest, which they had left as pupa3, they exhibited great fear of their relatives and hosts, sought to stay in parts of the nest most remote from the resident com- munity, hid themselves, and showed all the trepidation usual in ants that are put into a nest of aliens. On the other hand, the resident ants made no unfriendly demonstrations toward the new- coniers, and aft^r these callows were forced iui;o association with them by confinement with a few of the adults in a small space, the callows lost their fears and thereafter mingled freely and hap- pily with all in the nest. In less than a day they were incor- porated in the community where they accomplished their larval career. Callows of the same stock, C-d, of the same age and the same 446 mocKEDixos of the academy of [-July, rearing as the above, were introduced the same day into an abso- lutely alien community, B-b, were instantly attacked, and were dismembered and then fed to the larvjc or eaten ])y the ants. Four adult workers, two majors and two minors, that I took in August, 1900, from an apple-core by the roadside and isolated in a Petri cell, on December 4 killed two alien callows that had just come from the pupa-stage in C-d nest. The next day they received three amber pup;c from C-d nest, and one of these pup»? that same day became an ant, and of it the adult ants appeared to be very fond. On the 6th and 8th of December they killed two of its sisters, introduced when but a few hours old into their cell. On December 9, when the callow hatched in this cell was four days old, I put in an ant only seven hours old, also from the C-d nest. The four-day-old callow was the first to meet the baby ant in the Petri cell. It licked its junior from end to end, and Avhen the adults repeatedly approached and snapped with their mandibles at the latest comer, the older callow stood over and appeared to wittingly protect the younger. It then picked up the baby ant, which was a minim quite as large as itself, and carried it into the shade of the sponge where two pupre were attended by the adult ants. There it stood between the adults and the baby, giving attention alternately to it and to the pupj^e, and often touching the adults with its antennre, until after many minutes the adults left all to its care. From that time the adults showed no further hostil- ity toward the younger minim, and it continued to live in that cell. While it is generally true thai Stenamma fulvuni pieeum will cap- ture and care for the eggs, larvre and pupre of alien colonies, they do not invariably rear these to adult life. A queen alone will not usually accept any worker from an alien colony, but persistent effort may induce her to accept a very young worker. A queen alone with her eggs will not usually accept alien pupa?. She carries them away and casts them in her rubbish heap. But if alien larvic are introduced she will accept them, and then she will later on accept ])upro from the same stock. She will at any time accept alien eggs. Queens assisted by numerous workers will receive alien eggs, larvic or pupaj, separately or together, the workers assuming immediate charge of them. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 I have seen queeulcss workers break up and feed alieu j)upie to the larvie they were roaring, but wlieu they had no larva- they took excellent care of pupa^ from the same alien stock. As one pupa will furnish an ample meal to a great number of larvie, there may be much economy in thus utilizing an alien pupa that appears unseasonably in their nursery. An exj^lanatiou of the somewhat erratic behavior (»f the ants toward alien young will be suggested in a subsequent paragraph. In many of the experiments made to test the power of these ants in recognizing those of their own colony, I used a small number of ants in each cell, and, without marking the ants, I could, by choosing those of one shade from one colony and those of another shade from another colony, always identify the colony to which any ant used in the experiment had originally belonged, and could invariably return her to her own. The power of Stenamma fidvum piceum to recognize another of her own colony is not destroyed by freezing and thawing either one or both of the individuals. Neither is it destroyed by merging one or both for an instant in alcohol, in diluted oil of anise-seed or of bergamot, in tincture of valerian or of asafoetida. The adult workers will survive dipping in eighty per cent, alcohol or in the above-mentioned oils and tinc- tures duly diluted. On returning the dipped workers to their colony they are nut attacked as are aliens, though they may be for a time avoided, and on recovering from the bath they join their comrades in the common vocations of the nest. I repeated one of the experiments of Bethe and obtained with my ants results similar to his. When I mashed ants of colony C—e and with the juices thus obtained smeared ants of the alien colony B-b, the C—e colony received the smeared ants without hos- tility, and the smeared ants exhibited the trepidation usual at finding themselves in an alien nest. Likewise, ants from the C-e colony, freshly smeared with the juices of B-b ants, were not attacked in the B-b nest, but they were evidently terrified in being there. I then smeared a small number of B-b ants with the juices of C-e ants, and put them into a new Petri cell with an equal number of uusmeared C-e ants; and I smeared a small number of C-e ants with the juices of B-b ants and put them into a new Petri 4i8 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, cell with au equal uumber of unsmeared B-h ?lwU. In no ease did the unsmeared ants attack the ants that had been merged in the juices of their kin; but the smeared ants attacked the unsmeared ants as they commonly attacked aliens. The smeared ants never attacked each other. After a worker had been smeared in the juices of ants of an alien colony and then isolated for about thirty hours it was returned to its colony, and every worker that touched it with the antennaj started back in alarm, but it was not attacked nor harmed. The juices probably wore off gradually, since smeared workers returned to their colony after one week of isolation were received with no sign of distrust. A queen that had for over three months peacefully shared the cell and labors of a sister-queen and five workers was smeared with the juices of aliens and at once returned to the cell. She was immediately attacked by the workers as if she were an alien. She evinced dread and submission in the usual manner of these ants by cowering low, tightly shutting her mandibles, folding her antenure and holding them close down upon her head. Three Avorkers together attacked her, but the attacks were intermittent, and she soon crept up to her sister-queen. The queen prodded he curiously with the ends of the antenuit and showed no animosity. Then a worker came and nabbed her in places and licked her in places, as though she was a composite of alien and kin. She was kept aloof from the group for a day or two and then resumed without harm her former associations. Workers merged in alien juices were likewise attacked on being restored to their kiu, but the attacks were not persistent and none were slain. The losses of life or limbs all occurred through the attacks of the smeared workers upon the aliens, among whom they were as wolves in sheep's clothing. The smeared ants, in spite of their disguise, must have retained some evidences of their lineage which protected them from extreme violence. When two parties, each consisting of several workers that had been merged in the juices of the kiu of the other party, were placed together in a new Petri cell, there were no violent attacks from either side during the first two or three days. A tendency to congregate according to colony showed itself from the beginning, but by keeping the cell clean and preventing separate settlement of 1901,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449 the two parties I secured the safety of both for eight days. When I put in larvaB there was strife for its possession, and at the end of tl|iree weeks the only survivor of one party defended the larvai against the sole survivor of the other party that, with but five legs and a single antenna, still made stealthy approaches toward the coveted young. My observations of Stenamma Julvum piceum sustain the usual view that ants have an inherent and hereditary odor, or something akin to odor, whereby they are identified as friends or enemies, and that they impart this odor to places which they frequent. All the phenomena that I have observed in the lives of Stenamma Julvum piceum indicate that the distinctive odor may appear first in the larvoe, and a little less faintly in the pupre; that it intensifies with age as does the color; that the sensitivity of the queen to this odor is greater than is that of the workers; that any distinctive odor to wliich an ant is accustomed and with which it associates secu- rity and satisfaction is attractive to it, while ant-odors to which it is unaccustomed excite alarm and hostility in proportion to their strangeness. For such causes, ants that have come from the eggs of colony M and in their pupa-stage were transferred to colony N, while they affiliate perfectly with the iVants that they live among, quickly recognize the odor of the M ants because it is their own. As to the origin of the distinctive colony odor, it appears possi- ble that it may be traced to a king. Among Stenamma Julvum j^i^eum there are difiereuces in indi- vidual traits. Some are more truculent than are others of their sex, age and size; or are more assiduous in their attention to the young; or more devoted to the queen or the males; or more grega- rious in habit; or more attached to the home ; or more hostile toward aliens. Every characteristic of a typical Stenamma Julvum piceum appears strongly in certain individuals and is comparatively weak in others. The increasing tameness of my captive ants has been observable. After some months of acquaintance, these ^Nlyrmicid ants have wholly ceased to sting me when I handle them. So domesticated have they become in their artificial nests that they rarely run outside their houses w'hen uncovered, and the accustomed routine of cleaning their dwellings agitates them scarcely at all. 29 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, CRYSTALLINE AND CRYSTALLOIDAL SUBSTANCES AND THEIR RELATION TO PLANT STRUCTURE. BY HENRY KRAEMER, PH.D. Nageli and Schwendener,^ in the preface to their chapter on mor- phology, give us probably the most comprehensive idea of the scope of the subject. They say: " Zur Morphologic im weiteren Sinue des Wortes gehort die ganze Lehre vom Aufbau der Oganismen aus den Elementen, woraus sie bestehen — von den Micellen, welche die Bausteine der Zellen bilden, bis hinauf zu den Einhei- ten der hochsten und letzten Ordnung, Avelche den vielfach gegliederten Bau der hohern Gewilchse zusammensetzen. Die Morphologic hat zu ermitteleu, unter welchen bestimmten Form — und Lagerungsverhiiltnissen die Micellen und Micellarschichten sich vereinigen, um die Zelle und deren Theile zu bilden und wiihrend des AVachsthums weiter aufzubauen; sie hat hierauf die Zelle als gegebeu zu betrachten und zu untersuchen nach welchen Gesetzen die Vermehrung derselben erfolgt, wie gleichsam Zelle auf Zelle gesetzt wird, um die grossen Complexe zu bilden, die wir als Organe kennen; sie hat ferner dir Differenzierungen zu verfol- gen, welche in solchen Zellencomplexen nachtriiglich stattfindeu, und endlich auch die Entwicklung neuer Organe aus schon vor- handenen, sowie die Natur und Stellungsverhaltnisse derselben in Belracht zu ziehen." As a result of having given considerable attention to what might be termed the morphology of plant constituents and having made a number of observations while trying to produce artificially from chemical solutions crystalline and crystalloidal substances resem- bling those formed naturally in the plant, such as calcium salts, inulin, hesperidin, etc., a number of questions have arisen in the author's mind concerning morphological development which are set forth in this pa2:)er. Sphere-crystals are spherical aggregates of crystals with sharp 1 Das Mikroskop, von Carl Niigeli und S. Schwendener. Zweite Auflage. Leipzig : William Engehuann, 1877, p. 532. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 451 augular contours which are made up of but one substance, the molecule of which is simple, or at least not very complex. This class includes carbon compounds as well as inorganic substances. Of these may be mentioned calcium phosphate, calcium carbonate, calcium oxalate, amygdalin, strychnine, berberine, etc. Some of these compounds are soluble in water while others are not, hence we may say that there are both soluble and insoluble sphere-crys- tals. As examples of the former may be mentioned the glucosides and alkaloidal salts, while as examples of the latter we have cal- cium phosphate and oxalate, the alkaloids, etc. ""The spherites resemble somewhat the sphere -crystals, but are distinguished from them by the fact that they have a more com- plex composition and the individual crystals have either a somewhat rounded outline or are imbedded in colloidal substances in which the ^crystalline or crystalloidal character is more or less obscured and hence with difficulty discerned. The spherites also admit of a classification into soluble and insoluble bodies. The soluble spherites, or those directly soluble in water, include hesperidin, inuliu and allied carbohydrates, and their crystalline character is most apparent when the specimens are dehydrated with alcohol. The insoluble spherites are not directly soluble in water, but may be reudei'ed so by treatment with certain reagents. These include starch and the fundamental substances entering into the composi- tion of the cell-wall. The spherite character of these substances is not at once apparent, but can be demonstrated by the use of reagents which cause a swelling of the substances in the starch - grain or in the cell wall. In a paper' communicated to the Society '•^ See also Journal of American Chemical Society, 1899, p. 650, and American Journal of Pharmacy, 1899, p. 174. The following are the re- agents that were used : (1) Chloral iodine + iodine solution ; of each 5 parts. (2) Chlor-zinc-iodide solution. (3) Chromic acid solution (15 per cent. )• (4) Calcium nitrate solution (30 per cent.). (5) Chloral solution (saturated), water and glycerin ; of each 5. parts. To this solution as much iodine is added as the solution will take up. (6) Saliva. (7) Silver nitrate (2 per cent.). (8) Sulphuric acid (C. P. acid 90 parts and water 10 parts). (9) Taka-diastase (saturated solution). (10) Sodium acetate solution (50 per cent.). (11) Potassium hydrate solution (y^ of 1 per cent.). 452 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, of Plant Morphology and Phj^siology, 1899, the author enumer- ated the substances which could be used to bring out the spherite structure in the starch-grain. The same kind of reagents, but in stronger solutions, may be used to bring out the spherite structure in the wall of thickened parenchyma cells, as endosperm, or lignified cells, as stone cells. In eases where the cell-wall has been metamorphosed into mucilage, simple treatment with water, as has also been shown with the starch-grain, is sufficient to bring out the structure.* The reason that this structure is not apparent under natural conditions is because the refractive properties of the crystalloidal substance so nearly resembles that of the associated colloid. The use of certain reagents, however, which are more or less penetrating in their action, cause an imbibition of water by the colloidal portions with consequent swelling of the grain, or cell- wall, and a contrast in refractive power with the more insoluble and hence unaffected crystalloidal substances. Sphere-crystals are further distinguished from spherites in that the latter are capable of taking up or holding certain coloring principles, as safranin, gentian violet, etc. It is questionable, however, if the crystalloids contained in the spherite take up the coloring matters, it being probable that the colloid associated with the crystalloid is the portion that is colored, as I -have already shown in my studies on the structure of the starch-grain. In the cell-wall the crystalloids occur in very close radial and tangential rows and constitute by far the greater proportion of the wall. In the starch-grain, on the other hand, there is apparently a greater preponderance of colloidal matter which takes up certain stains. This layering, which is well marked in the starch-grain, is scarcely distinguishable in the cell-wall. The reason that it is not so well marked in the cell-wall is because of the difference in amount of the crystalloidal and colloidal substances, the close arrangement of the crystalloids and also the difficulty of obtaining uniform microscopical sections, as can be readily obtained with the starch-grain, (12) Potassium nitrate solutiou (saturated). (13) Taunin solution. (14) Potassium phosphate solution (saturated). (15) Hydrochloric acid (5 per cent.). (16) Water between the temperatures of 50- C. and 70^ C. ^ This wouUl tend to show that the crystalline structure is not due to the precipitation of substances by the reagents used. 190].] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 The structure, as well as the mode of formation, of spherites and sphere-(!rystals is apparently the same. The mode of forma- tion is, furthermore, apparently the same whether observed in nature or as carried on artificially. The different stages in their natural formation can be followed comparatively easily in those parts of plants containing hespcridin (as the epicarp of citrous fruits) or inulin (as roots of artichoke, etc.). It is interesting to compare these crystals or spherites with those formed artificially by evaporation of solutions of inulin or hesperidin. It is also instructive to compare the natural oxalates, phosphates, and car- bonates of calcium Avith those formed artificially by precipitation of soluble calcium salts with alkaline oxalates, phosphates or car- bonates. After a comparison of the artificially produced spherites or sphere- crystals with those formed naturally in the plant, one cannot but conclude that there is a play of similar forces in their forma- tion. Furthermore, if we examine the crystal masses remaining in a watch-crystal after the spontaneous evaporation of solutions of various substances, under varying conditions of temperature, etc., we observe not only the formation of crystals which resemble those produced in the plant cell, but other rather striking forms of com- bination which are very suggestive indeed; leading one to a com- parison of the arrangement of the products of crystallization with the apparent multiplicity of forms found in plant life. Indeed, the arrangement of the crystals in such a watch-crystal reminds one of the appearance of our woods in winter, when the absence of leaves permits the observance of fundamental lines of develop- ment in shrubs and trees. If we take an alum solution (such as a Delafield's H^matoxylon Solution), dilute it with water and allow it to evaporate sponta- neously in a watch-crysl al, the result will be the formation of con- centric rows of acicular crystals Avhich show an analogy to the structure of the wheat starch-grain after treatment with the re- agents mentioned. The crystalline residue from a cocaine solution resembles a group of sclerenchyma cells in transverse section, the individual sphere- crystals resembling single cells, the portion corresponding to the wall being made up of radiating acicular crystals which even join 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, with those of the adjoining sphere-crystals. The latter arrange- ment may be likened to the pores in such thickened cell-walls. A resemblance to the wav}' contour of the walls of transverse sections of epidermal cells is exhibited in the residue formed by the evaporation of bruciue solutions. The iufoldiugs in the parenchyma cells in piue stems and leaves is exemplified in the arrangement of the crystals which result from the evaporation of solutions of amygdalin. From solutions of caffeine hydrobromate there separate crystals which in abundance and in arrangement resemble a dense mycelial development of penicillium with conidia. The crystalline residue from solutions of berberine shows a marked resemblance to the outer morphology of certain Lycopc- diums, species of Juniper and other similar arborescent plants. Illustrations of this kind could be multiphed Avhich would lend to show a relationship between the form of crystalline groups and the ultimate arraugetnent of the substances entering into the com- position of the plant. The chemist has considered but one phase of the subject of crystallization, namely, the form and nature of individual crystals. The botanist, however, until recently has considered the aggre- gation of morphological units, as is evidenced in his studies od the outer and inner morphology of plants. But as the form and nature of the individual units are seen to depend more or less upon the nature of the substances comprising them, it becomes of fun- damental importance to study the composition of these units in their relation to form and structure. In the case of inorganic bodies chemical as well as physical tests are necessary to prove the identity of a substance. In the organ- ized, or organic, world it has been impossible to define a si^ecies or designate the limitations of a species because our studies have been directed almost entirely to the outer morphology of individuals , rather than to the study of the substances which, grouped together, form these individuals and the physical and chemical forces underlying their structural arrangements. The same substance may under different conditions develop different outer forms, as, for example, alum may crystallize in monoclinic prisms, hexagonal prisms, or in arborescent forms or 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 spliere-crystals. Chemical tests are necessary to prove the identity of the substance in these various forms. Not all substances, however, show this tendency to variation in form of crystals, as, for example, caffeine, berberine, and still other substances which show a tendency to uniformity in general outhne. If, then, there is so much variation in the form and arrangement of crystals of the same substance when artificially formed, to what extent may not variation in form take place in bodies of complex composition and therefore influenced by comj)lex attrac- tions and repulsions ? Now while we see in the crystal a decided tendency to uniformity of structure under similar conditions, yet, admitting of modifications under varying conditions, we must allow that in organized structures this tendency to uniformity is modified over and over again. In the plant world similar variations are observed, not only in forms of the elements (roots, stem, leaves, flowers, fruits and seeds) comprising the individual, but also in cell-contents. In some so-called species individuals vary greatly as regards form of elements, as in oaks, violets, etc. In others a constancy is observed, as in Enjthronium. In still others a variation in the form assumed of some of the cell- contents is observed, as in the crystals of calcium oxalate in Datura stranioniitm,^ while in other crystals a constancy of form is observed, as with calcium oxalate in the genus Viola. Even in the study of starch-grains one observes a constancy in the form of the grains in all plants. There is, however, a sufficient modification in some of the grains in the reserve underground parts of such plants as potato, maranta, etc., to justify one in pronouncing on the origin of the starch. The same may be said of other substances, as calcium oxalate, inulin and other carbohydrates, etc. ^ The selection of certain constant forms of cell-contents or of cell- walls would appear to be of as much, or greater, importance in designating the limitations of a species as the outer form of ele- ments, which it is evident are dependent upon the arrangement of aggregates of substances making up the individual. As this arrangement is due, on the one hand, to the chemical factors, food * The author, Proc. Amer. Assoc, for Add. of Science, 1899 ; see also Bulletin of Torrey Botanical Club, 1899. 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Juljr and air, and, on the other, to the physical factors, light and tem- perature, variations are bound to occur. If, however, these varia- tions are constant for a series of successive generations and can be demonstrated in cell-contents, cell-walls and cell-functions, then a species has been formed, but not otherwise. In the inorganic world, as we well know, physical and chemical tests both are oftentimes necessary to prove the identity or specific nature of a substance. Likewise in the biological world physical and chemical tests of cell-contents, cell- walls and the products of cell-function are necessary to establish the specific character of an individual. The author desires to acknowledge his indebtedness to Florence Yaple, of Philadelphia, for valuable assistance in the preparation* of this paper. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 THE NASAL PASSAGES OF THE FLORIDA ALLIGATOR. BY ALBERT M. REESE, PH.D. The material upon which the followiog work was done was received by the writer from southern Georgia, about the first of August, whence it had been sent by express to Baltimore.^ It consisted of about thirty eggs of Alligator mississipplensls, most of which contained embryos in an advanced stage of development. These embryos were fixed in Kleinberg's dilute picro -sulphuric mixture, giving a fair fixation, and were stained in borax carmine and Lyon's blue. Serial sections w^ere cut through the head in transverse, horizontal and sagittal planes. Although the structure of the nasal cavity, even of so advanced an embryo, cannot be taken to represent that of the adult, there have been so few figures of this character published that the following account may be of interest. As may be seen from Plate XXIV, figs, la and 16, the embryo is in an advanced state of development, and already shows distinct reptilian characters. The first series of sections (figs. 2a-l) was cut at right angles to the long axis of the snout of the embryo (fig. lb, x-y), or rather it was intended to be an exactly trans- verse series but, by faulty orientation, the sections were so cut that the right side is inclined, somewhat, toward the base of the snout. This departure from the exact transverse position is the cause of the lack of symmetry in the two sides of the nasal cavity, as seen in this series of sections. Fig. 2a represents a section through the tip of the upper jaw. On the left it passes through the ex- treme edge of the wall of the nasal cavity, while on the right side, which is nearer the base of the snout, it cuts through the right nasal aperture, r.n.a. Near the centre of the section is seen the extreme tip of the nasal cartilage, n.c. The body wall, h.w., in this section, as in all following sections, is represented by a heavy black line. ^American Naturalist, VoL XXXV, No. 411, pp. 193-195. 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, Fig. 26 is somewhat further from the tip of the suout and cuts through the extreme point of the lower jaw, l.j. On either side of the large, median, nasal cartilage, n.c, is seen the nasal canal, l.n.c. and r.yi.c. On the left, the canal is, at this point, somewhat circular in cross section, while on the right, which, it will l)e remembered, is nearer to the base of the snout, the canal is more elongated in a dorso-veutral direction. The walls of the nasal passages are lined with cilia, and are, in most places, many cells thick. On account of the low magnification used, no attempt has been made to represent the cilia and cell outlines in these figures. The collections of cells, t.r., in this and the following sections are the rudiments of the teeth. At the point represented in fig. 2e, the nasal cartilage, ?i.c., has increased considerably in extent and almost completely surrounds the nasal passages on each side. In this and the following two sections, the plate of cartilage, b. , which lies ventral to the nasal passage on each side, seems no longer to be continuous with the vertical septum, s., as in the preceding figure, although it is still in close contact with it. The nasal canals are drawn out, in this section, in a ventro-lateral direction, until their passages are reduced to mere slits. The passage on the right is drawn out, laterally, toward a small group of cells, r.n.g., the apparent rudiment of one of the nasal glands. The teeth rudiments, t.r., are seen in both upper and lower jaws, in the former of which they are very large, in proportion to the size of the jaw. The cartilages of the lower jaw are seen on each side, m.c. In fig. 2d the nasal canals are still more closely invested by the nasal cartilages. On the right, the section passes through the open- ing of the right nasal gland, r.n.g., into the nasal passage of the •corresponding side. On the left side of the section is seen the left nasal gland, l.n g., cut in front of its opening into the uasal pas- sage, that is, between this opening and the tip of the suout. In all the following figures anterior will mean toward the tip of the snout, posterior will meau toward the base of the snout or of the head. Fig. 2e is a short distance posterior to the last figure. On the right it passes through the extreme anterior edge of the right eye, c, while on the left the section is anterior to the eye. The nasal cartilage, n.c, on the right, completely encloses the nasal passage 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 of that side, and thus lies between that passage and its nasal glaud. The section is cut posterior to the opening of the right nasal gland, r-.n.g., into the right nasal passage, r.n.c. The left side of the section passes through the opening of the left nasal gland, l.n.g., into the left nasal passage. In the next section (fig. 2/) the complexity of the nasal appar- atus has, apparently, considerably increased. In the first place, the ventral portions of the nasal cartilage, which, anterior to this point, formed a more or less complete wall ventral to the nasal passages, have disappeared, and on the right the dorsal portion of the'cartilage has separated from the median, s., and is now repre- sented by a short straight piece, n.c'., and a long curved piece, n.c, enclosing a part, c, of the right nasal passage. On the left the dorsal, wall of cartilage is still connected with the median sep- tum. The nasal passages are here of quite different shape from what they w^ere in the preceding section. They are still more •elongated in a dorso-ventral direction, and that on the right, which is nearer the base of the snout, is cut at the point, v. p. , at which it opens ventrally into the narrow ventral passage, which, in turn, leads posteriorly to open at the posterior nares. d. repre- sents a narrow diverticulum, projecting in a ventro-lateral direc- tion, which may be followed almost to the jiosterior end of the large dorsal passage. ,A large branch of the main nasal passage, r.n.c, is represented at c, and the following section passes through the point at which this lateral passage opens ventrally into the main passage. On the hift side of the section is seen the left nasal gland, l.n.g., cut posterior to its opening into the left nasal passage. On either side of the ventral end of the median cartilage, s., is seen a small collection of cells, j., which, according to Rose, is the rudimentary Jacobson's organ. These two collections of cells, which will be spoken of as " Jacobson's organ," extend from this point poste- riorly for a considerable distance, as two solid rods of cells; they then become hollowed out to form tubes, which soon open ven- trally into the ventral nasal passages, v.j). , as will be shown in one of the following figures. The section represented in fig. 2/ passes near the extreme anterior end of Jacobson's organ. In fig. 2g, which is only a short distance posterior to the one just described, Jacobson's organ is still seen as two solid rods of 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, cells. On the right, the ventral nasal passage, v.])., is cut posterior to its opening into the main nasal passage and is hence seen as an inde- pendent, circular passage. On the left, the section passes through the opening of the left ventral passage, v.p'., into its adjacent main nasal passage. The ventro-lateral diverticula, d. and d'., are seen on either side. The right side of the section passes through the oi)ening of the cavity c. into the ventral part of the right nasal passage, r.7i.c., while on the left the corresponding cavity, c'., is cut anterior to its opening and is surrounded on all sides by the nasal cartilage. In the preceding section the cavity c. Avas cut pos- terior to the region at which it was completely surrounded by car- tilage. In fig. 2h the nasal cartilages have about the same outline as in the figure just described, the sections represented by these two figures being close together. Jacobson's organ, j., has increased somevv-hat in size, but there is still no trace of a cavity in either part. Both ventral nasal tubes, v.p., are now entirely distinct from the main nasal cavities and are somewhat circular tubes lined with columnar cells. On the left the side cavity, c'., is still sur- rounded by cartilage, being again cut anterior to its opening into the left nasal passage, l.n.c, while on the right of the section, at the point c. , the side cavity is seen to open dorsally into the main nasal cavity. The relation of this side cavity to the main nasal cavity is made plain by reference to fig. 3a, which represents a section cut in the plane a-b, fig. lb. The section passed through the dorsal part of the nasal cavities, cutting the cavity on the right so far dorsally that but little indication of the side cavity, c, is evident. It is plain, from this figure, that what ha« been called a side cavity, c'., is merely the posterior end of the main nasal cavity which has bent around until it projected outward and for- ward, and thus gave the idea, in transverse section, of a distinct ofishoot frorh the main nasal cavity, l.n.c. Fig. 3a shows how the nasal cartilage, ».c., pushes in between the cavity c' and the main cavity, l.n.c, giving the impression, in transverse section, that the cavity c' is completely surrounded by cartilage. In a section ventral to this one, what has been called the main nasal cavity, l.n.c, is seen to extend somewhat further toward the brain, br., and in that way the cavity c'. is made to appear more like a branch of the main cavity than simply a forward 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELrHIA. 461 bendiug of the larger cavity. This posterior extension of the main nasal cavity is shown in fig. 21, l.n.c. Fig. 3a shows that the median nasal cartilage, s., extends back between the eyes, and becomes continuous with the cartilage surrounding the brain. It is somewhat swollen at a point about half-way between the nasal cavities and the brain. The section repi*esented in fig. 21 passes through the extreme posterior part of the main nasal cavities, l.n.c. and r.n.c, and cuts the ventral canals, v. p., posterior to the point at which Jacob- son's organ opens into them. The way in which this takes place will be described later. The lateral parts, n.e., of the nasal carti- lages have diminished considerably in size, and now lie much nearer to the median cartilage, s. This section passes through the anterior ends of the two olfactory lobes, o. I. In fig. 2/ is represented a section cut posterior to the nasal cavity, so that neither of the main or dorsal nasal chambers are seen. The ventral passages, v.jj., have about the same size and position as In the preceding figure, while the lateral cartilages, n.e., are reduced to mere rods, lying close against but not fused with the median cartilage, 6\ A short distance posterior to this point these cartilages end. The section seen in fig. 2k is some distance posterior to the one just described, and shows how the ventral canals, v.j)., unite to form a single median canal, before they open posteriorly as the posterior nares. This section does not cut the lateral parts of the nasal cartilage, but the median septum, s. , is seen extending dorsally, b.c, on ei-ther side of the olfactory lobes, o.l. The outlines of the muscles of the eyes are shown in this as well as in the following figure by dotted lines, m. Fig. 2ns somewhat posterior to fig. 2k, and passes through the opening of the ventral passages, the jioscerior nares, p.n. The other points brought out in this figure are about the same as in fig. 2k, and need no further description. Fig. 4a represents, under a much higher magnification, a part of one of the sections of the series that has just been described. The veuti-al end of the median cartilaginous septum is shown at s., and the ventral ends of the right and left nasal passages are seen at r.n.c and l.n.c. The walls of these passages are made up of 462 rROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jwly, one or more layers of cubical or columnar ciliated cells. The ventral passages, v. p., are lined Avith similar cells, except that no cilia could be made out. On the left is seen, dorsal to the left ventral passage, the tubular organ of Jacobson, j., which is cut anterior to its opening into the ventral passage, v.jy; its cavity is small, in cross section, and only extends for a short distance ante- riorly, the greater part of the organ being a solid rod of cells with- out any visible cavity. On the right side of the figure, which, it will be remembered, is posterior to the plane of the left side, is seen the opening of Jacobson' s organ, J., into the right ventral canal, v. p. The united cavities of the ventral canal and Jacob- son's organ have a sharply triangular outline, which is maintained for a considerable distance posterior to the point at which they first come together. The walls of the organ are of about the same structure as those of the ventral passages. For the sake of sim- plicity the mesoblast cells in this and in all of the preceding sec- tions have not been represented. They are typical mesoblast cells and surround numerous blood vessels. Fig. 5a represents a sagittal section of an embryo of the same stage of development as the one represented in fig. la. The sec- tion is nearly, but not exactly, in the median plane, so that some of the organs are cut medianally while others are cut to one side of the median plane The general outline of the head is well shown and the relative positions of the main regions can be seen. The brain, br., and spinal cord, s.c, are represented in the heavier shading; the cartilaginous parts, including the vertebral column, V.C., in the lighter areas. The great size of the nasal cavity is due to the fact that the section passes through one of the main nasal passages in the plane of its greatest diameter, fig. 2/. The other parts of the head will be easily understood by reference to the letters. As in the previous sections, the mesoblast has been omitted for convenience and simplicity. Letter I XG of Figures. b. — Basal plate of cartilage. b.c. — Cartilage around the brain. hr. — Brain. h.w. — Body wall. c. — Later.il part of nasal canal. d. — Diverticulum of uasal canal. e. — Eye. 7i. — Hypophysis. j. — Jacobson's organ. L — Lens. l.j. — Lower jaw. I. /I.e. — Left uasal canal. l.n.g. — Left nasal gland. 7/i. — Muscle of the eye. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPIIfA. 46? ni.c. — Cartilage of lower jaw n.c. — Na«al cartilage. 0. — CEsophagus. 0 I. — Olfactory lobes. 'p.n. — Posterior nares. r.n.a. — Kight nasal aperture. r.n.c. — Right nasal canal. r.ii.g. — Eight nasal gland. s. — Nasal septum. s.c. — Spinal cord. t. — Tongue. ta. — Trachea. t.r. — Tooth rudiment. v.c. — Vertebral column. v.p. — Ventral passage. X. — Septum projecting back between main nasal canal and its side branch. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. (All sections icere drawn with a Zeiss Camera.) Fig. \a. — Side view, from a photograph, of an embryo of the stage repre- gented in the sections. The yolk is not represented, but the cut stalk may be seen projecting from the abdominal wall just anterior to the hind legs (mag. f diam.). Fig. 16. — This is merely an outline drawing of the preceding figure to show the planes of the sections represented in the following figures. Fig. 2a. — Transver.>e section through the tip of the snout. The section is so near the tip of the snout, that it does not cut the lower jaw (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 2h. — Transverse section posterior to fig. \a. It passes through the extreme tip of the lower jaw (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 2c. — Transverse section still further toward the base of the snout. The details of the figure will be understood from the lettering (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 2d. — Transverse section posterior to the preceding (mag. 4 diam.). Figs. 21 to h. — Transverse sections posterior to the preceding, passing through the right eye, but anterior to the left eye (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 2J. — Transverse section passing through the .extreme posterior part of the main nasal passages (l.n.c. and r.n.c). The section passes through the anterior edge of the left eye and through the anterior ends of the olfactory lobes (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 2/. — Transverse section just beyond the posterior end of the main nasal cavities. It passes through the extreme posterior ends of the lateral nasal cartilages {n.c.) (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 2k. — Transverse section through the point where the two ventral canals (yp.) unite to form a single large median canal. The section passes through the eyes at about their central points, and shows the sets of muscles by which their motion is controlled. The lower jaw is cut at the point at which it becomes continuovis with the neck, which accounts for the break in the ventral side of this and the following figure (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 21. — Transverse section, a short distance posterior to the one immedi- ately preceding, passing through the posterior nares (p.n.), and through the upper end of the trachea {ta.) which appears in the figure to be three distinct cavities (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. "ia. — Horizontal section through the plane a-&, fig. \h. Shows the general anatomy of the head as seen in horizontal section, and especially the way in which the main nasal passages {l.n.c. and r.n.c.) curve outward and forward, as has been above described (mag. 4 diam.). Fig. 4a. — Transverse section, under a much greater magnification, to show the structure and position of the paired Jacobsou's organ (j.) (mag. 18 diam.). 404 pkocp:edixgs of the academy of [July, Fig. 5rtf. — Sagittal section of the head of the embryo under consideration. The section is not exactly in a median plane, so that some of the unpaired organs are cut medianally while others are not (mag. 4 diam.). Literature. Beard, J. Morphological Studies, No. 4: The Nose and Jacobson's Organ. Zool. Jahrbiicher, Bd. Ill, 1889, S. 753. Broun, H. G. Nasal Cavity of Crocodilia, in Thier-Reichs, Bd VI, 3 Ab., Reptilien, II, S. 874. Howes, G. B. On the Probable Existence of a Jacobson's Organ among the Crocodilia. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, February, 1891, p. 148. Meek, A. On the Occurrence of a Jacobson's Organ, with Notes on the Development of the Nasal Cavity, the Harderian Gland in Crocodilus porosus. Jour, of Anat. and Physiol., Vol. XXVII. Sluiter, C. Ph. Das Jacobson'sche Organ von Crocodilus porosus (Schn.). Anat. Anz., 1892, S. 540. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA, IV. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. lu the present coninmnicatiou the description of Japanese Clausiliidie is continued, and that of the Pupidce begun. The genesis of ^a^m-like forms in Japan is considered in some detail, together with various other divergent branches from the Euphsedu- soid phylum. For most of the material described I am indebted to the liber- ality of Mr. Y. Hirase, a corresponding member of this Academy. Mr. E. R. Sykes also has entrusted to me certain specimens col- lected in Japan by Dr. Hungerford, many years ago, representing species described but not figured by Dr. O. von Mollendorff; and I have included herein some account of such of these as are closely related to my new forms. IMy thanks are due to both of these co-workers for their kind assistance. Section ZAPTYX Pils. Proc. A. N. 8. P., 1900, p. 672. This strongly differentiated group has hitherto been known from southern Kiushiu and the Loo Choo Islands only ; but a represen- tative has now been found to the north and east in an island belonging to the province of Izu, I have attempted below to explain its presence there. Typical Clausilia (Zaptyx) Hirasei occurs at Kagoshima, the type locality, and on Sakura Island in Kagoshima Bay. A more slender form, of a richer, darker brown color, but the same internal structure, has been sent by Mr. Hirase (No. 557) from Kikai,^ Osumi, at the head of Kagoshima Bay. Many specimens are very small, length 7^ mm., but others reach 10 J mm. in length. As the shell is quite slender, this is one of the smallest Clausilias ^ In treating of Eulota cormivens, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., IV, p. 77, Mr. Glide has confused this locality with the island Kikai-ga shima, of the Oshima group, south of Kiushia. This island is in the Loo Choo group, broadly speaking, but belongs for administrative purpeses to Kagoshima Ken or prefecture. 30 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ['I^lv, knowu, as well as one of the most complicated in internal struc- ture. Clausilia hachijoensis n. sp. PI. XXVII, figs. 39, 40. Shell fusiform, rimate, rather thin, of a dark, rich brown color; rather weakly wrinkle-striate, the latter part of the last whorl distinctly and sharply striate. "Whorls 8 to Sh, slightly convex, the apex obtuse, the last whorl somewhat flattened laterally, and gibbous or sack-like below. Aperture trapezoidal-piriform, the peristome continuous, brown, narrowly expanded and subreflexed. Superior lamella rather small, compressed, vertical, distant from the spiral lamella. Spiral lamella short, lateral, not reaching a ventral position, a short lamella Julcrans lying parallel to it. Inferior lamella receding, immersed, visible in an oblique view in the aper- ture, moderately spiral within; subcolumellar lamella either emerg- ing or immersed. Principal plica short and lateral, one or two short sutural plicre lying above it; dipper palatal plica exceedinrjhj short and joining the lunella. Lunella lateral, rather long and straight. Clausilium strongly curved throughout, the apex rounded, straightened or slightly emarginate ou the palatal side, near the apex. Laugth 10, diam. 2 J to 2^ mm. Bachijo (or Hachijo) Island, prov. Izu (Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 638). This species is about the size of the largest specimens of C. Hirasel and C. hyperoptyx, but is a trifle wider. It difiers from both in wanting a parallel lamella, and the upper palatal plica is extremely short, a mere dilation of the upper end of the lunella. In C Hirasel it stands free of the lunella, and in C. hyjjeroptyx is united with it and is much longer. The principal plica is shorter than in the other two species. The clausilium is much more curved than iu either of these species, and its apical end has a somewhat different shape. The specimens were sent with C. Tryoni, an Euphcedusa much resembling this species in size and color. Bachijo or, as most charts spell it, Hachijo (or sometimes Fatsizio) Island lies iu the Pacific just above the 3.3d parallel Is^. lat., and near 140° E. long. It is somewhat over 100 miles from the nearest mainland, and is about iwenty-oue miles long by seven 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 467 and a half wide. A chain of islets reaches northward to 'the Sagami Sea; but I am disposed to believe that its molluscan fauna has been derived chiefly from the islands south of Kiushiu by means of drift, as it lies directly in the Kuro Shi wo, or " Black Current," and Zaptyx, the group to which C. Haehijoensis belongs, is dis- tinctly a southern group, unknown in Hondo Island. Small islets at wide intervals are scattered down to the Bonin (Ogasawara) group, but they rise from a submarine ridge in the sea bed between 1,000 and 2,000 fathoms depth. The two s])ecies of Clausilia here described and Clausllla (Reinia) varlegata var. nesiotica Pils. are the first land shells known from the island. , Section EUPH^^DUSA Bottger. Clausilia Tryoni n. sp. PI. XXV, figs. 1, 2, 3. Shell small, rimate, thin, fusiform, dark purplish brown, glossy. finely striatulate, the last whorl more coarsely rib-striate. Whorls 8, rather convex, the apex obtuse, next three or four whorls attenuated, the last whorl flattened on its last half. Aperture piriform, the peristome rather thin, narrowly expanded and sub re- flexed, continuous, adnate or very shortly free above, deeply emar- ginate at the position of the superior lamella. Superior lamella thin but high, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella rather small, weak below, though emerging nearly to the lip-edge, rather abruptly becoming stronger and converging toward the superior lamella within, strongly spiral. Suheolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica short, its lower end visible from the aperture, deep within the throat, the other end extending past the palatal plicae to a lateral position. Upper and lower palatal pliae small, oblique and parallel, lateral in position, the lower one smaller. There is no trace of a lunella. The inferior and spiral lamellre are of equal length within, and reach to the middle of the ventral side. The clausilium is broad, strongly curved, a little pointed or tapering toward the apex, and very slightly thickened there. Length 11^, diam. 3 mm. Bachijo (Hachijo) Island, prov. Izu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 638). This pretty little Eapha;dasa was sent with Clausilia (^Zaptyx) 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [JuIy, hachijoensis, which it resembles iu size aud color. It will be known by the unusually strong superior lamella, emerging sub- columellar lamella and total absence of a lunella, the two palatal folds being small, remote and parallel. The clausilium though YTJde is a little tapering below, aud less thickened at the apex thau in most of the related species. There is some variation in sculpture, one specimen being densely and rather sharply striate, while the others are smoother. Group of C. Hunfjerjordiana. Shell with the ordinary slender contour and piriform aperture of Eupluulusa. Superior lamella wanting, or represented merely by a slight thickening of the lip-edge. Inferior lamella rather strongly developed. Lunella subobsolete or wanting; palatal plicte 2; the principal plica short. Shell usually variegated with white streaks. This new " Formenkreis" contains two species, both Japanese. Clausilia Hungerfordiana Mlldff. PI. XXV, fig. 4. Von MoUendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, LI, Ft. 2, No. 1, p. 2, PI. 1, fig. 1 (July, 1882). The specimen figured is fi'om Hungerford's collection, and is DOW in that of Mr. E. R. Sykes. It is slender, thin, conspicu- ously streaked and maculate with buff-white on a brown ground. It is finely, rather irregularly striatulate, the striie becoming coai-ser and distinct on the back of the last whorl. The superior lamella is represented by a slight thickening of the lip-margin. Inferior lamella strong. Subcolumellar lamella very deeply immei-sed. The lather short principal plica is lateral, the lunella subobsolete, upper aud lower palatal plicpe being developed. Length 12, diam. 2.5 mm. Nara, Yamato. Thus far known from the type locality only, a town lying east from Osaka, in northern Yamato. Clausilia monelasmus Pils- PI- XXVII, tig. 6. Pilsbry, Proc. A. N. S. Pbila., 1900, p. 674, PL 24, figs. 4-6 ; PI. 25, figs. 26-29. The specimen here figured has the inferior lamella more receding than in the tyj^, and the shell is variegated with white. It is evident that this is a northern species very closely related 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 to C. Hung erf ordiana, from Avhich it differs in being smaller and more graceful, decidedly more attenuated above, with much stronger striation. There is no trace of a lunella. It is from Hokkaido Island, while C. Huugerfonliana is from southeastern Hondo. Perhaps northern Hondo will supply specimens of inter- mediate character. The shell figured is 10 mm. long. Group of C. euholodoma. Shell shorter than in normal Eaphcedusce, the whorls reduced to 7-7^; aperture broad, squarish-oval, scarcely narrower above than, below; peristome continuous, the broadly arched parietal margia in part adnate, though distinct. JVo superior lamella. Inferior lamella strong; spiral lamella and principal plica very short; no lunella; upper and lower palatal plicfe developed. Clausilium Euphredusoid. The single species of this group approaches Reinia in contour, but, like the preceding group, the superior lamella is obsolete and the inferior lamella strong. Clausilia euholostoma Pils. PI. XXV, fii,'s. 6, 7, s. Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 108 (January 1, 1901). Shell rimate, slenderly pupiform, brown, finely striate. Apex rather acute; spire rapidly tapering above; whorls 7-7i, quite convex, the last two forming much more than half the shell's length, and of about equal diameter. Aperture of a broad, squari^ih-oval form, scarcely narrower above than below; peristome white, reflexed, continuous, the strong j9«)'tefa/ margin arcuate and in part adnate. Sujjerior lamella ivanting. Spiral lamella reduced to a short plate deeply immersed, developed in a lateral position. Inferior lamella appearing in a front view as a strong triangular plate, strongly spiral within. Subcolumellar lamella very deeply immersed. Principal plica reduced to a short fold, lateral in posi- tion and about twice as long as the small upper and lower palatal plicse. No lunella. Clausilium very similar to that of C. comes,^ but the palatal margin is more straightened near the apex, and the columellar margin is more strongly notched near the filament. Length 8.6, diam. 2.4 mm.; length of aperture 2.3 mm. Length 7. 3, diam. 2. 2 mm. ; length of aperture 2 mm. 2 See these Proceedings for 1900, PI. XXV, figs. 35, 36. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, " Mikuriya, prov. Suruga (Y. Hirase). Types Ko. 79,724 Coll. A. K S. P., No. 563 of Mr. Hirase' s collection. This species is one of the most extraordinary modifications of the Eupluedusan stock yet known. The large aperture resembles in form that of no other Clausilia known to me, and shows but one lamella, the inferior; the superior lamella being wholly atrophied, and the spiral lamella and principal plica reduced to short laminpe in the region where the clausilium lodges. There is no trace of a lunella. The clausilium remains well developed, is slightly thick- ened distally, and has all the characters of that of Eujjhcedum. In the strong development of the inferior lamella, C. euholostoma resembles C. Hungerfordiana IMlldff. and C. moneloismus Pils., which are likewise deficient in the superior lamella. C. euholo- stoma agrees with the typical forms of Reinia in having the aper- ture wide above, not piriform as in the group of C. Hunger- fordiana. It is intermediate between the two groups in number of whorls and in general contour. Sectioa EEINIA Kobelt. Seinia Kob., Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., Ill, 1876, p. 34, proposed as a section of Balea ; type Balea variegata A. Ad. The type of Reinia is a small tapering-pupoid species, with discontlnuom peristome, the aperture being Buliminoid, deficient in lamelhT and ivitliout pliae, lunella or clausiluim. It was included by Bottger next to Balea; but that group as usually constituted consists of no less than three series of species, each totally dis- tinct and unrelated. It was Dr. O. von MollendorfT who with keen insight first pointed out the fundamental distinction between Balea and Reinia.^ He recognized in the Chinese C. eastlakeana a less modified form of Reinia, and after discussing the characters of the groii]), declared it to be related to the eastern Asiatic grou]) Fhcedusa. The relation of Reinia to Phcedusa, von jMollendorfi^ further held, is comparable to that of Alopia to the true Clausilia of Europe: " Phylogenetisch diirfte Reinia als der lebende Rest der Vorfahren der heutigen Phceditsa- Avien aufzufassen sein, wie 2 Jahrb. d. D. Malak. Ges., X, p. 2G2-205, 1833, under description of C. eastlakeana, a species from Fu-dshow, on the island Nan-tai, province of Fu-dshien, southern China. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPIirA. 471 die Baleo-Clausilien die direkten nachkommea des Prototyps der Europiiischen Clausilien siud. "* The couclusiou that Reinia stands in close relationship with Plucdusa, and has nothing to do with Balea, was forced upon me by the study of a series of Japanese species, before I knew that von iVIoIlendortt', nearly twenty years ago, had been led to the same result by the structure of a Chinese form. Only in one point of view the data before me seem to modify the ideas of the Oerman savant: the Japanese series establishes such a connection between Reinia and Eaphcedusa that the descent of the former from the latter is strongly indicated. Reinia is not a 2>'^i>nitive Pluedusa, but a degenerate one. I regard Reinia variegata as the secondarily simplified end of a series leading from typically Euphredusoid ancestors, just as Balea perversa is a secondarily sim- plitied, and not a primitive, Clausilia. The east Asiatic series leads from forms with many whorls, well-developed clausilium, lamelhe and folds, and continuous peristome, to those with few Avhorls, no clausilium, the lamelke and plica; reduced and in part lost, and the peristome adnate above and finally interrupted. Bottger has demonstrated that the older tertiary Clausiliidce of Europe had a narrow clausilium and the superior lamella was continuous with the spiral lamella; the widening of the clausilium and separation of the superior and spiral lamellse being modern chai'acters. Now Reinia and its nearest allies have the spiral and superior lamella) interrupted, and the clausilium when devel- oped is of the very broad type. These considerations seem to render the hypothesis that Reinia is a primitive Phcedusa quite inadmissible. The chief characters of Reinia and the Euphredusoid forms leading toward it, are stated in the following table : *L. c, p. 265. 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, 'S p o 03 .^ as ^ 'rZ ^ y - - - o "p. . -J (!) ?•- § - (M CI 01 « ^S a ■*3 o 6 ■+3 "-^ ■s. fl o R - O "o! - ji 'X! ^ --§ 4J b ^ £ t- ej a o « "o a .^ ^ m >>« fl o " " f-* o ^ t> fl o a p 1 1 _^ ^ O 'a s 6 "o 3 £ "rS "S c3 sS Tc| s' S U 0)^ 1 5 !^ <]) 4) (H b "35 73 ci ■1 i "B S'n o O s +3 « i ^ ■W "7- <— < ^ "5 fl u tH 1 — <» * o t-i o 2 fl Pi ,a o ^ c3 M m '^ ■» 03 -t-j ^ O fl "^ ,J2— 1 "3 c3 w fl « S fl eS ^ c3 c3 fl o fl - ti B" .S H a a 55 a CQ o a OJ -M lU o 'El ^ •i~> a .S2 >• N- a "* ■* 8 5 P-, y to o to ■-IM t^ 1^ 1 od' C5 ^ i^ e *>. ^^ 1 § e OB '3 e .« e ^ -^ CO i li o tS ■^ &5 •«* ®5 Oi S 1 ^ ^ 1 1 t§ 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 The interrelations of the above species are further illustrated in the following diagram, the median portion of which shows the probable phylogeny of the forms under consideration : r Aperture wide above. Aperture piriform. Peristome incomplete Peristome j complete, 1^ no sup. lam. f No superior I lamella. I Superior la- mella de- L veloped. variegata nesiotica No clausilium or palatal plicae. [ Eastlakeana — — euholostoma monelas7nus -Hungerfordian a normal Eupfuedusa Clausilium and palatal plicre de- veloped. It will be seen from the table and diagram that no sharp line can be drawn between Reiiila and Euphccdasa. The number of whorls varies, by easy stages; the form of the aperture is not cor- related with other characters; and upon the whole, it is obvious that we have to deal with forms in various stages of change and ot degeneration of the closing- apparatus, from an Euphaidusoid ances- tor. In fact, it is not quite certain that they had a single common progenitor; they may be descendants from three species of Euphce- dusa ; but however this may be, it is obvious that the original stock, whether one or three, belonged to the aeulus group of Euphcediisa; and some apparently trivial features of the whole series, such as the peculiar coloration, give me reason to believe that the phylogeny indicated above is not far wrong. Clausilia (Reinia) variegata (A. Ad.). PL XXV, figs. 11, 12. Balea variegata A. Adams, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4), I, p. 469 (1868); Kobelt, Fauna Jap., p. 63, PI. 9, fig. 20 (1879) ; Mai- tens, Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturforsch. Freunde zu Berlin, 1877, p. 105. The shell is sinistral, rimate, thin, tapering-pupiform, the last whorl widest; streaked xvlth opaque buff on an olivaceous or brownish corneous ground, and more or less marked with spiral lines of the darker color. The surface is irregular striatulate, the last half of the last whorl being striate. Whorls 6, convex and regularly increasing. The aperture is broadly ovate, with white. 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ['Tulj, reflexed peristome; the right and left margins scarcely converging above, xvidehj separated, connected by a thin, adnate jmrietal callus. The superior lamella is minute, short and removed from the edge of the parietal callus. It is widely separated from the rather short, spiral lamella. Inferior lamella receding, small, becoming higher inside, extending to a dorsal position. Sub- columellar lamella very deeply immersed, a long pit between it and the inferior lamella. There are no plicse. Clausilium want- ing. Length 8.3, diam. above aperture 2.6, length of aperture 2.8 mm. Tago (A. Adams) (Tako, in western Shikoku, province of lyo) ; Uweno, near Tokyo, and Ujeno (Hilgendorfj ; Tokyo (Donitz); Takasaki, prov. Kozuke (Y. Hirase, jSTo. 525). This species was found by Hilgendorf under the bark of trees, by Donitz in hollow trees. It is viviparous, one specimen I opened containing a young shell. Clausilia Eastlakeana Mlldff., of which I have specimens, from the original locality, is undoubtedly nearer variegata than any Japanese species, having the same discontinuous peristome; but it has longer, stronger lamellae, palatal phcse and an Euphredusoid clausilium. Clausilia (Reinia) variegata var. nesiotica nov. PI. XXV, flgs. 9, 10. Whorls &h; striatiou stronger than in variegata, the last whorl with fine incised spiral strife. Inferior and spiral lamella de- cidedly more strongly developed. Length 8.3-9.5, diam. 2.7 mm. Hachijo Island, off Izu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 5256). This insular race has slightly less degenerate lamella; than the typical form from Hondo. Some specimens from the outlying Ogasawara (Bouin) Islands, Mr. Hirase's No. 469, apparently belong here, though as only young ones have been received, I am not certain of them. Section TYRANNOPH.EDUSA Pilsbry. This section is not allied to Eaphcedusa, as I formerly supposed, but to Heviiphitdnsa, with which it agrees in the receding inferior lamella, straightly ascending within, and remote from the superior lamella. Whether it will stand as a separate section, or become a subordinate group of Hemiphcednsa, depends upon the emphasis 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 placed upon the different form of the clausiliuin. Hemiphcedusa now comprises vai^pus shell- forms, especially among Chinese species, and will probably require to be more or less subdivided. As the figure of C. mikado Pils. was on too small a scale to show the form of the spire well, 1 give here an enlarged outline, PI. XXVII, fig. 35. Clausilia iotaptyx Pilsbry. PI. XXVII, fig. 3S. These Proceedings for 1900, p. GT4. The reference to plate in my former paper should read PL XXIV, not " PI. XXV." In the description, p. 675, eighth line from lop, the luuella was stated to be " lateral," whereas it is, in fact, nearly ventral. The same correction should be made in the third line from bottom of same page. The systematic position of this species was left in doubt in my former paper; but further study inclines me to place a good deal of weight upon the characters of the clausilium in deciding on the classification of any Phsedusoid species; and this would throw C. iotaptyx into my section Ti/rannopJuedusa. The definition of that group must then be extended to include species with fewer whorls, but having the same type of closing apparatus. As in C. mikado, the upper half of the shell is attenuated. Clausilia iotaptyx, var. clava Pilsbry. PI. XXVII, figs. 36, 37. Pilsbry, Nautilu.«, XIV, p. 108 (January, 1901). Much smaller than C. iotaptyx, but similar in form; whorls lH-12, the first globose, following 7 or 8 attenuated, last 3 swol- len and forming more than half the length of the shell, the last whorl tapering below, impressed at the position of the principal plica, more or less distinctly ridged behind a wide shallow constric- tion behind the lip. Finely striate where not eroded; whitish or dirty buflf, and lustreless. Aperture as in C. iotaptyx, but the subcohunellar lamella is sometimes wholly immersed. Closing apparatus more lateral than in iotaptyx, the upper palatal plica strong but short, lower plica shorter, connected with a rudimen- tary, straight lunella, which does not reach the upper palatal fold. Alt. 12, diam. 2.8 mm. Alt. 11.5, diam. 2.5 mm. Senzan, A.waji Island (Y. Hirase). Types Xo. 79,723 Coll. A. X. S. P., from Xo. 292 of Mr. Hirase's collection. 47G rROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Julv, This insular subspecies has one-half to one whorl more than the typical form fi'om Omi province, although it « much smaller; the spire is somewhat more slender, and the lunella is comparatively degenerate. Section HEMIPH.EDUSA Bttg. Group of C. validiuscula. Clausilia gracilispira Mlldff. PI. XXVII, figs. 27-31. Von MoUeadorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, LI, Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 5, PI. 1, fig. 3 (July, 1882); LIV, Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 63 (1885). Two specimens labeled as this species were transmitted to me by ]Mr. E. R. Sykes. They formed part of Brigade Surgeon Hungerford's collection, and were taken by him near Kobi, Japan, about twenty years ago. One of the specimens is slightly stouter and reddish, the other more slender and pale yellowish green. I shall refer to them as the reddish and the green examples. The green specimen (PI, XXVII, figs. 27-29) is slender, much attenuated above, and has 9^ convex whorls. It is rather strongly, regularly striate. The last whorl is somewhat cylindric, and on its last half the space above the po.sition of the princii^al 2)lica is distinctly swollen. The aperture is decidedly oblique and ovate; and from its obliquity appears abnormally short in the figures, from being foreshortened. The peristome is rather widely re flexed, shortly free, a little emarginate above, and viewed from the base, it is seen to be distmctly notched to the right of the superior lamella. The superior lamella is marginal and slightly projecting, rather short, and distinctly fla^-topped ; continuous with the spiral lamella. The inferior lamella is very receding, hardly visible in a front view. Within it ascends straightly, is rather stout, and terminates below in a perceptible "knot" or callous thickening. The subcolumellar lamella is very deeply immersed, not visible within the mouth. Both spiral and inferior lamellae ascend to a ventral positicm, the former being higher in the region where the clausilium lodges. The principal plica is visible within the aperture, and penetrates to a lateral position, being thus fully a half-whorl long. Below it there are four plicre, the upper and lower well devel- oped; two very short, indistinct, minute callous nodules or plicae lying between them. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 The clausilium (PI. XXVII, figs. ^30, 31) is parallel-sided, acumiuate below, abruptly and deeply emargiuate above ou the columellar side of the filament. Length 10, diam. 2 mm. This specimen agrees with von MollendorfTs description of C grac'dispira in color and form, but differs in having fewer whorls, 9i instead of 10-11, and in having two minute intermediate palatal plicae instead of only one. Moreover, the lip is rather broadly reflexed, not merely " hreviter expansum." The reddish specimen (PI. XXVII, figs. 32-34) is wider than the green, with the space above the principal plica very convex (fig. 34). Whorls 9^. The aperture is less oblique than in the green specimen, but otherwise similar; the oblique flattening of the top of the superior lamella, and the notch in the pei'istome to the right of it being well marked. Internally it is similar to the green specimen except in the following respects: the spiral and inferior lamellpe are longer, ascending almost j)ast the ventral position; and between the upper and lower palatal plicre there is one very low, nodule-like callus or intermediate plica. Length 10, diam. 2.2 mm. This specimen agrees with von Mollendorff's description in having an identical palatal armature. In color and general appearance it is a good deal like C. atirantiaca var. Erberi Bttg. I did not examine the clausilium. The rather peculiar form of the superior lamella, in a front view, is the same in the two speci- mens; and when the intermediate palatal plicfe are so reduced as in these shells, I am disposed to beheve that the differences above recorded are not of specific value. It is obvious, however, that more material is needed to satisfac- torily elucidate the characters of the species. Groiqj of C. sublunellata. This group was defined by von Mollendorft' in 1885. It js characterized by the palatal armature, the species examined by him having " below the principal plait, first an upper palatal, after this a very short second one, and then a short, straight lunella, which in some forms is somewhat obsolete, but always discernible." In my opinion the group should be enlarged to include species which have below the principal plica or jilait, one upper palatal 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ['Tulj, plica, followed by a straight Junella, or a short, low callous uorlule representing the lunella. There is no lower palatal plica, nor inward curve of the lower end of the lunella, representing such plicq^. Since the lunella is a secondary evolution-product, formed by the coalescence of primitive palatal plicre, it is natural that species representing certain intermediate stages should occur, Clausilia micropeas Mlldff. PL XXVIII, figs. 41, 42, 43. Von ?iI()llendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Beng., LI, Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 12 ; LIV, Pt. 2, No. 1, p. 64. "^A specimen from Hungerford's collection, doubtless one of the original lot, Avas kindly lent me by Mr. E. R. Sykes. On account of its relationship with the following species, figures and descrip- tive notes are here given. It has not before been figured. The pale buft, slender shell is attenuated above, and consists of nearly 9, moderately convex whorls. It is delicately costulate- striate. The aperture is piriform-ovate, with moderately reflexed lip, which is quite deeply eraargiuate above. The superior lamella is vertical, rather slender and high, marginal, and continuous with the spiral lamella. The inferior lamella is deeply receding, not visible from in front. "Within it ascends straightly. The sub- columellar lamella is wholly immersed. Within, the spiral and inferior lameilre are of equal length, ascending to a point on the ventral side just above the superior lamella. The principal plica is rather short, not quite a half -whorl long, its lower end visible deep within the throat, whence it extends almost past a strictly lateral position. Below it there is a rather long upper palatal plica, and then a very low, rather wide and straight lunella. No lower palatal plica. The long, narrow clausilium (PI. XXVIII, figs. 44-46) is parallel-sided, slightly acuminate below, and not emarginate pos- teriorly. Length 10.5, diara.'2 mm. In this specimen the lunella is apparently better developed than in that opened by Dr. von MollendorfF, who in his first description states that there is a short upper palatal plica and sometimes a second punctiform one, the latter evidently being the vestige of a lunella. In his second article he finds " that there is an indica- tion of a lunella below the second (generally 2)unctiform) ^^'il^ital 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 plait." In the specimen before me, the structure is clearly a& described above and figured on my plate. When low, ill -developed or " puuctiform," these palatal structures are doubtless subject to a somewhat wide range of variation, although the difference between a " puuctiform plica with the indication of a lunella," and a " low, ill-defined lunella" occupying the same position, appears greater in the statement than the structure itself. Compared with C. perpallida, this species differs in having the principal plica longer, and the superior lamella a little more prominent. The striation is also a trifle coarser, and the form more cylindric, less tapering. These differences do not seem to me to be of specific importance. Clausilia micropeas var. perpallida Pilsbry. PI. XXVIII, figs. 50, 51, 52. C. perpallida Pils., Nautilus, XIV, p. 108 (January, 1901). Shell rimate, slenderly fusiform, finely and distinctly striate, pale corneous. Apex obtuse, the first whorl globose; spire some- what attenuated above. Whorls 9^, convex, the sutures impressed, last whorl but slightly narrower than the penultimate, somewhat compressed. Aperture piriform, slightly oblique, with rather distinct, slightly retracted sinulus. Peristome somewhat thick- ened, reflexed, continuous, Superior lamella vertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, arising at the edge of the parietal li[). Inferior lamella deeply receding, visible only in an oblique view, within straightened and thickened below. Both the spiral and the inferior lamellse penetrate inwardly to a fully ventral position, and are of about equal length; the former becoming very high for a short distance, just within the position of the palatal arma- ture. Subcolumellar lamella is deeply immersed and either not visible within the aperture, or showing the end only in an oblique view. Principal plica less than a half-whorl long, the end visible within the aperture, inner end extending a little beyond a short, slightly curved, or forwardly diverging lateral upper palatal 'phca; below this, and not connected with it there is a low callous pad representing the lunella; no lower palatal fold. Clausilium long, slender and parallel-sided, somewhat acuminate toward the a^Dcx, tapering to the filament, the sides and apex thin; in profile seen to be curved, bow-like. Length 11.4, diam. 2.6 mm. 480 PROCEEDINGS OI" THE ACADEMY OF [July, Xisliigo, province Uzpii (]Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,725 Coll. A. K S. P., from No. 4606 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Distinguished by the pale color, subobsolete lunella, and absence of any lower palatal plica. It is closely related to G. mleropea-s, from which the shorter principal plica separates it. Clausilia micropeas var. hokkaidoensis Pilsbry. PI. XXVIII, figs. 47, 48, 49. C. hokkaidoensis Pils., Nautilus, XIV, p. 103 (January, 1901). Shell similar to var. jierpallida except in the following charac- ters: it is of a light brown color; the spire is a little less attenuated above; the peristome and superior lamella are thinner; the spiral and inferior lamelke penetrate somewhat deeper; and the lunella is more distinctly developed, narrow and straight, extending down- ward to the position of the (wanting) lower palatal fold. Whorls Length 11.2, diani. 2.3 mm. Length 10, diam. 2.2 mm. Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido Island. Types No. 79,321 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 5466 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This is the HemiiihcBdum referred to in these Proceedings for 1900, p. 674, as occurring with C. monelasmus. I at first consid- ered it specifically distinct, but am now disposed to look upon it as merely a northern race of C. micropeas of Hondo Island. It tapers more than C. micropeas which has a somewhat cyliudric contour. Group of C. aivajiensis. Clausilia harimensis Pilsbry. PL XXVI, figs. 16, 17, is. Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 108. Shell rimate, slender, gradually tapering to a rather acute apex, light brown, finely and weakly striate, more strongly and regu- larly so on the last two whorls, especially t^ie last one. Spire gradually tapering, the last two whorls of about equal size. Whorls slightly over 9, moderately convex. Aperture trapezoidal- piriform, sinulus well developed; peristome thin, whitish, narrowly reflexed, continuous, emarginate at the position of the superior lamella. Superior lamella marginal, rather high but slender, oblique, disconnected from or sul)Continuous with the spiral lamella. Spiral lamella ascending to a merely ventral position, very high inside. Inferior lamella deeply immersed, visible in an oblique I'JOl.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 view only, straighteueJ inside, thickened below. Subcoluniellar lamella immersed, the end visible in an oblique view, bat usually a weak continuation reaches to the edge of the peristome. Princi- pal plica a half-whorl long, the lower end visible within the aper- ture ; extending inward beyond the lunella. Upper palatal plica short, joined in the middle to the uari'ow, well -developed lunella, which descends obliquely, and curves backward below; the re- curved lower end representing a lf)wer palatal fold. Clausilium (PI. XXVII, figs. 19, 20, 21) narrow, parallel-sided, abruptly curved where it passes into the wide filament, stralghlened toward the rounded, hardly angular apex; columellar side emarginate at the origin of the filament. Length 11.5, diam. 2.8 mm. Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types Xo. 79,133 Coll. A. X. S. P. Allied to G. awajiensis Pils. , bat that species is far more obese, with tapering, compressed last whorl. Clausilia perignobilis n. sp. PI. XXVI, figs. 13, 14, !.'>. Shell rimate, fusiform, attenuated above, moderately swollen below, pale brown, densely and finely striate. Whorls about 10, moderately convex, the early ones corneous, forming a slender apical portion, the last whorl somewhat compressed laterally. Aper- ture trapezoidal-piriform, slightly oblique, the siuulus somewhat retracted; peristome whitish, more or less emarginate above, very narrowly reflexed. Superior lamella small, vertical, reaching the margin, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella very deeply receding, hardly visible from the mouth except in an oblique view. Subcoluniellar lamella emerging, usually distinct to the lip-edge. Principal plica fully a half-whorl long, visible in the aperture, and extending inward beyond the upper palatal plica. Lunella lateral, oblique, shaped like the letter J, the lower end curving inward, the upper end joining the middle of a rather short upper palatal plica, which converges inwardly toward the principal plica. Length 14.5, diam. 3 mm.; longest axis of aperture 3.2 mm. Length 12.3, diam. 2.7 mm. Length 12.3, diam. 3 mm. Okinoshima, Tosa, Shikoku Island (types Xo. 80.813 Coll. A. X. S. P., from Xo. 584 of Mr. Hirase's collection). 31 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, I at first identified this species with C. ir/)whilis Sykes/ described from Kinuayarna, Shikoku Island, but upon requesting a com- parison with the type of that species, Mr. Sykes noted several important differences. The first two or three whorls in C. ignobilis are much larger, not so slender and pointed as in C. perignobilis ; and the lunella is#bow-shaped, as in C. shikohiensis, not J-shaped. In other words, the lunella in ir/nobllis and shlkoknensls unites with the lower, outer end of the upper palatal plica, curving gradually and imperceptibly into it, the united plica and lunella having the shape of a drawn bow, Avhile in C perignobilis the lunella unites with the middle of the upper palatal plica, like the letter J. In C. perignobilis the spiral and inferior lamellffi are both high and lamellar within, of equal length, attaining barely a ventral position. The inferior lamella ascends rather straightly, and is not spiral, seen from the back in a broken specimen, but is rather thick. It gives off a branch toward the superior lamella, on the parietal wall. Clausilia perignobilis var. kocMensis nov. Similar to C. jjerignobilis Pils. , from which it differs in the more robust, broader contour, more widely reflexed peristome and coarser striation of the latter part of the last whorl. Length 15.5, diam. 4 mm. Length 13.6, diam. 3.8 mm. Kochi, province of Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 6576). The t7-shaped lunella has the form of that of C. perignobilis. Section STEREOPHiEDUSA Bttg. Clausilia japonica var. perobscura nov. Similar to japonica, but of a very dark, almost blackish, brown color, and sculptured with much coarser, more widely spaced rib- strise. Suture with a whitish margin below. Lower palatal fold very small. Length 25, diam. hardly 6 mm. Whorls 11. Shirono, Buzen (Mr. Y. Hirase;. It occurred with, or at least was sent with, a rather obese form *Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., I, p. 261, and these Proceedings for 1900. ]). G82, footnote. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 of C japonlca, having the usual fine, sharp striation of that species. Section MEG.4L0PH.EDUSA Boettger. Clausilia Hiraseana Pilsbry. PI. XXVI, flgs. 24, 25, 2G. Shell rimate, strong, the last two whorls of about equal diameter,, and forming half the shell's length, those above rapidly diminish- ing, the lateral outlines becoming somewhat concave toward the apex, the earlier three whorls being of about equal diameter; dark reddish brown, with a pale band below the suture, the earliest whorls white. Surface usually with a brilliant gloss, sculptured with coarse, stronrj, slightly ivaved or uneven ribs, which occa- sionally anastomose or branch, and become finer on the upper, imperceptible on the earliest whorls. Whorls 11^ to 12, but several are self- amputated in old individuals; they are convex and parted by well-impressed sutures. The last whoid, viewed dorsally, is narrower than the swollen preceding whorl, and is rather com- pressed, hardly convex. Aperture rhombic-ovate, vertical; peris- tome continuous, reflexed, flesh-tinted, whitish at the edge. Supe- rior lamella small, marginal, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella low and i-eceding, within rather straightly ascending and strongly thickened below. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed, not visible in a front view, but its end may be seen by looking obliquely into the aperture. Principal plica short, its lower end visible deep within the aperture, upper end scarcely extending inward beyond the palatal armature. Palatal pliciB or folds lying a little dorsal of a lateral position, four in number, equidistant, all strongly developed though short; the upper fold a little longer, diverging from the principal plica, the lower (fourth) fold slightly longer than the two median, and a little arched upward in the middle. No lunella. Oausilium evenly and rather strongly arcuate, long and rather narrow, parallel-sided. The apex is slightly acuminate on the columellar side, being rounded and strongly thickened; on the palatal side straightened, a little concave (PI. XXVI, figs. 22, 23). Length 27 to 29-J, diam. 6 mm. Okinoshima, province Tosa (Y. Hirase). A fine, handsome species, easily known by its strong sculpture. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF ['Tuly, which fiufls no parallel among known Japanese Clausiliidce. It is allied to C. Fultoni Sykes, described from Kinnayama, Shikoku Island, a species with fine striation. Family PUPID^. Bifidaria armigerella var. luchuana no v. PL XXVI I r, fig. 54. Shell similar to ^. armigerella (Reiuh.), but with aa infra- parietal lamella developed. Length 2.25, diam. 1.2 mm. Kunchan, Okinawa (types No. 80,992 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 6196 of Mr. Hirase's collection), and Yayeyama (No. 619 of Mr. Hirase's collection). The type lot contains one sinistral specimen. B. armigerella (Reinhardt) is described and figured as with but two teeth on the parietal margin, evidently the angular and parietal lamellie. It is from ^Nlisaki, in the province of Sagami. Vertigo Hirasei Pilsbry. PI. XXVIII, fig. 53. Pilsbry, Nautilus, XIV, p. 128 (March 1, 1901). Shell very minute, openly rimate, ovate, brown, glossy, some- what transparent, faintly striatulate. Whorls 4i, the last a little contracted and straightened near the aperture. Aperture trun- cate-ovate; peristome thin, hardly expanded, the outer margin straightened but not inflexed to form a sinulus, although it pro- jects forward in a slight point or angle, visible when viewed in profile. Parietal wall bearing a rather strong lamella in the mid- dle; columella with a somewhat smaller lamella; palatal plicoe two, near together, the lower larger, elongated, the upper tuber- cular, sometimes obsolete. Alt If, diam. 1 mm. Yanagawa, province Chikugo, Kiushiu Island (Mr. Y. Hirase). Types No. 79,738 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 570 coll. Hirase. Belonging to the V. modesta group, this species is smaller than its allies. As in some forms of V. modesta, the upper palatal fold is sometimes obsolete. The only other Japanese Vertigo described, to my knowledge, is V. hijdrophila (Reinh. ), from the opposite end of the empire, Hakodate, Hokkaido Island. Rein- hardt's species belongs to the group of V- ovata, and has five or .«ix teeth. It is about the size of T^ Hirasei, measuring If by 1 mm. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 EEFERENCE TO PLATES XXV, XXVI, XXVII, XXVIII. Plate XXV, Figs. 1, 2, 3. — Clausilia {Euphoidusa) Tryoni. Hachijo Island. Fig. 4. — Clausilia {Euphcedusa) Hunfjerfordiana. Kara, Yamato. Fig. 5. — Clausilia (Evphwdusa) monelasmns. Kayabe, Ojima. Fis-s. 6, 7, 8. — Clausilia (Euphcedusa) cuholostoma. Mikuriya, Surnga. Figs. 9, 10. — Clausilia {lieinia) varic(jata var. nesioticu. Hachijo Island. Figs. 11, 12. — Clausilia (Reinia) 'cariegata A. Ad. Takasaki, Kozuke. Plate XXVI, Figs. 13, 14, 15. — Clausilia {Hcmiphcedusa) peritjnohilis. Okinoshima, Tosa. Figs. 16, 17, 18. — Clausilia (Hemiphcedusa) liarimensis. Kashima, Harima. Figs. 19, 20, 21. — Clausilia {Hemiphcedusa) liarimensis. Clausilium. Fig. 19, profile view from coliimellar side ; fig. 20, view of interior face, tilted to show shape of the apex ; fig. 21, the same, showing posterior emargination, the apical end foreshortened. Figs. 22, 23. — Clausilia {McgalopheEdusa) Iliraseana. Clausilium. Fig. 22, showing shape of apex ; fig. 23, shape of posterior end, the apical end foreshortened. Fig-f. 24, 25, 26. — Clausilia {Megalophcedusa) Hiraseana. Fig. 26, nat- ural size. Plate XXVII, Figs. 27, 28, 29, 30, 31.— Clausilia (Hemiplimlusa) graciUspira, green specimen. Fig. 30, showing form of the apex of the clausilium ; fig. 31, the posterior emargination. Figs. 32, 33, 34. — Clausilia {Hemiphcedusa) gi'acilispira, reddish speci- men. Fig. 35. — Clausilia {Tyrannophcedusa) mikado. Figs. 36, 37. — Clausilia {Tyrannophmdusa) iotaptyx yar. clava. Fig. 38. — Clausilia {Tyrannophcedusa) iotaptyx. Figs. 39, 40. — Clausilia {Zaptyx) hachijoensis. Plate XXVIII, Figs. 41, 42, 43. — Clausilia {Hemiphcedusa) micropeas. Figs. 44, 45, 46. — Clausilia {Hemiphoidusa) micropeas, Clausilium. Fig. 44 showing shape of ape.x; ; fig. 45, profile from columellar side ; fig. 46, shape of posterior end, the distal end foreshortened. Figs. 47, 48, 49. — Clausilia {Hemiphcedusa) micropeas yar. hokkaicloensis. Figs. 50, 51, 53. — Clausilia {Hemiphcedusa) micropeas var. perpallida. Fig. 53. — Vertigo Hirasei. Fig. 54. — Bifidaria armigerella var. luchuana. 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, BIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE OF ROBERT HENRY LAMBORN. BY CARRIE B. AARON. At Horublue Hill, Chester county, Pa., not far from the his- toric Kennett, whose beauties have been the theme of Bayard Taylor's pen, Robert Henry Lamborn was born, October 29, 1835. His boyhood was spent in the home of his fathers, and he was thus surrounded by the advantages of inhei'ited prosperity. His father was a member of the Society of Friends, and was an intel- ligent man of refined tastes, a close observer, a bright conversa- tionalist and a wide reader. The son inherited his prepossessing appearance, courteous manner, dignified bearing and agreeable disposition. Young Lamborn's education was given a scientific turn by the influence and patronage of his uncle, Jacob Pierce, who served as Librarian of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia from December, 1817, to December, 1826, and who, in the early days of the institution, had, at one time, all its collections stored in one of his spare back rooms. No doubt the youth received his first inspiration for " collecting " while in such environment. After receiving a common-school education and a special train- ing at the Polytechnic College in Philadelphia, he determined to continue his studies in civil engineering abroad. He secured means to do so by the publication of original essays on the metallurgy of copper, silver and lead,^ works which, although long superseded, were considered ably written and used as lext-books both here and abroad. He became a student of the Royal Saxon Mining Acad- emy of Freiberg, and the School of Mines in Paris, graduating from the University of Giessen, from which he later received the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Soon after the outbreak of the Civil War, Dr. Lamborn returned from Europe and joined the army, serving with the Anderson ^ A Treatise on the Metallurgy of Copper, J. Weale, London, 1860, and A Treatise on the Metallurgy of Silver and Lead, J. Weale, London, 1361 . 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF I'HILADELPIIIA. 487 ■Cavalry at the Battle of Anlietam, under Captain Palmer. He became captain on ihe staff of Gen. John F. Reynolds in 1862. After the war he was twice elected City Surveyor of Trenton, N. J. He was engineer in charge of fuel and iron rails on the Pennsylvania Railroad when coal was displacing wood as fuel for engines, and steel was finally supplanting iron. He was Secretary of the American Iron and Steel Association at the period of its development into an institution of national importance, and when the publication of iron and steel statistics became a necessity. He was Secretary, Ti*easurer and Director of the first railroad to con- nect the Mississippi river and Lake Superior, and founder, Treas- urer and Director of the Western Land Association, which began the building up of Duluth when the town consisted of but seven houses. He was made President and Director of the National Land Improvement Company. He participated in founding the towns of Colorado Springs and Manitou, and in colonizing the country at the base of Pike's Peak. Early in his career, while residing in Pittsburg, where he was appointed the first chemical expert for the Pennsylvania Railroad, Dr. Lamborn became acquainted with Mr. Andrew Carnegie and others who have done so much for the development of the indus- trial resources of western Pennsylvania, with whom he maintained a life-long friendship. Mr. Carnegie writes of him: "As a young man he was thoroughly practical, quiet, reserved, dignified, eminently scientific He wore kid gloves, which were then rare in western Pennsylvania; this fact rendered him somewhat an object of suspicion at first, something rather effeminate ; one had only to know him to see how he survived his kid gloves. Year after year he gained more and more the respect and confidence of all of us, and finally became a friend and one of the circle whose loss was deeply deplored." Dr. Lamborn, as General Manager of various Western rail- ways, introduced the first coke blast furnaces and the first Besse- mer steel ingot and rail works west of the Missouri river. While engaged in extensive railroad and mining interests, he lost no opportunity of studying the clifl!' dwellers and other primi- tive inhabitants, making at the same time collections of pottery and ethnological objects which he presented to various institutions. While in Mexico he devoted much attention to the art of that 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Jul\% country, subsequently publishing his observations in 1891 under the title, Mexican Paintings and Painter.'?, Bouton, N. Y. The Lamborn Collection in Memorial Hall, Philadelphia, contains the material secured in Mexico, as well as many specimens gathered in Europe to illustrate the history of civilization in the Italian Peninsula, beginning with relics from the prehistoric Terra Mane period and from the almost j^rehistoric Etruscan times. While engaged in building the Lake Superior Railroad, Dr. Lamborn suffered so from the attacks of countless mosquitos, that he became interested in extermination of the insect, and later offered prizes for the three best essays on the subject. These were published under the title Drag onflies vs. Mosquitos: The Lamborn Prize Essays, D, Appleton, New York, 1890. As a beekeeper Dr. Lamborn will long be remembered by many friends who had received from him colonies of Italian bees. He enjoyed the careful study of the social organization of a hive, his special interest being the development of a stingless bee. While intent upon these investigations his identity as a railroad magnate would be quite lost under his bee hat and veil. While the name of Robert H. Lamborn will not be found recorded among those of the great scientists of the world, his environments, the natural bent of his mind, his broad views of life, together with an executive and business ability far beyond the average, constituted a unique personality. His interests in mining and metals and the demands of business made him a constant traveler over large areas. It was thus impossible for him to give the sustained attention necessary to effectively cultivate the many subjects of natural history which he loved, and in which he might have become eminent if his interests had been more concentrated. Philadelphia was his favorite city. During the last years of his life he retained here a domicile, and would probably have made his home here had his life been prolonged. Dr. Lamborn expressed his opinions of the unequal distribution of wealth in a manner which showed his altruistic notions as to- the power and influence of money when used productively. He believed that great fortunes should be regarded as capital in trust for the permanent benefit of society, and that the owner of a large amount of money could erect no better monument to himself, than by systematically employing a great number of persons with the- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHrA. 489 aim of improving their social couditious. He was opposed to indiscriminate charity, regarding it as one of the canses of pauperism and the natural demoralization which is the usual result of receiving something for nothing. That Dr. Lamborn recognized the institutions which foster the various branches of science as fitting beneficiaries of his wealth was evidenced by the placing of his collections of ai'clueological books, ethnological objects, Etruscan relics, Mexican pottery, etc., where, free to the public, they ma}'' be used for reference and instruction as additions to the educational resources of the several repositories. He advocated the opening of all museums, parks, art galleries and places of healthful recreation to the public on Sunday, that all might be brought in contact with the beautiful in nature and with man's best handiwork. He placed none of his collections in any museum which exacted an admission fee. Although Dr. Lamborn was a man of large means, he fre- quently suggested money-making schemes to young people whom he wished to employ, by offering work on a profit-sharing basis, his object being to engage the earnest attention of students and to develop a love of research, ends more likely to be secured by copartnership than by patronage. As an incentive to study, he frequently offered prizes of money for the investigation of vari- ous scientific questions, his interest being esj^ecially in the direction of the cultivation of bees and flowers. Shortly before his death Dr. Lamborn placed a sum of money with the President of Swarthmore College to be paid in prizes for the two clearest and most useful essays upon the theme, " AVhat important inventions, discoveries, observations, ideas or acts tend- ing to advance civilization have been contributed by members of the Society of Friends, or by persons descended from members of that Society, or by persons guided or employed by such members, with an estimate of the number of members composing the Society each twenty years since its foundation." Some essays were written in response but have not been published. During the greater part of his active life Dr. Lamborn was conscious of the existence of organic cardiac weakness, which, it is believed, deterred him from marrying, and resulted in his sud- den death in New York, after a slight, apparently trivial, indisj)o- sition, January 14, 1895. 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [July, Dr. Lamborn's success in life was due to his persistent efforts to master difficulties, the possession of the loftiest aims and an invin- cible purpose of acting for the right. ^Vll knowledge which he acquired by personal research or through his patronage of students he cheerfully gave to the world. Science has been enriched by his benefactions to the several institutions in which his library and collections have been placed. His special interest in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, his devotion to its objects and his approval of its administration have been most practically indicated by the terms of his last will which left to the Society without conditions his entire estate for the advancement of its work in l)iology and anthropology. Although, because of a legal technicality — a ques- tion of domicile and a provision of New Yoi'k law which seems to have been framed solely for the benefit of lawyei's — his benevo- lent intention has not been entirely fulfilled, the portion of his estate of which the Academy has become possessed by an agree- ment with the heirs-at-law, forms a most important addition to its resources and will enable the Society to effect such development in the departments indicated as will constitute a lasting memorial of its generous benefactor, who, by the magnitude of his gift, stands first among the many earnest men devoted to the advancement of knowledge who have substantially manifested their interest in its well-being. Miss Anna Wharton, in the following ode, has briefly given expression to the feelings of many who hold Dr. Lamborn in grateful and appreciative memory : Esteem he won from many loyal friends, To whom his well-stored mind and humor keen, His generous heart, where kindly traits convene, Had drawn him by that bond which nothing rends. And now where his remembered image blends With thronging shadows of tiie world unseen, That honored figure of the stately mien Is crowned with light which grateful memory lends. His life so full of thought and effort high, Brought that success which is to sloth unknown, But as he had not formed that dearer tie Which makes a home and kindred of one's own, There at the last no helping hand was nigh, No love to soothe him, and he died alone. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 August G. Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair. Seven persons present. A paper entitled "Notices of Xew Laud Snails from the Japanese Empire," by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for pub- lication. The death of D. Calvin INIensch, M.D., Ph.D., a member, July 30, and of Charles Mohr, a correspondent, July 17, 1901, were announced. August 20. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Seven persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : "A New Species of Coluber from "Western Texas," by Arthur Erwin Brown, ' ' Peculiarities of the Terrestrial Larva of the Urodelous Batra- chian Plethodon cinereus," by Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr. The death of Louis Schneider, a member, August 14, 1901, was announced. August 27. Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair. Seven persons present. Thomas Lauder Bruuton, of London, was elected a (Correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed : 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, A NEW SPECIES OF COLUBER FROM WESTERN TEXAS. BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. On June 18 a large and handsome Coluber was received at the Zoological Gardens from Mr, E. Meyenberg, a resident collector of the Society at Pecos, Texas, Avhich both in color and scutellatiou differs greatly from any species of the genus previously collected in the United States. The locality of its capture was given by Mr. Meyenberg as the Davis Mountains, fifty miles southwest of Pecos, near the head of Toyah creek. As it seemed unlikely that so large and striking a snake could have hitherto escaped notice in a region comparatively well known to collectors, description of the species was withheld and a liberal reward was offered for additional specimens, the fortunate result of which has been the receipt on August 13 of two younger, living snakes from the same locality, presenting similar characters, and a fourth specimen on August 16. All doubt as to the fixed characters and the place of origin of these snakes being removed, the species is here described : Coluber subocularis sp. nov. Plate XXIX. Specific characters : Head broad and flat on top. Body stout. Tail short. Rostral broad and low. A row of small accessory plates below the eye and preocular. Preocular in contact with the frontal. Temporals small and numerous. Scales in 31-35 rows. Anal divided. Body color yellow, with a series of black H-shaped dorsal blotches with pale cen- tres, the lateral arms being continued by a paler shade, and forming a pair of longitudinal stripes. Head and belly unmarked. Type specimen. Xo. 13,733 Acad- emy Collection, from the Davis jNIountains, Jeff. Davis county, Texas. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493 In the type specimen, which is adult, the head is broad, flat on top and distinct from the neck, which is rather slender; the body is stout and the tail a little less than one-eighth of the total length. Rostral nearly twice as broad as high, barely visible from above, luternasals narrow in front, half the length of prefrontals. One pair of pi'efrontals. Frontal rather broad behind, one-third longer than ils greatest breadth, the anterior corners cut ofi^ to form an oblique suture with the preocular. Suture between the parietals equals the length of the frontal, or the distance between the frontal and rostral. Two large nasals, the nostril between them, situated high up and directed rather upward. Loreal longer than high, its upper border sloping downward and backward. One large preocular, reaching the frontal. In each of the specimens a row of two or three small accessory plates more or less completely sepa- rates the eye, the preocular and the hinder end of the loreal from tne labials, but they present variations in detail. The type has 9 upper labials on one side, and there are three accessory plates, the first lying on the 3d and 4th, the second on the 4th and 5th, and the third on the 5th labial; ou the other side there are 11 labials, the first accessory lying on the 4th and 5th, the second on the 5th and 6th, and the third on the 6th, the labials being wholly ex- cluded from the orbit ou both sides. The largest of the smaller specimens has 10 labials on each side, and the accessory plates are as in the type. In the third specimen there are 11 labials on each side, on one of which only the two anterior accessory plates are present, and the sixth labial enters the orbit behind them; on the other side, the 6th labial also reaches the eye, and all three accessory plates are present, but the two hinder are small and are pushed forward. In the smallest specimen the labials on one side are 10, the first and second accessory plates only are present, permitting the fifth labial to enter the eye; ou the other side, the labials are 11, and the three plates completely shut out the labials, as in the type and the second specimen. Three postocu- lars, the inferior extending forward under the eye. The temporals are small and irregular, from 3 to 5 in the first row. Lower labials 14, the hinder ones small and scale-like. Five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin shields; the hinder pair shorter and widely separated. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugllSt^ Scales in 33 rows, with two pits; the outer row very slightly enlarged; 27 to 29 rows faintly keeled. Ventrals 270; anal divided; subcaudals 70 pairs. Total length 1,590 mm. (tail 190). Color bright yellowish buff, with an orange tinge anteriorly; head more ashy, without markings on top or sides. Two very dis- tinct black stripes, two or three scales wide, separated by three and two hall rows, begin on the neck and run back to the tail, becom- ing blackish brown posteriorly. At intervals of about eight scales they are connected by narrow crossbars of the same color, the first of which is about three inches behind the head. The stripes are at first jet black, but after a short distance the portion mid- way between the crossbars fades to maroon, leaving the black sections outlined as a series of H-shaped dorsal blotches, the cen- tres of both the crossbars and the lateral arms being paler. There are 24 of these spots on the body and 8 on the tail, where they lose much of their characteristic shaj^e. On each side is a row of ill-defined, cloudy spots, rather higher than long, extending to the ends of the ventrals; they mostly alternate with the dorsal spots, but an occasioual one is opposite. Traces of a short, broken black line on the sides of the neck suggest a second stripe parallel to that on the back. Belly white with a faint yellowish tinge, unmarked, except for a dusky shade on the suture between the subcaudals, and a cloudy spot on the hinder margin of each scutum on the anterior half of the tail. Chin and throat pure wliite. The above color description was taken from the type in life, ■when freshly caught, but much of the intensity has already faded, after two weeks' immersion in spirits. The largest of the three specimens now living in the Zoological Society's collection measures 915 mm. (tail 125). It has 35 rows of scales, of which about 15 are very faintly keeled. As nearly as it is possible to count them in a living snake, the ven- trals are about 240; subcaudals about 77. There are 25 dorsal spots and 8 on the tail, and the body color is paler and more ashy than in the type. The third specimen is 684 mm. long (tail 98) ; the scales are in 31 rows, about 13 of which are faintly keeled; ventrals about 245; subcaudals about 68. The color is similar to the last described, but there is a small dusky spot at each of the anterior 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495 and lateral angles of the frontal plate. There is the same number of dorsal spots as in the type. The fourth example is 472 ram. long (tail 67) ; scales in 81 rows, of which 15 are keeled; ventrals about 240; subcaudals about 63. The color is very similar to the type, but less intense, and there are but 20 dorsal spots on the body, with 8 on the tail. In all the young individuals the light portion of the dorsal stripes, continuing the lateral arms of the H-shaped spots, is less distinct than in the adult, and the whole under surface is pearly white, with indications of the cloudy markings under the tail ; the carination of the dorsal scales is so indistinct that it is hard to determine its exact extent. The bright colors and the strong contrasts shown in life by the adults, render this one of the most beautiful of North American snakes. The pattern on the dorsal region is simply the extreme development of the tendency toward longitudinal extension of the corners of the spots, which is shown at times in some other species, such as C. ohsoletus confinis, which occasionally exhibits even the neck-bands. It is also suggested on the forepart of the body in C. llneatlcollis Cope, but from these it differs widely in scutella- tion, and its real relations are with the section of Coluber repre- sented by the Mexican C. triaspis and C. mutahUis, which tend in the direction of the nearly related genus Pltyophis through P. vertebndls, from which, however, it is abundantly distinguished by the generic characters and by the curious fact that the color shading is completely reversed, the spots in C. subocularis being black anteriorly and fading toward the tail, while in all species of Pltyophis the exact opposite occurs. 496 riiocEEDixcis of the academy of [August, NOTICES OF NEW LAND SNAILS FROM THE JAPANESE EMPIRE. EY HENRY A. PILSBRY. Continuiug his zoological researches in the islands south of Kiusiu, Mr. Hirase has had the two principal islands of the *' Northeastern group " of the Loo Choo chain explored for land snails. These islands, Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-no-shima (Yaku- shima), belong politically to the Province of Osumi, and hence in Japan are not ordinarily included in the Loo Choo Islands. I shall discuss their faunal relations more fully at another time, but it may be said here that while there is one species of land snail, Trochomorpha Gouldiana Pils., identical with a species of Oshima, the rest of the fauna, though composed almost wholly of endemic species, is more nearly related to that of Kiusiu than to the Loo Choo fauna proper. OYOLOPHORID^. Spiropoma Nakadai n. sp. Shell discoidal, with very wide, bowl-shaped umbilicus, and nearly flat spire, except that the first whorl projects when not worn; solid, yellowish-brown, rather dull, sculptured Avith slight growth- lines only. Whorls 4^, convex, the last one very deeply descend- ing in front. Aperture quite oblique, nearly circular, the peris- tome built forward, becoming free from the preceding whorl, and a little contracted. Diam. 10, alt. 4.8 mm.; diam. 9, alt. 4.7 mm. Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 658). In the larger S. jcqmnicum the last whorl descends much less in front; the peristome is expanded and not so much, usually not at all, built forward. It is named for Mr. Nakada, an earnest and successful collector for Mr. Hirase. Spiropoma is a new name recently substituted for Cozlopoma, which was found to bo j^reoccupicd. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497 Pupinella rufa var. tanegashimae nov. Smaller than P. rufa from Hondo, Awaji or Kiusiu, or the Tsushima or Iki forms; whorls 6; peristome very heavy. Alt. 9.5, diam. above aperture 4.3 mm.; alt. 8.3, diam. 4 mm. Pupinella Funatoi n- ^]i- This species differs from P. rufa in being much smaller, with only 5^ whorls, the spire more abruptly tapering above; more solid; darker colored. The aperture is vertical, the lower margin not in the least carried forward as it is in P. rufa. The whole peristome is exceedingly thick and strong, with an inner elevated rim about the orifice. The posterior orifice is not channel-like; and the columellar orifice is a small slit, which does not deeply penetrate the lip, as it does in P. rufa. A glossy callus spreads much fur- ther up on the ventral face of the whorl than in P. rufa. Length 7^, diam. above aperture oh mm. Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 665a). It seems curious that there should be a slightly differentiated race of the widespread P. rufa, and a well-characterized species of the same genus, on so small an island as Tane-ga-shima. This species is named for Mr. Funato, one of the efticient assistants who have enabled Mr. Hirase to make such notable additions to our knowledge of Japanese mollusks. Diplommatina tanegasliimse n. sp. Shell small, obese, pupiform, light red, composed of 5^ convex whorls, the penultimate whorl widest, those above tapering regu- larly; last whorl much contracted. Sculpture of widely spaced, delicate riblets on the spire, the last two whorls with very much finer, far closer rib-strire. Aperture circular, the peristome ex- panded, thickened Avithiu, slightly duplicate. Columellar tooth strong and acute; palatal plica short, distinct, situated above the columella. Length 2.6, diam. 1.6 mm. Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 668). Somewhat allied to D. saginata, of Oshima. HELIOINID^. Helicina yaeyamensis n. sp. Shell very small for the genus, thin, rather pale red, dull, faintly marked with growth-lines, and a few spiral striae are usually developed ; shaped like H. verecunda. Whorls 4i, con- 32 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [AugUSt,. vex, the last rounded at the periphery, a little compressed above and below. Aperture oblique, semicircular, the outer lip simple, unexpanded, 7iot thickened. Umbilical callus whitish, rather large and densely pitted. Alt. 2.2, diam. 3.3 mm. Yaeyama, in the southwestern group of the Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase, >so. 624). Types No. 80,967 Coll. A. N. S. P. About half the dimensions of H. verecimcht of Okinawa, but with tlie same number of whorls, and a simple, unexpanded lip. I at first supposed the specimens were young, but the receipt of a second lot from Mr. Hirase, agreeing in size and other characters with the first, indicates that they are full grown. ZONITIDuE. Microcystina Hiraseana n- sp. Shell trochiform, with minute, nearly covered perforation; brown, glossy and smooth, slightly transparent. The periphery has a narrow, acute, projecting keel, visible in the suture above. Spire conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 5^, quite convex ; base con- vex, narrowly impressed in the centre. Aperture shaped like a crescent with truncate ends, slightly oblique; peristome simple and acute, the columellar margin reflexed at the perforation, thickened within with a white callus, sometimes sinuous. Alt. 3, diam. 3.5 mm. Tane-gashima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 667). This species resembles 31. ceratodes (Gude) in general features, but is more elevated, with more exserted keel, a less varnish-like gloss, and more closely coiled whorls. MacrocWamys tanegashimae n. sp. Siiell small, depressed, minutely perforate, smooth and glossy, rich brown, somewhat translucent. Spire low-conoidal, obtuse at the apex. Whorls 4^, moderately convex, rather closely revolving, appressed at the suture, which appears margined; the last whorl nearly double the width of the preceding, rounded at the periphery, moderately convex beneath. Aperture crescentic, slightly oblique, the lip simple and thin, abruptly reflexed at the columellar inser- tion. Alt. nearly 2, diam. 3.8 mm. Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 666). About the size and general appearance of the shell I called Vitrea Iiariiaeusis, but which I subsequently decided to be young 1901.] NATURxVL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 Macrochlamys Doenitzi (Reiuh.); but the species from Tane-ga- shima has a narrower umbilical perforation, and the spire is more developed, with an additional whorl. CLAUSILIID^. Clausilia oscariana n. sp. Shell fusiform, rather slender, not subject to truncation, brown, finely striate, the last whorl more coarsely so. Whorls lOi to 11-|, the upper part of the spire decidedly attenuated. Aperture piri- form, the peristome thickened and reflexed, with several more or less distinct folds on its face, adjacent to the subcolumellar lamella. Superior lamella rather small, oblicpie, not connected with the spii'al lamella. Inferior lamella deeply I'ecediug, straightened and subvertically ascending within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica long. Lunella curved inward above, straightened and connected with a short palatal plica below, being thus shaped like an inverted letter J. Length 12-14.5, diam. 2.8-3.3 mm. Fukuregi, Province of Higo, Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 674). This Hemiphcedasa belongs to the group of C. plieUabris A. Ad. (bilabrata Smith), but this is a much smaller species and difters in various structural characters. It is named in honor of Dr. Oscar Boettger, the acute and lucid master in the study of ClausiliidoB. Clausilia higoensis Q. sp. Shell fusiform, very much attenuated above, brown, finely striate, the last whorl tapering. Whorls 10, the last more coarsely striate dorsally, having a low, inconspicuous wave or prominence behind the outer lip. Aperture piriform, the peristome slightly reflexed, somewhat thickened. Superior lamella rather small, oblique, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella deeply receding, rather straightly ascending inside. Sub- columellar lamella immersed, or nearly emerging. Principal plica extending beyond the lateral lunella. Lunella strongly curved inward below, straightened above, where it joins the middle of a short, oblique upper palatal plica. Length 14-15, diam. 3.7— 3.8 mm, Midumate, Province of Higo, Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 677). A species of the Hemiphaedusan group of C. aivajiensis, perig- 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, nobills, etc., more attenuated above than any of the known species except C. awajiensls, Avhich is a more obese form with narrow lip and emerging subcolumellar lamella. Clausilia ischna n. ?p. A slender and elongate member of the group of C. aivajiensis, the length five times the greatest diameter; rather thin, brown, ■with about 11^ wliotls; finely striate. Aperture small, the i:)eri- stome reflexed, rather narrow. Superior lamella compressed, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella very deeply receding. Subcolumellar lamella deeply immersed. Lu- nella curved inward below, straightened above, and connected with a short, oblique upper palatal plica, being shaped like the letter J. Length 16.5, diam. 3 to 3.3 mm. Kochi, Tosa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 657a). More slender than any other known species of the group of C. awajiensis. Clausilia ischna var. neptis nov. Paler, nearly corneous or whitish; less slender, the last whorl more coarsely striate; peristome broader; sinulus more retracted. Whorls 11. Length 15.5 to 16.5, diam. 3.5 mm. Occurred with the preceding. Clausilia tanegasMmae n. sp. Fusiform, rather slender, obsoletely marked with growth-lines, the last whorl striate, pinched up in a rather acute strong wave behind the peristome. Whorls 10^. Aperture ovate, the peri- stome well expanded. Suj^erior lamella small, oblique, marginal. Inferior lamella receding, not visible from in front. Sub- columellar lamella emerging. Lunella curved inward above, straight below, its lower end joined to a lower palatal plica near its inner end. Length 18i, diam. 4^ mm. or smaller, length 16^ mm. Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, Xo. 602). The Hemlphcedusce of the northeastern Loo Choo Islands belong to several groups special to those islands. The group of C. tane- gashimce has the internal structure of the plieilahris group, l)ut there is a strong wave or crest behind the outer lip parallel with it. The shell is very solid and strong. 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501 Clausilia ptychocyma n. sp. Obesely fusiform, nearly smooth except the last whorl, which has a wave-like ridge aud several strong wrinkles behind the lip. Whorls about 8-|. Aperture squarish-ovate, the peristome thick, narrowly reflexed. Superior lamella small and obtuse. Inferior lamella very deeply receding. Subcolumellar lamella immersed. Lunella very low, narrow, straight above, curved inward and meeting the outer end of a short lower palatal plica below. Length 11, diam. 3 mm. Tane-ga-shima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6()4a). Clausilia ptychocyma var. yakushimae nov. Wrinkles on the latter part of the last whorl more numerous aud less prominent; superior lamella often subobsolete; subcolu- mellar lamella less deeply immersed, or emerging. Lunella more distinct. Yakushima (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 6646). The following species belong to another group of Ilemiphcedusa, characterized by the very strongly spiral inferior lamella. Clausilia entospira n. sp. Fusiform, rather slender, yellowish, smooth, the latter half of last whoii coarsely striate, whorls about 8i, moderately convex. Aperture small; peristome narrowly reflexed, very much thick- ened, flattened. Superior lamella small, remote from the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella forming a prominent, heavy fold rather deep within the mouth, strongly spiral within the last whorl. Subcolumellar lamella immersed. Lunella very strong, strongly curved inward below, straight, above. No palatal plicae except the principal plica. Length 10, diam. 2^ mm. Tane-ga-shima, Clausilia pinto n. sp. Shell small, fusiform, dull brownish-olive, nearly smooth. Whorls 8, moderately convex. Aperture small, squarish-ovate; peristome thick, expanded, subreflexed. Superior lamella small, vertical, marginal, barely continuous with the spiral lamella. In- ferior lamella very deeply receding, straightened within the last whorl. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Lunella connected above with the middle of a short upper palatal plica, strongly 502 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, curving'inward at its lower end, being shaped like the letter J. Ivength 9.3, diam. 2.4 mm. Tane-ga-shiraa (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 663 j. This species looks like a Zaptyx, but wants the accessory lamellse and plici^e of that group. I am disposed to consider it a degener- ate^member of that subgenus. Otherwise, the receding inferior lamella would cause it to be ranked as a Hemiphcedusa. Clausilia (Stereophgedusa) stereoma n. sp. Excessively strong, glossy, olive-yellow, weakly striate ; very obese below, the upper third very much attenuated, latter half of the last whorl compressed. "Whorls about 8^. Aperture piri- form, the peristome thickened, narrowly reflexed. Superior lamella rather small, continuous with the spiral lamella; inferior lamella forming a strong, subhorizontal fold; subcolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica rather short, lateral; upper and lower palatal plicae of moderate length, oblique, two minute palatal plic?e between them. Length 21i, diam. 6 mm. Yaku-shima (No. 670 of Mr. Hirase' s collection). Specimens from Taue-ga-shima, which may be called var. cog- nata, are referable 'to the same species. They are a little larger, reddish-brown, perceptibly thinner than the types though still very strong, and with 9i whorls (No. 661 of iMr. Hirase's collection). There is also a Avell-marked variety found ou Yaku-shima, much smaller, length 14^^ to 17 mm., more slender, but the color of the type. This may be called var. nugax. These forms closely resemble C. brevior v. ]\Iart. in the obese contour, very much attenuated above; but they are excessively strong, while brevior is thin. One species of the brevior group occurs in southeastern Kiusiu, C. Addisoni Pils. This was orig- inally described as a variety of C. brevior, but on opening addi- tional specimens I find that there is a more or less distinct, straight lunella between the second and lower palatal plicte, not present in C. brevior. jNIoreover, C. brevior seems to be widely separated geographically from Addisoni. I think therefore that the latter will stand as a distinct species. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 PECULIARITIES OF THE TERRESTRIAL LARVA OF THE URODELOUS BATRACHIAN, PLETHODON CINEREUS Green. BY THOMAS H. MONTGOMERY, JR., PH.D. To the -writer's knowledge no description has been published of the larval stage of this strictly terrestrial species, which occurs through the United States of America east of the Mississippi river. Cope^ states: " Its habits are entirely terrestrial, as it is never, even in the larval stage, found in the water. It is abundant under stones and logs in the forests everywhere, and does not occur in open fields. The eggs are laid in a little package beneath a stone in a damp place. When the young emerge they are provided with branchiae, but these soon vanish, and they are often found in this young stage apparently quite developed." I have collected several hundred individuals near West Chester, Pa., at all seasons of the year, and have never found, them in streams or boggy places, but most generally in woods on hillsides at varying elevations above water-courses, sometimes several hundred feet from any water, and occasionally in open fields and hillsides which in the summer season become very dry. For the most part they are found beneath wood and stones, and even in mid -winter may be found in these places, though at that time generally deeper in the ground than in summer. This being, then, such a strictly terrestrial species, it was to be anticipated that its larval stage would show deviations from the larvse of the other Urodelea which develop in the water. In July ■of the present year I found five eggs of Plethodon einereus under a stone, and curled around them, on guard, an adult which dissection proved to be a female; these ova were larval stages, and the exam- ination of them showed many interesting modifications, as follows: The eggs are relatively very large for the size of the species, and. •each enclosed in gelatinous envelopes. Active movements of the heads and tails of the larvae could be observed within the innermost membrane. But the striking peculiarity, even to the naked eye, i"The Batrachia of North America," Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 34, 1889. 504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, is a large, uearly spherical yolk-mass arouud which the larva is curled, or rather into which it is pressed by the tension of the egg-envelopes. Plate XXX, fig. 1 shows a larva freed from its envelopes before killing so that it had straightened out; and fig. 2, an older larva, similarly treated, but which had still retained much of its normal position. The surface of the yolk -sphere is well sup- plied witli blood-vessels, as shown in fig. 1, an antero-ventral one being particularly prominent. The figures show' that there are three pairs of gills present (in fig. 2 only one gill is shown on the right hand, for the sake of clearness) ; and in the older larva the gills are of great size, much branched, the first the smallest, the second largest, lamellar and richly vasculated. The fore and hind limbs are already well marked, the toes on both faintly outlined; but most remarkable is the fact that the posterior limbs are larger than the anterior, which might indicate that the former develop first, in contradiction to what is known of other Urodelea. The head, the limbs, and all the trunk region of the embryos, except the end of the tail, are dorso-ventrally flattened, due undoubtedly to pressure against the yolk-sphere, but become more cylindrical after removal from the egg-envelopes. The head and trunk are pigmented with dark-brown chromatophores, which in the trunk region are arranged metamerically, while the yolk-sphere is not pigmented and of a yellow color; and as the figures show, the eyes are very large. A mouth was present in'^both cases, but there appeared to be no sucking disks upon the lower side of the head. In fig. 3 is shown a camera drawing of a section through a stage somewhat younger than that of fig. 1 ; this section was made through an embryo curled closely around the yolk-sphere, in such a manner that the anterior region of the head, shown on the upper side, is cut medially, while a portion of the bend of the trunk, seen on the right-hand lower side, is cut obliquely. This figure is to illustrate the relations of the intestine to the yolk-mass. The mouth {Mo.) leads through the pharynx (Ph.) and oesoph- agus ( CE-s.) to the stomach (St.), and posteriorly to the latter is a short diverticulum (-D.). The small intestine (/ui. ) is seen to be tubular in its proximal portion, but more distally to pass over into the wall of the yolk-mass (Yk.). The yolk-mass of this stage is seen to be composed of large yolk-cells, the boundaries of which are very distinct. In this fig. 3 the relative diniensions of 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505 yolk-mass to the body are not shown, since the head hides a part of the yolk-raass, and since the head is cut obliquely and so appears larger than it would he in strictly median section. But the relations of the intestine to the yolk-mass are more clearly shown in the camera drawings 4 and 5, which are dorsal portions of cross-sections of the larva shown in its entirety in fig. 1. Fig. 4 is in a plane behind the gill region, and shows how the intestine (Int.) is connected with the yolk-sphere {Yk.'). The epitheMum of the intestine, the nuclei of which are shown as black spots, expands ventrally into ihe yolk-sphere on the dorsal aspect of the latter. The epithelium of the intestine ends abruptly against the peripheral layer of the yolk-sphere, and does not pass over into it gradually. The nuclei of the yolk-sphere are much smaller and peripherally placed, and in places are found small clusters of nucleated cells. The yolk-mass of this larva shows that the cell boundaries of the yolk-cells have disappeared, and consequently the latter are undergoing regressive changes ; the yolk appears as a mass of globules of different volumes suspended in a structureless fluid and without nuclei. Fig. 5 represents the dorsal half of a cross-section through the same larva, in a plane about half-way between the anterior and posterior limbs. In this region there is no tubular intestine, nor any open groove of intestinal epithelium upon the yolk-sphere, the entoderm being represented simply by the yolk-sphere (Yk.), the small nuclei of which are on its periphery. These sections make clear the nature of the yolk-mass, and its relation to the intestine. From the mouth to the commencement of the small intestine the alimentary tract is tubular, and has the same appearance in* its epithelial lining as in like stages of other Ba- trachia; the same is true also for the rectal region of the alimen- tary tract, which is likewise tubular. But the middle region of the intestine is composed of the yolk-mass, which in the earlier stage shown in fig. 3 is made up of large yolk-cells, and in the latter stage of figs. 4 and 5 of a mass of yolk-globules with a peripheral layer of small nucleated cells. Accordingly the large yolk-sphere is not a yolk-sac, since it is an integral part of the intestine. The larva shown in fig. 1, of which figs. 4 and 5 represent sec- tions, is in quite an advanced stage. Externally can be seen the 506 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, gills aud l)oth pairs of limbs. The sections show that prouephroi are present in the anterior trunk somites, and metanephroi (M. T., fig. 5) in the posterior somites. There is a cartilaginous brain capsule, cartilaginous vertebral arches {V.C., figs. 4 and 5), and cartilages for the bones of the limbs. The notochord {N. C. ) is undergoing degeneration; the somatic mesoderm (*So.J/. ) is divided into its various components — muscle somites, sclerotom, etc. The segmental ducts {S.D.) extend posteriorly and open into the rectum. The coelom ( C) is large, the median* mesenteries well formed (J/.), the liver (L.) aud hepatic ducts present. The epidermis (Ed.) is thick and glandular on the dorsal side of the body, aud the genital ridges (G.R., fig. 5) developed. All these points show an advanced stage of development, Avhich makes it the more remarkable that the middle iutestiue should be represented by a large yolk -sphere. The sides aud ventral aspect of the yolk-sphere are covered with a very thin envelope composed of three cell layers closely apposed, the flattened ectoderm (Ect, figs. 4, 5), the somatic mesoderm (So. 31.) and the sphlanchiuic mesoderm (»S/;.Ji. ). The fact that the body wall is excessively thin upon the ventral side of the yolk- sphere, svould show perhaps that this wall had extended around the yolk not until late in the development. The blood-vessels of the yolk-sphere have their position iu the mesodermal layers. In conclusion, we find the principal modification of these larval stages to consist in the presence of a large yolk-sphere, which is an integral part of the mid-gut, while the anterior and posterior portions of the gut are tubular. Peculiar also is the great size of the posterior limbs and of the gills (fig. 2), and the continuance within the egg-envelopes after a time v/heu in other Urodelea the larva has emerged from them. All these modifications must be referred to the terrestrial life; and the great size and long continu- ance of the yolk-sphere may l)e accredited the value of a source of nourishment. A life under still dryer surroundings, and longer life within the egg-envelopes necessitating a larger yolk- sphere, might lead to the formation of a yolk-sac in the strict sense by the holoblastic cleavage becoming mesoblastic. The case of Pletliodon cinereus is but another to show how readily develop- mental processes become modified by change of the environment, and how much care must be used iu interpreting them in the search for affinities. 1901.] NATUIIAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPIIIA. 507 A number of cases are known in the Anura of terrestrial ]arva3 with a large yolk-sphere, Avhich have been collected together in a contribution by Miss L. Y. Sainjjson,^ but terrestrial development in the Urodelea appears to be much less frequent. In the Ca^cilian genus, IcJithyophiii, the embryology of which has been carefully studied by the Sarasins/ there is a large yolk-sphere, which at first becomes segmented only peripherally and not until much later through its entire mass, so that here the development is at first me- soblastic much as in a Sauropsidan. That may perhaps be found to be the case in Plethodon also Avhen its early cleavage is studied. In Ichthyophls the intestine lies at first as a straight open groove upon the yolk (cf. the chapter in the Sarasins' monograph. Das Schicksal des Dotters) ; then the yolk bends into a number of lobes, which later become elongated and entirely covered by the body wall. The intestinal groove of Ichthijophis is supposed by these investigators to become a closed tube without growing round the yolk- mass, but they did not have the necessary stages to show the final fate of the yolk. The Sarasins laid particular stress upon the peculiar development of the Civcilia in discussing their relationships, as, e.g., in allying them with Amphiuma, which Hay^ has shown to have quite a similar development. But the fact that Amphiuma, the Cceeilia and Plethodon show great simi- larity in their development, might prove rather that the formation of a large yolk-mass with the embryo curled around it may be merely the consequence of terrestrial development, and the simi- larity express rather a case of convei'gence than of phyletic affinity. The relationshi[)S of the Amphibia must be shown from comparative anatomical standpoints, and not from the larval development which obviously may be easily modified by change in environment, as is particularly well shown in the Anura. Brauer, who studied the development of the Ccecilian genus Hypocjeophis from the Seychelles, where it lives wholly terrestrial, concludes:* " Wenn auch kein Zweifel dariiber aufkommen kann, ^ "Unusual Modes of Breeding and Development Among Anura," Amtri- can Naturalist, 34, 1900. ^ '' Ergebnisse naturwisseuschaftlicher Forschungen auf Ceylon,'' Wies- baden, 1«87-1890. " Observations on Amphiuma and Its Young," American Naturalist, * '' Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Entwicklungsgeschichte und der Anatomie der Gymnophiouen,'' Zool. Jahrh., 10, 1897. 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, (lass die grosse Dottermasse bei den untersucliten Gymnophiouen erst secuudiir erworben ist, uachdem die Entwicklung iiicht mehr im Wasser ablief, sondern ganz aiif deni Laude, .... so ist deslialb audi die Annahme, dass die Entwicklung durch die grossere Dottermasse derart modificirt sei, dass eiu Yergleich mit den iibrigen Amphibien nicht beriehtigt sei, meiner Ausiclit nach niclit zutreftend Aus diesen Betrachtungen ergiebt sich somit, dass der Keim der Cocilien im Wesentlichen denselben Ban am Ende der Furchung hat wie der iibrigen Amphibien und dass die scheinbar meroblastische Furchung in Wirklichkeit uur eine durch den grossern Dottergehalt bedingte Variation der iniiqualen Furchung anderer Amphibien ist. ' ' The only other case known to me of a Urodele with terrestrial development (except the European viviparous Salamandra macu- losa) is that of the Californian Autodax lugubris, as described by Ritter and Miller.^ In this species the eggs are laid attached by pedicels to stones on the land, there is a large yolk-sphere, large gills, and apparently quite close similarity to the larval stages of Flethodon. ®"A Contribution to the Life History of Autodax luyulris Hallow.,'' American Naturalist, 33, 1899. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509 CYMBTJLIOPSIS VITREA, A NEW SPECIES OF PTEROPOD. BY HAROLD HEATH AND M, H. SPAULDING. Ou tlie 27th of Deceral)er, 1900, a large number of iudividuals of the species about to be described were taken at or near the sur- face of Monterey Bay, California, and twice since that lime great shoals have been noted in the same locality. With the use of formalin, formalin-alcohol and picro-formalin their natural appear- ance and structure have been ^ireserved with exquisite fidelity, and will be more fully discussed in a later paper. This species falls naturally into the genus Cymbiiliopsis proposed by Pelseneer^ which was made to embrace the two species C. ovata and C. calcola, but differs from these in several important respects. The " shell " or casque (Peck),^ slightly asymmetrical, possesses the characteristic slipper form and bears on its external surface numerous small rounded tubercles which become smaller and more closely grouped together near the posterior-dorsal surface. Its aperture is large, unarmed and much wider than in C. ovata, but is almost identical with that of C. calceola, and as in the latter, its large cavity extends to the dorsal extremity. The maximum length of the casque is 4 cm., with a width of 2.5 cm. The broad, perfectly symmetrical flattened proboscis constituting the head region is in contact with the upper surface of fin, yet free from it to a point immediately in front of the central nervous system. Its edges are grooved and lead into the wide funnel- shaped mouth and oesophagus. Dorsal to the latter and symmet- rically placed are the tentacles having the form of small knob-like projections, each of which is supplied with a strong nerve from the cerebral ganglia. Peck noted the occasional absence of these ^ Report ou the Pteropoda collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876, Part LXV, p. 96. Vide also The Nautilus, III, p. 30, 1889, where Dall shows CymhuUopsis to be identical with his earlier genus Corolla. ^ Peck, J. I., "On the Anatomy and Histology of Cymbuliop^is calceola," Studies from the Biological Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Vol. IV, No. '6. 510 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [AugUSt, structures in C. calceola, but it was found to be present in each of the fifty specimens of C. vitrea examined on this point. The oesophagus leads directly backward into the visceral mass, where it joins the relatively voluminous stomach provided with five large and several small teeth. The intestine makes one turn on the ventral surface of the stomach and opens into the mantle cavity shghtly to the left of the median line. The remainder of t the visceral mass is composed of the large liver and the gonad, which has the form of a thin sheet investing the surface of the visceral mass except at its forward extremity, where the albumen 'gland and seminal receptacle are situated. Cymbulioj)sis vitrea, ventral view, natural size. C, casque or "shell ;" /., foot or fin ; k., kidney within mantle cavity represented by stippled line ; tt., nucleus or visceral mass, showing termination of intestine and pigmented cap ; p., pallial gland. The mantle cavity is placed on the ventral side of Ciimbuliopsis, and anterior to the visceral mass a portion of the bounding epithe- lium is modified into the pallial gland. This is crossed by one complete and two incomplete transparent bands. Peck states that the pallial gland is " almost symmetrical in this genus, being twisted somewhat to the right, but the asymmetry was not marked." In C. vitrea the asymmetry is not especially apparent, but it is twisted in the reverse direction to that described and figured bv 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 511 Peck, and it also differs iu being relatively larger and mucli nearer the anterior margin of the casque. Beyond the pallial gland the mantle cavity narrows and again enlarges to form the space surrounding the visceral mass, kidney and heart. Peck's figure of C. calceola represents the foot as extending to the anterior border of the casque, while in G. vitrea this organ is relatively much larger and projects beyond the shell almost half its width. Three sets of muscles operate it as in the other species of the genus, and a large number of pigment spots, probably sensory in function, are scattered along its maro-iu. 512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., September 3. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, iu the Cliair. Eight persons present. A paper entitled " On the Probable Age of the Alabama White Limestone," by Thomas L. Casey, was presented for publication. The death of Adolf Eric Nordeuskiold, a correspondent, was announced. September 10. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair. Ten persons present. September 24. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twelve persons present. A paper entitled " Further Study of an Ant," by Adele M. Fielde, was presented for publication. The following was ordered to be printed : PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XI. ^^^w-oxc^ ^ 1. — ' \ \ \ \ \ \ ;2. 1 ' ^-^ 5. — - ^viiii4iiiA!^ AinUViAMA ."MW^i^ 7. ^. — , 1 I 1 1 m " 11 ~~~~^^-^ MONTGOMERY ON CHORDODES MORGANl AND C. PUERILIS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XII. FOWLER. TYPES OF FISHES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XIII FOWLER. TYPES OF FISHES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XIV. FOWLER. TYPES OF FISHES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XV. FOWLER. TYPES OF FISHES. PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XVI. MAGNOLIA ACUMINATA. MEEHAN. BENDING OF MATURE WOOD IN TREES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XVII. yUERCUS PALUSTRIS. Q. COCCINEA. MEEHAN. BENDING OF MATURE WOOD IN TREES. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XVIII. 1 CHAPMAN ON DASYPUS SEXCINCTUS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XIX. 14 15 PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XX. PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXI. PILSBRY DEL PILSBRY. NEW JAPANESE MOLLUSCA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXII. PILSBRY DEL. PILSBRY. CLAUSILIID^ OF LOO CHOO ISLANDS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXIII. PILSBRY DEL. PILSBRY. CLAUSILIID^ OF LOO CHOO ISLANDS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901 PLATE XXIV. REESE. FLORIDA ALLIGATOR. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1001. PLATE XXV. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXVI. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXVII. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXVni. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAILS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE X.XI.X. A. E. BROWN. COLUBER SUBOCULARIS sp. nov. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXX. MONTGOMERY. LARVA OF PLETHODON CINEREUS. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51o ON THE PROBABLE AGE OF THE ALABAMA WHITE LIMESTONE. BY THOMAS L. CASEY. The Jackson stage of the marine Eocene may, and probably does, offer several lithological characters in common with the Vicks- burg, but in the nature of its fossils it differs so profoundly that it is impossible to conceive of aught else than the lapse of a greatly prolonged time interval between the two horizons. Among some 240 species of the Jackson group I collected at Moody's Branch and at Montgomery, La., and the bluffs below, I am unable to recognize more than eight or ten which are unmis- takably identical with any of a still larger series which 1 have found in the Vicksburg beds during a residence of nearly two years. It is true that there are quite a number of Vicksburg species so closely related to analogues of the Jacksonian as to con- clusively indicate a direct descent from the latter, but many of these species belong lo ibat class which, from the isolation of their environment, are peculiarly slow in evolutionary changes, such, for example, as Dentallum and Cadulus and some of the small bivalves, which from their frailness must live very secluded lives. The fact which most distinctly proclaims the revolution of environmental conditions that must have been brought about during the interval in question, and the probably great lapse of intervening time;, is that so mauy highly characteristic Eocene forms, such as Venericardia planicosta, Verticordia eocense, Galyp- traphorus, Pseudoliva, Capidus, Volutilithes, Papillina, Lapparia, and other mollusks, besides a number of very characteristic Tur- binolid corals, completely disappear and leave no descendant in any way related to them, for there are no species occurring in the Vicksburg strata which recall any of these forms. And again, there are many distinct types in the Vicksburgian, such as Tritonopsu and Lyria costata, the ancestry of which cannot be satisfactorily traced from the Jackson, and which must have required a long time for their evolution. In addition to these 33 514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., facts, there are several broad and striking differences between the two faunas, such, for example, as the great abundance of Bryozoa in the Jackson and the insignificant representation of this great class of animal life in the Vicksburg. Because of the existence of most of these Eocene forms in the Red Bluff bed, I am inclined to consider that horizon more closely related to the Jackson than to the Vicksburg, in spite of the greater' proportion of its species which have been identified with the Vicksburgian. It is possible, also, that many of these supposedly identical forms may prove to be more or less well marked subspecies, and not exactly the same as their Vicksburgian successors. However, not having visited the Red Bluff deposit as yet, it would be unreasonable to pass any definite opinion on this point. If my memory serves, Mr. Vaughan informed me some time ago that he had found Alveiniis minutus at Claiborne, Alabama. This species literally swarmed throughout the Jackson stage, and, in fact, is one of the most characteristic upper Eocene species, but no trace of it or of any allied species has occurred in either hori- zon at Vicksburg, even upon diligent special search on the part of the writer and careful washing of considerable quantities of marl from various parts of the beds. The discovery of a species of this genus in the Oligocene of Floi'ida by Dr. Dall is therefore the more surprising. As a broad statement, therefore, it may be said that the diver- gence of the Jackson and Vicksburg faunas is so radical as to abundantly justify the assignment of them to different epochs of the Tertiary — the Eocene and the Oligocene. It is here necessary to discuss the distribution in time of the two species, Orbitoides mantelli and Pecten poulsoni, before alluding to the White Limestone of Alabama, for these two species seem to have been regarded, especially by Hilgard, as the conclusive ear- marks of the Vicksburg formation. This is an error which has caused much misapi^rehensiou, for there is abundant testimony to prove that they both persist through such an extended range in time as to deprive them of any such value. As for Orbitoides mantelli, I personally collected in two partial days at Moody's Branch, and a portion of a day al Montgomery, La., with subsequent washing of a little marl, seventeen speci- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 515 mens, some of which represented large and well-developed indi- viduals. This species was therefore at least tolerably abundant throughout the Jackson stage, and was probably in existence long before. At Vicksburg there are two distinct horizons, as recognized by Meyer,' but very inadequately and in part erroneously elucidated by Hilgard. The lower Vicksburgian consists of alternate thin strata of gray sands, sandy clays and variably, but usually loosely, compacted white or gray limestone. The upper consists of a much thinner bed of more or less red-brown marl, often indurated into nodular masses, or subindurated, and without Irace of lime- stone, having rarely, however, thin layers of glauconitic sands and comminuted shells, in which entire specimens when found are generally much distorted by pressure. The faunas of these two beds differ very markedly, and there are probably not one-half of the species of either common to the two. One of the chief points of distinction resides in the fact that Orbitoides mantelli is virtually altogether wanting in the lower or limestone bed and is abundant and fully developed in the upper or marl bed. As this species existed in Jacksonian times, however, it seems as though it must certainly occur in the lower Vicksburg limestone, but at any rate it is so rare that I have never observ^ed a specimen. The incongruity, therefore, of call- ing the Vicksburg limestone an Orbitoidal limestone is sufficiently evident; possibly the error occuri'ed by reason of the washing down into the ravines of some material from the upper marls. It is consequently certain, from the facts above mentioned, that Orbitoides mantelli and its varieties existed through a considerable portion of the entire duration of our early middle Tertiary, inclu- ding and subsequent to the Jackson stage, and that it became alter- nately abundant or semi-extinct according 'as surrounding condi- tions favored or retarded its development. In regard to Pecten poidsoni, it is only necessary to refer to the report on the Coastal Plain of Alabama, by Dr. E. A. Smith, where, on page 237, this species will be found listed with the Bashi fossils of the Lignitic stage. As there is no more reason to doubt the correctness of this identification than there is to doubt the identity ^ The two lower horizons of Meyer constitute, in ray opinion, but one. 516 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., of the Vicksburg forms with the species iu question, it will be readily perceived that Peden poulsoni, because of its extended duration in time, is deprived of any decisive value as a criterion. Besides this, however, I find that there are at Vicksburg two well- defined subspecies, or perhaps closely allied distinct species, one characterizing the lower and the other the upper horizon, which have been indiscriminately alluded to as mulsoni for many years; it is quite possible that neither of them is exactly the same as that species, which was apparently described originally from the White Limestone itself. On the Tombigbee river, near St. Stephens, and on the Ala- bama river, near Claiborne, there appear more or less conspicuous bluffs composed of a white limestone, which has been designated the Alabama White Limestone. The lower portion of the bluff at St. Stephens has been considered to be Jacksonian, while the upper part, which is apparently a conformable continuation, although differing noticeably in lithological character, has been identified as Vicksburgian, primarily because the limestone here becomes orbitoidal, and, secondarily, because it also contains a few fossils, especially Peden poulsoni, which bear a strong resem- blance to species occurring at Vicksburg. In accepting this as a fact we are forced to admit that two horizons, diftering at least quite as radically in their fauna as any other two consecutive stages of the American Tertiary, are here conformably united in a con- tinuous blufi of limestone. This would seem to be incongruous and highly improbable on general reasoning, but in my opinion it is not a correct statement of the case, and the above discussion of Orbitoides and Peden poulsoni renders it quite unnecessary to form any such conclusion. It seems much more probable that the entire White Limestone of Alabama, including the coral lime- stone, is intermediate in age between the Claiborne and Jackson stages." I feel the more confident in this statement on again con- ^The examples of Orbitoides coutaiued in a specimen of the White Lime- stone from Clarke conuty, Ala., from the lir.>t bed above the Claiborne sand, which I have before me, ditTer very nuuh from tliose occurring at either Jackson or Vick>biirg in their much larger size; in fact they would almost appear to constitute a distinct species, and in any event they repre- sent the maximum development of the genus in the Southern Tertiary. The Jackson and Vicksburg form is a degradational type derived from the White Limestone, and, as the White Limestone form is the one which was originally published under the name mantelli, it is the Vicksburg niodifica- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517 suiting the report of Dr. Smith, where, ou page 109, it is said that Venericardia planlcoda was found by INIr. Aldrich in the upper part of the limestone near Claiborne, which is presumably the orbitoidal part, and this at once proves that it cannot at least be Vicksbmviau. If this is not conclusive, however, it can be sup- plemented by another significant remark, made by Mr. Cunning- ham on page 254 of the same report, to the effect that the orbi- toidal or upper portion of the White Limestone contains large numbers of " minute coralline branches." These are exceedingly abundant in the fauna of the Moody's Branch beds of the Jack- sonian, and constitute one of its conspicuous features, but they are completely unknown from either the lower or upper horizons of the Vicksburgian. It is probable that the uplift of the true Vicksburg beds was very limited in geographical extent, and confined to the vicinity of the capes or elbows of the coast separating, on both sides, the Bay of Mississippi from the ocean to the south, and that the so-called Vicksburg localities in eastern Mississippi are to be viewed with suspicion. It will require something more than Dentalium mississipjiiense, Pecten poulsoni and Orbitoides mcmteUi to prove them even approximately synchronous, as these classic species are all noticeably extended in vertical range. Mr. D. W. Langdon enumerates^ the fossils collected by him at Byram Station, on the Pearl river. They are all Vicksburgian with the exception of Capulus americanus, which is Jacksonian. As this species has never been found at Vicksburg, the presump- tion is that the Byram beds are older than the true Vicksburg- ian, and this is further borne out by the fact, which I have noted from personal observation, that the Byram deposit con- tains, besides the species quoted by Mr. Langdon, a consider- able number peculiar to it and apparently occurring nowhere else. The evidence adduced by Mr. Langdon would seem to show that there is a notable thickness of marine, though scarcely fossiliferous, deposits between the true Jackson and Byram, and it is probable that during this interval the Red Bluff tion which must be considered to be undescribed. In the Lower Claiborne at Natchitoches, Li., another form of Orbitoides occurs, which is smaller and thicker than that of Jackson and Vicksburg and probably specitically different. ■^ Amer. Jour, ^ci , XXXT, p. 205. 518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Sept., beds were formed. The order of emergence of the various de- posits— which were all more or less local — may therefore be stated to be: (1) Jackson stage, (2) Red Bluff substage, (3) Byram sub- stage, and (4) Vicksburg stage. The Scohinella ccelata men- tioned by Mr. Langdon among the Byram fossils, is not exactly the same as the form described from Vicksburg under that name, but is a very well-marked variety or subspecies, related, in fact, more closely to the form occurring at Red BlufT. The degenera- tive Vicksburg modification, strangely enough, appears to be entirely wanting in the lower — limestone — horizon, but is suffi- ciently common in the upper marls, as in the case of OrMtoides manteUi alluded to above. 1901.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 519 October 1. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Nine persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " A New Species of Clavilithes from the Eocene of Texas," by C. W. Johnson and A. ^Y. Grabau. " New Mollusks of the Japanese Empire," by Henry A. Pilsbry. " A Quick Method of Testing for Gold," by Edward Gold- smith. October 8. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M. D. , in the Chair. Fourteen persons present. October 15. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Thirteen persons present. 620 proceedings of the academy of [oct. , October 22. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M. D. , iu the Chair. Miss Nichols requested permission, which was granted, to with- draw her paper entitled " The Spermatogenesis of Oniscus asellus- Linn," presented for publication July 16, 1901. October 29. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in^the Chair. Twenty-one persons present. Henry Fox and Howard Crawley were elected members. The following were ordered to be printed : 1901.] XATURAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521 FURTHER STUDY OF AN ANT, BY ADELE M. FIELDE. Argument. — That Stencunma fiUvmn piceurn^ is the bearer of three distinct odors, perceived through the three distal segments of her antennae: (a) A scent deposited by her feet, forming an indi- vidual trail, whereby she traces her own steps, discerned through her tenth segment; (6) an inherent and inherited odor, manifested over her whole body, identical in quality for queens and workers of the same lineage, a means for the recognition of blood-relations, discerned by contact of the eleventh segment; (c) a nest-smell, consisting of the commingled odors of all animate members of the colony, diffused by them in air or ether, constituting an aura whereby they distinguish their nest from those of aliens and discerned through the twelfth, the distal, segment. That her behavior is influenced by a sensory memory; and that while, without experience or instruction, she capably constructs the dwellings of her species and tends the young, her criterion of a nest-aura is established solely by association, and may be changed many times during her life. That her care of the young is a reflex from the eighth and ninth segments of her anteunre ; and that she receives an immediate reward for her labor in the sustenance thereby obtained. That the gregarious habit of the ant is a conjoint result of the reflexes from the five distal segments of her antennse. An Oriental folk-story ascribes to the ant a keen sense of smell,'' and Occidental biologists grant its possession of this faculty. I have recently carried on experiments,^ using the maze heroin described, whereby I believe it to be shown that Stenamma fidvum piceum, aided by a sensory memory, finds her way by means of an individual scent deposited from her feet, and that her perception of this scent is through the tenth segments of her antennce. ^ Stenamma {Aphanognster) fulvtim., Mayr ; subspecies aquia, Buck- ley ; vaxieij piceum, Emery. ^"The Origin of Ants," in Chinese Nights' Entertainment, hy A. M. Fielde : G. P. Putnam's Rons, 1894. * At the Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Mass., May fo Octo" ber, 1901. 522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., The Maze. The floor of the maze was a pane of clear glass laid ujiou white cardboard, upon which the runs were indicated by letters and figures. The runs were twelve milliineters or a half inch wide, and Avere separated by W'alls twelve millimoteis high and twelve millimeters thick, built of strips of glass closely joined to one another and 1o the floor by LePage's liquid glue, and dried during several months before the nia/e was used in experiment. Tlie walls were topped liy a layer of cotton wadding which was removed and renewed whenever the maze was cleaned for a new exp-riment. The roof, laid upon the wadding and closing the maze at the top, was a square of thin clear glass diagonally divided across «''-&■', for convenience in uncovering only half the maze at a time. Effort, was made to secure the same degree of light, warmth and humidity in every ])art of tlie maze. At / a straight glass tube seven centimeters long communicated with a small nest in which the ant household used in the experiment had been long established. The tube i, as well as the nest, was completely darkened, and was opposite the source of light. At 7 a glass tube, bent upward at its outer end, gave ingress to the ants from n)y hand and was stopped by a plug of cotton when not in use. The distance from 7' to / was twenty-one centimeters, a little more than eight inches. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPIIIA. 523 I placed some hundreds of pupre at the T corner, and taking marked and unmarked ants from the nest I, introduced them to the maze through the tube, T. In no case, except when mani- festly lost, did any ant carry^ in a pupa without having first made the journey without a burden. Sometimes an ant traversed more than one run before she began the labor of carrying in, and if she afterward used more than one of the runs she never used other than those she had previously traversed, no matter how many of her fellow burden-bearers were travelling the other routes. If the glass floor was clean she apparently had greater difficulty in estab- lishing her trail than when the floor was covered by Avood or by earth. In the first case, she would go a short distance, as from T to a^ or n'^, and return, and then would prolong her next jour- ney as far as a* or n^, and she might make many excursions from T over the same path before she discovered the entrance to the nest at I. When the floor was covered with earth a single trip often sufficed, and she began to carry in when on her second excursion from T. The structure of the ant's feet adapts them to the partial clasping of particles of earth, and it may be that pressure assists in the deposit of the scent. Having begun to carry in, an ant usually continued her work incessantly, making from thirty-seven to seventy round journeys in an hour. No burden-bearing ant ever made a loop in her own trail. The shortest run, c-d, was not oftenest taken, but no ant ever carried in by a route longer than a single run, o, m, c-d, n or h. The c-d run virtually counted as but one, for when any ant had made the c or the d passage, she afterward used either side of the central block c with little hesitation. There was no evidence that any ant was influenced by the fact that the c-d run was shortest, and that there were certain ad- vantages in following a straight line; but we should not therefore hastily declare that ants have no reasoning power. The Chinese, for reasons ^vell known to themselves, generally make their roads crooked. The ingoings and returns of several marked ants during one *Tlie ants withdraw their youuo; from currents of air even more quickly than from Hglit. If the ants liuddled upon the pupif, making their own bodies a screen from the light, tbej were impelled by my gently blowing into the tube 2' to search for a tranquil refuge iu the nest. 524 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., liour were recorded. Dot One made seventy-two journeys, going in and returning by the e-d run. Deviations, apparently caused by pressure or by momentum, were sometimes made on departing from Tor from I, but she never deviated from her trail more than four times her own length without discovering her error and retrac- ing her path into the c-cl run. Dot Two made sixty-one round journeys by the c-d run. Other ants were at the same time going in and returning by the same and by other routes. Dot Three made forty round trips. The first fourteen were all by the n run. She was then carried, apparently by her own momentum under a heavy burden, into the a run, and there wandered to and fro, utterly lost, notwithstanding the frequent passing of her comrades. She eventually made her way by the a run into /. Somewhat later, under similar momentum, she like- wise floundered through c-d, and then at intervals she afterward, with no hesitation, four times took the e-d route to /. All her other ingoings and all her returns were via the n run. A few hours later, when I again set the ants to work. Dot Three again took the n route, and in an hour made forty-eight round trips thereby. A few times she made impetuous starts into other runs, but she every time retraced her steps and followed her best-known path. I then removed her to a Petri cell, closed the entrances to all runs other than c-d and m, and put several unmarked ants to the work of carrying in pupre. During that afternoon and the succeeding forenoon, these ants made over three hundred round trips through vi and c-d. When these two runs had thus been thoroughly scented by other ants, and while their trails were yet fresh, I unclosed all the runs and put Dot Three in through T. After an absence of nineteen hours, she made ner first trip, with- out a burden, through )i, and then resumed tJje carrying in of pupoe, making fifty-four round journeys in an hour, going in forty- eight times by the n run and six times by the c-d run, and return- ing fifty-two times by the n run and twice by the c-d run. Not once did she enter the m run, which had duriug the previous hour been traversed hundreds of times by her comrades. The following day, no use having been made of the maze in the interval, I again put Dot Three in at T. She at once went, with- out a burden, through a, and returned through n. During the 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPIirA. 525 next hour she made forty-six burden-bearing joui*neys through n, returning forty-five times through ;; and once through e. She undertook to carry in a larva larger than lierself and, after pro- tracted and ineffective effort, dropped it at n:\ returned, and then carried in a very small larva. On subsequent journeys she repeat- edly passed over or close beside the dropped larva, but she seemed to be aware that it had proven too heavy for her, and did not renew her attempt to lift it. I then, during her absence in the nest, removed the earth over a space of one centimeter from the floor at n"^, and washed the glass floor and the neighboring walls and roof. On her return she crossed the space unhesitatingly to the pupre pile at T, made two burden-beariug journeys, one via c, one via a, with both returns via n. She then came and examined the cleaned space, burrowed in the bank at its sides, went to and fro several times over it, and resumed her carrying in through this n run. Dot Four having first made without a burden excursions through the 6, c, n, m and a runs, made fifty-five consecutive burdeQ-bearing journeys, going in forty-five times by the a, twice by the m, four times by the c-d, and four times by the n run. Her returns were forty- nine times by the a, once by the m, twice by the c, and three times by the n run. The b run was not again entered. I then isolated her in a Petri cell, and tw'o days later, having stopped the a run with plugs of cotton, I returned her to the maze through T. She at once tried to enter a, pushing at the cotton and endeavoring to creep under or over it. Finding it impassible, she made several journeys through m. I then isolated her two days more, unstopped «, and returned her to the maze through T. She resumed her route through m, and made six round trips by that run which she had used while a was stopped, then she made a return through o, her older jDath, and from that time all her ingoing journeys and returns were made by that route. Dot Five made sixty round trips, of which twenty-eight ingoing journeys were made by the m, thirty-one by the a, and two by the c-d run. Of her returns fifty-two w'ere made by c-d and nine, at intervals, by m. When she had passed thirty-seven times through m, I laid across its floor, at m^, while she was at T, a strip of paper one centimeter wide. As soon as she reached it she turned back with her burden and went in by c-d, returning as 526 PROCEEDINGS OF TUE ACADEMY OF [Opt., usual by c-d. Twice more she likewise came to the paper, and although several other ants had meantime passed over it, she retraced her steps into c-d, and thereafter made no more excur- sions into m, going always through c-d. Dot Six entered the maze at T, made her first round trip, with- out a burden, through vi, then took a false start into c-d, wan- dered there, reached 2, returned to m^ and followed the m run to the nest. Thereafter she made nineteen journeys, going in fifteen times through m and four times through n, and returning once through n, and eighteen times through c-d. I then put a barrier across 2, expecting her to turn back and take the m or n route, but in returning on her trail she discovered what neither the ants nor I had before observed, a small hole in the glass wall at h, and through this hole she reached n. After that her journeys, made with no hesitation, were as follows : Ingoing. 1 via n 2 4( d-h-n 3 " •■' 4 U n 5 " " 6 u d-h-ti 7 (1 " 8 (( 11 9 " d-h-n 10 " n 11 11 d-h~n 12 1( n 13 " d-h-n 14 u 11 15 " " 16 (( d-h-n 17 " i( 18 (( <( 19 u " 20 u 11 21 (( " 22 l< d-h-n 23 a " 24 " (< 25 It (( Eetukning 1 via 11 2 " 3 " 4 " 5 " 6 " 7 " n-h-d 8 " 9 " 1 A * « 10 11 " 12 " 13 " n 14 " 15 " n-?i-d 16 " " 17 " (( 38 " li 19 " i( 20 " a 21 " " 22 " 11 23 " t( 24 " " 25 " n-7i-d After Dot Six had several tens of times passed through the hole in the wall, I stopped the runs from c-d at 2 and at 3, enclosing two burden-beariug ants and a dropped pupa. The two ants had trails directly to I, and when they found themselves unable to proceed through .2 they turned back and repeatedly explored all 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527 parts of c-d. If was plain that the trail of Dot Six through the hole gave them no guidance. At last one of the two ants found the hole, passed through it, made her way in, returned and carried in the dropped pupa, passing the hole the second and third times with no hesitancy. The trail of this ant, added to that of Dot Six, apparently gave no clue to the remaining ant, for she continued to hunt for an exit until she, too, finally found the hole for herself, and went through it to I. During succeeding hours, after 2 and S were unstopped, no more than the three ants, including Dot Six, ever used the hole as a passageway. While the ants were cai-rying in pupie, one of the two queens in the nest twice came out to the T corner, examined the pupse pile and went back, but no woi'ker changed her route to follow that of the queen. It is evident from the foregoing records, giving examples taken from among many made, that the ant followeii her own trail, taking it in either direction with equal facility. She was doubtless influenced in her course by the topography of the ground. Dot Seven always went in through the h run, passing close to the outer wall at 6^ On returning she usually mounted a corner of the inner wall near ¥' and scrambled down its vertical face. The latter route was feasible for a return journey, but impi-acticable for her when she carried a burden. When the ants regularly took one route for the outgoing and another for the ingoing trip, they appeared to follow the line of least resistance, or to be influenced by convenience. I have repeat- edly seen ants change their customary route when they found their progress hindered by other ants that were taking the same or the opposite course. When ants journey in numbers they go by one route and return by another, as human throngs divide, for mutual advantage, into two processions for crossing a bridge, one moving to the right, the other to the left. The ants cannot follow the trail of a foe. An intruder whose aura has alarmed the colony may pass close to a resident, alert on the warpath, and the resident will run to and fro with no clue to the exact location of the enemy until the touch of an antenna reveals it. Bethe holds that there is a polarization of the scent,* showing ' Albrecht Bethe, Durfenwir denAmeisen und Bienen physchisehe Quali- tiiten zuschreiben. Pfliiger's Archiv, Vol. 70, Jan., 1898. 528 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the ant the direction toward or away from the nest. He caused ants to make a path across a board, a section of which could be made to revolve 180°. When the section was reversed, an ant reaching the section from either direction w'as unable to directly proceed. If the section was not reversed until the ant was upon it, the ant AYould continue its way across the section, but on coming to the end of the section would stop and give evidence of having lost its trail. Perhaps by reversing the section the continuity of the indi- vidual trail was broken, the ant being therefore unable to directly proceed. My experiments show that the theory of polarization of the scent is untenable. Dot Five, after establishing her trail, made, in thirty minutes, twenty-eight round trips through a. During her absence in the nest, at the end of every ingoing journey, I changed the relative position of at least three centimeters of earth forming her path, and I gradually extended the displace- ments as far as from a^ to a^, being careful to make the road level and quiet before her return. Not once did she hesitate or wander during all these journeys, although in the twenty-eight stirrings every millimeter of her trail had been displaced. Other ants were equally able to follow their trail over displaced portions of their path. I also caused many marked ants to make trails over strips of wood covering the floor of the runs, and after the trails were established I turned the strips end for end, being careful to replace them so exactly that the continuity of the individual trail should not be broken. In no case did an ant give sign of having lost her trail. The advance of the ant over the reversed trail was unhesitating even when the reversed strip was so much as eight centimeters in length. A layer of washed earth* a millimeter or two in depth may be sprinkled upon the trail without destroying it, as does a thicker layer. The thin layer is doubtless pervious to the scent. The trail may also be moistened for a distance of several centimeters without destroying its continuity. Bui, as Bethe has pointed out, the ant can be thrown off its trail by wiping the floor on which the scent is laid, or by covering it with a strip of wood or of paper ^ Earth taken from any Stenamma fulvum pieeum nest, well washed in running water and then dried. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529 irom five to teu millimeters wide. The action of ihe ant when the scent is obscured proves that her trail is individual, and that it is under foot. She does not more readily pass the point of obscuration on account of it having been previously traversed by her comrades. Her action is the same whether she be the first to arrive at the newly-laid flooring or whether many ants have ci'ossed it before her. The power of perceiving the individual trail lies in the tenth segments of the antennse. When deprived of this segment the ant is no longer able to find her way in wilh the pupse, but wanders about helpless and bewildered. Ants deprived of nearly all of the eleventh and all of the twelfth segments continued to carry the pup^ through the runs of the maze, though with dimin- ished physical vigor. The ant could pick up her scent so long as a tenth segment was intact, and no louger. For experiments in following the trail, I selected ants that had been previously distinguished by diligence in the carrying in of pupre and later on set them to work with clipped antennse.' That memory 2)^oys ci part i)i the journeys as well as in other proceedings of ihe ant, is shown by experiments made by me in gradually increasing the width of ' For removing the whole or any part of the antennse of the ants used in the experiments described in this paper, tlie antennse were clipped with sharp scissors, Ihe wound was merged for five seconds in eighty percent, alcohol to coagulate the blood ; the aut was isolated upon a wet sponge in a Petri cell, without food, for a day. and was thereafter daily placed upon some acceptable food, such as moistened sponge cake, soft pie crust, or bread touched with honey. No insect food was given, and the cell was kept very clean. After fifteen days or longer about forty per cent, of the ants recov- 34 Left Antenna of Stenamma fulvum piceum. 530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Strips of paper or of wood-shavings laid over the trail. When the ant had well established her trail across the paper or shaving I could sometimes in her absence change it, replacing it exactly by a new one of the same color and material, and I have gradually increased its width from five millimeters to fifteen, or from one to three times her length, without causing the slightest distraction of the ant from her steady journeys to and fro over it." This proves that the ant does not smell her way at every point, and that familiarity with certain objects under her feet is gradually acquired. A dissimilar object, or an old object in a different place, never failed to distract the ant. The frequent placing of new objects upon her path, or repeated interruptions of her vvork, always caused her to change her route or to abandon her work. ]\rany ants, where records were kept, gained speed in the carry- ing in of pupje, the number of journeys accomplished during an hour increasing always with experience of the runs, unless special hindrances occurred. If there be no greater stimulus in the greater amount of scent laid down, the gain in speed must arise from added familiarity with the road. I occasioned one of my colonies to move from a Lubbock nest to its annex over a bridge eight inches long, once or twice a day during ten days, and the colony gradually reduced the time required for a complete change of loca'ion from over an hour to twenty minutes. When an ant discovers a barrier across one of the runs in the maze, she does not more than two or three times follow her trail to the barrier, but altogether changes her route. In the change she does not merely cut off the loop in her own path, but she frequently takes a different direction. erefl from shock-effect and by their activities in()icated their readiness for use in experiment. Before their recovery the ants were listless and al)nornially irritable ; and they attacked with self-destructive violence any moving thing that touched them. One antenna performs all the functions of a pair. In examining hundreds of ants, I found many with a single antenna, or with one antenna and the long proximal joint of the other, and these ants, in- cluding queens so maimed, were living normal lives. But I never found in its native nest any antennaless ant. The sense of taste is not lost Avith the antennai. Ants kept without food for three days lapped honeyed cake with evident relish immediately after they were deprived of their antennae. Their sensitivity to light, heat and humidity also remains unimpaired. No part of an antenna that had been clipped was regenerated during three sub- sequent months that I kept the clipped ants under my observation. * My best results were in using moistened brown blotting paper, care being taken that its edges across the path should be exactly even with the surface of the earth covering the floor. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531 The aptness of these ants to seek a new domicile whenever their nest is disturbed is perhaps correlated with the necessity of main- taining associations which give efficiency to a sensory memory. Three worker-ants, without kindred, have lived in one of my Petri cells more than a year. They are perfectly at home in any new similar cell to which I transfer them. This surely indicates that they have become acquainted with their environment through other senses than that of smell. Beside the scent whereby the ant lays her individual trail, every Stenamma fulvum piceum has an odor manifest in all parts of her ani- mate body, and discerned by herself and by other ants through the eleventh segments of the antennae. It is improbable that the environment of the ants impart to ih(nn iheir odor. I found beside an old stone fence a colony rear- ing young under loose stones fifty yards apart. Workers taken from the discovered extremes of this colonial manor affiliated per- fectly. From a space no larger than a quart-pot I took thirteen deiilated queens in September, and eleven more the following June. Queens and workers of this colony met one another amicably after a full year of separation, although the one had spent that time in native soil, while the other had endured vicissitudes of travel, living in a glass house, feeding on human confections, and drink- ing water containing unlike mineral ingredients. I am also acquainted with two colonies whose swarming exits are but two yards apart, and these two colonies evince the intensest hostility to one another. From among more than a hundred experiments that I have madC; all yielding corroborative results in a study of the ant-odor, I give but a few examples: The ant has an inherent odor. A callow five days old, that had been isolated nine days before emergence from the pupa-stage, was attacked and killed by the first ant it ever met, a callow of another colony. Ants reared all the way from the larval stage without ant- nurses attract or repel other ants. Ants were reared without ant-nurses, in sequestered groups, from pup?e of the same colony. When these ants were twenty days old the groups were united, and the ants at once affiliated. Young ants, reared in an alien group, were returned to their 532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., blood-relations. They were repeatedly dragged away from the nursery and were kept on probation until their personal odor was ascertained, and were within a day received into full association with their kindred. A queen of colony D with four workers that she had reared from larvse of the C colony, together reared three callows from pupae of the E colony. When the callows were twenty days old, I put them in a Petri cell with adults of the E colony. The callows attacked the adults as with intent to kill, but they met with great toleration, and within a day all the inmates of the cell were living together in unity. In every case where callows were returned from among aliens to their own stock, the action of the adults bore a strange similitude to patient and forbearing discipline directed toward the reclamation of Avayward offspring. In a nest containing a queen and workers of colony C, I put a few young ants that had been reared in another section of the C colony from pupse of the E colony. The young ants showed no fear of their new host, and were received with but slight sign of suspicion. They were treated as are alien ants smeared with ihe juices of kindred.^ But the superficial gloss did not long deceive, and at the end of the second day the young ants had all been killed and dismembered. Incorporation into one section of a colony never gave permanent safety in another section of the same colony that I had divided. Workers of colony D alone reared four callows from pupse of colony C. I segregated these callows and introduced to their cell four adults from another section of colony C. The adults imme- diately attacked the callows, indicating that they were overlaid with the odor of the workers that had fostered them; but the inherent odor of the callows was also influential, for none were killed, and the next day all the eight ants were clustered serenely in one group. The odor is inherited through the queen. Five queens of the C colony, each sequestered with a few of her workers, reared from her own eggs several young ants. I am uncertain whether the five kings associated with these queens were of different colonies. The issue of any one queen would live in amity with the issue of • " A Study of an Ant," A. M. Fielde, Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, September, 1901. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533 any other one of these queens, and all of the young ants would congregate around any one of the sister-queens. Queens of the same colony have the same odor. Two queens, each having a similar mixed family made up of her own and a different stock, were interchanged with no disturbance of the domestic life in either nest. Isolated queens of colony D reared each a few workers from pupa3 of the C colony. The workers so reared w'ould live amica- bly with any sister of the queen that reared them and also with one another, A colony C queen and her issue reared two ants from pupje of the E colony. When the two ants were a month old they were removed from the fostering family and were introduced into a cell containing a queen and adult workers of the C colony all deprived of the smell-sense. The young ants at once snuggled the queen and affiliated with the adults. They manifestly found in this sister-queen and her workers the exact odor to which they were accustomed. I took two queens of the C colony and segregated each with pupie of the E colony. After the pupte had become ants fifteen days old, an exchange of queens caused no demonstration of sur- prise or of hostility. The inherent odor of the queens and that of the ivorkers in the same colony is of like quality, though the odor of a queen is prob- ably stronger than that of a worker. The behavior of kings in the nests proves them to be unable to distinguish between queens and large workers. Workers removed from the C colony and segregated when eight days old received amicably, after nine months of separation, the two sister-queens in whose nests they had spent the first few days of active life. Unless their own odor was similar to that of these queens they must have had a personal memory of them. These workers rejected queens of another colony. I isolated queens of the C colony and caused each to rear four callows from pupre of the E colony. When the callows were six- teen days old I introduced into every queen's cell two colony C adults deprived of smell-sense. These adults were all received amiably by the callows, indicating that they had the same sort of odor as had the queen . 534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., Ants hatched and reared to the age of twenty days with no association with any other ant received and affiliated with a queen of their lineage, though with some tentative nabbing. Into a cell containing eight workers, of which equal numbers had been together reared from pupie of two colonies, C and E, I introduced a C colony queen deprived of smell-sense. She was dragged away from the larvse pile, but was not injured, and in six hours she was a fully accepted member of the mixed group. Probably the odor discerned by the ants is something different from any discovered by human nostrils. The odor ju'eferred by the individual ant is determined by associa- tion, naturally during the first few days of its active life. Cal- lows no more than three days old, having spent these days with a queen alone, with workers alone, or with both queen and workers, will thereafter withdraw from or fight any queen or worker belong- ing to any colony other than their own ancestral one, or those represented in their earliest nurses. Pupre of the E colony were isolated the last thirteen days of their pupa-stage, and their first meeting with any ant was when they were two days old, and was with a queen of the 0 colony. Within an hour the queen and the callows had perfectly affiliated. This queen had not been deprived of smell-sense; but during the long isolation of the pupa3, the E colony odor that earlier overlaid them had doubtless been dissipated, and they therefore presented to her nothing stronger than their own inherent odor as callows. Young callows from pupoe that have been isolated during the whole or nearly the whole pupa-period are safe in any colony. The immediate affiliation of these callows with an alien queen is the point to be here observed. I sequestered pupa3 from colony C and isolated the emerging unlicked callows. When these uunursed callows were two days old I put them into a Petri cell with a colony E queen and workers deprived of the smell-sense. The callows made no attack on the alien adults, but congregated beside the queen or workers as ami- cably as if all were of their own lineage. But callows likewise sequestered, isolated and reared to five days old with no association w^ith other ants, could not be induced to affiliate with aliens. They established for themselves a criterion of correct odor, and withdrew from or seized any ant varying from their standard. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 535 Queens and workers will usually live peaceably with auy ant that they have reared from the pupa, and they may be caused to rear successive broods of unlike lineage, or to rear at one time a brood from eggs, larvte or pupse of div^erse stock. But both queens and workers appear to be less at ease and to filiate less closely with such associates than with those of their own line, unless they greatly outnumber the introduced members of their group. If pupse of alien stock are given to them in large numbers, shortly before the pupte become callows, many of the callows are immedi- ately killed. 1 segregated three groups, each consisting of a colony C queen and seven adult workers, and gave to each group eight pupse from colony E. In two of these groujDS the pupte all became callows within four days and all were killed. In the third group the pupse were younger, none became active before the seventh day after being introduced, and five were permitted to live. These five callows had doubtless, during their longer residence in the group fostering them, been overlaid with the odor of the C colony, and therefore when they became active they bore an odor inofien- sive to their adult companions. They were doubtless smeared with the odor of their hosts. I have repeatedly seen a queen, with numerous workers of alien stock, flee from the group of ants that I had induced her to rear in her own nest. She had been unable to lick so many pupse into her own likeness. Ants remember, or are for some time positively chemotropic to, the odor to which they were earliest accustomed. An isolated queen of the D colony first reared four workers from larvse of the C colony, and later on this mixed group reared three callows from pupse of the E colony. When these callows were fifteen days old I removed them to the E colony, where they were happily domes- ticated five days. I then sequestered them in a Petri cell, and found that they instantly affiliated with either the D colony queen or the C colony workers that had earliest fostered them. They also affiliated with C colony adults deprived of the smell-sense. Two queens of the C colony separately reared eight callows from pupse of the E colony. When the callows were from eight to fifteen days old, I put the two queens into one Petri cell and the eight callows into another, and kept the C and E ants thus apart for thirty days. I then reunited the queens and the young ants and thev again filiated, with no sign of distrust or aversicm. 536 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., An artificially mixed group, now in my possession, was created partially by design and partially by incident, and it curiously illustrates my theme. As mentioned by Dr. W. ^I. Wheeler,''^ Stenamma fulvum piceum sometimes feed their larvae upon pieces of the pupre of Cremastorj aster Uneolata. Desiring to know whether these ants would, when without larvre, themselves devour ihe Cremastogaster pupse, I gave a goodly number of such puppe to each of several groups of Stenaramas living in Petri cells. In every group of Stenammas some portion of the Cremastogaster pupse was adopted and taken care of, at least during several days. In one group only, three of the Cremastogasters were brought to the active stage, and continued to live with the Stenammas and to share their labor of rearing a single introduced male pupa. Probably these three Cremastogaster pup?e were so long in the care of the Stenammas that they were overlaid or smeared with the Stenamma odor before they became animate, and that their inherent odor was therefore obscured. Their own standard of congenial odor would, by earliest impression, be that of the Stenamma group. These Stenammas, which were of the C colony, had previously reared four workers from pupse of the E colony, and I had removed these workers from their cell before the Cremastogaster pupie therein had become active. The four workers had meantime been segregated in another cell. When the Cremastogasters were about twelve days old, I returned the E Stenammas, after an absence of twenty days, to the C Stenamma cell. They were cordially received by, and at once filiated with, their foster C queen and workers, and they made no attack on the previously unknown Cremastogasters. But the little Cremastogasters attacked them frequently, until, in the course of a day or two, experience had shown them the futility of attempts on the life of newcomers so much stronger than them- selves. Cremastogaster Uneolata introduced from outside were killed under attacks from all the ants in this mixed group. That there is a relationship between the inherent odor of the an^ and its color, which gradually deepens with age, and that the odor of the queen is stronger than is that of her workers, is shown by the following experiment. I brought a colony from the woods, placed it in its native earth upon a Lubbock nest, and sequestered *"" Habits of Ponera and Stigmatorama,'' Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 537 many of its pupse. I then segregated all callows that appeared on the same day among the pupre, and in my experiment used none that had been nursed bv any ant during the last three days of the pupa-stage, or that had ever met any ant other than those of her own age and lineage. When the callows were from sixteen to twenty days old, I introduced into a Petri cell containing several of the segregated callows single ants from among their blood- relations in the Lubbock nest. Ants of about their own age were always received with little attention and no nabbing; older workers with considerable attention and occasional nabbing; and very old workers or queens were attacked and pulled about by as many as three or four callows at once. The amount of excitement produced by the newcomer, and the number of attacks made upon her person, bore a direct ratio to the depth of her color. When an old worker had first been introduced and domiciled, the introduc- tion of a second adult caused little excitement ; but that of a queen called forth all the usual demonstrations of interest or distrust. If a queen was first introduced and domesticated, then the intro- duction of an old worker was an unimportant event. A second queen or a second adult was always received with lesser attention. I therefore think that the ants discriminate not only in regard to the quality of the odor presented, but also as to its intensity, and that the queen presents the ancestral odor in a more concentrated form than do her workers. None of these introduced ants attacked the callows, and all callows affiliated with the introduced ants within a day; but the fighting instinct of the callow is evi- dently aroused, not only by ant-odors to which it is unaccustomed, but by an intenser expression of its own inherent odor. If the older ants bore an adventitious odor through association with aliens reared in their nest, then the young ants would have borne the same odor and would have offered the same reason for attack. With the purpose of ascertaining Avhether the odor of the ant was perceptible to other ants when deposited upon inanimate objects, I took a new unused maze and smeared the floor and walls of the a and the n rung with the juices of kindred queens and workers, and the in and b runs with the juices of aliens, leaving the c and d runs unsmeared. This smearing did not manifestly influence the ants in their choice of a route in carrying pupae from T to I. I then laid upon the floor of the a and n runs earth newly o38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., taken from their own E nest, and upon the m and b runs earth newly taken from the nest of aliens, making the earth from the two nests to meet in the middle of the passages, 1, 2, 3, 4. Into c-d I put washed earth. Immediately after such distribution of the earth I put many ants from the E nest into the maze at T upon the pupte pile, and recorded the number of journeys made through each run. Fully half the journeys were made upon the earth from the alien nest. I then closed the a and the n runs and sent many ants of colony C over the m and b runs. While the trails were yet fresh, I removed the C ants and their nest, and gave the maze over to the E colony. The E ants in no wise avoided the m and b runs that had just been used by the C ants, but they traversed them as often as they traversed the runs through which no aliens had passed. Variations and repetitions of this experiment gave results always similar. I therefore think that the odor of the ant is discernible to other ants only when it is either perceived upon or is immedi- ately disseminated from the living body of the ant. This \new is sustained by the fact that alien pupre placed in the nest just before they emerge from the pupa-stage are at first accepted by the ants, and are nevertheless often killed as soon as they cease to be inert. I have found that the ant's power of perceiving this odor lies in the eleventh segments of her antennre. The contact of these segments with any part of the body of another ant is followed by reflexes denoting either satisfaction or repugnance. When the ant is deprived of these segments by a cut across the tenth seg- ment, she no longer discriminates between friend and foe. De- prived of these segments, marked ants of two or of five colonies lived peaceably together or fought one another with absolute impartiality. Forel discovered that ants of alien colonies ceased from hostile demons1;ration when deprived of the antenn?e; but in my experiments this effect is as complete when no more than the two distal segments are removed. The removal of the twelfth segment alone is not effective, and as the segments telescope each into its proximal neighbor, the destruction of the tenth is necessary for^the complete removal of the eleventh. A healthy ant, with or without antenna), will fight a dead ant, kindred or alien, if the dead ant be made to simulate an attack upon the live ant; and an ant will sometimes continue a battle 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539 when all of its body except the head aud one pair of legs has been clipped off. I have seen an ant, deprived of the smell-sense, continue through eighteen hours its grip upon an adversary's antenna. An auteunaless ant will fight with energy and endur- ance, the difference between its battles and those of a whole ant being in that it fights indiscriminately the ants of its own and other colonies. In the complete ant the odor appears to modify, control or determine the fighting reflex. In all cases of transfer from one kindred group to another there are evidences that the whole ants discern differences in the indi- viduality of their companions whether queens or workers. Every newcomer is examined, sometimes from end to end, by touches of the antennae; there is often much hesitating and tentative nabbing of an ant that is ultimately received into full fellowship, and two or three impetuous onsets often precede complete filiation. In determining through their actions the affinities and repulsions of the ants, I have considered final relationships more important than first behavior. The removal of the antennae does not destroy the odor of the ants so maimed, for neither their enemies nor their kindred change on this account their usual behavior toward them. But the excision of these prominent organs reduces greatly their liability to seizure. The commingled odors of all the ants in the nest constitutes what Bethe calls the Neststoff, or what I shall call the aura of the nest. It is diffused in air or ether from the animate occupants of the nest, and it is discerned by the ant through the twelfth, the distal, segments of her antennce. By this aura every ant recognizes its own abode and distinguishes it from the abode of other colonies. The aura of the nest may be superadded to, but does not extirpate, the individual scent nor the inherent body odor. The creation of a new nest-aura is always possible through the gradual admixture of different odors produced by and disseminated from living ants reared from eggs, larvae or pupse of alien colonies. Any ant bearing the preponderating odor is apt to gain easy admission to the nest. The countless variations observed in the treatment of newcomers are due to the infinitely variable propor- tions in the odors borne by the ants. If an ant permanently bears 540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF fOct., an odor which is a component of the aura, she may be eventually accepted as an associate. If, in a group of ants reared in equal numbers from the pupa? of two colonic?, C and E, I introduce an ant, deprived of smell-sense, from either the C or the E colony, the fearless newcomer is received with excitement and alarm and may be attacked with violence. But the attack is never fatal, and the blood-relative of half the group is eventually permitted to remain peacefully in the nest. ^Yheu a whole ant from either C or E colony is introduced, the newcomer manifestly discerns an unfamiliar aura and either flees or else fights to a fatal end. The sensitivity of the normal ant to the aura of an alien nest causes her to flee from it when escape is possible, and to endeavor to hide hei'self when she cannot escape. I have deprived many ants of the distal segments of the antennae, and have found that on complete recovery from shock-effect their behavior was to be dis- tinguished from that of normal ants by the absence of an exhibition of alarm when introduced into the nest of aliens. Such maimed ants do not flee, nor do they endeavor to hide, nor do they hesitate in close approach to a dense swarm of aliens. Their conduct when introduced into the nests of other colonies is strikingly different from that of the whole ant. Their action, whether in their own or an alien nest, evinces unconsciousness of the aura that determines the advance or retreat of the whole ant, or causes it, with uplifted and waving anteunte, to pursue an object that is beyond its reach. Callows reared from the third day of the pupa-stage with no asso- ciation with other ants until the tenth day of active life, had then established their owa aura, without the presence of a queen, and manifested alarm at the introduction of aliens. If the subtile aura of the nest, imperceptible as it is to human nostrils, is diffused by a vibration in the body of the living ant which it envelops, the aura should be strongest where the greatest number of ants have lougest lived. Its allurement in the air or ether may be what sometimes causes an ant to return to an old and empty habitation, and to carry back pupai that have already beeii transported to a newly occupied nest. The excitement occasioned by the intrusion of an alien among ants that are a few millimeters from the point at which the alien passes, indicates that the aura borne by the introduced ant extends at least a few millimeters from its body. The behavior of the 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541 resident ants shows that the aura pervades the air or the ether, and gives intimation of the presence of the intruder without denoting her exact location. The aura of an ant of the same colony appears often to deter- mine the route of a companion not within touch of the antennre, when burdens are being carried into the nest. The distance to which the nest-aura is diffused may depend upon the number and quality of the living inmates. Before an ant is five days old it has all its reflexes established, and ai:)pears to have sprung as from the head of Jove, full grown and completely accoutred, into active existence. Callows that became such in the T corner of the maze straightway found a way into the nest, and commenced the carrying in of the inert young. Callows less than five days old, that had never seen a queen, nor adults, nor earth, were transferred from their Petri cell to a handful of their ancestral soil, and they immediately built a nest with runs and recesses such as are made by experienced workers of their kind. Prolonged captivity in a glass house does not diminish their ability to use earth in nest-making. I transferred to the earth on a Lubbock nest, when they were nine months old, some queen - less ants that had always lived without earth in one of my artificial nests, and gave them a few larvse and pupse. Within ten hours they had made as perfect runs and recesses as any ever constructed by their species, and had disposed the young in the same manner as do their free congeners. The unremitting attention habitually given by the workers to the young is hardly demanded by the necessities of the latter. I segregated eggs, larvpe and pupre, and found that eggs untouched during several days bring forth normal larvre; that with no atten- tion from the ants the full-grown ld,rva may successfully become a pupa; and that the whole pupa-stage may be safely passed with no more tending than such occasional changes of position as will prevent the growth of raovdd. Penicillium Grustacemn^^ grows to ripeness, in either darkness or light, upon eggs, larvre or pupa?, if left for a few days unattended in the humid atmosphere required by " The moulds here mentioned were identified for me by Dr. George T. ISIoore, of Dartmouth College. 542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., the ants, and its sprouting spores may be seen on their surfaces under a magnification of about five hundred diameters. If the spores are left undisturbed they cover the young with a delicate dense white coat that becomes sage-green with the ripening of the new spores. It appears j^robable that the ants find nuti'iment in the new mycelium of the mould, from which they relieve the young by licking them frequently and thorouglily. If the surfaces of the ant-children be a kitchen-garden spontaneously supplying the nurses with aliment, then these ants enjoy an economic indepen- dence surpassed only liy that of an ideal creature that could lay eggs sufficient for its own nourishment. This delicate mould does not grow upon the bodies of dead ants, but is there replaced by Rhyzopus nigricans, with long and spreading hyphse, and in this may lie the cause for the carrying off and casting away of all ants that die or are kiUed in the nest. So long as the eighth and ninth segments of the antennce are unin- jured, the ant may continue to lift and care for the eggs, larvce or pupce, but after the removal of these segments she loses all interest in the young and performs no further ivork in the nursery. I proved this to be true in several CDlonies. In ray colony B, which had been queenless during many months, the workers had been singu- larly devoted to the larvse and pupse from their own eggs,^" and from among these ants I selected several that never failed to lift a larva when the cover of their Petri cell was taken away. Some of these assiduous nurses took all usual precaution for the safety of their young so long as the eighth segments of the antennre were unin- jured, but none lacking the eighth segment ever gave heed to nursery duties of any sort. From none of the other ants could I secure any attention to the young after the excision of the ninth segment. Marked ants of two hostile colonies, when clipped across the tenth segment, associated freely and amiably with one another during several days in the care of pupas belonging to one of the two colonies. A whole queen resident in the small nest appeared unable to tolerate the alien odor among the nurses, and often with- drew from the ever-alluring pupio pile where they congregated. When the callows appeared, the queen aggressively took her place '- One of these worker's-egg-larv£e, separately reared, was oue hundred and forty days in the larval stage. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPHIA. 543 amoug the young, and drove the ahen nurses out from the nursery to the food-room, where they remained until I removed them. The queen's clipped workers continued to tend the young in the manner of whole ants. On clipping the anteonre to the seventh segment, the middle of the segmented portion below the elbow, the ants lose all com- munity of interest. In one of m}'- large nests, '^ used as a hotel ties invQ.lides, the ants never congregate, but stand separately and sometimes almost equidistant throughout the three rooms. The gregarious habit is probably a conjoint result of the reflexes from the five distal segments. The instinct of following or huddling, common in young ani- mals, is manifest in this ant during the first hours of its activities, when it keeps close to any accessible queen or Avorker. The huddling instinct is apparently strong in its relation to ants of the same or lesser age. I isolated 2:)upre during the whole pupa- stage, thus freeing them, in their casting off of both the larval and the pupal integument, from all except the inherent odor, and I found that the callows huddled as soon as they were able to walk toward one another. The isolation of such callow's for twelve days or longer did not diminish their tendency to huddle with ants of their own age or with younger ones of the same lineage. But from the twelfth to the twentieth day of isolation there was a marked diminution of the disposition to follow the queen and to huddle with adults. Dr. Edward Thorndike says" that " if chicks do not have a chance to follow a hen in the first ten or twelve days they will not go near one if they have a chance." I have found no limit to the age at which a worker will follow a queen, but the attraction exercised by the queen is apparently due solely to association. When she or her kind has not been known during ant-infancy, her acquaintance is made with caution and reserve, if not with signs of distrust or dislike. The ants appear to exhibit personal likings, aversions, affinities and antipathies. They seem to make and to keep individual acquaintances. They exhibit true social proclivities, and they manifest a possibility of surmounting race prejudices. Living mainly in darkness, they receive impressions through the antennae 1^ "Portable Ant-Nests," Biological Bulletin, Vol. 2, No. 2. " "The Human Nature Club," p. 26, Chautauqua Press, 1901. 544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., rather than through the eyes, and they suggest the idea that the sense of smell may be as efficient as that of sight in ai)i)ropriately connecting a creature with its environment. I have observed that these ants, like the Termites, are able to carry water for domestic uses. They probably lap the water into the pouch above the lower lip and eject it at its destination. A hun- dred or two of ants that I brought in and left in a heap of dry earth upon a Lubbock nest, during the ensuing uighi took water from the surrounding moat, moistened a full pint of the earth, built therein a proper nest, and were busy depositing their larvae in its recesses when I saw them on the follo\ving morning. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545 NEW LAND MOLLUSKS OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. Eulota (Plectotropis) shikokuensis n- sp. Shell openly umbilicate. rather thin, reddish-brown, low-conic above, convex beneath, irregularly striate, and covered with short, triangular cuticular scales, a series of longer ones along the per- iphery. Whorls 5|^ to 6, slightly convex, the last carinated at the periphery, more or less deflexed in front. Aperture very oblique, subcircular, the peristome narrowly reflesed, dilated at the colu- mella, the ends approaching. Alt. 8, diam. 14 mm. Alt. 7, diam. 12^ mm. Yoshida, Prov. lyo. Type No. 81885, Coll. A. K S. P., from No. 694 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Similar in contour to trochula, of Tsu-shima. The cuticular scales are less densely crowded than in scepasma. Eulota mercatoria var. daemonorum nov. Shell solid, with well-elevated spire and rounded periphery, slightly plicatulate above, as in mercaforla, from which it differs in the straighter, slightly bent forward, basal lip, with an impressed line or two behind it, as in E. cuHginosa. Alt. 27, diam. 36 mm. ; whorls Qj^. Alt. 20^, diam. 29 mm. ; whorls 5f . Kikai, Osumi (Mr. Y. Ilirase, No. 683 ). It occurs fossil with a form of Eulota liihuana, a large form of E. sieholdiana, Cyclophorus turgidus, and fragments of a Clausilla, in a calcareous deposit consisting largely of foramiuifera. Eulota (Plectotropis) omiensis n. sp. Shell small, openly umbilicate, low-conic above, convex beneath, carinate at the periphery, brown. Surface of the last whorl shaggy with triangular cuticular scales, large for so small a shell, and longer at the periphery. Whorls 4^, convex, those of the spire roughly striate, the last slightly and slowly descending in 85 546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., front. Aperture oblique, subcircular, the parietal wall excising about one-fourth of the circle. Peristome thin, narrowly ex- panded throughout, more dilated at the columellar insertion. Alt. 3|-, diam. 7^ mm. Itanami, Orai (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 752). Much like E. lepidophora var. temiis Gude, but with fewer whorls and more shaggy, large-scaled cuticle. Ganesella fausta n. sp. Shell resembling G. pagodula Ehrm. in contour; umbilicate, very glossy, light chestnvit colored. Sculpture of faint growth- lines and excessively fine, subobsolete spiral strise. Spire high, convexly conic. Whorls 5^, convex, the last rounded at the periphery, very slightly descending in front, a trifle constricted behind the lip. Base convex, impressed in the middle. Aperture less oblique than in G. pagodula, rounded, the parietal wall excis- ing slightly less than a third of the circle ; peristome narrowly expanded, the outer lip hardly reflexed, columellar margin dilated above, half covering the umbilicus. Columella subvertical above. Alt. 13|, diam. 12| mm. Mikuriya, Suruga (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 734). This form differs from G. pagodula in its smaller size, fewer whorls, dark color and glossy surface, the hollow axis and different form of the columella. I do not think it directly related to G. pagodula. The two species are apparently independent offshoota from the G. japonica stock. Ganesella Adelinae n. sp. Shell pyramidal, narrowly umbilicate, thin, pale yellow or rose- whitish, with three equidistant blackish chestnut bands ; the first above the middle of the upper surface of the last whorl, the second at the periphery, the space between these two varying from light red-brown to almost as dark as the bauds themselves, which are then confluent; the third band is wider, in the middle of the basal surface; the interior of the umbilicus also dark. Surface rather glossy but with a dull " bloom" as in some forms of G. Largilliertl, having slight wrinkles of growth and fine, subobso- lete, spiral strire. Spire straightly conic, the apex obtuse, whorls 6 to 6^, slightly convex, the last angular at the periphery, mod- erately convex beneath, but slightly descending in front. Aper- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547 ture wide, semicircular, banded within, somewhat oblique; peris- tome thin, narrowly expanded throughout, white-edged, the columellar margin dilated, purple-black, partially covering the umbilicus. Alt. 26^, diam. 25 mm. Alt. 24, diam. 221-23^ mm. Oshima (Amani-Oshima), Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 352. This charming species is closely related to G. Largillierti of Okinawa, and has also some superficial resemblance ^ to Eulota •calUzona var. Dixoni. It differs from the former in the larger umbilicus and the pyramidal rather than turbinate contour. A specimen I dissected has the exceedingly long' kidney and characteristic genitalia of Ganesella. As its close relationship to Largillierti is obvious, that species can no longer be placed in Eulota, as some authors have done, Trishoplita hilgendorfi var. tenuis nov. Closely resembling T. hilgendorfi (Kob. ), this'^form differs in being thinner with perceptibly larger aperture, and the surface is seen under a lens to be finely decussate, the fine growth-wrinkles being cut into spiral series of long granules. Pale corneous- brown, with inconspicuous darker streaks. Alt. 9|^, diam. 14-15 mm. Ibuki, Omi (xMr. Y. Hirase, No. 310c). Trishoplita coUinsoni var. okinoshimae nov. Similar to var. casta, but not papillose, distinctly decussate, especially beneath, with a reddish-chestnut band at the slightly angular periphery. Whorls 5| to 6. Alt. 10|, diam. 15 mm. Alt. 9, diam. 13 J mm. Okinoshima, Tosa. Type No. 81,884, Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 691 of Mr. Hirase' s collection. Kaliella praealta n. sp. Shell perforate, pyramidal, pale brown, the surface glossy and smooth. Spire very high, straightly conic, the apex obtuse, whorls 9, convex, the last angular at the periphery, convex beneath. Aperture semicircular, the lip thin as usual, columella vertical, triangularly dilated above. Alt. 4, diam, 2|- mm. Ryozen, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No, 743), 548 PKOCEKDI>fGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct., This species is distinguished among the crowd of Japanese Kaliellas by its high, pyramidal contour and numerous whorls. In outline it resembles Buliminopsis hirrita (Gude). It has not the minute vertical striation of most species of the genus. Kaliella kyotoensis n. sp. Shell imperforate, obtusely pyramidal, the apex obtuse ; thin, yellowish brown, smooth but rather dull, more glossy beneath. Whorls 6, very convex, the last rounded at the periphery and beneath, impressed around the axis. Aperture lunate, chiefly basal; peristome thin and acute, abruptly reflexed over the umbili- cal perforation. Alt. 3, diam. 3 mm. Kyoto (Mr. Y. Hirase). Much larger than nanodes, pagodii/oides or harimensis, and well rounded at the periphery. Kaliella modesta n. sp. Shell minutely perforate, similar to K. pagoduloide.s, but less elevated and larger. Whorls 4f , very convex, the last rounded at the periphery, impressed in the centre beneath. Sculpture of excessively fine, close, subobsolete strife, the base most minutely striate spirally. Aperture lunate. Alt. 2.4, diam. 2.7 mm. Oshima, Prov. Higo (Mr. Y. Hirase). Kaliella nahaensis (Gude). Naha (or Kafa), in southern Okinawa, on the west side. A new variety of this species is represented by specimens sent by Mr. Hirase from Kunchan, the northern province of Okinawa. It differs from nahaensis in being slightly smaller, with decidedly sharper striation; and may be called var. kunchana. Alycaeus satsumana n. sp. Shell with the general form of A. melano])oma, red-brown becoming pale-brown beneath. AVhorls 3-J, the first smooth and projecting nipple-like, the next spirally striate, the last 1^ whorls costulate, the riblets narrow, rather widely spaced and accompanied by spiral stria? on the first half of the last whorl, which then be- comes more swollen and sculptured with crowded riblets. At the end of the swollen portion the sutural process is given off. This is 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549 rather long and lies backward in the suture; the whorl is then rather strongly constricted and almost smooth, the riblets reappear- ing behind the lip. Aperture oblique, circular, peristome narrowly reflexed and doubled. Operculum thin, reddish-corneous, smooth externally. Alt. 2.3, diam. 3.7 mm. Kagoshima, Satsuma, Kiusiu (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 704), The " neck" is more constricted than in A. melanojyoma, and the operculum is thin. It differs in sculpture from the other Japanese species of Alycceus, which are all a good deal alike in form. Cyclophorus turgidus var. angulatus nov. Substance of the shell roseate ; thick and strong, distinctly angu- lar or carinated at the periphery ; interior orange or orange-red. Whorls 5. Alt. 23|, diam. 29 mm. Alt. 16, diam. 20 mm. Loo Choo (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 713). ^ 550 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Oct. A QUICK METHOD OF TESTING FOR GOLD. BY E. GOLDSMITH. The volcanic rocks of the crater in which the towns of Cripple Creek and Victor, Colo., are built, according to Mr. Moore, the chief mining engineer of the district, all contain gold. The rock mined, however, is thrown on the dump and many thousands of tons, not worked for the gold at j^resent, are piled up outside the mines. The vein gold, in the form of sylvanite, telluride, and prob- ably calaverite, is separated by hand from the gangue or rock and sent to the smelters for reduction. A specimen was secured from a depth of about 800 feet below the surface. Its general appear- ance was not very promising, inasmuch as the minerals were so finely divided tliat a mechanical separation for a test seemed ta involve a waste of time. Separation, melting and cupellation are practiced extensively and are well known. A quicker and simpler method for at least a qualitative determination of the gold in the rock can, 1 think, be devised. Since these and other gold com- pounds are very fusible, it seemed probable that the small particles of the gold salts may be fused together before the blowpipe in the rock, and by shaking and driving with the pointed flame larger globules may be formed. This proves to be the case. During the process the tellurium and selenium, if present along with other volatile bodies, are roasted, i. e., oxydized and expelled. The flame is bluish green. After the volatile substances are thus removed dark-colored globules project upward on the surface of the rock-splinter, which was about one inch long and a quarter of an inch thick. To clean these under the flame I covered the whole surface with cyanide of potassium, a reducing fire finishing this part of the work. The rock-splinter was disintegrated; it broke easily and the globules of dark metal could be picked up with the pointed pin- cette or separated with a knife. These were put into the agate mortar and pressed and rubbed with the pistil to thin plates. A 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PlIIl.A DELl'llIA. 551 little nitric acid was added and rubbed, then poured into a capsule; a second dose of nitric acid was given and worked as before. The gold appeared now, after washiug with water, in its bright yellow color. The acid solution, after settling, poured cleanly into a test- tube, gave with a few drops of hydrochloric acid the well-known white precipitate of chloride of silver soluble in ammonia. The gold was, as may be expected, in very thin plates, and, although not absolutely pure, showed the two distinct colors of the •metal — the fine yellow by reflected light, and the violet color when a ray of ordinary light passed through it and was observed under the microscope by sunlight. By artificial light the color is modified to a greenish tint. The test of a gold-containing mineral in a rock, as described above, can be made within ten minutes. The microscopic part of the test is, of course, unnecessary, as the gold can be seen as readily without it after the treatment with nitric acid. The ease and quickness of this blowpipe process^^and the little preparation required may recommend it to prospectors for gold ore, who, we are well aware, often overlook gold-containing min- erals in the absence of an easy and simple test. The above-described method, if followed, may be found helpful, inasmuch as no new instrument or apparatus is required. The finely and sparsely distributed gold compounds in the Crip- ple Creek volcanic rock have a similarity in appearance to com- mon pyrites. Iil volcanic rocks, therefore, wherein both minerals may occur, the gold and iron compounds present cau only be deter- mined by the application of the proper tests. 552 proceedixgs of the academy of [nov,, November 5. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty -seven persons present, A paper entitled " An Ecological Sketch of the Flora of Jamaica," by John W. Harshberger. was presented for publica- tion. Fasciolaria gigantea, subsp. reevei. — Dr. H, A. Pilsbry exhib- ited specimens from Little Sarasota Bay aud Clearwater Harbor, Fla., the former collected by Mr. Henry Hemphill, the latter by Dr. J. W. Velie, who in sending a sj)ecimen to the Academy had directed attention to the peculiarities of the form. Dr. Pilshry stated that the specimens are referable to the form described by Philippi' as Faseiolarla reevei Jonas. That form has been lost sight of by later observers. Those authors who have noticed it have con- sidered it to be a synonym of F. jj?';'?i.cej3S, a species of the Panamic zoological province, from which it differs in the gradual decrease in prominence of the sculpture with age aud the smooth operculum. It seems to be a local subspecies of F. gigantea, differing from that by its much smaller size, the obsolescence or absence of nodes on the last whorl, the longer and narrower anterior portion, etc. The shell reaches a length of 24 cm., and is covered with a dark cuticle, blackish-chestnut on the last whorl, yellowish-chestnut on the spire. Under this cuticle and in the mouth the shell is pale salmon-pink. Fine lirie may usually be felt deep in the aperture, but they are not colored as in F. prlnceps. November 12. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, iu the Chair. Twelve persons present. November 19. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown, Vice-President, in the Chair. Twenty-two persons present. A paper entitled " Some Arachnida from New Mexico," by Nathan Banks, was presented for publication. f ' Abbildungen und Beschreibungen neuer oder icenig beknimter Con- chylien, III, p. [121], Fasciolaria, PI. 3, fig. 2 (September, 1850). 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553 NoVEMBliR 26. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. , in the Chair, Twenty-one persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: " Cockscomb Fasciation of Pineapples," by John W. Harsh- berger. " Myctophum phengodes in the North Atlantic," by H. W. Fowler. " New Land Mollusks of the Japanese Empire," by Henry A. Pilsbry. The death of Thomas Meehan, Vice-President of the Academy, on the 19th inst., having been announced, the following minute was unanimously adopted : The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia is again called on to recoi'd its sense of loss in the death of one of its oldest and most devoted associates. Since Mr. Meehan's election to membership forty-one years ago he never neglected an opportunity to manifest his interest in the society, and for much the greater part of that period he gave freely of his time, means and best thought for the increase of its prosperity. His special care for the welfare of the Botanical Department was manifested with singular devo- tion until physical exertion was no longer possible, and the Academy is well aware that the present prosperous condition of the herba- rium is mainly due to his intelligent efforts. While his extraordinary accuracy as an observer and his clear- ness as a recorder of natural phenomena place a high value on his scientific work, he was personally endeared to his fellow-members by unfailing courtesy, integrity and generosity. Their regard enables them to appreciate the more fully the loss sustained by his wife and family, to whom they tender this assurance of their heartfelt commiseration. John M. Macfarlane, D.Sc. , was requested to prepare a bio- graphical notice of Mr. Meehan, to be read at a meeting of the Academy and published in the Proceedings. Messrs. Roswell C. Williams, Jr., Henry C. Savage, WiUiam B. Davis and S. Harbert Hamilton were elected members. T. D. A. Cockerell, of East Las Vegas, N. M., was elected a correspondent. The following were ordered to be printed: 654 FROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov.y AN ECOLOGICAL SKETCH OF THE FLOKA OF SANTO DOMINGO BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D. The it-land of Santo Domingo (Hispaiiola of Columbus) is politically divided into an eastern and a western portion. The eastern section, by far the largest, comprises the Republic of Santo Domingo, and the western area, the smallest, is dominated by the blacks of the Haitian Republic. The island of Santo Domingo is one of extreme fertility. Columbus, and travelers since, speak in the highest terms of the rare beauty and natural grandeur of the island, which has been called without exaggera- tion " The Queen of the Antilles." Topography. Hispanola by nature is the geographic centre of the Greater Antilles. Thomas Jefferys in 1760 said: " Its situation with respect to the rest of the Antilles is the most advantageous imag- inable, as it stands, you may say, in the centre of this great cluster of islands, and looks as if intended by nature to give laws to them. The other three great Antilles lie in such a manner as to prove its superiority, and their own dependence; for it has three points of land corresponding respectively to each island " (Puerto Rico, Cuba, Jamaica). Santo Domingo excels Puerto Rico, Cuba and Jamaica in altitude, diversity of configuration, picturesque aspect and natural fertility. It is continental in its topographic make-up, being the radiating centre of the great Antillean uplift. The outline of Hispanola is the most irregular of all the Greater Antilles, its periphery being nearly a thousand miles, its length 400 miles, and its breadth 160 miles. The great Gulf of Gonaives is enclosed by the western peninsulas, and is an immense semicircu- lar bay with a coast line of two hundred miles. Samana Bay on the northeast, Barahona Bay on the south coast and ^lanzanilla Bay on the north are also conspicuous indentations. Approached from the ocean, the island presents a huge mass of mountains 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPHIA. 55/) risiug precipitously from the sea, extendiDg in all directions and apparently jumbled up in hopeless confusion. The mountains consist of lofty forest-covered peaks, resembling the Alleghenies, the Alps or the Pyrenees, but with this difference, that they are always without snow. There are four ranges of mountains which run in a general east-and-west d'rection, as follows: The northern fragment is the Monte Cristi Range; the main orographic section, the Sierra Cibao, consists of lofty mountains, with the third range as an outlier toward the southwest, and the fourth mass is formed by the tall mountains of the southwestern peninsula. Between these ranges lie extensive fertile valleys, threaded by streams of limpid water. Many of these streams debouch on the plains which fringe the sea-coast, and irrigate those coastal areas which are more or less arid in condition, beiug shut off from the prevailing winds and rains by lofty mountain summits. There are many central valley plains in the island. The largest of these, lying between the Monte Cristi Range and the Coi'dillera Cibao, extends from the sea at the Haitian border to Samana Bay, its eastern prolongation. The western portion, watered by the Yaqui, is an arid region covered by chaparral, where arborescent opuntias and cereuses abound. The windward area, or eastern division, watered by the Yuna, is covered by beautiful deciduous plants. South of the Cibao Range is the extensive plain of Seylo, covered in part by open prairie and forest. The terraced Caribbean coast supports a belt of forest averaging twelve miles in width. The tension line between coastal forest and inland prairie is parklike in aspect, carpeted by green grass and dotted by clumps of trees. At Azua,^ the whole neighborhood is barren, dry and thorny. The only lakes are salt, occupying the east-and-west depression which sep- arates the southern peninsula of Haiti from the main portion of the island. This basin, formerly an oceanic inlet, is said to be inhabited still by sharks, porpoises and even crocodiles. The coutiguration of the Haitian division of the island appears an agglomeration of mountains, hills and valleys most irregular in form. There are precipices, deep hollows, vales apparently with- out outlet, but with water glistening below. The whole of the Republic is more or less mountainous. The La Haute Mountains are most noted and they form a continuation of the great axial sierra of the island. There are many beautiful slopes and valleys. 556 J'ltOCKEDINGS Ol' THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Those of Port-au-Priuce, Gonaives. Artibouite, Arcahaie. Port Margot, Leogane, Aux Cayes being the most famous. Three large islands are attached to the Haitian coast — Tortuga on the north, Gonave on the west are noted for their mahogany trees; L'lle-a- Vache on the south coast lies m a sound of the same name. Climate. The dry season covers the period of the year from October to April, when the temperature is some 10° lower thau during the so-called rainy season, which lasts from April to October, when rains fall, as a rule, late in the afternoons or evenings. In gen- eral, the climate of the island of Santo Domingo is most diversi- fied, presenting wide extremes of moisture, aridity and tem- perature. At the sea-level, in sheltered places, the heat is intense, but as one ascends the mountains of the interior the heat of the seaboard becomes moderated. At 1,600 feet, European and American travelers complain of cold at night, although there the mercury never falls below 45°, Rain is almost lacking on the lower slopes of sheltered mountains, but above 2,000 feet rains and dews are copious. The nights are from 10° to 20° cooler than the days. Ecology. The information for the following ecologic sketch was obtained from three sources: (1) The observations of the Avriter made upon the flora of Haiti during July, 1901, when he visited the island, stopping at four ports, viz.. Cape Haitien, Port-au-Prince, Aux Cayes and Jacmel; (2) The information gleaned by conversa- tion with inhabitants of the island familiar with its vegetation ; (3) A cai'cful perusal of Tippenhauer's book, Die Insel Haiti. It is impossible to give a detailed sketch of the phytogeography of the island of Ilispaiiola. It seems, therefore, best to assemble the species in an ecologic manner as a basis for a future work upon this rich and most luxuriant insular vegetation. Ilijdropluites. — Living along shore in the bays and shallow estua- ries is found an abundant mangrove vegetation. In Port-au-Prince Bay, at Cape Haitien, at Aux Cayes, are found extensive man- grove swamps and islands. The three trees concerned in forming the mangrove association are Rhizophora mangle L. , Avicennia 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF TfllLADELPHIA. 557 officinalis L. and Laguncularla racemosa Gaertn. Pistia stratiotes L. floats iu the fresh- water streams of the island, or loosely attached to the soil along their banks. Sagittaria lancifolia L. may also be classed as a hydrophyte. Mesophytes. — The plants composing the vegetation of a tropical forest are in superimposed layers, or stories. The different levels at which tropical plants grow is in direct response to the environ- mental conditions of light and moisture. These storied layers may be termed vegetal strata. It may be staled, iu this con- nection, as axiomatic, that in a tropical forest, when one ascends from the ground to the crowu of the dominant forest trees, as the light increases the moisture content ot the air decreases. On the ground in the forest, mosses, ferns and fungi abouud in the deep shadow and growing in the mould arising from fallen leaves and rotting Avood. In the forests, on the trees, ferns, aroids and orchids are found, while serpent-like lianes clamber from limb to limb and from tree to tree, uutil they reach abundant light in the crowns of the trees above. Epiphytes and parasites, more or less xerophytic in habit, are found iu the tops of the dominant species of trees. Forest Vegetation. — The richness of the tropical flora and the lush growth of the vegetation iu general is most marked in those situations that are exposed to the copious rains that fall during the summer months. The drenching rainfall, the richness of the soil in the mountain valleys and coastal plains are such as to encour- age to the highest degree a luxuriant fern and arboreal vegetation. Along the banks of streams occur Bamhusa vulgaris Schrad. , Heliconia sp. , Amomuni sp., and of the palms, Oreodoxa oleracea Mart., Thrinax argentea Lodd, 2\ ^xf/'ivy/ora Sw., Acroeomia sclerocarpa Mart., Euterpe oleracea Engelm. The component vegetation of damp Avoods consists of Musa sapientiim L. , 31. coecinea Andr., Heliconia bihai L., H. psitta- corum L., Arundo occidentalis Sieber, Canna edulis Ker-Gawl, Sivietenia mahagoni Jacq., Hmnatoxylon carapecJiianum L., Madura tinctoria D. Don., Cedrela odorata L., Artocarpus incisa L., Chrysophyllum cainito L , Catalpa longisshna Sims, Sloanea dentata L., Swartzia tomentosa D.C., Ilex obcordaia Sw., Ceerojjia pieltata L., and other arborescent species. The larger trees are draped by lianes of the following species: Passiflora caerulea L., P. lauri- o58 PROCKEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., Jolia L., p. perfoUata L., Aristolochla arborescens L. , Entada scandens Benth., Philodendron laceriim Schott. and Vitis carihosa D.C. Savanna Vegetation. — The green covering of the open park- like areas, or savannas, consists of grasses and other herbaceous plants. The grasses are of most interest from an economic stand- point and should be mentioned first. The following seem to be the chief components of the grassy stretches of savanna land: Paspalum platycaule Poir, P. distichum Linn., P. virgatum Linn., P. panieulatum Linn., Chloris ciliata S\v., C. crudata Sw., C. barbata Sw., Panicum colomim Linn., P. maximum Jacq. , P. hirsiduvi Sw., Andrcpogon saccharoides Sw., A. gracilis Spreng.^ A. fastigiatus Sw. , A. bicornis L. , A. leucostachys H. B. and K., Eragrostis ciliata, with herbaceous plants, Desmodium axillare D, C. and Boerhaavia erecta Linn. Epiphytes. — The large trees, such as the figs, the mahogany, the silk cotton, are loaded down with a considerable number of epiphytes belonging to the orchid, fern, cactus and aroid families. Foremost among these air-dwellers are two members of the natural order Cactacese, viz., Cereus triangularis Mill and Bhipsalis cas- sxjtha Gaertn., which live in the crotches or attached to the upper side of the limbs of tropical forest trees. Here are seen, also, Philodendron laccrum Schott., Polypodium aurenm L., Vittaria lineata Swartz, species of Epidendrum, and the following plants of the genus Tillandsia : T. angustifulia Sw., T. complanata Benth., T. biilbosa Hook., 1\ compressa Bert., T. excelsa Griseb., T. fasciculata ^w., T. fiexuosa Sw., T. fe.ca Griseb., T. pruinosa Sw., T. setacea Sw., T. usneoides Linn. The aerial life, therefore, seems to be of incontestible value to these plants. Here they are installed in a position which offers the largest amount of sunlight, and this advantage of increased illumination seems to outweigh any disadvantage which the species might have in running a constant risk of death by desiccation. Parasites. — There are a number of true parasites to be found attached to and living upon the trunk and limbs of various tropi- cal forest trees. Parasites of the genus Phoradendron, with rounded or four-cornered stems, opposite or whorled, palmately veined, leathery leaves, are among the most prominent. The following species of the genus have been recorded as occurring in iOOl.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559 the island: Phoradendron herterianum Nutt., P. fiavescens Nutt., P. schottu Nutt., P. ruhrum Nutt. The geuus Dendrophthora (formerly included in Arceuthobium) consists of parasites, that arc represented in the Santo Doraingan flora by Dendrophthora cupressoides Eichl., D. grac'ile Eichl., D. opmitioides Eichl. Xerophytes. — The writer has briefly alluded to the stretches of country that may be said to be of arid nature in referring to the topography of Santo Domingo. These desertic areas are usually found on the slopes of mountains and in valleys that are sheltered by their position from the prevalent summer rains. These rains may be denominated trade-wind rains, because they owe their origin to the strong evaporation of water within the zone of the trades. If the trade wind encounters a mountainous island, or a bald continental coast, the ascent of air over such obstructions cools it, and the water in the clouds, thus formed, descends as rain. For this reason the windward slopes of Santo Pomingo are well watered, while the leeward slopes are comparatively dry. Again, if the trade winds blow over a land of moderate elevation no precipitation occurs, but the winds reduce its surface to a dry desert by depriving it of moisture. In the Republic of Haiti, as well as in that of Santo Domingo, there are many arid situations which owe their barrenness to just such causes. Consequently in such arid districts we naturally look for a xerophytic flora. The species which exist in such situations are the following: Opuntia tuna Mill., 0. spinossissima Mill., Cereus moniliformis D.C. , C. fjrandiflorus Mill., Nopalea coccinellifera Salm Dyck, Mammillaria simplex Haw., Melocactus communis Link and Otto, Pereskia aculeata Mill. To this list of succulents belonging to the cactus order should be added several other fleshy plants, viz., Agave sobo- lifera Salm Dyck and Aloe vulgaris Lam. The arid hillsides are generally covered, in addition to the xex'ophytes mentioned above, with thickets of Acacia far nesianaWiWd., A. spha;roccphala Cham. and Schlecht., the mezquite, Prosopis juliflora D. C, Yucca aloifolia Linn, and Yucca gloriosa Linn. The native flora has been undisturbed on the slopes of the higher mountains inland. Some of the most valuable timber trees have been removed, but cutting them has rather improved the botanical interest of the country, because the smaller plants have thus had a chance^ to grow. Around the dwellings, however, and in the 500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , cultivated valleys, great changes have been worked in the flora. The indigenous plants have been slowly replaced by introductions from tropical and temperate climes. A. typical valley which has been modified by human agency was visited by the writer near the town of Cape Haitien, on the north coast of the island. A description of the flora of this valley will serve to illustrate the influence of cultivation upon the primitive surroundings. The ravine in question is situated just back of the town of Cape Haitien, between the mountain of the cape and the main range to the south and southwest. A mountain stream of limpid water runs down through the depression, and a bridle path winds its way to the top of the hills overlooking the sea. Both banks of the brook are covered with arborescent vegetation, except where the gardens of houses are found, or where banana plantations are made. The following trees are met in the rich soil of the valley: The bread-fruit, Artocarpus incisa Linn. ; the star-apple, Chrysophyllum eainito Linn. ; the mango, Mangijera indica Linn. ; the banana, Musa sapientum Linn. ; the bamboo, Bambusa vulgaris Schrad. ; the coffee, Coffea arahica Linn. : the guava, Fsidium guajava Ijiun.; the trumpet tree, Cecropia peltata Linn.; the chocolate, Theohroma cacao Linn. ; the alligator pear, Persea gratisdma Gaertn. The banana fields are planted on the steep declivities and consist of a pure growth without the admixture of coffee plants and chocolate shrubs. Along the roadside are found the following : Adiantamjiedatwn Linn., Asp/eniuni jjeUucidum (f), Argemone mexicana Liun., Lepidium virginieum Linn., Mimosa jmdica Linn., Momordka cliarantia Linn., Hibiscus trilobus Aubl. An occasional small maize field is interspersed with banana plantations. The gardens of the houses along these roads are not rich in species or in showy plants. Most of them sufier from neglect. There is an apparent poverty of decorative plants and a great uniformity is noticeable in the garden plants of adjacent properties. A list of a few garden plants may here be given : Musa sapientHm Linn., Hibiscus esculentus Linn., H. sabdariffa Linn., Lycopersicum esculentum Mill., Solanum melongena Linn., Cucurbita pej)o Linn., Gynandropsis pentaphylla D. C, Capsicum annuum Linn., C baccatum Linn., Zingiber officinale Rose, Dioscorea alata Linn., Punica granatum Linn., Fragaria vesca Linn. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561 Near Port-au-Prince a hillside was visited^which supported au almosti pure growth of lignum vitte, Guaiacum officinale Linn.; the mezquite, Prosopis jxdlflora D. C, and the acacias, Acacia S2)hcero- cephaki Cham, and Schlecht., Acacia faimesianaWiUd., while on rocky outcrops in open places in these woods was found a growth of yuccas, probably Yucca aloifolia Linn. This brief sketch of the ecology of the flora of Santo" Domingo suffices to show that an interesting and profitable field of investiga- tion lies at the doors of the American botanist. The West Indies, in their varied topographical configuration, are especially adapted for philosophical inquiry into the causes which have influenced the distribution of plants on the Korth American continent. The writer believes, since his visit to Haiti and Jamaica, that the solu- tion of this phyto-geographic problem will follow a careful biologi- cal survey of the fauna and flora of the Greater and Lesser Antilles. 36 562 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., NEW LAND MOLLUSKS OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY'. Alycaeus tanegasliimae n. sp. Shell similar in shape to A. harimensis. Pale brown, the early whorls orange-red, or uniform whitish-corneous. Whorls 3^, the last slowly descending, moderately constricted, then swollen again. Sculpture of crowded rib-strise, finer at the constriction; no spiral strire. Aperture very oblique, circular, the peristome double. Operculum nearly smooth, the edges of the whorls slightly pro- jecting. Alt, 1.7. diam. 3 mm. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 723). Closely related to A. harimensis, but that is a much larger species. Carychium pessimum n. sp. Shell very minute, corneous-white, fusiform-conic, minutely striate. • AVhorls 4f . convex. Aperture ovate, the peristome well expanded, very much thickened within, with a strong tooth-like prominence just above the middle of the outer lip, marked by a groove behind the lip. Columella truncate below, the coluraellar lamella small, receding. Length 1.8 mm. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 729). This species is smaller and less conically tapering than C. nodu- liferum Reinh. The columellar lamella is smaller, much less prominent than in either C. noduliferum or C. cymatoplax. Macrochlamys dulcis n. sp. Shell depressed, brownish -yellow, rather transparent, narrowly perforate. Surface brilliantly glossy, weakly marked by growth- lines, and under a strong lens seen to be engraved with excessively fine, crowded spiral Hues, which are obsolete on the upper and peripheral portions of the last whorl. Spire a little convex, nar- row. Whorls 4^, sldwly widening, the last very wide, concave at 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 56''> the suture, rouuded peripherally and less so beneath, narrowly impressed around the umbilical perforation. Aperture large, but slightly oblique, very broadly lunate; peristome simple, a little retracted at the upper insertion, basal margin straightened, the coluraellar margin short, subvertical, dilated. Ait. 6, greater diara. 11^, lesser 10 mm. Nachi, Pvov. Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 785). Well marked by the narrow perforation, small spire, sculpture and the shape of the aperture. M. perfmgills Pils. of Kunchan, Okinawa, is a closely related species, differing in the much larger size, smaller perforation, etc. Eulota (Plectotropis) pannosa n, sp. Shell similar to trochula A. Ad. in general shape; light brown, somewdiat translucent. Surface slightly shining, sculptured with very minute spiral strise under sparsely scaly oblique cuticular striae, with, at the periphery, a long, ragged fringe of flattened filaments, triangular at their bases. Spire low-conic. Whorls slightly over 6, slowly and regularly increasing, a little convex, acutely carinate peripherally, convex beneath, being elevated and subangular around the deep, broadly open umbilicus; the last whorl very slightly descending in front. Aperture oblique, the peristome hardly expanded above, thickened within and expanded and somewhat reflexed below. Alt. 8J, diam. (exclusive of fringe) 17 mm.; width of umbili- cus (from suture to suture) 4^ mm. Atsumi, Prov. Uzen (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 773). This s|)ecies differs from E. trochula in being much more angular around the umbilicus, trochula being rounded there. E. vulgivaga is a more solid shell, with the umbilicus wider and the base more convex. Eulota (Plectotropis) deflexa n. sp. Shell small, biconvex, widely and openly umbilicate, brown. Surface dull, sculptured with subobsolete, fine spiral stride and slight spaced growth-wrinkles, bearing a few cuticular threads and scales above, more numerous short scales beneath, with a peripheral fringe of flattened, ragged filaments. Spire low-conic. Whorls 5^, the first ]^ convex, following whorls less so, the last whorl acutely carinate, descending near the aperture for some distance and rather 564 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , deeply below the keel; the base convex, subangular around the umbilicus. Aperture oblique, rounded, the peristome arcuate, unexpanded and thin above, narrowly expanded and subreflexed below the periphery, the margins approaching, separated by the nearly straight parietal margin, which forms less than one-fourth the total circumference of the peristome. Alt. 5.5, diam. 10.8 mm.; width of umbilicus (from suture to suture) 3 mm. Tobishima, Prov. Ugo (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 774). This species is related to Eulota {PlectotrojiLs) cenmla Gude, but it is smaller with fewer whorls, the last descending in front and with a developed, though usually incomplete, peripheral fringe. E. defiexa is also less conic above, and the nepionic 1^ whorls pro- ject somewhat. Eulota (.ffigista) aperta var. cavata "ov. Larger and more elevated than aperta, with 6J to 6f whorls, the umbilicus larger, more widely open. Aperture more oblique, the basal margin more deeply arcuate. Alt. 9, diam. 16, width of umbilicus 6 mm. Alt. 8, diam. 17, width of umbilicus 6h mm. Tomisato, Kii (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 761). This form approaches E. {jE). The absence of spiral lines on the slightly dull, silken surface, the closure of the umbilicus, and the crest behind the lip all mark this as a species distinct from the G. japonica series. The smaller specimens are obtusely subangular in front. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 567 Ganesella japonica var. granulosa "ov. In this race the shell is trochiform, umbih'cate, strongly carinate at the periphery, irregularly wrinkle-striate, minutely, very obso- letely granulose, with some faint spiral lines or none. It is light brown, not corneous or corneous-brown, as in japonica. Two forms have been received, a larger and smaller. Alt. 14, diam. 19 mm. (large form, No. 5136 of Mr. Hirase's Coll.). Alt. 13, diam. 14^ mm. (small form. No. 513c of Mr. Hirase's Coll.). Alt. 11, diam. 15 mm, (small form. No. 513c of Mr. Hirase's Coll.). Ibuki Mountain, Prov. Omi. The small form occurs also at Kyoto. Ganesella japonica var. carinata Pilsbry and A. Gulick, nov. This is a large, very strongly carinate shell, openly umbilicate, yellowish-corneous, and finely striate spirally like G. japonivd. Whorls 5J to nearly 6. Alt. 18, diam. 26 mm. Alt. 16, diam. 23 mm. Ibuki, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 513a). Types No. 79,202, Coll. A. N. S. P. This is apparently the "Helix patnielis Ad.," "H. tabuensis Ancey," of authors; but after a careful examination of the evidence, a year or two ago, Mr. Gulick and I concluded that it could not be identical with the form described by Adams and renamed by Ancey. It is apparently an independent local moun- tain race of G. japonica. The sculpture, paler color, and less trochiform shape separate it from the large form of G. japonica granulosa, which is apparently a parallel modification of the papillose or granular type of the G. japonica stock. 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., SOME ARACHNIDA FROM NEW MEXICO, BY NATHAN BANKS. The following list of New Mexican Araclmida is based chiefly on material collected during the past few years by Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell. A few species were collected by his wife and son. Prof. C. H. T. Townsend, when connected with the New Mexico Agricultural Experiment Station, collected and sent to me a small lot of spiders from the vicinity of Las Cruces. The late Mr. Hugo Soltau sent me a very interesting collection from Albu- querque, containing a number of forms not taken by others. I have added the few species recorded by other writers from Nevv Mexico, but not seen by me. The total sums up to 148 species, nineteen of which appear to be new and are here described. The leading groups may be tabulated as follows: Araneida, 123 Phalangida, 6 Pseudoscorpionida, 3 Scorpiouida, 2 ^. Solpugida, 3 Acax'ina, 11 Total, 148 The spiders are included in seventeen families; the leading family in point of numbers is the Attidoe with twenty- tAvo species; the others are : Thomisida) with sixteea, Thei'idiidte with sixteen, Epeiridse with thirteen, and the Lycosidse with ten species. Of especial interest are the species of Paehylomerus, Meriola, Corlnna, Oxyopes, Fuentes and Taraais. The list shows many northern as well as southern forms. The species of Northern distribution are mostly from Beulah and Las Vegas. The Southern forms come mostly from Mesilla and Las Cruces. Of the species of northern distribution, many of which occur across the northern part of our country, attention may be drawn to the following forms : 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF riULADELPllIA. 5G*J Drassodes robustus, Piecilochroa montamt, Gnaphosa cunspersa, Titanceca americana, Grammonota pictilis, Telracjnatha extensa, JEpeira aculeata, Xysticus mo)itane)isis, Lycosa modeda, Pardosa gladalis, Icius simllii, llahroeestum oregonense and Phalangium cinereum. These species ally the fauna very strongly to that of Colorado. The Southern element coutaius several species not previously known from north of the Mexican boundary. The most charac- teristic of these species are Physocydus globosus, Gnaphosa distinda, Sysjnra sp., Dictyiia texana, Epeira nepkiloides, Epeira oaxensis, Ebo mexicana, Olios fasdculatus, Phidippus bicolor, Sadala distinda, Ammotrecha peninsxdana and Lit hyp hantes fulvKS. There does not appear to be any particular connection between this fauna and that of Arizona, although, of course, there are a number of foi'ms com- mon to both. These forms are such as are rather widely distributed in the West. Of the six harvest-men, one is a northeastern form, one a northwestern one, two are typical Colorado species, and two are known chiefly from New IMexico. Of the three Pseudoscorpions, one is a typical Colorado species and two are Cahfornia forms. The collection, as a whole, contains few bright-colored species, and none are of very large size. In fact, many of the specimens are smaller than those from more noi'therly regions. Mr. Cockerell gives the following notes on localities : (1) The Mesilla Valley, about 3,800 feet, includes Mesilla Park and Mesilla (collections by Cockerell) and Las Cruces (collections by Townsend; a few specimens by Cockerell). These places are all close together, and are in the Middle Sonorau zone. (2) Organ Mountains; collections at La Cueva and Fillmore Caiion by Townsend, and at Dripping Spring by Cockerell, These mountains may be considered LTpper Sonoran ; they form the eastern boundary of the Mesilla Valley. (3) White Mountains; collections by Townsend. This includes the localities cited as Ruidoso creek and Eagle creek. The moun- tains form an isolated range of considerable altitude, and possess some endemic mollusca, at least. (4) Albuquerque; collections by Soltau. This is Upper Son- oran. (5) Las Vegas; collections by Cockerell. This has an altitude of about 6,400 feet, and is Upper Sonoran, tinged with Transi- 570 rROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV.^ tioD. Las Vegas Hot Springs (collection by Cockerell) is more decidedly Transition. (6) Santa Fe (collections by Cockerell) is Transition. Altitude 7, 000 feet. (7) Beulah, Sapello Caiion (collections by Cockerell), is in the Las Vegas range, and has an altitude of about 8,000 feet. This belongs to the Canadian zone; the only other arachnids of this zoae listed are some from the White Mountains. (8) Top of range between the Sapello and Pecos rivers, about 11,000 feet; collection by Cockerell. This belongs to the Hud- sonian zone. THERAPHOSID^. Eurypelma steindachneri Ausserer. Eurypclma steindacJinei'i Ansaerev, Yerh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875, p. 199. A male and young female, collected by Prof. Townsend, without definite locality. Mr. Cockerell states that it is common in the Mesilla Valley. Pachylomerus modestus "• sp. Cephalothorax and mandibles shining black; abdomen dull black above, no markings; sternum and coxse yellow-brown; legs blackish, tarsi paler; tibia and tarsus of palpus pale; spinnerets pale. Cephalothorax broad, truncate in front, surface finely and uniformly granulate, from the eye-region backward there are two submedian lines. Posterior eye-row procurved; the P. M.E. fully three times their diameter apart, and touching the slightly larger P.S.E. ; anterior eye-row strongly procurved, the A. M.E. equal to the P.M.E., rather more than their diameter apart, closer to the much larger A.S.E. Dorsum of abdomen corrugate. Tibia of male palpus about three and one-half times as long as broad, somewhat swollen below at base, palpal organ of usual form, the stvlet very long, curved before middle and again at tip. Eight short spines in the inner row on the inner side of tibia L Length 12 mm. One male, collected by Townsend, probably near Las Cruces.] FILISTATIDJE. Filistata Mbernalis Hentz. Filistata Mbernalis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., IV, p. 237 (1843). Several females from Albuquerque (Soltau), and two males 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPIHA. 571 from Prof. Townsend, without definite locality. The male (as T. capitata) is recorded by Dr. Marx. SOYTODIDJE. Scytodes thoracioa (Latrcilk). Aranea tJioracicn Latreille, Tabl. Meth. ties Ins , p. 134 (1804). Dr. Marx identifies this among material sent him by Prof. Townsend. Loxosceles unicolor Kcyserling. Loxosceles unicolor K^jsevMng, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1887, p. 474. Described from New Mexico, and I have one specimen collected by Prof. Townsend; also recorded by Dr. Marx. PHOLOID^. Psilochorus puUulus (Hentz). Therkllon puUtilum Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., VI, p. 282 (1850). Pholcus coriiutus Keyserling, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1887, p. 208. Two males from Albuquerque; the species appears to be moder- ately common in the Southwest. Physocyclus globosus (Taczanowski). Pholms globosus Taczanowski, Horsse Soc. Entom. Ross., Vol. X, p. 105 (1874). Pholcus gibbosus Keyserling, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1877, p. 208. One female from Mesilla Park, April; young from Las Cruces. DRASSID.,^. Prosthesima atra (Hentz). Berpyllus atra Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., V, p. 455 (1846). Several examples from Albuquerque (Soltau) and from first Ruidoso camp, Eagle creek, White Mountains, third week in August. Prosthesima cockerelli u. sp. Cephalothorax nearly uniform pale yellowish-brown, a black marginal line and around anterior eyes black; the mandibles and sternum more red-brown; the legs pale yellow-brown, the tibise and beyond of anterior legs* more red -brown; abdomen gray above, blackish on sides and behind, below more yellowish; spinnerets pale; epigynum red-brown; the male with a yellow shield on base of abdomen above. The cephalothorax is quite narrow in front; posterior eye-row nearly straight; P.M.E. o72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , round, fully diameter apart, about same distauce from the equal P.S.E. ; A.M.E. much larger thau P.M.E., much less than diameter apart, and much closer to the rather smaller A. S. E. Mandibles rather long. Legs of moderate length, tibire I and II with one spine below at middle and a pair at tip, these metatarsi with a pair near the base; tarsi and metatarsi slightly scopulate; one spine above on base of tibia III. Sternum narrowed in front, pointed behind. Abdomen quite large, depressed, nearly twice as long as broad, with some stiff black bail's at base; the epigynum shows a broad area divided in front, and behind enclosing a trian- gular septum. The tibia of male palpus shows on the outer side a slender projection, the tip of which is slightly recurved. Length 9 10 mm., cj^ 8 mm. Several specimens from Mesilla Park (Cockerell). Prosthesima blanda Banks. Prosthesima blanda Banks, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., 1892, p. 18. Two specimens (one immature) from Albuquerque. Previously known from Ithaca, N. Y., and Colorado. Drassodes robustus (Emcrton). Drassus robushis Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., VIII, p. 15 (1890). Several specimens, none quite adult, from Albuquerque, also Las Vegas, February. They agree with Colorado specimens, and there is no probability that an adult would show a different vulva. This species extends across the country from New Hampshire to Washington. Foecilochroa montana Emerton. Pmeiloehroa montana Emerton, Trans. Conu. Acad. Sci., YIII, p. 11 (1890). One female from first Ruidoso camp. White IMountains, latter half of July. A sub-boreal species, known from New Hamp- shire, northei'n New York, Colorado and Washington. Gnaphosa conspersa Thorcll. Gnaphosa conspersa Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, No. 2, p. 489 (1877). One female from Beulah. Gnaphosa distincta Banks. Gnaphosa distincta Banks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 3d Ser., Zool., Vol. I, p. 222 (1898). Two specimens from the White IMountains appear to belong to 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHFA. .57-> this Mexican species, not previously recorded from the United States. Gnaphosa hirsutipes n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellow-brown, darker around eyes, margin black, at base of pars cephalica are two oblique blackish spots, more or less distinct. Mandibles and sternum red-brown, the latter with dark margin. Legs pale yellow-brown, the tarsi rather darker. Abdomen uniform light brown above, below rather paler, spinnerets yellowish; epigynum reddish. Posterior eye-row slightly recurved, P.M.E. oval, oblique, at hind ends about their short diameter apart, nearly twice as far from the slightly larger P.S.E. ; anterior eye-row shorter, straight; A.M.E. no larger than P.M.E., about diameter apart, and plainly closer to the slightly larger A.S.E. Legs short and stout, quite thickly clothed with fine hairs, very few spines, none under tibia I, one at tip under metatarsus I, a fine one at tip of tibia II, and one at tip of metatarsus II. Sternum short and broad, truncate in front, rounded behind; abdomen depressed, one and one-half times longer than broad, truncate at base where there are many stiff hairs. The epigynum shows a cavity, narrow behind; the anterior part mostly filled by a broad, tapering septum. Length 8 mm. Two females from Albuquerque (Soltau). Micaria albocincta n- sp. Cephalothorax uniform dark red-brown : mandibles nearly black ; sternum black; legs yellow-brown, tips of tarsi yellow, femora I and II dark brown, base of femur III also dark; abdomen black, covered with iridescent scales, a narrow median white band extend- ing well down on each side, and an indistinct one near base. Cephalothorax moderately slender; P.M.E. round, nearly twice their diameter apart, slightly more than the diameter from larger P.S.E. ; A.M.E. a little larger than P.M.E., scarcely the diam- eter apart, closer to the equal A.S.E. ; quadrangle of M.E. higher than broad. Tibite I and II each with a pair of spines at base, a pair at middle, and a single one at tip, none on metatarsi; metatarsi and tarsi beneath with scant scopula of clavate hairs. Abdomen fully twice as long as broad, not constricted in middle. Length 5.7 mm. 574 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , One specimen from Beulah (Cockerell) ; another from top of Las Vegas range, 11,000 feet, last of June. CLUBIONID^. Chiracanthium inclusum (Hentz). Cluhiona inclusa Hentz, Jour. Best. Soc. N. H., V, p. 451 (1846). Some immature specimens from Mesilla Park (Cockerell). Anyphaena sp- One immature specimen from Mesilla Park, January, and another from Mesilla. It has a black clypeus and black mandibles, a brown stripe on each side of the cephalothorax, broadest behind; and two rows of connected spots on the dorsum of abdomen, united behind. It is possibly A. futilis Banks, a Mexican species. Gayenna marginalis n. sp. Cephalothorax yellowish, margin black, two black stripes above, not reaching hind margin, and two within these near eyes, eyes on black spots; mandibles pale yellowish; legs yellowish, femora with three incomplete narrow black rings, two on the tibite, and some spots on the hind pairs of metatarsi. Sternum pale, margined with brown; abdomen pale gray, quite densely marked above with pale brown spots, those on the sides being oblique dashes ; venter with a dark stripe each side, and a bi'oader median one, all ending at the ventral furrow. P. M.E. scarcely their diameter apart, barely closer to the rather smaller P.S.E. ; A.M.E. much smaller, not one-half their diameter apart, and fully as close to the subequal A.S. E. Tibia I below with five spines in front and four behind; tibia II with four in front and three behind ; meta- tarsi I and II with three pairs beneath. Length 6 mm. One female from near Beulah, March, 8,000 feet altitude (Cockerell). Meriola inornata n. sji. Cephalothorax, mandibles and sternum dark red-brown; legs pale yellowish, fore pairs little, if any, darker; abdomen above and below pale yellowish, a faint basal brown spear-mark. Cephalo- thorax and sternum rugosely granulate; posterior eye-row nearly straight, P. M.E. about their diameter apart, no closer to the rather smaller P.S.E. ; A.M.E. equal to P.M.E., nearly their 1901.] XATCRAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELI'IIIA. 575 diameter apart, much closer to the nearly equal A.S.E. ; quad- raugle of M.E. a trifle broader than high. Mandibles large and slightly porrect; sternum truncate in front; hind coxa) widely separated. Legs quite long and slender, no spines, but with many hairs ; beneath on tibiae, metatarsi and tarsi are rows of serrated, semi-clavate hairs, each arising from a pointed granule; these are most evident on anterior legs. Abdomen slightly depressed, about one and one-half times as long as broad, nearly truncate at base. The epigynum shows two elliptical approximate marks be- neath the surface, in each outer posterior corner is a black circular cavity, between them are two smaller black dots from which lines extend to the furrow. Length 3.5 mm. One female from Albuquerque (Soltau). Thargalia modesta n. s]\ Cephalothorax pale reddish yellow, black around the eyes; man- dibles and femora like cephalothorax, rest of legs pale yellowish, except the fourth pair, which have the tibise and metatarsus brown, the former pale on base and tip; sternum brown; venter black; palpi pale yellow; abdomen black, with black hairs and scales, a white band at base, a spot each side behind this band, and a nar- row white baud before the middle. Cephalothorax quite long and blender, about the length of tibia plus patella IV ; head not ele- vated. Posterior eye-row procurved; P. M.E. round, nearly twice their diameter apart, over diameter from equal P. S.E, ; anterior row shorter, nearly straight, A. M.E about their diameter apart, closer to the equal A.S.E., S.E. about diameter apart and sub- equal ; quadrangle of M.E. much higher than broad, broader behind than in front. Abdomen scarcely longer than the cephalothorax, broadly rounded behind, with a horny shield at base. Length ? 6 mm. One female from Albuquerque (Soltau). Thargalia ^p- One immature specimen from Dripping Springs, Organ Moun- tains, in April. Probably represents an undescribed species, Corinna bicalcarata Simon. Coriana bicalcarata Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1896, p. 416. One female from Las Cruces. It was described from Arizona, 576 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Phrurolithus •^p- Two specimens, both females, from the White Mountains, first Ruidoso camp, latter half of July. Very near P. pacjnatus Emer. , and quite possibly identical ; a male from Las Vegas, February. Syspira sp. One immature specimen from a deep hole in the ground, Janu- ary 24, at Mesilla Park. Like aS'. tigrma but paler, yet may, be identical; both of the described species come from Lower Cali- fornia, and this is the first record of the genus in our country. AGALENID^. Agalena longistylus n. sp. Cephalothorax pale yellowish, with a brown stripe each side, broadest behind, leaving a pale median area, narrower behind; side margins narrowly brown; eyes on black spots; mandibles yellowish brown; sternum yellowish, broadly margined with brown ; legs pale yellowish, femora marked with oblique brown spots, tibise and metatarsi brown at tips; abdomen brown, a broad pale area above, enclosing a brown basal spear-mark ; venter yellowish brown, a brown line on each side; upper spinnerets brown, last joint long and slender like that of A. ncevia. Structure similar to A. ncevia, but the stylet of the male palpus is very much longer, making two full circles, the outside process is proportionally larger and sharper pointed, the tibia extends over the base of tarsus as in ^. n- Three immature specimens of a species new to the United States, but may be young of some Mexican form. It has the anterior legs evenly sprinkled with red dots, and many similar dots on cephalo- thorax and dorsum of abdomen ; the cephalothorax has a dark stripe on each side. Taken in White Mountains, one-half mile below forks, August 6, sweeping ; another, nearly adult, from one-half mile below first Ruidoso camp, August 4, by sweeping. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585 Ebo mezioana Banks. BJbo mexicaaa Banks, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 3d Ser., Zool., Vol. I, p. 265 (1898). Several sj^ecimeas from Mesilla Park, January. Among them is the male, not previously known; it is a little smaller than the female, but marked like it. Previously recorded only from Her- mosillo, Mex., but I have some specimens from El Paso, Tex. Thanatus coloradensis KcysLTlin.u:. Thanatus coloradensis Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, La'terigradse, p. 206 (1880). A pair from Las Cruces (Townsend). Readily separated from T. 7'ubicundm by the fact that the eyes of the anterior row are of equal size; in the latter species the side eyes are much larger than the median ones. Thanatus rubicundus Keyscrlius. Thanatus rubicundus Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, p. 204 (1880). Two specimens from Beulah. Tibellus duttoni (Heutz). Thomisua duttoni Hentz, Jour. Best. See. N". H., V., p. 488 (1846). Several specimens from Albuquerque (Soltau),'"ancl^Mesilla Park and Beulah (Cockerell) ; young from Las Vegas. PMlodromus alaskensis Keyserling. Philodromus alaskensis Keyserling, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 674. An immature specimen from Las Vegas (Cockerell). Philodromus spectabilis Keyserling. Philodromus spectabilis Keyserling, Die Spinn. Amer., I, p. 210 (1880). ^ Several specimens, mostly immature, from Mesilla Park, in January. Philodromus inquisitor Thorell. Philodromus inquisitor Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, 2, p. 502 (1877). One female from top of Las Vegas range, 11,000 feet, last week in June. SPARASSID^. Olios fasoiculatus Simon.' Olios fasciculatus ^imoxi, Act. Soc.Linn. Bord., XXXIV, p. 307 (1880). Olios giganteus Keyserling, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 681. xin immature specimen from La Cueva, Organ Mountains, Sep- tember. 586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , Olios abnormis Keyserling. Olios ahnormis Keyserling, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. "Wien, 1883, p. 679. The species was described from Santa Fe, N. M. Olios concolor Keyserling. Olios concolor Keyserling Verli. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 682. This species was described from Pimta del Aqua, N. M. OTENID^. Ctenus hibernalis Hentz. Ctemis hibernalis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc. X. H., IV, p. 393 (1843). This is recorded from New Mexico in Dr. Marx's Catalogue. LYCOSID^. Lycosa helluo Walckenaer. Lycosu helluo Walckenaer, Ins. Apt., I, p. 337 (1837). Lycosa babingtoni Blackwall, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 30, (1846). Lycosa nidcola Emerton, Trans. Conn. Acad., VI, 482 (1885). One female and several young from Albuquerque; apparently identical with Eastern specimens. Lycosa modesta (Thorell). Tarentula modesta Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Saw. Terr, III, No. 2, p. 520 (1877). Several specimens from Beulah. Lycosa coloradensis Banks. Lycosa coloradensis Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 1894, p. 50. Two specimens from Las Cruces, not quite adult. Lycosa e^p Two immature specimens from Las Vegas, limestone ledges by Gallinas river. The cephalothorax is dark brown, with three pale stripes, the median the broadest, and of nearl}^ equal width from eye-region to tip; sternum dark; coxse pale, legs more or less marmorate above with brown, the hind tibia broadly bauded at base and tip with black; abdomen discolored. Lyoosa caroliniensis Ilentz. Lycosa caroliniensis Hentz, Jour. Bost. Soc, Nat. Hist., IV, p. 230 "(1843). One adult male, fully colored, from Eagle creek canon, AVhite Mountains, August 15; under a log. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 587 Troohosa parva Banks. Trochosa parvn Banks, Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1894, p. 52. Several examples from Albuquerque (Soltau), Beulah (Cockerell), aud Eagle creek camp, White Mountains, third week in August. Trochosa cmerea (Fabricius). Araneus cinereus Fabricius, Entom. Syst. II, p. 42:5 (1793). A female from Las Cruces, September 2; at light. Trochosa sp. One female of a pale species from Albuquerque. It is appar- ently new, but does not show any marked characters in this sex. Pardosa glacialis (TlioroU). Lycom glacialis Thorell, Ofv. K. Vetensk.-Akad. Forli., 1872, p. 159. Lycosa concinna Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, No. 2, p» 506 (1877). One male and several young from Albuquerque, aud adults from summit of range between the Pecos and Sapello rivers, August, July. Pardosa sternalis (Thorell). Lycosa sternalis Thorell, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., Ill, No. 2, p. 504 (1877). Pardosa luteola Emerton, Traus. Conn. Acad., IX, p. 427, 1894. One male from the White Mountains. OXYOPID^J. Oxyopes pictipes n. sp. Cephalothorax uniform gray-brown on sides and in front, eye- region black, above a broad pale area, broader in front than behind, with a narrow median extension forward to the eyes, and each side at base of pars cephalica is a short extension, in front on the clypeus is a small median pale spot; mandibles dark brown ; palpi pale, banded with black; legs pale, a longitudinal black line beneath on the femora of anterior pairs, apical halves of all femora mostly black, patellae mostly black, bands on middle aud apex of tibiae, and on base, middle and apex of metatarsi, black. Sternum pifle ; coxae dark ; venter mostly black ; dorsum of abdo- men pale, nearly interrupted beyond middle by an extension upward of the black sides. Head of the cephalothorax rather high, sloping off gradually behind. Posterior eye- row procurved; P. M.E. about twice their diameter apart and fully as far from 588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , the e. Several specimens from Beulah. Very similar to R. simjilex, but, I think, different. Tetranychus bimaculatus Harvey. Tetrani/chxs bimaculatus Harvey, Kept. Me. Exp. Sta., f. 1892 (1893), p. 133. Specimens from Mesilla Park on violet leaves (in cultivation) appear to belong to this common species. They were found by 596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV., Mr, Fabian Garcia, and the species was doubtless imported with the violets. Tetranychus desertorum Banks, TetranychuK desertorum Banks, Bull No. 8, Tecb. Ser., Div. Entom., U. S. Depfe. Agric, p. 76 (1900). Described from specimens from Mesilla Park on Larrea tn'den- tata and Phacelia crenulata. The latter, at least, were probably collected by Prof. J. D. Tinsley. Mr. Cockerell says the Phacelia was doubtless P. intermedia Wooton, until recently confused with P. crenulata. Bryobia pratensis (iarman. Bryobia pratensis Garman, 14th Rept. State Entom. Ill, p. 73 (1885). Prof. Cockerell has seen it from various parts of the Territory — Mesilla, Mimbres, etc. Argas saucliezi Neumann. Argas sanchezi Neumann, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, 1896, p. 16. I have seen specimens from Deming. Ixodes diversifossus Neumann. Ixodes divei'sifossus i^eumann, Mem. Soc. Zool. Fiance, 1899, p. 136. Described from two specimens taken from Procyon lotor from New Mexico ; I have not seen it. Dermacentor reticulatus (Fabricius). Acarus reticulatus Fabricius, Ent. Syst., IV, p. 428, 1794. Recorded by Neumann from the Territory; it is moderately com- mon in the Western States. BoopMlus anuulatus Say. Ixodes aiinulatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbilad., II, 1821, p. 75. Ixodes bovis Riley, Spec. Kept. U. S. Dept. Agric, 1869. Neumann records the well-known cattle-tick from New Mexico. Mr. Cockerell has not met with it. Laelaps «!>• An undescribed species was taken under a rock at Las Vegas, April 7, in company with Lasius interjectus. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597 EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII. Fig. 1. — Pachylomerus modesius, palpus. Fig. 2. — Prosthesima cockerelli. vulva. Fig. 3. — Prosthesima cockerelli, \yA\^ns. Fig. 4. — Onaphosa hirsutipes, vulva. Fig. 5. — Thargalia modesta, vulva. Fig. 6. — Meriola inornata, vulva. Fig. 7. — Tmeticus perplexus, palpus. Fig. 8. — Microneta soltaui, palpus. Fig. 9. — Letliia trivittata, vulva. Fig. 10. — LetJiia trivittata, palpus. Fig. 11. — Ceratinella occidcntnUs, venter. Fig. 12. — Ceratinella occldentalis, vulva. Fig. 13. — Microneta soltaui, vulva. Fig. 14. — Tmeticus brevipalpus, palpus. Fig. 15. — Xysticus bicuspis, palpus and vulva. Fig. 16. — hillenes cockerelli, palpus. Fig. 17. — Pelhnes cockerelli, vulva. Fig. 18. — Phidippus tyrelli, palpus. Fig. 19. — Xysticus montanensis, vulva. Fig. 20. — Fuentes vittata, vulva. Fig. 21. — Icius neomexicanus, palpus. Fig. 23. — Oayenna marginalis, vulva. 598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. , A PECULIAR CONDITION OF (EDOGONIUM. BY IDA A. KELLER. For several years I have kept a jar of water at my window, in which I have found interesting things at different times. Last fall there was a luxuriant growth of a dense green mat, which turned out to be a species of (Edogonimn. Later on, as the color gradu- ally disappeared, I took for granted that the plant was about to die, and gave it no further attention. The next time I happened to observe the jar the alga seemed to have been replaced by a heavy growth of the mycelium of some fungus. This remained in a thriving condition all winter, and proved on examination, to my great surprise, not to be a fungus at all, but the Q^dogonium which had lost its chlorophyll. In all other respects the alga Avas apparently in a perfectly healthy condition, its filaments Avere rooted fast to pieces of rock which were in the bottom of the jar, the cells showed absolutely no signs of decomposition — further- more, they were remarkably well packed with granules which turned out to be starch. This phenomenon seemed to me an unusual one. I know of no alga which continues to live after it loses its chlorophyll, nor can I recall any parallel case among the higher plants — a water-plant which ceases its assimilating activity, full of the most attractive bait for bacteria, in nowise protected from them, and yet of suffi- cient vitality to withstand all attacks of these ever-present enemies. The condition of the plant in May may be summed up as fol- lows: The filaments are rooted to pieces of rock. To the naked eye they seem perfectly colorless and form a dense tuft of white threads. Fig. 1 represents a typical case. It shows absolutely no sign of chlorophyll and is full of starch. In fig. 2 I have represented what may be regarded as a transi- tion stage. It is also full of starch, but the cell has a faint green- ish tinge. It is impossible to say whether the plant is just regain- ing its chlorophyll or whether it is just losing it. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENf'ES OF PHrLADELPHIA. 599 The condition of a dead cell is represented in fig. -S. Here the protoplasm is contracted, and the starch granules are lumped together in the centre of the cells, in striking contrast to the case represented in fig. 1, n s UJ El n Microscopic examination further showed that green threads were interspersed here and there among these white filaments ; one of these is shown in fig. 4, the green color being indicated by shading. I regret not having made the examination sooner, since it would thea have been possible for me to say whether or not the green color is newly acquired. It seems quite probable that some of the 600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [NoV. threads remained green over the winter, but, being few, they were not noticeable to the naked eye. The quantity of starch in the bleached cells varied considerably. The extreme condition, on the one hand, where the cells were quite full of starch, as in fig. 1, is markedly different from the rather starved condition of figs. 5 and 6. In the latter cases the cells are doubtless still alive, but they contain comparatively little starch and great vacuoles. The vacuoles are well brought out on treating the cells with iodine (fig. 6). The plant, as a whole, is certainly in a living and, I believe, actively growing condition, and it looks as though it were i*egaining its normal activity. Extremes and transitions, as regard the quantity of chlorophyll present, can easily be observed. Com- parisons of figs. 1, 7, 9 and 2 will illustrate this point. Fig. 1 shows the perfectly bleached cell, figs. 7 and 9 show cells contain- ing a little chlorophyll, while fig. 4 repressats the deep green cell, which consists of one large mass of connected chromatophores. Furthermore, such cases as that of fig. 2, which I mentioned above, were to be found where the whole cell was colored, but the green tinge a very faint one. The filaments come singly or in groups from basal cells (figs. 8, 9. and 10). In many cases these basal cells are green, while the remainder of the filament may be either green or bleached. Fig. 9 represents a case where the basal cell is white. The normal state of affairs is the following: The vegetative condition finally results in the formation of oogonia. These are the only portions of the plant which survive the winter, and are protected from cold and moisture by their thick cell walls.* In this instance the oogonia Avere not formed, and the food which the plant had stored up for this normal function remained in the form of starch. Naturally it will be of interest to find out if the plant will again resume its assimilating activity. It would also be of interest to determine if the plant behave similarly out of doors, which it might well do under the conditions of a mild winter or in protected places. At all events, the fact that the plant continues to live in its present ghostlike condition seems an interesting reve- lation, so far as the physiology of algie is concerned. In Leunis' Synopsis der Botanik^ I found the following state- ^ Luerssen, Orundzuge der Botanik, p. 191. ' Leiinis, Synopsis der Botanik, Bd. Ill, pp. 163, 164. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 'iOl ment, which seems of interest in this connection. Of GEdogonium capillare this author says : " It is a form frequent in stagnant waters, and forms when the water disajipears a felt-like mass, the so-called 'Meteor Papier' (Meteor Paper). Such masses are also found on meadQws which have been submerged for some time, the so- called Wiesentuch, Wiesenleder (meadow cloth, meadow leather). The same formations have been repeatedly found on meadows along the River Oder after floods and are called Oder Haut (Oder skin). A piece which was examined in 1736 by Ehrenberg, and one observed by Cohen in 1849, consisted principally of Clado- phora /raeto and diatoms. " In commenting on this phenomenon Leuuis makes the following statement : " This comparatively rare formation is the result of a number of conditions — appearance of vigorous algoid growth, rapid evaporation of water in consequence of sunshine and high temperature, and a soil which does not long retain its moisture, so that the Confervte are not decomposed." The condition described by Leunis resembles the one I have just observed in the fact that in both cases the alga is bleached and not decomposed. It differs from it, however, in the fact that in drying all activity is forced to cease, while the plant under consideration continues its existence in its normal medium ; and it is this, together with the fact that decomposition does not set in, which makes this condition of CEdogonium a very remarkable one. 602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Nov., A NEW SPECIES OF CLAVILITHES FROM THE EOCENE OF TEXAS. BY C. W. JOHNSON AND A. W. GEABAU. Clavilithes chamberlami n. sp. The spire of this species is long and slender, as in C. henne- dyanus Harr., with which the early whorls of the shell agree pretty well. Only a portion of the protoconch has been observed, but it is apparently of the same character as that of the American species of this genus generally, unless more slender than the normal. The spire contains about seven ribbed whorls; the suture is moderately depressed ; the ribs are swollen near the middle, but become obsolete toward the suture; they are at first more than their width apart, but later become broader and the interspaces corre- spondingly narrower. A subsutural band occurs, and is quite strongly marked on the later ribbed whorls, indicating a pro- nounced posterior canal at this stage. Spirals on the first five whorls, single, coarser in the centre, but becoming finer toward the sutures; interspiral spaces broader than the spirals. Intercalation of secondary spirals begins on the sixth whorl. On the seventh whorl the ribs become broad and ill 1901.] XATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. (503 defined, tending toward obsolescence. Before they have quite dis- appeared, a sutural shelf sloping somewhat outward and bordered by a slightly outward projecting margin appears; this very soon de- velops into a serrated flange. At the same time the whorls become almost smooth, the spirals usually only occurring on the narrowed anterior portion or canal of the body whorl. Length of the adult specimen figure 39 mm., diameter 18 ram. This is a parallel species to C. scalaris Lam. of the Paris Basin (Calcaire Grossier) and C. longccvm Sol. of the London Clays (Barton Beds). Compared with C. humerosus variety iexanus Harris it has more ribs on the spii'e, which are more regular and bulging, stronger spirals and the v.'ell -marked serrated flange. It also differs somewhat in outline, the last whorl being broader than the corresponding one of texanus. It differs from its European parallels in many features, chief of which are the protoconch, the long-ribbed spire, the character of the sutural shelf and flange, and other points readily seen on comparison. From the Lower Claiboi-nian Eocene, Bald Mound, nine miles southeast of Jewett, Leon county, Tex. Type No. 9,409, "Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca," Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. This species is respectfully dedicated to Rev. L. T. Chamberlain, D.I)., Curator of the Isaac Lea Collection. 604 rROCEEDIXGS OK THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. December 3. The President, Samuel G. Dixox, M.D. , in the Chair. Ten persons present. A paper entitled " A ]Sew Species of Ophibolus,'' by Arthur Erwin Brown, was presented for publication. The death of Herman Strecker, a member, was announced. Lodel Creek and Skippack Creek. — Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman remarked that on October 26, 1901, the Mineralogical and Geological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences made an excursion to Fisher's quarry, some twenty yards south of Lodel creek (on the U. S. Geological Sui'vey's topographical sheet incor- rectly called Landis brook, which is really the name of the next stream to the north). The quarry is near a small highway bridge, one mile northwest of Grater's ford, on the Perkiomen railroad. The rockbeds of the quarry belong to the American New Red, and, as observed in 1889, at the time of the State Geological Sur- vey, show the following section from above downwards: Dark red, rather soft shales, about 5 feet. Dark dull red, rather hard, thin-leaved shales, with fossil impressions and calcai'eous seams, about 4 " In all, about 9 " The shales are close withiu the upper limit of the beds marked on the State Geological map of Bucks and Montgomery counties as the Lausdale shales. They dip here 13° N. 30^° W. (true bearing). The excursion party was so fortunate as to find a large slab of the stone of irregular shape, about five feet long by three feet wide and perhaps five inches thick, that proved to be particularly rich in interestinir impressions. The whole of one side was covered with unusually perfect ripple marks, of about three-quarters of an inch in amplitude. In spite of the rij)ples, somewhat indistinct traces of two Dinosaur tracks, with three forward-pointing toes, could be discerned, each track about six inches iu extreme length and about thi'ee inches in width. The two tracks are in line, and about twenty inches apart, centre to centre, evidently formed by 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPniA. 605 one animal moving forward. The hinder track seems to have, at a couple of inches in front of it and a little to the right, a small track, as if of the forefoot of the same animal. The forward track is too near the edge of the slab to have that accompaniment. At twenty inches back of the foremost toe-point of the hinder track there appears at the other edge of the slab to be the toe- point of another track, and a couple of inches in front of it per- haps very indistinct traces of the small forefoot. Other less dis- tinct footmarks can be perceived to the left of this principal line of tracks. On liftino up the slab, however, it was found that the other side had, in the absence of ripple marks, the cast of a number of other Dinosaur tracks of about the same size, and likewise two or three in succession at the same distance apart, and more distinctly accom- panied by the impression of the small forefoot. In addition there are a number of smaller tracks, about half an inch across, that appear to be the footmarks of Labyriuthodonts. A. few other less perfect impressions of ripple marks, raindrops and footmarks were found by the party in other parts of the quarry. At the meeting of the Section on October 28, Messrs. Woolman and Lyman were appointed a Committee to revisit the quarry, and, if possible, send the slab to the Academy for preservation, which was accordingly done on the '2d of November, Mr. Uselma C. Smith kindly aiding in the work. It was found, however, on arriving at the quarr}', that the ripple marks had in great part been broken ofl from the slab by the members of the previous excursion party, and the best of the tracks also removed from the other side. Nevertheless, a number of tracks as well as a consid- erable extent of the ripple marks were still left, and the slab was taken. Another slab of equal surface and like shape was found, and on turning over, proved to be the mate of the other, and to have a complete and perfect cast of the ripple marks, as well as some similar tracks on the other side. The uninjured slab was also taken and sent to the Academy. Mr. Josiah H. Fisher, the owner of the quarry, readily and freely made a gift of the speci- mens, with admirable public spirit. A couple of smaller slabs showed very good ripple marking. One of them, of irregular shape, about eleven inches long by nine wide, and half an inch thick, has, on one side, shallow ripple marks of about two and a half inches in amplitude; and, on the other side, ripple marks of about the same dimensions, but sur- mounted by what seem to be smaller ripple marks of about half an inch in amplitude, or perhaps rillmarks: but may possibly be very confused impressions of Dendrophycus. It appears, how- ever, to be an interesting example of more than usually compli- cated ripple marking. The slab has also very perfect worm tracks, and several suu cracks. At the original examination of the 606 PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , quarry, in 1889, all the above-mentioned kinds of impressions were found, except the Dinosaur tracks; and, in addition, impressions of a plant were collected that may be a Baiera. The excursion party of October 26 also, on tlie way home, visited a quarry on the roadside, on the southeast side of Skippack creek, about three-eighths of a mile southwest of the main road between CoUegeville and Norristown, near a mill across the creek. The (|uarry is in dark red, hard, shaly sandrock of what is marked on the State Geological map of the two counties as Gwynedd shales, some 900 feet geologically below their top. The dip here is about 12° northwesterly. Here a large fossil Cycad leaf was found, about twenty-one inches long by eight inches wide. It is expected that this block will also be brought to the Academy. It may be, as Miss ^Valter suggests, Pterophyllum spatulatiim. The party thence proceeded southward to Eagleville, on the top of a hill of the Gwynedd shales. These comparatively hard dark shales all along their outcrop make j^rominent hills, with the lower lands formed on the southeast of them by the softer and in greater part red, but further south gray, Norristown shales, and on the northwest by the likewise softer and almost universally bright red Lansdale shales, succeeded northward by the harder and in great part greenish or blackish Perkasie shales, again with higher hills, and yet further north by the softer red Potlslown shales. This succession of beds of distinct character, with their outcrop of special topographical character extending throughout the two coun- ties, all conforming uniformly to several variations of structure, with corresponding curves in the strike of the beds and everywhere with correspondence in the dips, and with no evidence whatever of any repetitions of the same sets of beds (except near the great Buckingham ISIountain fault), is convincing proof that there is no overthrust fault parallel to the strike that could diminish the apparent total thickness of the beds. Such a fault, indeed, would have to be of wonderful shape, in conformity to a somewhat com- plicated folding of the beds. It is, moreover, in the highest degree improbable that such faults, the result of excessive horizontal pres- sure, with beds of great stiffness and cohesion, necessarily causing extremely steep and overturned dips, could occur in a region of gentle dips and mainly soft beds. The foot tracks, ripple marks, raindrop impressions and sun cracks found at Fisher's (piarry, the Cycad leaves and the raindrop impressions at the Skippack quarry, and other impressions and sun cracks at many other points in the New Red of this region, show clearly that the rocks were laid down in an estuary that was shallow through a great part of the process, if not throughout. There must have been submergence to correspond with the accumu- lating beds, and doubtless caused oy their weight upon this portion of the earth's crust. As the sedimentary material has plainly 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607 come from both sides of the narrow estuary, the accumulated thick- ness of the beds must have been far greater, perhaps six times greater, than it would have been with equally far-reaching and rapid drainage on the single shore of an ocean where the sediments would be carried three times as far from land. This consideration may make belief in the thoroughly demonstrated great thickness of the New Red in Montgomery county a little easier to those, if any there be, who still fondly cling to the old purely conjectural esti- mates. December 10. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D,, in the Chair. Twelve persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: " Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna, V," by Henry A. Pilsbry. " Catalogue of the Clausiliid?e of the Japanese Empire," by Henry A. Pilsbry. December 17. Mr. Charles ^Morris in the Chair. Twelve persons present. The deaths of William F. Norris, M.D., and Rush S. Huide- koper, M.D., members, were announced. December 24. Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair. Seven persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication : " On the Common Brown Bats of Peninsular Florida and Southern California," by S. N. Rhoads, 608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , " New Land Mollusca of the Japanese Empire," by Henry A. Pilsbry. " Description of New Helicoid Land Shells from Japan," by G. K. Gude. The death of Edward Lewis, a member, was announced. December 26. The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Cliair. Twenty-three persons present. New Year's Eve (December 31) falHng on Tuesday, the meet- ing, under the By-Laws, was held on the preceding Thursday. The following were ordered to be printed: 1901.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609 COCKSCOMB FASCIATION OF PINEAPPLES. BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D. A remarkable case of fasciation, probably one of the most strik- iug of that teratologieal couditiou kuowu to botanists, is one recently found by the writer in the pineapple, Ananassa saliva. The fruit of the pineapple plant is a multiple one, formed from many spicately arranged flowers and their bracts consolidated into one mass upon a succulent, fleshy axis. Ordinarily, only a single, conical fruit with its tuft of green, slerile, bract leaves is borne at the summit of the plant, surrounded at the base by the large, leathery, awl-pointed, spirally-arranged, sword-shaped, vegetative leaves. In teratologieal specimens, shipped to Philadelphia from Jamaica and displayed in the windows of prominent fruiterers, several pineapples produced on a single plant were found united bv conireniral growth into a fan-like mass. One of the most ^^-\- ^'10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dcc.^ Striking of these, presented to the writer by Henry Hallowell & Son, was an almost completely open fan, the individual fruits being arranged in a semicircular manner, as shown in the accom- panying figure, reproduced from a photograph of one of the largest fasciated specimens. These fasciated pineapples, known to the trade as " Freak " or " Cockscomb Pineapples," seem to be not at all uncommon, Henry Hallowell & Son had at least a dozen or more specimens, besides the one presented to the writer. The smallest of these consisted of two united pineapples, and the largest (twenty inches across, twelve inches high) showed the union of a dozen or more. The fasciated fruits in nearly all instances were arranged regularly side by side; in some illustrations, however, one or two fruits crowded out of the fan-shaped mass during growth projected in several directions, so that the combined mass consisted of an irregularly disposed row of united pineapples. A stem, one to two inches in diameter, common to all of the united fruits, was present in all the cases examined. Apparently from a count of the more concave, flat side of the monstrosity shown in the plate, there were ten pineapples united together, as outlined by the deep grooves which ran between them. On the other, more convex- face, twelve united masses were discernible, all arising from a common stalk one and a half inches in diameter, with a number of lanceolate, involucral leaves about six to eight inches long at the base of the clustered fruits. A count, however, of the tufts of crown leaves would indicate, if each fruit in the bunch had only one crown tuft, that many more fruits than ten or twelve were aggregated together. The coronal tufts of leaves form a continuous growth over the entire top of the fasciation, as shown in the plate. It was difficult to count the tufts therefore, on account of their massing together, but the most careful count possible under the circumstances gave fifty tufts as the result of the enumeration. It seeiped hardly likely, how- ever, that the fasciated mass consisted of that many fruits, and to decide the matter a section was made through the monstrosity by means of a saw, and such a section showed twenty distinct upward projecting divisions of the fleshy fasciation. Whether each division represented a fruit, it was not possible to determine by the exam- ination. The monstrosity, which had a pleasant pineapple aroma, was 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Oil succulent, but very fibrous, with many fibres radiating from the common stalk and running to the semicircular summit of the edible mass. The flavor was (juite good, although the specimens tried lacked the juiciness of the finer Ripley pines, and reminded one of the taste of the inferior grades of Cowboy pineapples raised in Jamaica and consumed by the negroes of that island. The ripened individual flowers of the fasciated pineapples were apparently normal, consisting of the succulent inferior ovary, succu- lent sepals and fleshy base of the subtending bract. The succulent, diamond-shaped floral masses were flattened laterally, or became mere vestigial structures, wherever they had been pressed together by the union of the pineapples of which the monstrosity was com- posed. One is tempted to theorize with these unique specimens taken into consideration, for fasciation appears in plants subjected to conditions of nourishment above the normal, occasionally as a result of disease or injury. Did these factors influence the production of fasciated pineapples in Jamaica ? Who can say! 612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, A NEW SPECIES OF OPHIBOLUS FROM WESTERN TEXAS BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. Ophibolus alternus *!> "ov. Plate XXXIV. Maxillary teeth 13; mandibular 14-15. Body moderately slen- der; bead distinct, muzzle contracted; eye rather large. Rostral low and broad, barely visible from above; internasals about half tlie length of prefrontals ; frontal a little longer than the suture between parietals, longer than the snout; parietals large, wide in front, narrow behind; nasals 2, the nostril between them; loreal small, longer than high; preocular 1 ; post oculars, 2 on one side, 3 on the other; temporals, 2-3 on one .side, 3-4 on the other; upper labials 7, third and fourth in orbit; lower labials 11. Posterior chin shields a little shorter than the anterior, not separated by scales. Scales smooth, with two inconspicuous pits, in 25 rows. Ventrals 217; anal entire; subcaudals 60 pairs. Total length 710 mm. (tail 115). The ground color is slate gray, crossed on the back, at intervals of 3 to 5 scales, by bands of black which are alternately wider and narrower, the wide ones covering from 2 to 8 scales on the middle of the back, and more or less divided transversely on their centres with scarlet. The narrow bands are about one scale wide and wholly black, occasionally broken through by the ground color. On the neck the bands are narrower and less defined, while the red is more pronounced on the posterior part of the body. There are nineteen red and black bauds on the body, and an equal number of the intermediate black ones. On the tail there are 5 bands, which form quite distinct rings, on the last two of which the red is absent. The head, including the labials, is dark gray with small dark mottlings, not well defined, and a narrow black streak from the postoculars to the angle of the mouth. Ventral surface grayish white, heavily blotched with 1)lack, into which the black portion of the cross bands runs. Type, No. 14,977 Academy Coll. From the Davis Mountains, Jeff Davis count v, Texas. Collected bv E. Mevenberg. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613 The snake here described was received alive at the Zoological Gardens, on October 22, and came from the same locality and collector as the lately described Coluber subocularis. In propor- lions and scale formula it comes nearest to 0. zonatus Blain. (^ 0. pyrrhomelas Cope), but the head is narrower, the snout more contracted and there are two more rows of scales, while the peculiar disposition of the doi'sal cross bands is quite unlike any Ophibolus previously known. The species is perhaps intermediate between 0. zonatus and 0. leonls Gunth., the type of which came from Nuevo Leon, Mexico. 614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC., NEW LAND MOLLUSCA OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. Eulota (^gista) aperta v.u-. trachyderma Pils. and Gurte, iiov. Resembling E. aperta iu general characters, but smaller, more depressed, less distinctly angular at the perij^hery in front, whorls 5^ to 5f ; base a little more widely umbilicate. Surface densely clothed with short, crowded, thread-like cuticular processes, visible only under a lens, and in large part rubbed off of most specimens. Peristome thin, expanded, narrowly reflexed below. Alt. 6f, diam. 12 mm. Alt. 5, diam 10^ mm. Ikoma, Kii. Types No. 82,464, Coll. A. N. S. P, from No. 787 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Eulota (Euhadra) luhuana var. pachya nov. A fossil form characterized by the thickness of the large shell, the somewhat swollen latter third of the base, which is also swollen immediately around th6 umbilicus. The peristome is very thick and heavy, especially along the columellar margin. Traces of a reddish band above the periphery, and copious opaque-white streaks and flecks are visible on some specimens. The type measures, alt. 23, diam. 46 mm. Kikai-ga-shima, Oshiina group, Osumi. Types No. 81,921, Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 682 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Eulota luhuana var. nesiotica nov. In this race the shell is rather small, comparatively smooth and glossy, with slightly flattened base, passing into the umbilicus in a regular curve, not in the least angular. Umbilicus much smaller than in any other known form of luhuana, rapidly contracting within. Yellow, either uniform or with reddish- brown bands according to the formuhv 00300, 00340, 00345. Alt. 22^, diam. 35, diam. of umbilicus 3 mm.; whorls 6^. Alt. 20^, diam. 30|, diam. of umbilicus 2§ mm.; whorls 6. Tane-ga-shinia, Osumi (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 736). 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615 The absence of any trace of angulation around the umbilicus, and the small size of the latter, give this race an appearance of distinctness. Clausilia ducalis Kobelt. This magnificent species was described from a specimen of un- known locality further than the indefiDite " interior of Nippon " which served as habitat for Rein's Japanese collection. The type is described as yellowish horn-colored, and 36 mm. long, 8 wide, the aperture 9 mm. long. Mr, Hirase has lately sent specimens from Miya-mura, in Hida Province, which agree with ducalis in the brilliant gloss and large apex, but have the last two whorls ■ Shell nearly cylindric, slightly tapering, pale red, composed of 4^ Avhorls, the upper one truncate and plugged. Sculpture of strong, regular, nearly straight ribs, about 20 on the last whorl. There is a high, narrow rib behind the outer and basal lips, and a rounded rib or prominence around the umbilical region. Aper- ture oval; the inner lip covered with a heavy callus. Alt. 7, diam. 2.6 mm. Hirado, Hizen (Mr. Y. Hirase, No. 844a). Also Taue-ga- shima (Hirase, No. 811c). This is one of the few Old World species of Truncatella in which there is a rib or crest behind the lip. It differs in this respect from T. valida Pfr., which is found in Okinawa or Riukiu Island. The latter is also larger and has more numerous, smaller ribs. Tnmeatella Pfelferi 3Iarteus is the only species of the genus 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , hitherto reported from Japau. It was described from a specimen or specimens in the Leyden ]\Iuseum, collected by Siebokl, and bearing the locality " Japau." It has not been figured, but from the description it differs from T. kiusiuensis in being shorter and wider, with the ribs disappearing on the last whorl. No crest or rib behind the lip is mentioned. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 617 DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW HELICOID LAND SHELLS FROM JAPAN. BY G. K. GUDE. Chloritis (Trichochlorites) pumila n. sp. Shell imperforate, depressed, dark coi'neous. Spire flat, apex obtuse, suture iixipressed. Whorls 4:^, convex, increasing slowly at first, the last widening rapidly; very densely covered with very short bristles, arranged in oblique rows. Last whorl scarcely descending in front, iuflated below. Aperture a little oblique, rounded lunate, peristome thin, straight; margins distant, united by a thin callus on the parietal wall. Columellar margin dilated above, completely covering the umbilicus. Diam. maj. 12, minor 10.5; alt. 9 ram. Hab. — Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase, No. 735). Type in my collection. This makes the third species of Chloritis recorded from Japan. It differs from both C. oscitans and C. fragilis by its smaller size, by the completely covered umbilicus and by the bristles being shorter, stiffer and much more crowded. In the shape of aperture it is nearest to C. oscitans. Eulota (.Sgista) mimuloides n s)>. Shell rather narrowly umbilicated, depressed conoid, ruddy corneous, paler below. Spire depressed, apex obtuse, suture linear. Whorls 5, closely coiled, increasing very slowly, somewhat flat- tened above, rounded below, with a thin deciduous cuticle, which is densely covered with short silky processes, like adnate hairs. The last whorl angulated at the periphery, scarcely descending' in front. Aperture oblique, subcircular, peristome not thickened, a little expanded; raai'gius distant, columellar a little dilated above. Umbilicus rather narrow. Diam. 7.5, alt. 4.25 mm. Hab. — Itanami, Omi (Hirase, No. 753). Allied to JEgisia mimula, but it is smaller, the spire is more depressed, the whorls are more closely coiled, the last is less ample, the umbilicus narrower, and the cuticular processes are more crowded and smaller. 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , ON THE COMMON BROWN BATS OF PENINSULAR FLORIDA AND SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA. BY S. N. RHOADS, Exaraiuatiou of a series of skins and skulls and alcoholic speci- mens of the Florida Brown Bat, in the author's collection and in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, shows constant racial diflferences from typical Eptesieus ftiscus of Philadelphia county. These difierences are similar and in the same degree and direction as those separating the two forms of Red Bat inhabiting the regions named. The Florida race may be distin- guished as follows: Eptesieus fuscus osceola subsp. nova. Type No. 875, ad. d^, in Coll. of S. N. Rhoads. Taken April 29, 1892, at Tarpon Springs, Fla., by W. S. Dickinson, Description. — Similar in size and cranial characters to fusciis ; colors deeper and darker, being of slightly varying shades of cin- namon brown as contrasted with the bistre and sepia of fuscus. This character is uniform in a series of eight dry skins which have never been immersed in a liquid preservative, and is peculiar to them in a comparison with a similar series of fifteen topotypes of fuscus. Measuretnents of type, made by collector from fresh specimen : Total length 101 mm, ; tail 38 mm. ; hind foot 9^ mm. Average measurements of four topotypes, 113-44-10,6. The skull of type indicates it to be an old adult, quite as large as adult skulls of fuscus, but the measurements given by the collector are less than a normal average. This average corresponds -closely with that of ten specimens ot fuscus from Sing Sing, N. Y., as given in Miller's monograph of North American Vespertilionidce. Whether this subspecies is found outside the limits of peninsular Florida I am unable to state. As Miller classes the Eptesieus from Alabama, Georgia and Mississippi examined by him under fuscus, I conclude that T^. caroliniensis of Geoffrey cannot apply to the Florida race. lUOl.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. tU^ In Miller's monograph, above cited, all the California Eptesicus examined by him are classed under fuscuf<. A specimen in the author's collection from the San Bernardino Valley, near San Ber- nardino, indicates a phase of coloration separating it from typical fuseas, in a manner such as might be reasonably predicted by any one having a knowledge of the climatic effect of this locality upon other mammals thus living on the outskirts of the Mojave Desert region. It is quite probable that Mr. Ilerron collected this speci- men on his ranch, a few miles west of San Bei*nardino, or in one of his eastern trips into the edge of the desert. The exact locality is not stated on the label. The specimen may be thus charac- terized : Eptesicus fuscus bernardiniis subsp. nova. Type No. 1,247, ad. d". Coll. of S. N. Khoads. Taken by R. B. Herron, May 26, 1893, in the "San Bernardino Valley" (near San Bernardino), Cal. Description. — Size and cranial characters as in Eptesicus fuscus typicus. Color. — Pallid bistre above, brownish drab below; the hairs below being unicolor nearly to their roots, and those above darken- ing slightly only in the basilar fourth of their length. In fuscn^s the upper body hairs are darkly sooty for more than half their basilar length, the brown tips not concealing the dark under-fur. Wing membranes and ears in bernardinus very dark- Measurements of type: Total length 114 mm,; tail 51 mm.; •hind foot ?; alar extent 304 mm. These measurements were made by the collector before skinning the s])ecimen. A series of four specimens from the same collector taken in the "San Bernardino Mts." in September, 1893, shows that the mountain form is inseparable from fuscus ; one of these, however, is a perfect intergrade. Bernardinus differs from peninsular, O. Thomas, from southern Lower California, in its large size ; penin- -sulce appearing to be a distinct species. 620 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF £DeC. , MYCTOPHUM PHENGODES IN THE NORTH ATLANTIC. BY HENRY W. FOWLER. Myctophum phengodes (LUtken). S.[copelus'] phengodes Liitken, Kongel. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Skrift. (K^benhavn), 6e Ra5ke, VII (1890-94), 1892, p. 253, fig. 11. No. 7,987. From the Atlantic Ocean, in 60° N. Lat., ])et\veen Greenland and North America. Dr. I. I. Hayes. Form of the body of the fish elongate and compressed, and much as in Goode and Bean's figure (No. 84) of Myctophum remiger. The greatest depth of the body is about the pectoral region, and it is contained in the body (excluding caudal) about 4 times. The head is rather large and about 3f times in the body (^'ith- out caudal), blunt and compressed. Ej'es large and anterior in position, about 2|^ in the head, and while less than the greatest posterior part of the interorbital region they are larger than the least, or anterior, width of the same. Mouth large, the distal expanded extremity of the maxillary posterior to the eye for nearly the length of the snout, and the mouth-cleft itself occupies f the length of the head. Margin of the preoperculum slopes slightly posteriorly and forms a slightly convex curve which bulges poste- riorly. Nostrils directly anterior to the eye and placed laterally upon the blunt snout. Pseudobranchia? large. Gill-rakers long and slender upon the first arch, some longer than the gill-fila- ments. Tongue narrow, knobbed, and free anteriorly. ^linute villose teeth upon the jaws. Origin of the D. nearer the tip of the snout than the base of the caudal. Base of D. a little more than h the base of .the A. Base of last D. ray over the origin of the A. The P. are long and pointed, and with their tips extending nearly to the anus and almost to the medio-laleral photophores. Origin of the V. a little anterior to the origin of the D. and the tips of the fin extending to the origin of the A. Adipose D. a little nearer the base of the caudal than the base of the last D. ray, though the posterior mar- gin of its own posterior moiety is anterior to the base of the last 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PniLADELPHFA. 621 A. ray. The least depth of tlie caudal peduncle is equal to the anterior interorbital region. The photophores are as follows: 3 mandibulars on each side of the mandibles ; 2 operculars near the lower part of the margin of the preoperculum ; 5 thoracic on each side; 4 ventrals on each 7«ide; 8 anals, a gap, then 9 more, in all 17 on each side; 3 pec- torals on each side; 1 antero-lateral on each side a little posterior, though above, the bases of the V., but nearer to the latter than to the lateral line; 3 medio-laterals on each side, forming an oblique ^ieries on each side, the lower a little anterior to the last ventral photophores, and the uppermost immediately below the lateral line and in advance of the first anal photophore; a single photophore, the postero-lateral, almost on the lateral line and above and ante- rior to the eighth anal photophore; 2 caudals upon each side inferi- orly, and a single siipercaudal at the origin of the rudimentarv caudal rays. The caudal, though somewhat damaged, was forked, the lobes most likely rounded, and the lower a trifle the larger. The lateral line consists of a single well -developed pore on each scale of its course, which is supei'ior, and parallel with the dorsal profile of the back. Scales 42 (?). Radii of D. 12. Radii of A. 22. My first impression was to regard this specimen as Myctophum reiniger Goode and Beau, but a careful examination has revealed the facts mentioned above ; and if, as Goode and Bean contended, " the arrangement of the luminous spot is of the greatest value in the classification of these fishes," there can be no reasonable doubt that it is Liitken's Scopelus phengodes. Although the localities where Liitken obtained his examples were all in southern latitudes, and very remote from that where the present example was taken, I identify it with the above species without any hesitation, as it agrees perfectly with the essential characters given. Specimens from widely remote localities in the case of deep-sea and oceanic fishes do not always necessarily form u barrier to their identity as one and the same species. That M. phengodes and 31. reviiger are allied is also evident by their long P., the large eye and .shape of the head, as seen on com- parison with an example of the latter species. The example described above is in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. It po ssesses a median infero- caudal photophore. 622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.-V. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The descriptioa of Japanese ClausiliidoB is resumed in the preseut paper. Enough material is dow at hand to permit some work looking beyond merely descriptive treatment, while every sending from Mr. Hirase adds to the data on one or another of the prob- lems presented by these intricately constructed creatui-es. I have below considered the evolution of the " lunella," as shown in some newly discovered species of Stereophcedusa, in which young shells show a series of distinct palatal folds, like the European tertiary Clausiliidoi and the more primitive forms of Eastern Asia, while old shells have a true lunella. A similar transformation has like- wise been observed in a Mcgaloph(edusa just received. The evi- dence indicates that the lunella has been independently acquired, in different phyla, by a process of parallel evolution. Diagrams showing chief modifications of the palatal armature in Eemi- phiBdusa : Fig. 1, C. aulacophord ; fig. 2, C. crenilabmm ; fig. 3, G. attrita ; fig. 4, C. hakonensis ; fig. 5, C. hyperolia ; fig. 6, C. shikokuensis ; fig. 7, G. perifjnobilis ; fig. 8, G. munus : fig. 9, G. micropeas ; fig. 11, G. firaeilispira. 1IM)1.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 623 I must again express ray deep obligation for material to Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan. His tireless researches, critical eye for detecting species, and exactness in recording localities are worthy of high commendation. Without these qualities the new and relatively exact literature of Japanese land mollusks would not exist. Section HEMIPH^DUSA Boettger. The system of groups set forth by Dr. Boettger in the Clau- silienstudlen, while sufficient at that time, is quite inadequate for the classification of the great number of Chinese and Japanese species now known. For Japanese species my studies lead me to adopt the arrangement offered below. The clausilium in all the groups is rounded or tapering at the end, and not thickened or only slightly so. a. — Inferior lamella spirally ascending within, visible in a front view, receding less deeply than in other Hemiphiedusoi ; shell rather large ; superior lamella continuous with the spiral. h. — Interlamellar space corrugated; lucella united to the mid- dle of a lower palatal plica, contiguous to or united with an upper pala'al plica near the middle (fig. 2). Clausilium tapering below, recurved and spoutlike at the apex, Group of C. ptychochila. h\ — Interlamellar space smooth; luuella curving inward above, uuited below to the middle of the lower palatal plica (figs. 3, 4). Clausilium narrowly tongue-shaped. Group of C. platyauchen. a\ — Inferior lamella receding, inconspicuous or not visible in a front view. b. — Several palatal plicie; no lunella (fig. 11), Group of C. validluseida. 6\ — A short or rudimentary lunella below one or two palatal plicje; no lower palatal plica (figs. 9, 10), Group of C. suhlunellata. h'\ — A lunella developed. c. — No palatal plicje; plica principalis subobsolete or wanting; superior lamella separated from the spiral lamella (fig. 5), . Group of C. hyperolia. (•'.—Superior continuous with the spiral lamella; principal plica well devel 'ped ; an upper palatal plica px'esent. Clausilium curved, concave on the inner face. d. — Lunella bow-shaped (fig. H) or J-shaped (fig. 7), united to the upper palatal plica, curved in- ward below; superior and spiral lamelkc united, Group of C. awajien--j to the liji-edge, several folds usually grouped around it. Priucipal plica strong, reachiug from the dorsal to the ventral side. Lunella lateral, strong, slightly curving inward above, united below to the lower palatal fold near its inner end. Length 14.7, diam. 3.5 mm. Length 12, diam. 3 ram. Fukuregi, Province Higo, Kiushiu. Types No. 81,930 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 674 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Related to G. bilabrata Smith, but only about half as large, with fewer whorls, not subject to truncation, and more attenuated above. The lunella is more lateral. In C. suriigensis the spire is much less slender. Named in honor of Dr. Oscar Boettger. Clausilia surugensis n. sp. PI. XXXVI, figs. 25, 26, 27. Shell rimate, obese below, attenuated above, whitish under a pale brownish-yellow cuticle, which is mainly eroded from the specimens examined; finely striate. Whorls 10, the first rather large, next three or four scarcely increasing in diameter, the last two or three whorls quite swollen. Aperture piriform with rather distinct sinulus, peristome narrowly refiexed and thickened, varying from nearly smooth to densely j^licate along the columellar margin ; notched to the left of the superior lamella. Superior lamella rather small, a more or less distinct groove on each side of it, and a very small fold or lamella close to it on the left; not continuous with the spiral lamella, the latter continued inward past the ventral side. Inferior lamella very deeply receding, strongly spiral within, con- tinuing inward as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging. Principal plica a half whorl long, extending from a dorsal to a ventral position. The lunella is subventral, curves in- ward above, and is weakly united with, or slightly separated from, the middle of a i-ather long, oblique, lower palatal plica. Length 15, diam. 3.7 mm. Length 14.3, diam. 3.8 mm. Clausilium (PI. XXXVI, figs. 28, 29) oblique and somewha thickened at the apex, a little excised or emarginate on the colu- mellar side of the filament. Mikuriya, Suruga. Types No. 81,902 Coll. A. N. S. P., from Mr. Hirase's No. 688. This species is much smaller than C. bilabrata, which is not r)o4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dcc. , known from so far north or northeast. It is more attenuated above, and the peristome is notched on the left side of the terra i- aiation or the superior lamella. Group of C taiief/ashimce. Solid and strong Tyrannophcediisw with the clausilium oblique and thickened distally, the superior lamella separated from the spiral lamella, which penetrates past the ventral side, accompanied by the inferior lamella; lunella subventral; subcolumellar lamella strongly emerging. There is a strong ridge or crest behind the outer lip, parallel with it. Similar to the group of C. bilabnda in internal structure, but differing in the crest behind the lij). Species are known from the northeastern grou{) of Riukiu Islands, and from southern Kiushiu. Species two: C. oxycyma, with a distinct upper palatal plica devel- oped, length 14 mm., and C. tanegashinuc, which has the upper palatal plica represented only by an inward bend of the upper end of the lunella, length 16-18^ mir. Clausilia oxycyma n. sp. P). XXXVII, ligs. 35, 36, :',7, M^. Shell rim ate, fusiform, rather slender, attenuated above, glossy, rather dark red-brown when unworn ; finely striate, a little more coarsely so pn the last whorl. Whorls 9!^ to nearly 11, moderately convex, the last three whorls of almost equal diameter, last whorl compressed laterally, tapering, rising into a strong, rather acute ridge or crest a short distance behind the lip and parallel with it. Aperture piriform, slightly oblique, brown within; peristome nar- rowly reflexed, continuous, white, scarcely emarginate at the posi- tion of the superior lamella. Superior lamella small, marginal, slightly oblique, not continuous u^ifh the spiral lamella. Spiral lamella very high within, of equal length with the inferior lamella, both continuing past a ventral position. Inferior lamella very deeply receding, twisted within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip-edge, bounded by grooves. Principal plica strong, reaching from the dorsal to the ventral side. Lunella latere- ven- tral, oblique, joining the middle of strong, rather long, oblique, upper and lower palatal plicse. Length 14, diam. 3 to 3^ mm. Clausilium (PI. XXXVII, figs. 41, 42) moderately curved, the iyOl.] NAirUAL S( IKXCKS OF I'HILADELl'IIIA. 035 , 33. 3i. Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LIII, p. 500 (October 2). Shell fusiform, rather acutely tapering above, very solid, some- what glossy, brown, very weakly striate except the last whorl. "Whorls about lOi, moderately convex, the last having a strong, acute ridge or crest a short distance behind the outer and basal lips. Aperture ovate- piriform, the sinulus a trifle retracted ; peris- tome reflexed, somewhat thickened, very shortly free or almost adnate above. Superior lamella small, vertical, marginal, widely .separated from the spiral lamella, the latter extending inward past the ventral side. Inferior lamella emerging in a slender cord parallel to the subcolumellar lamella, otherwise very deeply reced- ing, within very strong and obliquely ascending, penetrating as far as the spiral lamella. Subcolumellar lamella emerging to the lip- edge, bounded by grooves. Principal plica about a half-whorl long, extending from a dorsal position (visible within the throat) to just past the lunella. Lunella w'ell developed, subveutral, some- what curved inward above, connected below with the inner end of a long oblique lower palatal plica. Length 18.5, diam. 4.2 nun. Length 16, diam. 4 mm. Length 16.2, diam. o.T mm. The clausilium (PI. XXXVII, %s. 89, 40) is similar to that of C. bllabrata, being oblique and thickened at the apex, and excised on the columellar side of the filament. Tane-ga-shima, ( )sumi. Northeastern Group of the Riukiu Islands. Types No. 81,933 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 662 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also occurs on Yakushima, No. 0626 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This is a much larger species than C. ptycJiociiina, with emerging 636 I'KOCEEIHNGS OI' THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , subcoluraellar lamella aud sharper, higher crest behind the outer lip. C. oxyeyma scarcely differs from fanega-'thimre externally except in its smaller size, but it has a well developed upper palatal plica, which is represented in tanegashimce by only a short inward bend of the lunella. The palatal marfiin of the clausilium is straight in C. tanegashinue. Specimens from Yaku-shima agree with those of Taue-ga-shima in solidity and size. The lunella is losv above and its inward bend above, though low, is rather pliciform. I did not receive these specimens until recently, or I would have named the species differently, since it proves to extend beyond Tane-ga-shima. Group of C. mikado. This group is well developed in the provinces about the upper (eastern) end of tne Inland Sea. Probably C. plicilahrls A. Ad., described from Tanabe, Kii, will prove to belong here, near C. aurantiaca and the following species. I formerly thought it might be identical with C. bilabrata Smith. Clausilia orthatracta n. sp. PL XXXVII, figs. 44, 45, 46. Shell rimate, slenderly aud straightly fusiform, rather solid, of a pale brown tint. Surface lusterless, finely striate, the stride per- ceptibly coarser, though still fine and close, on the latter part of the last whorl. The upper whorls are almost smooth from wear in the specimens seen. Spire nearly straight-sided, attenuated and nearly cylindric above, the apex rather large. Whorls 12, the earlier convex, the later ones Hatteued, last whorl compressed later- ally, noticeably constricted behind the lip, especially near and at the base; and there is generally a stronger riblet where the expan- sion of the lip begins (fig. 45). Aperture obli(|ue, retracted at the base and sinulus, piriform and small. The peristome is con- tinuous and stands forward free from the preceding whorl; is white, thickened, expanded and reflexed, weakly emarginate at the posi- tion of the superior lamella or not noticeably so. Superior lamella marginal, oblique, continuous with tlie spiral lamella, which is low at first, but rises high in the region of the closing apparatus, and penetrates inward past the aperture to a lateral position on the left side. The inferior lamella recedes deeply, though the lower end continues to the lip-edge. It is straightened within, and pene- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. (537 I rates nearly or quite as deeply as the spiral lamella. The sub- columellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge, is bounded by grooves, and there is sometimes some weak crenation of the lip below it. The principal plica approaches the lip, and is about one whorl long. The narrow, straight lunella stands in a ventro-lateral position, and is connected above and below with short but higher upper and lower palatal plicse (fig. 46). Length 16, diam. nearly 3, length of aperture 3 mm. Length 15, diam. 3, length of aperture 3.2 mm. The clausilium (fig. 43) resembles that of C. oxycyma ; the palatal edge being a little swollen in the middle. The distal end is oblifjue and strongly thickened, as usual. Akasaka, Province Mino, Japan. Type? No. 82,273 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 748 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This TyvannoplKedusa stands between C. aurantiaea Bttg. and C. iotapty.c Pils. It is more slender than either, and differs from them in the shape of the spire and the relatively smaller aperture. Compared wilh C. mirantiaca var. Iiypoptychia Pils., the present species is seen to differ in the straigliter lateral outlines and larger apex. Section .STEKEOPH.EDUSA Bttg. This section comprises four groups of species: The group of C. valida, restricted to the middle Riukiu Islands;^ the group of C. japonica, known from Nippon and Shikoku; the group of C. brevior, now known from Nippon, Kiushiu and the Riukiu Islands, and the gi'oup of C. eutospira, containing a single species from Tane-ga-shima. The group of C. japonica includes the following large species: 1. C. japonica Crosse. Synonyms of the typical form are C kobensis Smith and C. nipponensis Kobelt. There cannot be much doubt that C. eurystoma v. Mart, is a pathologic individual of the same. A var. pallens has been distinguished by von Mollendorff, and I have defined var. interplicata. There remain several other more or less well-marked races, which it seems to me inadvisable to name until their distribution can be more fully studied. In Idzurao Province a large, dark race occurs, which ' These Proceedinys for 1901, Vol. LTII, p. 410. 038 PROCKEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [l^CC. ^ agrees with C. Hilgemlorfi v. Mart, iu everythiuir except the sutural plica which is said to characterize that species. 2. C Hllgendorfi V. Mart. Probably a subspecies of C. ./o/jom'm. 3. C. oostoma v. Moll. I have considered my C. japoniea var. surugce to be this species. The latter has a synoriyin, C. eurystoma subsp. brac/u/ptychla Mlldff. 4. C. subjaponica Pils. The group of C. hrevior consists of smaller species, of which the first two, from the middle part of Nippon, have no lunella, while in C. Stearnsii, Addlsoni, Jacobiamc and hondana a lunella is developed, at least in some individuals. 5. C. brevior v. Mart. Includes C tetrajAiix Mlldff. 6. C nikkoensis Mlldff. 7. C. hondana Pils. 8. C. Stearnsii Pils. 9. C. Jaeobiana Pils. 10. C. Addisoni Pils. 11. C. stereoma Pils. with varieties nar/ax and cocjnata. I have elsewhere described and figured C hondana and C. Stearnsii. C. nikkoensis I have not yet seen. The other species of the brevior group are described below. In the typical Stereophcedusce there are either several palatal plicre, or only the upper and low'er. In C. hondana, Addisoni, Stearnsii, Jaeobiana and stereoma a low, straight lunella stands between the upper and lower plicie. This lunella, in fully adult individuals, is a smooth ridge, without higher points or irregulari- ties; but in some individuals, viewed from the outside, a row of short light markings is seen, as though a series of palatal plicw stood in place of the lunella. When this is not obvious from the outside, it appears Avhen the shell-wall and lunella are viewed by transmitted light. This indicates local differences in the substance of the shell, affecting its refracting qualities; and it occurred to me that a row of plicre is firsi; formed, and subsequently the spaces between them are filled in. Upon examining specimens of C. Jaeobiana not quite mature, in which the peristome was not fully formed, I found that this was what actually takes place. Such shells have no lunella whatever, but in its place a series of four or five short plicie (Pi. XXXIX, fig. 68). These facts indicate that the ancestral Strreophcedus(K had a 11)01 ] NATURAL 8CIEXCES OF FIIILADELPHIA. 6o9 palatal armature of short palatal plicte, precisely similar to the structure still extant in certain other groups, Megalophadimt for instance. This became modified in two modes: (1) The interme- diate plicte degenerated, resulting in such forms as typical C. japonica, in which only the upper and lower plicfe remain, or (2) the intermediate plicte coalesced to form a lunella. That the loss of an even series of plicte has been a very recent one in Steveophmdasa is indicated by several facts. In species which normally have but two palatal plicre so'metimes individuals or races occur in which small intermediate plicie are developed ;^ and in species with a lunella, the earlier structure of a row of plicte is perfectly developed in the stage of growth immediately preceding the adult stage. Incidentally I may observe that the ])erplexiug structural varia- tion I formerly recorded in describing C. hondana is at least par- tially explained by what I find to occur in the Stereophcedusce of Kiushiu and Tane-ga-shima. I was dealing with a small series of shells, part of which were not absolutely mature. Clausilia brevior v. Martens. PI. XXXVIII, tigs. 47, 4s, 49, 50, ^A. Vou 3Iarten.s. Sitzungsberichfce der Ges. Natnrforsch. Freuiule in Ber- lin, 1877, p. 109. Kobelt, Fauna Moll. Extramar. Jap., p. 78, PI. 9, fig. 4 (bad). C. tetrnptyx v. Mollendorff, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Beng., LI, p. 7, PI, 1, fig. 7 (188:2); 1885, p. 61. This species is not recognizably figured in Kobelt' s work. For the purpose of more exact comparison with C. Addlsoni, a fuller account of the species than has been published is given below. The shell is thin, obesely fusiform, much afieniuded and con- cave-sided near the apex, the last three whorls inflated, the last half of the last whorl more or less compressed, often conspicuously narrower than the preceding whorl, as in the " nipponejisis ^ ' form of C. japonica. Pale yellowish brown; sharply, very obliquely striate or rib-striate. Whorls about 9i, the apex minute, but the following whorl disproportionately large; next few whorls very slowly increasing. Aperture squarish-ovate, the peristome ex- panded, somewhat reflexed, thickened and w^hite, hardly free above, the upper margin parallel to Ihe sutures. Superior lamella thin and high, marginal, continuous with the spiral lamella which ''The evidence of this will be presented in a future paper dealing with the C. japonica group of Stereophcedusa. H40 riiOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC. , penetrates to or past the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella approaching the superior, forming a strong, subhorizontal fold; inside it ascends with a broad spiral trend, and j)enetrate3 nearly or quite as far as the superior lamella. The subcolumellar lamella emerges to the lip-edge. The principal plica is visible ; PI. XXXIX, figs. 66-09. Shell thin, brown, rimate, fusiform, the upper half rapidly tapering, several earlier whorls attenuated, the penultimate whorl 41 642 TROCEEDINGS OF Till-: ACADEMY OF [DeC. , swolleu, latter half of the last whorl compressed. Surface glossy, sculptured with strong, threadlike oblique strite, 3 or 4 earlier whorls smooth, usually worn or eroded. Whorls 9 to 0^, quite convex, and separated by deeply impressed sutures. • Aperture slighlly oblique, ovate-piriform, the peristome very shortly free above, expanded and reflexed, whitish, slightly emarginate at the position of the superior lamella, the sinulus a little retracted. Superior lamella slender, vertical, continuous with the spiral lamella, which extends iuward to the middle of the ventral side. Inferior lamella forming a rather small but subhorizontal fold, not reaching out upon the hp, extending inward as far as the superior lamella. Subcolumellar lamella varying from barely immersed to rather weakly emerging. Principal plica a half-whorl long, ex- tending from a dorsal position (visible deep in the throat) to a latero-ventral position. Upper and lower palatal plicae rather short, lateral. Below the upper palatal plica there is a delicate second plica, from the outer end of which a low straight lunella runs to the lower palatal plica. Length 15.5, diam. 3.6 mm. ; length 13.6, diam. 3.5 mm. The clausilium (PI. XXXIII, figs. 61, 62) has the general shape and curvature of that of T*. hrevior and Addisoni, but differs fr(jm both in having the apex more pointed, and it is more concave on the ])alatal side of the apex. The end is also more thickened than in ('. brevior. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi. Types No. 82,277 Coll. A. X. S. P., from No. 754 of Mr. Hirase's collection. Also Yaku-shima, No. 778 of Mr. Hirase's collection. This species is related to (J. Stearnsli Pils. of Okinawa and ( '. Addisoni Pils. of southern Kiushiu. It is much more slender than the latter, with more convex whorls and a more pointed clausilium. (. Stearnsii is a longer species, in which the early whorls are not so attenuated. These three species have a low and more or less well- developed lunella when adult, a structure occurring also in some specimens of C hondana, but otherwise unknown in the StcreopJue- dasi^e of Nippon. In immature shells a row of short palatal plicae stands in place of the lunella (fig. 68). This Claimlia has the thin shell of the other species of the brevior group, while all other ClauiiUtc known from Tanc-ga- shima are extremely thick and strong. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELnilA. 643 It is named in honor of Dr. Arnold Jacobi, author of excellent papers upon the soft anatomy of Japanese snails, the fauual rela- tionships of Japan, etc. The specimens from Yaku-shima are more solid than those from Tane-ga-ghima, and the palatal armature seems to be less devel- oped, the lunella being less distinct or absent. There are three palatal plicse below the principal plica, the first, second and lowest. The sculpture and shape are not noticeably different, the largest and smallest sent raeasuriag: Length 13.8, diam. 3.3 mm. Length 11.3, diam. 3 mm. Clausilia stereoma Pilsbry. PI. XXXIX, (igs. 70, 71. Pilsbry, these Proceedings for 1901, Vol. LIII, p. 502, with varieties nugax and cognata (October 2, 19Ul). Shell rimate, obeselij fusiform, the spire tapering rapidly, its tipper fourth venj slender; thick and e.vtre)nely strong ; olive yellow, glossy; the spire distinctly striate, last two whorls smoother except near the suture. Whorls about 8^, convex, the penultimate whorl swollen, latter half of the last whorl compressed, tapering. Aperture ovate, vertical, flesh-tinted w^thiu; peristome white, reflexed and thickened within, continuous, though almost in con- tact with the preceding whorl above. Superior lamella rather slender, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella strong, subhorizontal, approaching the superior lamella, strongly spiral within, both spiral and inferior lamellic penetrating to the middle of the ventral side, Subcolumellar lamella emerg- ing but not extending to the lip-edge. Principal plica very short, lateral; palatal plicae four, the upper one long, converging in- wardly toward the principal plica, the lower plica shorter, strong, a little curved; two intermediate plicw minute, punctiform, hardly perceptible. Length 2H, diam. G mm. Length 19i, diam. 5^ mm. Clausilium very short and broad, acuminate and thickened dis- tally, very strongly arcuate (PI. XXXIX, figs. 03-65). Yaku-shima, Osumi, in the Northeastern Group of the Piukiu Llan>ls. Types No. 81,737 Coll. A. N. S. P., from Xo. (hO of Mr. Hirase's collection. This fine species is the most solid and strong Stereophcedma 644 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, kuown. The obese lower whorls and strongly attenuated spire show relationship to C. Adduoni Pils. of Kiushiu, and (\ hrevior V. Mart, of middle Nippon — both com])aratively thin shells. The two intermediate palatal plieie are likely to prove inconstant. Clausilia stereoma var. nugax rilsbry. PL XXXIX, figs. 78, 79. ]\Iuch smaller and more slender than the type, which it resem- bles in color and sculpture. Very solid. Length 13^ to 14^, diam. 4 mm. Length 16^, diara. 4\ mm. Also from Yaku-shima, probably from a different locality. Types No. 81,576 Coll. A. N. S.' P., from No. 671 of Mr. Hi rase' s collection. Clausilia stereoma var. cognata Pilsbry. Rich reddish-brown, thinner than the types, though still very strong, with about 9 whorls. Palatal plicre four or five, the inter- mediate ones very small. Length 23|^, diam. 6^ mm. Length 22, diam. 6^ mm. Length 21|, diam. 6^^^ mm. Tane-ga-shima. Types No. 81,578 Coll. A. N. S. P., from No. 661 of Mr. Hirase's collection. As in the type, the palatal plicie are often visible through the shell, and from the outside appear longer and more prominent than they are found to be on opening the shell. ' ' " ''/[ Group of C. entospira. Shell thick, small, the inferior lamella thick and squarish below (not forming a spiral fold on the columella, as in other Stereo- 2}hiedime), very strongly spiral within; a stout, lunate lunella developed, but no palatal plica) except the principal one. Clau- silium very strongly arcuate, slowly and much tapering below to the subacute, thickened apex, wide above, deeply eraargiuate on the columellar side of the filament. The single species known of this very distinct group has obvi- ously arisen from the Stereopha^dusan stock; but it is more special- ized than any other known member of Stereopluedusa, both in palatal armature and clatisilium. 1901.] >^\TURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPiriA. 645 Clausilia entospira Pilsbry. ri. XXXIX, figs. 72-75. Pilsbry, tlieso Proceedings, Vol. LIII, p. 501 (October 2, 1901). Shell rathei" obosely fusiforin, attenuated, with somewhat concave outlines above, extremely thick and strong, nearly .smooth, glossy, the latter half of the last whorl becoming coarsely striate; flesh- colored with buff patches and streaks, eroded in spols. Whorls about 8^, convex, the last tapering below. Aperture long-ovate, the peristome slightly reflexed, very much thickened within, shortly free above. Superior lamella small but rather stout, marginal, very widely separated from the spiral lamella, which is quite small, short and latero-ventral. Inferior lamella receding, in oblique view (fig. 72) appearing very prominent and squarish; very dronrjhj spiral xvltlun, heavily thickened at the lower end, ascend- ing merely to a lateral position. Subcolumellar lamella immersed, interrupted within. Principal plica slender, short and low, lateral. Lunella latero-ventral, oblique, curved, running inward below, tapering at the ends, exces-nvehj thick and strong in the middle. No palatal plicise Length scarcely 10, diam. 2.4 mm. Clausilium (PI. XXXIX, figs. 76, 77) moderately long, but being strongly curved near the middle, nearly at a right angle, it appears short; distal half rapidly tapering, straight along the palatal, convex at the columellar side, thickened at the apex. Proximal half rather wide and parallel-sided; deeply excised on the columellar side of the filament. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi, one of the Xortlieasteru Group of the Riukiu Islands. Types Xo. 82,558 Coll. A. X. S. P., from Xo. 663a of Mr. Hirase's collection. A few examples were with the specimens of ('. Pinto. Mr. Hirase remarks that it is very rare. It is an excessively peculiar species, and I was formerly at a loss as to its affinities. The broadly spiral trend of the inferior lamella, which is moreover very short within, the weak, short spiral lamella and principal plica and the peculiar lunella are a cirabination of features unlike any Oriental species known to me. The squarish lower end of the infei'ior lamella is sometimes visible in a front view (fig. 74), but in other speci- mens it recede-9, and is seen, only in oblique view (figs. 72, 73). The clausilium is quite unlike that of any other known Japanese species. The lunella might almost as well be considered a greatly 640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , developed lowei' palatal plica, as it is no doubt iu part homologous Avith that. The shell is excessively solid aud thick, sti'onger in fact than any other species of such diminutive stature known to me; but unusual solidity is a characteristic of the Clausiliffi of Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-shima, common to the StereopJuedusa', Hemiplwdusa' and TyramioplueduHa' alike, aud clearly to be correllated with some factor in the environment acting upon the entire series. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXV-XXXIX. Plate XXXV (Hemiph^edusa). Figs. 1-6. — ClausiUd Mgoensis. Types. Figs. 7-10. — Ctausilid ptychocyma. Type. Fig. 11. — Clausilia ptychocyma vav. YakusMince. Type. Figs. 12-14. — Olaiisilia Pinto. Type. Fig8. 15, 16. — Clausilia ischna. Type. Plate XXXVI (Tyraxnoph^edusa). Figs. 17-21. — ChtusiUa hilabrata. Specimen-^ Irom Kobe, the type locality. Fig. 22. — Clausilia. hilabrata. Specimen retaining the apical whorls, from U.shirogawa, Tosa, No. 81,926 Coll. A. N. S. P. Figs. 23, 24. — Clausilia hilabrata . Specimens from Takaya, in which the snrlace is corroded, covered with algse dorsallv. No. 79,719 Coll. A. N. S. P. Fig>. 25-29. — Clausilia surugensis. Types. Figs. SO-31. — Clausilia Oscariana. Types. Plate XXXVII (Tykaxxoph.edusa). Figs. 32-34.— Claasilia tanega- sMmce. Type. Figs. 35-38. — Clausilia oxycyma. Types. Figs. 39, 40. — Clausilia tanegashitna. Clausilium. Figs. 41, 42. — Clausilia oxycyma. Clausilium. Fig. 43.— Clausilia orthatracta. Clausilium. Figs. 44-46. — Clausilia orthatracta. Type. Plate XXXVIII (Stereoph^edusa). Figs. 47, 48. — Clausilia brevier. Specimen from Coll. E. R. Sykes Figs. 49-53. — Clausilia brevior. Specimens from Tokyo. No. 18,801 Coll. A. N. S. P. Figs. 54-57. — Clausilia Addisoni. Types. Figs. 53-62. — Clausilia Jacobiana. Tancgashima, Osumi. Plate XXXIX (STEREOPHYf:r)USA). Figs. 03-65. — Clausilia stereoma. Clausilium, Fig. 64, from the coiumellar edge. Fig.i. 66-69. — Clausilia Jacobiana. Fig. 68 represents the palatal arma- ture of an immature shell. Figs. 70, 71. — Clausilia stereoma. Type. Figs. 72. 73. — Clausilia entospira. Fig. 72 is an oblique view in the aperture, from below and the left side. Figs. 71-77. — Clausilia entospira. Type. Figs. 76, 77 reconstructed from a broken clausilium. Figs. 7S, 79. — Clausilia stereoma var. nugax. Type. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 647 CATALOGUE OF THE CLAUSILIID5: OF THE JAPANESE EMPIRE.' BY HENRY A. PILSBKY. The general sequence of species in the following list is from primitive to specialized forms; but this end is only imperfectly attained, as there are several highly specialized groups terminating wholly independent phyla, making a serial arrangement quite arbitrary. The forms with narrow clausilium and sevei'al palatal plicte in place of a lunella are the more primitive, retaining the structure of early Tertiary groups. Meg alop heed usa and the typi- cal Hem ij) heed usee are of this kind. Zaptijx, Luchuphcedusa and Ti/rannojjheeelusa seem to be three independent specializations from an early Hemipha^dusan stock. Stereophcvdusa stands a little more remote; while Pseudonenia, Eaphaxlusa and Reinia probably separated from the pro-Hemipha^dusan stock at a still earlier period. The East Asiatic ClausiU'uhe are much more closely related to early Tertiary than to modern European groups. The evidence indicates that, like the Belogonous Helicidte, a common stock of Clausiliida: spread over Asia and Europe, at least as early as the Eocene. Subsequent evolution has been along independent lines in the East and the West; and just as I have demonstrated in the Helicidce, the European stock has forged ahead, while the Oriental looks backward, many a group retaining old characters. Ninety-three well-established species of Clau-nlia are now known from Japan, more than half of them first described in this journal. Of this number forty-four were brought to light by jVtr. Hirase. The localities of many others, previously uncertain, have been ascertained from specimens collected by him. In addition to these species, thirty-five subspecies or varieties have been described. The list of species is encumbered with eleven additional .specific names, standing for forms so inadequately described that their rela- tionships with other species are not ascertainable from published 1 Exchisive of Formosa. 648 rPvOCEEDixGS of the academy of [Dec, (lata, though part of them can be identified specifically when specimens jVo^j the original localities come to competent hands. Section MEGALOPH.EDUSA. Bttg. C. Martensi ' Herklots ' v. Mart. (^ C. yokohaviensis Crosse and ('. Reiniana var. , Kob., Jahrb. iii, PI. 5, f. 8). Yokohama (Crosse); Hakone Mountains (Schmacker); Mikuriya, Suruga; Gojo and Kambe, Yamalo; Kobe, Setsu; Kashima, Harima. Form TiNCTiLABRis Pils. Nachi and Tomisato, Kii (Hirase). Var. Reiniana Kobelt. Ibuki, Omi (Hirase); Aichi (U. S. Nat. Mus. ). C. MiTSUKURii Pils. Tomisato, Kii.- C. DDCALis Kob. " Interior of Nippon" (Rein); Miya-mura, Hida (Hirase), Var. DORCAS Pils. Kiyomi-mura, Hida (Hirase). C. VASTA Bttg. Nagasaki (Rein, Schmacker); Seluchi (Rein); Fukuregi, Higo (Hirase). C. FuLTONi Sykes. Shikoku: Kinnayama, type locality; Ushi- rogawa, Tosa; Nametoko, lyo; Goto, Uzen (Hirase). C. HiRASEANA Pils. Okiuoshima, Tosa, Shikoku (Hirase). Section HEMIPH.EDUSA Bttg. Group of C. ralidiusenla. C. DECUSSATA V. Mart. Tsukuba-sau, a mountain in Hitachi Province, north of Tokyo (Hilgendorf). A species of uncertain position in the system. C. VALiDiuscuLA V. Mart. Seluchi, Kiushiu (Rein). Var. I!ILa:\iellata Bttg. " Seluchi, between Hiuga and Bugo" (Rein). C. l^TERLAMELLARrs V. INIart. Kiushiu. C. .ETHiops Mlldff. Near Nagasaki, Kiushiu. C. viRiDiFLAYA Bttg. "Interior of Japan," "Kiushiu" (Rein). ^Smaller than Martensi; somewhat Buliminus-shaped. Whorls 9J, the upper ones not amputated. Aperture about as in Martensi. Length 29, (liam. 8 mm. 1901.] >\\TUUAL SCIENCKS OF PHILADELPHIA. G49 C. HicKoxis Bttg " Interior of Nippon " (Rein). Var. BixoDiFERA Bttg. " Interior of Nippon" (Rein). C. NoLANi Pils. Fukura and Ikari, Awaji (Hirase). C. GRACiLisPiRA Mlldff, Near Kobe, Setsu. C. CARYOSTOMA MlldfF. Kobe, Setsu. Var. Jayi Pilsbry. Jo, Kii (Hirase). C. TOSANA Pils. Ushirohawa, Tosa, and Nametoko, lyo,^ Sliikoku Island. C. Oracle Pils. Nacbi, Kii (Hirase, No. 794). Group of C. suhhuiellata. C. suBLUNELLATA Mlldff. Nikko Mountains (Hungerford). C. HETEROPTFX Pilsbrv. Toiuisato and Naehi, Kii (Hirase). C, OPEA8 Mlldff^, Nikko Mountains (Hungerford). C. MiCROPEAs Mlldff. Nikko (Hungerford) ; Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase). Var. PERPALLiDA Pils. Nisbigo, Uzen, Var. HOKKAiDOENSis Pils. Kayabe, Ojima, Hokkaido. C. suBULiNA Mlldff. Nikko Mountains and Lake Chusenji, Sbimotsuke. Var. LEUCOPEAS Pilsbry. Ikoma and Samotonakamura, Kii (Hirase). C. SERiciNA Mlldff. Lake Cbusenji, Sbimotsuke and Yuniagaai- sbi (Hungerford). Var. RiioPALiA Pilsbry. ^Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase). Group of (J. hyperoUa. C. iiYPEROLiA V. Mart. Uweuo, near Yeddo (Hilgendorf, type locality). Oshima, Izu ; Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase). Var. RECTALUNA Mlldff, Kamatokogiro. Var. APTYCniA Mlldff'. Hakone and Cbusenji. Var. PLANULATA Mlldff'. Kobe. Group of C. mvajiensls. C. AWAjiENSis Pils. Fukura, Awaji. C. HARiMEXSis Pils. Kasbiwa, Harima; Sbirono, Buzen. ^ In tbe specimens of C. tosana from Nametoko, lyo, the intermediate palatal plicae coalesce to form a somewhat I-shaped lunella. They are a transition form to the group of C. aulacophora. 650 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OV [DeC, C. PERiQNOBiLis Pils. Okinoshinia, Tosa; Dogo, lyo. C. KOCiiiENSis Pils. Kochi, Tosa; ^liuamata and Yatsushiro, Higo; Togo, Satsuma. (C. higoe^uis Pils. is a synonym. ) C. SUBAURANTIACA Pils. Deyai and Toyonishihami, Nagato. C. i.sciiNA Pils. Kochi, Tosa, Shikoku Island. Var. XEPTis Pils. Kochi, Tosa. C. iGNOBiLis Sykes. Kinnayama, Shikoku. C. siHKOKUEXsis Pils. Ushirohawa, Tosa, Tairiuji, Awa, and Nametoko, lyo, Shikoku Island. C. STRICTALUNA Bttg. Nagasaki (Lischke). Var. MAJOR Bttg. Seluclii, between Hiuga and Bugo (Rein). Var. XAXA :Mlldff. Nagasaki. Group of C. aulacopliora. C. AULACOPHORA Pils. Fukura, Awaji (C hrevlluna MWAH.) . 0. riGRA Pils. Kashima, Harima (Hirase). Group of C. platyauchen. C. PLATYAUCHEN V. Mart. (C. fuscmgensis Mlldff. ). Tsukuba- san, a mountain north of Tokyo (Hilgendorf, type local- ity); Lake Chusenji (Schmacker) ; Nishigo, Uzen; Mikuriya, Suruga (Hirase) ; Prov. Suruga (F. Stearns); Prov. Yamato (Rein). €. ATTRiTA Bttg. Japan (Rein); Ibuki, Omi, and Kiyomi- mura, Hida (Hirase). Var. INFAUSTA Pils. Nachi, Ikoma, and Jo, Prov. Kii (Hirase).^ C. HAKONENsrs Pils. Hakone Mountains (B. Schmacker); Oshima, Izu (Hirase). C. scHMACKERi Sykes. Kinnayama (Sykes) ; Kochi, Tosa (Hirase); Shikoku Island. C. r.uscHii Kiister. Japan (Siebold). Position uncertain. C. PLATYDERA V. Mart. Kobi' (Schmacker); Prov. Yamato, at Gose, Matsunotoge, Kambe and Nara, and Hieisan, west of Lake Biwa (A. Gulick!). Var. LAMBDA Bttg. Japan (Rein); Nohara, Yamato (Hirase). * Somewhat smaller than altritd ; the subcohimellar lamella immersed, inferior lamella contiuned inward decidedly farther than the si^iral lamella. Other characters substantially as in nttrita. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 651 Var. KIIENSI8 Pils. Kurozu, Naclii and Tomisato, Prov. Kii (Hirase).^ Grovp of C. ptychochi/a. C. BERNARDii Pfr. [Siaui ? liiukiu Islands ?] 0. CRENiLABiUM Pils. Prov. Kunclian, Okinawa (Hirase). C. PTYCHOCHiLA Bttg. [China ? Kiukiu Islands ?] C. EXCELLENS Pfr. ( ( '. pivrc/ara Gld. preoc. ). Okinawa (U. S. N. P. Exp.). Group of C. Pinto. C. Pinto Pils. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi (Hirase). C. PTYCHOCYMA Pils. Taue-ga-sliima, Osumi (^Hirase). Var. YAKLTSHiM.E Pils. Yaku-shima, Osumi (Hirase). Group of C. munus. C. MUNUS Pils. Oshima, in the Piukiu Islands (Hirase). Section ZAPTYX Pilsbiy. C. HiRASEi Pils, Kagoshima and Sakura Island, Satsuma (Hirase). Var. KiKAiENSisPils. Kikaigashinia, Osumi (Hirase, Nos, 557, 5576\ C. HYPEROPTYx Pils. Okinawa; Yaeyama (Hirase). C. HACHiJOENSis Pils. Hachijo Island, Izu. Section TYEAXNOPH.EDUSA Pilsbry. Group of C. mikado. C. MIKADO Pils. (C omiemis Mlldff. ). Ibuki, Onii, and Akas- aku, Mino (Hirase). C. lOTAPTYX Pils. Ibuki and Ryozen," Omi (Hirase). Var. CLAVA Pils. Senzan, A^yaii; Ikoma, Kii (Hii-ase). C. ORTHATRACTA Pils. Akasaka, Mino (Hirase). ^Smaller than platydera ; more swollen below and more attenuate above- Whorls 8i-10. Lenfith 16-17, diani. 4i mm. "Specimens of C. iotapti/x irom liyozen, Omi, have 12 to 13 whorls, but otherwise are like the types from Ibuki, Omi. The shells from Ikoma, Kii, are somewhat intermediate between iotaptyx and clava, but nearer the latter. 652 rROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, C. AURANTiACA Bttg. "Interior of Nippon" (Rein); Kobe (Schmacker) ; Naclii, Kii, Ikari, Awaji, and Suimura, Awa (Hirase), Var. HYPOPTYCHiA Pils. Kashima, an iskind near Tanabe, Kii (Hirase).' Var. Eeberi Bttg. (minor MMR.). Nara, Nohara and Gojo, Yaraato; Chlkubushima, iuLakeBiwa; Kashiraa, Harinia; Tomisato, Aiga, and Kurozu, Kii (Hirase). Group of ('. bllabrata. C. PLiciLABRis A. Ad. Tanabe, Kii. (Subgeneric position doubtfuk ) C. BiLABRATA Smith. Kobi', type locality; southern half of Nippon; Shikoku, Kiushiu and Iki Islands. Var. RTYCHOL.EMA Bttg. " Seluchi, between Hinga and Bugo " (Rein). C. OscARiANA Pils. Fukuregi, Higo, Kiushiu (Hirase). C. suRUGESSis Pils. Mikuri3'a, Suruga (Hirase). Group of C. tanegashima'. C. OXYCYMA Pils. Kagoshima, Satsuma, in southern Kiushiu (Hirase). C. TANEGASHiM.E Pils. Tane-ga-shima and Yaku-shiuia, Osumi (Hirase). Section LUCHUPH/EDUSA Pilsbry. C. CALLiSTOCHiLA Pils. Prov. Kunchan, Okinawa (Hirase). C. MIMA Pils. Oshima, Rinkiu Islands (Hirase). C. NESiJTHAUMA Pils. Oshima, Riukiu Islands (Hirase). C. 0SHiM.EPiIs. Nase, Oshima (Hirase). C. PSEUDOSiiiM.E Pils. Furuniya, Oshima (Hirase). Section STEREOPH/EDUSA Bttg. Group of C. valida. C. VALIDA Pfr. Okinawa. Var. FASCiATA Sykes. Okinawa. Var. PERFASCIATA Pils Pro\\ Kunchan, Okinawa. Var. STRiATELLA Pils. Okinawa. 'Larger than aurantiaca, with narrower, less developed lip, more whorls, and several plica in the subcolumelhir ret^ion. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPHrA. 653 Group of C. japordca. C. JAPONICA Crosse. Middle aud southern Nippon; AAvaji and Shikoku Islands. (Includes ('. kobensis Smith, type loe. Kobe; C. nipponensis Kobelt; aud C. eury stoma v. Mart., type loe., Tsukuba-sau, a mountain north of Yeddo, in Hitachi Province, Hilgendorf. ) Var. FALLENS INIDdff, " Koma-kasunga." Var. PEROBscuRA Pils. Shirono, Buzen (Hirase). Var. iNTERPLiCATA Pils. Nishigo, Uzen; Takeya, Idzumo; Kyozen, Omi (Hirase). C.^MiLGENDORFi V. Mart. Prov. Idzumo (Hilgendorf). C OOSTOMA Mlldff. Hakoue (? ('. japonica var surugce Pils. + ('. eurystoma subsp. hrachyptyehia Mlldff., both from Mikuriya, Suruga; also occurs at Kashiwa, Awaji). C. SUBJAPONICA Pils. {= ('. fultoni subsp. clavula Mlldff.). Ibuki, Omi; Tomisato, Kii (Hirase). Group of C. hrevior. C. BREViOR V. Mart. (('. tetraptyx Mlldff.). Misaki, Sagami (Hilgendorf); Yokohama (Schmacker) ; Tokyo (Stearns); Nikko, Shimotsuke (Loomis) ; Oshima, Izu, and Goto, Uzen (Hirase). C. NiKKOENSis Mlldff. Near Nikko (Eastlake). C. HONDANA Pils. Coast of Prov. Suruga (F. Stearns). C. Jacobiana Pils. Tane-ga-shima and Yakushima, Osumi (Hirase). C. Addisoni Pils. Provinces Satsuma and Higo, Kiushiu. C. S EARNSii Pils. Okinawa; Yayama (Hirase, Stearns). C. STEREOMA Pils. Yakushima, Osumi, south of Kiushiu. Var. COGNATA Pils. Tane-ga-shima, Osumi, south of Kiushiu. Var. NUGAX Pils. Yaku shima. Group of C. eritospira. C. EN.ospiRA Pils. Tane-ga-shima (Hirase). Section PSEUDONEXIA Boettger. C. siEBOLi>i Pfr. Kashiwashima, Tosa; Toyonishikami, Nagato; Sasebo, Hizen; Yatsushiro, Higo (Hirase). . These cells stain blue with hfematoxylin and are present only in the vicinity of the lat- eral nerves, being absent from the rest of the cutis. The section figured shows that the " lateral groove" is elevated above the general surface level, but in other sections it is depressed into a groove. This elevation and depression of the "groove" is interesting when one recalls that, according to Burger (1895), the Protone- mertean lateral sense organs and the Metanemerteau frontal organs may be both invaginated and everted. ]N"o differentiated sense cells or nerves are distinguishable in the " grooves " of ParapoUa. The length of the groove of ParapoUa is about the same as that of ZijgeupoUa, and they are probably homologous structures. In the twelve dermal sense organs of the head, lately described by me (1900 b) for Carinoma tremaphoros, although undoubted sensory cells are present, only in one case could a nerve, running to the pit, be demonstrated. The recent discovery of a pair of lateral sense organs in the new Ileteronemertean Micrella rufa Puunett (1!)01 b) is of great interest and value. Punnett describes " a lateral sense organ on either side (fig. 2) shortly behind the excretory pore. In the pre- ^ Dr. Coe has very kindly allowed me to exaiiine the slides of his tj'pe specimen of ParapoUa and to make drawings of the sense organs. One of these is shown on PI. XLIV, fig. 63. 1901.] NATUIIAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689 served animal it is conspicuous as a small longitudinal slit (fig. 5) about .75 mm. long on either side. It is lined with characteristic glandular epithelium, resembling that found in the head slits (fig. 6)-" These facts suggest the possibility that the lateral grooves of ZijgeupoUa may be sense organs that are cither in process of forma- tion, or that have degenerated and lost their sensory character. There remains one other interpretation of the lateral grooves, which has been suggested by the presence of the great glandular zone in front of the grooves and the situation of the gonads poste- rior to them. The glandular zone may have a function like the clitellum of the Annelids, and the lateral grooves may be like the grooves found along the sides of the body of an earthworm, and serve to conduct the mucous secretion to the Qgg cells. This last hypothesis could be substantiated only by a careful study of the habits of Zygeupolia. 4. The Rhynchod.eum. — Immediately behind the tip of the head on the ventral surface may be found a very small opening, the proboscis pore (" Rtisseloffnung "), which is the external open- ing of the rhynchodieum. The rhynchodseum is the rather cylindrical cavity that extends through the head from the point of attachment of the proboscis with the body wall, Plate XL, fig. 1, y, forward to the proboscis pore, P.J)., at the tip of the head. It is the path of exit for the evaginated proboscis. A transverse section through the rhynchodseum shows that its walls are provided with four stronf? bundles of longitudinal muscle, seen in Plate XLI, fig. 18, Rd.M., and that it is lined with a cili- ated epithelium. This lining is very delicate and liable to be torn away, and usually can be seen only at the most anterior part of the rtiynchodieum. It may persist farther back, but the cilia are mostly broken off in the preparations that have been sectioned. The cilia of this epithelial lining are considerably longer than those of the body epithelium. 5. Rhyxchoccel axd Proboscis Sheath. — The proboscis, fig. 1, P., lies in a spacious cavity, the rhynchocrel. Be, the muscular walls of which form the so-called " proboscis sheath." The rhyn- chocoel is cl jsed anteriorly by the attachment of the proboscis to 44 690 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , the body wall, figs. 1, 16, t/, and posteriorly ends blindly about .8 mm. in front of the anus, fig. 17, Re. In the brain region the rhynchocoel i3 very narrow, passing between the dorsal and ventral commissures, fig. 20, Re. A con- stant widening of the rhynchoccel takes place in the esophageal region, fig. 22, and the widest, most expanded part usually lies above that portion of the body extending from the nephridia to the beginning of the middle intestine (see fig. 1). At the latter point the great increase of the circular muscle layer of the probos- cis sheath and of the inner circular layer causes a sudden con- striction of the rhynchocoel, fig. 23. Posterior to this narrowed region, which is quite short, the rhynchocoel again widens, then gradually narrows more and more until near the end of the body the cavity is scarcely demonstrable. The rhynchocoel is filled with a fluid in which float numerous long narrow cells, fig. 43, the " rhynchocoel corpuscles" of Biir- ger, " Navicula " of Quatrefages (1846) and Keferstein (1862). These cells are long and spindle-sha^Ded, larger in the middle where the nucleus lies, and tapering to a fine point at each end. They are flattened and ribboulike, as may be seen when the cell is twisted. Biirger (1892) has described an "attraction sphere" in the cytoplasm by the side of the nucleus. These do not appear in my preparations and, unfortunately, the rhynchoca^ corpuscles were not studied in life. In one cell, however, the nuclear mem- brane curves in on one side, and a lighter zone in the adjoining cytoplasm may be seen, but there are no astral radiations. In another cell, fig. 43, jS\, two nuclei are present, probably the result of amitosis. A second, smaller type of cell, fig. 42, is also found in the rhynchoc(cl, resembling the free corpuscles in the blood vessels. These cells are rouTided, with finely granular cytoplasm and prominent nuclei. The layers of the proboscis sheath are as follows (see figs. 20, 50;: 1. The circular muscle layer, C.M.p.s. 2. The longitudinal muscle layer, L.M.p.s. 3. The basement layer, B.L. 4. Tli(! epithelium, Rc.Ep. The muscular layers are rather thin in the head region, except 1901.] NATURAL scii:ncks OF riiir,Ai)i::i.piiiA. 691 when especially contracted. The basement layer is a homoj^e- neous, gelatinous-looking, fibrous connective tissue layer, resem- bling that of the proboscis and body epithelia. The epithelial cells in the anterior part of the rhynchoccid, Plate XLllI, fig. 50, are not in close contact with each other and do not form a flattened endothelium. They are small, slender, pear-shaped cells, attached by their proximal ends to the basement membrane, with the nuclei at their distal ends, which project freely into the rhynchocoel. Farther back these cells become a flattened endothelium. The dorsal blood vessel in this region is bordered on its ventral surface by numerous bundles of longitudinal muscle, evidently derived from the longitudinal muscle of the proboscis sheath. From the end of the (esophageal region to the beginning of the middle intestine the rhynchocoel is usually greatly dilated, the pro - boscis is intricately coiled and much of the rhynchocoelomic fluid is centred here. Frequently the entire proboscis is drawn forward into this region, leaving the posterior part of the rhynchoco?l quite empty. The proboscis sheath in the expanded region is stretched to its greatest extent, so that it appears in cross section as an extremely thin sheet of tissue, and its component layers are scarcely distin- guishable. In the posterior part of the rhynchocrel — t.e., in the part lying above the middle intestine — the circular muscle is the predominating layer in the proboscis sheath, the longitudinal muscle being repre- sented by a very small number of fibres. A word may be said here in regard to the comparative extent and character of the rhynchocad and proboscis sheath in the differ- ent groups of Nemerteaus, and of its position in respect to other organs. In the Protonemerteans the rhynchocal is short, its extent being only about one-third that of the body. It is widest in the ne- phridial region, then l)ecomes constricted, owing to the thickening of the inner circular muscle, but again widens somewhat before its termination, just in front of the beginning of the middle intestine. In the words of Burger (1895), p. 95 : ** Das Rhynchocolom ist vor der Xephridialregion am geriiumigsten, in derselben wird es durch die miichtig angeschwollene innere Kingmuskelschicht sehr beti-iichtlich eingeengt und erweitert sich wieder etwas, nacli- 692 PKOCEKDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, flem jene abgenomraeri hat, hiuter den Nepbridien." In Hu- hrecldia the rhynehoca'l is short, ending just in front of the begin- ning of the middle intestine. To quote Burger again, p. 106: " Der Mitteldarm von H, beginnt in der hinteren Region des Rhynchocoionis. In diesera vordersten Abschnitt des Mitteldarms erscheinen die Taschen nur als flache seitliche Ausbuchtungen des ^ehr geriiumigen centralen Darmrohres. Sobald das Rhyn- ehocohini aufhort, verengt sich aber das centrale Rohr, und uun- mehr werden die Taschen sehr umfangreich, sie erfiillen die Korper fastvollig." Cur'nioma has the rhynchoca>l extending throughout the body, but the character of the proboscis sheath is very diverse. In no other Nemertean is the inner circular muscle so highly developed, and as this muscle layer increases in thickness, the muscle of the proboscis sheath becomes thinner and finally disappears altogether. But with the ending of the inner circular muscle in the nephridial region, the proboscis sheath again acquires a muscula- ture of its own. This region is also the beginning of the middle intestine — " Sowie der Vorderdarm aus dera inneren Ringmuskel- schlauch herausgetreten ist, beginnt der Mitteldarm," Burger (1895), p. 113. In Callinem hurgeri, Bergeudal (1900 a), the rhynchoecx;! ends in the anterior part of the middle intestinal region by a great muscular swelling of its lateral and ventral walls. Bergendal, p. 314, describes this as follows: " Das Rhyncho- coelom besitzt schwache Wiinde, bis dasselbe sich dem zweiten Drittel des Korpers nlihert. Da erhiilt es zuerst eine sehr starke Grundschicht, die bald weiter nach liiuten wieder verdiinnt wird und in einen miichtigen Muskelsack eindriingt Die dor- sale Wand des Rhynchocoeloms schwindet und bosteht nur in einer etwas verstiirkten Gi'undschicht. Die seitliche und ventrale Wand wird um so dicker und besteht aus sehr schonen bogenformigen ^luskelbiindern .... diese Schicht ist beinahe so niiichtig wie die halbe Dicke des Kurpers. " From these daia it is seen that in Nemerteans with a short rhyn- chocoel, the termination of the latter is near the end of the nephri- dial region and the beginning of the middle intestine, and usually ooinciding with the thickening, when present, of the inner circular tnuscle. Carlnoma is no exception to this, for we may regard its long rhynchocffil as merely a secondary development backward 1901.] N^\TURAL SCIKJS'CES OF PHILADELPHIA. 693 behind the usual point of termination. The same may be said of Zygeupolla. The exjianded rhynchoca-l is constricted in the region of the inner circular umsclc at the beginning of the middle intes- tine, and instead of ending here, as may have been the case primi- tively, has secondarily developed backward through the whole length of the body. 6. The Proboscis. — The proboscis, Plate XL, tigs. 1, 16, P., is attached to the body vrall in the brain region, just anterior to the dorsal commissure. It lies in the rhynchoctel, Re, bathed by the rhynchocoelomic fluid. The posterior end is not attached to the wall of the rhynchoc«d but is entirely free, there being no retractor muscle. In regard to its histology the proboscis may be divided into three regions, which, however, pass very gradually into one an- other. These parts are (1 ) the anterior region, which is compara- tively short, being of about the same length as the (lesophagus, above which it lies; (2) the middle region, comprising the greater part of the proboscis; and (3) the extreme posterior region, only a few millimeters in length. In the following description the nomenclature of Burger (1895) will be followed, by which in the unevaginated proboscis the layers nearest the central cavity are termed the inner layers, those toward the periphery the outer. The Anterior lieyiou. — This part of the proboscis is usually straight and the average diameter is 0.116 mm. A cross section, Plate XLII, fig. 85, has the following layers: 1. The outer epithelium, o.Ej). 2. The subepithehal layer of circular muscle fibrils, Ep.M.J. 3. The outer basement layer, o.B.L. 4. The longitudinal muscle layer, L.M. 5. The lateral nerves, P.N. 6. The inner basement layer, l.B.L. 7. The inner epithelium, i.Ep. The outer epithelium, fig. 44, o.Ep., in the most anterior part of the anterior region, consists of low, rather brick-shaped cells, in which the cytoplasm is quite abundant, and whose nuclei are large and prominent. Farther back the cells are lower and finally form a flattened endothelium, that is frequently toi-n away in my preparations. 694 PROCEEDIXGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , Just beneath the outer epithehum is a layer of very fine muscle fibres, Ep.m.f., running circularly around the proboscis. These may be termed the subepithelial circular muscle layer'' of the pro- boscis. In a cross section of the proboscis, fig. 35, these fibrils are in longitudinal section, but in a longitudinal section of the proboscis, fig. 38, they are cut transversely, ana it may be seen that the layer is only one fibril thick. The basement layer, or ground substance, is a homogeneous, gelatinous-looking structure of considerable thickness. It is a pro- duct of the fibres of connective tissue cells, and their nuclei may be found scattered here and there among the fibres. The thick- ness varies considerably in different specimens. It may be most favorably studied in a specimen fixed with Gilson's fluid, one of the best fixatives for connective tissue. The region of the greatest thickness is always in the anterior part of the proboscis and rapidly diminishes toward the middle region. The longitudinal muscle layer, L.M., consists of bundles of fibres, about eight to ten fibres in each. The two jiroboscis nerves, P.N., are distinct from one another, each surrounded by a sheath of connective tissue. The structure of the inner basement layer, i.B.L., is similar to that of the outer layer but is only about one-third as thick. The inner epithelium, i.Ep., is a one-celled layer. The cells are square in cross section, the cell-membranes distinct and the nuclei large and rounded. Between the epithelial cells are numerous gland cells, Gl.^, the contents of which stain dark blue with hsematoxy- lin. The central cavity of the proboscis is quite large in this region. The transition stages between the anterior and middle regions are characterized by the decrease in thickness and the almost total disappearance of the outer basement layer. Its diminution is coincident with the establishment of a circular muscle layer on the axial side of the longitudinal muscle. A considerable amount of connective tissue appears Avithin the new circular muscle layer, forming the core of the papilhc into which the inner surface of the proboscis is now raised. A considerable increase in the ® The subepithelial muscle fibrils are uot seen in fig. 14, which represents a portion of the proboscis only a few sections behind its point of attach- ment, but they begin a short distance farther back and I'orni a continuous layer to the posterior tip of the proboscis. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLAlJELl'lIIA. ()95 height of the inner epithelial cells may be noticed, and gland cells are becoming more numerous. The Middle Region. — The proboscis is usually greatly twisted and coiled, and the maximum diameter is found here, about 0.4 mm. The layers are as follows (see figs. 38, 40) : 1. The outer epithelium, o.Ep. 2. The subepithelial layer of circular muscle fibrils, Ep.m.f- 3. The outer basement layer, o.B.L. 4. The longitudinal muscle layer, L.M. 5. The circular muscle layer, CM. 6. The nervous plexus, n.-p. 7. The connective tissue of the papillse, Gn. T. 8. The inner epithelium, i.Ep. 1, 2, 3, 4 and 7 have essentially the same structure as in the transition stages. The notable features of this region are found in the circular muscle and the inner epithelium. Shortly after the appearance of the circular muscle layer, there is a crossing of the circular ^fibres at one point out through the longitudinal layer. DX JDX yx Diagram 6. — Zygcupolin, cross section of "middle region" of pro- boscis, with one muscular cross — D X, dorsal muscular cross ; i.Ep., inner epithelium. Diagram 7. — ZygeiipoUa, cross section of "middle region" of pro- boscis, -with strong dorsal and faint ventral muscular cross — D.X., dor- sal muscular cross ; V.X., arm of ventral cross ; i.Ep., inner epithe- lium ; Ji., abnormal, enlarged region of longitudinal muscle. The fibres of the cross are very thin, and after crossing are appar- ently continued as the subepithelial circular layer of fibrils before 696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, described. It is a fact worthy of note that although the crossing of the circular fibres takes place first in the middle region, the subepithelial layer of circular fibrils extends almost to the anterior end of the proboscis. In some specimens the muscular cross is present on the dorsal surface only (see Diagram 6, D.X.), in others there is a weaker cross on the ventral side, fig. 40, and in still other specimens the two arms of the ventral cross are very faint, and lie about 120° apart (see Diagram 7, V.X.). In this latter case there is an exceptional arrangement of the longitudinal muscle fibres of the proboscis. The dorso-ventral diameter is about .145 mm., and almost one-half of the area of the proboscis is occupied by the circular muscle of the ventral side, Diagram 7, K. The muscle fibres have, increased enomiously on this side, and spaces filled with a connective tissue reticulum separate the wide part of the layer from the narrower, normal part. Through these connective tissue areas run the fibres of the ventral cross. The lateral nerves are separate at the beginning of the middle region, I)ut farther back they spread out into a thin nervous layer, fig. 40, n.p., which forms a continuous ring around the proboscis, along the inner surface of the circular muscle. The glandular inner epithelium of the middle region is charac- terized by a structure that will be termed the glandular ridge, Plate XLTI, fig. 40, Gl.B. The dorsal surface bears an eleva- tion consisting of a core of connective tissue, C'n. T., which is con- tinued throughout the middle region. The epithelium clothing the ridge is very specialized. The entire surface of the ridge is thrown into a series of lesser elevations, or knobs, covered by masses of rod- shaped bodies that are aggregated in clusters, each cluster on a small papilla. With hiematoxylin-eosiu these rods stain a bright red, and are evidently glandular secretions. Biii-ger (1895) has descril)ed and figured, from the probosces of living worms, very similar structures, which he has termed rhahdites. Burger con- siders each rhabdite as the product of a single cell. As the red- staining bodies in Zijgeupolla bear a close resemblance to the rhab- dites of Biirger, they will receive the same term. Unfortunately the proboscis of Zygeupolla was not studied in life, so that the de- scriptions here given are based wholly on sections.' ' The best fixation for the rhabdites is 95 per cent, alcohol ; their structure is also shown, but not so well, with corrosive sublimate and 50 per cent. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPIIIA. 697 Fig. 36 shows a small branch of the glandular ridge, on the sur- face of which are several clusters of rhabdites. The section has passed through the centre of the branch, exposing the central connective tissue core, the lightly shaded area, Cn. T. No nuclei have been seen in the rhabdite cells, probably owing to the great number and the close proximity of the glandular secretions. The inner epithelium of the ventral surface is of quite a different character. A certain amount of interstitial connective tissue is present at the base, but there are no elevations. The most promi- nent constituents of the epithelium are the large pink-staining (hrematoxylin-eosin) gland cells, fig. 40, GL^. These cells are quite elongated, the distal ends are large, and the proximal ends are narrowed into a slender stalk. The cell body is entirely filled with the granular secretion, and the nucleus lies just above the stalk. Between the gland cells are very slender cells, somewhat resembling epithelial supporting cells in shape. The nucleus is at the base of the slender cell body, and in the distal cytoplasm may be found one, or sometimes two, rods shaped like a thorn, with flat base and pointed end. The base is embedded in the cyto- plasm, the pointed ends project beyond the cell. These structures, fig. 40, Th., stain a deep blue, hrematoxylin-eosin ; brownish with the Ehrlich-Biondi stain. The Posterior Region. — The diameter of the proboscis in the posterior region, fig. 41, is constantly decreasing, until at the extreme tip it measures only .04 mm. The outer epithelial cells, fig. 39, o.Ep., like those of the ex- treme anterior region, are ratlier brick-shaped cells with abundant cytoplasm, and do not form a flattened endothelium. The muscle layers have decreased relatively to the other tissues; and instead of the nervous plexus of the middle region, there are, again, two separate lateral nerves, P.X. The amount of connective tissue, Cn. T.N., has increased, and as the nuclei of these cells are large, with but little cytoplasm, the effect produced is that of a layer of undifferentiated tissue. The glandular ridge has disappeared, and the inner epithelium is of a uniform character, consisting of pink- staining gland cells, GV.j, like those in the ventral epithelium of the middle region. alcohol ; while they are ewollen and quite unrecognizable with Flemming's fluid. 6^8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, At the extreme tip of the proboscis the muscular layers ahnost disappear, the couuective tissue cells become even more abundant, and the gland cells of the inner epithelium are replaced by low, flattened endothelial cells. 7. The Blood Vascular Svstem. — The anterior part of the head of Zijgeujjolla differs from that of most Nemerteans in being quite devoid of blood vessels, and even of blood spaces that are large enough to be seen, although there is no doubt a network of capillaries too fine to be distinguishable either in life or in fixed preparations. Tlie blood system makes its first appearance in the brain region, just behind the insertion of the proboscis, Plaie XL, fig. 16. In the blood system the following parts may be found (see figs. 16, 17): (1) The fine paired head vessels, H.V.,* which unite to form (2) the unpaired median vessel, M. F.; (3) the paired cerebral organ vessels, C. Org. V.; (4) the unpaired dorsal vessel, D. V.; (5) the paired lateral vessels of the body, L. V.; (6) the ventral, connectives of the lateral vessels (fig. 22), V.bl.con.; (7) the paired dorso-lateral vessels at the posterior end of the body, derived from the forking of the unpaired dorsal vessel, DI. V., and (8) the central blood lacuna in the caudicle, Bl.L. In sections of the brain region, fig. 19, H. Y., the head vessels appear as two irregular clefts running dorso-ventrally, one on each side of the proboscis, just behind its insertion. These narrow slits lie in the limited area between the proboscis sheath and the circular muscle of the body wall, and in the vicinity of the veurral brain commissure their ventral ends coalesce, forming an unpaired cres- cent-shaped vessel, the median vessel, which encircles the lower half of the proboscis sheath, fig. 20, M. Y. The median blood vessel extends from this point backward as far as the mouth. In its course it becomes considerably deeper dorso- ventrally, and is very noticeable in sections of this region. It assumes a horseshoe shape, with the apex pointing ventrally and the two long slender arms prolonged dorsally. In the vicinity of the cerebral organs, fig. 21, the arms are cut off by a horizontal band of muscle fibres, H.M., that lies beneath the cerebral organs ' The reference line from H.V., in fig. 16, should extend in as far as the red lines indicAtin"; the head vessel. 1901,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699 and the rhyuchocwl, so that only the triangular middle part of the median vessel now remains. Immediately behind the ventral brain commissure the unpaired dorsal blood vessel arises from the median vessel, figs. 16, 21, D. V. It passes up through the muscle layers of the proboscis sheath into the rhynehoccel, and continues in this position — on the floor of the rhynchoca?l in the median line, but bounded dorsally by the rhyn- chocoilomic epithelium — until about the middle of the nephridia} region, fig. 22. Here the dorsal vessel passes down through the proboscis sheath and out again into the tissue that is just beneath the rhynchociel and above the alimentary canal; and this position is retained throughout the remainder of its course, figs. 23, 24. In ihe anterior tesophageal region the lateral blood vessels are united beneath the oesophagus by ventral connectives. In one speci- men the connectives are broad and dilated, fig. 22, V.hl.con., in others they are almost entirely shrunken together. The ventral con- nection of the lateral trunks is continued throughout the ffisopha- geal region, forming a network of fine anastomosing branches. It is probably further continued, in the remainder of the body, but I have been unable to follow it in my specimens. In the oesophageal region the lateral trunks he on the dorso-lateral side of the alimentary canal; in the middle intestinal region they have moved ventrally and lie on the ventral side of the intestine. No connection between the dorsal vessel and the lateral trunks has been observed, except at the extreme posterior end of the body. Some little distance in front of the end of the body proper (see fig. 17) the dorsal vessel divides into two, which for a time lie side by side, their walls adjoining. They then move apart, and lie in about the same relative distance from one another as do the two ventral lateral trunks, so that in a section of this region, fig. 26, four vessels ai-e present, symmetrically placed. Just anterior to the anal opening the two dorsal vessels, or rather the dorso-lateral vessels, descend and unite with their ventral fellows in a large blood lacuna, fig. 27, Bl.L. This lacuna now occupies most of the area inside the body musculature, for the intestine curves dorsally and shortly opens to the exterior on the dorsal surface of the body. The large lacuna passes on into the caudicle, fig. 17, Bl.L., and continues throughout its length. It has no definite walls, but is bounded bv the muscular wall of the caudicle, on the 700 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. inner surface of which are irregular groups of large raesenchym cells, figs. 27, 28, mes., many of which become detached and float freely in the lacuna. Hidolocjii. — The wall of the median blood vessel is a one-celled layer, fig. 29, of low, somewhat flattened cells that are wider than high. The nuclei are oval and vather prominent and the cyto- plasm clear and hyaline. In places the wall becomes a flattened endothelium, often appearing in cross section like a thin membrane, along wh'ch the nuclei lie. The lining of the cerebral organ blood vessels is of a similar character. The dorsal blood vessel, as already mentioned, lies, in the ante- rior part of its course, in the mid-ventral wall of the rhynchocoel, and posteriorly, beneath the rhynchoccel. Fig. 50, a section through the dorsal blood vessel shortly behind its origin, shows that the vessel is surrounded ventrally and later- ally by bundles of longitudinal fibres, which are more numerous here than on the other surfaces of the rhynchoco?l wall, and proba- bly take part in the contractions of the vessel, while the dorsal surface of the vessel is bounded by the epithelial lining of the rhyn- chnccel, Rc.Ep. The wall of the dorsal vessel consists of an endothelium. End., of low, rather brick-shaped cells with large nuclei. The cells of the ventral part of the wall are very regularly arranged, Plate XLIIl, fig. 50, but the regularity of the dorsal wall is interrupted by the proliferation of numerous blood-forming cells, Bl.f. C, that project into the lumen of the vessel and remain for some time at- tached to the dorsal wall by their slender stalks. The boundary between the dorsal wall of the blood vessel and the epithelium of the rhynchocud is marked by a fine line, Bl.M., that varies in distinctness in different preparations. After the luematoxylin-eosin stain it appears pink, after iron-hrematoxyliu, black, so that it is probable that a few muscle fibres are present here, forming a very delicate circular layer around the dorsal side of the vessel. This line might also represent a deeply stained connective tissue layer, but, since the dorsal vessel after leaving the rhynchocfel has a well-defined muscle slieatli, it seems more likely that this is the beginning of a muscle layer. The blood-forming cells are evidentlv enlarged endothelial cells. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIlILADELl'HIA. 701 that gradually separate off and become free. At first pear-shaped, with a slender stalk, they later become rounded and are frequently amoeboid in outline, fig. 51, Bl.f. C. The cytoplasm is finely granu- lar in appearance and quite f)rominent. In the anterior (rhyn- choca?lomic) part of the dorsal vessel the blood-forming cells arise only from the dorsal side, but posteriorly from all sides of the dorsal vessel (cf. figs. 50, 51). The dorsal blood vessel after leaving the rhynchoccel lies beneath it and above the intestine, figs. 22, 2S, immediately surrounded by a network of connective tissue cells. The wall, fig. 51, consists of an inner endothelium, End., and an outer circular muscle layer, BLM., that in this region is continued around the entire vessel, and is not confined to the dorso-lateral surface, as in the anterior region. The muscle fibres are very fine, but are clear and distinct, and are especially well seen in tangential sections of the vessel. The endothelium. End., is very irregular, being interrupted by the proliferation of cells from all sides of the vessel. In places, many consecutive sections of the vessel may be examined without finding a single true endothelial cell, while numerous blood-forming cells are present in each section. Two explanations for this are possible: either all the endothelial cells have been changed into blood- forming cells, or the endothelium has been rubbed or torn off. The latter is supported by the fact that a thin lining of cytoplasm may nearly always be seen on the inner side of the muscular layer, even though no nuclei are present. The two dorso-lateral vessels at the posterior (:nd of the body, figs. 26, 49, have the same histological structure as the dorsal ves- sel— the outer, circular muscle layer, and the inner, more or less interrupted endothelium and numerous blood-forming cells. The lateral vessels, figs. 46, 47, L.V., and their ventral con- nectives, V. hi. con., are lined anterioi'ly by low, brick-shaped cells like those of the median vessel, with prominent nuclei and hyaline cytoplasm. This endothelium soon becomes more flattened and membraneous. Here and there a blood-forming cell is given off, fig. 46, Bl.f.C, but there is no abundant proliferation of these cells as in the dorsal vessel. In the nephridial region the endo- thelium of the lateral blood vessels is discontinuous, being absent from the surfaces of the terminal bulbs. Xo muscular layer is present in the anterior part of the lateral vessels, the wall consist- 702 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , Ing merely of the endothelium. Outside of the membraneous en- dothelium, in the more posterior part of the lateral vessels, fine librils are seen. These may be either fine muscular fibrils, or the end processes of the branched conpective tissue cells that are so numerous around the blood vessels. From their general appear- ance, and from the absence of muscle fibres in the more anterior part of the lateral vessels, I am inclined to regard them rather as connective tissue fibres. 8. The Excretory System. — The paired nephridia,' fig. 1, Nph., lie in the anterior part of the body, about 6-7 mm. behind the mouth, bordering on the ventral surface of the lateral blood vessels and running parallel with them; they are about 2.5 mm. in length, and there is no communication between the two nephri- dia. Each nephridium may be briefly described as a slightly con- voluted tube (the main duct) that opens to the exterior by a nar- row duct (excretory duct) at its posterior end, and which ante- riorly gives off a number of slender, thin-walled branches (the ductules), each of these ending blindly in a group of specialized cells, known as a terminal l)alb (" Eudkiilbcheu, " Burger). The most anterior part of the nephridial system, consisting of the terminal bulbs, fig. 47, T.B., and their ductules, Nph.d., is found along the ventral surface of the lateral blood vessels, L. V., and their ventral connectives, Plate XLI, fig. 22, Y. hi. con. No main duct is present in this region, and the irregular network of the fine ductules and their blind ends at first seemed a hopelessly confused mass of tissue, but by the careful study of serial sections the relative arrangement of the parts has been made out. The terminal bulb, Plate XLIII, fig. 47, T.B., is the blind en- larged end of the fine ductule, N2)h.d., coming from the main duct. fig. 46, Npli.D. Each bulb consists of a number of cells, probably eight to ten or more, but it is difiicult to determine this exactly as a bulb does not always lie wliolly in one section. The cells of the bulb are placed side to side about a central lumen, so that the walls of the bulb are one cell thick. The height of the cells — that is, the 'Several attempts were made to study the nephridia in life, but they could be seen in two specimens only. In these, merely the presence of the main duct was made out, and in one case the excretory dnct. The methy- leu blue metliod, employed ])y Biirger (1892, p. 327, Ibotuote) for the study of the nephridia of Eapoliu and various Metanemerteaus, was tried ])ut without success, so that the following description is based entirely upon the study of sections. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrillA. 703 distance faora the lumen to the periphery of the bulb — is greater than their width. The peripheral ends are considerably enlarged and often irregular in outline; the luminal ends are frequently produced into long slender processes that seem to take some part in the formation of the stem of the bulb. The cytoplasm of the peripheral (proximal) end takes a bright pink, hsematoxylin-eosin stain; the distal processes, however, stain very faintly. The nu- cleus is large and fusiform, but appears round in cross section, and is situated in the expanded proximal end of the cell. After finding the terminal bulb cells so well preserved in sec- tions, it seemed most probable that the long branches of vibratile cilia, the " ciliary flames " (" WimperQammen, " Burger), present in the terminal bulbs of other Nemerteans, might also be found; but although they have been carefully looked for, they have net been seen. Cilia, fig. 46, Cil., are found on the cells of the nephridial duct and of the ductules, and generally in a good state of preservation, so that it seems improbable that the cilia of the bulbs should have been destroyed by fixation. On the other hand, the analogy with the terminal bulbs of those Nemerteans that have been exhaustively studied is in favor of their presence in Zy- f/eujjolia also. The bulbs project freely into the blood vessel all along its ven- tral surface, and in one case a ductule was observed that passed through the vessel, so that its bulb came to lie on the opposite, dorsal, surface. The epithelial lining of the blood vessel is fre- quently broken and discontinuous in*' the region of the bulbs, figs. 46, 47, and in no place are the bulbs covei'ed by it, so that the ends of the bulbs are directly bathed by the blood. The absence of the blood vessel epithelium from the ends of the bulbs may fa- cilitate the absorption of waste substance from the blood, and this may account for the disappearance of the lining from around the bulbs of the nephridia. No internal openings between the nephridium and the blood vessel, such as Oudemans describes in Carinoma armandi, have been seen. The nephridial ductules, figs. 46, 47, Npli.d., the slender tubes that connect the terminal bulbs and the main duct, are very sinu- ous, and it is probable that several terminal bulbs may connect with one ductule. Some ductules are quite long, especially those 704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , that run along the ventral blood connectives. The wall of the ductule is a one-celled layer and encloses a narrow lumen. The cells are wider than high, with but little cytoplasm and elongated nuclei. The cell surface turned toward the lumen bears cilia. No basement membrane is present. About 3-4 mm. behind the first appearance of the terminal bulbs the main nephridial duct begins, fig. 46, Nph.D. It is situated on the ventral side of the lateral blood vessel, in the angle made by the junction of the ventral connective with the lateral vessel; the main duct does not project into the blood vessel, but merely adjoins it with one surface, the other surfaces being surrounded by the fibres of the inner longitudinal muscle layer. The main duct is about 2 mm. long and composes the greater part of the nephridium. Into its anterior end for some little distance the ductules open, but behind that there are no diverticula until the excretory duct at the pos- terior end is reached. The main duct is thick-walled, fig. 46, and slightly convoluted throughout its length. The cells of the wall are considerably higher than wide, with quite sharply defined cell membranes. The nuclei are prominent and are situated near the outer or basal side of the cell, i.e., away from the lumen of the duct. The outer surfaces of the cells are usually irregular, and often bear amoeboid processes, no basement membrane being present. The surface bordering on the lumen is ciliated, and the liasal knobs of the cilia are very distinct. In the cells of the main duct and ductules of one specimen that had been fixed in a solution of sublimate in 50 per cent, alcohol, and stained with hjeraatoxyliu and eosin, were found numerous prominent red-staining bodies of the same size as the nucleus, but neither larger nor smaller ones. Wherever these red bodies occurred they were found one to a cell, and at first it seemed as if they were degenerating nuclei. Careful examination, how- ever, detected the nucleus in each cell, of normal size, but staining less deeply than usual. It is possible that these bodies may be excretory masses, but their absence from the lumen of the duct and the fact that no intermediate stages in their for- mation have been seen would discredit this view. Burger (1890), p. 93, describes in the uephridia of Carinella what may be simi- lar masses: " Schon in den Zellen der .... Endkaniilchen und Eudkolben, fielen mir bis kerngrosse glunzende griine Konkremente 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPIIIA. 705 auf. Ueber ihre Natiir musste ich im Unklareu bleibeu ; niemals beobachtete ich solche im Excretioiisgcfassliiinen selbst." The excretory duct, figs. 1, 45, Exc.d., is the small, thin-walled tube that connects the main duct with the exterior. Its course is in a plane at right angles to the plane of the main duct, and it opens to the exterior just dorsal to the lateral nerve chord. Since the excretory duct runs in a direct line to the epidermis with but little turning or twisting, its length is merely the distance from the main duct to the surface of the body wall. The cells composing the wall are much lower than those of the main duct, and are wider than high, the height being about .006 mm. Cilia are borne on the ianer surface. No basement membrane is present. The cells of the excretory duct meet those of the body epithelium at the surface of the body, there being little or no invagination of the epidermis. A good deal of evidently foreign matter from the exterior is usually found in the excretory duct. 9. The Alimentary System. — The alimentary canal of the Heteronemerteans is usually divided into the following regions: (1) The mouth; (2) the a^sophagus, or anterior intestine (" Vor. derdarm," Biirger), a straight tube without lateral diverticula; (8) the middle intestine (" Mitteldarm," Burger), with lateral out- growths or cieca throughout its length; (4) the anal portion of the intestine ("Enddarm"), a short region where the lateral cceca ar no longer present, terminating in (5) the anal opening. Burger (1895), p. 240, says: " Wir nennen den uugegliederten vorderen Darmabschnitt Vorderdarm, den gegliederten, welcher der mittleren und hinteren Korperregion characteristisch ist, den Mitteldarm. Wir bezeichnen feruer am Mitteldarm den rohrenformigen Theil als axiales Rohr, die peripheren Ausstiilpuugeu desselben als Darm- taschen." According to Biirger, the (esophagus (Vorderdarm) has fre- quently two regions, an antei'ior and a posterior, that differ histo- logically from one another. In Garinella Biirger finds the epithelium of the anterior part of the "Vorderdarm" very rich in gland cells, while the posterior part consists mostly of supporting cells with a few scattered gland cells; and in Cerebratulus marginatas he finds the same differentiation of anterior and posterior parts? 45 706 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , only in this genus the anterior glandular part is more extensive than Ihe posterior part. Burger's own words, p. 250, are: ** Im Vergleich mit Carinella setzt sich das Driisenepithel der j\Iund- hohle, welches dort ja ganz ahnlich wie bei Cerehratulus marginatus beschaffen ist, aber nur die Mundhohle und den allervordersteu Abschnitt des Vorderdarnis auskleidet, bei den Ccrebratulen weit nach hinlen fort Aber es fehlt auch nicht jener zweite Abschnitt des Vorderdarnis bei Cerehratulus, welcher sich durch seine Driisenzellen wesentlich von dem ersten unterscheidet und den Uebergang in den bei den hoheren Formen durch die Darmtaschen auch morphologisch von dem vorderen Darmabschuilt differenzirten Mitteldarm bildet Es giebt also bei Cerehratulus, just wie bei Carinella, einen iiusserst driisenreichen vorderen und einen auffalleud driisenarmen hinteren Vorderdarmabschnitt. " In Zygeupolla the differences between the anterior and the pos- terior parts of the tube-like portion of the alimentary canal (Vorderdarm) are so great that in this description the two parts will be termed respectively the oesophagus and the stomach. My reasons for this are partly for the sake of brevity and clearness, since the expressions "anterior part of anterior intestine" and " posterior part of anterior intestine" are lengthy and awkward to use; and partly to emphasize the very considerable differences in the structure of the two regions. It is my belief that while the oesophagus is evidently derived from the ectoderm, the stomach, together with the middle intestine, owes its origin to the entoderm. The term stomach is not altogether a happy one, since it at once suggests the " Magendarm" or stomach intestine of the Metanemer- teans, which may have a different embryological history; and yet, on the other hand, the function of both is evidently digestive, and the resemblances in the histology very striking. Both have a truly glandular epithelium, as will be seen by comparing the sec- tion of the epithelium of the " Magendarm" oi Drepanophorus latus, figured by Burger (1895), Taf. 27, Fig. 17, with the epithelium of the stomach of Zygeupolia, Plate XLII, figs. 32, 33. Thei'efore, in Zi/geupolia the alimentary canal will be subdivided into the following regions (see fig. 1): (1) The mouth, 31.; (2) the oesophagus, Oes.; (3) the stomach, S. ; (4) the middle intes- tine, 3I.I.; (5) the end intestine, E.L (Enddarra), and (6) the anus, fig. 17, A. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 707 The mouth, figs. 1, 16, 31. , is situated on the ventral surface of the body, shortly behind the brain, and about 5 mm. from the tip of the head. lu a passive condition the mouth is a small round opening, with crinkled edges forming a kind of circular lip, but it is capable of great ex])ansion, enabling the worm to swallow prey nearly as large as itself. The tissue immediately encircling the mouth is conspicuous in life by its greenish hue, caused by the secre- tions of the numerous gland cells, figs. 16, 31, w., that are situated in the subepithelial tissue of the anterior oesophageal region. A cross section of the body through the mouth opening shows that the mouth is lined with an epithelium of ciliated suj^porting cells resembling those of the body epithelium, but with longer cilia. No gland cells could be distinguished in the epithelium of the mouth-opening proper, nor in the cutis beneath it. In the semi-transparent living Zygeupolia the oesophagus and the stomach may be easily seen under a low power in a slightly com- pressed specimen. The diflEerenl degrees of refraction of the two parts makes them easily distinguishable. The oesophagus, fig. 1, Oes , appears rather light, while the stomach, *S'., is darker, denser tind of a more granular appearance. It will be seen from fig. 1 that the oesophagus is rather shorter than the stomach. These two regions do not pass gradually into one another, but there is a sudden transition which might be indicated by a straight line drawn at right angles to the long axis of the alimentary canal (see fig. 1), and sections show that there is an abrupt change in the cell elements. In life there is an appearance of a fold at the be- ginning of the stomach, which probably serves as a valve. Fig. 33 is a somewhat oblique cross section of the alimentary canal through the line of division of oesophagus and stomach. The slight obliquity takes the section through both oesophagus and stomach; the oesophageal epithelium, Oe.Ep., being present on the ventral surface, the stomach epithelium, S.Ep., on the dorsal sur- face. In the upper right hand part of the figure indications of a fold, /., are seen, where the oesophageal epithelium apparently passes over the stomach epithelium. The beginning of the stomach has a constant relative position, occurring always in the same frontal plane with the anterior neph- ridial region (see fig. 1). This fact is helpful in trying to find the nephridia in life. 708 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , The oesophagus extends backward from the mouth a distance of about 9-12 ram., according to the size of the worm. The wall of the oesophagus, figs. 31, 33, consists of an epithelium oE ciliated supporting cells, S.C., and gland cells, GL^, about .023 mm. in height, very similar to that of the epidermis (cf. figs. 2 and 31). The supporting cells are like those of the epidermis, only more slender. The gland cells are flask-shaped, with finely granular contents that stain a bright pink, htematoxylin-eosin staiu. Blue- staining gland cells are entirely absent. Both supporting and gland cells rest on a delicate basement membrane, B.M., and some interstitial connective tissue cells are found between the bases of the epithelial cells. At the extreme posterior end of the oesophagus some of the epi- thelial cells become much higher, but otherwise their structure is the same. The subepithelial gland cells, that have been described above as giving the greenish color in life to the circular "lip" of the mouth, are present in great numbers immediately around the mouth, and less abundantly throughout the greater part of the oesophagus. A group of these cells, w., is shown in fig. 31, from the anterior part of the oesophagus. The gland cells are large, the cell body- containing a secretion that is probably fluid in life, but appears finely granular in the fixed preparations and stains rose red, hsematoxylin-eosin stain. Some cells seem to have but one nucleus, others more than one, but the latter case may be due to the crowd- ing together of the cells or to the presence of the adjacent connec- tive tissue nuclei, so that this point has not been definitely settled. The ducts, dt, are long and slender, and open into the oesophagus between the epithelial cells. Farther back in the oesophagus these subepithelial gland cells entirely disappear. The inner surface of the oesophagus is usually thrown into numerous high papillre, especially the ventral surface (see fig. 33). The papillse are formed chiefly of hmgitudinal muscle fibres, but contain also connective tissue cells and the subepithelial gland cells, when they are present. The papilla) come to an end together with the oesophagus (cf. the dorsal and ventral surfaces of fig. 33). A few isolated strands of circularly running muscle fibres, fig. 33, M.S., are frequently found beneath the papilla), partly encir- cling the oesophagus, but no continuous " oesophageal " muscle 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 709 layer is formed. The origin of these strands has been traced in some cases to the circular muscle of the proboscis sheath, in other cases to dorso -ventral fibres coming from the outer circular muscle of the body wall. The change between the oisophagus and stomach is not only a sudden but a very marked one (see fig. 33). Instead of the oesoph- agus, with its low epithelium and its great extent of surface caused by the high papillte, there is the stomach, without folds or papillse and consisting of a very high epithelium, about four times higher than that of the oesophagus, in which the large gland cells are the principal element. The ciliated supporting cells, S. C. , are present, apparently in equal numbers with the gland cells, but are so small and inconspicuous that they are easily over- looked. In fact, four specimens were studied before their presence was detected, and they were seen for the first time in an over- stained specimen, where the deep blue stain taken by their cyto- plasm and their ciliary bases was in strong contrast to the pink of the adjacent gland cells. The gland cells of the stomach, fig. 32, Gl.-i, are large, measur- ing .087 mm. in height and .011 mm. in width. The distal end is slightly narrowed into a neck, and the basal end into a slender process that is inserted into the basement membrane, -B.il/. The cell membrane is very distinct, and the cell body is filled with a network of cytoplasm, in which are embedded large homogeneous secretion globules that stain pink with eosin. Some slight color differences seem to indicate difierent phases in the secretion, and a few cells appearing lighter in color had evidently discharged most of their secretion. The rather small oval nucleus, N., lies near the base of the cell, not far above the basal process. Alternating with the gland cells are the small ciliated supporting cells, fig. 32, S. C. They have a small cell body, about .004 mm. in width, cm a very long stalk, *S'^., the basal ends of which are inserted into the basement membrane. The cilia are short and their structure could not be determined. A surface view of these cells shows that there is one stout cilium in the middle of the cell, while the other more slender ones ax'e arranged in a ring around the periphery of the upper surface. The stouter cilium may occa- sionally be seen in sections, and then appears slightly longer than the peripheral ones. A few small interstitial connective tissue 710 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , cells are present among the bases of the gland and supporting cells, and are demonstrable chiefly by their nuclei. The basement membrane of the stomach rests directly upon the inner longitudinal muscle of the body wall. The stomach is fre- quently greatly flattened by the pi*essure exerted by the expanded rhynchocoel. For the study of this region, a specimen from which the proboscis has been cast out is the most favorable. The middle intestine, M.I., according to definition, begins with the first pair of lateral intestinal creca, but the cells that are pecu- liarly characteristic of the middle intestine are not found in the most anterior caeca or pouches, which are lined by cells similar to those of the stomach. In other Avoi'ds, the most anterior pouches of the middle intestine belong histologically to the stomach. The transition from the gland cells and ciliated supporting cells, exactly similar to those of the stomach, that are found in the most anterior pouches, to the absorptive cells characteristic of the middle intestine is a very gradual one, and varies in different in- dividuals. In some specimens the transition begins in the second pair of cicca, in others it takes place farther back. There is no abrupt line where gland cells end and absorptive cells begin, like the sharp line between the end of the (esophagus and the beginning of the stomach, but the gland cells and their companion support- ing cells gradually become less numerous and are replaced by the absorptive cells that belong to the middle intestine. Throughout the course of the middle intestine, here and there are found gland cells, fig. 34, Gl.i,, just like those of the stomach and the anterior pouches. It is the presence of these gland cells, characteristic of the stomach, in the anterior pouches and scattered through the rest of the middle intestine, that has led me to believe that probably the stomach and the middle intestine have a common origin from the entoderm. The fact that there is not a well-defined histological dividing line between the cell elements of the two regions, but a gradual replacement of the gland cells by the absorptive cells, is in confirmation of this opinion. And furthermore, to return to the difterences between (esophagus and stomach, here we do find a sharply defined and sudden transition from an epithelium resem- bling that of the outside of the body to a truly glandular epithe- lium; also, the opening to the stomach provided with a primitive 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 711 valvular fold. Here is certainly the division line between ectoder- mal and entodermal derivatives. The characteristic absorptive cells of the middle intestine, fig. 34, Abs.C, are long slender cells, about .14 mm. high, rather flattened at the base and inserted by slender lateral processes into the basement membrane, B.M., and bearing several very long cilia, CIL, on the distal surface. The cilia are about as long as the cell, and are inserted on a basal knob. The nucleus is rather elon- gate, and is situated near the base of the cell. The cell contents are of a variable nature; usually the cell is filled with a finely granular pink -staining substance, h?ematoxylin-eosiu stain, in which are numerous spherical masses that stain a dark red. Other cells present a vacuolated appearance, as if filled with a foamy fluid substance. Since the function of these cells is absorption, the different appearance of the contents should correspond to the different stages in the absorptive process. Throughout the greater part of the middle intestine the cells are swollen with the food con- tents, and so closely pressed together that it is impossible to make out the details of a single cell. All cell walls have apparently disappeared, and the result is a chaotic mass of cytoplasm filled with globules and granules of food, bordered by cilia on the side toward the intestinal lumen, and with a row of nuclei along the base, above the basement membrane. The gland cells that have been mentioned as occurring occa- sionally in the middle intestine, fig. 34, Gl.i, cannot be distin- guished from the absorptive cells — except by their absence of cilia — in preparations stained with iron-hsematoxylin, since with this stain both the secretion globules and the absorptive particles stain black. With the hi3ematoxylin-eosin staia, howev^er, the differences are strongly brought out, the food granules staining a brighter red, and having a different degree of refraction from that of the gland- ular secretion globules. It has already been mentioned that the two anterior pouches consist of different histological elements from the subsequent ones. They are also somewhat smaller and are deflected slightly forward (see fig. 1). In the more anterior part of the middle intestine, the ca?ca are but little deeper than the axial part of the canal, but farther back the cseca increase in depth at the expense of the axial portion. 712 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, In the breeding season, when the gonads are swollen and en- larged, the intestinal ctcca are under such- pressure that their opposite walls are frequently in contact. Wilson (1900) believes that the lateral ca^ca do not function under these conditions, and quotes the statement of M'Intosh (1873), that " the glandular elements in the wall of the digestive tract undergo a certain amount of atrophy during the period of reproductive perfection." Wilson adds, in respect to (Jerebratulus ladeus, p. 115: " For a long time, therefore, these intestinal pouches can function very little, if at all, and so they contribute nothing to the nourishment of the body." I should be unwilling to state that the lateral pouches in Zygeupolia take no part in the absorption of food, for I have found some cells of the lateral cseca that evidently con- tained food vacuoles, in spite of the fact that the ctecum was greatly pressed by the adjoining gonads; but the cells of the creca are certainly under great disadvantages at this period. • Toward the posterior end of the body (see fig. 17), the lateral cseca decrease more and more in size, until finally the intestine is once more a simple tube, Plate XLI, fig. 26, E.I. This portion of the alimentary tract is variously termed the "anal portion of the intestine," the " end intestine" ("Enddarm," Burger) and the "rectum" (Coe, 1895 a). The end intestine, as it will here be termed, in Zygeupolia is about .8 mm. long. The cells are the same absorptive cells that are found in the middle intestine, with an occasional gland cell, so that histologically the end intestine is the same as the middle intes- tine, and may be regarded as merely the terminal portion of that region. At the junction of the caudicle and body, fig. 27, the intestine curves dorsally and opens, by the anus, to the exterior on the dor- sal surface of the body. The anal opening, fig. 17,^1., is small, and the edges are clothed with cilia. 10. The Reproductive System. — Zijgeupolia is dioecious. The gonads, figs. 1, 24, 25, are found between the pouches of the middle intestine, metamerically arranged, throughout its length, the first pair of gonads occurring between the first and second pairs of intestinal CiTca, and so on regularly, the gonad of one side lying between two consecutive intestinal ca^ca, and oppo- site to its fellow of the other side. Near the end of the middle 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 713 intestine, about 7 mm. anterior to the anus (see fig. 17), where the caeca become more and more shallow and finally disappear altogther, leaving the simple tube of the end intestine, the gonads terminate (cf. fig. 26). The Testis. — The testis is a simple sac, the wall consisting of a one-celled layer of large, rather flattened cells with prominent nuclei. In cross section, Plate XLI, fig. 24, the wall of the gonad appears like a membrane, along which the nuclei are placed; in tan- gential section, Plate XLIII, fig. 53, the cells appear elongated, dovetailing into one another, with strong cell walls which are wavy in outline, and granular cytoplasm that stains pink with the haema- toxylin-eosin stain. Each testis has a single duct, figs. 24, 55, T.d., opening on the dorsal surface of the body, very near the side of the rhynchoca'l. The duct passes dorsally from the testis through the inner lougitudinal and circular muscle layers, and then expands into a bulb-like portion with slightly thickened walls, fig. 55, h, and again narrows before opening to the exterior. The duct meets the body epithelium at the surface, and no bending in of the latter has been observed. The youngest male cells are found at the margin of the testis, attached by their bases to the gonad walls, figs. 24, 57. The youngest cells are the largest — .023 mm. long, .005 mm. wide. They are rather pear-shaped cells, fig. 57, with the distal end rounded and the basal end prolonged into a slender stalk. The nuclei, N., are large, with a prominent chromatin reticulum and one nucleolus, n. The cytoplasm is finely granular and no cell mem- branes are present. From their size it is probable that these cells are spermatogonia. They form a layer, one or two deep, around the periphery of the testis, and are occasionally found far in toward the middle. On the median side of the spermatogonia comes a zone of smaller cells, arranged in radial rows. These are probably spermatocytes. Many of them are in division stages, and the tiny spindles are very distinct, but are too minute for any exact study. In the innermost part of the testis the spermatozoa, Plate XLI, fig. 24, Spz., are found, and near them very small cells that are no doubt the spermatids. The spermatozoa are about .06 mm. long, and three parts may be distinguished in them, the head, the middle piece and the tail, Plate XLIII, figs. 58, 50. The head is longer 714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC. , than wide, and is slightly broader at its posterior end. It stains deep black with iron-ha3matox3'lin, and blue with hieraatoxylin-eosin. In some iron-hsematoxylin preparations that had been strongly de- stained, the head appeared ashy gray with a minute black point at the tip, fig. 58. The middle piece, m.b., is a four-lobed etructure. In fig. 59 there is a middle piece that has been detached from a spermatozoan and which resembles four small spheres. In side view only two of the lobes are seen. The middle piece stains black with iron-hfematoxylin, and red with hsematoxylin-eosin. The tail is a slender filament, in which no structure could be made out, many times longer than the head. The Ovary. — The wall of the ovary, like that of the testis, is a flattened epithelium, fig. 54, Gon. W. No ovarian duct has been found, although several specimens of different ages have been examined. It is possible that a duct may form in an older stage than those studied, but it seems more prob- able that the eggs are discharged by rupture of the wall. The latter view is supported by the fact of the difficulty in keeping the body wall intact while studying living females with large ova. When a perfect specimen was placed on a slide with sea water and covered, a method that was repeatedly used without difficulty for males, and for females with smaller ova, the posterior part of the body would almost invariably fragment. It was also difficult to fix and harden a mature female without rupturing the body wall. No especial importance was attached to these facts at the time, but since finding from the study of sections that there is no preformed ovarian duct, I am inclined to believe that the fragmentation observed in the female specimens w^as caused by the rupture of the body wall above the gonads, the break then extend- ing farther around the body wall. Closely pressed against the wall of the ovary and attached to it by their broad bases are the youngest egg cells." Fig. 54 is a cross section of a portion of the wall of one of the youngest ovaries. Although most of the smallest ova are distinct cells, here and there several are seen, so close together that their boundaries cannot be distinguished, and it is therefore probable that the ova arise from a '"As all the material exainineil was quite advanced in age, I liave had no opportunity to study the youngest stages of the ova, so that therefore the cells that are here describe! as the youngest are probably well on in their development. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELI'IIIA. 715 cell syncytium. The smallest separate egg cells, O.,, are rather square, having as yet no stalk. The cytoplasm is clear and slightly granular, with no yolk granules, and there is a delicate cell mem- brane. The nucleus is round, about .0058 mm. in diameter; a small nucleolus is present, but no chromatin is demonstrable, proba- bly on account of admixture with plastin, and the whole nucleus takes a plasma stain, pink with hsematoxylin-eosin. In the next stage, the young ovum, 0..,, has lengthened, the distal end is somewhat rounded and the proximal end more slender, so that the whole cell is now pear-shaped. The proximal end constricts more and more until it becomes a slender stalk, by which the rounded distal end or cell body remains attached to the gonad w'all. The nucleus has enlarged, measuring about .023 mm. in diameter, likewise the nucleolus, in which scattered vacuoles are forraiug. Yolk granules are beginning to appear in the cytoplasm. After the appearance of the yolk the cytoplasm has quite a difierent look, being denser with the fine yolk granules scattered throughout. The nucleus of this stage, O.3, is much larger, .035 mm. The nucleolus has not increased much in size, but the small scattered vacuoles have fused into one large disk-shaped vacuole, n.vac, at the periphery of the nucleolus. The ovum is now surrounded by two egg membranes, the outer of which, o.O.mh., is considerably thicker than the inner and stains blue, while the inner takes a faint pink, ha3matoxylin-eosin stain. The formation of the egg membranes has not been fol- lowed with any exactness, but I believe that both membranes are formed by the egg. Bohmig (1898) believes this is the case in Stichostemma gravense. Montgomery (lo95) states that in S. eilhardl only the inner egg membrane is a " yolk membrane," the outer being derived from the germinal epithelium and is therefore a true chorion. The oldest stage found, figs. 25, 52, is that of a free ovum iu the centre of the gonad, no longer attached to the wall by its stalk. Both membranes are present, the outer one, fig. 52, 0. O.mb., being often broken and discontinuous, as if it were about to be sloughed off. This appearance, however, may be an artifact, as the specimen from which it is drawn was badly shrunken. At this stage the gonad contains twenty or more ova of equal size, in such close contact with each other that they assume a polygonal 716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , form. This is seen in fig. 56, a slightly younger stage, drawn from life. It is likely that several or many ova ripen in one gonad tit once, and not one at a time as in many Nemerteans. The cytoplasm of this oldest stage stains a bright pink with the hiematoxylin-eosin stain, and is charged with yolk; the nucleus is very large, its diameter being about half that of the cell, the greater part of its contents still taking the plasma stain. The nucleolus is either one large rounded body, usually placed peripherally, or it is broken up into numerous small fragments, which lie around the periphery near the nuclear membrane, fig. 61, n. Several vacuoles of varying size are present in the nucleolus. The attempt has been made to determine whether there is any priority in the ripening of the sexual products of either end of the body. No difference in the respective ages of the gonads of the two ends has been observed in the specimens studied. In any one immature gonad different stages may be found, the youngest cells lying pei'ipherally, attached to the gonad wall, the older cells toward the centre and free. 11. The Caudicle. — The caudicle, a term suggested by Mont- gomery (1897 a) as a translation of Burger's "Schwanzchen," may be defined as the slender, thread-like process at the posterior end of the body of certain Heteronemerteans." The caudicle of Zygeiipolia in life, figs. 4, 5, 6, appears as a slender white filament, and a low magnification reveals a ciliated surface and what seems to be a quite regular segmentation. A closer examination, however, shows that the apparent annular constrictions are merely the result of muscular contractions, and are constantly varying in size and position. A light area along the mid-line, bordered by denser areas, indicates the presence of a central cavity — the blood lacuna. In connection with the caudicle, a description of the position of the organs in the extreme posterior end of the body may be of interest. The division of the dorsal blood vessel into two has already been mentioned, and the subsequent fusion of the four vessels into a central blood space; the termination of the rhyn- choccel; the disappearance of the gonads and the dorsal opening of the anus. A short distance in front of the anus the lateral nerves ^^ It will be shown in the historical review of the literature of the caudicle, that the structure described as a caudicle by Montgomery (1897 «) is in reality a regenerating posterior end. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 717 assume a more ventral position, finally lying on the ventral surface of the body, Plate XLI, i\g. 27. In this position they pass over into the caudicle. In the caudicle, fig. 28, C.L.N., the nerves lie latero-ventrally, and extend to the posterior end. The transition from the end of the body to the caudicle is also marked by the sudden disappearance of the cutis and outer longi- tudinal muscle layer. This is seen in fig. 27, a slightly oblique cross section, that passes through the wall of the body dorsally and the wall of the caudicle veutrally. A cross section through the caudicle, fig. 28, shows that it is a hollow tube with the following structure: (1) the epithelium, (2) the two lateral nerves in the epithelium, (3) the circular mus- cle, (4) the inner longitudinal muscle, and (5) mesenchyme cells bordering on the central blood space. The epithelium is composed of ciliated supporting cells, fig. 12, «S'. C, very similar to those of the body, but with a smaller cell body and longer stalk (cf. figs. 2 and 12) ; large gland cells, fig. 11, lying mostly on the dorsal surface, the secretion staining red with eosin, with very large nuclei at the base and abundant cytoplasm enclosing the secretion ; and very numerous interstitial connective tissue cells between the bases of the epithelial cells, above the basement membrane. The epithelium of the caudicle as a whole is slightly higher than that of the body, measuring about .04 mm. in height. The nuclei of the connective tissue cells, fig. 28, Cii.T.N., are so prominent and the cells so numerous that the effect is like that of undifferentiated tissue. Biirger^- (1895), p. 239, .says in this con- nection: " Es lasst der Reichthum an Kernen wohl keinen an- deren Schluss zu, als dass die Zellelemente der Gewebsschichteu und des Parenchyms des Scliwiinzchens im Vergleich zu denen des Korpers ganz ausserordentlich klein sind." The lateral nerves, fig. 28, C.L.N. , lie in the epithelium outside the circular muscle layer, latero-ventral in position. No ganglion cells could be detected around the fibrous core. The circular muscle layer, CM., is reduced to a very thin layer of two or three fibres; the longitudinal muscle, i.L.M., is also a layer of but little thick- ness. The central blood space, Bl.L., is bordered by scattered mesenchym cells, mes., large pear-shaped cells, attached at first to the muscular wall, but later floating freely in the lacuna. '- For the sake of clearness the great numbers of the connective tissue cells in the epidermis are not represented in fig. 28. 718 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC. , It is thus seen that the caudicle of Zygeupolia is a structure from which many organs of the body are absent, namely: the ali- mentary canal, the gonads, the rhynchocoel, the outer longitudinal muscle layer and the cutis. The significance of the caudicle, however, is not clear, and several explanations may be suggested : (1) The caudicle has remained in a simple, primitive or embryonic condition, while the rest of the body has become differentiated. (2) The caudicle is a degenerate structure, the degeneration of certain organs having begun at the posterior end and continued gradually forward. (3) The caudicle is a coenogeuetic structure, with a certain physiological function. Of these views, no positive proof can be brought forward in regard to the first two. The varying complexity of the caudicles of different genera — for example, that of Zygeupolia and the caudi- cle described by Burger (1895; for Cerebratulus marginatus, con- taining all the organs of the posterior end of the body — might sup- port the view of degeneracy, but this argument may hardly be used until we know more of the origin and phylogeny of the cau- dicle. It seems much more probable that the caudicle of the Nemer- teans has arisen coenogenetically, and an explanation of its mode of origin has been suggested by the comparison with a Rhabdocoel Turbellarian, Macrostoma hystrix Oe., described by Graff (1882), and figured on Taf. IV, Fig. 1. In this worm the posterior end is expanded laterally and provided with abundant gland cells, making an adhesive surface. Graff says, p. 240, the body is " hinten in einen platten spatelformig erweiterten Schwanz ausgezogen. " It would not be difficult to imagiue this posterior end becoming elon- gated and more slender, until it is finally a thin filament. In a similar way the Nomertcan caudicle may have arisen from a pos- terior end, originally differentiated as au adhesive surface. The observations of Johannes Muller (1854) and M'Intosh (1869) show that at the present time the end of the caudicle frequently acts as a sucker. M'Intosh (1869) believes that the central space in the caudicle of Micrura purpurea is connected with the -circulatory system. This, as stated above, is certainly true in Zygeupolia. The fact 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 719 that the large hlood lacuna occupies the entire space within the muscular wall of the caudicle of Zijgeupolia, and that the mesen- chym — blood-forming — cells are very abundant, suggests that one function of the caudicle may be the formation of new blood cells. This, however, also takes place throughout the blood vessels of the body. The large blood lacuna of the caudicle is probably a means of aerating the blood, making respiration another possible function of this jiroblematical structure. Literature of the Caudicle. — The caudicle has been known in literature under various other names, and considerable confusion has arisen from the multiplication of terms, and from the fact that the caudicle, which is an adult structure, has been confounded ^vith the regenerating " papilla" so frequently found at the poste- rior end of Nemerteans that have been broken. For this reason an account of the history and synonymy of the caudicle and the differences between the true caudicle and the regenerating posterior end will be given, at perhaps greater length than the importance of this small structure demands. The following papers will be separated under two headings I, those describing the true caudicle; II, those in which other struc- tures have been mistaken for the true caudicle.^' I. Ehrenberg and Hemprich (1831) describe the new genus Micrura with " anus sub caudo," and Micrura fasciolata nov. sp. , " . . . . anus terminalis sub processu caudali parvo, albo." Busch (1851) (cited by J. Miiller, 1854) mentions and figures, Taf. II, Fig. 8, a Nemertean with a caudicle (" Schwanzan- hang"). The worm is described under the name of Alardus caudatus. Diesing (1851) refers to Micrnira Hemp, et Ehr. = Nemertes Oersted, as with a " processu terminali postico filiformi brevis- simo. " He describes the new species Meckelia Knerii Diesing, ' ' corpus depressuni retrorsum parum augustatum processu brevis- simo filiformi." Dalyell (1853), Vol. II, (cited by Krohn, 1858), describes under the name Gordius four Nemerteans that would now be '^ lu this review of the history of the caudicle some of the earliest and some of the most important papers in Nemertean literature are referred to, but no attempt has been made to give a complete list of all the observations on the subject. 720 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec.^ recognized as Micrurce. They are G. viridis spinifer, G. purpureii» spinifer, G. frarjUls spinifer and G. fasciahis spinifer. Johannes Miiller (1854) reports finding a young worm within the larva Pilidium gyrans, and also others in the water which have a " Schwanzanhaug, " 'and resemble the Alardus caudatus Busch. The latter is figured, after Busch, on Taf. IV, Fig. 2. Miiller says " Mit dem Schwanzauhang kann sich das Thierchen auf dem Glase anhalten und wie festleimen und ist dann schwer von der Stelle zu bringen." He believes that the young worm within the larva, resembling the Alardus of Busch, is the same as Micrura faseiolata Ehr. et Hemp. Miiller also quotes a letter from A. Krohn, dated November 19, 1851, in which Krohn speaks of finding at Naples a young worm within the Pilidium yyrans: " Der Leib desselben ist liinglich oval, nach voru zu etwas ver- schmiichtigt. Mitten am hinteren Ende findet sich ein ganz kurzer cylindrischer Anhang, der durch wenige aufeinander folgende Querwiilste wie gegliedert erscheint. Die Oberfliiche des Leibes, so wie audi die des Anhanges ist wie bei den Turbellarien dicht mit schwingenden Cilieu besetzt. " Krohn (1858), referring to the young worm within the Pilidium gyrans, says: " In Helgoland sah ich 1854 mehrere arteu von Pilidium Der Schwanzauhang wird an den mehrsten Nemertinen von Pilidien beobachtet, und wird nur selteu ver- misst Die Nemertinen mit Schwanzauhang gehoren zu der Gattung Micrura Ehr., vioxmt Alardus Busch identisch ist." On p. 300, Krohn gives a list of the Micrurce found in the North Sea, and an account of the synonymy of the genus. Leuckart (1858) summarizes the work done on Neraerteans. On p, 186 he mentions the " Anwesenheit eines retractilen Schwanz- fadens " in a Nemertean. Leuckart and Pagenstecher (1858) describe a new Pilidium, P. auriculatum: " Ein Schwanzfortsatz, wie er so hiiufig bei den in Pilidien gebildeten Nemertinen gefunden wird und nach J. Miiller auch bei dem Sprosslinge eines Helgoliinder Pilidium vorkommt, fehlt unserm Thier. " Metschnikoff (1809) mentions the presence of a caudicle on the young worm within the pilidium. This is figured on Taf. X, Fig. 15. On p. 55 he says: " Es bildet sich am liinterrande der jungcn Nemertine ein kleines konisches Schwiinzchen, welches 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCii;S OF PHlLADELt-HlA. 721 einen einfachen Auswuchs der Korperwaud darstellt, uud wie diese mit Flimmerhaaren bedeckt erscheiut. " M'Intosh (1869) desci'ibes the following structure: " The pos- terior end of the body in Micrura {Stylus) requires special mention, since there is superadded a peculiar elongated and contractile style. This appendage seems to be formed by a prolongation of the cuta- neous and part of the muscular (longitudinal and circular) textures of fhe body wall of the animal. The entire organ in contraction has a granular appearance, the coarsest granules and occasionally a few circular masses of brownish pigment, being at the tip. Within these coats is a circular chamber, which undergoes various alterations in size, and contains a transparent fluid. This cavity is not connected with the digestive tract, which opens by a termi- nal pore at the base of the process, nor can proboscidian discs be seen therein its connection with the circulatory [system] appears most probable." M'Intosh (1874) says that the genus Micrura has " a soft fili- form caudal process, capable of attachment." He further alludes to " a pale caudal filament" and " a slender styliform process attached to the tail " which " can be elongated to an extreme degree. ' ' Hubrecht (1887) used the term " caudal papilla " throughout his description of the caudicle. Verrill (1893), in defining the genw?, Micrura, says: "Poste- rior end of the body provided with a median slender cirrus, above the anus. This genus, as here defined, differs from Lineus in little else than the presence of a well-marked contractile anal cirrus, which may often be distinguished even in alcoholic specimens. From Cerebratuhis, which also has the anal cirrus, it differs in the form and muscular structure of the body posteriorly. " In other parts of this work the terms " anal papilla," " caudal papilla" and " caudal filament " are indiscriminately used. Verrill (1895) employs the expression " caudal cirrus." Burger (1895) describes " ein diinnes 5-15 mm. langes, meist borstenartig starres, weissliches Anhiingsel," which he terms " das Schwanzchen." On p, 24, in reviewing the work of Dalyell, Burger employs another term, saying that Dalyell " den Appendix beobachtet und gut gezeichnet hat." 46 l22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Coe (1895 a), in regard to Cerehratulus lacteus, says : " The amis is at the end of the body, just beneath the caudal papilla." Coe (1901) gives as one of the generic characters of Cerebratu- lus, ". . . . the posterior end extremely flattened and provided with a delicate caudal cirrus, which extends beyond the opening of the intestine." Wilson C.B. (1900) uses Hubrecht's term "anal papilla" for the caudicle of Cerehratulus lacteus. Punnett (1900) speaks of a " caudal appendage." 11. O. F. Muller (1788) describes and figures, p. 38, tab. 68, figs. 18, 20, a Planaria filaris : " Planaria linearis cauda filiformi contractili." The length of the " cauda filiformis coutractilis " in fig. 20, equal to the length of the body, suggests the thought that it may be the evaginated proboscis. Burger (1895), p. 8, says that this worm is probably a Tetrastemma. Grube (1855) describes two new species of Mechelia. The first, M. annulata, resembles the 31. Knerii Diesing. Grube thinks that the " processus terminalis " described by Diesing is more probably a regenerating end ; he says : ' ' Der processus brevissimus filiformis konnte ein reproducirtes noch junges Schwanzeude sein." The second species, M. aurantiaca, has the following character- istics: " Der Korper verschmalert sich nach hinten sehr allmah- lich, und endete bei einem Exemplare in ein viel diinneres, war- scheinlich vor kurzem reproducirtes Schwiinzchen." Montgomery (1897 a), Taf. 2, Fig. 16, has described as a cau- dicle what is evidently a regenerating posterior end." The char- acters that make the structure described by Dr. Montgomery in Cerehratulus lacteus, and figured by him on Taf. 2, Fig. 16, a regenerating posterior end rather than a true caudicle are (1) the size, (2) the presence of the alimentary canal, (3) the presence of the outer longitudinal muscle layer, and (4) the presence of the three distinct blood vessels with definite walls. The chief external differences between the true caudicle and the regenerating papilla of Cerehratulus lacteus are in size and general "My attention was called to this error by Dr. Montgomery himself, who has suggested that it be rectified. Dr. Montgomery has kindly lent me his own preparations upon which the observations were made, so that I have been able to compare them with slides of my own, made from a Cerehratu- lus lacteus found in life with a good -sized regenerating papilla, which bore a short caudicle at its posterior end. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 723 appearance. The true caudicle is slender and thread-like, contrac- tile and usually twisted; the regenerating papilla is stouter and rod-like, and does not twist and contract like the caudicle. C. B. Wilson (1900) contrasts the two structures as follows. On p. 116, alluding to the regenerating end, he says: " Such a papilla is slender and almost pure while in colour. At first it it is difficult to distinguish it from the true anal papilla with which the body normally terminates, but it may be recognized by the fact that it always possesses a very broad base which fades gradually into the body wall, while the anal papilla is narrow and ends abruptly at the emargination. ' ' The papilla on the Cerehraiulus found by the writer was about 7 mm. long, light in color and rather rounded, not yet having assumed the typical flattened shape of the body. At its posterior end a short, but in all respects a true caudicle was borne. A cross sec- tion through this true caudicle shows that it consists merely of a thin body wall enclosing ia central blood space. The body wall is composed of the epidermis, in which the two lateral nerves lie, and of the circular and inner longitudinal muscle layers. The blood lacuna has no definite lining, but is bordered by numerous mesen- chym cells. From the caudicle of Cerebratulus lacteus, like that of Zygeupolia, the alimentary canal, the gonads and the rhyn- choccel are absent. A cross section through the regenerating papilla of my Cerebra- tulus has the same structure that is found in the section figured by Dr. Montgomery. The outer longitudinal muscle layer and the alimentary canal are present, and three blood vessels — one dt^rsal and two lateral — instead of the central blood lacuna. This proves finally that the structure observed by Dr. Montgomery is a regen- erating posterior end and not a caudicle. In both worms the end of the body tapers quite gradually into the regenerating portion, and it would be difficult to say where the old tissue ends and the new begins, as differentiation has evidently gone on for some time in the anterior part of the new tissue. The most posterior sections of Dr. Montgomery's worm show that a true caudicle had likewise begun to form there, but had subse- quently been broken off just at its base. It is seen from the meas- urements of the two worms that there is an abrupt change in size between the end of the body proper and the caudicle, the caudicle 724 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , measuring less than half the width of the body. The diminution in size is due to the sudden disappearance of the outer longitudinal muscle layer, and to the ending of the alimentary canal with the body. A word must be said here in regard to the relative position of the anus and the caudicle. Verrill (1893) states that the caudicle of the genus Mlcrura is above the anus, and Coe (1895) says the same in regard to Cere- hratulus lacteus. From my study of sections of Micrura coeca and Cerebratulus lacteus I find that the anus undoubtedly opens dor- sally above the caudicle, Nothing is easier than to confuse the dorsal and ventral surfaces of a living worm, but in serial sections, with definite structures for orientation, there can be no such diffi- culty. The anus in Zygeupolia hkewise opens dorsally above the caudicle, and Burger (1895) states that the dorsal position of the anus is usual in Nemerteans. From these data it seems likely that a thorough investigation of all species with caudicles will prove that the dorsal position of the anus is of general occurrence. Burger (1895), p. 238, says in regard to the caudicle of Cerebra- tulus, Micrura and Langia: " Morphologisch stellt das Schwanz- chen uichts anderes dar als das stark und meist plotzlich verjiingte hintere Korperende, in das sich von Organen der Darmtractus, die drei Blutgefiissstamme, die Genitaltaschen und die Seiten- starame fortsetzten, und in welchem wir auch alle Schichten der Korperwand bis auf die Cutis, welche giinzlich verschwunden oder in ihrer Ausbildung fast unterdriickt ist, antreff^en." According to this all the organs of the posterior part of the body are repre- sented in the " Schwanzchen," except the rhynchoccel, and even this organ, Burger states, is present in the anterior part of the caudicle of Cerebratulus marginatus. The observations of M'Intosh (1869) in regard to Mici-ura purpurea^ those of Verrill (1893) on the whole genus Mier-ura, and my own upon M. cceca are contradictory to the above state- ment of Burger. In like manner Coe's work upon the American species of Cerebratulus and my own upon the one species Cerebra- tulus lacteus show that the caudicles of these forms cannot be regarded as merely " verjiingte hintere Korperenden." From the very limited space devoted to the subject of the caudicle in Burger's great monograph, it is likely that his study of this structure was 1901,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 725 hasty, aiid the question has arisen in my mind, could Burger have mistaken a regeneratin<)j posterior end for a true caudicle ? Without wishing to criticise the statement of this distinguished investigator, it seems probable that a further investigation of the caudicles of the European species of Mlcrura and Cerebratulus will result in an agreement with the structure of the American species. III. Parasites. A monocystid Gregarine in its adult form is frequently present in the middle intestine of Zijgeupolla. Large cysts, surrounded by a thick cuticle and containing various developing stages, are also found in the iutestiue. From their proximity to the adult Grega- rines, and from their resemblance to the stages figured by different authors, it seems likely that these are Gregarine cysts. Outside of the cyst, in the lumeii of the intestine, are small amoeboid masses, resembling some of the stages within the cyst. These amoeboid masses also penetrate between or into the cells of the intestinal wall and probably into the gonads. In some living specimens large white spots may be noticed among the gonads, fig. 6. They are so large that they are easily seen with the unaided eye. They appear stalked, like the ova, and have a large nucleus with one or more nucleoli. Fig. 56, a hori- zontal optical section drawn from life, shows one of these structures in a gonad together with several ova. In life the cytoplasm appears denser and darker than that of the small ova, and the conclusion first reached after studying these living bodies was that they were the oldest, nearly mature ova. The examination of sections in which these large bodies are present has shown that the first conclusion was erroneous and has proved that they are the encysted stages" of some parasites within the cytoplasm of the ovum. Fig. 60 is a transverse section through the body wall and the wall of the gonad, showing the cyst, surrounded by egg cytoplasm, ey., and attached to the gonad wall, Gon. W. The cyst is surrounded by a striated cuticle, " CtL, and outside the cuticle is a delicate membrane staining like the cell membrane. In the cytoplasm of the base are two egg ''' The reference line from CtL, fig. 60, only extends as far as the egg mem- brane, instead of to the cuticle within. 726 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , nuclei, N. The cytoplasm of the cyst has a very diSerent staining reaction from that of the egg, staining a faint violet with hoema- toxylin-eosiu, and having a finely granular appearance. The nucleus of the cyst, N.par., is irregular in outline, in some speci- mens with amoiboid processes. It stains homogeneously a bright red, hajmatoxylin-eosin, while the nucleoli are darker and fre- quently vacuolated. The presence of the additional egg nuclei in the cytoplasm at the base, of the cyst render it probable that the parasite entered the cytoplasm when the ovum was in a syncytium. The presence of the parasite may have caused an abnormal growth of the egg cytoplasm, or the latter may have merely expanded with the growth of the cyst. In its appearance the cytoplasm around the cyst is like that of the normal, uninfected eggs. Figs. 48, 61, show two infected egg cells from a different indi- vidual, with amoeboid, probably earlier stages of the parasite, Par. In tiiis particular worm almost every Qgg has been infected. As a rule, the gonads of the male specimens that were studied were not infected, but in a few worms the testes contained large bodies that were evidently parasites, and that resembled some of the stages found in the ovaries. The relation, if any exists, between the amoeboid masses found in the intestine and those within the egg cells has not as yet been worked out, as it is not within the scope of the present jjaper, but in consideration of the prominence of these parasites and of their position in the ova, this brief description has been given. If sufficient material can be obtained for the intermediate stages, this subject may later be studied in detail. The presence of adult Gregarines in Nemerteans has been known for a long time, and they are mentioned and described by several of the earlier Nemertean writers — Frey and Leuckart (1847), Kolliker (1848) and Johnston (1865), Appendix, p. 290. I have found no references in literature to any structures quite similar to those found in the ova of Zygeupolia. M'Intosh (1867) and Wheeler (1896) describe parasites that have a certain degree of likeness. M'Intosh found adult Gregarines in Borlasia octoculata = Lineus sanguineus and Borlasia olivacea = Lineus gesserensis. Besides the adult Gregarines, M'Intosh found what he called " certain 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 727 ova that accompany the Gregarines. " The "ova" measured about 5^(j inch in diameter and each contained an "embryo" that made evident movements. They have two coats, an inner faintly striated and an external without markings. The con- tained " embryo " is finely granuhxr and has a large pale nucleus. M' Intosh regards these ' ' ova ' ' as altogether diSerent from the true ova of the Borlasia. Wheeler found in the body cavity of the Annelid Myzostoma glabrum great numbers of amoeboid masses that he regards as pos- sibly the young stages of some Gregarine. The body cavity was distended with ova, and among them occurred the parasites. He says: " In most cases the uniformly staining and rather shrunken body of the parasite was produced into a long fine point which had penetrated the cytoplasm of an ovum. In a few instances a single amoeba had two points, each entering the body of an adja- cent ovum (fig. 54). ' The cytoplasm of the ova thus attached contained large granules which took up the hsematoxylin with avidity. These granules were larger and more numerous than those which occur in normal ova of about the same size." The amoebae are also found outside the ova. IV. General Conclusions. The description of the organs of Zygeupolia given in the ana- tomical section of this paper makes it evident that this genus is a primitive one and that it has affinities with both Proto- and Hetero- nemerteans. The questions now to be discussed are (1) the relationship of Zygeupolia to other orders, especially the Protonemerteans ; (2) the position of Zygeupolia within its own order. The following characters undoubtedly entitle Zygeupolia to a place in the order of the Heteronemerteans: the position of the lateral nerves, outside the circular muscle layer; the presence of the cutis and outer longitudinal muscle layer ; the situation of the mouth behind the brain; the absence of stilets in the proboscis and of a blind intestine. The alimentary system of Zygeupolia conforms with the general Heteronemertean plan, which, however, is essentially the same as that of the Mesonemerteans and such Protonemerteans as Cari- nina and Hubrechtia. 728 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, The blood system of Zygeupolia is of the Heteronemertean type, Huhreclitia being the only Protonemertean that approaches it ia any way, namely, in the presence of a dorsal blood vessel. In the structure of the nervous system and the cerebral sense organs Zygeupolia is again a Heteronemertean ; but by no means the highest tj'-pe of brain or sense organ is represented, Zygeupolia having a very simple Heteronemertean brain and cerebral sense organ. The presence of muscular crosses in the proboscis and its general structure are further characters in common with certain Hetero- uemerteans. The absence of lateral slits is a primitive character, and one common to all the Protonemerteans and to the more primitive Heteronemerteans. This character, as we know, is possessed by Zygeupolia. The inner circular muscle layer of Zygeupolia is, in my belief, a primitive character, and the short extent of the layer is explicable on the grounds that the thickened region in front of the middle intestine is only the remnant of a layer that was once continuous throughout the body. The presence of this muscle layer in a limited region in Micrura ccBca, and of a similar layer in M. alaskensis, Coe (1901), shows that an inner circular muscle layer exists in two genera of the Heteronemerteans. The dorso-ventral fibres of the Hetero- nemerteans, regarded by Burger as derived from an inner circular layer, and the so-called "oesophageal muscles" ("Darmrauscu- latur") which, according to my view, are derived from the deflec- tion and bending around of dorso-ventral fibres, are other evi- dences of the remains of an inner circular muscle among the Heteronemerteans. The lateral grooves of Zygeupolia, if they are sense organs, may possibly be homologized with the side organs of Carinella. Their position in the median lateral line of the body, and their charac- ter as epithelial grooves, both agree with the side organs; but until their undoubted sensory character is proved, the comparison should not be emphasized. A brief summary of the structure of Zygeupolia shows that it is a Heteronemertean, on account of the presence of the outer longi- tudinal muscle layer, the position of the lateral nerves, the struc- ture of the alimentary system, of the blood system, of the nervous 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELPHIA. 729 system and cerebral sense organs, and of the proboscis; while the affinities with the Protonemerteans — and certain Heteronemerteans — are in the absence of lateral slits, in the presence of an inner cir- cular muscle layer and of crosses between this layer and the outer circular, and in the lateral grooves, if souse organs. The general simphcity of its Heteronemertean structure and the several Protonemertean characters bring Zijgeiqjolia very near to the Protonemerteans, and through Zygeupolia the whole Hetero- nemertean ordex is more closely connected with the Protonemer- teans. The question now arises, To which of the families of the Hetero- nemerteans does Zygeupolia belong — to the Eupoliida?, or to the Lineidie ?'* The chief characteristics of the two families Avill now be giv^en, according to Biirger (1895): The Eupoliidce. — (1) No lateral slits in the head, the cerebral canal opening directly outward or into shallow ventral furrows. (2) No muscular crosses in the proboscis. (3) The proboscis musculature consists of two layers, an outer circular and an inner longitudinal muscle layer. (4) A head gland is prominent, the gland cells reaching back into the oesophageal region. The Lineida'. — (1) The canal of the cerebral organ opens usually, not directly outward, but into deep, or sometimes shallow, lateral slits in the head." (2) Two muscular crosses in the proboscis. (3) The proboscis musculatur consists of three layers — longitu- dinal, circular and longitudinal muscle layers; if any one of these layers is absent it is the inner longitudinal one. (4) The head gland is represented by a few gland cells, and does not extend posterior to the brain. ^^In my preliminary note upon ZygenjJoUa ''1900 a) this genus is placed in the Enpoliidse, on account of the absence of lateral slits and the supposed absence of muscular crosses in the proboscis. As I have since found muscu- lar crosses in the proboscis, I wish to correct this error. " Biirger's own words in regard to the lateral slits are here given (1895, p. 613): ''Der Canal des Cerebral organs miindet in der Kegel nicht direct nach aussen, sondern in tiefe laterale hoiiznntale Taschen, welche durch die Kopfspalten gebildetslnd. Die Kopfspalten sind wechselnd tief : sie schnei- den haufig bis auf das Hirn ein, aber sie sind auch, obwohl in seltenen Fallen, nur durch flache laterale Langsbuchten angedeutet." 730 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , The Lineidse are subdivided into the Araicrurse, forms without a caudicle, and the Micrune, forms with a caudicle. Zygeupolia agrees with the above description of the Eupoliidse in one point only, i.e., in the absence of lateral slits iu the head. The number of the muscle layers of the proboscis is the same iu both, but the position of the layers is reversed in Zygeupolia, the longitudinal muscle being the outer; the circular, when present, the inner. It will be recalled that the circular layer is absent from the " anterior region " of the proboscis of Zygeupolia. The structure of the proboscis musculature of the " middle region" in Zygeujiolia agrees with what Biirger evidently regards as the less common condition in the Lineidte, namely, in the absence of the innermost of the three muscle layers. Muscular crosses are found in the proboscis of Zygeupolia ; but this is a very variable character, for different individuals may have a dorsal and ventral cross of equal size, a strong dorsal with a faint ventral cross, or a dorsal cross only. The absence of a definite head gland and the presence of a cau- dicle are common to both Zygeupolia and the Micruran Lineidse. The neurochord cells of Zygeupolia are an evidence of speciali- zation, for hitherto these cells have been found only in highly organized genera. It is evident that Zygeupolia agrees best with the exceptional members of the Lineidre — i.e., with those Lineidse whose cerebral canals open directly to the exterior, and from whose probosces the inner longitudinal muscle layer is absent. When we therefore consider the position of Zygeupolia in respect to the Eupoliidse and the Lineidse, it seems to belong entirely to neither, but to have affinities with both. It possesses the leading characteristic of the Eupoliidse, but all the other attri- butes of that family are greatly modified. In general structure Zygeupolia comes nearest to the Micruran Lineidse, although it is evident that it must be regarded as an aberrant member of that family. But is Zygeupolia a retrograde member of the Lineidse, or merely a more simple, primitive form in process of becoming more complex ? It is generally accepted that the Eupoliidre are more primitive than the Lineidre. Now Zygeupolia, in the absence of the lateral 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 731 slits, possesses a character that is general in the Eupoliidse and exceptional in the Liueid^e; the number and arrangement of the muscular layers of the proboscis make a second character only occasional in the Lineidu>, and, finally, variations occur in the num- ber of the proboscis crosses in ZijgeupoUa, a character that is con- stant in the Lineidie. Therefore Zygeupolia, with one primitive character, a second corresponding to a reduced number of parts in the Lineidte, and a third that varies in different individuals, is undoubtedly a form in transition from a more simple and primi- tive condition to a complex state. It may be regarded as the most primitive member of the Lineidse yet described." In general external characters, Zygeupolia comes nearer to the genus Mierura than to any of the other genera of the Lineidse. The generally small size, the body more or less rounded poste-" riorly and the presence of a caudicle are characters common to both. To Mierura caca, Zygeupolia bears a most striking resem- blance in size, shape and color, and the two can scarcely be distin- guished except with a hand lens, which reveals the presence of lateral slits in the former and their absence in the latter. The relation of the Heteronemerteans to the Protonemerteans is an interesting question. The position of the lateral nerve chords is relatively the same in both, the outer longitudinal muscle layer of the Heteronemerteans being merely a later formation from the ectoderm (Burger, 1894), and the cutis glands being formed by the sinking beneath the surface of certain epithelial gland cells. Lateral slits are absent among the more simple Eupoliidse, and I hope to have shown in this paper that an inner circular muscle layer, or its derivatives, is quite common among the Heterone- merteans. It seems to me that the Heteronemerteans are very closely related lo the Protonemerteans, the Lineidai being connected by forms like Zygeupolia, the Eupoliidse and HuhrechUa, and that the Metane- merteans and the Mesonemertean Cephalothrix are widely divergent forms. '* Since the above was written the new Heteronemertean, jll/tcre??a ?•«/« Punnett (1901 6), has been described as the most primitive member of the Lineida-. But Zygeupolia, in entering the family of the Lineida% must assume the lowest position until an even more primitive form is discovered. Within the last few years so many new Nemertciin genera have been found that we may look confidently lor further additions to the group. 782 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , lu regard to Carinoma, I agree with the view recently advanced by Bergendal (1900 b) that it is more of a Protouemerteau than a Mesonemertean, for its points of agreement with the Protone- raerteans are far more numerous than with Cephaloihrix. Bergen- dal's suggestion to retain Hubrecht's broader order of the Palseo- nemertini, including the four families of the Cariuellidce, Carino- midoe, Hubrechtidse and Cephalotliricidse, seems a very excellent one. This suggestion is based upon a comparative study of Carinoma and upon the discovery of the interesting form Callinera burgeri, a true Protouemerteau, in which the cerebral organs are absent. In all zoology, as our knowledge advances and more and more new forms are discovered, the gaps between old and once widely separated families and groups are gradually filled and the results tend toward a more elastic and broader classification. The view is held by some zoologists that the Kemerteans, on account of their general uniformity, are a comparatively recent group, so that a large number of the members are probably still in- existence. If this is true, we may expect some day, when our present species are better known and all the intermediate forms have been added to them, to see our existing lines of classification laid aside, and in their place one broad comprehensive group. Literature. [The papers not seen by the writer are marked with an asterisk.] 1900rt. Bergendal, D. Ueber ein Paar .sehr eigeuthiimliche nordische Nemertioen. Zool. Am. Bd. 23, No. 617. 1900/^. Bergendal, D. Bor ordingen Pateow^wer^/zi/Hubrechtuppdelas i tvjinne ordningar Friitoiieincrtini och Mesonemertini? Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. ForhandUugar, No. 6. Stockholm. 1900c. Bergendal, D. Till kannedomeu om de nordiska Nemertinerna. Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akad. ForJuindUngar, No. 5. Stockholm. 1898. BOHMIG, L. Beitiiigezur Anatomie und HistologiederNemertiuerna (Stichostemma grsecense [Bohmig], Geonemertes chalicophora [Graff]). Zeit.f.Wiss.Zool. Bd. 64. 1890. BtJRGER, O. Untersuchungen iiber die Anatomieund Histologic der Nemertinen, nebst Beitriigen zur Systematik. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 50. 1891. BtJRGER, O. Die Enden des excretorisehen Apparates bei den Ne- mertinen. Zeit.f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 53. 1892. BtiRGER, O. Wassind die Attractionsphihen und ihreCentralkorper? Anat. Am. Bd. 7. 1894. BiJRGER, O. Studien zii einer Revision der Entwicklungsgeschichte der Nemertinen. Ber. d. Nat. Ges. Freiburg. Bd. 8. 1895. BiJRGER, O. Die Nemertinen des Golfes von Neapel. Flora u. Fauna des Golfes von Neetpel. XXII. Monographie. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 733 1897-99. Burger, O. Nemertini. Bronns Klassenu. Ordnungen. Bd. IV, Suppl. *185l. BUSCH. Eeobachtungen iiber Anatomic uud EntwickluDg einiger wirbellosen iSeethiere. Berlin. 1895ff. CoE, W. K. On the Anatomy of a Species of Nemertean ( Cerebra- tulus lacteus Verrill), with Remarks on certain oUier Species. y'rans. Connect. Acad. Vol. 9. 18956. CoE, W. R. Description of Three New Species of New England Palaeonemerteans. Ibid. lyOl. CoE, W. R. Papers from the Harriman Alaska Expedition. XX. The Nemerteaus. Froc. Wanhingion Acad. Sci. Vol. 8. *1853. Dalyell, J. G. The Powers of the Creator. London. 1851. DiESiXG, C. M. Systema Helminthum. Vol.1. Vindobonse. *1847. Frey, H., and R. Leuckakt. Beitrage zur Kenntniss wirbelloser Thiere. Braunschweig. 1882. V. Graff, L. Monographic der Turbellarien. 1. Rhabdocoelida. Lei pzig. 1855. Grube, E. Bemerkungen iiber einige Helminthen und Meerwiirmer. Arch. f. Naturges. Jahrg. 21. 1831. Hemprich et Ehrknberg. Symbolai Physicre. Animalia everte- brata exclusis Insecta percensuit Dr. C. G. Ehrenberg. Berolini. 1887. HuBRECHT, A. A. W. Report on the Nemertea collected by H. M. S. "Challenger" during the years 1873-1876. "Challenger" Re- port, Vol. 19. 1865. JonxsTON, G. A Catalogue of the British Non-Parasitical Worms in the Collection of the British Museum. 1862. Keferstein, W. Untersuchungen iiber niedere Seethiere. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 12. 1848. KoLLlKER, A. Beitrage zur Kenntniss niederer Thiere. Zeit. f. WiSS. Zool. Bd. 1. 1858. Krohn, a. Ueber Pilidium und Actinotrocha. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, und wiss. Mtd. Jahrg. 25 1896. Lee, A. B. The Microtomist's Vade-Mecum. London, 4th ed. 1858. Leuckart, R. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Naturgcschichte der Niederen Thiere wiihrend des Jahi es 1858. Arch. f. Naturges. Jahrg. 25, Bd. 2. 1858. Leuckart und Pagen.stecher. Untersuchungen iiber niedere See- thiere. Arcli. f. Anat., Physiol, u. iciss. Med. Jahrg. 25. 1869. Metschxikoff, E. Studien iiber die Entwicklung der Echinodermen und Nemertinen. 3Iem. de V Acad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Peters- bourg. VIP Ser., T. 14. 1867. M'Intosh, W. C. On the Gregariniform Parasite of Borlasia. Trans. R. Micr. Soc. London. Vol. 15. 1869. M'lxTOSH, W. C. On the Structure of the British Nemerteans and some new Biitish Annelids. Trans. R. Soc. Edinburgh. Vol. 25. 1874. M'lxTOSH, W. C. A Monograph of the British Annelids. Pt. 1 con- tinued. The Nemerteans. London. Ray Society. 1875. M'Intosh, W. C. On Valencinia Armandi, a new Nemertean. Trans. Linn. Soc. London (2). Vol. 1. 1879. M'lXTOSH, W. C. Marine Annelids from Kerguelen Land. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London. Vol. 168. 1894. MoxTGOMERY, T. H. Stichostemma eilhardi nov. gen., nov. spec. Eio Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Nemertinen. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. 59. 1897a. MoxTGOMEEY, T. H. On the Connective Tissue and Body Cavities of the Nemerteans, with Notes on Classification. Spengel's Zool. Jahrl. Vol. 10. 734 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , I897i. Montgomery, T. H. Studies on the Elements of the Central Nervous System of the Heterone martini. Journ. Morph. Vol. 13. 1854. MuLLER, J. Ueber ver.^chiedene Formen von Seethieren. Arch. f. Anat., Physiol, u. wiss. Med. Jahrg. 21. 1788. MiJLLER, O. F. Zoologica Danica. Havnifc. 1855. OUDEMAXS, A. C. The Circulatory and Nephridial Apparatus of the Nemertea. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. Vol. 25. 1900. FuxxETT, E. C. On a Collection of Nemerteans from Singapore. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. Vol. 44. 1901a. PUNNETT, R. C. Nemerteans. Fauna and Georj. of Maldive and Laccadive Archipelaf/oes. Vol. I, Pt. 1. 19016. PuNNETT, R. C. On Two New British Nemerteans. Quart. Jonr. Micr. Sci. Vol. 44. 1846, QuATREFAGES, A. de. Etudes sur les types inferlenrs de I'embran- chement des Anueles. Ann. des. Sci. JVat. (3) T. 6. 1900a. Thompson, C. B. Preliminary Description of Zygenpolia litoralis, a new Genus and new Species of Heteronemertean. Zool. Am. Bd. 23, No. 610. 19006. Thompson, C. B. Carinoma tremaphoros, a new Mesonemerteaa Species. Zool. Am. Bd. 23, No. 631. 1893. Verrill, a. E. The Marine Nemerteans of New England and Adjacent Waters. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Vol. 8. 1895. Verrill, A. E. Supplement to the Marine Nemerteans and Planar- ians of New England. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Vol. 9. 1863. Wagener, G. K. Ueber die MuskelfaserderEvertebraten. Arch.f. Anat., Physiol, u. wiss. Med. Jahrg. 30. 1896. Wheeler, W. M. The Sexual Phases of Myzostoma. Mitt, aus der Zool. Stat, zn Neapel. Bd. 12. 1900. Wilson, C. B. The Habits and Early Development of Cerebratulns lacteus (Verrill). Quart. Jour. Micr. Sci. Vol. 43. EXPLANATION OF PLATES XL-XLIV. All figures, except fig. 63, refer to Zygeupolia. The outlines of all figures, except figs. 1, 4, 5, 6, have been drawn with the camera lucida of Zeiss. The following reference letters are used in the figures : A., anus. Abs.C, absorptive cell. b., swollen portion of testis duct. B.L,, basement layer. P.M., basement membrane. PI. 31.. muscle of blood vessels. P. W., body wall. b.k.., baoal knob. Pl.f. C, blood-forming cell. Pl.L., blood lacuna. C, caudicle. C. W., caudicle wall. C.L.N., caudicle nerve. Cn.T., connective tissue. Gn.T.N., count'ctive tissue nucleus. Cn.T.S., connective tissue sheath. Contr. , contracted area. Chr., chromatin. Gil., cilia. Ctl., cuticle. Cu.Gl.-i, red-staining cutis gland cell — coarse type. Cu. Gl-iy, red-staining cutis gland cell — fine type. Cu,. Gl.2, blue-staining cutis gland cell. Gy., cytoplasm. C.-V., cerebral nerve. G. Org., cerebral organ. G. Org. v., cerebral organ blood ves- sel. CM., circular muscle. C.M.p.s., circular muscle of probos- cis sheath. Gil. C, ciliated canal. Cil.P., ciliated pit. D. Comni., dorsal commissure. D.L., dor.sal lobe. D.N., dorsal nerve. D.V., dorsal blood vessel. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 735 D.m.cr., dorsal muscular cross. Dl. V-, dorso-lateral blood vessel. (It., duct. E.I., end intestine. Ep., epithelium. Ep.3I., epithelial muscle. Bp.p.s., epithelium of proboscis sheatb. Ep.m.f., epithelial muscle fibrils. End.., endothelium. Exc.d., excretory duct. G. C, ganglion cell. O.C.i, ganglion cell I. G. Cii, ganglion cell II. G. Cm, gang ion cell III. Gl-i, red staining gland cell. 01.2, blue-staining gland cell. Gl.R., glandular ridge. Gon., gonad. Gon.W., gonad wall. H.M., horizontal muscle. H. v., head blood vessel. i. CM., inner circular muscle. i.L.M., inner longitudinal muscle. i.B.L., inner basement layer. i.Ep., inner epithelium. i. O.mb., inner egg membrane. f. Cce., intestinal caecum. L.O., lateral groove. L.M., longitudinal muscle. L.M.f., longitudinal muscle fibre. L.M.p.s., longitudinal mu.?cle of proboscis sheath. L.N., lateral nerve. L. F., lateral blood vessel. I.D.N. , lower dorsal nerve. mes., mesenchym. M., mouth. m.b., middle piece. M. v., median blood vessel. M.I., middle intestine. M.S., muscle strand. N.J nucleus. N.^, nucleus that has divided ami- totically. N.Par., nucleus of parasite. n., nucleolus. n.tiac., nucleolar vacuole. n.p., nerve plexus. Nph., nephridia. Nph.D., nephridial main duct. NpJi.d., nephridial ductule. Oes., oesophagus. Oe.N., oesophageal nerve. Oe.NComm., oesophageal nerve commissure. Oe.Ep., cesophageal epithelium. Oo., ovary. 0., ovarian egg. <7 ,, youngest ovarian egg figured. 0.2, slightly older than 0,. 0.3. slightly older than O^. 0. O.mb. , outer egg membrane. o.Ep., outer epithelium. 0. CM., outer circular muscle. O.B.L., outer basement layer. P., proboscis. P.N., proboscis nerve. P.S., proboscis sheath. P.p., proboscis pore. Par., parasite. Pc, rhynchoccel. Rd., rhyncbodajum. Rd.m., rhynchodseum muscle. Rc.Ep., rhynchocoel epithelium. Rhb., rhabdites. r.m.f., radial muscle fibres. 8., stomach. S.Ep., stomach epithelium. S. C, supporting cell. Sec, secretion. St., stalk. Spff., spermatogonia. Spz., spermatozoa. 1\, testis. T.d., testis duct. Th., secretions (?) of proboscis epi- thelial cells. T.B., terminal bulb. U.D.N., upper dorsal nerve. it.k., upper knob. V. Comm., ventral commissure. V.L., ventral lobe. V.bl.con., ventral blood connective. V.m.cr., ventral muscular cross. w., subepithelial cesophageal gland cells. .v., intracellular ciliary prolongations. A'(/., dorsal muscular cross of probos- cis. Xv., ventral muscular cross of pro- boscis. y., attachment of proboscis to body wall. yk., yolk. s., bending out of fibres from inner part of proboscis sheath. Plate XL, Fig. 1. — Diagrammatic horizontal optical section of the anterior part of the body. Fig. 2. — Combined drawing of parts of a cross section of the body epi- 736 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, thelium and the outer longitudinal muscle layer, from the brain region. Gilsoa's fluid. X 601. Fig. 3. — Ganglion cell IV (ueurochord cell), from the ventral brain lobe. X 1120. Fig. 4. — Sketch of living worm, natural size and color. This represents the appearance of the worm in extension; the posterior end is thin and flattened and the colors are dull. The light colored median line represents the rhynchoccel. Fig. 5. — Sketch of living worm, natural size. The worm is at rest, but not contracted, and the colors are brighter than in the extended s'ate. The cross lines in the posterior part indicate the intestinal caica and the gonads. Fig. 6. — Sketch of living worm, natural size, at rest. The white spots in the posterior part represent parasites. Fig. 7. — Supporting cell from the epithelium of the ciliated pit of the cerebral organ. X 1120. Fig. 8.— Ganglion cell III, from the brain. X 1120. Fig. 9. — Ganglion cell I, from the brain. X 1120. Fig. 10. — A cluster of ganglion cells of type II, from the ventral brain lobe. X 1120. Fig. 11. — Two gland cells from the epidermis of the caudicle, in an early phase of secretion. X 1120. Fig. 12. — Portion of a cr<)ss section of the caudicle epidermis. X 604. Fig. 13. — A part of the circular muscle layer from the posterior end of the bo ly, in longitudinal section. Flemming's fluid, iron-haematoxylin. Gontr. represents the contracted fibrillar areas which occur at regular inter- vals, with light non-contracted regions between. Smaller contracted streaks may be seen half-way between the larger ones. X 320. Fig. 14. — Two supporting cells from a cross section of the body epithe- lium. Flemming's fluid, saffronin, gentian violet and iodine. The stalks are relatively longer than in preparations from different fixatives, x. indi- cates the intracellular ciliary prolongations. X 32U0 circ. Fig. 15. — Cells of the body epithelium and cutis gland cells, from poster- ior end of the body. The blue-staining cutis glands of this region are much shorter than the red-staining glands, and both are smaller than the similar glands of the anterior end. Gilson's fluid. X 604. Fig. 16. — Optical horizontal section of the brain and mouth region. The main outlines drawn from life and diagrammatized. The blood system (in red) and the oesophageal nerve commissure are reconstructed from sections. X29. Fig. 17. — Optical horizontal section of the posterior end of the body and the caudicle. The main outlines drawn from life and diagrammatized. The blood system (in red) is reconstructed from sections. X 29. Plate XLT, Fig. 18. — Part of a cross section through the head, anterior to the brain. The rhynchodajum, Rd., surrounded by four bundles of longi- tudinal muscle, lid. in., occupies the centre of the section. From the interlac- ing of the radial muscle fibres, r.itif., a layer of circular muscle, CM, is formed, which becomes the circular muscle of the proboscis sheath, x 70. Fig. 19. — Part of a cross section of the brain through the dorsal comtnis- sure, showing that the dorsal commissure in this ."pt-cimen is composed of fibres coming from both dor.*al and ventral lobes. The attachment of the proboscis to the body w.ill is also shown. X 70. Fig. 20. — Part of a cross section of the body through the ventral brain commissure. The section is rather obliquely cut, so that the right and left sides are not quite similar. X 70. Fig. 21. — Part of a cro.ss section of the body through the cerebral organs. The section is quite oblique, so that its plane paKSses through the anterior part of the cerebral organ and the ciliated pit, Oil.P., but through the pos- terior end of the left cerebral organ. X 70. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 737 Fig. 22. — rart of a cross .section of the body through the oesophageal region. The anterior end of tlie uephiidial main diut, NjiIlD., is shown, and the large expanded \eutral blood connectives, V.bl.con., are very prom- inent. X 70. Fig. 23. — Part of a cro«s section of the body immediately in front of the beginning of the middle iutestine, showing the inner circular muscle layer, i.O.M., and the dorsal and ventral nni.scular crosses, D.m.cr., V.m.cr., between the inner and outer circular muscle layers. The much enlarged upper and lower dorsal nerves, u.D.N., I.B.N., are very prominent. X 70. Fig. 24. — Part of a cross section of the body of a male in the region of the gonads. The plane of the section passes througli one of the intestinal cscoa, I.Cae., and the narrower part of the testis. The duct of the right band testis is shown, T.d. The sexual products of this individual are only partly mature, most of the cells being in the spermatogonic stage, Spg. X 70. Fig. 25. — Part of a cross section of the body of a female in the region of the gonads. The oldest ova, 0., are free in the centre, the youngest are attached to the wall of the gonad. Two encj'sted parasitic bodies, Far., are present in the left-hand ovary. X 70. Fig. 26. — Cross section through the posterior region of the body, showing the simple end intestine, E.I., without lateral caeca, and the two dorso- lateral blooil vessels, DL V., that have resulted from a forking of the dorsal vessel. The gonads are absent from this region. X 70. Fig. 27. — Cross section through the junction of the caudicle with the body; the upper part of the figure belongs to the body, the lower part to the cau- dicle. The different character of the walls of the two parts is very evident. The end intestine, -£'./., has a dorsal position, and is about to open into the anus. Fig. 28. — Cross section through the caudicle, showing the caudicle wall and the central blood lacuna, Bl.L. The great numbers of connective tissue cells, Cii.T.N., actually present are, for the sake of clearness, only approx- imately represented. X 320. Plate XLII, Fig. 29. — Portion of a cross section of the epithelium of the median blood vessel. X 604. Fig. 30. — Part of a cross section of the proboscis sheath, about 1.8 mm. in front of the beginning of the middle intestine, showing the origin of the in- ner circular muscle layer from circular fibres of the proboscis sheath. The innermost circular fibres of the proboscis sheath bend outward at z. and run beneath the stomach, thus forming the inner circular muscle layer, x 240. Fig. 31.— Part of a cro~s .section of the epithelium of the oesophagus, from the anterior region, showing the subepithelial gland cells, w. X 604. • Fig. 32. — Portion of the epithelium of the stomach, from a cross section. X 604. Fig. 33. — Half of a cross secetion of the alimentary tract through the junction of the oesophagus and the stomach. The upper part of the figure shows the epithelium of the stomach, S.Ep.; the lower part that of the oesophagus, (Je.JEp. A fold, /., probably represents a primitive valve. X 320. Fig. 34. — Part of a cross section of the epithelium of the middle intestine from the posterior region. The cilia are slightly diagrammatic, being usually massed together in fixed preparations. X 604. Fig. 35. — Cross section through the "anterior region" of the proboscis. X 320. Fig. 36. — Cross section through a portion of the "glandular ridge" of the proboscis, showing several aL'gregations of rhabdiies, lihb. X 604. Fig. 37. — Tangential section of a portion of the proboscis from the " mid- 47 738 PROCEEDINQS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, die region," showing the longitudinal muscle, L.M., with the subepithelial muscle fibrils above, running transversely. X 004. Fig. 38. — Part of a longitudinal section of the proboscis, from the "mid- dle region," showing the subepithelial muscle fibrils in transverse section. The outer flattened epithelium is extremely thin. X 1120. Fig. 39. — Part of a longitudinal section of the proboscis, from the " poster- ior region." The outer epithelium, o.Ep., is composed of cells of consider- able height, with abundant cytoplasm. The subepithelial muscle fibres, Ep.m.f., are thickened in this region. X 1120. Fig. 40. — Cross section through the "middle region" of the proboscis, showing both dorsal and ventral muscular crosses, Xcl., Xc. The lateral nerves form a continuous plexus, n.p. The glandular ridge of the dorsal surface is very prominent, Gl.R. X 330. Fig. 41. — Cross section through the " posterior region " of the proboscis, some distance anterior to its termination. The proboscis nerves are again separate, P.N. X 320. Fig. 42. — Small "rhynohocoel corpuscles." X 1120. Fig. 43. — Large cells from the fluid of the rhynchocoel, "rhynchocffil cor- puscles." The two nuclei, N., are probably the result of amitosis. X 1120. Fig. 44. — Portion of a cross section of the proboscis immediately poster- ior to its insertion, showing the regular brick-shaped cells of the outer epithelium, o. Ep. The subepithelial muscle fibrils are absent from this, the most anterior, region. X 604. Plate XLIII, Fig. 45. — Portion of a cross section through the body wall, showing the excretory duct of the left nephridium. Excel. X 128. Fig. 46. — Portion of a cross section of the body, showing the left lateral blood vessel, L. V., with the adjacent nephridial main duct, Nph.D., and a ductule, Nph.d. X 320. Fig. 47. — Portion of a cross section of the body, showing the right lateral blood vessel, L. V., into which project two terminal bulbs of the nephridia, T.B. The epithelium of the blood vessel is not continued around the ends of the terminal bulbs. X 604. Fig. 48. — Cross section of an ovum infected with a stage of a parasite older (?) than that shown in fig. (Jl. X 604. Fig. 49. — Cross section of one of the dorso-lateral blood vessels. X 604. Fig. 50. — Portion of a cross section through the anterior part of the rhynchocoel, showing the dorsal blood vessel. The endothelium. End., of the ventral wall of the vessel is very distinct, but that of the dorsal wall is interrupted by the proliferation of blood-forming cells, Bl.f. C. X 604. Fig. 51. — Cro-ss section of the dorsal blood vessel after it has left the rhynchocoel. A network of connective tissue cells, Cii.T.N., surrounds the blood vessel. X 604. Fig. 52. — Cro.ss section of the oldest stage of an immature ovum, free in the centre of the gonad. The thick outer, o. O.mb., and the thin inner, i. O.mb., egg membranes are shown. X 604. Fig. 53. — Surface view of the gonad epithelium. X 604. Fig. 54. — Portion of a cross section through an ovary, containing only young stages. O.j represent the youngest ova figured, O.j and 0.^ older forms. X 240. Fig. 55. — Portion of a cross section of the body wall, showing a testis duct, T.d., with an expanded distal portion, h. The longitudinal muscle layers of the body wall are not indicated. X 320. Fig. 56. — Horizontal optical section of a portion of the posterior body region. Drawn from life, showing gonads filled with ova between the intestinal caeca. The large body, Par., in the middle gonad is the cyst of a parasite. X 70. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 739 Fig. 57. — Portion of a cross section through the testis, showing the mar- ginal spermatogonia. X 6()4. Fig. 58. — Spermatozoa, the middle piece seen in side view and appearirg bilobed. A minute point is present at the tip of the head. Iron-haima- toxyliu, strongly destaiued. X 1120. Fig. 59. — Spermatozoan, and a detached middle piece, m.h., which is four- iobed. Iron-hiBniatoxyliu, not strongly destaiued. X 1120. Fig. 60. — Portion of a cross section through the body wall and ovary, showing an encysted stage of a parasite, P*^?'. The stiiated cuticle, Ctl., is surrounded by a delicate membrane. Two egg nuclei, N., are to be seen in the cytoplasm at the base of the cyst.'^ The nucleus within the cyst, N.Far., is amcEboid. X 320. Fig. Gl. — Cross section of an ovum infected with a young (?) stage of a parasite, Par. x 604. Plate XLIV, Fig. 62. — Part of a cro^s section of the body wall through one of the •' lateral grooves," L. G. The individual cells of the groove are not clearly distinguishable with this magnification. 95 per cent, alcohol. X 320. Fig. 63. — Portion of a cross section through the body wall of Partipolia mii'antiaca Coe, showing the "lateral gioove." The " lateral groove " is here everted, and appears as an elevation above the general surface level. The cutis glands, C>i.G[.„ of the "groove" are large and ai e not found in other parts of the section. X 40. ^'The reference line from Ctl. only extends as far as the egg membrane, instead of to the cuticle within. Dec, 1901.] NATURAL 3CIE^fCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 741 The following reports were ordered to be printed : REPORT OF THE PRESIDENT. Upon the removal of the Academy to its present location in 1876, the President, Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger, prepared a brief history of the institution, with a summary of its collections and publications, which appeared in the popular guide to the Museum in that year. Subsequently throughout his term of office, Dr. Ruschenberger presented a President's annual report, the last appearing in the Proceedings for 1881. His successors having discontinued this practice, there has been no summarized account of the operations of the Academy during the past twenty years, and it is my purpose, to present such a resume in the following pages. During this period three members have occupied the President's chair, Dr. Joseph Leidy, Gen. Isaac J. Wistar and Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. William S. Vaux, Thomas Meehan, Henry C. McCook and Arthur Erwin Brown have served as Vice-Presidents ; William C. Henzey, Isaac C. Martindale, Charles P. Perot and George Vaux, Jr., as Treasurers; George H. Horn and Benjamin Sharp as Corresponding Secretaries, while Edward J. Nolan has contin- ued as Recording Secretary and Librarian throughout the entire period. To the membership there have been added 505 names, while 374 have been lost by resignation or death. Among the latter are many of the Academy's staunchest supporters, to whom her present prosperous condition is largely due, and many of her most brilliant students, who by their labors have spread her reputation to aU parts of the world. During this period the regular weekly meetings of the Academy have been held, the attendance decreasing as natural history became more and more specialized. Verbal communications of importance have been made both by members and visitors, and various explorers have by request presented reports of their expedi- 742 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, tions before the society. The specialists have continueJ to hold their independent meetings with most satisfactory results. Of late years, by a mutual arrangement, the several Sections have been given precedence at certain specified meetings of the Academy, with the object of bringing before the general meetings the more important communications presented at the less formal Section meetings. ■ With the object of fostering and encouraging small scientific organizations, especially those composed of younger students, the Academy has freely granted the use of its halls for meetings, and during the past decade the Geographical Society, Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, Philadelphia Botanical Club, Students' Min- eralogical Club, Students' Entomological Society, Myeological Club, Leidy Association, Philadelphia Moss Chapter, Wood's Hole Biological Association, Odontographical and Auti -Tuberculosis Societies and Pennsylvania Audubon Society have availed themselves of this privilege, thus bringing many people in touch with the Academy and eventually adding to its membership. Besides these organizations, a number of State and National societies have, during this period, been invited to hold their con- ventions in the building, notably the American Society of Natural- ists, in 1891; the Pennsylvania Veterinarian Society, in 1894; and the American Ornithologists' Union, in 1899. The Proceedings and Journal of the Academy have been issued continuously since 1881, as previously. Twenty-one volumes of the former and four of the latter have appeared, comprising in all 12,100 pages. These contain contributions not only from the members of the Academy, but from eminent scientists from various parts of America and Europe. During the past twenty years the Proceedings have been sent in exchange to a constantly increasing list of scientific societies throughout the world. Beginning with the year 1900 the Acad- emy, through its increased endowment, has been enabled to distrib- ute the volumes to its inembeis, a course that had long been desired. There have also been issued from the Academy and allied societies the Transactions of the American Entomological Society, the Entomological News, and the Manual of Conehology, while the Nautilus has been edited by the Conservator of the Con- chological Section. 1901. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF nilLADELPHIA. 743 In 1885 the Committee on Lectures and Instruction established an annual series of lectures by men of eminence iu various branches of science, as well as afternoon classes conducted by the Academy's professors. For both series a charge was made to cover expenses. These courses were held annually until the w'inter of 1896-7, when a proposition was made by the Ludwick Institute, whereby the Committee of the Academy should cooperate with the Institute in an'angiug courses of lectures on natural science and allied subjects, to be given in the Academy's Lecture Hall and to be free to the public, though primarily for the benefit of public school teachers, the Ludwick Institute bearing all the expenses. „ Under this arrangement six to eight courses of five lectures each have been given annually by members of the Academy. The Jessup Fund, originally established iu 1860 for the assistance of young men fitting themselves for scientific work, has during the past tw^enty years aided many students, who have in turn ren- dered most important assistance to the Academy in the care and arrangement of collections. In 1888, Mrs. Clara Jessup Moore established a similar fund of S5,000 for the assistance of young women, three having up to this time profited by this endowment. From 1890 to 1899 a medal and cash payment were annually bestowed by the Academy upon the geologist who had accom- plished the most meritorious work during the year. Since then a gold medal has been awarded triennially. This award, known as the Hayden Memorial, is secured by a fund given by Mrs. Hayden in memory of her husband, Dr. F. V. Hayden. Up to the year 1900 the Academy's growth had far exceeded its endowment. The funds at the disposal of the institution were entirely consumed in the expenses incident to supporting the museum, the publications and the library. The salaried assistance was wholly inadequate to the needs of the institution, and, as pre- viously, most of the work of arranging and caring for the collec- tions was performed voluntarily or by students of the Jessup Fund. Members had always been most liberal iu contributing to special funds for the purchase of collections, but the Endowment Fund, owing to the broadening of the work of the Academy, became yearly less adequate. Since 1890, however, the Academy has received liberal bequests. 744 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, which have been of the utmost importance hi the consummation of plans for future development. George S. Pepper, in 1900, bequeathed to the Academy S25,000 and a percentage of his residuary estate, the amounts to be held in trust, the income only to be applied to the uses of the institution. The James Aitken Meigs Fund was erected on the legacy of John G. Meigs, of $20,000, and the library of his son, James Aitken Meigs, M.D., a former Librarian of the Academy. Ten thousand dollars of this was left for the care and increase of the library and the remainder without condition. From Miss Anna T. Jeanes was received the gift of $20,000, to be known as the Mary Jeanes Fund, the interest to be used for the care and increase of the museum. In addition to amounts noted in earlier reports, S16,650 have been received from the Henry N. Johnson estate for the general purposes of the Academy. Robert T. Lamborn, M.D. , who died iij 1895, bequeathed his estate to the Academy, " to be used in biological and anthropological researches, the income only to be Uf^ed and the principal reinvested." A question as to the validity of the will under the New York State law having been raised by the heirs-at-law, a compromise was effected on the basis of one- half the estate coming to the Academy and the balance to them. Up to the present time $365,000 have been realized for the society. A conservative estimate places the value of the Academy's portion of the estate at half a million. Charles E. Smith, in 1900, bequeathed his botanical books, maps, collections and one-sixth part of the sum realized from the sale of refjl and personal property, the interest accruing from such sum to be applied to and expended on maintenance and for no other purpose whatever. Twenty -five thousand dollars have been realized from this source to date, with the certainty of important additions in the future. As soon as the earlier of tliese legacies became available, steps were at once taken to broaden the work of the institution in vari- ous directions. The Proceedings were distributed to members; the salaries of the scientific staff were increased; three new assistants engaged; improvements were made to the buildings; new cases were substituted for those originally erected in the museum, and important additions to the shelving capacity of the library were 1901,] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 745 provided. The work of expansion is still in progress, and to understand properly the advance that has been made it is necessary to revert again to the removal of the Academy to its present quar- ters in 1876. At that time only a ])art of the building as originally planned had been completed, and the collections and library of the Academy even then practically filled all the available space. The constant inci'ease during the subsequent ten years caused such overcrowding that the systematic arrangement of the museum became an impos- sibility, and much valuable material was practically inaccessible. In 1889 and 1891 two appropriations of 650,000 each were secured from the State Legislature. These sums, together with private subscriptions, made possible the much-needed additions to the premises. The Lecture Hall was completed the following year, and formally opened on February 22, 1892. Lectures previously given in the Library have since then been delivered in the new Hall, which has been furnished with a lantern and screen and seating accommodations for 350 persons. The new wing of the museum was not completed until some years later and was finally opened on October 20, 1896. Owing to the lack of funds only two floors could then be opened, and only a part of one of them was furnished with new cases. Since then, however, new cases of plate glass with oak or mahogany woodwork have almost entirely replaced the old ones on these floors, as well as in portions of the old building, and the furnishing of the third floor of the new Museum is so far advanced that it will be opened during the coming year. In the character and care of the various collections the greatest changes have taken place, mainly since the recent increase in our endowment, though in several departments the plans were laid and work begun several years ago. The old idea of exhibiting every specimen has been dispensed with, and the need of study collections of large series of specimens has been recognized. Large numbers of birds and mammals, especially types and unique specimens, have been unmounted and stored in moth-proof cabinets, free from light and dust, and their preservation insured. These have been arranged in the study rooms, whei'e they can be easily examined, while still larger numbers of similar study speci- mens have been added by purchase and gift. A corresponding 746 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , arrangement of the mollusca has also been instituted. The entire series of alcoholics has been removed from the exhibition rooms and placed in compactly arranged cases in the basement, where some 100,000 specimens are within easy reach of the student who desires to consult them, being at the same time largely shielded from the light, the great destroyer of pigment. For exhibition there is being installed by the liberality of Mr. Clarence B. Moore a series of plaster casts of snakes, colored and mounted amid natural surroundings, which are far more instructive to the general public than the alcoholics that have been removed. In the Botanical department the modern plan of mounting the specimens upon uniform standard herbarium sheets, begun some time ago, has been finished during the present year, with the exception of certain special collections. The museum catalogues are the Avork of recent years. In 1893 uniform catalogues were provided for all departments, except En- tomology and Botany. In some only the accessions since that date have beeu entered, but in the cases of the mammals, birds, rep- tiles, fishes and minerals every specimen has been numbered and entered in its respective catalogue. In the case of disarticulated skeletons every bone has been numbered. These catalogues are necessarily ouly accession lists, but a sys- tematic card catalogue of the mammals has been prepared, showing at a glance exactly what the Academy possesses in this department of the museum. The character of the exhibition specimens has also beeu much im- proved. In 1892, a taxidermist was employed and all mammals and birds since prepared for exhibition have been mounted in the most approved manner. A large number of mammals have beeu jn-epared during the past ten years, and so far as the larger forms are concerned, they have replaced the grotesque and faded stuffed specimens of earlier years, while a local collection of birds, mounted in groups, with nests and eggs, has replaced the old series. The Academy's efforts of late years have been mainly devoted to the renovation of the museum, the increase of the collections and library, and the expansion of the publications. Nevertheless, a number of expeditions have been sent out in its interest through 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 747 special subscriptions, while many private individuals have con- tributed results of their explorations to the institution. Under the former head may be mentioned the expeditions to Bermuda in 1888, Mexico in 1890, under the leadership of Angelo Heilprin; the Greenland Expeditious of 1891 and 1892; Prof. Cope's trip through the fossil beds of the "West in 1893, and many minor collecting ti'ips. Among private expeditions may be mentioned those of Dr. Ben- jamin Sharp to Hawaii and Alaska, Dr. W. L. Abbott to Africa, Dr. A. Donaldson Smith to Somaliland and Lake Rudolf, the Messrs. Faruum to Mongolia, while Mr. Alfred C. Harrison and Dr. H. M. Hiller are at present exploring Sumatra, partially in the Academy's interest. Mr. Clarence B. Moore's archaeological explorations in Florida and Georgia ; the exploration of the Port Kennedy fossil deposit, in the years ] 894-96, under the direction of Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, assisted by Mr. H. C. Mercer; Mr. C. W. Johnson's expe- ditions to the Southern fossil beds, under the direction of Dr. L. T. Chamberlain, and Mr. Henry G. Bryant's expeditions to Labra- dor, Greenland and Alaska have also been productive of important results. The increase in collections, especially since modern methods have been instituted in the Museum, has been so continuous and impor- tant that it is impossible even to summarize it in this brief space. Some idea, however, may be gained from the statements furnished by several special departments. The Ornithological collection, which was formerly regarded as the Academy's most notable department, contained at the time of Dr. Ruschenberger's last report 24,000 specimens; to-day it num- bers 46,000. The Conchological department since 1887 alone has added 30,000 lots to what was before regarded as the leading col- lection in the world. Other collections have increased at nearly the same rate, as illustrated by 6,000 additions to the department of reptiles, mainly the private collection of Prof. Edward D. Cope, and one prepared by Mr. A. E. Brown; 14,000 to the col- lection of butterflies; the William S. Vaux Collection of Minerals; the Isaac Lea Collection of eocene fossils, for which we are indebted to the Rev. Leander Trowbridge Chamberlain, D. D., and the Clarence B. Moore Archreological Collection. 748 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Only passing mention has been made of the growth of the library, not because of any lack of development in this depart- ment, but because the Librarian purposes, in his annual report, to review the history of the library since the organization of the society. The development of this important section of the Acad- emy, it will be seen, has kept pace with that of its other depart- ments. The present condition of the society, in its museum, its library and the work of its Publication Committee, is most encouraging, and gives every assurance of future success in maintaining the high standards established by the devoted men who have contributed so much intellectually and financially to the advancement of science. Sajiuel G. Dixon, Pre-ndent. ' REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The meetings of the Academy have been held during the year with three intermissions, due to the lack of a quorum on July 30, August 13 and September 17. The average of attendance at the sessions that were held was sixteen. Verbal communications were made by Messrs. Rand, Rhoads, Pilsbry, Arthur E. Brown, Harshberger, Woolmau, MacElwee, Sharp, Chapman, Dixon, Roseberger, U. C. Smith, Skinner, J. Cheston Morris, T. H. Mont- gomery, Calvert, Conklin, Seiss, Gerson, Keeley, J. P. Moore, Goldsmith, Lyman, Keller, Murlin^ Stone, Palmer, Kraemer, Crawley, S. Brown, Ravenel and McCarthy. Interesting discus- sion occasionally followed these communications, the substance of which was frequently embodied in the more formal papers pre- sented later for publication, hence but few of the verbal contribu- tions to the meetings have been prepared for the published Pro- ceedings. Seven hundred and thirty pages of the Proceedings, with thirty- four plates, have been issued since the last report. The fourth number, or the conclusion of the eleventh volume of the Journal, consisting of ninety-eight pages, copiously illustrated by text figures, was also published, the expense of printing and il lustra- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA . 749 tions being defrayed by Mr. Clarence B. Moore, to whom the Academy is again indebted for this proof of his continued interest. The Eatomological Section (American Entomological Society) has published two hundred and seventy six pages of the Trans- actions with ten plates and three hundred and twenty-eight pages of the Entomological News with thirteen plates. The Manual of Conchology has been continued under the auspices of the Conchological Section, two hundred and seventy-one pages and sixty plates having been issued during the year. The published contributions to science by the Academy and its Sections during the year amount, therefore, to 1703 pages and 117 plates. The statistics of distribution are as follows : Proceedings, delivered to members, 548 " exchanged for other publications, - . . . . 574 ' ' sent to subscribers, . . 40 1,162 Journal, exchanges, 68 " subscribers, 34 102 The published edition of the Proceedings is 1,500; of the Jour- nal, 500. Fifty-six papers have been presented for publication during the year, as follows: Henry A. Pilsbry, 10; Henry W. Fowler, 6; James A. G. Rehn, 4; John W. Harshberger, 4; Thomas H. Montgomery, Jr., 3; Clarence B. Moore, 2; T. D. A. Cockerell, 2; Arthur E. Brown, 2; Adele M. Fielde, 2; S. N. Rhoads, 1; Helen T. Higgins, 1; A. E. Ortmann, 1; Walter M. Rankin, 1; Edward G. Vanatta, 1 ; Henry Fox, 1 ; George and AVilliam S. Vaux, 1: Thomas Meehan, 1; Henry C. Chapman, 1; Caroline B. Thompson, 1; Ida A. Keller, 1; Henry Kraemer, 1; Benja- min H, Smith, 1 ; A.. M. Reese, 1 ; M. Louise Nichols, 1 ; Harold Heath and M. H. Spauldiug, 1 ; Carrie B. Aaron, 1 ; Thomas L. Casey, 1; C. W. Johnson and A. W. Grabau, 1; E. Goldsmith, 1 ; Nathan Banks, 1. Forly-seven of these have been printed in the Proceedings, two in the Journal, three were withdrawn by the 750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , authors, one was returned to the author, one was transferred to the Entomological Section, and two await action. A communication from F. Rynchowski, of Lemberg, embodying his researches on the " Electroid (Eceroid) " was, with the author's consent, referred to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. The first year of the new century sees the completion of the fifty-third volume of the Proceedings and the eleventh volume of the quarto or second series of the Journal. The first series in octavo, in eight volumes, extended from 1817 to 1842. The Academy's entire serial contributions to science, therefore, now consists of seventy-two volumes. The earlier issues, especially, formed almost tbe only means by which the working naturalists of America could communicate with those of kindred interests else- where, and much of the results of the original investigations of Say, Ord, LeSeuer, Nuttall, Maclure, Horner, Mitchell, Rafiu- esque. Lea, Hentz, Troost, Vanuxem, De Schweinitz and many others of the leading naturalists of America are to be found in these volumes. An index to this collection of scientific papers is manifestly desirable, and would j^robably be regarded by students as a valuable aid in their work. The present time is especially ap- propriate for its publication, because it would not only form a guide to all that the Academy has given to the world during the last century, but it would be continued without break or repetition by the proposed index to scientific literature which is about to be prepared under the auspices of the Royal Society of London, as the result of international cooperation. The compilation is recom- mended of an index that will be a complete and reliable guide to the contents of the Academy's serial publications, consisting of perhaps three sections devoted to author, subject and species entries. It does not seem desirable in the course of the work to attempt the decision of questions of priority or the determination of synonymy. Fourteen members and five correspondents have been elected. The deaths of five members and six correspondents have been announced and the following members have resigned: Edw. H. Coates, Robert S Davis, Edw, Gideon, William DeCou, Vickers Oberholzer, A. H. Stewart, W. E. Barrows and Thomas Stesv- ardson. A severe loss was sustained in the death, November 19, of Mr. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 751 Thomas Meehan, whose conscientious devotion to the welfare of the Academy, and especially of its Botanical department, during more than for(y years of membership, is warmly appreciated by his associates. A minute embodying the Academy's sense of its loss has been published in the Proceedings and a biographical notice, to be read at an early meeting, is in course of preparation by Dr. John MacFarlane. A reception was tendered to Dr. A. Donaldson Smith, to whom the Academy is indebted for valuable additions to the Museum, on his last return from Africa. The occasion was enjoyed by many who were interested in Dr. Smith's work as an explorer. The President has appointed Mr. Clarence B. Moore a? a repre- sentative of the Academy to serve on the General Committee of x\rrangements for the International Congress of Americanists to be held in New York next year. Messrs. Vaux, Nolan, Wistar, Roberts and Schaeffer have been appointed a committee to consider and report on the subject of memorial tablets to contain the names of benefactors of the Acad- emy, and to be placed at the entrance to the Museum. All of which is respectfully submitted, Edward J. Nolan, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. During the past year, there have been received from ninety-five societies, museums, libraries, etc., one hundred and sixty-three acknowledgments of the publications of the Academy, and from thirty-seven societies, libraries, etc., fifty-two notices of transmis- sion of their publications. Fourteen applications for exchange of publications and for sup- plies of deficiencies, together with six circulars and invitations for the Academy to participate in congresses, etc., and five announce- ments of the deaths of scientific men, have also been received. Four correspondents have been elected during the year, and the deaths of six have been recoi'ded. Six letters on miscellaneous subjects have been received and eleven written. 752 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Seven hundred and one acknowledgments of gifts to the library and museum and three diplomas to correspondents have been mailed. Respectfully sabmitted, Benj. Sharp, Corresponding Secretary. KEPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN. The growth of the Library, as far as the ordinary current acces- sions are concerned, has been unprecedented during the past year. A total of 6,184 additions have been received, classified and cata- logued; 4,678 of these are pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 1,380 are complete volumes, 124 maps, and one photograph. Thev have been received from the following sources: Societies, .... 2,293 I. V. Williamson Fund, 1,309 Editors, 861 General Fund, .... 846 Authors, 169 U. S. Department of the Interior, 160 Meigs Fund, . . . . 145 U. S. Department of Agri- culture, 121 Wilson Fund, .... 37 U. S. Department of State, 16 Special Exchange, . . 27 Geological Surv^ey of New Jersey, 11 Ministere des Travaux Publics, France, Albert I, Prince of Mo- naco, Pennsylvania State Li- brary, Royal Geographical Society, London, 11 9 Geological and Natural History Survey of Can- ada, .... Library of Congress, H. C. Chapman, . Thomas Meehan, . Henry G. Bryant, Comite Geologique Russe, Kommissiou zur wissen- schaft lichen Untersuch- ungen der deutschen Meere in Kiel und der Biologischen Anstalt auf Helgoland, . Pauline L. Neidhard, Geological Survey of India, William J. Fox, . Department of ]\Iines (Geological Survey), Victoria, H. A. Pilsbry, . . . Biuroului Geologicu, Rou- NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1901.] Maryland Geological Sur- vey, Trustees of British Mu- seum, Department of Mines, New South Wales, . . U. S. Treasury Depart- ment, U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, . . . Conch ological Section, Academy, .... Geological and Natural History Survey, Min- nesota, U. S. War Department . U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S, Board on Geograph- ical Names, .... Koyal Swedish Academy of Sciences, .... 'sLands Plantentuin, Java, Department of Mines, Nova Scotia, .... Bentham Trustees, Kew Gardens, Comission Geologica. Mex- ico, Naturforschende Gesell- schaft, Basel (special). Academic des Science de Cracovie (special), Trustees of Indian Mu- seum, Botanical Survey of India, Geological and Natural History Survey, Wis- consin, 48 75.3 Mrs. Jonas Gilman Clark, 1 Government of Uruguay, 1 Geological Survey of Michigan, .... 1 Commissioners of Inland Fisheries and Game, Massachusetts, ... 1 Department of Agricul- ture, Cape of Good Hope, 1 Samuel G. Dixon, . . 1 Smithsonian Institution, . 1 Financial Publishing Co., Philadelphia, ... 1 Geological Survey of Georgia, Government of India, R. Academia di Cien- cias, etc., Barcelona, . E. R. Sykes, .... Council of the Fridtjof Nansen Fund for the Advancement of Sci- ence, 1 Geological Survey of Mis- souri, 1 Bergeu's Museum, ... 1 A. W. Vogdes, ... 1 California State Mining Bureau, 1 K. Akaderaie der Wissen- schaf ten, Wien (special), '^1 Department of Geology, etc., Indiana, ... 1 W. N. Newton, ... 1 Illinois State Board of Labor, 1 Messrs. Werner and Swasey, 1 754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Madras Government Mu- seum, 1 Home Secretary's Office, Queensland, .... 1 Hungarian Central Bureau for Ornithology, , . 1 Geological Survey of Iowa, 1 Commission des Travaux G^ologiqucs, Portugal, . 1 Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum, 1 Edward J. Nolan, Societe HoUandaisc des Sciences (special), . Magyar Tudomanyos Aka- demia (special), Royal Society of Denmark (special), . . . . Geological Survey of Ala- bama, Department of Marine and Fisheries, Canada, They were distributed to the several departments of the library, as follows: Journals, .... 4,866 Geography, . . 28 Geology, .... 345 Ichthyology, 21 Botany, 282 Medicine, 16 General Natural History 146 Mammalogy, 14 Voyages and Travels, 76 Physical Science, 13 Agriculture, 67 Bibliography, . 13 Encyclopaedias, 47 Helminthology, 12 Entomology, 44 Mineralogy, 10 Anatomy and Physiology 41 Chemistry, . 7 Ornithology, . . . 39 Herpetology, 6 Conchology, 34 Mathematics, . 1 Anthropology, . 28 Miscellaneous, . 28 Fourteen hundred and seventy-two volumes have been bound, making a noticeable improvement in the library, especially in the department of periodicals. Only those who have been compelled to consult unbound sets of journals, the numbers unavoidably mixed and the indexes probably misplaced, can appreciate the comfort of working with volumes bound to date. Large appropriations for the work arc still required, nearly three thousand volumes in the department of periodicals alone still requiring binding, but it is a cause of sincere congratulation that they will now be handled as rapidly as the necessary collation will permit. An important addition to the cases has been provided in the central entresol 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 755 room, relieving for the present the pressure on some of the more crowded sectionvS of the periodicals. The growth of the library in this department, as indeed in all the others, is likely to be so rapid in the future, in view of the comparatively liberal appro- priations which can now be made, that the question of additional shelving and room for its accommodation will soon become a press- ing one. Another important need is a case for the arrangement and storage of maps, the necessity of which was brought to the attention of the Academy as early as 1889. Among the more important accessions of the past year have been a number of early sets of journals secured from the catalogues of second-hand dealers. As the Academy has special reason to set store by what is believed to be its well-nigh unequaled collection of journals and transactions, it is desirable that desiderata be secured as promptly as possible, as the opportunities of doing so are yearly becoming fewer because of the very liberal means at the disposal of many scientific libraries recently started and the vigor of their administration. The Academy has had the advantage of being early in the field, and, though having no means of its own for many years, the devotion of William Maclure and Thomas B. Wilson secured for it bibliographical treasures which can no longer be bought. A list of the serials now received in exchange or subscribed for is appended. The works on Philology have been selected from the Meigs Library and from the department of Anthropology, and uow^ form a separate section containing 296 volumes. The card catalogue is being carefully revised and certain un- avoidable duplications and irregularities are being corrected. A portrait of the late Thomas Meehan, in oil, by James L. Wood, was presented by Mr. Chai-les Roberts in May. While it has distinct value as a work of art, it forms a most desirable memorial of the senior Vice-President, whose recent death is referred to elsewhere. Dr. John G. LeConte presented a crayon portrait of Mr. Charles E. Smith, a benefactor whose death was announced last year. The picture has been placed in the herbarium. The present extent of the library, determined by a careful count, is as follows : 756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Journals Geology General Natural History . . . . Botany Voyages and Travels Anatomy and Physiology . . . . Entomology Anthropology , . . . Conchology Medicine Ornithology Encyclopedias, Dictionaries, etc , Physical Sciences Mineralogy Mathematics Bibliography Geography Agriculture 23,007 3,039 2,860 2,429 1,870 1,719 1,207 1,120 1,073 903 863 816 630 554 551 428 421 407 Ichthyology 323 Mammalogy 304 Miscellaneous 299 Philology 296 Helniinthology 295 Chemistry 275 Herpetology 186 Meigs Library (miscellane- ous) 1,916 Warner Library (miscellane- ous) 128 American Entomological So- ciety Library (Entomologi- cal Section) ■ 3,160 Unbound pamphlets, 2524, forming volumes 170 51,249 In considering the growth of the library since the last enumera- tion, it must be remembered that about 450 volumes, bibliographical and non-scientific, have been, by direction of the Council and the Library Committee, transferred to the Free Library, Many of the works in the library of the Entomological Section (American Entomological Society) are duplicates, while those in the James Aitken Meigs Library are foreign to the purposes of the Academy, being retained under an agreement with the legatee. It may not be out of place, at the beginning of the new ceu- tur}", to review briefly the history of the library, so as to deter- mine with some degree of clearness what has been accomplished by this department of the Academy during its ninety years of existence. It will be remembered that on the evening of January 25, 1812, " a meeting of gentlemen, friends of science and of rational dis- posal of leisui'e moments," was held to consider the advisability o£ forming a scientific society. After mature deliberation it was decided that such a society was desirable, and preliminary steps were taken toward its organization. The men who met on that occasion took themselves with entire seriousness, as is evidenced by the dignified wording of the minutes and the care with which they were kept by the fii-st Recording Secretary, Dr. Camillus McMahau Mann. They evidently attached due importance to the formation 1901.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 757 of a library, for a committee consistiDg of Messrs. Troost and Shiun was appointed to consider, among other weighty matters, " which are the fittest periodical works to engage in the first in- stance for the accommodation of the society." No report seems to have been received from this, the first Library Committee, but under date of March 17 of the same year, a mem- orandum records tliat " Mr. Shinn will accommodate the society with the Mlneralogical Journal of Dr. Bruce ; Mr. Speakman will furnish the National Intelligencer ; Dr. Parmentier, the Aurora and a map of Switzerland; Dr. Mann, the Monthly Magazine for 1807. Drs. Troost and Parmentier have engaged for account of the society the Annales de Chymie and the Annales des Arts et de Commerce. Mr. Shinn is commissioned to procure for account of the society the Archives of Useful Knoivledge of Dr. Mears, and the Medical Museum of Drs. Mitchell and Millar. Agreed to pro- cure the Repertory of Arts from London." On April 18, " the Secretary makes homage to the Academy of The Bureau, weekly newspaper recently commenced, which he has subscribed for. " A.t the same meeting it was "referred to the Committee to purchase at least one portfolio, for the purpose of depositing extracts from newspapers announcing recent discoveries and extraordinary facts, with a view to have them afterward arranged in a proper book and inquiries instituted thereupon." The Secretary was requested " to procure a report of Prof. Davy of the Loudon Institution's lectures lately delivered on the subject of Zoology." He was also requested " to procure report on Prof. Davy's experiments and conclusions on the subject of the oxymuri- atic acid, and to require report from Dr. Mitchell at time of writing to that gentleman his letter of notification." It was ordered, Mr. Troost seeming to have dropped out, " that Mr. Shinn be requested to make his report on the periodical works eligible for the Academy, and if possible to procure the latest number of Nicholson's Journal.'' Then more definitely, on August 15, the Secretary was " re- quired to obtain the following works on science : Nicholson' s Journal from the commencement of the year 1810; a periodical work said to be conducted by Dr. Thompson, of London, from its com- mencement; Repertory of Arts from the beginning of 1810; Mur- ray's Chemistry, last edition; Thompson's Chemistry, edition of 758 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , 1810, if none since published; Davies' Elements of Chemistry; Tilloch's Magazine from the beginning of 1810; best comparative statement of the experiments relative to the oxymuriatic acid." These are the brief records concerning the library in the earliest minutes of the Academy. It will be seen that they all relate to intentions for the future, except in the one case where the Secre- tary " makes homage" or presents The Bureau, a periodical for which he had recently subscribed, and of this, curiously enough, no record is to be found in the earliest published catalogue of the library. The list of desiderata indicates how largely the first members were concerned with physics and chemistry, subjects which now receive little or no attention in the Academy. The growth of the library was slow until 1816, when Mr. William Maclure, who was elected President the following year, began his liberal donations, which in 1819 had reached nearly 1,500 volumes. A contemporary notice of the Academy says: " The valfte of these acquisitions was enhanced by the fact that they were possessed by no other institution on this side of the Atlantic. The Academy, therefore, derived from this source a prosperity and prominence which, under other circumstances, must have been extremely slow and uncertain; while science at the same time received an impulse which has never faltered and which has been subsequently imparted to every section of our country." Mr. Maclure transferred his library at New Harmony to the Academy in 1834. Dr. Pickering, then Librarian, the following year superintended the conveyance of the collection, embracing 2,259 volumes on science, literature and art, to the Academy. A catalogue of the library was begun in the first issue of the Journal in 1817, and was completed in the fourth volume, pub- lished in 1824. The collection then seems to have consisted of 1,675 volumes, embracing 672 titles. Another catalogue, published in 1836, gives the number of vol- umes then in the library, excluding a collection of historical documents, at 6,890, of which no less than 5,232' are thankfully credited to Mr. Maclure. The classification was practically that which is still maintained, but the collection embraced hundreds of volumes on finance, law, morals, literature, religion, amusements, military art and other subjects not at all pertinent to the Academy, and which have long since been disposed of by sale or exchange. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 759 In a note to Morton's biographical notice of William Maclure, prepared in 1841, it is stated that the library then consisted of 7,000 volumes. At this time certain designated books were permitted to be bor- rowed, but the Committee expresses grave doubt as to the advis- ability of continuing the practice, as serious loss of works which could not be replaced had been detected during the preparation of the catalogue of 1836. It was strongly recommended, in harmony with the desire of Mr. Maclure, that the library should be exclu- sively for use within the building. It was considered, however, that this was scarcely practicable until the services of a salaried Librarian could be secured. In May, 1845, Dr. Thomas B. Wilson presented Owen's His- tory of British Fossil Mammalia and Birds, and from that date until bis death, March 15, 1865, more than 10,000 volumes in all branches of natural history were received from this liberal patron of the Academy. These formed the rarest and most expen- sive portions of the library — complete sets of early transactions and superbly illustrated monographs. Week after week the Wil- son package was examined with delight, as it was sure to contain not only contributions indispensable to the workers, but also gifts of the highest artistic value, such as Gould's Monographs, Wolf .s Zoological Sketches, Chenu's Illustrations Conchy liologiqties, Reich- enbach's Xenia Orchidacea, Lindley and Moore's Ferns of Great Britain, etc. Dr. Wilson's earlier contributions were placed with the society on deposit, but were given outright in 1850 on condi- tion that they should not be removed from the building, a rule which was then extended to the entire library. Dr. Thomas B. Wilson was not the only member of his family who took an active interest in the Academy. Between the years 1850 and 1857 his brother, Mr. Edward Wilson, residing in England, presented to the society 4,184 rare volumes and pam- phlets of the last century, and after Dr. Wilson's death a valuable selection from his library was received from another brother, Mr. Rathmell Wilson. Nor did the benefit derived by the Academy from the liberality of Dr. Wilson cease at his death. He be- queathed to the society §10,000, directing that S300 of the annual income should be contributed toward the payment of the salary of the Librarian, the balance to be expended for the continuation of his "60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC. y subscriptions and for the purchase and binding of kindred books. By means of this fund the Academy has been enabled from time to time to add to the library many costly monographs which, until quite recently, it would otherwise have been unable to procure. In 1850 the collection had increased to 12,057 volumes. Apart from these gifts and olhers from friends of the society, the growth of the library had depended on a system of exchange with other scientific societies, begun in 1817 when the Journal of the Academy was first issued. This important source of supply has since been maintained, with the result of securing the earliest information regarding original research from all parts of the world. Very inadequate sums for the purchase of books were secured from time to time by subscriptions or sales of material not germane to the Academy. The historical documents received from Mr. Maclure were sold to the Historical Society of Pennsylvania in 1861 for $500. This was known as the Maclure Fund. A mo- tion to invest the amount and expend the interest only was voted down and the entire sum was placed at the disposal of the Library Committee for the purchase of books. The Conarroe Fund was a small amount arising from the sale of books presented by George M. Conarroe. Sums of money for special needs were frequently contributed by Mr. Joseph Jeanes and a Library Fund was started in 1860, to which twenty-seven sub- scribers contributed $25 each annually until 1868. Some dupli- cates were sold in 1870 for SlOO, and others were exchanged for a copy of Elliott's Birds of North America. These were all helps, but a permanent endowment was sadly needed, for the income from the Wilson Bequest, after the sum toward the salary of the Librarian had been deducted, did not always yield a sufficient balance to pay the subscriptions. It can therefore be readily understood with what joy Mr. Isaiah V. Williamson's gift in 1875 of S25,000 in ground rents was re- ceived. The income only was to be expended on the purchase of scientific books, and the I. V. Williamson Fund, inaugurating a period of prosperity up to that time unknown, continues to yield an important part of the resources at the disposal of the Library Committee. In 1882 eighteen hundred and ninety-seven volumes — 1,272 on religion, history, politics, general literature, 422 duplicates and 201 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 761 on fine arts and architecture — were sold for $1,825.14 By an ar- rangement with Mr. George W. Tryon, Jr., one-half this sum was devoted to the Conchological Section, and the other was appro- priated for binding. The Warner Library, consisting of 1,045 volumes and 1,200 pamphlets, mostly on mathematics, came into the possession of the society in 1892, on the coming of age of Mr. Warner's daughter and heiress. The library of James Aitken Meigs, consisting of 5,089 volumes, 1,916 of which were on other than scientific subjects, was bequeathed to the Academy by his father, John G. Meigs, who also left to the society $20,000, one-half for the exclusive use of the library. Before his death Mr. Meigs intimated his desire that even the volumes not pertinent to the Academy should be kept together as the James Aitken Meigs Library, and this desire has been so far complied with. The first catalogue of the library was published, it will be remembered, at irregular intervals in the first four volumes of the Journal from 1817 to 1824. , ]Nb classification is indicated in this list. The carefully compiled catalogue of 1836 is divided into broad subject sections. Dr. Fisher reports the beginning of a new cata- logue in 1859, but the intention, it would appear, was not carried out. The catalogues then in use were manuscript hand-lists, arranged alphabetically for each separate department. They were not kept strictly up to date. They were added to and copied by a special clerical assistant in 1863 and 1864, and were again tran- scribed in 1878. They remained in use until 1885, when they were finally replaced by a card catalogue which, in a very crude form, had been begun in 1874 and completed in 1880. The num- bering of the library was begun with the Conchological Department in 1869, and gradually extended, as a matter of convenience, to the other sections of the library in connection with the prepara- tion of the card catalogue. Shelf lists of the several departments, indispensable for the proper placing of the books and in accounting for missing volumes, were also prepared. From 1883 to 1894 much-needed clerical assistance was secured in a more or less intermittent way. The expenses were defrayed by subscriptions secured by Mrs. Annis Lea Wister and Dr. Henry M, Fisher. The old card catalogue was transcribed on 762 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , regulation library cards, arranged in drawers in three sections devoted to authors, subjects and periodicals. It was begun in 1885, is the basis of the catalogue now in use and meets measur- ably the requirements of modern library administration. The clerk also did much good work in the endeavor to secure supplies of deficiencies from corresponding societies. Mr. William J. Fox was appointed messenger March 26, 1888. Proving himself intelligent and trustworthy in the performance of such work as was assigned him, he was promoted to the position of Assistant Librarian in 1890, and has since been efficient iu forwarding the interests of the Academy. To provide for the supposed wants of students the experiment of keeping the library open until 10 P.M. was begun in 1873 and continued until 1876, when it was abandoned as not serving any useful end on account of the extremely limited number of members using the books in the evening. A catalogue of duplicates was printed and distributed in 1899. A number of sales have been effected, but the larger part of the collection remains yet on hand. Up to 1847 the library had been arranged in connection with the Museum, manifestly to the great discomfort of students who, as Dr. Zantzinger says in his report for that year, were excluded from the hall when it was open to the public. The society then occupied the building at the corner of Broad and Sansora streets (Plate C), into which it had moved from Twelfth and Sansom streets (Plate B) seven years before. During the year mentioned the books were arranged in a department expressly designed as a library and meeting room at the western end of the ground floor. The Librarian was then required to be on duty during part of the fore- noon, his place being supplied in the afternoon by the Chairman of the Curators. The eastern hall, in which the collections of minerals and fossils had been arranged, was given up to the Library in 1855, and was used from 1857 as a meeting room. Finally the western section, formerly used for this purpose, was divided in two by a partition of cases erected from time to time by the liber- ality of Dr. Thomas B. Wilson, thus providing on the floor and gaUery additional room and placing the library in the condition in which it remained until removal to the present building in 1876. The present system of alternating alcoves and study rooms with the 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELrHIA. 763 spacious gallery above for the arrangement of periodicals is well known to all now using the library. The accompanying plates, D, E and F, illustrate the ground-plaa of the building vacated in 1876 and the present distribution and aspect of the library. The first Librarian was John Speakmau, who was elected Novem. ber 29, 1814, and served until December 26, 1815, when he was succeeded in rapid succession by Caleb Richardson, Jacob Pierce, S. W. Conrad, Charles Pickering, Paul Beck Goddard, Joseph Carson, Robert Bridges, Alfred L. Elwyn, Joseph Leidy, and William S. Zantziuger. Several of these served only one or two years. Dr. Zantzinger alone reaching an incumbency of ten years. Then came Dr. James Aitken Meigs, from August, 1856, to May, 1859, and Dr. James C. Fisher, from June 28, 1859, to August 27, 1861, when he entered the army as contract surgeon and was succeeded by Dr. R. E. Griffith, who served only one year. It was becoming hard to find any one who was willing to take the office. There were certain duties which manifestly had to be per- formed. As exchanges came in and the Wilson packages were delivered, the accessions, must be shelved and recorded, even though they were not systematically catalogued, and some few, from time to time, had to be prepared for the binder. Dr. Robert Bridges devoted much time at irregular intervals to the latter duty, although not officially. He deserves, also, the grateful remem- brance of the Academy for his supervision, in connection with Mr. William S. Vaux, of the distribution of the Proceedings and Jour- nal to subscribers and exchanges, the editorial work being per- formed by Dr. Joseph Leidy, then and until his death, Chairman of the Publication Committee. Mr. J. Dickinson Sergeant was finally prevailed on to take the Librarianship, but only on condition that an assistant should be engaged to perform the routine duties of the office. The financial resources of the Academy were not such as to permit the engage- ment of a trained bibliographer, and a boy was employed who owed his selection to the good offices of Mr. John Cassin. The Assistant's first record of accessions was made February 4, 1862, within a few days of the beginning of the second half century of the society's history. 764 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DcC, Mr. Sergeant held the Librarianship until December, 1867, when the Assistant, who had in the meantime taken a degree from the Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania, under the preceptorship of the" beloved Leidy, was appointed to the ofBce which he has held continuously ever since. If the situation be unchanged, therefore, in February of next year, he will have had the supervision of the Academy's Library, in conjunction with the Library Committee, as Assistant and Librarian for forty years. He begs to be allowed,' on this occasion, to put on record his obliga- tion to his first and only chief, J. Dickinson Sergeant, for the kindly forbearance, helpful council and unfailing courtesy and encouragement which filled the life of the boy with interest and gladness and turned the daily task which, under an unsympathetic master, might well have been irksome enough, into a labor of love. Dr. Leidy, also, was invariably helpful and encouragiug, and the Librarian is unceasingly thankful thai early in his life it was given to him to know, and in a measure to appreciate, the high ideals embodied in those two men. A like acknowledgment of obligation is, in a measure, due to nearly every one with whom he has been brought into asso- ciation during his forty years of service in the Academy. Only the most cordial associations are called up by the names of Lea, Wilson, Bridges, Hays, LeConte, Slack, Cassin, Tryon, Vaux, Jeanes, Allen, Horn, Redfield and Meehan, not to mention the dear friends who are still met with every day, to all of whom he is indebted for kindliness, courtesy, and forbearance. His paths have been made by them paths of pleasantness. The Librarian hopes that he may be forgiven these personalities. It can be safely asserted that he will not have an opportunity, after an additional equal term of service, to record his obligation to his associates living and dead. The statistics presented above show that the Academy possesses, including all the books in the building, except duplicates set apart for sale, a library of over 50,000 volumes. Their arrangement is practically what the present Librarian inherited from his prede- cessors in 1862. It is far from meeting the requirements of modern library classification, but in practice it has been found to be not far short of what is wanted by the worker. Books as they 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 765 are received are placed under their respective headings, for the most part consecutively, a separate running number being used iu each department. The subject catalogue in a measure supplies the needs of a more philosophic arrangement, and it is easy to make a memorandum of the position of books on a giv^en subject. Still, the adoption of the decimal system of arrangement would be, in some respects, desirable ; but reclassification and recata- loguiug will involve great inconvenience and a heavy expense, as the employment of a corps of trained assistants will be unavoid- able. It may be that some one interested in the welfare of the library will volunteer to defray the cost of making such a change in the prompt way which would involve the least discomfort, or the Academy in the future may find itself in a position to make the required appropriations. Until that time arrives it is a satisfac- tion to know that few or no complaints are heard from the earnest workers who use the library in yearly increasing numbers, and who are intelligently informed as to what they desire in the prose- cution of their work of original research. The statistics of work and growth for the year are sufficient evidence that this department is actively benefitted by the improved financial condition of the Academy. Every book added to the shelves as the result of the judicious administration of its resources is a memorial of the liberal and enlightened men who have selected the Academy as their agent iu the advancement of science. Mr. William J. Fox has continued to render intelligent and willing assistance to the Librarian, and also in many important ways to "the Recording Secretary. All of which is respectfully submitted, Edward J. Nolan, lAbrarian. 766 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators are able to report many iraprovemenis in the museum and buildings of the Academy during the past year, as wcill as important advances in the arrangement and growth of the collections. In the early part of the year, through the increased funds at their disposal, the services of Dr. Henry Skinner and Mr. E. G. Vanatta were secured as Assistants ; Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry was appointed Special Curator of Mollusca, while Mr. Henry W. Fowler has been employed identifying, arranging and caring for the collection of fishes. With these additions the salaried staff of the Academy is now greater than ever before, and the work accomplished ■ during the year has been correspondingly increased. During the summer the outside woodwork of the buildings, which has been for some time badly in need of attention, has been entirely repainted, and necessary repairs have been made to the roofs. A number of cases have been erected for the extension of the library and for the accommodation of additions to the herbarium and the study collection of mollusks, while eighteen moth-proof tin cases have been purchased for the study series of birds and mammals, in addition lo five large wooden ones uniform with those provided last year. In the museum seven plate glass cases have been constructed from the general appropriations and the income of the " Mary Jeanes Museum Fund." Three of these are of large size, two for birds and one for mammals, and cover collectively over six hun- dred square feet of floor space. Two other cases hiive been pre- sented by Mr. Clarence B. Moore, uniform with those already installed, to accommodate the accessions to the " Moore Archaeo- logical Collection." The large slab of fossil ferns presented by Mr. C. B. Nichols has also been enclosed in glass. The opening of the museum on Sunday afternoons has been con- tinued throughout the year, to the gratification of large numbers of persons who are unable to visit it on weekdays. During the past summer the Academy has for the first time 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 767 maintained a table at the Wood's Hole Biolot^ical Laboratory. It was occupied through the season by Mr. H. W. Fowler. Much of the work accomplished during the past year in the arrangement of the collections is described in detail in the reports of the Botanical, Conchological, Ornithological and Mineralogical Sections which follow, while the more important work of other departments is briefly outlined below. Mr. Stone has spent the greater part of the spi'ing and summer in the arrangement of the reptiles and batrachians, with the result that all the groups uot handled last year have been catalogued and systematically arranged and many unidentified specimens named. Mr. Fowler has continued his study of, and completely rearranged and relabeled the carp-like and deep-sea fishes, the eels and their allies, and the Cypriuodonts, comprising about two-fifths of the entire collection. During the year the whole series of alcoholic vertebrates have been carefully examined and the alcohol replenished. The mammalian skeletons and skulls have all been relabelled wil h special tags and a systematic card catalogue of all the mammal collections, has been prepared by Mr. Reha. In the Archaeological department Miss H. N. Wardle has cata- logued and arranged a large number of specimens, including most of the Haldeman Collection, Through the generosity of Dr. L. T. Chamberlain, Mr. C. W. Johnson has continued his care of the Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca. Six hundred and fifteen species have been added during the year, mainly through exchange. Many important additions to the collections have been received since the preparation of the last report. The Zoological Society of Philadelphia has presented a number of specimens, one of the most notable being a full-grown Indian Rhinoceros, which has been mounted by Mr. David McCadden, the taxidermist. Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, has continued to add most liberally to ihe conchological collection, furnishing many rare and hitherto unknown species. Mr. Arthur Erwin Brown has added largely to the department of reptiles, while a fine series of Porto Rican fishes was received from the United States Fish Commission. Dr. A. Donaldson Smith presented a number of valuable birds, mammals and mollusks secured during his recent expedition to Lake 768 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Rudolf, Africa. Mr. Alfred C. Harrison, Jr., and Dr. H. M. Hiller, who are at present conducting an expedition in the interior of Sumatra, have generously promised to the Academy such of their collections as are pertinent to its work, a portion of the material having been already shipped. The Curators would express the indebtedness of the Academy to the late Thomas Meehan, Dr. P. P. Calvert, Theodore D. Raud, Lewis Woolman, Charles Liebeck and other members for aid in various departments, as well as to the students of the Jessup Fund, Miss H. N. Wardle, Edward G. Vanatta, James A. G. Rehn and H, L. Viereck. Besides the frequent consultation of the collections by visiting naturalists, specimens have been loaned for study to C. D. Beadle, E. L. Morris, W. B. Scott, G. S. Miller, Jr., M. J. Rathburn, C. H. Ball, W. B. Clark, W. D. Matthew, B. L. Robinson, E. D. Merrill, J. W. Gidley, G. C. Martin, H. M. Smith, R. Ridg- way, M. W. Lyon, Jr., J. Dwight, Jr., O. P. Hay, R. Bowdler Sharpe, R. Arnold, R. H. Howe, Jr., E. A. Mearns, A. W. Evans, B. G. Wilder, D. G. Elliott and Alpheus Hyatt. Henry C. Chapman, Samuel G. Dixon, Arthur E. Brown, Henry A. Pilsbry, Curators. REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE WILLIAM S. VAUX COLLECTIONS. The Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections would respect- fully report that the specimens added have been fewer than in prior years, but have been unusually fine. Among them may'be particularly mentioned a crystallized native copper from Lake Su- perior ; five tourmalines, including an unusually fine achroite, two showing cat's-eye reflections ; an excellent green tourmaline and rubellite, and a very remarkable opal from Australia. Much interest has been manifested in the collections by the visitors to the museum. Respectfully submitted, Theodore D. Rand, Curator. H I m > o > D m < O Tl z > H C > r CO O > 5 ^ ? H z -I I S I < I ? H < • ° o o o 0580 o o o 5 BROAD ST. •133yiS H1N3313N1N gssssg « » 5i^ < V HOC- O^Zp >0>? Ocio- TTT " - S c o "" "5? C) O I > o < J 2 Z I = O 5 i; o O I 2ias a. Rohinson. Ca^e of twelve mounted birds from Africa. A. Donaldson Sjiith. Collection of one hundred and twenty-nine bird skins from Lake Rudolf and vicinity, Africa. Witmeu Stone. Collection of skulls and sterna of North American birds. H. W. Wenzel. Specimen of Hudsonian Godwit, Limosa hmmastica Anglesea, N. J., prepared as skin. Robert T. Young. Collection of nests and eggs of North American birds from Nova Scotia, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, etc. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 781 Zoological Society of PiiiLADELrHiA. Prepared as skins : THclio- glossisforsteni, Chrysotis salvini, Rhampliastos brevicarinntus, Ohondestes grammacus, Comirus patagonicus, Lanius ludomcianus excubitorides, Ploceus baya, Pyrrhulopsis tabuensis, Amazona pretrci. Skull and sternum : Coscoroba coscoroba, Falco fusco-cmrulescens. Skeleton : Den- drocitta vagabunda, Pelecanus erythrorhyncJius, Gyps fulvus. Pdrchased. Mcllhenny collection of Alaskan birds, three hundred and forty-seven skins. Eeptiles axd Batkachia. Arthl'R Eravin Brown. One hundred and forty-five specimens, repre- senting seventy-five species, of snakes and lizards ; also type of Coluber sub- ocular is Brown. Herbert Brown. Pliyllorhynchus decurtatus, Yuma, Ariz. Otto Beiir. Eattlesnake, Crotalus liorridus, and small collection of rep- tiles, Wyoming count}'. Pa. E. D. Cope Estate. One hundred and fifty specimens of reptiles and batrachia . Philip Laurent. A collegtion of reptiles and batrachia from Florida and several specimens from Philadelphia. David McCadden. Specimen and plaster cast of Coluber obsoletus. Stone Harbor, N. J. Clarence B. Moore. Three casts of snakes. Mrs. Scattergood. Pine snake, Pityophis melanoleucus, Brown's Mills, N. J. Henry Skinner, jVI.D. Several reptiles and batrachia from Sapello Canyon, N. M. Wither Stone and J. A. G. Rehn. Small collection of reptiles and batrachia from the New Jersey Pine Barrens, including Rana mrgatipes and Liolepisma laterale. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Tiliqua scincoides, Aus- tralia. Fishes. Charles W. Buvinger. Five jars of fishes from Atlantic City, N. J. H. W. Fowler. Collections from Wood's Holl, Mass., Philadelphia and New Jersey coast, and specimen of Salmon. David McCadden. Specimens of Pipe fishes, Siphostoma fuscum. H. A. PiLSBRY. Jar of fishes from Florida. Mrs. L. J. RusHTON. Head of Sword-fish (mounted). J. B. Samuel. Bone of Sturgeon. J. A. ScHULTz. Mounted specimen of Grayling, Michigan. Benjamin Sharp, M.D. Sand Shark, Carcharias littoraUs, and Bill- fish, Tylosurus acris, Nantucket, Mass. U. S. Fish Commission. Collection of Porto Rican fishes. E. D. Cope Estate. Several jars of fishes . 782 proceedings of the academ's of [dec, Insects, etc. W. M. Bakeu. Larva of moth. H. F. Bassett. Three hundred and fifteen boxes of Cynipid;e and their galls. Frederick Blanchard. One Coleopter. G. W. Bock, M.D. Thirty Hemiptera, nine hundred Coleoptera. A. E. Browx. One Coleopter, nine Orthoptera, three 'ihelyphorus, fifty Hymenoptera. T. D. A. CocKERELL. Forty-three Hymenoptera, three Diptera, twenty- two Lepidoptera, three Neuroptera, one Hemipter. Emily Gooper. Nest of Tarantula. E. T. Cresson. 3,511 species of Hymenoptera — 87,775 specimens, 2,367 types. J. S. Dixox. Eight Arachnida. S. G- Dixox. One Coleopter. George Elliot. Larva of Citheronia regaUs. Joseph W. Fell. Larva of Citheronia regalis. W. F. Fiske. One Lepidopter. George Fraxck. Forty Lepidoptera. • ARTHUR Frcehl. Dolomedes sp. A. Hempel. One hundred Neuroptera. M. E. Hoeg. Seven Lepidoptera, eleven Hymenoptera, five Coleoptera, ten Neuroptera. Herjian Hornig. Two hundred and fifty Hymenoptera, thirty-five Lepidoptera. C. W. JoHXSox. Six Diptera, two Lepidoptera. Philip Laurext. Two Orthoptera. C. W. Leng. Six Coleoptera. F. a. Merrick. One hundred and twenty-nine Lepidopteia. H. B. Meyers. Fenodera sinensis. O. C. PoLiXG. Fourteen Lepidoptera. Charles Robertsox. Twenty-four Hymenoptera (co-types). J. A. G. Rehx". 1,653 Orthoptera. Collection of insects from New Jersey Pine Barrens. (Collected for the Academy. ) Mrs. Charles Schaffer. Nine Hymenoptera, twenty-one Diptera, three Lepidoptera, forty-seven Coleoptera, two Orthoptera, one Hemipter, ten Neuroptera. Hexry Skinner. Three hundred and fifty-three Hymenoptera, one hundred and seventy-two Diptera, five hundred and eighty-six Coleoptera, two hundred and fourteen Homiptera, twenty-five Neuroptera, one hundred and seventy-four Lepidoptera, fitty-one Orthoptera. Dr. a. D. Smith. Fortj'-seveu Coleoptera, thirty-one Lepidoptera, two Hemiptera, two Oitlioptera. UsELMA C. S.mith. Four Hemiptera. Lancaster Thomas. Thirty-six Coleoptera, three Orthoptera, nine Neuroptera. 1901.] NATUIIAL SCIENCIliia : Based upon the third edition of Dr. Morton's "Catalogue of Skulls," etc. By J. Aitken Meigs, M.D., Librarian of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel- phia, etc. 8vo. Philadelphia: Pp. 1-112. (Issued with Pro- ceedings, VIII, 1856.) 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCKS OF nilLADELPIIIA. 791 Catalogue op the invektebrate fossils op the Cretaceous Formation of the United States, -with references. By William M. Gabb, September, 1859. 8vo. Pp. 1-20. (Issued with Proceed- ings, XI, 1859.) Catalogue op the pishes op the Eastern Coast op North Amer- ica, from Greenland to Georgia. By Theodore Gill. January, 1861. 8vo. Pp. 1-G3. (Issued with Proceedings, XIII, 1861.) A Memoir op William Maclure, Esq., late President of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Samuel George Morton, M.D., one of the Vice-Presidents of the Institution. Read July 1, 1841, and published by direction of the Academy. Philadel- phia, 1841. 8vo. Pp. 1-37, Portrait. (Issued with Proceedings, I, 1841-43.) Same, 2d edition. Philadelphia, 1844. 8vo Pp. 1-34. A Memoir of Samuel George Morton, M.D., late President of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. By Charles D. Meigs, M.D, Read November 6, 1851, and published by direction of the Academy. Philadelphia, 1851. 8vo. Pp. 1-48. A Syllabus op the courses of lectures and laboratory study and work provided for students in the Natural Sciences. Philadelphia: Printed for the Committee on Instruction, 1884. 8vo. Pp. 1-33. Biological and Microscopical Section. By-Laws and list of members. 1877. 8vo. Pp. 1-14. By-Laws with a list of members and contributors. Philadelphia, 1888. 8vo. Pp. 1-13. (Proceedings of the) Biological Department of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 1858, 1859, 1860. (Issued with Pro- ceedings of the Academy of corresponding dates.) (Proceedings of the) Biological and Microscopical Department of The Academy of Natural Sciences. 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871. (Issued with Proceedings of the Academy of corresponding dates.) CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. By-Laws established for the government of the Conchological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (n. d.). 8vo. Pp. 1-19. Manual ofConchology ; Structural and Systematic. With illustrations of the species. By George W. Tryon, Jr. 8vo. I, Cephalopoda, 1879, 316 pp., 112 plates. II, Muricidfe, including Purpuriua?, 1880, 289 pp., 70 plates. Ill, Tritonidfe, Fusida, Buccinidte, 1881, 310 pp., 87 plates. IV, Nassid*, Turbinellidjie, Volutida?, Mitridse, 1882, 276 pp., 58 plates. V, Margiuellidie, Olividie, Columbellidse, 1883, 276 pp., 63 plates. VI, Conidic, Pleurotomidffi, 1884, 400 pp., 65 plates. VII, Terebrida\ Cancellariida*, Strombid:e, Cyprseidte, Ovulid;T?, Cassididie, Doliid«, 1885, 309 pp., 75 plates. VIII, 792 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , NaticidfP, Calyptrandaj, Onustidtv, Tuiritellidas Vermelidix', Cte- cidjB, Enlimida", Pyramidcllida', Turbonil]ida^ 1880, 4G1 pp., 79 plates. IX, Solariida-, lanlliinida, Trichotropida, Scalariida% Cerithiida, Kissoida, Littorinidas 1887, 488 pp., 71 plates. X, Nerilida, Adrorbiida, Cyclostrcmatida, Liotiida, 1888. Manual of Conciiology, Structural and Systematic. "With illustra- tions of the species. By George W. Tryon, Jr., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry. Phasianellina, Turbinida, Delpliinulina, 1888, 323 pp., 09 plates. XI, Trochida, 1889, 519 pp., Gi plates. XII, Stoiuatellida, Scissurellida, Pleurotoraariidse, Ilaliotidse, Scutelliuida, Addisoniida, Cocculinida, Fissurellida, 1890, 323 pp., 65 plates. XIII, Acmseida, Lepetida, Patellida, Titis- caniida, 1891, 195 pp., 74 plates. XIV, Lepidopleurida, Ischuochitonida, Chitonida, Mopaliida, 1893, 350 pp., 68 plates. XV, Acanthochitida, Cryptoplacida, Actaonida, Tornatinida, Scaphandrida, Bullida, Akerida, Ilydatinida, Hingiculida, 1893-94, 436 pp., 61 plates. XVI, Philinida, Aglajida, Gastrop- terida, Aplysiida, Pleurobranchida, Umbrellida, etc., 1895, 262 pp., 75 plates. XVII, Scaphopoda. By H. A. Pilsbry and B. Sharp. Aplacophora, Index to Series, 1897-8, 348 pp., 48 plates. Second Series : Fulmonata. Manual of Conchology, structural and sj'stematic. With illustrations of the species. By George W. Trj^on, Jr. I, Testacellida, Oleacinida, Streptaxida, Helicoidea, Vitrinida, Limacida, Arionida, 1885, 364 pp., GO plates. II, Zon- itida, 1886, 265 pp., 64 plates. Ill, Helicida, 1887, 313 pp., 63 plates. IV, Helicida, 1888, 266 pp., 69 plates. Second Series : Pulmonata. Manual of Conchology, structural and systematic. With illustrations of the species. By George W. Tryon, Jr., continued by Henry A. Pilsbry. V, Helici- da, 1889, 216 pp., 64 plates. VI, Helicida, 1890, 324 pp.. 68 plates. VII, Helicida, 1891, 225 pp., 61 plates. VIII, Helicida, 1892, 314 pp., 58 plates. IX, Guide to the Study of Helices, 1894- 95, 306 pp., 71 plates, and Index to Helices, 126 pp. X, American Bulimi and Bulimuli, Strophocheilus, Plekocheilus, Auris, Buli- mulus, 1895-6, 212 pp., 51 plates. XI, American Bulimulida : Bulimulus, Xeopetraus, Oxychona, and South American Drymaus, 1897-8, 339 pp. 51 plates. XIT, American Bulimulida^ : Nortli American and Antilleau Drymaus, Leiostracus, Orthalicina and Amphibulima, 1899, 358 pp., 64 plates. XIII, Australian Buli- mulida : Bothrienibrj'on, Placostylus. Helicidae]: Amphidromus, 1900, 253 pp., 72 plates. (Of the Manual of Conchology from Vol. I to the first part of Vol. X of the first series and Vols. I, II, III and IV of the second series were published by ^Ir. George W. Tryon, Jr. The work was bequeathed by him to the Conchological Section of the Academy and has since been continued by Henrj- A. Pilsbry, D.Sc.) 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELFHIA. 793 Catalogue and synontmy of the geuera, species and varieties of recent mollusca, described prior to January 1, 1867. With dates of publication, references to plates and localities. Compiled and published under the authority of the Conchological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Part I, Pholada- cea, by G. W. Tryon, Jr.; Solenidae and Mactridte, by T. A. Conrad, Xovember, 1867, 47 pp. II, Anatinidte, by T. A. Conrad ; Saxi- cavidfe, Myid«, Corbulidre, Tellinidne, by G. W. Tryon, Jr.; Pandoridji>, by P. P. Carpenter, May, 1869, 78 pp. Ill, Corbicu- lad;¥, by Temple Prime, October, 1869, 61 pp. IV, Porcellanidae, Amphiperasidte, by S. R. Roberts, November, 1869, 26 pp. V, 3Iarginellidfe, by John H. Redfield ; Melaniida?, by A. Brot, M.D., November, 1870, 111 pp. (Issued in the American Journal of Conchologj'.) Amekicax Journal OF CoNgiiOLOGv, Vols. I and II. edited by George W. Tryon, Jr., 1865, 1866. Vols. III-VII, published by the Conchological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. 8vo. 1867-1872. MONOGKAPH OF THE FRESH-WATER UNIVALVE MOLLUSCA of the United States. In continuation of Prof. S. S. Haldeman's work, pub- lished under the above title. By George W. Tryon, Jr. Turbidaj, Physadte, 1871. 8vo, 238 pp., 17 plates. Entomological Section (American Entomological Society). Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadelphia, I, 1861— VI, 1867. 8vo. The Practical Entomologist, I, 1865-66—11, 1866-67. 8vo. Transactions of the American Entomological Society, I, 1867 — XXVII, 1901. 8vo. Proceedings of the monthly meetings of the Entomological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. (Issued with Transactions of the American Entomological Society, VII — XV.) Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Editor, Henry Skinner, M.D. I, 1890— XII, 1901. 8vo. Synopsis of the families and genera of the Hymenoptera of America, north of Mexico, by E. T. Cresson, 1887, 8vo, 350 pp. The Butterflies op North America, by Wm. H. Edwards. [Vol. I.] 1868-1872. 4to, 153 pp. 50 colored plates. Synopsis op North American Butterflies, by Wm. H. Edwards. 1872. 4to, 52 pp. Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of America, north of Mexico, bj' AV. H. Edwards. Part I, Diurnals, 1877, 8vo, 68 pp. Revised Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of America, north of Mexico, by W. H. Edwards, 1884, 8vo, 95 pp. 794 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , LiSTOF.THE CoLEOPTER.v of America, nortli of Mexico, hy Samuel Hen- shaw, 1885. Supplemeut Xo. 1, 1887 ; No. 2, 1889 ; Xo. 3, 1895. By-Laws of the American Entomological Society, 1889 List of the Lepidopter.v of Boreal America, by J. B. Smith, 1891. Entomologists' Directory, by Henry Skinner, 1900. Synonymic Catalogue of the North American RiiorALocERA, by Henry Skinner, M.D., 1898, 8vo, 130 pp. List of members of the American Entomological Society, resident and corresponding, 1897. MiNERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL SECTION. Proceedings of the Mineralogical and Geological Section of The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. No. 1, 1877-1879. Pp. 241-329. Issued in Proceedings of the Academy, XXXII, 1880. No. 2, 1880-1881, pp. 36-68. 8vo. Issued in Proceedings of the Academy, XXXIV, 1882. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 795 SERIALS RECEIVED BY THE ACADEMY. Those marked icith an asterisk are subscribed for. E. Academia de Cieucias exactas, fisicas y naturales. Madrid. Anuario. Memorias. Nomina Personal Academico. R. Academia de Ciencias medicas, fisicas y naturales. Habaua. Anales. R. Academia de Cieucias naturales y Artes. Barcelona. Boletin. Academia nacional de Ciencias exactas. Cordoba. Actas . Boletin. Academic d'Hippone, Bone. Bulletin. Compte.s Rendus des Reunions. Academic de Metz. Mt5moires. Academic royale des Sciences. Bruxelles. Annuaire. Bulletin. MiSmoires. M6moires couronnes, 4to. M^moires couronnes, Svo. Notices biographiques. Academic des Sciences. Paris. Comptes Rendus. Academie des Sciences. Rouen. Precis analytique. Academie imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg. Annuaire du Mus6e zoologique. Bulletin. M6moires. Academie des Sciences de Cracovie. Krakau. Bulletin Internationale. Academie des Sciences, Belles- Lettres et Arts. BesanQou. Proces-Verbaux et M6moires. Academie nationale des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Caen. Mi^moires. Academie des Sciences, Arts et Belles-Lettres. Dijon, Memoires. Academie nationale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Bordeaux. Actes. Academic des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et Arts. Lyon. Memoires. 796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Academie des Sciences, Inscriptions et Belles-Lettres. Toulouse. Bulletin. M6moires. Academie des Sciences, des Lettres, et des Arts. Amiens. Memoires. Academie des Sciences et Lettres. Montpellier, Memoires. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. .Tournal. Proceedings. Academy of Sciences of St. Louis. Transactions. E. Accademia dei Fisiocritici. Siena. Atti. Processi verbali. Accademia gioenia di Scienze Naturali. Catania. Atti. Bullettino mensile. R. Accademia dei Lincei. Roma. Atti. Accademia lucchese di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Lucca. Atti. Accademia delle Scienze. Bologna. Mcniorie. Reudiconti. R. Accademia delle Scienze. Torino. Atti. Memorie. Observazioni meteorologiche. R. Accademia delle Scienze fisiche e matematiche. Napoli. Atti. Rendiconti. R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Modena. Memorie. R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Pad ova. Atti e Memorie. R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere et Arti degli Zelanti. Acireale. Atti e Rendiconti. R. Accademia di Scienze, Lettere e Belle Arti. Palermo. Atti. Bollettino. Aertzlicher Verein. Frankfurt a. IM. Jahresbericht. Agricultural (The) Journal. Cape Town. » K. Akademie gemeinniitziger Wissenschafteu. Erfurt. Jalirbuch. K. Akademie van Wetenschappen. Amsterdam. Jaarboek. Proceedings of the Section of Sciences. Verhandelingen. Verslagcn en Mededeelingen. Verslagen der Zittingen. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 797 K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Berlin. Abliandlungen. Sitzungsberichte. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften. Wien. Commission fiir oceanographi.sche Forschungen. Deiikschriften. Mittheilungen der prahistorischen Commission. Sitzungsbericlite matli.-naturw. Klusse. Albany Institute. Albany. Transactions. Allgemeine Zeitschrift fiir Entomologie. Neudaram (E. S.). American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Memoirs. Proceedings. American Association for the Advancement of Science. Salem. Proceedings. *Americau Anthropologist. New York. American (The) Antiquarian. Chicago. American Antiquarian Society. Worcester. Proceedings. American Cliemical Journal. Baltimore. American Chemical Society. Easton. Journal. American Climatological Association. Philadelphia. Transactions. American Entomological Society (Entomological Section of the Academy). Philadelphia. Transactions. EntorQological News. American Geographical Society. New York. Bulletin. ^American (The) Geologist. Minneapolis. American Institute of Mining Engineers. New York. Transactions. *American Journal of Anatomy. Baltimore. American Journal of Pharmacy. Philadelphia. * American (The) Journal of Physiology. Boston. American Journal of Psychology. Worcester. American (The) Journal of Science. New Haven. American Journal of Mathematics. Baliimore. American (The) Monthly Microscopical Journal. Washington. American Museum of Natural History. New York. Annual Reports. Bulletin. Memoirs. American Naturalist. Cambridge. American Ornithologists' Union. New York. The Auk. 798 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, American Pharmaceutical Association. Philadelphia. Proceedings. American Philosophical Society. Philadelphia. Proceedings. Transactions. American Society of Microscopists. Proceedings. *Anatomischer Anzeiger. Jena. Anatoniische Gesellschaft. Jena. *Verhandlungen. *Anatomische Hefte. Ergebnisse der Anatomie nnd Entwickelungs- geschichte. Wiesbaden. *Annales de Geographie. Paris. *Anuales de Geologic et de Palcontologie. Torino. Annales des Mines. Paiis. *Annales (Les) de la Psychologic zoologique. Paris. *Annales des Sciences naturelles. Paris. Annali di Neurologia. Napoli. *Annals of Botany. Oxford. *Annals and Magazine of Natural History. London. *Ann6e (L') biologique. Paris. *Annuaire geologique universel. Paris. Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland. London. ♦.Journal. *Man. Anthropological Society of Australia. Sydney. Science of Man. ♦Anthropologic (L'). Paris. Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. *Mittheilungen. Anuario estadistica. La Plata. Appalachian Mountain Club. Cambridge. Appalachia. Register. Aquila. A magyar Madartani Kozpont Folyoirata. Budapest. *Arbeiten auf dem Gebeite der pathologische Anatomie nnd Bacteriologie aus dem pathologisch-auatomischeu Institut zu Tiibingen. *Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologic. Leipzig. *Archiv fiir Anlhropologie. Braunschweig. *Archiv fiir Entwickelungsmechanik der Organismen. Leipzig. *Archiv f. d. gesammte Physiologie des Menschen u. d. Thiere. Bonn. Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab. Kristiania. *Archiv fiir mikroskoj^ische Anatomie. Bonn. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. Berlin. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 799 *Archiv der iiaturwissenschaftlicheu Landesdurchforschung von Bolimen. Prague. *i\rchives d' Anatomic microscopique. Paris. ^Archives de Biologic. Gand. ^Archives de Physiologie. Paris. *Archives italieunes de Biologie. Eoma. *Arehives de Zoologie experimentale et gcncralc. Paris. *Archivio italiano di Anatomia e di Embriologia. Asiatic Society of Bengal. Calcutta. Journal. Proceedings. Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch. Colombo. Journal. Associacao do3 Engenheiros civis portugezes. Lisboa. Revista de Obras publicas e miuas. Association franQaise pour I'Avancement des Sciences. Comptes Rendus. Astronomical and Physical Society. Toronto. Transactions. Ateneo di Brescia. Commeutari. Ateneo (L') veneto. Venezia. Australian Association for the Advancement of Science. Sydne}'. Report. Australian Mnseum. Sydney. Catalogue. Memoirs. Records. Report of the Trustees. Bataafsch Genootschap der proefoudervindelijke Wijsbegeerte. Rotterdam. Nieuvve Verhaudelingen. Programme. Bayerische botanische Gesellschaft zur Erforschung der heimischen Flora. Miinchen. Berichte. K. bayerische botanische Gesellschaft. Regensburg, * Flora. K. b.^yerische Akademie der Wissenschaften. Miinchen. Abhaudluugen. Sitzuugsberichte. K. bayerische Oberljergamt. Miinchen. Geognostische Jahreshefte. *Beitriige zur Biologie der Pflanzen. *Beitrage zur chemischeu Physiologie und Pathologic. Braunschweig. *Bntriige zur Palilontologie Oesterreich-Ungarns und des Orients. Wien. Belfast Natural History and Philosophical Society. Belfast. Proceedings. 800 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Belfast Naturalists' Field Club. Annual Report. Bergens Museums. Bergen. Aarbog. Aarsberetning. Berliner Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte. Berlin. * Nachrichten iiber deutsche Alterthumsfunde. Verhandlunpeu. * Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologie. Bernice Paiiahi Bishop Museum. Honolulu. Fauna llawaiiensis. Memoirs. O casional Papers. *Bibliographia geologica. Bruxelles. Biblioteca nazionale centrale. Firenze. Bollettino. *Bibliotheca botanica. Stuttgart. *Bibliotheea zoologica. Leipzig. BLbliotbeque universelle. Geneve. * Arcliives des Sciences physiques et naturelles. Biological Society. Washington. Proceedings. Biologische Abtheilung fiir Land- und Forstwirthschaft am k. Gesuncl heitsamte. Berlin. *Arbeiteu. Biologische Station zu Plon. * Forschungsberichte. "Biologische Untersuchungeu. Stockholm. *Biologisches Centralblatt. Erlangen. Birmingham Philosophical Society. Birmingham. Proceedings. BiurouluiGeologicu. Bucharest. Harta geologica generala a Romaniei. K. bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissen^chaften. Prag. Jahresbericht. Siizungsberichte. Boston City Hospital. Boston. Report. Boston Public Library. Boston. Annual Report. Monllily Bulletin. Boston Society of Natural History. Boston. Memoirs. Occasional Papers. Pro: euUiUL'S. Royal Botanic Garden. Calcutta. Annals. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 801 Kojal Botanic Gardens. Port of Spain. Annual Report. Bulletin. Botanical Garden. Tiflis. [In Eussian.] Report. Botanical (The) Gazette. Chicago. Botanical Society. Edinburgh. Transactions and Proceedings. Botanical Survey of India. Calcutta. Records. Report of Director. *Botanische Jahrbiicher. Leipzig. *Botanische Mittheilungen aus dem Tropen. Jena. *Botani;che Zeitung. Berlin. Botanischer Verein. Landshnt. Bericht. Botanischer Yerein der Provinz Brandenburg. Berlin. Gartenflora. Verhandlungen. *Botanisches Centralblatt. Cassel. Botaniske Forening. Kjobenhavn. Botauisk Tidsskrift. British (The) Bee Journal. London (E. S.). Botaniste (Le). Paris. Bristol (The) Museum and Reference Library. Bristol. Report. Bristol Naturalists' Society. Bristol. l^ist of the Society. Proceedings. British Association for the Advancement of Science. London. * Report. British Museum [Natural History]. London. fPublications.] Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences. Buffalo. Bulletin. Bulletin scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. Paris. ■^Bulletins of American Paleontology. Ithaca. Bureau of American Ethnology Washington. Annual Report. Bussey Institution. Cambridge. Bulletin. California Academy of Sciences. San Francisco. Memoiis. Occasional Papers. Proceedings. California State Mining Bureau. San Francisco. Annual Report. Bulletin. 51 802 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge. Proceedings. Transactions. Canadian Institute. Toronto. Prooeedinjrs. Transactions. Cape of Good Hope Department of Agriculture. Cape Town. Annual Report of the Geological Commission. Marine Investisations in South Africa. Report of the Colonial Veterinary Surgeon. Report of the Government Botanist. Report of the Government Entomologist. Report of the Marine Biologist. Reports of the Agricultural Assistants. Reports of the Conservators of Forests. Cardiff Naturalists' Society. Cardiff. Report and Transactions. Carnegie Library. Atlanta. Annual Report. Carnegie Museum. Pittsburg. Annal-s. Annual Report, Memoirs. Catholic (The) University of America. Washington. Catholic (The) University Bulletin. ♦Cellule (La). Lierre. Centraal Bureau voor de Kennis van de Provincie Groningen. Groningeu Bijdragen tot de Kennis van de Provincie Groningen. K. k. Central -Anstalt fiir ]\[eteorologieund Erdmagnetismus. Wien. Jahrbttcher. *Centralblatt fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologie, und Urgeschichte. Jena. *Centralblatt fiir Bakteriologie und Parasitenkunde. Jena. Centralblatt fiir Mineralogie, Geologic und Palseontologie. Stuttgart. *Centralblatt fiir Physiologic. Berlin. Ceska Akademie Cisare Frantiska Josefa. Prague. Bulletin international. Palaeontographica Bohemlse. Rozpravy. Vestnik. Chemical Society. London. Journal. Proceedings. Chicago Academy of Sciences. Chicago. Annual Report. Bulletin. Bulletin of Geological and Natural History Survey. Chicago Public Library. Chicago. Annual Reports. Cincinnati Society of Natural History. Cincinnati. Journal. Club alpin de Crimee. Odessa. Bulletin. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 803 Club alpiu Suisse, Sections romandes. Geneve. L'Kcho des Alpes. Colorado College. Colorado College. Colorado College Studies (Annual Publication). Colorado Scientific Society. Denver. Bulletin. Proceedings. College of New Jersey. Princeton. Catalogue. Columbia College. New York. Contributions from the Herbarium. School of Mines Quarterly. Comision geologica de Mexico. Mexico. Boletin. Comite geologique russe. St. Petersburg. Bulletin. Memoires. Commissao geographica e geologica do Estado de S. Paulo. Boletin. Dados climatologicos. Commission of Agricultural Parasitology. Mexico. [Publications.] Commission geologique de Finlande. Helsingfors. Bulletin. Commission des Travaux geologiques du Portugal. Lisboa. Communicacoes. [Publications.] Commission for Ledelsen af de geologiske og geographiske Undersogelser i GiOnland. Kjobenhayn. * Meddelelser om Gr0nland. Commissioners of Inland Fisheries and Game. Boston. Report. Congies Internationale de Zoologie. * Compte Rendu des Sciences. Congves scientifique International des Catholiques. * Compte Rendu. Cooper Ornithological Club of California. Santa Clara. * Bulletin. * Pacific Coast Avifauna. Congres geologique internationale. * Compte Rendu. Congies internationale des Americanistes. * Compte Rendu. Congreso cientifico latiuo-americano. Trabajos. Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences. New Haven Transaction.'. Cornell University, Agricultural Experiment Station. Ithaca. Bulletin. 804 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF , [DeC, Croydon Microscopical and Natural History Clnb. Croydon. Proceedings and Transactions. "Curtis's Botanical Magazine. Loudon. K. danske videnskabernes Selskab. Kjobenliavn. Oversigt. Skrifter, Darlington Botanical Society. West Chester. Leaflet. Davenport Academy of Natural Sciences. Davenport."" Proceedings. Dayton Public Library and Museum. Dayton. Annual Report. Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Philadelphia. Abstracts of the Proceedings. Denison University. Granville. Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories. Department of Marine and Fisheries. Canada. Report of the IMeteorological Service of Canada. Department of Mines, Nova Scotia. Halifax. Report. Dental (The) Cosmos. Philadelphia. Deutsche botanische Gesellschaft. Berlin. * Berichte. *Deut3che botanische Monatsschrift. Arnstadt. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Berlin. Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Deutsche geologische Gesellschaft. Berlin. Zeitschrift. Deutsche malakozoologische Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a. M. Nachrlchtsblatt. Deutsche zoologische Gesellschaft. Leipzig. * Verhandlungen. Deutscher Fischereiverein. Berlin. Allegemelne Fischerei-Zeitung. Zeitschrift fUr Fischerei. Deutscher naturwissenschaftlich-medicinischer Verein fiir Bohmeu "Lotos. ' " Prag. Abhandlungen. Sitzungsberichte. Deutscher uud oesterreichiscber Alpenverein. Salzburg. Mittheilungen. Wisseiischaflliche Ergiinzungshefte. Zeitschrift. Deutscher Seefischerei- Verein. Berlin. Mittheilungen. Deutscher Verein zuoj Schutze der Vogelwelt. Gera. Monatsschrift. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.' 805 Rojal Dublin Society. Dublin. Economic Proceedings. Proceedings. Transactions. Echange (L'). Eevue linndenne. Lyon. Ecole d'Anthropologie. Paris. * Revue Mensuelle. Ecole polytechn^ique. Paris. Journal. Edinburgh Geological Society. Edinburgh. Transactions. Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society. Chapel Hill. Journal. Engineers' Club of Philadelphia, Proceedings. Engineers' Society of Western Pennsylvania. Pittsburgh. Proceedings. Entomological Society of London. Transactions. Entomological Society of Ontario. London. Annual Report. Canadian Entomologist. Entomological Society of Washington. Proceedings. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische Zeitschrift. Entomologischer Verein. Stettin. Stettiner entomologische Zeitung. Entomologiska Forening. Kjobenhavn. *Entomologiska Meddelelser. Entomologiska Forening. Stockholm. Entomologiska Tidskrift. *Entomologist (The). London. ^Entomologist's (The) Monthly Magazine. London (E. S.). *Entomologist's (The) Record and Journal of Variation. London (E. S.) Eidelyi Museum-Egylet. Kolozsvart. Orvos-Termeszettudomanyi Ertesito. Essex Institute. Salem. Bulletin. R. ethnographisch Museum. Leiden. Verslag van der Directeur. Faculte des Sciences, Marseille. Ann ales. Fairmount Park Art Association. Philadelphia. Report of the Board of Trustees. Ferdinandeum. Innsbruck. Zeitschrift. 806 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Feuille des jeunes Naturalistes. Paris. Field Columbian Museum. Chicago. Annual Exchange Catalogue, rnblications. Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria. Melbourne. Victorian (The) Naturalist. Finska vetenskaps-Societeten. Helsingfors. Acta. Kidrag. Ofversigt. Fondazione scientifici Cagniola. Milano. Atti. Forest and Stream. New York. *Forschungen zur deutschen Landes- und Volkskunde. Stuttgart. Franklin Institute. Philadelphia. Journal. Free (The) Library of Philadelphia. Philadelphia. Annual Report. Bulletin. Free Public Library, Museum and Walker Art Gallery. Liverpool. Annual Report. Gardeners' (The) Chronicle. London. Royal Geographical Society. London. The Geographical Journal. Supplementary Papers. Geographical Society. Philadelphia. Bulletin. Geographische Gesellschaft und naturhistorisches Museum. Liibeck. Mitteilungen. K. k. geographische Gesellschaft in Wien. Abhandlnugen. Mittheilungen. * Geological (The) Magazine. London. Geological Society. London. Geological Literature added to Library. List. Quarterly Journal. Geological Society of America. Bulletin. R. Geological Society of Cornwall. Penzance. Transactions. R. Geological Society of Ireland. Dublin. Journal. Geological Survey of Alabama. Bulletin. [Publications.] Geological Survey of Georgia. Bulletin. [Publications.] Report of Progress. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPHIA. 807 Geological Survey of India. Calcutta. General Report. Memoirs. Memoirs, Palceontologia ludica. Records. Geological Survey of Louisiana. New Orleans. Report. ; Geological Survey of Michigan. Lansing. [Publications.] Geological Survey of Missouri. Rolla. Biennial Report of the State Zoologist. Report. Geological Survey of New Jersey. Trenton, Annual Report of the State Geologist. Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. Ottawa. Annual Report. Contributions to Canadian Palasontology. Contributions from the Herbarium. Geological and Natural History Survey of Minnesota. Minneapolis. Annual Report. Bulletin. Geology (The) of Minnesota. Report, Botanical Series. Report, Zoological Series. *Geologische und palasontologische Abhandlungen. Jena. K. k. geologische Reichsanstalt. Wieu. Abhandlungen. Jahrbuch. Verhandlungen. *Geologisches Centralblatt. Leipzig. Geologisches Reichs-Museum in Leiden. Sammlungen. Geologiska Forening i Stockholm. Forhandlingar. Geologists' Association. London. Proceedings. Gesellschaft zur Beforderung der gesammten Naturwissenschafteu. Mar- burg. Schriften. Sitzuugsberichte. Gesellschaft deutscher Naturforscher und Aerzte. * Verhandlungen. Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde. Berlin. Verhandlungen. Zeitschrift. Gesellschaft von Freundeu der Naturwissenschaften. Gera. Jahresbericht. Gesellschaft Iris. Dresden. Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift (E. S.). Gesellschaft fiir Morphologie und Physiologic. Miinchen. Sitzungsberichte. 808 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde. Berlin. Sitzungsberichte. Gesellschaft fiir Volkerkunde und Erdknnde zu Stettin. Bericht. K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. (iottingen. Nachrichten. * Giornale di Mineralogia. Milano. * Globus, illustrirte Zeitschrift fiir Lander und Volkerkunde. Braun- schweig. Gloversville Free Library, Gloversville. Annual Report. Goteborgs K. Vetenskaps och Vitterhets Samhtilles. Goteborg. Handlingar. Guernsey Society of Natural Science. Guernsey. Report and Transactions. Gymnase bulgare des GarQons St. Cyrille et Method. Salonica. Bulletin annuaire de la Station meteorologique. Hamilton Association. Hamilton. Journal and Proceedings. Hartford (The) Public Library. Hartford. Annual Report. Bulletin. Harvard College. Cambridge. Annual Reports. Catalogue. *Hedwigia. Organ fiir Kryptogamenkunde. Dresden. L'Herbier Boissier. Geneve. Bulletin. Memoires. Hertfordshire Natural History Society. Hertford. Transactions. *Histologische Beitrage. Jena. Historical Society of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. Pennsylvania Jlagazine of History and Biograpby. Historical Society of Southern California. Los Angeles. Annual Publication. Historischer Verein von Oberpfalz und Regensburg. liegensburg. Verhandlungen. Hollandsche ]\Iaat«chappij der Wetenschappen. Haarlem. Natuurknndige Verhandelingen. *Hoppe-Seyler's Zeitschrift fiir physiologische Chemie. Strassburg. Horticultural Society. London. Journal. Hortus Petropolitanus. St. Petersburg. Acta. Hortus Universitatis imperialis Petropolitanse. St. Petersburg. *Scripta Botanica. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 809 *Ibis (The). London. Illinois Bureau of Labor Statistics. Springfield. Annual Coal Keport. Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History. Urbana. Biennial Report. Bulletin. *Index and Review. Washington. Indian Museum. Calcutta. [Publications.] Annual Report. Indiana Academy of Sciences. Indianapolis. Proceedings. Indiana. Department of Geology and Natural Rei-ources. Indianapolis. Reports. Insect (The) World : a monthly magazine edited by Y. Nawa. Gifu (E.S.) Insekten-Borse. Internationales W(chenblatt der Entomologie (E.S. ). Institut botanique. Buitenzorg. Bulletin. Institut colonial. Marseille. Annales. Institut national genevois. Geneve. Bulletin. Mtoioires. Institut grand-ducal. Luxembourg. Publications. Institute of Jamaica. Kingston. Annals. Journal. Instituto geografico argentine. Buenos Aires. Boletin. Instituto medico nacional. Mexico. Anales. Datos para la Materia Medica mexlcana. R. Institution of Cornwall. Truro. Journal. R. Institution of Great Britain. London. Proceedings. Instructor (El). Aguascalientes. * Internationale Monatsschrift fiir Anatomic und Physiologic. Leipzig. * Internationale Archiv fiir Ethnographic. Leyden. Iowa Academy of Science. Des Moines. Proceedings. Iowa Geological Survey. Annual Keport. Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Art.=. Des Moines. Contributions from the Department of Zoology and Entomology (E. S.). 810 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , Koyal Irish Academy. Dublin. List of Members. I'ruceedings, Science. Tiausactious, Science. Irish Naturalist. Dublin. R. Istituto botanico di Eoma. Roma. ♦Annnario. Istituto botanico dell' Universita de' Pavia. *Atti. R. Istituto d'Incorraggiamento alle Scienze naturali, ecouomiche e tech- uologiche. Napoli. Atti. R. Istituto lombardo di Scienze e Lettere. Milano. Rendiconti. R. Istituto di Studi superiori pratici e di perfezionamento. Fireuze. Publicazioni. R. Istituto tecbnico sui)eriore. Milano. Programma. R. Istituto veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti. Venezia. Atti. *Jaarboek van bet Mijnwesen in nederlandsch Oost-Indie. Amsterdam. Furstlich jablonowski'scbe Gesellscbaft. Leipzig. Jahresbericht. Preisschrifteu. Jardin botanique. Buitenzorg. Annales. Jardin imperial botanique. St. Petersburg. *Jahresbericbte liber die Fortscbritte der Anatomie uud Entwickelungs- geschichte. Jena. *Jahresbericbt liber die Fortscbritte in der Lebre von den pathogenen Mikroorganismen. Leipzig. *Jabresbericht liber die Fortscbritte der Physiologie. Bonn. *Jahres-Beiicbt liber die Fortscbritte der Thier-Chemie oder der pbysiolog- iscben und patbologisclien Chemie. "Wiesbaden. *Jahresbericbt liber die Neuerungen und Leistungen auf dem Gebiete des Pflanzenscbutzes. Berlin. *Jabrblicher flir wissensebaftlicbe Botanik. Leipzig. John (The) Crerar Library. Chicago. Annual Reports. Johns Hopkins University. Baltimore. Circubirs. Studies from the Biological Laboratory. *Journal de I'Anatomie et de Physiologie. Paris. * Journal of Anatomy and Physiology. London. Journal of Applied Microscopy. Rochester. *Jourual de Botanique. Paris. * Journal of Botany. London. 190].] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 811 *JourDal (The) of Comparative Medicine and Veterinary Archives. Phila- delph'a. Journal (The) of Comparative Neurology. Granville. Journal of Conchology. Manchester. Journal de Conchyliologie. Paris. Journal (The) of Geology. Chicago. Journal of Malacology. London. ■^Journal of Marine Zoology and Microscopy. London. *Journal fi'ir Ornithologie. Leipzig. *Journal of Physical Chemistry. *Journal de Physiologic et de Pathologic g^n^rale. Paris. ^Journal of Physiology. London. *Just's botanischer Jahresbericht. Leipzig. Justus Perthes geographischer Anstalt. Gotha. * Mitteilungen (und Erganzungshefte). Kansas Academy of Sciences. Topeka. Transactions. Kansas City Public Library. Kansas City, Mo. Public Library Quarterly. Kansas State Historical Society. Topeka. Report. Transactions. Kommission zur wissenschaftlichen Untersuchungen der deutschen Meere in Kiel (Abtheilungen Kiel und Helgoland). Kiel. Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen. Kruidkundig Genootschap Dodonoea. Gent. Botanisch Jaarboek. Laboratoria der Gouvernement's Kinaondernening. Batavia. Mededeelingen. Laboratorium et Museum et Clinicum. Berlin. Landesmuseum von Karnten. Klagenfurt. Carinthia. Jahrbuch. 'sLands Plantentuin. Biiitenzorg. Mededeelingen. Verslag. Leeds Philosophical and Literary Society. Leeds. Annual Report. Leland Stanford Junior University. Stanford University. Bulletins. Contributions to Biology from the Hopkins Laboratory of Biology. Register. K. leopoldinisch-carolinisch-deutsche Akademie der Naturforscher. Dres- den. Katalog der Bibliotbek. Leopoldina. Nova Acta. Repertorium zu den .\cta und Nova Acta. 812 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, *Letha'a geognostica oder Besthreibung und Abbildung der fiir die Gebirgs-Formatioiien bezeichnendsten Versteinerungen. Stuttgart. Leyden Museum. Leyden. Notes. Library of Congress. Washington. [Bibliographical Publications.] Report of the Librarian. *Library Journal. New York. *Lindenia: Iconographie des Orcbidees. Bruxelles. Linnean Society. London, Journal. List. Proceedings. Transactions. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Sydney. Proceedings. Linnean Society. New York. Abstract of the Proceedings. Literary and Historical Society. Quebec. Transactions. Literary News. New York. Literary and Philosophical Society. Liverpool. Proceedings. Liverpool Biological Society. Liverpool. Proceedings. Liverpool Geological Society. Liverpool. Proceedings. Liverpool Marine Biology Committee. Liverpool. * Memoirs. Lloyd Library of Botany, Pharmacy and Materia Medica. Cincinnati. Bulletin. Lloyd Mycological Museum. Cincinnati. Mycological Notes. Report. ♦London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine. London. Lotos Verein. Prag. Jahrbuch fUr Naturwissenschaften. Lowell Observatory. Flagstaff. Annals. Lunds Universitets. Lund. Ars-Skrift (Acta). K. Lyceum Hoseanum. Braunsberg. Arbeiten aus deni bolanischen Institut. Madras Government Museum. Madras. Bulletin. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PIIILADELrillA, 813 Magyar tudomanyos Akademia. Budapest. Almanach. Ertekezesek a mathematikai tudomanyok Korebol. Ertekezesek a termeszettudoinanyok Korebol. Mathematikai es termeszottudomanyi F>testito. Mathematikai es termeszettudomanyi Kiizlem^nyek, etc. Mathematische und naturwissenfcliaftliche Berichto aus Ungarn. Rapport. Term(!;szetrajzi Fiizetek. K. k. mahrisch-schlesische Gesellseliaft zur Beforderung des Ackerbaues, der Natnr- uud Landeskuude. Briinn. Centralblatt. Notizblatt. Malacological Society of London. London. * Proceedings. *Malpighia. Genova. Manchester Geological Society. Manchester. Transactions. Manchester Institute of Arts and Sciences. Manchester. Proceedings. ISIanchester Literary and Philosophical Society. Manchester. Memoirs and Proceedings. Manchester Microscopical Society. Manchester. Transactions and Annual Report. Marine Biological Association. London. * Journal. ]\Iarlborough College Natural History Society. Marlborough. Report. Maryland Academy of Sciences. Baltimore. Transactions. Maryland Geological Survey. Baltimore. [Publications.] Maryland State Weather Service. Baltimore. [Maryland State Weather Service.] Massachusetts Agricultural College. Hatch Experiment Station. Amherst. Annual Report. Bulletin Mazama. Portland. Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft. Jeua. Zeitscbrift. Meehans' Monthly. Philadelphia. *Memoires concernant I'Histoire naturelle de I'Empire chinois. Mercantile Library Association. New York. Annual Report. Bulletin. Meriden Scientific Association. Meriden. Transactions. Michigan Academy of Science. Lansing. Report. 814 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Michigan College of Mines. Houghton. Catalogue. Microscopical Bulletin. Philadelphia. Royal Microscopical Society. London. Journal. Mineral (The) Collector. New York. ♦Mineral (The) Industry. New York. Mineral ogical Society. London. Mineralogical (The) Magazine and Journal. K. mineralogisch-geologisches und praihistorisches Museum. Dresden. Mittheilungen. *Mineralogische und petrographische Mittheilungen. Wein. *Minerva Jahrbuch der gelehrten Welt. Strassburg. Minis! ere des Travaux publics [France]. Paris. Annales des Minfes. Etudes des Gitesmin6ranx de la France. Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences. Minneapolis. Bulletin. Occasional Papers. Missouri Botanical Garden. St. Louis. Annual Report. *Monitoie zoologico italiano. Firenze. *Morphologische Arbeiten. Jena. *Morphologisches Jahrbuch. Leipzig. Miinchener Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologie, Ethnologic und Urgeschichte Miinchen. * Beitrage zur Anthropologie und Urgeschichte Bayerns. Musee du Congo. Bruxelles. Annales. Musee d'Histoire naturelle. Geneve. Revue Suisse de Zoologie (Annales). Musee d'Histoire naturelle. Lausanne. Rapports Annuels des Conservateurs. Musee d'Histoire naturelle. Marseille. Annales. Musee royale d'Histoire naturelle de Belgique. Bruxelles. Annates. Musee Teyler. Haarlem. Archives. Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia coraparata della r. Univeisiia. Torino. Bollettino. Museo civico di Storia uaturale. Genova. Annali. Museo de Hiatoria natural. Valparaiso. Bolctin. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPIIIA, 815 Museo nacional. Bueuos Aires. Anales. Comunicaciones. Memoria. Museo nacional. Mexico. Anales. Museo nacional. IMoutevideo. Anales. ]Museo nacional Republica de Costa Rica. San Jos6. Informe. . . . Museo de La Plata. La Plata. Anales. Revista. Museu nacioual. Rio de Janeiro. Revista. Museu paraense. Para. Boletin. Museu paulista. Sao Paulo. Revista. Museului de Geologia si de Paleontologia. Bucuresci. Museum (The) of the Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences. Brooklyn Science Bulletin. Museum of Comparative Zoology. Cambridge. Bulletin. Memoirs. Report. Museum francisceum. Briinn. Annales. Museum fraucisco carolinium. Liuz. Jahres-Bericht. Museum d'Histoire naturelle. Paris. Bulletin. Nouvelles Archives. *Museum d'Histoire naturelle des Pays-Bas. Leiden. K. Museum fiir Volkerkunde. Berlin. * Veroffentlichen. *Museums (The) Journal. London. Muskauer Baumschule. Muskau. Haupt-Catalog. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Wiesbaden. Jahrbiicher. National Academy of Sciences. Washington. Memoirs. *National (The) Geographic Magazine. Washington. Naturae Novitates. Berlin. Natural History Association of Miramichi. Chatham. Natural History Society of G'asgow. Glasgow. Transactions. 816 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Natural History Society. Moatreal. Canadian Record of Science. Natural History Society of British Columbia. Victoria. Bulletin. Natural History S jciety of New Brunswick. St. John. Bulletin. Natural History Society of Northumberlanl, Durham and Newcastle-upon- Tyne. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. Transactions. Natural Science Association of Staten Island. New Brighton. Proceedings. ♦Naturalist (The). London. Naturalista (II) siciliano. Palermo. Nataraliste (Le). Paris. Naturaliste (Le) canalien. Chicoutimi. Naturalists' Field Club. Liverpool. Proceedings. Naturalists' (The) Journal. Haddersfie^d (E. S.). Nature. London. *Nature (,La). Paris. Naturfonschende Gesellschaft. Bambsrg. Bericbt. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Basel. Verhandlungen. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bern. Mitthellungeu. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Danzig. Schriften. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Emden. .Tahresberichte. Kleine Schriften. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Freiburg i. B. Berichte. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Gorlitz. Abhandlungen. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Halle. Abhandlungen. Bcricht. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Leipzig. Sitznngsberichte. Naturforschende Gesellschaft. Ziirich. Vierteljahrsschrift. Naturforschende Gesellschaft Graubiindens. Cliur. Jahresbricht. Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes. Altenburg. Mittheilungen ans dem Osterlandes. 1901,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 817 Naturforschencler Verein. Briinn. * Bericht der meteorologischen Commission. Verhandlungen. Natuiforscher Gesellschaft. Dorpat ( Jurjew). Schriften. Sitzungsberichte. Natnrforscher Verein. Riga. Arbeiten. Correspondenzblatt. Niiturhistoriscb-medicinischcr Vereia. Heidelberg. Verhandlungen. Naturhistorische Gesellscbaft. Colmar. Mittheilungen (Bulletin). Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Hannover. Jahresbericht. Naturhistorische Gesellschaft. Ni'irnberg. Abhandlungen. Naturhistorischer Verein der preussischen Rheinlande und Westphalens Bonn. Verhandlungen. Naturhistorisches Museum. Hamburg. Mittheilungen. Naturhistorisches Museum. Strassburg. Bericht. K. k. naturhistorisches Hofmuseum. Wien. Annalen. Naturbistoriske Forening. Kjobenhavn. Videnskabelige Meddelelser. Naturwissenschaftlicbe Gesellschaft. Chemnitz. Bericht. Naturwissenschaftlicbe Gesellschaft Isis. Bautzen. Sitzungsberichte. Naturwissenschaftlicbe Gesellschaft Isis. Dresden. Sitzungsberichte und Abhandlungen. Naturwissenschaftlicbe Rundshau. Braunschweig. Naturwissenschal'tlicbe Wocbenschrift. Berlin. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Augsburg. Bericht. Naturwissenscbaftlicber Verein. Bremen. Abhandlungen. Naturwissenscbaftlicber Verein. Elberfeld. Jahres-Berichte. Naturwissenschafllicher Verein. Frankfurt a. O. Helios. Societatum Litterse. Naturwissenscbaftlicber Verein fiir !-acnsen nnd Thliringen. Halle a. S. Zeitschrift fiir Naturwissenschaftcn. 52 818 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Hamburg. Abhandlimgen. Verhandlungen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Karlsruhe. Verhandlungen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Kiel. Schriften. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Liineburg. Jahreshefte. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Magdeburg. Jahresbericht and Abhandlungen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Osnabri'ick. Jahresbericht. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Passau. Bericht. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Eegensburg. Berichte. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein. Trencsen. Jahreshefte. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein an der Universitiit. Wien. Mittheilungen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein von Neu Vorpommern iind Riigeu. Greifs- wald. Jlittheihmgen. Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir Steiermark. Graz. Mittheilungen. Natuurkundig Genootschap. Groningen. Verslag. Natuurkundig Vereeniging in Nederlandsch-Indie. Batavia. Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie. Nautilus (The). Philadelphia. K. nederlandsch meteorologisch Instituut. Utrecht. Jaarboek. Nederlandsche botanische Vereeniging. Nijraegen. Nederlandsch Kruidkundig Archief. Nederlandsche dierkundige Vereeniging. Leyden. Catalogus der Bibliotheek. Tijdschrift. Nederlandsche (De) eutomologische Vereeniging. 'sGravenhage. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. *Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, Geologic und Palseontologie. Stuttgart. Newberry Library. Chicago. Report. New England Botanical Club. Boston. * Rhodora. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 819 New Mexico College of Agriculture. Agricultural Experiment Station. Mesilla Park. Annual Reports. Bulletin. Newport (The) Natural History Society. Newport. Proceedings. New South Wales Department of Mines and Agriculture (Geological Survey of New South Wales). Sydney. Annual Report. Memoirs. Memoirs, Paleontology. Mineral Resources. Records. New York Academy of Sciences. New York. Annals. Memoirs. Transactions. New York Agricultural Experiment Station. Geneva. Bulletin. New York (The) Botanical Garden. New York. Bulletin. ♦Journal. * Memoirs. New York Entomological Society. New York. Journal. New York Medical Journal. New York. New York Microscopical Society. New York. Journal. New York State Library. Albany. Bulletin. New York State Museum of Natural History. Albany. Annual Reports. Bulletin. New York Zoological Society. New York. Annual Report. News Bulletin. New Zealand Institute. Wellington. Transactions. Niederrheinische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. Bonn. Sitzungsbericht. K. nordiske oldskrift Selskab. Kjobenhavn. Memoires. Tillaeg. K. norske Videnskabers Selskab. Trondhjem. Skrifter. North Carolina Geological Surrey. Chapel Hill. Bulletin. Economic Papers. North Staffordshire Naturalists' Field Club. Stafford. Annual Report and Transactions. Northamptonshire Natural History Society and Field Club. Northampton, Journal. 820 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , Northern Indiana Historical Society. South Bend. Publication. Xorwegische meteorologische Institut. Kristiania. Jahrbuch. Nova Scotian Institute of Science. Halifax. Proceedings and Transactions. *Novitates zoologicse. London. Novorossiyskoye Obshtchestvo Yestesvoispytateley [Societe des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russie]. Odessa. Zapiski (Memoirs). Numismatic and Antiquarian Society. Montreal. Canadian Antiquarian. Numismatic and Antiquarian Society. Philadelphia. Proceedings * Nuovo (La) Notarisia. Pad ova. Nuttall Ornithological Club. Cambridge. * Memoirs. Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. Giessen. Bericht. Oberlausitzische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Gorlitz. Neues lausitzisches Magazin. Oberlin College. Oberlin. Laboratory Bulletin. Observatoire de I'Universite. Upsala. Bulletin mt'teorologique. Observatorio. Madrid. Observaciones mcteorologioas. Kesumen de las Observaciones. Observatorio. Rio de Janeiro. Annuario. Boletin mensal. Obshtchestvo liubiteley yestestvoznaniya antiopologii i etuografia sostoy- ashtchiye pri Moskovskom Universitetye. [Imperial Society for Natural History, Anthropology and Ethnography.] Izviestiya. Ohio State Academy of Science. Columbus. Annual Report. Special Paper. O. (The) S. U. Naturalist. Columbus. *Ornithologische ]\Ionatsberiehte. Berlin. Ornilhologischer Verein. Mi'inchen. Jahresbericht. Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club. Ottawa. Ottawa Naturalist. Ottawa Literary and Scientific Society. Ottawa. Transactions. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 821 Owens College. Manchester. Museum Handbooks. Notes from the Manchester Museum. Report of the Manchester Museum. Studies in Biology from the Biological Departments. Psedologisch Jaarboek. Antwerp. *Pal8eoutographica, Beitrage zur Nafcargeschichte der Vorzeit. *Pala?ontographica Italica, *PaljeontographicaI Society. London. [Publications.] Peabody Institute. Baltimore. Annual Report. Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology. Cambridge. Annual Reports. ArchEeological and Ethnological Papers. Memoirs. Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture. Harrisburg. Annual Report. Bulletin. Report of Division of Forestry. Pennsylvania State Board of Health. Harrisburg. Annual Report. Pennsylvania State College. State College. Report. Pennsylvania Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of Pennsylvania. Harrisburg. Report. Pennsylvania Forestry Association. Philadelphia. Forest Leaves. Pennsylvania Hospital. Philadelphia. Report of the Board of Managers to the Contributors. Pennsylvania Library Club. Philadelphia. Occasional Papers. Perthshire Society of Natural Science. Perth. Proceedings. Philadelphia City Institute. Philadelphia. Annual Report. Philadelphia College of Pharmacy. Philadelphia. Alumni (The) Report. Philadelphia (The) Museums. Philadelphia. Scientific Bulletin. Philadelphia Mycological Center. Philadelphia. Bulletin. Philosophical Society. Glasgow. Proceedings. Philosophical Society of Washington. Washington. Bulletin. R. Physical Society. Edinburgh. Proceedings. 822 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Physical Society. London. Proceedings. Physikalisch-medicinische Gesellschaft. "Wiirzbuig. Sitzungsberichte. Verhandlungeu. Pliysikalisch-medicinische Societat. Erlangen. Sitzungsberichte. Pliysikalischokonomische Gesellschaft. Konigsberg. Schriften. Pliysikalische central-Observatorium. St. P^tersbourg. Annalen. Phjsikaliscber Verein. Frankfurt a. M. Jahresbericht. Physiographiska Forening. Kristiania. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. *Pittonia. Washington. PoUichia. Durkhelm a. d. Haardt. Mitteilungen. *Popular Science Monthly. New York. Portland Society of Natural History. Portland. Proceedings. K. Preussische geologische Landesanstalt und Bergakademie. Berlin. Jalirbuch. *Princeton Contributions to Psychology. Princeton. Procession (The). Los Angeles. Provinciaal utrechtsch Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschappen Utrecht. Aanteekeningen. Verslag. Psyche, a Journal of Entomology. Cambridge (E. S.). *Public Libraries. Chicago. Public Museum of the City of Milwaukee. Milwaukee. Annual Report. *Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. London. Queckett Microscopical Club. London. Journal. Queensland. Home Secretary's Department. Brisbane. Korth Queensland Ethnography Bulletin. Queensland Museum. Brisbane. Annals. Annual Report of the Trustees. Kay Society. London. * Transactions. .*Recueil de Travaux au Laboratoire Boerhaave. Leiden. Regias Societas Scientiarum. Upsala. Nova Acta. Revista chilena de Historia natural. Valparaiso (E. S. ). 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 823 *Revue critique de Paleozoologie. Paris. *Revue gen^rale de Botatiique. Paris. *Revue g^nerale des Sciences. Paris. Kevue mycologique. Toulouse. Revue des Sciences naturelles de I'Ouest. Paris. *Revue scientifique. Paris. *Rivista di Mineralogia e Cristallografia italiana. Padova. Rivista di Patologia vegetale. Avellino. Rochester Academy of Sciences. Rochester. Proceedings. Roemer Museum. Hildesheim. Mittheilungen. Rovartani Lapok. Budapest (E. S.). Royal Gardens. Kew. Bulletin. Royal Society. London. List. Proceedings. Kecord (The). Reports to the Malaria Committee. Transactions. Yearbook. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions. Royal Society of Edinburgh. Proceedings. Transactions. Royal Society of New South Wales. Sydney. Journal and Proceedings. Royal Society of Queensland. Brisbane. Proceedings. Royal Society of South Australia. Adelaide. Transactions. Royal Society of Tasmania. Hobarton. Proceedings. Royal Society of Victoria. Melbourne. Proceedings. Transactions, Russisch-kaiserliche mineralogische Gesellschaft. St. Petersburg. Materialien zur Geologie Russlands. Verhandlungen. Imp. russkoye geografitcheskoye Obshtchestvo. [Imperial Russian Geo- graphical Society.] St. Petersbourg. Izviestiya (Bulletin). Ottchet (Report). K. sachsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Leipzig. Abhandlungen, math-phys. Classe. Berichte. 824 PROCEEDIl^GS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Sallskapet pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. Ilelsingfors. Acta. Meddelanden. St. Gallische naturwissenschaftliscbe Gesellchaft. St. Gallen. Bericht. K. Sammlungen fiir Kunst und Wissenschaft. Dresden. Bericht. Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir vaterlandische Cultur. Breslau. Jahres-Berichte. Schweizer alpen Club. Zurich. Alpina. Jahrbuch. Sell weizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. ScbafEhausen. Mittheilungen (E. S. ). Schweizerische paliiontologische Gesellschaft. Geneve. » Abhandlungen. *Sclenee. New York. *Scientia. Lyon. Scientific Alliance of New York. New York. Directory. Scientific (The) Roll. London. Scottish Microscopical Society. Edinburgh. Proceedings. Scottish Natural History Society. Edinburgh. Transactions (E. S.). R. Scuola superiore d'Agricoltura. Portici. Annali. Sei-i-Kwai, or Society for the Advancement of IVIedical Science in Japan. Tokyo, Sei-i-Kwai Medical Journal. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Frankfurt a. M. Abhandlungen. Bericht. Serbische geologische Gesellschaft. Belgrade. Sitzungsberichte. Royal Servian Academy. Belgrade. Annual Report. Memoirs. Report. Sevcenko-Gesellschaft derWissenschaften. Lemberg. Chronik. Mittheilungen. Secretario de Estado y del Despacho de Fomento. Mexico. Carta de la Republica Mexicana. Section g6oIogique du Cabinet de sa Majestd. St. Petersburg. Travaux. Section fiir Naturkunde des oesterreiohischen Touristen Club. Wien. Mittheilungen. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 825 Siebenbiirgischer Verein fiir Naturwissensohaften. Hermannstadt. Verhandlungeii und Mittheiluiigen. Sierra Club. San Francisco. Bulletin. *Skandinavisches Archiv fi'ir Pbysiologie. Leipzig. Smithsonian Institution. Washington. Annual Report. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. Sociedad cientifica "Antonio Alzate." Mexico. Memorias. Sociedad cientifica argentina. Buenos Aires. Anales. Sociedad espanola de Historia natural. Madrid. Anales. Sociedad geografica argentina. Buenos Aires. Revista. Sociedad de Geografia y Estadistica. Mexico. Boletin. Sociedad mexicana de Historia natural. Mexico. La Naturaleza. Societa adriatica di Scieuze natural i. Trieste. Bullettino. Societa botauica italiana. Firenze. Bullettino. Memorie. Nuovo Giornale botanico italiano. Societa entomologica italiana. Firenze. Bullettino. Societa geografica italiana. Roma. Bollettino. Memorie. Societa italiana di Antropologia e la Etnologia. Firenze. Archivio per 1' Antropologia, etc. Societa italiana di Scienze naturali. Milano. Atti. Memorie. Societa di Letture e Conversazioni scientificbe. Geneva. Rivista Ligure. Societa ligustica di Scienze naturali e Geografiche. Genova. Atti. Societa malacologica italiana. Pisa. Bullettino. Societa del Naturalisti. Modena. Atti. Societa dei Naturalisti in Napoli. Xapoli. Bullettino. Societa di Scienze nattirali ed economiche. Giornale. Giornale. 826 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DaC, Societa degli Spettroscopisti italiana. Koma. Memorie. Societa toscana di Scienze natural!. Pisa. Atti. Atti (Memorie). Societa veneto treatina di Scienze naturali. Padova. Atti. Bullettino. Societa zoologica italiana. Roma, Bullettino. Societas entomologica. Ziirich-Hottingen (E. S.). Societas entomologica rossica. St. Petersburg. Horse. Societas zoologica Tokyoensis. Tokyo. Annotationes zoologicse Japonensis. Societatea geografica romina. Bucharest. Marele Dictionar Geographic al Rominiei. Societatii de Sciinte. Bucuresci. Buletinul. Societe nationale d'Acclimatation de France. Paris. Bulletin. Journal. Societe nationale d'Agriculture de France. Bulletin. M 4 moires. Societe d'Agriculture, Histoire naturelle et Arts. Lyou. Annales. Societe nationale d'Agriculture, Sciences et Arts. Angers. M^moires. Societe d'Agriculture, Sciences, Belles Lettres et Arts. Orle.in<. M(5moires. Societe des Americanistes. Paris. Journal. Societe d'Anthropologie. Paris. Bulletin et Memoires. Soci6te des Antiquaries de Picardie. Amiens. Bulletin. M 6 moires. Societe royale beige de Geographie. Bruxelles. Bulletin. Societe de Biologic. Paris. Comptes Rendus. Societe royale de Botanique. Bruxelles. Bulletin. Soci6t6 frauQaise de Botanique. Toulouse. Revue de Botanique. Societe bulgare des Sciences naturelles. Sofia. Annuaire. Travaux. 1901.] NATUKAL SCIKJSCiiS OP PHILAJDELf HIA. 827 Societe euloqiologiquc de Belgique. Bruxelles. Annales. Memoires. Societe entoinologique de France. Paris. Annales. Bulletin. Societe d'Etude des Sciences naturelles. Beziers. Bulletin. Societe d'Etudes scientifiques. Angers. Bulletin. Societe roj^ale de Geographic. An vers. Bulletin. Memoires. Societe de G^ograpliie. Paris. Bulletin. Compte Rendu des Seances. Society beige de Geologic, de Paleontologie et de Hydrologic. Brux- elles. Bulletin. Societe geologique de France. Paris. Bulletin. *M6moires. Societe geologique du Nord. Lille. Annales. M6moires Societe geologique de Normandie. Havre. Bulletin. Societe d'Histoire uaturelle. Autun. Bulletin. Societe d'Histoire naturelle. Macon. Bulletin trimestrial. Societe d'Histoire naturelle de Toulouse. Bulletin. Societe linneenne. Bordeaux. Actes. Societe linneenne. Lyon. Annales. Societe linneenne du Nord de la France. Amiens. Bulletin. Memoires. Societe linneenne de Normandie. Caen. Bulletin Memoires. Societe royale malacologique de Belgique. Annates. Proces-Verbaux. Societe beige de Microscopie. Bruxelles. Annates. Bulletin. Societe franqaise de Mineralogie. Paris. Bulletin. 828 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC, Soci^te imperiale des Naturalistes. St. Petersburg. Com pies Rendus. Tnivaux. Trudy (Travaux). Societe des Naturalistes de Kiew. Mumoires (Zapiski). Society imperiale des Naturalistes. Moscow. Bulletin. Nouveaux Mt5tnoires. Societe des Naturalistes a I'Universit^ imperiale. Kharkow. Travaux. Societe neuchateloise de Geographie. Neuchatel. Bulletin. Societe philomathique. Paris. ♦Bulletin. Societe de Physique et d'Histoire naturelle. Geneve. M6moiies. Societe hollandaise des Sciences. Haarlem. Archives. Societe royale des Sciences. Liege. Memoires. Societe des Sciences. Nancy. Bulletin. Bulletin des Stances. Societe des Science, des Arts et des Lettrcs du Hainaut. Mons. Memoires. Societe des Sciences de Finlande (Institut meterologique centrale). Helsingfors. Observations. Observations meteorologiques. Society des Sciences liistoriques et naturelles de I'Youne. Auxerre. Bulletin. Societe des Sciences liistoriques et naturelles de Semur-en-Auxois. S6mur. Bulletin. Societe nationale des Sciences naturelles. Cherbourg. Memoires. Society des Sciences naturelles. Neuchatel. Bulletin. Societe des Sciences naturelles et arch^ologiqucs de la Creuse. Gueret. M6moires. Societe des Sciences naturelles de I'Ouest de la France. Nantes. Bulletin. 6oci6te des Sciences physiques et naturelles. Bordeaux. Memoires. I'roccs-Verbaux des StSances. Society scientifique et Station zoologique. Arcaclion. Travaux des Laboratoires. 1901,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 829 Societe de Speloologie. Paris. ♦Bulletin (Speluuca). *M^moires. Societe vaudoise des Sciences naturelles. Lausanne. Bulletin. Soci^t^ zoologique de France. Paris. Bulletin. M6moires. Society of Arts. London. Journal. Society for Psychical Research. London. Proceedings. Somersetshire Archaeological and Natural History Society. Taunton. Proceedings. South African Museum. Cape Town. Annals. Report of Trustees. South African Philosophical Society. Cape Town. Transactions. South Dakota School of Mines. Rapid City, Bulletin. Southport Society of Natural History. Southport. ♦Report. State Agricultural College. Agricultural Experiment Station. Fort Collins. Annual Report. Bulletin. State Agricultural Experiment Station. Amherst. Annual Reports. Bulletin. State Historical Society, Iowa City. Iowa Historical Record. State University Laboratories of Natural History. Iowa City. Bulletin. Stavanger Museum. Stavauger. Aarshefte. K. Sternwarte. Miinchen, Neue Annalen. Straits Branch of the Ro3'al Asiatic Society. Singapore. Journal. Studi Sassaresi. Sassari. Svenska Sallskabet for Antropologi och Geografi. Stockholm. Ymer. Tidskrift. K. svenska vetenskaps-Akademien. Stockholm. Bihang till Handlingar. Handiingar. Lefnadsteckningar. Ofversigt. Sveriges geologiska Undersokniug. Stockliolm. Af handlingar och uppsatser. 830 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. , Texas Academy of Science. Austin. Transactions. Tliurgauische naturforscliende Gesellscliaft. Frauenfeld. Mitthelluugen. Tokyo Botanical Society. Toljyo. Botanical (The) Magazine. Torrey Botanical Club. New York. Bulletin. *Memoirs. ♦Torreya. Tridentum. Trento. Rivista mensile cli Studi scientifici. Tromso Museum. Tromso. Aarsberetning. Aarshefter. *Tropenflanzer (Der). Berlin. Tufts College. Tufts College. Tufts College Studies. United States Board on Geographic Names. Washington. Report. United States Civil Service Commission. Washington. Report. United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Washington. Bulletin. Report. United States Department of Agriculture. Washington. Farmers' Bulletin. Report. Report of the Secretary. Special Report. Yearbook. Bureau of Animal Industry. Annual Report. Bulletin. Circular. Division of Agricultural Soils. Bulletin. Division of Agrostology. Bulletin. Circular. Division of Biological Survey. Bulletin. , Circular. North American Fauna. Division of Botany. Bulletin. Circular. Contributions from the U. S. National Herbarium. Inventory. Division of Chemistry. Bulletin. Division of Forestry. Bulletin. Circular. Division of Entomology. Bibliography of tlie more important contributions to American Economic Ento- mology. Bulletin, New Series. Circular. Technical Series. 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 831 Divitsion of Publications. List. Division oj Vegetable Physiology and Pathology. Bulletin. Circular. Office of Experiment Stations. Bulletin. Experiment Station Record. Office of Fibre Invesligalions. Report. Office of Road Inquiry. Bulletin. Circular. Ohio Section of the Climate and Crop Service of the Weather Bureau. Report. Section of Foreign Markets. Bulletin. Circular. Washington Sectio7i of the Climate and Crop Service of the Weather Bureau. Report. United States Department of the Interior. Washington. Bureau of Education. Circular. Reporter the Commissioner of Education. United States Geological Survey. Annual Report. Bulletin. Geological Atlas of the United States. Mineral Products of the United States. Monographs. Topographic Map of the United States. Water-supply and Irrigation Papers. United States Department of State. Washington. Consular Reports. Special Consular Reports. *United States Government Publications. A Monthly Catalogue. Washington. United States National Museum. Washington. Abstracts from the Proceedings. Annual Report. Bulletin. Proceedings. Special Bxilletin. United States Treasury Department. Washington. Annual Report of the Lighthouse Board. United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. Report. Special Publication. United States War Department. Washington. Annual Report of the Chief of Ordnance. Report of Chief ot Engineers, United States Army. Index Catalogue of the Library of the Surgeon-General's Office. Universidad de La Plata. La Plata. Publicaciones. R. Universita degli Studi. Siena. BuUettlno del Laboratorio ed Orto Botanico. Universite imp^riale. Upsala. Observations faites :\ I'observatoire metoorologique. Universite catholique. Louvain. Annuaire. Programme des Cours. [Theses, etc.] 832 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [DeC. , University de Lausanne. Index bibliograpbique de la Facult(5 des Sciences. Universite. Lille. Livret de I'Etudiant. Travaux et Memoires. Universite. Lyon. Annates. Uuiversitetets zoologiske Museum, Kjobenhavn. E Museo Lundii. University of California. Be^keleJ^ Bulletin of Department of Geology. Register. University. Chicago. Annual Register. University of Illinois. Champaign. The University Studies. University (.The) Geological Survey of Kansas. Annual Bulletin of Mineral Resources of Kansas. [Publication.] Imperial University of Japan. Tokyo. Calendar. Journal of the College of Science. University of Kansas. Lawrence. Kansas University Quarterly. Experiment Station, Annual Report. Bulletin of Department of Entomology. University of Minnesota. State Experiment Station. Minneapolis. Annual Report of the Entomologist. Bulletin. University (The) of Missouri. Columbia. Studies. University of Nebraska. Lincoln. Bibliographical Contributions from the Library. Agricultural Experiment Station, Bulletin. University of New Mexico. Albuquerque. Bulletin [of the Hadley Laboratory]. University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. Catalogue. . Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory. University Bulletin. University of the State of New York. Albany. Annual Report (College Department). Annual Reports of the Regents. University of Tennessee. Agricultural Experiment Station. Kuoxville. Annual Report. Bulletin. L'niversity of Texas. Austin. Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory. University of Upsala. Upsala. Bulletin of the Geological Institution. University of Wisconsin, Madison. Bulletin 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 838 University of Wyoming. Laramie. Catalogue. *l7atersucliungeii zur Naturlelire des Menscheu und der Thiere. Giessen. Vassar Brothers Institute. Pouglikeepsie. Transactions. Verein der Aerzte in Steiermark. Graz. Mittheilungen. A'erein fiir Erdkunde. Darmstadt. Notlzblatt. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Dresden. Jahresbericht. Verein fiir Erdlvuude. Halle a. S. Mittheilungen. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Leipzig. Mittheilungen. Wissenschaftliche Veroftentlichungen. Verein fiir Erdkunde. Metz. Jaliresbericht. Verein der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Mecklenburg. Giistrow. Archiv. Verein fiir Geschichte und Naturgeschichte der Baar und der angrea zenden Landesteile. Donaueschingen. Schriften. Verein fiir Kunde der Natur und der Kunst. Hildesheim. Bericht. Verein luxemburger Naturfreunde. Luxemburg. Fauna. Verein fiir Natur- und Heilkunde. Presburg. Verhandlungen. Verein fiir Naturkunde. Kassel. Bericht. Verein fiir Naturkunde. Offenbach am Main. Bericht. Verein fiir Naturkunde. Zwickau. Jahresbericht. Verein fiir Naturwissenschaft. Braunschweig. Jahresbericht. Verein fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung. Hamburg. Verhandlungen. Verein fiir siebenbiirgische Landeskunde. Hermannstadt. Archiv. Jahresbericht. Verein fiir vaterlaudische Naturkunde in Wiirtemberg. Stuttgart. Jahreshefte. Verein zur Verbreitung naturwissenschaftliche Kenntnisse. Wien. Schriften. 53 834 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [DeC, Victoria. Department of Mines (Geological Survey of Victoria). Mel- bourne. Monthly Progress Report. [Reports.] Victoria Institute of Trinidad. Port of Spain. Proceedings. Videnskab-Selskab. Kristiania. Forhandlingar. Ofversigt. Skrifter. (Math.-naturv. Klasse). Virginia Agricultural Experiment Station. Blacksburg. Bulletin. K. Vitterhets Historic och Antiquitets Akademien. Stockholm. Antiquarisk Tidskrift for Sverige. Mduadsblad. Vlaamsch Natuur-en Geneeskundig Congres. Handelingen. Wagner Free Institute of Science. PhiladelpMa. Transactions. Washington Academy of Sciences. Washington. Proceedings. *Washington (The) Book Chronicle and Bulletin of Government Publi- cations. Washington. West (The) American Scientist. San Diego. Western Society of Engineers. Chicago. Journal. Western University of Pennsylvania. Alleghenj'. Catalogue. Westfalischer Provinzial-Verein fiir Wissenschaft und Kunst. Munsfer. Jahresbericht. Wiener eutomologische Zeitung. Wien (E.S.). *Wiener illustrirte Garten-Zeituug. Wien. Wilson Ornithological Chapter of the Agassiz Association. Oberlin. ' Bulletin. Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts and Letters. Madison. Transactions. Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey. Madison. Bulletin, llydrographic Maps. Wisconsin Natural History Society. Milveaukee. Occasional Papers. Wyoming Agricultural College and Experiment Station, Laramie. Annual Report. Bulletin. Wyoming Historical and Geological Society. Wilkesbarre. Proceedings and Collections. Yale University. New Haven. Catalogue. Report. i 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 835 Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society. Halifax. Proceedings. Yorkshire Naturalists' Union. Leeds. Transactions. Zeeuwsch Genootschap der Wetenschappen. Middleburg. Archief. *Zeitschrift fiir Biologic. Miinchen. *Zeitschrifl fiir Krystallcgraphie nnd Mineralogie. Leipzig. *Zeitschrift fiir Morphologie iind Anthropologic. Stuttgart. *Zeitscrift fiir Planzenkraukheiten. Stuttgart. *Zcitschrift fiir praktische Geologic. Berlin. *Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftlichc Mikroscopie. Leipzig. *Zcitschrift fiir wissenschaftlichc Zoologie. Leipzig. Zoe. San Diego. *Zoologica. Original-Abhaudlungcn aus dem Gesammtgebiete der Zoologie. Stuttgart. *Zoological Bulletin. Boston. ♦Zoological Record. London. Zoological Society. Loudon. Proceedings. Transactions. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Philadelphia. Annual Report. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft. Wien. Berichte des Comit6s fiir ornithologische Beobachtungsstationen in Oesterreich. Verhandluiigen. Zoologisch-zootomisches Institut. Wiirzburg. *Arbeiten. *Zoologische (Der) Garten. Frankfurt a. M. Zoologische Gesellschaft. Hamburg. Bericht. *Zoologische Jahrbiicher. Jena. Zoologische Station zu Neapel. Napoli. *Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel. *Zoologischer Jahresbericht. Mittheilungen. *Zoologischer Anzeiger. Leipzig. K. zoologisches und anthropologisch-ethnographisches Museum. Dres- den. *Abhandlungen und Berichte. *Zoologisches Centralblatt. Leipzig. Zoologisches Institut der Universitiit. Wien. *Arbeiten. Zoologisches Museum. Berlin. Mittheilungen. ♦Zoologist (The). London. 836 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, INDEX TO SPECIES, ETC., DESCRIBED AND KEFERRED TO IN THE PROCEEDINGS FOR 1901. Species described as new are indicated by heavy-faced, synonyms by italic numerals. Abastor 82 erythrogramraus 83 Acacia farnesiana 559, 561 sphserocephala 559, 561 Acanthostepheia malmgreui . . 167 Acanthozone cuspidata 150 Acarina 568, 595 Acarus reticulatus 596 Acer campestre 358 dasycarpum 358 lactum 358 macrophyllum 358 platanoides 358 pseudo-platauus 358 rubriim 358 sacchariniim 358 Acipenser brevirostris 339 naccarii 838 Acipenseridse 338 Acmsea 203 Heroldi 202 Heroldi var. signata..202, 398 Acmaeidse 202, 398 Acrida nasuta 370 unguiculata 370 AcrididsE 370 Acridinse 370, 376 Acrocomia sclerocarpa 557 Acrostegastes afflnis 376 Acrotylus longipes 372 Acrydium 376 Actinocyclus 322 Ralfsii 323 Actinoptychus 322 Adlantum pedatum 560 ^gina echinata 155 spinifera 154 ^Eginella spiuosissima 154 ^gista niimula 617 iEschna 127 -^sculus Hippocastanum . . 356, 358 I Agaleua longistyliis 576 ngevia 576 Agalenidse 576 Agave sobolifera 559 Agkistrodon 96 contortrix 97 Agria bipunctata 133 putrida 132 Agriocnemis femina 139 Agrion 132, 138 puella 127 pulchellum 127 Agrioniuae 136 Ailanthiis glandulosa.304, 317, 319 Alardus caudatus 719, 720 Alecto eschrichti 179, 180 Alibrotis littoralis I4S Alligator mississippiensis 457 Aloe vulgaris 559 Alopia 470 Alouatta 120 Alveinus minutus 514 Alycfeus liarimensis 562 melanopoma 548, 549 satsumana 548 tanegashimse 562 Alydus eurinus 269 Amathilla homari 167 pinguis 152 Amelauchier 359 Ammocoetes sepytera 328 concolor 328 Ammotrecha peninsulana. .569, 595 Amnicolidae 405 Ampelisca eschrichti 167 Ampelopsis Veitchii. .304, 315, 316 Amoruum 557 Amphiardis 43 inornatus 43 Amphipteryx 135 agrioides 135 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 837 Ampliithopsls megalops Amphiuma Amphiura liolboli . . sundfcvalli Ampullaria Begini Winkleyi Anaetrida Ananassa sativa Anasa tristis Aaatina impura 208 japonica kamakurana Anatinidse 208 Anax Junius Ancistrodou contortrix piscivorus Andropogon bicornis. . . . fastigiatus gracilis leucnstachys saccharoides Anisagrion allopterum.. Anisolabis mcesta Anomalagrion bastatum Anomisma abuorme Anonyx affiuis ampulla bideuticulatus lasena 132 nugax Antedoa celtica esclirichti quadrata Anthermus cephalicus Antbropopithecus 110, Aaura 2215, Anypbaeua Apberusa glacialis Apblebia algerica Apterygida buseina" Aranea cancriformis corollatus extensa mactans thoracica Araneida Araneus ciuereus vatia Area disparilis 210, (Scapbarca) nipponensis 209, Arceutbobium Ai'cbilestes grandis 128, Arcidaj 209, 152 507 178 178 188 189 189 296 609 265 267 , 402 208 208 , 402 127 128 96 97 96 558 558 558 558 558 138 278 138 136 167 14s 147 14s 148 ISO 179 180 376 124 507 574 167 274 273 582 579 581 579 571 568 587 584 402 210 559 139 402 Arctocebus 121, 122 Arcturus bafflni 156 feildeni 156 Argas saucbezi 596 Argemone mexicana 560 Argia agrioides 128, 138, 140 bipunctulata 138 pulla 128, 138 putrida 138 Argiope aurantia 582 transversa 581 Arisa^ma tripbyllum 304, 315 Aristolocbia arborescens 558 Arizona elegans 51 Artocarpus iacisa 557, 560 Arundo occidentalis 557 Aspidiura fragrans 8 Asplenium pellucidum 560 Assiminea angustata 396 Astacodes 118 Asteracantbion albulus 173 grreulandica 173 (Pedicellaster) pakeo- crystallus 181 polaris 171 Asterias bidentata 179 endeca 175 grcenlandica 172 gunueri 172, 181 militaris 176 polaris 171, 181 Astropbyton arclicum 181 Ateles 120, 124 Atomarcbus 18 Atopococblis exaratus 142 Atractomorpba aurivillii 373 Attidae 588 Attus cyaneus 592 nubilus 589 octavus 588 paykuUi 589 rimator 589 Atylus cai'inatus 152 Atys sharpi 183 Augocblora beatissima 222 callicbroma 221 festivaga 223 nana 222 Aulocodiscus Janiscbii 321 mavgaritaceus 321 Oreganus 321, 322 Rogersii 321, 322 Sollittianus 321 Autodax lugubris 503 Avicennia officinalis 557 Baccba clavata 218 Bacbytrupes membranaeeus . . 382 Bacillus gracila 288 S38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Baiera 606 Balanus balanoides 146, 167 crenatus 146, 167 porcatus 146 Balea 471 variegata 470 T.ambusa vulgaris ~)51, 560 Bascanion 56 constrictor 58 constrictor vetustum 5S llaviventris 58 vetustus 58 Bascanium flagelliforme 59 latcrale 61 laterals lateralo 61 ornatum 6S piceum 61 Schottii 63 tseniatum 6S toeniatus 62 tfeniatum subs, ornatum. . 62 Batis 335 Bifidaria armigerella var. lu- cliuana 484 Bithynia cliiueDsis 406 scalaris 406 striatula 405, 406 striatula var. japonica . . . 405 Blatta africana 275 ferretti 276 germanica 275 seuegalensis 274 Blattidae 274 Blennidse 326 Blepharis coruuta 288 Boerliaavia erecta 558 Boa contortrix 97 Boidse 14 Boophilus annulatus 596 Borlasia 727 octoculata 726 olivacea 726 Brachyura 117 Branchinecta paludosa 145 Bryobia pratensis 596 Buccinidai 197, 391 Buccinum Hirasei 391 Bufo lentiginosus 223 Buliminopsis turrita 548 Bulimiuus reinianus "402 reinianus var. hokkaidoni8 402 Byblis gaimardi 149 Cabomba Caroliniaua 321 Caconeura 140 dorsalis 137 Cacosoma 217 Cadulus 513 rallianassa 112 Callianassa conradi 114 faujasi 114 mortoni 112-115 Callinectes 117 Callinera biirgeri 673, 692, 732 Calocoris rapidus 264 Calolampra aptera 276 Calopteninaj 376 Caloptery srinaj 133 Calopteryx 133, 140 apicalis 131, 133 Cornelia 131, 134 maculata 133 spleudens 127 virgo 127 Calyculina 406 Calyptrophorus 513 Campylaspis rubicunda 160 Cancer nugax I48 whitfieldi 118 Canna edulis 557 Cautharidus bisbalteatus. .199, 398 (Pliasianotrochus) Hirasei 199, 398 japonicus 200 Canthigaster margaritatus .... 326 Canthigasteridse 326 Caprella linearis 155 lobata 155 monocera 167 septentrionalis 155 spinifera 154 spinosissima 154 Capsicum annuum 560 baccatum 560 Capsidae 264 Capulus 513 americauus 517 Carcharias melanopterus 325 Carcliarhinus melanopterus. . . 325 Carinella....680, 704, 705, 706, 728 annulata 670, 673 linearis 669, 670, 673 polymorpha 669, 670, 673 rubicunda 673 superba 673 Carinina 680, 727 grata 673 Carinoma 673, 680, 692, 732 armandi 669, 703 tremapborus 659, 688 Carpbopbiops 81 amocnus 81 vermis 81 Carpliopbis 81 amoenus 81 Carychium cymatoplax 562 noduliferum 562 I 1901.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 839 Carychium pessimuni 562 Catalpa bignonioides 359 longissima 557 speciosa 359 Catantops melanostictus 376 Cawendia gallse 373 glabrata 373 Cecropia peltata 557, 560 ■C'edrela odorata 557 Celuta SI amoena 81 lielenae 81 Cemophora 85 coccinea 85 C'entrurus carolinianus 594 Ceuturio 295-300 flavogularis. .295, 297, 300, 302 mcmurtrii 296, 297, 302 mexicanus. . .295, 297, 300, 302 minor 296, 297, 300, 302 senex 297, 300, 302 Centurioninfe 297 Ceplialothrix 731, 732 aliena 672, 673 linearis 659 Cerasus Padus 359 serotina 359 Ceratina maculifrous 216 viridula 217 Ceratinella occidentalis 579 Cerebratulus 676, 706, 721, 724 lacleus, 659, 674, 682, 712, 722- 724 leidyi 659 marginatus 705, 718, 724 Cereus grandifiorus 559 moniliformis 559 triangularis 558 Ceriagrion glabrum 132, 138 Cerithiidse 392 Cerithium cbemnitzianuni . . . . 393 ebeninum 392 • echinatum 392 eximium 393 lineatum 392 maculosum 392 mitraeforme 393 morus 394 rubus 392, 303 Cbsetodon triostegus 325 Chamserops Palmetto 361 Charina 15 bottae 15 brachyops 15 C helanops grossus 594 validus 594 Chelifer degeneratus 594 scabrisculis 594 Chilomeniscus 84 cinctus 85 ephippicus 85 stramineus 85 stramineus cinctus 85 Chilopoma 18 Chion 208 Chionactis 66 episcopa episcopa 67 occipitalis 68 Chiracanthium inclusum 574 Chiropacha modesta 279 Chitonidse 203 Chlcebora gracilis 372 Chloris barbata 558 ciliata 558 cruciata 558 Chloritis eucharistus, 347, 348, 565 fragilis, 348, 565, 617 Hirasei 565 oscitans 348, 565, 617 (Trichochlorites) pumila, 617 Cblorosoma . ". 66 vernalis 66 Chlorostoma argyrostoraum . . 202 argyrostomum var. basili- ratum 202 Cholcepus Hoff manni 366 Chordodes morgani 289-292 puerilis 289-292 Chrysodomus intersculptus. . . 197 intersculptus var. frater.. . 197 391 pericochlion 391 Chrysopbyllum cainito . . .557, 560 Cburchillia bellona 54 Cicurina arcuata 576 Cladocera 145 Clanculus atropurpureus. . .200, 201 gemmulifer 200, 398 bizenensis 201, 898 margaritarius 200 microdon 201 microdon var. atcr 200 Tbomasi 201 unedo 200 Claudiconcha 205 Clausilia 467, 470, 471, 647 aculus 654 Addisoni, 502, 638, 639, 641. 642, 644, 653 sethiops 648 attrita 650 attrita var. infausta 650 aulacophora 624, 649, 650 aulacopoma 656 aurantiaca 636, 637, 652 840 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Clausilia aurantiaca var. Er- beri 477, G52 aurantiaca var. hypopty- chia 652, G37 awajiensis, 423, 480, 481, 499, 500, 623, 625, 626, 049 Bernardii, 409, 418, 419, 420, 422, 651 bigeneris 656 bilabrata, 499, 629-631, 636, 652, 656 bilabrata var. ptycholaema, 652 brevior, 417, 423, 502, 637, 638, 639, 641, 642, 644, 653 brevior var, Addisoni .... 641 buschii 650 callistochila, 412, 413, 421, 652 caryostoma 649 cincticollis 655 comes 654 crassilamellata 655 crenilabium, 418, 419, 420, 422, 651 dalli 656 decussata 648 dlffonoptyx 654 ducalis 615, 648 ducalis var. dorcas 648 eastlakeana. 470, 472, 473, 474 entospira, 501, 637, 644, 645, 653 euholostoma, 469, 470, 472, 473, 654 eurystoma 637, 653 eurystoma subs, brachyp- ty chia 638, 653 excelleus, 409, 418, 420, 422. 651 expansilabris 654 expansilabris vai-. nana. . . 654 expansilabris var. stroph- ostoma 654 Fultoni 648 fultoni subsp. clavula .... 653 fusauajeusis 650 gouldii 655 GracisB 649 gracilispira 476, 477, 649 bachijoensis 466, 467, 651 (Zaptyx) hacliijoensis. . . . 467 bakonensis 650 harimcnsis 480, 625, 649 beteroptyx 649 hickonis 649 bigoensis 499, 625 Hilgendorli 638, 653 Ilirasei 466, 651 (Zaptyx) Ilirasei 465 Clausilia Ilirasei var. kikai- ensis 651 Iliraseana 483, 648 bolotrema 654 hokkaidoensis 4S0 hondana 638, 642 Hungerfordiana, 468, 469, 470, 472, 473, 654 byperolia 62S, 649 hyperolia var. aptycliia . . 649 byperolia var. planulata. . 649 byperolia var. rectaluna.. 649 liyperoptvx. .409, 423, 466, 651 iscbua . . ^ . .500, 625, 626, 650 iscbna var. neptis 500 iguobilis 625, 650, 656 ijinise 655 interlamellaris 648 iotaptyx 475, 636, 651, 656 iotaptyx var. clava. . . .475, 651 ischna var. nei)lis, 625, 626, 650 Jacobiana 638, 641, 653 .japomca 637, 639, 653 japonica var. iuterplicata. 637, 653 japonica var. pallens. .637, 653 japonica var. perobscura, 482, 653 japonica var. surugaj. .638, 653 j OS 654 kobensis 637, 653 kocliiensis 650 lirulata 655 Martensi 648 Martensi var. Reiniana. , . 648 Martensi form tinctilabris . 648 micropeas 478, 480, 649 micropeas var. bokkaido- ensis 480, 649 micropeas var. perpallida, 479, 480, 649 mikado.. 475, 629, 636, 651, 656 mima 412, 417, 652 Mitsukurii (i48 monelasmus, 468, 470, 472, 473, 480, 654 munus 422, 423, 624, 651 nesiotbauma. . . . 412, 414, 653 nikkoensis 638, 653 nipponensis 637 nodulifera 655 Nolani 649 omiensls 651 oostoma 638, 653, 65(> opeas 649 ortbatracta 636, 651 Oscariana....499, 630-632, 652 oshimaj 412, 415, 652 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 841 Clausilia oxycvma...626, 634, 636, 652 perignobilis, 481, 482, 500, 625, 650 perignobilis var. kocliiensis, 482, 625 perpallida 479 pigra (550 pinguis 655 pinto. . .501, 624, 627, 645, 651 platyauchen 623, 650 platydera....4t.3, 418, 624, 650 platydera var. kiiensis. . . .651 plaiydera var. lambda 650 plicabilis 636 plicilabris 499, 500, 652 plicilabris var. ptycliola?ma 632 prseclara 409, 422, 651 proba 654, 655 pseudoshimse . . . .412, 416, 652 ptychochila, 409, 412, 418, 420, 623, 624, 651 ptychocyma, 501, 627, 628 635, 651 ptvcbocyma var. yaku- sbimse 501, 629, 651 Reiniana 64S nipponensis 65S schmackeri 650 sericina 649 sericina var. rhopalia, 624, 649 sbanghaiensis 654 shikokuensis 482, 625, 650 sieboldi 653 spreta 655 Stearnsii, 409, 411, 638, 642, 643, 653 stenospira 655 (Stereophsednsa) stereoma, 502, 638, 641, 653 stereoma var. cognata, 502, 644, 053 stereoma var. nui^ax, 502, 644. 653 stimpsoni 655 strictaluna 650 strictaluna var. major. . . . 650 strictaluna var. naua 650 subaurantiaca . . . .625, 626, 650 subgibbera 654 subignobilis 655 subjaponica 638, 653 sublunellata, 477, 623, 624, 649 subulina 649 subulina var. leucopeas . . .649 surugensis . .630, 631, 633, 652 Clausilia tanegashimas, 500, 628, 629, 634, 635, 652 tantilla 655 tau 654 tetraptyx 639, 640, 653 tosana 649 Tryoni 466, 467, 654 una 656 valida 409, 410, 637, 652 valida var. fasciata 411, 652 valida var. perfasciata, 411, 652 valida var. striatella 411, 652 validiuscula 623, 624, 648 (Reinia) variegata 473, 654 (Reinia) varietjata var. ne- siotica, 467, 472-474, 054 vasta 648 viridiflava 648 yokobamensis 648 Clausiliidse 465, 499 Clava 392, 393 berculea 392 maculata 392 rubus 392, 393 rugata 392 serratum 393 Clavilitbes chamberlaini 602 humerosus var. texanus . . 603 kennedyanus 602 longeevus.^ 603 scalaris 603 Cleobis peninsulana 595 Cleonaria gracila 288 Clenophis 42 kirtlandi 41, 42 Clubiona inclusa 574 Clubionidaa 574 Coecilia 507 Coeliccia octogesima 137 Coelopoma 496 Coffea arabica 560 Coluber 44, 45, 51, 52 abacurus S2 sestivus 65 amcenus SI arizonse 51 (Opbis) californiyj '78 calligaster 80 catenifer 53-54 coccineus 85 confinis 49 constrictor 5S corais , . .... 44 couperii 44 doliatus 71 emoryi 00, 50 eques 35 ervthrogrammus SS 842 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Coluber fasciatus 36 flagellum 59 flaviventns 58 lulvius 95 getulus 76, 77 guttatus 46, 50 guttatus seltatus 11, 46 itBtus 49 leberis 33 lineaticollis 495 melanoleucus 54, 55 mutabilis 495 obaoletus 46, Al, 48 obsoletus confinis 49, 495 obsoletus lemniscatus .... 49 obsoletus lindheimeri 48 obsoletus obsoletus 47, 48 parletalis 28 planiceps 94 proximus SO punctatus 69 quadrivittatus 46 rigidus 33 rosaceous \\, 46 saurita 19 sayi 55 simus 90 sipedon : 37, 55 sirtalis .?5, 26 spiloides .- 49 striatulus 43 subocularis 492, 495, 613 testaceus. 59 triangulus 73 triaspis 495 vernalis 66 Tulpinus 50 (Zacholus) zonatup 79 Colubridae 16 Colurabella californica ....... 390 japonica 196 "luisera 196, 197, 389 misera var. californica 390 luisera var. polyny ma .... 390 polynyma 196 Columbellidas 196, 389 Compsosoma 44 corals couperi 44 Compsothespis auomala 280 falcifera 280 Coniferae 361 Coniophanes 92 imperialis 92 Conocephalus mandibularis . . . 381 Contia 5>'>, 65, 66, 66 aestiva 65 episcopa 67 episcopa episcopa 67 Contia episcopa isozona 67 episcopa torquata 67 isozona 67 mitis 68 occipitale 68 pygsea 39 taylori 67 vernalis 66 Copepoda 145 Copera atomaria 137 Cora inca 136 marina 136 Corbicula awajiensis 407 martensi 407 sadoensis 406 Cordia 217 Cordulegaster annulatus 127 bidentatus 127 Cordulia senea 127 Coreidae 264 Coriarachne versicolor 584 Corinna 568 bicalcarata 575 Coriscus ferus 267 Corixa verticalis 261, 262 Corizus alternatus. . . .261, 267, 268 annulatus 268 Cornus Mas 359 Coronella 68, 70 amabilis 70 calligaster 79, 80 coccinea 74 doliata 74 gentilis 73-75 getula 76-78 micropholis 75 punctata 69 regalis 70 rhombomaculata 79 sayi 76 triangulum 73 zonata 79 Corynura aenigma 218 atromarginata 217 chapadicola 218, 219 (Corynuropsis) darwini. . 220 discolor 217 jucunda 218, 219 pseudobaccha 218, 219 semimarginata 218, 219 (Corynuropsis) sublata. . . 221 Corynuropsis 220 Coscimodiscus 321, 322 Cosmorhyssa fasciata 372 C rang on (Sclerocrangon) boreas 163 Crataegus 359 Cremastogaster lineolata. .432. 536 I 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rillLADELPlIlA. 843 Creobroter virescens 287 Ciibrella oculata 174, 180 sanguinoleata llli. Ciinoidea 179 Crossaster papposus 174 Crotalinus catenatus 98 Crotalophorus 97 catenatus catenatus 99 censors 99 censors edwardsii 99 Edwardsii 99 Kirtlaudii 99 miliarius 100 tcrgeminus 99 Crotalus 100 adamanteus 102 adamanteus adamanteus 102, 105 adamanteus atrox 103 adamanteus scutulatus lOS atrox 103 atrox atrox 103 atrox ruber 104 cerastes 107 confluentus. .103, IO4., 104, 105 confluentus confliTentus. . . 104. confluentus lecontii 105 confluentus lucifer 105 confluentus pulverulentus IO4. durissus 102, 106 horridus 106 lepidus 107 lucifer 105 miliarus 100 mitchelli 108 mitchelli mitchelli lOS mitchelli pyrrhus 108 molossus 101 oregonus 105 piscivorus 96 price! 108 pyrrhus 108 ruber I04 scutulatus 103 terrificus 101 tigris 107 Cryptoplacidse 204 Crvptoplax 204 Gunnii 204 japonicus 204 larvaeformis 204 rhodoplax 204 striatus 204 Ctenidse 586 Ctenus hibernalis 586 Cucumaria californica 169 frondosa 169, 170 Cucurbita pepo 560 Cupressus Lawsoniaua 356 Cyrenida; 406 Cyclophorus courbeti 349 fulguratus 349 Hirasei 348 jourdyi 349 turgidus 545 turgidus var. angulatus . . 549 Cylindropalaiaa 350 Cylindrostreus productus 341 Cyclophis 65 oestivus 65 Cyclophoridse 496 Cymatomera brunneri 380 hyperborea 380 modesta 380 Cymbuliopsis 509, 510 calceola 509-511 ovata 509 vitrea 509, 510, 511 Cymus luridus 261, 263 Cymocephalus 119 Cyprinus maxillingua 339 Cyrena 406 Cyrtacanthacris ruflcornis .... 376 tataricus 376 Dalatias licha 332 Dalatiida; 332 Daphnella fragilis var. articu- lata 385 lymnaeformis 385 ornata 386 supercostata 386 Daphuia rectispina 145 Dasyatida; 337 Dasyatis brucco 337 violacea 338 Dasybatis asterias 333 Dasypua novemcinctus 366 sexcinctus 366 Datames californica 594 sulphurea 594 Datura stramonium 455 Decticus vittatus 374 Dendrophthora 559 cupressoides 559 gracile 559 opuntioides 559 Dendrophycus 605 Dendryphantcs 589 octavus 588 vitis 589 Dentalium 513 mississippiense 517 Dermacentor reticulatus 596 Derocalymma capucina 276 erythrenia 276 Deropeltis autraniaua 275 844 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Deropeltis schweinfurtlii 275 wahlbergi 275 Desmodium axillare 558 Diadophis 68 amabilis 70 amabilis amabilis 70 amabilis docilis 70 amabilis pulcbellus 70 amabilis stictogenys 69, 70 docilis 70 pulcbellus 70 punctatus 69 regalis 70 regalis arnyi 70 regalis regalis 70 Diastylis goodsiri 159 rathkei 159 scorpioides 160 spinulosa 168 Dictyna 577 arundinacoides 577 sublata 577 texana ."iOg, 577 Dictynida) 577 Dioscorea alata 560 Diospyrus Virginlana 359 Diplax 127 corrupta 128 Diplommatina 350 cassa 351, 353 insularum 351 kobelti 352 luchuana 352 osbimaj 351 pusilla 350, 353 saginata 351, 497 septentrionalis 352 tanegashim;E 497 turris 350 uzenensis 353 Diplommatinida;' 350 Dipsas septentrionalis 91 Disparoneura 132, 140 analis 137 collaris 137 Dittopternis couloniana 372 Donacidse 207, 400 Donax Bertini 189 bipartitus 190 Erytbraiensis 190 kiusiuensis 207, 400 Madagascariensis 190 Oweni 190 spiculum 190 Drassida 571 Drassodes robustus 509, 573 Drassus robustus 572 Drepanopborus 682 latus 706 Dromicus 87 flavilatus 88 Dryopitbeeus 124 Dy tbemis sterilis 128 Ebo mexicana 569, 585 Ecbinella Cumingi *198 Cumingi var. lucbuana . . 198, 394 Ecbmoidea 170 Ecbinus drobachiensis 170 Ectopbylla 296 Elapbis 45 spiloides lf,9 Elaps 94 distans 95 euryxantlius 95 fulvius 95 tenere 95 tristis 95 Erythrolamprus 92 Elita somalica 280 Elodea Canadensis 320 Emargiuaria 412 Empusa egena 288 Enallagma aspersum 132, 188 cyatbigenim 127 ebrium 132, 138 geminatum 132, 138 Entada scandens 558 Epacromia tbalassina 371 Epallage fatime 135 Epeira aculeata 569, 582 displicata 582 fasciata 581 gemma 583 labyrinthea 582 moesta 583 nephiloides 569, 583 oaxensis 569, 582 placida 582 riparia 5S2 trifolium 583 trivittata 58S vertebrata 5S2 Epciridoe 581 I-Cpidendrum 558 Eptesicus fuscus 618 fuscus bernardinus 619 fuscus osceola 618 fuscus tyjMcus 619 peninsular 619 Eragrostis ciliata 558 Eremiapbila arabica 276 aristides 277 somalica 276 spec. var. arabicai 27G Eremobates 594 californicus 594 pallipes 594 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 845 Erigone perplexa oSO pictilis 579 Erythagrion 128 salvum 138 Erythrolamprus imperialis. ... 92 Erythromma najas 137 Erylhronium 455 Esox osseus 34.O Euchelus ruber 201 ruber var. brunnens 201 Euleptorhamphus 293 Eugnatha pallida 581 Eulima dunkeriana 395, 396 luchuana 396 nitidula 396 pliillppiana 395, 396 Eulimella 895 Eulimidse 395 Eulota 547 (Plectotropis) semula 564 (iEgista) aperta var. ca- vata 564 (^gista) aperta var. tachy- derma 614 caliginosa 347, 545 callizoaa var. Dixoni 547 connivens 465 (Plectotropis) deflexa. . . . 563, 564 (^gista) kobensis 564 lepidophora var. tenuis. . . 546 luhuana 545 luhuana var. uesiotica. . . . 614 (Euhadra) luhuana var. pacbya 614 mercatoria 347 mercatoria var. dgemorum 545 f -^gista) mimuloides 617 (Plectotropis) omiensis. . . 545 (Euhadra) oshimse 346 (Plectotropis) pannosa . . 563 Sargentiana . . 193 (Plectotropis) shikokuen- sis 545 sieboldiana 545 succincta 194 succincta var. amblytro- pis 193 trochula 563 vulgivaga * 563 Eupagurus pubescens 165 Euphaea 131, 140 impar 135 lara 135 ochracea 135 variegata 135 Euphsedusa 410, 466, 467, 468. 471, 473, 474, 647, 654 Eupolia 674, 676, 702 Euryopis funebris 579 Eurypchna steindachneri .... 570 Euryphymus 378 erythropus 378 Eusirus cuspidatus 167 Eutnsnia 11,18 brachystoma 26 butleri 26 couchii 24 cyrtopsis 25 c. ocellata 25 elegans 22 e. biscutata 23 e. brunuea 23 e. couchi 24 e. elegans 23 e. lineolata 23 e. Marciana 24 e. ordinoides 2S e. plulonia 23 e. vagrans 23 eques 25 Faireyi 20 iiammondii 24 iufernalis infernalis 2S insigniarum 21 macrostemma 21 megalops 21 m. megalops 21 nigrolateris 24. Pickeringii 29 proxima 20 radix 20 sackeni 20 saurita 19 sirtalis 25 s. concinna 28 s. dorsalis 2S s. graminea 26 s. obscura 26, 28 s. parietalis 28 s. pickeringi 29 s. semifasciata 26 s. sirtalis 26 s. tetratsenia 28 s. trilineata 29 Euterpe oleracea 557 Euthemisto libellula 147 Euthore hyalina 131, 136 Euthria fuscolabiata 389 hokkaidonis 389 Evermanella 211 atrata 212 balbo 211 Evermannellidae 211 Evermannia 211 Exochoderes aurantiacus 376 846 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Exoccetidse 293 Eyprepocnemis charjientieri. . 378 guineensis 378 herbaceus 377 somalicus 376 Farancia 82 abacura 82 Fasciolaria gigantea 552 gigantea subsp. recvci . . . 552 princeps 552 reevei 552 Fasciolariidse 197, 390 Ficimia 84 cana 84 Filistata hibernalis 570 Filistatidae 570 Fischeria sp 284 Fodiator acutus 293 Forficesila moesta 273 Forficulidae 273 Formica fusca 420, 440 sanguiuea 440 Fossarus ambiguus 190 capensis 190 pusillus 190 Fragaria vesca 560 Fraxinus Americana ooG, 361 sambucifolia 361 Fuentes 568 pertinax 591 vittata 590 Galago 121 Galeodes pallipes 594. Galeorhinus galeus 332 Galeidaj 325, 330 Galeus cauis 332 Melastomus 329 mento 331 mustelus 330 Gamarus locusta 153 Gammaracanthus loricatns . . . 153 Gammarus loricatus 153 pinguis 152 Ganesella 547 Adelina; 546 cristata 566 fausta 546 japonica 540, 566, 567 japouica var. carinata. . . . 567 japonica granulosa 567 japonica var. granulosa. . 567 Largillierti 546, 547 pagodula 546 selasia 566 tanegashiuiic var. dulcis. . 565 Gasteracantha cancriformis. . . 582 Gastrimargus marmoratu? .... 371 verticalis 371 Gastrodonta ligera 346 Gayenna marginalis 574 Georgia 4i couperii 44 obsoleta 44 Glaucoiiia 13 dissectu 13 dulcis 13 humilis 14 GlauconiidiE 13 Gleditschia 358 Glyptonotus 168 Gnapliosa conspersa 569, 572 distincta 569, 572 hirsutipes 573 Gomphus 127 Gordius 719 fasciatus spinifer 720 fragilis spinifer 720 purpureus spinifer 720 viridis spinifer 720 Gorilla 119 Grammonota pictilis 569, 579 Graphephorum melicoidis 8 Gryllidse 381 Gryllotalpa africana 381 Gryllus ater 382 erythropus 37S fasciatus 372 marmoratus 371 membranaceus 382 (Locusta) morbillosus. . . . S74 (Acrida) nasuta 370 pelluceus 382 ruficornis 376 sp 382 (Locusta) tataricum S76 (Locusta) thielepbora. . . .' 375 tbalassinus 371 Guaiacum oflBcinale 561 Gyalopium 84. canum 84 Gynandropsis pentaphylla. ... 560 Habrocestum birsutum 591 oregonense 569, 591 Hsematoxvlon campecbianum. 557 Ilaldea..: 43 striatula 43 Halesia diptera 359 Mechani .' ■ 359 tetraoptera 359 Halirages fulvocinctus 151 Ilamalatiwa grisea 588 Haminea natalensis 182 succinea var. solidior 182 zanzibarica 182 zelandiae 182 Haploops tubicola 167 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELnilA. 847 Haploparia gladiator IIG Harmostes 269 reflexulus 361, 368 Helcioniscus 303 eucosmius 303 Helicidaj 193, 403 Helicina verecunda 497 yseyamensis 497 Helicinidse 497 Heliconia 557 bihai 557 psittacorum 557 Helicops 40 alleni 40, 40 Helix patruelis 567 tabuensis 567 Hemiexoccetus 293 caudimaculatus 294 Hemiphaedusa, 410, 413, 418, 474, 475, 476, 499, 500, 501, 502, 623, 625, 629, 648, 655 Hemiphlebia mirabilis . . . .132, 139 Hemiptera 261-269 Hemiramphidge 293 Hemiramplins 293 Herpetogomphus elaps 128 Herpyllus atra 571 Hetaerina 131, 139, 140 americana 128, 134, 135 cruentata 134 occisa 134 titia 134 vulnerata 134 Heteragrion 131, 139, 140 chr^sops 137 erythrogastrum 136 inca 137 Heterodon 88 atmodes S9 cognatus S9 nasicus 90 nasicus kennerlyi 90 nasicus nasicus 90 niger 89 platyrhinus 88, 88 simus 90 Heterogamia africana 275 sp 375 Heterotypus africanus 383 Hetrodes horridus 381 Hibiscus borealis 163 esculentus 560 sabdariflEa 560 trilobus 560 Hippolyte gaimardi 162 grcBnlandica 162 phippsi 161 polaris 163 Hippolyte sowerbyi 161 Ho.ocentridce 335 Holoceutruni microstomus . ■ . . 325 Holocentrus microstomus 325 Holothuria frondosa 169 Holothuroidea 169 Homalocranium 92 coronatum 93 planiceps 93 Homalattus cyaneus 592 Homolophus biceps 593 Hoplocorypha bottegi 284 rapax • • • 284 Hoplonyx cicada - - . 167 Hoploparia gabbi 115, 117 Hubrechtia. .673, 692, 727, 738, 731 Hyas araneus 165 Hyla andersonii 342 Hylobates 119 Hyperia galba 147 Hypogeophis 507 Hyponeura lugens 132, 138 Hyporhamphus 293 Hypsiglena 87 cliloropbaja 87 ocbrorhyncha 57, 87 texana 87 Ichthyomyson coucolor 328 Ichthyophis 507 Icius neomexicauus 5189 peckhamse 590 piraticus 590 similis 569,590 Idolomorpha dentifrons 388 Ilex Aquifolium 357 obcordata 557 opaca . . ■ 357 Indris 131, 133 Indrodon 133 Ischnognatlius U, 4^ dekayi 4^ kirtlandi 4^ liueatus 43 occipitomaculatus 4^ Ischnomantis media 284 spinigera 384 Ischnopoda reyi 288 Ischnoptera picea 375 Ischuura elegans 137 heterosticta 133, 138 Ramburii var. credula.138, 138 verticalis 139 Ischyrocerus anguipes 154 Ixodes annulatus 596 bo vis 596 diversifossus 596 Janthe bovallii 158 erostrata 158, 159 848 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Junthe laciniata 159 libbeyi 159 spinosa 158 triangulata 159 Juglans 360 Juniper 454 Kaliella borealis 346 crenulata 404 fraterna 404 harimensis 404, 548 kyotoensis .... 548 ]ioderma 404 modesta ... 548 multivolvis 404 nahaensis 548 nahaensis var. kunchana. 548 nanodes 548 pagoduloides 404, 548 prsealta 547 ruida 404 subcrenulata 404 Koelreuteria 358 Labidura 273 Lselaps 596 Lseviraja 335 Laguncularia racemosa 557 Lamprocystis spadix var. ciuc- tus 194 Lampropeltis annulatus 75 boylii 78 californise 78 multistriatus 75 rhombomaculatus 79 zonatus 79 Lamprosoma episcopum 67 Lan gia 724 formosa 682 Lapparia 513 Larrea 589, 592 Lasius interjectus 596 umbratus 432 Lathrodectus mactans 579 Laurus Sassafras 359 Lepidium virginicum 560 Lepidosteus bison 340 crassus 340 osseus 340 otarius 341 platostomiis 341 Lepidurus glacialis 145 Lepisosleidae 340 Leptagrion macrurum ....132, 139 Leptobasis vacillans 132, 139 Leptocnemis bilineata 137 Leptodira 91 septentrionalis 91 Leptophis 65 sestivns 65 Leptophis lateralis 61 majalis 65 tifiuiatus 62 Leptopterna dolobrata 264 Leptothyra rubra 398 rubra var. laevicostata . . . 398 sy nguinea 398 Leptotyphlops dulcis 13 Lestes 127, 140 disjunctus 132, 139 leda 132, 139 tenuatus 128, 139 vigilax 139 virens 127 Lethia trivitatta 577 Libellago caligata 131, 135 curta 131, 135 Libellula 126, 127 Lichanura 14 orcutti 14. roseofusca 14 trivirgata I4 Ligaria producta 281 trigonalis 281 Lima Dunkeri 209 bians 402 hians var. birasei 402 Hirasei 209 orientalis 209 Limidse 209, 402 Limnaea palustris 182 Lineus 721 geniculatus 674 gesserensis 726 lacteus 674 sanguineus 726 Linypliia communis 580 pbrygiana 580 Liobunum townseudi 593 Liodytes 40 allenii 4(^ Liopeltis 66 vernalis 66 Liophis 87 flavilatus 88 Liquidamber styraciflua 361 Liriodendron tulipifera, 304, 309 -312, 319, 356 Lithurgus atratus 210 corumbse 216 rufipes 216 Lithyphantes corollatus 579 fulvus 569, 579 Littorinidse 198, 394 Lobelia Canbyi 8 Locusta 371 mandibularis S81 Lodia 66 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 849 Lodia tenuis 6S Loris 121 Loxosceles unicolor 571 Luchiiphsedusa, 410, 411, 433, C47, 653 callistocbila 656 Luciua cumingii 184, 185 (Divaricella) dalliana 184 deutata 184, 185 (Divaricella) huttoniaua . 184 liuttouiana 184 quadrisulcata 184, 185 Lycopersicum esculeutum. . . . 560 Lycosa babiugtoni 556' carolinieusis 586 coloradensis 586 concinna 587 glacialis 5S7 iiellus 586 luodesta 569, 586 uidcola 586 sternalis 587 Lycosidoe 586 Lygaeidaj 364 Lygus prateusis 361, 363, 264 Lyria costata 513 L^'sianessa appeudiculata 14S bidenticulatus I47 lagena 148 nugax 147 Lj'torbyncbus 64 brown! 64 decurtatus 64 Macacus 119, 134 Machoeridia bilineata 370 Madura tinctoria 557 Macroclilamys Doenitzi 498 dulcis ..'. 562 Gudei 345 perfragilis 345, 563 , tanegasbimae 498 Macrostoma bystrix 718 Magnolia acuminata. .357, 363, 363 couspicua 357 Fraseri 357 macropbylla 357 tripetela 357 Mammillaria simples 559 Mandarina mandariua var. ponderosa 402 Mangifera iudica 560 Manis 366 Mantidae 376 Mantis fenestrata 384 sacra 384 undata 3"*7 Marptusa californica 589 Masticopbis 56 54 Masticopbis flagelliformis 59 ornatus 62 Scbottii 62 tajniatus 62 Mecistogaster 140 modestus 136 ornatus 136 Meclvclia annulata 733 aurautiaca 733 Knerii 719, 733 Megalopbtedusa, 410, 483, 639, 647, 648 Megapodagrion veuale 136 Megaloprepus 136 Melita dentata 153 Melocactus communis 559 Meuispermum canadense, 304, 313 Meriola 568 inornata 574 Micaria albocincta 573 Micratbyria Hageni 138 Micrella ruta 688, 731 Microcebus 131 Microcystiua ceratodes 498 Hiraseana 498 Micromerus 131 lineatus 135 obscurus 135 Microueta soltaui 581 Microps lineatus 4^ Microstigma anomalum 136 rotundatum 136 Micrura 673, 677, 731, 734 alaslvensis 668, 670, 738 C3eca,659, 668, 670, 734, 738, 731 fasciolata 719, 730 purpurea 718, 734 Mimosa pudica 560 Miomantis fenestrata 3S4 sp 384 Misumena 584 oblonga 584 vatia 584 Mitopus biceps 593 Mitra analogica 387 collinsoui 387 fuscoapicata 387 gotoensis 387 (Costellaria) bizenensis . . 386 (Costellaria) vauattai .... 387 semisculpta 387 Mitridae 386 Mnais strigata 134 Momordica cbarantia 560 Monoculodes borealis 149 Morus alba 359 Munnopsis typica 159 Murex 393 850 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Muricidae 387 Musa coccinea 557 Bapientum 557, 560 Mustelus equetris 330 mento 331 Myctophum pliengodes 620 remiger 620 Myodocba serripes 267 Myriophyllum spicatum 321 Myriotrochus rinkii 170 Mysis oculata 160 Myzostoma 737 Nabis annulatus 261, 264 Narcobatidse 336 Natrix 32 clarkii 33 compressicauda S4. c. bivittata 35 c. compsolaema 35 c. tajniata 35 c. walkerii 35 fasciata erytbrogaster 36 f. fasciata 36 f. pictieveutris 36 f. pleuralis 36 f. sipedon 37 grabamii 33 Icberis 32 rbombifera 38 rigida 33 taxispilotus 3i) iista 35 Nauphoeta gestrianu 276 Nebalia bipes 14(j Nectocrangon lar 164 Negundo 358 Nebaleunia lais 133, 138 Nemertes 719 Neobeliscus 142 Neobela monstrosa 167 Neoneura 132, 137 Nerita helicinoides var. losvi- labris 397 helicinoides var. tristis . . . 397 niarlensiana 397 striata 397 Neritidae 397 Nerodia 32 compressicauda 34. erytbrogaster 36 fasciata 36 fasciata transversa 37 Ilolbrookii 38 rbonibifer 38 sipedon 37 taxispilotus 39 transversa 37 Woodbousii 37 Nomioides 223 Nopalea coccinellifera 559 Nycticebus 121 jSTymphon grossipes 166 hirtipes 166 liirtum 166 longitarse 165 robustum 168 serratum 166 stroemi 168 Nyssa 359 Ocbropblebia subcylindrica. . . 873 Odonata 126 Odondostomus 211, 212 Odontostomus 211 atratus 212 balbo 211 hyaliuus 211 CEcantbus pelluceus 382 (Edaleus instillatus 372 verticalis 371 (Edancala dorsalis 269 Gi^dipoda galinieri 372 longipes 37S migraloroides 372 (Edipodinse 371 (Edogonium. 598-601 Olios abuormis 586 concolor 586 fasciculatus 569, 585 giganteus 585 Omosudis 212 lowii 212, 212 Ompbalotropis japonicus 405 OnclostomidiE 211 Onesimus edwardsi 148 Ouitbocbiton 204 Hirasei 203 Opbiacantba bidentata 178 spinulosa 179 Opbiocoma ecbinulata 179 Ophibolus 70 alternus 612 Boylii 78 calligaster 80 clericus 72 doliatus 71, 7^, 94 d. annulatus 75 d. clericus 72 d. coccineus 74 d. doliatus 73 d. gentilis 75 d. parallelus 73 d. syspilus 73, 75 d. temporalis 72 d. triangulus 72 eximius 72 2;entilis 75 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 851 Ophiocoma getulus 76, 77 g. boylii 78 g. californine 78 g. getulus 77 g. sayi 76 g- niger 77 g. splendidus 7G leonis 613 multistratus 7^, 75 pyrrhoraelas 79, 613 rhombomaculalus 79 sayi 76 splendidus 76 zonatus 79, 613 Ophiocten kroyeri 177 sericeum 177 Ophioglypha robusta 176 sarsii 176 struwitzii 181 Ophiolepis fasciculata 177 robusta 176 sundevalli 17S Ophiopholis aculeata 178, 181 bellis 17S Ophiura fragilis 179 sarsii 176 sericea 177 squamosa 176 Ophiuroidea 176 Opuutia spiuossissima 559 tuua 559 Orbitoides 516 mantelli 514-518 Orchomenella iiiinuta 167 Oreodoxa oleracea 557 Ortbemis ferru^iiiea 128 Orthetrum ''. 127 ( )rycturopus 366 Osceola 70 annulatus 75 doliata triangula 73 elapsoidea 74 syspilus 75 Ostracoda 145 Oxyliaboa ferretti 276 Oxyopes 568 pictipes 587 Oxyopbthalma gracila 286 ()xyopida3 587 Oxypila annulata 286 Pacbylomerus 568 modestus 570 Pacbytylus migratoroides .... 372 Paliana 350 Pallene discoidea 166 hispida 106 Palophus reyi 288 Paludina 188 Pampbaginai 375 Pandalus borealis 161 Panicum colonum 558 birsutum 558 maximum 558 Panopeus 2 Pantala hymensea 128 Papillina 513 Papio 124 Paradulichia typica 154 Parampliitboe bicuspis 150 megalops 152 Paraphlebia 131, 133, 136 Parapolia aurantiaca 688 Paraspbeudale minor 285 Paratylus smitti 167 Paroedicerus lynceus 149 Pardosa glacialis 569, 587 luteola 5S7 sterualis 587 Parnasnus griseus 588 Paspalum disticbum 558 paniculatum 558 platycaule 558 virgalum 558 Passitlora coerulea. 557 laurifolia 558 perfoliata 558 Patella grata 202 luchuana 202 pallida 202 Patellidte 202 Pecten poulsoni 514-517 Pellenes birgei 592 cockerelli 591, 591 coguatus 592 birsutum 591 klauserii 593 oregonense 591 politus 592 Penicillium crustaceum 541 Pentadactylogascer oculatus.. 174 Pentatomidge 264 Pereskia aculeata 559 Periplaneta atricolli.s 275 wablbergi S75 Peristernia crocea 390 infracincta 197 scabrosa 390, 391 ustulata 198 ustulata var. Ir.cbuana 197, 390 xantbostoma 390 Perodicticus 121, 122 Persea gratissima 560 Petasia grisea 375 sp 375 Petricola cyclus 204, 205, 400 cj'clus var. sculpt urata . . . 400 852 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Petricola litbophaga 205 monslrosa 205 sculpturata 205 typica 400 Petricolaria 205 sequistriata 205 Petricolidae 204, 400 Phfedusa 470. 471 Phgeophyllacris abyssiaica 382 Phalangida 568, 593 Phalanginm cinereum 509, 593 Pliaou fuliginosus 131, 134 iridipeunis 131, 134 Phasianella 199 Phasianotrochus 199 Phasmidse 288 Phenacisma peltata 276 Pherusa tricuspis 151 Phidippus ardens 588 auctus 589 bicolor 569, 588 californicus 588 comatus 588 opifex 588 tyrelli 588 Philseus rimator 589 Philodendron lacerum 558 Philodromus alaskensis 585 iuquisitor 585 spectabilis 585 Philogenia 140 Berenice 136 Cassandra 136 Phimothyra decurtata Gif hexalepis 63 Phlceoba antennata 371 mossambicensis 371 Pholcidic 571 Pholcus cornutus 571 gibbosus 571 globosus 571 Phoradendron berterianuni. . . 559 flavescens 559 rubrum 559 schottii 559 Plirurolitlius 576 Phyllorhyncbus 64 brow ni 64 decurtatus 64 hyllostomatidse 297 ^ hymatens aegrotus 374 morbillosus 374 sp 375 Phymatidae 264 Physocyclus globosus 569, 571 Pilidium auriculatum 720 gyrans 720 Pinus exceha 357 Pinns flexilis var. Murravana. 355 Pinea " 361 pungens 361 Pisidium 406 Pistia stratiotes 557 Pituophis 52 belloua 55 catenifer 53 melanoleucns 55 Wilkesii 53 Pityophis 52, 495 annectens 53 bellona 5J^ catenifer 52 c. bellona 54 c. catenifer 53 c. deserticola 5U 0. sayi 55 McClellanii 55 melanoleucns 55 sayi 55 s. bellona 5/^ s. sayi 55 vertebralis 495 Planaria filaris 722 Platanus occideutalis 360 orientalis 360 Platycnemis 131, 137 pennipes 127 Platyrhina triseriata 333 Platyrhinoides triseriatus 333 Plectrotropis 844 Plethodon 507, 508 cinerens 503-508 PleurotomidiB 385 Pleustes panoplus 150 Plexippus paykulli 589 Pliopitbecus 124 Podagrion 131, 136 Podophyllum peltatum 304 Pcecilocapsus goniphorus 264 lineatus 264 Pcecilocerus aegrota 37 ^ vittatus 374 PcEcilochroa montaua 569. 572 Polypodium aureum 558 Ponera coarctata 432, 440 Pontogeneia inermis 151 Popa undata 287 Pornotrips horridus 381 Potamides 392 Pristiurus 329 melastomus 330 Procyon lotor 596 Prosadenoporus 682 Prosopis 561 juliflora 559 Prosthesima atra 571 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF rHILADELPHIA. 853 Prosthesiraa blanda 572 cockerelli 571 Protenor 269 belfragei •• 269 Protoneura 131, 133, 137 aurantiaca 137 Psammobatis brevicaudatus . . 336 Pseudalibrouis littoralis 148 Pseudocreobotra amarsE 286 wahlbergii 286 Pseudoharpax virescens 287 Pseudoleon siiperbus 128 Pseudoliva 513 Pseudonenia 647, 653 Pseudopallene discoidea 166 hispida ■ • • • ^^^ Pseudoscorpionida 568, 594 Pseudostigma 131, 140 aberrans 136 Psidium guajava 560 Psilochorus pnllulus 571 Pteraster militaris 1*76 Pterois radiata 326 Pteromyzonidts 328 Pterophyllum 606 Punica granatum .... 560 Pupid^ 402,465,484 Pupinella fruhstorferi 349, 350 Funatoi 497 oshimce 349 rufa ..• 349, 350, 497 rufa var. tanegashima 497 tsushimana 349, 350 Purpura 388 alveolata 388 browni 388 clavigera 3S8 luteostoma 388 saxicola •_ • • 388 tumulosavar. problematica 388 Pycnodictya galinieri 372 Pycnogonida 165 Pyramidellidse 394 Pyrazus baudini 392 Pyrgomorphina; 373 Pyrrhosoma minium 127, 138 tenellum 127,132,138 Pyrus 358 Quercus alba 804, 313, 314, 360 bicolor 360 Cerris 360 coccinea 360, 363 dentata 360 lyrata 360 macrocarpa 360 palustris 360, 363 Phellos 360 pinus palustris 304 Quercus Priuos 360 Robur 360 rubra ^«" tinctoria ^^ Rachotropis aculeata 151 Raja circularis 335 miraletus 3d4 oxyrinclius 335 punctata 333 quadrimaculata 334 radula i 335 stellulata 336 R-yidai 333 Rana temporaria -i^* Realiidfe 405 Reduviidse 264 Regina ^^ ^Clarkii 33 Grahamii 33 kirtlandii 4^ leberis 32 rigida 33 Reinia. 410, 470, 471, 647, 654 Rena ^3 dulcis ^3 humilis ^4 Rhadinea 8^ flavilata ^^ Rliinechis 51 elegans 51 Rbiuobatidse 333 Rbinobatis columnie 333 Rbinochihis 86 lecoutii 86 Rhiuocypha biseriata 135 Pageusteclieri 135 Rhinostoma ^^ coccinea "55 occipitale 68 Rhipsalis cassytba 558 Rhizopbora mangle 556 Rbyncholophus 595 simplex 595 Rbyzopus nigricans 542 Robinia 358 Rupellaria 205 Sabinea septemcarinata 165 Sadala distincta 569, 589 Sagittaria lancifolia 557 Salamandra maculosa 'f/)8 Salarias perioptbalmus J^~6 Salix caprea 365 Japonica 361, 364 Salvadora 63 grahami 63 grabami bexalepis 63 Saneuinaria canadensis. . .306-308, ^ 319 854 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Sapho ciliata 134, 139 oriclialcea 134, 139 Sassacus popenoei 592 Sauracris lacerta 376 ScaridsE 325 Scarus 325 Schwartzia tomentosa 557 Scirpus Smithii 8 Sclerobimus robustus 593 Scobinella coelata 518 Scopelus Balbo Sll phengodes 620 Scorptenidse 326 Scorpio carolinianus 594 Scorpionida 568, 594 Scotoletaon robustus 593 Scotophis 45 allegheniensis 47 coniinis 4^ emoryi 50 guttatus 4^ laetus 49 Lindheimerii 48 quadrivittatus 4^ vulpiuus 50 Scylliorhinidaj 329 Scyllium melanostomum 329 Scymnorlimus 332 Scymnus 333 Scytodidfe 571 Semiuatrix 39 Pyg«a 39 Semnopithecus 119 Siagonodon humilis I4 Sibon 91 septentrionalis 91 Simia 119, 124 Sistrum 388 Sistrurus 97 catenatus 98 catenatus catenatus 99 c. consors 99 censors consors 99 c. edwardsii 99 miliarius 100 Sloanea dentata 557 Socarnes bidenticulatus 147 ovalis 147 Solanum melongena 560 Solaster affiuis 175 endeca 175 papposa 174 Solen aspersus 399 Ensis 399 philippianus 399 pictus 399 roseomaculatus 399 vaginoidos 399 Solenidse 899 Solidago altissima 8 Solpugida 5ti8, 594 Sopliora 358 Sparassidse 585 Sphserium heterodou 406 iuutilis 406 japonicum 406 Spheriidse 406 Spheroides 326 Sphodromantis bioculata 284 Sphodromerus decoloratus .... 379 inconspicuus 359 sauguiniferus 379 Spodropoda rudolftc 282 trimacula 283 Spilotes 44 corais 44 corais couperi 44 pullatus 44 Spiromtocaris gaimardi 162 grcenlandica 162 phippsi 161 polaris 163 spinus 161 Spiropoma 496 japonicum 496 JSTakadai 496 Squallus Galeus 332 Muslelus 330 Licha 332 Steatoda borealis 578 grandis 578 Stegocephalus inflatus 149 Stenamma fulvum 425, 440 (Aphsenogaster) fulvum. . 521 fulvum aquira 425 fulvum piceum, 427-449, 521, 528, 531, 536 Stenobotlirus 371 Stenocrobylus festivus 376 Stenodermatiuse 296 Stenopilema capuciua 276 somali 276 Stereophaedusa, 410, 482, 637, 643, 644, 647, 652, 656 Stichaster albulus 173 Slilosoma 80 exteuuatum 81 Storeria 41 dekayi 41 occipitomaculata 42 Strougylocentrotus drobachi- ensis 170 Succinea Hirasci 348 horticola 196, 348 lauta 196, 348 obliqua 348 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 855 Succinea ogasawarre 195 pfeifferi 348 puuetulispira 195 putris 348 retusa 348 Vathelcti 196 Succiueidne 195 Swietenia mahagoui 557 Syctodes thoracica 571 Synidotea marmorata 156 Syrnola bacillum 394 brnnnea 395 Syspira 5G9, 576 tigina 576 Tamandua tetradactvla 366 Tantilla \ 92 coronata 93 eiseni 93 gracilis 94 nigriceps 93 Tapes adspersa 206 deshayesii 207 phenax 207, 400 platyptycha 206, 400 quadriradiata 207 Taphronota thailepliora 375 Tarachodes ^stuans 278 media 278 modesta 279 scluiltliessi 279 smit hi 278 sp 280 Taracus 568 packardi 593 Tarentula modesta 586 Tatocnemis malagassica 137 Tectarius spinulosa 394 Tellina concentrica 401 diaphana 401 (Merisca) pristiformis . . . . 400 pristis 401 siamensis 401 Tellinidse 400 Temnosoma oerugiaosum 217 Isevigatum 217 metallicum 217 metallicum var. chapadaj. 217 smaragdiuiim 217 Tetragnatha extensa 569, 581 laboriosa 581 pallida . oSl Tetragnathidte 581 Tetranychus bimaculatus 595 desertorum 596 Tetraodon margaritatus 326 Tetraodontidse 326 Tetrastemma 722 Tetronarca nobiliaua 336 TettigonidtB 880 Teuthidid* 325 Teutliis triostegus 325 Thamnopliis 18 elegans 23 hammondii 24 parietalis 28 parietalis pickeringi 29 vagrans 23 V. biscutata 23 Thanatus coloradensis 585 rubicundus 585 Thargalia 575 modesta 575 Theganopteryx Senegal ensis. . 274 'I lieraphosidae 570 Theridiidaj 577 Theridioii pullnlum 571 Theridium boreal is 578 difterens 578 funebris 579 ueomexicauum 577 Thomisida? 583 Thomisus duttoni 585 Thore 140 boliviana 131, 135 Thrinax argeutea 557 parvitiora 557 Throbroma cacao 560 Thuya occideiitalis 355 Tibellus duttoni 585 Tilia Americana 357 Europaja 357 Tillandsia augustifolia 558 bulbosa 558 complanata 558 compressa 558 excelsa 558 fasciculata 558 flexuosa 558 laxa 558 pruiuosa 558 setacea 558 usneoides 558 Tingis clavata 261 Tingitidfe 262 Titanoeca americana 569, 577 Tmeticus 580 brevipalpus 580 pectinatus 580 perplexus 580 Tonicia 204 Tole libbeyi 157 Tornatina bermudensis 183 canaliculata 183 decurreus 183 Torpedo nobiliana 336 Tortrix bottae 15 856 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec, Toxicopbis 96 piscivorus 96 pugnax 96 Trachyrhinus marinoratus. . . . 593 Tramea ouusta 128 Triceralium 322 Trichocoryes 296, 297 Trimorphodon 91 lyrophaues 91 Trishoplita collinsoni var. casta 547 colliasoni var. okinoshimoe 547 dacostse 403 dacostae var. awajiensis. . . 403 goodwini 403 goodwini var. kyotoensis. 403 goodwini var. strigata. . . . 403 Hilgendorfi 547, 564, 565 Hilgendorfl var. chikuba- sbiinae 564 bilgendorfivar. tenuis 547, 564, 565 tosana var. anozona 565 tosana var. ruf\i 565 Triskaidecactis papposa 174, Tritonidea menkeaua 388 submenkeana 387 Tritonopsis 513 Trocbidse 199, 398 Trocboniorpba catbcart;c 345 Fritzei 344 Gouldiana 344, 496 boriomphala 344, 345 Sliermani 345 Trochosa 587 cinerea 587 parva 587 Trombidium gemmosum 595 magnificum 595 scabruni 595 Tropidocloniuni 42 lineatum 41, 43 Tropidonotus 11, IS, 32, 39, 42 bisectus 32 clarkii 33 compressicaudus 34 c. compressicaudus 34 c. ustus 35 cyclopium 38 dekayi 4.I elegans 23 fasciatus 37, 38 kirtlandii 42 grahami 33 leberis 33 occipitomaculatus 4.2 ordinatus 20, 21 ordinatus var. butleri .... 26 Tropidonotus ordinatus var. coucbii 24. ordinatus var. bammondii 24, ordinatus var. infernalis. . 23, 28,29 ordinatus var. marcianus. . 24 ordinatus var. sirtalis . . .26, 28 pygseus 39 rbombifer 38 rigidus 33 saurita 19,20 septemvittatus 32 sipedon 35 sipedon fasciatus 36 s. sipedon 37 s, transversus 37 taxispilotus 39 transversus 37 ustus 35 vagrans 23 Truucatella kiusiueusis 615 PfeiflFeri 615 valida 615 Trygon brucco 337 violacea 338 Tryxalinae 370 Tryxalis conspurcata 370 unguiculata 370 Turbiuida;' 398 Turbonilla varicifera .... 198, 395 varicosa 193 Turbonillidae 198, 395 Tyrannopbsedusa, 410, 422, 474, 475, 629, 647, 651, 656 Ulmus Americana 356 racemosa 361 Umma (Cleis) longistigma. . . . 134 Unciola irrorata 154 leucopis 154 Urodelea 503, 504, 506, 507 Valeucinia armandi 680 Vejovis punctipalpi 594 Venericardia plauicosta. . .513, 517 Veneridae 205, 400 Venus columbiensis 400 Hirasei 205, 400 jedoensis 206 ( Amomalocardia) malonei 185 squamosa 186 Vertagus 392, 393 pfefteri 393 Verticordia eocense 513 Vertigo Hirasei 484 bydropbila 484 modesta 484 ovata 484 Vespertilio caroliniensis 618 Vestalis 131 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 857 Vestalis amocna 134 apicalis 134 gracilis 134 hictuosa 184 Yiola 455 Vipeddfe 96 Virginia 83 elegans 83 inornata 43 Valeria? 83 Yitis caribcea 558 Yitrea harimensis 498 Yitriuocomus cyatliellus 194 goniomphalns 195 Moellendorffi 194, 195 omphalotropis 195 Yittaria liueata 558 Yivipara lienzaclensis 188 Yolutilithes 513 Weuona Isabella 15 lilumbea 15 Xauthagrion erythroneurniii, 133, 138 Xipliocera brunneriana 375 ensicornis 375 sp ;->75 Xysticus bicuspis 583 cunctator 584 elegans 584 eraertoni 584 gulosus 584 montanensis 569, 583 Xysticus pulverulcnsis 5S3 quinquepunctatus 5^4 Yucca alvifolia 559, 561 gloriosa 559 Zamenis 56, 63 constrictor 58 constrictor constrictor. ... 58 c. flaviventris 5S flagelliformis .79-61 flagellum 59 flagellum flagellum 59 f. frenatus 60 f. piceus 61 grahami 63 lateralis 61 lateralis lateralis 61 ornatus 62 schottii 62 semilineatus 61 stejnegerianus 5S tseniatus 61, 63 tseniatus ornatus 62 t. ta;niatus 62 Zaptax, 410, 423, 465, 467, 502, 627, 647, 651 Zizypliinus japonicus 200 Zingiber officinale 560 Zoe 131 Zonitidfe 194, 404, 498 Zygeupolia litoralis 657-739 Zygoptera 126 858 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [Dec. GENERAL INDEX, 1901. Aaron, Carrie B. Biographical Notice of Robert Henry Lam- born (with portrait), 384, 48G. Additions to the Museum, 779. Annual Reports (Plates A, B, C, D, E and F), 741. Banks, Nathan. Some Arachnids from New jMexico (Plate XXXIII), 553, 5G8. Botanical Section, report of the, 772. Boyer, Charles S. Report of the Biological and Microscopical Section, 769. Biological and Microscopical Sec- tion, report of the, 769. Brown, Arthur Erwin. On some points in the phylogeny of the Primates, 3, 119. A review of the genera and species of Amer- ican snakes, 10. A new species of Coluber from western Texas (Plate XXIX), 491, 492. A new species of Ophibolus (Plate XXXIV), 604, 612. Brown, Stewardson. Report of the Botanical Section, 772. Case}% Thomas L. On the prob able age of the Alabama white limestone, 512, 513. Chapman, Henry C, M.D. Obser- vations on the placenta and young of Dasvpus se.xcinctus (Plate XVIIl),' 323, 366. Cockerell, T. D. A. Descriptions of new bees collected by ]V{r. H. H. Smith in Brazil, II, 148, 216. Committees, Standing, 1. Conchological Section, report of the, 770. Corresponding Secretary, report of the, 751. Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections, report of the, 768. Curators, report of the, 766. Dixon, Samuel G., M.D. Report of the President, 741. Elections during 1901, 778. Entomological. Section, report of the, 771. Fielde, Adele M. A studv of an ant, 383, 425. Further study of an ant, 512, 521. Fowler, Henry W. Note on the Odontostomidaj, 143, 211. De- scription of a new Hemiramphid, 272, 293. Fishes from Caroline Islands, 321, 324. Types of fishes (Plates XII-XV). 321, 327. Myctophum pliens;odes in the North Atlantic, 553,''620. Fox, Henry. The development of the TympanoEustachian Passage and associated structures in the common toad, Bufo lentig- iuosus (Plates VI-IX), 143, 223. Goldsmith, Edward. A .quick method of testing for gold, 519, 550. Gude, G. K. Description of new Helicoid land shells from Japan, 608, 617. Harshberger, John W. The limits of variation in plants. 191, 303. An ecological sketch of the flora of Santo Domingo (Plates XXXI, XXXII), 552, 554. Cockscomb fasciation of pine- apples, 553, 609. Ilartlaub, Gustav, announcement of death of, 3. Heath, Harold, and M. H. Spauld- ing. Cymbuliopsis vitrea, a new species of Pteropod, 384. Higgins, Helen T. The develop- 1901.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 859 ment aud comparative structure of the gizzard of the Odonata Zygoptera (Plates II, III, IV), 8, 126. Holman, D. Sheplierd, annouuce- ment of death of, 331. Huidekoper, Rush S., M.D., an- nouncement of death of, 607. Index to species, etc., 836. Johnson, C. W., and A. W. Gra- bau. A new species of Clavili- thes from the Eocene of Texas, 519, 603. Keeley, Frank J. Structure of diatoms, 331. Keller, Ida A. Demonstration that plants give oft" oxygen, 320. A peculiar condition of ffidogo- nium, 343, 598. Kraemer, Henry. Crystalline and crystalloidal substances and their relation to plant structure, 343, 450. Librarian, report of the, 752. Lyman, Benjamin Smith. Lodel creek and Skippack creek, 604. McCartee, D. B., announcement of death of, 333. Macfarlane, John M., appointment to prepare obituary notice of Thomas Meehan, 553. Meehan, Thomas. Biographical sketch of Charles Eastwick Smith, 4. Contributions to the life-historv of plants. No. XV (Plates XVI, XVII), 333, 354. Announcement of death of, 552. Mensch,D. Calvin, M D., announce- ment of death of, 491. Mineralogical and Geological Sec- tion, report of the, 774. Mohr, Charles, announcement of death of, 491. Montgomer}% Thomas H, Further studies on the chromosomes of the Hemiptera heteroptera (Plate X), 143, 261. The identity of the Gordiacean species, Chordo- des Morgan! and C. puerilis (Plate XI), 273, 289. Peculiar- ities of the terrestrial larva of the Urodelous Batrachian, Pleth- odon cinereus (Plate XXX), 491, 503. Moore, Clarence B. Certain ab- original remains of the northwest Florida coast. Part I, 272, 384. Certain aboriginal mounds of the Tombigbee river, 383, 384. Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Report of the Recording Secretary, 748. Report of the Librarian, 753. Nordenskiold, Adolf Eric, an- nouncement of death of, 512. Norris, William F., M.D., an- nouncement of death of, 607. Officers, Council and Attachees, 777. Ornithological Section, report of the, 775. Ortmann, A. E. Crustacea and Pycnogonida collected during the Princeton Expedition to North Greenland, 144. Pilsbry, Henry A. Crustacea of the Cretaceous formation of New Jersey (Plate I), 111. Relation- ship of the genus Neobeliscus, 142. New species of mollusks from South Africa and Burma, 142, 188. New mollusca from Japan, Formosa and the Philip- pines, 191, 193. New Japanese marine, land and fresh-water mollusca (Plates XIX-XXI), 342, 385. New mollusca from Japan and the Loo Choo Islands, 343, 344. The land mollusks of the Loo Choo Islands : Clausi- liidEE (Plates XXn, XXHI), 383, 434. Additions to the Japanese land snail fauna, IV (Plates XXV-XXVIII), 383, 465. No- tices df new land snails from the Japanese Empire, 491, 496. New mollusks of the Japanese Em- pire, 519, 545. Fasciolaria gigantea subspecies reevei, 553. New land mollusks of the Japanese Empire, 553, 563. Ad- ditions to the Japanese land snail fiuna, V (Plates XXXV- XXXIX), 607, 623. Catalogue of the Clausiliidte of the Japan- ese Empire, 607, 647. New land mollusca of the Japanese Em- pire, 608, 614. Report of the Conchological Section, 770. Porter, Thomas C, announcement of death of, 331. President, report of the, 741. Publications of the Academy, 788. Rand, Theodore D. Report of the Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections, 768. Report of the 860 PROC. OF ACAD. OF NAT. SCIENCES OF PHILADA. [DeC, 1901. Mineralogical and Geological Section, 774. Rankiu, Walter M. Eclunoderms collected off the west coast of Greenland by the Princeton Arctic Expedi'tion of 1899, 1G9. Recording Secretary, report of the, 748. Reese, A. M. The nasal passages of the Florida Alligator (Plate XXIV), 343, 457. Rehn, James A. G. The Forficu- lidse, Blattidse, Mantidae and Phasmidse collected in northeast Africa by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith, 191, 273. A study of the genus Centurio, 272, 295. The Acrididpe, Tettigonidfe and'Gryl- lidse collected by Dr. A. Don- aldson Smith in northeast Africa, 343, 370. Rhoads, S. N. On the common brown bats of Peninsular Flor- ida and Southern California, 607. 618. Schneider, Louis, announcement of death of, 491. Selys-Longchamps, Edmond de, announcement of death of, 2. Serials received by the Academj', 795. Sharp, Benjamin, M.D. Food of the Cod, 2. Report of the Cor- responding Secretary, 751. Skinner, Henry, M.D, Report of the Entomological Section, 771. Stone, Witmer. Occurrence of Hyla andersonii at Clementon, N. J., 342. Report of the Orni- thological Section, 775. Thompson, Caroline Burling. Zygeupolia litoralis, a new Heteronemertean (Plates XL- XLIV), 342, 657. Thompson, E. O., announcement of death of, 192. Vanatta, Edward G. New marine mollusks (Plate V), 142, 182. Vaux, George and William S., Jr. Observations made in 1900 on glaciers in British Columbia, 191, 213. > in X o m 7^ m o o r o o < o en > D O Z o o PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXIII. BANKS. SPIDERS OF NEW MEXICO. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. lyoi. PLATE XXXIV. BROWN. OPHIBOLUS ALTERNUS SP. NOV. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXV. /V_ « /S. ^--.^ % iy V ,'^ V /i\ .••i^ :y t>>. S^^aV w ^ '.■■' PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901- PLATE XXXVI. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXVII. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXVm. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XXXIX. PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAN D SNAIL FA UN A. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHII.A. 1901 PLATE XL. OtrollDe B. Thompien. THOMPSON. ZYGEUPOLIA LITORALIS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XU. Garollne B. Thompi THOMPSON. ZYGEUPOLIA LITORALIS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XLII. ^£. aB.L.-''?c;r. fr»:s . 3S. THOMPSON. ZYGEUPOLIA LITORALJS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XLIII. \f ■A.JIph.. d. THOMPSON. ZYGEUPOLIA LITORALIS. PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1901. PLATE XLIV. c.L,M. ,^^i- ^^-t CarollDe B. Thompson, del. THOMPSON. ZYGEUPOLI A LITORALIS. 'nimmK^.'. I IBRARY WH IflRz Y VI